IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I l^|28 |Z5 Ui Kii 12.2 1^ 12.0 m i IlllUil 1= 1— 11^ < 6" ► HiotDgraphic Sciences Corporation 23 WKT MAIN STRUT WIBSTU.N.Y. M5M (716)t73-4S03 '"^V^ ^ 'M tinir $2.(10 to John Lovbll ahd Sarb, Rouses Point N. Y. In Canada, addresa ordera to Uie LovKLL Pkintino avd PviiUSHiira Co., Montrbal. Parties will save EzpreBS chaiwe* by ordering linKle copies aent Inr nwil, instead of by Express C. O. D. Agenta wBuwd. Books sent to Afents G. O. D. Send for circular. Montreal : P»4nted b7 the LOVELL FEINTING AND PUBLISHING CO. 1876. -i7£^ «<»>seque»tlv „.,? -^ "*™ being valn.u °""« ""d ""■"k of ,h : i^rJ^r ■''» *Par Jew " 'f «»". «» well boolB. m T'"'™""'' being verv!?;*,'"™'''' »^es. ''"tia re„^ i"' ">, P"per states for to!i ^'">' ™ei effort a* (Us Th""^ """^ ««ept 1*1?,'""' GENERAL INDEX. Baking, Cooking and Preserving Receipts ... 6 Farmers, Stock-owners, Horse-shoers, Liverymen's Receipts 21 Dyers, Bleachers, Clothiers, Hatters, Furriers, &c. 41. Medical Department, for Physicians, Dontists, Families, Barbei's, Perfumers, &c.. Receipts . . 54 Grocers, Tobacconists, Confectioners, Domestic Wines, Teas, Sealed Goods, Soaps, Syrups, Cor- dials, Beer, Ice Cream, &c., Receipts and Tables. 85 Tanners, Curriers, Ft*.rriers, Boot, Shoe and Rub- ber Manufacturers, Harnessmakers, Bookbinders, Marble and Ivory-Worktrs, Anglers, Receipts, &c 119 Painters, Varnishers, Cabinet-makers, Gilders, Bronzers, Piano and Organ manufacturers, Glass- makers, Stainers, China Decorators, Potters, Polishers, Architr^cts, Builders, Bricklayers, Plasterers, Kalsominers, Stucco workers, &c. . 132 Wawshmakers, Jewellers, Gilders, Colorers, Refiners, Gold and Silversmiths, Burnishers, Diamond cutters. Lapidaries, Sweepsmelters, Enamellers, Receipts, Tables^&c 178 Engineers, Master Mechanics, Locomotive Builders, Boiler-makers, &c 222 Cements for all purposes, 48 kinds 254 Saw Mills, Flour Mills, Cotton Factories, &c. 258-301-355 Blacksmiths, Cutlers, Locksmiths, Spring, Saw, and Safe Manufacturers' Department .... 268 Machinists' Department 279 WM GENERAL INDEX. Iron, Brass, and Bell Founders, Iron Manufao* • turers, &c 288 Plumbers, Tinmen, Hardware Dealers, Gas and Steam Fitters, Japanning, Bronzing, Lacquering, &c 805 Carpentui-s, &c 32d Gunsmiths, Engravers, Die Sinkers, Stencil Cut- ters, Printers, Photagraphers, &c 339 Oil Manufacture &c. . . 860 Calculations for Contractors, &c. 858 On Navigation, the Compass, &c 856 On Sugar Kefining 861 On Cutlery, Needle, and Button Manufacture. . 862 Lead Pipe, Brass and Iron Tube Manufacture . . 864 Gold and Steel Pen, and File Manufacture . . . 867 Smelting of Grold, Silver, Iron, Copper, Lead, Tin, Antimony, Zinc, Iron and Steel ISanufacture, &c. 864 Items for Daily Remembrance 370 Interest Table, Ready Reckoners, &c. ..... 883-391 Lumber and Timber Measurement Tables. . . . 892-396 Iron, Metal and Moulders' Tables ...... 396-401 Pattern and Model Makers' Table, Strength of Columns 401 Wood and Bark Measurement 402-408 Capacities of Cisterns, Cubic or Solid Measure . . 404 "Weights of Cast Iron Pipes ......*. 405 Diameters, Circumferences and Areas of Circles . 406-410 On Correspondences, &c» ....#.... 411 W 288 806 82d 839 860 868 866 861 862 864 867 401 )2-403 404 406 16-410 411 mm^ ■*! m» VALUABLE RECEIPTS. the e t nse BAKING AND COOKING DEPARTMENT. Baking Bread. — ^The quantities and best manner of mixing the different ingredients necessary to make good bread, viz., to make uie fermentation, say, for 10 buckets of flour ; take 6 gals, of potatoes well boiled and mashed in a tub, with 1 bucket of water (in summer this water should be about milk-warm, in winter much warmer ; in all cases this must be governed by the weather), six pounds of flour and five quarts of yeast ; uir ' whole up well, and cover till it rises. It is better to wc'i^ same as soon as it does rise and commences falling otherwise the bread will not be so good. The time o however, varies much ; sometimes it will rise in eight L a. other times it will take much longer. Again, to make the spougu: take 2^ buckets of the above ferment, and 2^ buckets of water, milk-warm, run the whole through a sieve into a trough, and make it into light dough, with flour for sponge. When this sponge has risen and commenced falling, add 6 lbs. salt and 6 buckets of water ; break the spoi^e well in tiie water, and stir sufficient flour to make a stiff dough, cover it up until it snfllciently ; it is then fit for being weighed off and put into the tins for baking. Let it stand in the tins until it rises, when it should be placed in the oven. N. B. — ^A i oz. carbonate of magnesia added to the flour, for a 4 lb. loaf, matemlly improves the qu» litv of the bread even when made from the very worst new sec- onds nour. It is usual with bakers to add alum to the flour, in order to make a white, light, and porous bread. Two ounces of alum per 100 lbs. flour is genendly sufficient. Hop Yeast.— Boil 6 gals, water and 10 oz. hops together from 10 to 15 minutes ; put 6 lbs. flour in a tub, to which add as much of the boiling liquor as will be necessary to make a tiiick paste. When the remainder of the liquor is perfectiy cool, add it, together with 1 gal. of stock yeast, to the paste, when tiie whole will be ready for use. Malt Teast. — Boil 10 ozs. hops in 5 gals, water from 10 to 16 minutes, pour the same into a tub. When cooled to 70° Fahr. add ^ peck of malt ; stir the whole up well, and cover it till nearly cool ; then add 3 qts. of old yeast to make it fer* ment. Anotheb ExoELiiBNT Bbead.— Ejiead 21 lbs. flour with 9 lbs of pared and mashed potatoes, from which the water has been well steamed off previous to mashing ; mix together while the pota- toes are warm, adding about 3 or 4 spoonfuls of salt. Then add about 3 qts. milk-warm water, with 9 large spoonfuls of yeaut gradually to the potatoes and flour ; knead and work it well into a smooth dough, and let it stand 4 hours before put- ting into the oven. 6 . BAKING AND COOKING RECEIPTS. HBAiiTHY Mixed Bread. —Boll 3 lbs. of rice tb a soft pulp in water ; pare and cook by steam 6 lbs. of your best potatoes, mash your potatoes and rub them up with rice pulp ; add to the whole 6 lbs. flour ; make all into a dough with water, fer- ment with yeast, let it stand a proper length of time, and then place it in the oven to bake. iEBATED Bread, without Yeast.— 1. Dissolve 1 oz. of sesqui- carbonate of ammonia in water, sufRcient to make 7 lbs. of flour into a dough, which must be formed into loaves, and baJart of the I be some ilflo. The lir trial: , 1 table- Q of flour, red bake- agar, five ito 4 cups saleratus ; r, as you lart of the leratuB, a I together, biot oven | ched and of sugar, ed. Aer, three currants, )ne ounce itter with ; add the then the then add }ne pound ther spice, ir milk, 1 the milk ;h a little than you put into a %ke about flour. iggs, rose- >lks sepa- ted white )og a pint of them into a pint of batter, and either baking or bouing. Lemon Pudding. — Melt 6 oz. of butter, pour it over the same quantity of powdered loaf sugar, stirring it well till cold, then grate the rind of a large lemon, and add it with 8 eggs well beaten and the juice of 2 lemons : stir the whole till it is completely mixed together, and bake the' pudding with a paste round the dish. Sauces and Creams for Puddings. — 1. Take equal quantities of sugar and molasses, boil them together, and stir in a little flour. 2. Take the juice of an orange, a cup of sugar and the same of good cream. 3. Good sour cream made very sweet with sugar, witia or without seasoning, makes a gooc sauce. 4. B^t 2 eggs, well, then add a cup of stewed apples and a cup of sugar. Beef Steak with Onions.— Prepare a rump steak by pounding it till quite tender, season with salt, pepper%nd fresh butter, put in the steak and fry it, when brown on one side turn over, do not let it scorch, when nicely done take it up, put a little flour over the steak, then add gradually a cup of hot water, seasoned with more salt and ijepper, if necessary ; then .put the water over the fire and boil again, and pour over the steak. Peel 2 dozen onions, put them on to boil with about 2 quarts of water an hour before the steak is put on to fry. When the steak is done, cut them up, put them in the frying pan, season well with salt, pepper, and butter, sprinkle with flour, stir all well together, place over the fire, stir often to prevent scorching ; when they are a little brown and soft, turn them over the steak. Seasoning for Stuffing. — 1 lb. of salt, dried and sifted ; half an ounce of gronnd wliite pepper ; cwo ounces of dried thyme ; 1 oz. of dried a. irjoram ; ana one oz. of nutmeg. When this seasoning is used, parsley only is required to be chopped in suffl- cieut quantity to nake the stuffing green. Tlie proportions are— J pound of bres 4 crumbs ; 3 eggs ; J lb. of suet ; i oz. of sea- soning ; and the peel of half a lemon, grated. Economical Soup.— Put into a saucepan one-pound pieces of stale bread, three large onions sliced, a small cabbage cut fine, a carrot and turnip, and a small head of celery (or the remains of any cold vegetables ), a tablespoonful of salt, a tablespoonful of pepper, a bunch of parsley, a sprig of marjoram and thyme. Put these into two quarts of any weak stock, (the liquor in which mutton has been boiled will do,) and let them boil for #• .Vi BAKING AND COOKING RECEIPTS. 15 le Bhape tter ; let )lanched [ crumbs ar, Utfle id. them An hoiu iet milk, r, and a a pint of ;he same lid, then 11 beaten >mpletoly )und the inantitles I a little the same th sugar. It 2 eggs. pounding itter, put er, do not lour over ned with over the 2 quarts the steak well with together, they are ted ; half thyme; Then this 1 in suffl- ons are— z. of sea- pieces of cut fine, emains of oonful of d thyme, liquor in 1 boil for two hours ; rub through a fine hair-sieve, add a pint of new milk, boU up, and serve at once. VEGBTABiiE Soup. — Take a shin of a beef, 3 large carrots, 3 large yellow onions, 6 turnips, h lb. of rice or barley; parsley, leeks, summer savory ; put all Into a soup-kettle, and let it boil four hours ; add pepper and salt to taste ; serve altogether. It makes a good family soup. Pea Soup. — Beef 6 lbs., water 6 qts., 6 large carrots, 6 goiod turnips, 3 large onions, salt sufficient, put it on a good slow 'fire, let it boil 3 hours, then strain all the broth &om meat and vegetables, and then add 3 lbs. of split peas to the broth; set it on a slow fire for 2 hours, stirring often, so that all the peas will dis- solve ; take 1 lb. fresh sausage meat, fried to a crisp and fried bread crumbs ; puir altogether, add a few fine herbs, and serve hot Fbioassee Chickens. — ^Take 2 large young chickens, cut in small pieces, put in cold water for 1 hour to take all tbe blood out, then put in saucepan to parboil for half an hour, then take from sauce- pan drained weU, liave ready 1 qt. good fresh cream, 2 oz. good butter, 1 oz. of nour, all well mixed together ; put in sauceptan with the chickens ; put on the fire to boil tender ; season with oper and salt ; served with toast bread in the bottom of the Baked Tomatoes. — Wash the tomatoes^ take out the seed, make a dressing of crumbs of bread and onions chopped fine ; add salt, butter and pepper. Bake and serve hot. Stewed Tomatoes. — Scald the tomatoes with hot water, take off the skins, put them in an earthen vessel, strain off the water, and add butter, salt and pepper to taste. Mashed TubnIps, — ^Wash turnips, boil well, take them up in the colander, press out all the water, mash very fine ; season with salt, butter and sugar. Serve hot with .trimmings. Hashed Me4T.— Take 2 lbs. of fat corned beef, well boiled and cold ; 1 lb. of well boiled potatoes, cold ; 1 large white onion ; put in chopping tray, mi^ce it fine, put all in saucepan together, add 2 OES. butter ; pepper and salt m taste ; add boiling water to make it soft ; set it on a slow fire, stirring it often. When well stewed, serve hot. it makes a fine relish for breakfast. Lobster Salad. — ^Take inside of large lobster, mince fine, take yolk of 2 eggs boiled hard and mashed fine, witli four tablespoon- luls of sweet oil; pepper, salt, vinegar, and mustard to taste; mix well; add celery o^ lettuce to taste; then when serving, garnish with hard-boiled ^gs. Succotash.— Take 1 doz. ears of com, cut the grains from the cob, add 1 qt. of Lima beans, and mix with the com: put it on to boil in 3 qts. of water with 1 lb. of pork cut; add black pepper and salt to taste. When the water has boiled away to ^ tne original quantity, serve in a tureen as soup. Maccaboki Soup.— « lbs. of lean beef, 4 qts. of water, carrot, turnip, onions ; set it for 4 hours'*till all mix together ; strain it all through a sieve ; have 2 lbs. of maccaroni broken into pieces o'one inch long ; put all into a saucepan together, and let it boil for 10 minutes, and serve it hot. Boiled Custabd, ob Mock Cueam.— Take 2 tablespoonfuls com #> .v.\ 16 BALING AND COOKING RECEIPTS. starch, 1 qfc. of milk, 2 or 3 eggs, ir a teaspoonful of Bait and a Bmall piece of batter : heat the milk till nearly boiling and add ihe starch, previously dissolved in 1 qt. of milk, then add the eggs, well beaten, with 4 tablespoonfuls of powdered sugar ; let it1b<)U up once or twice, stirring it briskly, and it is done. Flavor with lemon or vanilla, or raspberry, or to suit your taste. Lemon Cbeam.— Take a pint of thick cream and put to it the yolks of two eggs, well beaten, 4 oz. of fine sugar and the thin rind of a lemon , boil it up, then stir till almost cold ; put the juice of a lemon in a diah or bowl and pour the cream upon it, stirring tm quite cold. Fbuit Cbeams. — ^Take i oz. of isinglass dissolved in a little water, '^en put 1 pt. of good cream, sweetened to the taste ; boil it When nearly cold lay some apricot or raspberry*jam on the bottom of a glass dish and pour it over. This is most excellent. Raspbkrbit Cbeam. — Put 6 ozs. of raspberry jam to 1 qt. of cream, pulp it through a Jawn sieve, add to it the juice of a lemmi) way. For wild ducks, teal, pigeons, and other wild fowls, use o/ily pepper and salt, with gTavy in the dish. Boast Chickek. — Cliickens should be managed in roasting the same as tuikeys, only that they require less time. From an hour to an hour and a half is long enough. BoiiiED CmoKEK.T-A chicken should be boiled the same as a turkey, only it will take less time— about 36 minutes is suffi- cient Use the same stuffing, if any, and serve it up with parsley, or e^-sauce. BboHjED Chicken.— Slit them down the back and season with pemser and salt ; lay them on i^ clear fire of coals, the inside nestt the fire till half done, then turn and broil to a fine brown colox. Broil about 35 minutes. BoiiiBU PiOEONS. — Boil them about ^6 minutes by themselves ; then boil a piece of bacon ; serve with slices of bacon and melted butter. ^. ^: U' s prevei tity oj • tida small tiie starch, ell beaten, IP once or lemon or It to it the 1 the thin it the juice, it, stirring in a little taste ; boil am on the excellent, to 1 qt. of of a lemon a dish or 1 smoky it and keep I hoars or un stuflBing, chop some reayorN, or and lancy tile pepperr itii stuffiBus, to cover it, is done, it > the water, )k it, and an them in the nth a doth, }wn. Ducks pigeons, and in the dish, roasting the om an hour 9 same as a ites is suffl- with parsley, , season with e inside next brown colox. nselves ; then uelted butter. t AKINO AND COOKING K^CEIPTS. 17 ^ S Fish Chowbeb.— F:y a few slices of salt pork, dress and out the fish in small piecei», pare and slice the potatoes and onions, then place them in the kettle, a layer of fish, then of the fried pork, Sotatoes, onions, &c., seasoning each layer with salt and pepper, tew over a slow fire 30 minutes. Roast Bbef.— The sirloin is considered the best for roasting. Spit the meat, pepjper the top, and baste it well while roasting vnth its own dnppmg. and tlirow on a handful of salt. When the Bmoke draws to tue fire, it is near enough ; keep the fire bright and clear. From 15 to 20 minutes to the lb. is the rule for roast- ing. Beef BoUiBD.— The round is the best boilhig piece. Put the meat in the pot, with water enough to cover it ; let it boil vei^ slow at first — this is the great secret of making it tender — ^take off the scum as n rises. From 2 to 3 hours, according to size, is the rule for boiling. Bbbf Steak. — ^The hiside of the sirloin makes the best steak ; cut about I of an inch thick— have the gridiron hot, put on the meat and set it over a good fire of coals— turn them often. From 8 to 10 minutes is the rule for broilmg. Roast Pobk. — ^Take a leg of pork and wash it clean— cut the skin in squares — make a stuffing of grated bread, sage, onion, pepper and salt, moistened with the yolk of an egg. Put this nnaer che skin of the knuckle, and sprinkle a little powdered sa^e into the rind where it is cut ; rub the whole surface of the skin over with a feather dipped in sweet oil. 8 lbs. will require about three hours to roast it. ^S^ The Shoulseb, Loin, ob Chine, and Spabe-Rib are roasted in the same manner. Roast Yeal. — Pursue about the same course as in roasting pork. Roast before a brisk fire till it comes to a brown color ; then you lay it down, baste it well with good butter, and when near done, vtrith a littlo flour. RoiBT Mutton.— The loin, haunch, and saddle of mutton and lamb ;nust be done the same as beef. All othtr parts must be roast- ed with a quick, clear fire ; iKisto it when you put it down, and dredgd itHritn a little flour, just before you take it up. A leg of mut- ton (3 six pounds will require 1 hour to roast before a quick fire. To Boil Egos. — In 3 minutes an egg will boil soft, in 4 the white part is completely cooked, in 10, it is nt for a salad. Try their fresh- ness in cold water, those that siuk the soonest are the freshest. Sausage Meat.— Take 2 lbs. lean meat, 1 lb. fat pork, chop fine, and mix with 2 tablespoonf uls black pepper, 1 of cloves, 7 of powder- ed sage, and 5 of salt. AiTPiiE Custard.— Take appjes, pared, cored, and slightly stewed, sufficient to co^er the dish, 8 eggs, 1 qt. of mUk ; spice to youjr taste ; bake it iof an hour. NBW-ENaiiAND AppiiE-SAUCE OB BuTTEB.— Boil 2 brls. of new cider down to ^ a brl. Pare, core, and slice up 3 bushels of apples (sweet apples are preferable), and put them into the cider thus re- duced, ana still kept boiling briskly. Stir the whole mass constantiy, to prevent burning, till of the cousistenco of soft butter. A small quan- tity of pulverized allspice, added during the boiling, is an improve- 2 18 BAKING AND COOKING RECEIPT^. ment Boil in a brara ke^e, ane pepper to taste, then boU till teader, and let it get cold, pound the meat, witii 4 anchovies ■■ .ashed and boned, add ^ lb. of oiled butter, work it well together with the gravy, warm a little, and add cochineal to, color then press into snail pots, and pour melted mutton suet over the top of each. Bolooka Sausages. — ^Take equal quantities of bao(ni fttt and lean beef, veid, pork and lieef suet ; chop them small, season with pep- per, salt &&, with sweet herbs and sage rubbed fine. Have well washed intestineB, fill, and prick them ; boil gently for an hour, and lay on straw to di^. Rich Sausages. —Take 80 lbs. of chopped meat, 8 oz. fine salt, 2^ oz. pepper, 2 teacups of sage, and 1* cups of sweet marjoram, passed through ;i fine sieve, or, if preferred, thyme and summer savory fan be substituted for the latter. How TO SAVE YOUR loB BiLL.— Get a quantity of empty barrds or boxes during the coldest time in the winter, and put a few indies of water in each; the evening when the cold is most intense is the best time to do this. After the water is frozen solid, fill up again, repeat ihe process until the barrels are full of solid ice, tnen roll them into your cellar, cover them up with plenty oi sawdost or straw, and your ice crop is safely harvested. ft wooden own to |. ties. Fat they are boiUnffi >re boUed until ten- ) pots for b in small aeled and )pper and of flour ; >il for one er to your make a he apples, dnesanoe. with oold IT ; served 3ne, put.in :eB, put in witii 2qtB. ir. )f beef, out tie the jar early done, Sipper to e meat, led butter, ), and add our malted m At and lean 1 with pep- Have well r an hour, E. fine salt, marjoram, id summer y barrels or few inches bense is the 1 up again, e, tnen roll of sawdust t BAKINO AND COOKING kBOEIPTS. 19 CHAitrx>TTE RussE.— Take 1 pt. milk, dissolve with beat, 3 oz. isinglass and 1 lb. sugar; add, after it is cool, 1 qt. beaten cream and flour, suit your taeto and line out some mould with sponge cake, and put the cream in it and cool. Wins Jklly.— Tftke 1 pt. water and 3 oz.- isinglass, 1} lb. sugar, the juice of 2 lemons, and dissolve that and let it come to a boil, then add wine, brandy and spice to your taste, and strain it through a cotton or flannel doth and put it in moulds to cool. To Make Apple Molasses.— Take new sweet cider just from the gress, made from sweet apples, and boil it down as thick as West ndia molasses. It should be boiled in brass, and not burned, as that would injure the flavor. It will keep in the cellar, and is said to be as good, and for many purposes better, than West India molasses. {yAcid fruits should be cooked in bright tin, brass, or bell metal, and poured out as soon as they are done. Brown earthen vessels should never be used, as they are glazed with white lead, a poison which very readily unites with an acid. Jellies.— X>emon Jelly. — ^Isinglass, 2 oz. ; water, 1 qt ; boil ; add sugar, 1 lb. ; clarify ; and, when nearly cold, add the juice of 6 lemons, and the grated yellow rinds of 2 oranges and 2 lemons ; mix well, strain off the peel, and put it into glasses or bottles ; Hartshorn Jelly. — Hartshorn, 1 lb. ; water 1 gal. ; peel off 2 lemons : boil over a gentle Are till sufSciently thick ; strain and add loax siuar. It lb. ; i^tes of 10 eggs beaten to a froth ; juice of 6 lemons ; mfic well te^etnlr, then bottle. Isinglass Jelly. — Put 4 oz, isinglass and 2 oz. cloves into 1 gal. water ; boil it down to half a gal. ; strtun it upon 4 lbs. of loaf sugar ; add, while cooling a little wine ; then bot- tle. Amly Jelly from Older. — Take of apple juice, strained, 4 lbs. ; susar, 2 lbs. ; boil to a jelly, and bottle. Gooseberry Jelly.-SngaT, 4 1m. ; water, 2 lbs. ; boil together ; it will be nearly solid when cold ; to this syrup, add an equal weight of gooseberry juice : give it a short boil, cool, inen pot it Currant Jelly.— Take the juice of red cur- rants, and loaf sugar, equal quantities ; boil and stir gently for three hours ; put it into glasses : and in three days it will concentrate into a firm jMly. Tap&ca Jelly.— W&ah 8 oz. of tapioca well ; tiben soak it in 1 gal. fresh water, 6 or 6 hours ; add the peels of 8 lemons, and set all on to heat ; simmer till clear ; add the juice of the 8 lemons with wine and sugar to taste ; then boti !e. Blaokbeiiry Jelly.— This preparation of the blackberry is more agreeable than the jam, as the seeds, though very wholesome^ are not agreeable to all. It is made in tue same way as currant jelly; but the fruit is so sweet that it only requires half the weight of tue juice in siigar. Peab Mabhalade. — ^To 6 lbs. of small pears, take 4 lbs. of sugar ; put the pears into a saucepan, with a little cold water ; cover it, and set it over the fire until the fruit is soft, then put inem into cold water ; pare, quarter, and core them ; put to them three tea- cups of water, set uiem over the fire ; roll the sugar fine, mash the fruit fine and smooth, put the siigar to it, stir it well' together until it is thick, like jelly, then put it in tumblers, or jars, and, when cold, secure it as jelly. PbesebVbd C] iTBOK. — ^Pare and cut open tho citron ; clean all out • riMRQH 30 BAKING AND COOKINQ REOEIFTB. except the rind ; boil till soft. To 1 lb. of citron add 1 lb. of sugar, and a lemon to eacli lb. ; put the sugar and lemon together, and boil it till it becomes a syrup, skimmmg it well ; then put the synip and citron together, and boil it an hour. . Scotch Mabmaladb.— Talce of the juice of Seville oranges 2 pts., yellow honey, 2 lbs. Boil to a proper consistence. Ra6pbj£bby Jam. — Allow a pound of susar to a pound of froit, mash the raspberries and put them, with the sugar, into your preserving kettle. Boil it slowly for an hour, skimming It well. Tie it up vrith brandy paper. All jams are made in the same manner. Fbknoh Hoitby.— White sugar, 1 lb. ; 6 eggs, leaving out the whites of 2 j the juice of 3 or 4 lemons, and the ^ted rind of 2, and I lb. of butter ; stur over a slow fire until it is of the oonsitr tency of honey. ALAosv Blanc Manob.— Take four ounce of almonds, six Os. sugar, boil together with a quart of water, melt in this two ounces of pure isinglass, strain in a small tin mould to stiffen it When wanted, dip the mould in hot water and turn it out Lbhon Blanc Manqe.— Pour a pint of hot water upon half an ounce of isinglass ; when it is dissolved, add the juice of three lemons, the peel of two lemons grated, six yolks of eggs beaten, add about a good wine-glass of Madeu'a wine to it ; sweeten to your taste ; let it boil ; then stram it and put it in your moulds. Molasses Puesebves. — Boil 1 at. of molasses about ten or fifteen mhitttes to a thickish consistency, then add 6 eggs will beaten, and a spoonful of flour. Boil a few minutes kmger, stirring constantly, then set off the fire, aud flavor with lemon or allspice as desired. Fbuit Extbacts, &c. — Good alcohol, 1 qt. , oil of lemon, 2 oz. Break and bruise the peel of 4 lemons, aud add to them alcohol for a few days, then filter. For currants, peaches, raspberries, pine apples, strawberries, blackberries, &c., take alcohol and water half and half and pour over the fruit, entirely covering it, and let it stand for a few days. For essence of ciAnamon, nutmeg, mace, vaniUa, &o.. pulver- ize either article thoroughly, ana put about 2oz. of the resultiii^; ix)W> der to each pint of reduced alcohol, a^tate the mixture frequently for 2 weeks, then filter and color as desired. Mbasubes fob Housekebfebs. ■ I i Wheat flour.... .. . .lib. . . .is 1 quart. Indian meal 1 " 2 oz " 1 quart. Butter when soft. . 1 "....«' 1 " Loaf sugar, broken 1 "...." I " White sugar, powd 1 " 1 oz. " 1 " Best brown sugar 1 lb. 2 oz.is 1 qt Eggs 10 eggs are 1 lb. Flour 8qt8, "Ipeck. Flour 4pk8. "iDush. Liquids. 16 large tablespoonf ula are % pint. 8 large tabluspoonfuls are 1 gill. 4 large tablespoonf uls arb % gill. 2 gills are ^^ pint. 2 pints are 1 qt. 4 qte. are 1 gallon. A common sized tumbler liolds l^ a pint. A common sized wine-glass " l^ a gill. 25 drops are equal to 1 teaspoonful. T FA] Ra -«n laws whoi from heari new him hand that cont) stun fori othe lies for« assif colt seen attei nam prei cam t oUMfiM of sugar. )ther, ana the syrup oranges 2 1 of fruit, into your « it welL the same g out the rind of 2, ihe conais* is, six oc. this two stiffen it >n half an ee lemons, Id about a iste ; let it 1 or fifteen iten, and a :ou8tantiy, 9sired. oz. Break 1 for a few ne apples, If and half I for a few c. pulver- lung pow- frequently loz.i8lqt I are 1 lb. "Ipeck. <' 1 bush. ■ • 1 eallon. holds % a SB " % a OBpoonful. T i FABMEBS' BECEIPTS. 21 FARMERS AND STOCK OWNERS' DEPART- MENT. Rabby's Directioks fob Breaking anp Trainino of Horsbr. — 4u training horses you must remember that there are certain natural laws that govern them. For instance, it is natural for him to kick whenever ne gets b^dlv fri|;htoned ; it is natural for him to escape from whatever he tiunks will do him harm. • His faculties of seeing, hearing, and smelling, have been given him to examine everyttiing new that he is brought in contract with. And so long as yon present him with nothing that ofFends liis eyes, nose, or ears, yon can thea handle him at will, notwithstanding, he may be frightened at first, so that in a short time he will not be afraid of anything he is brought in contact with. All of the whipping and spurring of horses for shying, stumbling, &c., is useless ana cruel. If he shys, and you nrhip him for it, it only adds terror, and makes the object larger than it would otherwise be ; give him time to examine it without punishing him. He should never be hit with the whip, under any circumstances, or for anything that he does. As to smelling oil, there is nothing that assists the trainer to tame his horse better. It is better to approach a colt with the scent of honey or cinnamon upon your hand, than the scent of hogs, for horses* naturally fear the scent of hogs, and will attempt to escape from it, while they like the' scent of honey, cin- namon, or salt. To affect a horse with drugs you must give him some preparation of opium, and while he is under the influence of it, yon cannot teach him anything more than a man when he is intoxicated t 22 FARMERS' RECEIPTS. with liquor. Another thin^, you must remember to treat him kindly, for there you require obedience from any subiect, it is better to have it rendered from a sense of love than fear. You should be careful not to chafe the lips of your colt or hurt his mouth in any way ; if you do he will dislike to have the bridle on. After he is taught to follow you, then put on the tiamess, putting your lines through the shaft straps along the side, and teach him to yield to the reins, turn short to the right and left, teach him to staua still before he is ever hitched up ; you then have control over him. If he gets frightened, the lines should be used as a telegraph, to let him Know what you want him to do. No horse is naturally vicious, but always obeys his trainer as soon as he comprehends what he would have him do ; you must be firm with him at the same time, and give him to under- stand that you are the trainer, and tliat he is the horse. The best bits to be used to hold a horse, to keep his month from getting sore, is a straight bar-bit, 4^ inches long between the rings ; this operates on both sides of the iaw. while the ordbiary snaffle forms a cUmp and presses tiie side of the jaw. The curb or bridoon hurts his under jaw so wat he will stop before he will give to the rein. To throw a horse, put a rope 12 feet long around his body in a running noose, pass it down to the right fore foot through a ring in a spancil, then bnckle up the left or near fore foot, take a firm hold of your xopei, lead him around 4 farmers' receipts. m him kindly, ettertohave 1 be careful "ly way ; if is taught to through the J reins, turn ■e he la ever frightened, fr what you J^s obeys his VG him do ; m to under- rhe best bits ig sore, is a operates on I cUmpand mderjawso a horse, put )a8s it down ickle up the him around ) 1 imtil he is tired, give him a shove with your shoulder, at the same time drawing up the right foot which brmgs him on his knees, hold him steady, and in a few moments he will Ue down. Never attempt to hold him still, for the more he scuffles the better. Take your colt into a tight room or pen,^ and with a lon^ whip com- mence snapi)ing at the colt's hind leg, taking care not to hit above the hocks, siopping immediately when the colt turns hia head towards you; while his nead is towards you, approach him with the left hand extended toward him, holding your whip in tl-o right, ready to snap him as soon as he turns his head from you. In this way you can soon get your hands upon him. As soon as you have done this, be careful to caress him for his obedience, and snap him for his disobedience. In this way he will soon learn that he is safest in your presence with his head towards you, and in a very short time you cannot keep him away from you. Speak kindly ana firmly to him, all the time caress- ing him, calling by name, and saying, " Ho, boy," or " Ho, Dina," or some familiar word that he will aoovL learn. If a colt is awkward and careless at first, you must he^jc with him, remembering that we, too, were awkward when young ; allowing him his own way, until by degrees he will come in. If ne is wilful, you mu^t then change your course of treatment, by confining him in finch a way that he u powerless for harm until he submits. If he is ditiposed to run, use my pole check on him ; if to kick, fasten a rope around his under jaw, pass it through the collar and attach it to his hind feet In this way one kick will cure him, as tiie force of the blow falls on his jaw. If he should be stubborn, lay him down and confine l^m until you subdue him, without punishing him with the whip. Colts should be broke without blmd-briduid ; after they are well broke, tiien you may put on blinds. Bridles without blinds are the best unless you want to speed your horse, then it will be necessary to keep him from seeing the whip. Colts should be well handled and taught to give readily to the rem before they are hitehed up. If you hitch them up the first thing and they become frightened, then you have no control over them ; out if you teach them to start, stop, and stand at the word before they are hitehed, then you can govern them. Cruelty to Horses — Besides the cruel punishment inflicted upon horses, by the careless and heartless driver, he is subjected to se- vere punishment in the winter season, by being compelled to take frozen bits into his mouth in cold weather, tearing the skin from the tongue and the roof of his mouth, producing a heavy inflammatiGu in the mouth and throat ; he gets poor, hidebound, and the sympathetic nerves of the head take up the mflammation, ciurry it to the head and eyes, frequently producing blindness, and a hunared other diseases. The whip should be used as an instrument of pleasure instead of tor- ture ; and your bits should be wound with flannel or leather ; so that no frozen iron will come in contact with his month, lips or tongue. Rarey's Liniment. — Sulphuric ether, 4 ozs. ; hartsnom, 4 ozs.,, oil of origanum, 4 ozs. ; alcohol, 4 ozs. ; sweet oil, 4 ozs. Shake well before using. For sprains on horses, &c., apply by rubbing and cover with a tight flannel bandage. For headache, rub a little on the temples and a))ply a bandage wet with the liniment to the forehead. Rarey's Wizard Oil.— Oil of origanum, 6 ozs. ; alcohol, 6 ozs. ; spirits turpentine, 1 oz. ; camphor, 1 oz. Shake well before using. 24 farmers' receipts. Raret's Dra«CTiON8 for SHOErsTG Horses.— "Tiere are very few blackBmiths that ever once think what a compli :ated piece of machinery the foot of a horse is, and by one careltss blow they frequently stop the working of this machine; The majr »ity of smiths, as soon as they pick Up a horse's foot, go to work pa ^ug the heel, from the fact that it is the most convenient part of the foot, and there- by destroy the heel and braces of tho foot, causing, in many instances, contracted heels. The heels of a horse should be well kept up and the toe down. By lowering the heels you throw the entire weight of your horse upon the back tendon of the legs, and thereby produce lameness from overtaxing a very important set of tendons. By keeping up tlie heel you throw the weight upon the wall of the foot. In this position you prevent stumbling, clicking, &c. Next the shoer commences to pare away the sole, thins it down until he can feel it spring with his thumb. Ask him why he does tliis, and he gives you no reason, except from custom ; next comes the bars or braces of the foot, they are smoothed down ; next in his ruinous course, comes the frogs of the feet, they are subjected to the same cutting and smoothing pro- cess. All the cutting, paring, and smoothing ef the soles, bars, or frogs is a decided inj ury to the horse as well as to the owner. All the corns in the land are produced by this process of pai-ing. The frogs have been placed in tne foot by nature to expand the wall of the fooc, and as soon as you commence to cut it, the oily substance commences to leak out, it dryn up, becomes hard, losing its oily substance, makes the wall hard and dry, induchig it to crack. The nerves of the feet are very sensitive, and smiths should be very careful not to prick the foot, as it requires nuito a time to relieve them. The foot is a very complicated piece 01 machinery, and if you keep a horse well shod and nis foot in good condition, you can then generally manage the Imlance. The feet suffer from being kept too dry. Hornes that stand on board floors should have their feet wet every day, or there should be a vat Ave inches deep, Ave feet long, and three wide, filled with water and clay, in which each horse can stand for one hour per week, unless his feet are feverish, then he should be kept in it an hour per day, or until the fever subsides. Another source of injury to horses' feet, is the habit of patronizing cheap blacksmiths. If a man can FARMERS* RECEIPTS. 25 re are very «d piece of I blow they yof smitbs, g the heel, ;, and there- y instances, b up and the [ghtof yonr ce lameness ping up the his position (nmences to ag with his no reason, B foot, they he frogs of othing pro- es, bars, or 3r. AUthe The frogs ot the foot, !ommences ice, makes of the feet prick the is a very well shod anage the that stand ere should filled with per week, 1 hour per to horses' man can »1 1 drive a nailjiie then sets up a sign as a farrier or a veterinary surgeon, when in fact he knows nothing of the anatomy of the horse's foot; not having spent ati v time or money in acquiring the necessary infor- mation, he can afford to shoe a few shUlings cheaper than 'a well-in- formed man, but the patrons of such cheap shoeing are generally ti^e sufferers. All horse-shoers should be well skilled veterinary surgeons, or there should be a skilful surgeon attached, to eveiv shop. Another source of poor shoeing and injury is the loss of elasticity of the frog, refusing to perfoim its proper functions ; the heel contracts, the foot rolls, and you have a sore horse for ten or twelve months, for it re- quires this lon^ to relieve a horse's suffering from being badly shod. Under the circumstances, the first thing that touches the road or the floor of the stall, should be the frog, and the wall of the foot should be kept cut so as not to prevent it from touching at every step; and no man that owns a horse should ever allow a blacksmith to cut the soles, bars, or frogs of his horse's feet. Nature has adapted the frogs to all description of roads, climates, and weather, without being pared. Sa many horses have been ruined by this process of paring, that there are now several establishments in this count^ chat' manufacture India rubber pads, thinking thereby to supply the wasted frog and the elasticity of the natural foot. The frog is insensible to pressure, and you may place the whole weight of your horse on the iroe and he wul suffer no inconvenience, as may be seen from shoeing with one of my com shoes ; besides, this is the only reliable way to cure contracted feet; by throwing the weight upon the frog, you force them up between the walls : it acts as a wedge, and soon relieves the contracted feet Smiths should never have their shoes hot when fitting them, as the application of hot iron extracts the oily substance from the hoof. The amount of cruel punishment mflicted on horses by cross-grain blacksmiths, is anothier source of poor shoeing. As soon as the horse does not stand the smith gets angry, and com- mences whipping and jerking the animal, which only adds terror to it, so that he soon refuses to go to the shop if he can avoid it ; it is natural for horses to dislike to be shod, because the hammering shocks the nervous system, until they are accustomed to it. He should be taught to stand^ and^is feet well handled at home, before he is ever brought to the snop by the owner. You then save the horse pounding, and the smith an immense amount of labor that he never gets any pay forj for no man ever thinks of paying anything extra for shoeing a horse. The wall of the foot should never be rasped above the nail holes, and as little below the clenches as possible ; all the rasping and filing but tends to thin and weaken the wall by cutting the fibers of the foot. The nails should be counter sunk into the shoe, so that there will be no chance for the clenches to rise. .No horse interferes with the heel or toe : it is always the side of the foot. The habit o£ turning the inside of the shoe under causes a number of horses to !n- terfei-e, that would not if they were shod straight in the Inside. Spread the heels as wide as possible ; set the outside a little under ; keep the toes full. For clicking horses, raise the heels high , cut the toes short. For speedy cuts, place your toe corks a quarter of an inch to the inside of the centre of your shoe: keep the heels wide apart. For corns, put on a shoe with a prong, for the main rim, so as to cover the en- tire frog, pare the wall lower than the frog, so as his en^ weight will be 26 FARMEBS' RECEIPTS. thrown on the frog. Have the inner cork not quite bo sharp as the oater one, so that if he steps upon tlie other foot it will not cut it ; make the riioes as lig^ t as possible consistent with good service, as thev are ordinarily n^o just about J too heavy." To Pbevbnt Hobses Ejckino in the Stalin.— Fasten a short tiaoe-chain about 2 feet long, by a strap to each hind foot. A better way is to have the stalls made wide enough so that the horse can turn in them easily. Close them with a door or bars, and turn the animal loose. After a while he wiU foi^t the habit, and stand tied without further trouble. To Cube Broken Legs.— Instead of summarily shooting the horse, in the greater number of fractures it is only necessary to par- tially sling uie horse by means of a broad piece of sail, or other strong clotti placed under the animal's belly, furnished with 2 breech- ings and 2 breast girths, and by means of ropes and pulleys attached to a cross beam atove, he is elevated, or lowered, as may be required. By the adoption of thia plan every facility is allowed for tiie satisfac- tory treatment of fractures. Lampas.— This consists in a swelling of the first bar of the upper palate. It is cured by rubbing the swelling 2 or 3 times a day witn h oz. of alum and the same quantity of doume refined sugar mixed with a llttie honey. Gbavel.— Steep ) lb. of hops in a quart of water ai.d give it as hot as the horse can stand it HAiiTER PniiiiiNO. A new way to prevent horses palling at the halter, is to put a very small rope under the horse's tail bringing the ends lorwara, crossing them on the back, and tying them on the breast. Put tiie halter strap through the ring^ and tie the rope in front of tiie horse. When the horse pulls, he will, of course, find nim- self in rather an uncomfortable posiiion, and discontinue the effort to free himself. Hide Bound. — ^To recruit a hide bound horse, give nitrate potassa (or saltpetre) 4 oz., crude antimony, 1 oz., sulphur 3 oz. Nitrate of potassa and antimony should be finely pulverized, then add the sulphur, and mix tl; whole well together. Dose, a tablespoonfnl of this mixture in a bran mash daily. , To Prevent Horses from Jitmpino.— Passa good stout surcingle around nis body ; put on his halter, and have the halter strap long ^ough to go from nis head, between his fore legs, then through the surcingle, and back to one of his hind legs, nocure a thUl strajp, and buckle around the leg between the foot and joint, fasten tae bolter strap in this — shorter or longer, as the obstinacy of the case may require, it is also useful to keep colts from running where there u likely to be danger from the result ; if the thill strap should cause any soreness on the leg, it may be wo'ind with a woollen cloth, and it would be well to change it from one leg to another occasionally. Bia Leo.— To cure, use the "Blistering Liniment" with regularity every third hour imtil it blisters. Lu 3 days wash the leg with linseed oil. In 6 days wash it clean with soap and water. Repeat every 6 da3rB until the swelling goes down. If there should be any callous left, apply spavin ointment. SoRK Breasts.— This generally occurs in the spring, at the com- mencement of plowing. At times the fault is in having poor t. A better orse can turn n the animal tied without (hooting the ssary to par- tail, or other 1th2breech- Bys attached be required, the satisfao- >f the upper day with* r mixed with ive it as hot lUing at the bringing the ihem on the the rope in "se, find Idm- the effort to i&te potassa Nitrate of en add the spoonful of nt surcingle ■ strap long through the thill strap, ^fasten tae be case may ere there b Id cause any md it would i regularity vith linseed »t every 6 my callous it the com- i poor <^ ' •i ^ collars, and not having the collar well fitted to the horse's breast; and often, the hames are either too tight or too loose. There is a great difference in horses about getting chafed or galled, and at times it has seemed to be impossible to keep their breasts from getting sore ; but a thorough application of strong alum water or white oak Dark to the breasts of the animal, 3 days before going to work, toughen them so that they will not get sore. Another excellent plan is, when you let your team rest for a few moments during work, to raise the collar and pull it a little forward, and rub the breast thoroughly with your naked hand. The Check Rein on Horses.— We desire to register an- earnest protest against this barbarous appendage to horses harness. It re- tards the horse's jprogress in every position both while he is at work, and while travellmg on a journey. It is both useless and cruel in every sense of the word, without any compensatingqualities to recom- mend it. Mr." Angell, of the " Boston Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals," who has travelled over a great part uf Europe in the interests of humanity to our dumb servante, says, that the use of the check rein is confined to America alone, bemg deservedly dis- carded every where both in Englanc^. and on the Conthient. The reason why it is so discarded, was vory graphically explained by an extensive horse owner in Glasgow, as he remarked, in conversation with Mr. Angell, that " We canna get the wark oot o' the horse wi' the check rem." To check rein a horse, is equivalent to trussing a man's head backward towards his back or heels, and compelling hfm, while bound in this position, to do duty with a lojuled wheelbarrow. FEBniNG Horses on the Road.— Many persons, in travelling, feed their horses too much, and too often, continually stuffing them, and not allowing them to rest and digest their food ; of course they suffer from over-fulness, and carrying unnecessary weight. Horses should be well fed in the evening, and must not be stuffed too full in the morning, and the travelling should be moderate on starting when the horse has a full stomach. If a horse starts in good condition, he can go 20 or 25 miles without feeding. The provender required by horses while travelling or engaged In ordinary farm work, per day, may be stated thus : Hay 20 lbs., oats 3 gals., water 4 gals. Muddy water is the best for horses. Beeves require 20 lbs. of hay and 6 ^MuMm 28 farmers' receipts. Ill gals, of water per day. Quantity will vary in every case according to the size, condition, breed, &c., together with the kind of work in which they are employed. Itch. — ^To cnre a horse affected with itch, first reduce his daily allowance of food, putting him on low diet and then give him a tea- spoonful of a mixture of equal parts of sulphur and antimonv, and at the end of a week or 10 days tlie sores will have disappeared and the horse will be covered with a fine coat of new hair. Stoppage op Urikk. — Symptoms : Frequent attempts to urinate, loQking round at his sides, lying down, rolling and sliretching. ' To cure, take ^ lb. of hops, 3 drs. oil of camphor; grind and mix. Make this into 3 pills. Give 1 every day, with a drench made of a small spoon- ful of saltpetre and 2 oz. of water. This will cure as a general tning. To Cube Balkit Hobses. — One method to core a balky horse is to take him from the carriage, whirl him rapidly around till he is giddy. It requires two men to accomplish this, — one at the horse's tail. Don't let him step oat. Hold him to the smallest possible circle. 1 dose will oft^i cure him, 2 doseft are flnal-with the worst horse that ever ref nsed to stir. Another pjlan is to fill his mouth with the dirt or gravel from the road, and he'will at once.g;o, the philosophy of this being that it gives him something else to think about. ' Dk. Cole's Kikg of OiiiS. — ^1 oz. green copperas ; 2 oz. wliite vitriol ; 2 oz. common salt ; 2 oz. linseed oil ; 8 oz. molasses. Boil over a slow fire fifteen minutes in a pint of urine ; when almost cold, add 1 oz. of oil of vitriol and 4 oz. of spirits of turpentine. Apply to wounds with a feather. A very powerful liniment. Sloak's Horse Ointment.— 4 oz. resm ; 4 oz. bees-wax ; lard, 8 oz. ; honey, 2 oz. Mix slowly and gently, bring to a boil ; then add less than 1 pint spirits turpentine ; then remove and stir till cool. Unsurpassed for horse flesh, cracked hoofs, human flesh, &c. Mexican Mustang Liniment. — Petroleum, olive oil, and carbon- ate of ammonia, each equal parts, and mix. Merchant's Gargling Oil.— Take 2^ gals, linseed oil ; 2ik gals, spirits turpentine ; 1 gal. western petroleum ; 8 oz. liquor potass. ; sap green, 1 oz. ; mix all together, and it is ready for use. Arabian Condition Powders. — Ground ginger, 1 lb ; sulphuret of antimony, 1 lb. ; powdered sulphur, 1 lb ; saltpetre, 1 lb. Mix all together, and administer in a masn, in such quantities as may be re- qiiired. The best condition powder in existence. BusTERiNO Liniment. — 1 part Spanish flies, finely powdered ; 3 of lard ; and 1 of yellow resm. Mix the lard asd resin together, and add the flies when the other Ingredients begin to cool. To render it more active, add 1 pint spirits turpentine. Medicated Food fob Horses and Cattle. — Take linseed cake and pulverize or grind it up in the shape of meal, and to every SO lbs. of this ingredient, add 10 lbs. Indian meal ; 2 lbs. sulphuret of antimony ; 2 lbs. ground ginger, IJ lbs. of saltpetre, ana 2 lbs. powdered sulphur. Mix the whole thoroughly together, put in neat boxes or packages for sale or otherwise as desired, and you will have an article equal in value to " Thorley's Eood," or almost any other preparation that can be got up for the purpose of fattening stock or curing disease in every case when food or medicine can be of anV use whatever. This article can be fed in any desired quantity, b^nnuig I according to 1 of work in lice his daily e him a tea- monv, and at sarea and the ts to nrinato, etching. - To mix. Make > BHiall spoon- eneral tning. balky horse und till he is the horse's ossible circle, rst horse that ith the dirt or lophy of this c 2 oz. wliite )lasse8. Boil when almost f turpentine, lent. 8-wax ; lard, a boil ; then [ stir till oool. I, &c. , and carbon- oil ; 2k gals, [uor potass. ; e. b : sulphuret Lib. MixaU ks may be re- [wwdered ; 3 jin together, . To render 'ake linseed and to every )8. sulphuret 9, and!^21b8. , put in neat ou will have it any other ing stock or •e of any use y, beginning r FARMERS* RECEIPTS. 29 with a few tablespoonf uls at a time, for a horse, mixing it with his grain, and in the same proportion to smaller animals, repeating the dose and increasing the quantity as the case may seem to require. Lotion fob Mange. — Boil2oz. tobacco iu 1 quart water ; strain ; add sulphur and soft soap, each 2 oz. ^ Fob Stbains and Swellings. — Strong vinegar saturated with common salt, used warm, is good for strains and reducing swellings. 1 oz. of white vitriol : 1 oz. of green copperas ; 2 teaspoonfuls of gunpowder, all pulvenzetl together, and dissolved in 1 quart of soft water, and used cold, rubbing in thoroughly, is one of the best appli- cations knoMm for reducmg swellings. Hoof-Bound Wash. — Spirits turpentine. 4 oz. ; tar, 4 oz. ; whale oil, 8 oz. Mix, and apply to the hoofs often. To Toughen Hoofs,, — ^Wash them frequently in strong brine, and turn brine upon the bottoms, and soak a few minutes each time. ScBAXCHES. — Cut off the hair close, and wash the legs in strong soap-suds or urine, or wash with warm vinegar saturated with salt, and afterwards dress over with a small quantity of hog's lard. Cough.— Quit feeding musty hay, and feed roots and laxative food. Sprinkle human urine on his fodder, or cut up cedar boughs and mix with his grain ; or boil a small quantity of fl^-seed, and mis it in a mash of scalded bran, adding a few ounces of sugar, molasses, or honey. Administer lukewarm. If there should be any appearance of heaxeSy put a spoonful of ground ginger once per day in his pro- vender, and allow him to drink freely of lime water. Split ob Bbokbn Hoof. — Let the blacksmith bore two holes on each side of tiie crack or split ; pass long nails through the holes and clinch tight. After anointing with the hoof-bound liquid, it will soon grow together. Colic Cube. — Bleed freely at the horse's mouth ; then take ^ lb. raw cotton, wrap it around a coal of fire, so as to exclude the air ; when it b^us to smoke, hold it under his nose till he becomes easy. To Cube Distempeb.— Take 1;^ gals, of blood from the neck vein ; then administer sassafras oil, 1^ oz. Cure, speedy and certain. Foundeb oubkd in 24 HouBS.— Boil or steam stout oat-straw for half an hour, then wrap it around the horse's leg quite hot, cover up with wet woollen rags to keep in the steam ; in six hours renew the application, take 1 gal. of blood from the neck vein, and give 1 quart linseed oil. He may be worked next day. Cube fob STAtiOEBs. — Give a mess twice a week, composed of bran, 1 gal. ; sulphur, 1 tablespoonful ; saltpetre, 1 spoonful ; boiling sassafras tea, 1 quart ; assafoetida, 1^ oz. Keep the horse from cold water for half a day afterwards. Ring-bone and Spavin Cube.— Venice turpentine and Spanish flies, of each 2 oz. ; euphorbium and aqua-ammonia, of each 1 oz. ; red precipitate, \ oz. : corrosive sublimate, ^ oz. ; lard, 1^ lbs. Pul- verize all, and put into the lard ; simmer slowly over coals, not scorching or burning ; and pour off, free of sediment. For ring- bones, cut off the hair, and rub the ointment well into the lumps once in 48 hours. For spavins, once in 24 hours for 3 mornings. Wash well previous to each application with suds, rubbing over the place with a smooth stick, to squeeze out a thickf yellow matter. TJjiB has removed very large ring-bones. -r^mmntiMi 80 FARMERS^ RECEIPTS. Another Cubb. — ^Take sweet oil, 4 oz. ; spirits turpentine, 2 oz. ; oil of stone, 1 oz. Mix, and apply wree times per day. If tlie horse is over four year old, or in any case when this is not suffi- cient, in addition to it. you will nt a bar of lead just above it, wiring the ends together, so it constantly wears upon the enlargement ; and tbe two tf^ether will cure nine cases out of every ten. in six weeks. Cube fob Bone Spavins — $300 Recipe. — Corrosive sublimate, quicksilver, and iodine, of each 1 oz. ' Rub the quicksilver and iodine together : then add the sublimate, and lastly the lard, rubbing them thoroughly. Shave off the hair the size of the bone enlargement ; grease all around it, but not where the hair is shaved off, this pre- vents the action of the medicine, except on the spavin. Then rub in as much of the paste as will lie on a 3-cent piece, each morning, for 8 or 4 mornings. In from 7 to 8 days, the whole spavin will come out ; then wash the wound with suds for an hour or so, to remove the iioisonous effects of the paste ; afterwards heal up the sore with any good healing salve, or Sloan's Horse Ointment as per recipe above, keeping the sore covered while it is healing up. Anotheb vbbt Valuable Reoipe Fob Rino-bone. — Pul- verized cantharides, oils of spike, origanum, amber, cedar, Bartei- does tar, and British oil, of each 2 oz. ; oil of wormwood. 1 oz. ; spirits turpentine, 4 oz. ; common potash, h oz. ; nitric acia, 6 oz. ; sulphuric acid, 4 oz. ; lard, 3 lbs. Melt the lard, and slowly add the adds ; stir well, and add the other articles, stirring till cold ; dip off the hair, and apply by rubbing and heating in. m about 3 days, or when it is done running, wash off with soap-suds, and apply again. In old cases, it may take 3 or 4 weeks ; but, in recent cases, 2 or 3 applications have cured. Anotheb. — Pulverized cantharides, oils of origanum and amber, and spirits turpentine, of each 1 oz. ; olive oil, ^ oz. ; sulphuric acid. 8 drams ; put all, except the acid, into alcohol ; stir the mixture, add the acid slowly, and continue to stir till the mixture ceases to smoke ; then bottle for use. Apply to ring-bone or spavin with a, sponge tiea on the end of a stick, as long as it is absorbed into the parts ; twenty- four hours after, grease well with lard ; and in twenty-four hours more, wash off well with soap-suds. One application is generally sufflaent for spavins, but may need two ; ring-bones, always two or three aj^ilications, three or four days apart, which prevents loss of hair. This will stop all lameness, but does not remove tiie lump. Splint and Spavin Liniment. Oil of origanum, 6 oz. ; gum camphor, 2 oz. ; mercurial ointment, 2 oz. ; iodme ointment, 1 oz. ; melt by putting all into a wide-mouthed bottle, and setting it in a kettie of hot water. Apply it to bone spavins or splints, twice daily, for four or five days, and a cure is guaranteed. Poll Evil and Fistula.— Common potash dissolved in i pint of water, 1 lb. ; add ^ oz. belladonna extract, and 1 oz. gum arable dis- solved in a littie water j work all into a paste with wheat flour, and bottie up tight. Directions : wash the sores well with Castile soap- suds ; then apply tallow all around them. Next, press the above paste to the bottom of all the orifices ; repeat every two days till the callous fibrous base around the poll evil or fistula is completely de- stroyed ; put a Mece of oil-cloth over the sores, and afterwards heal up with Sloan's Hoxse Ointment. ^ -«>M VARMERS' RECEIPTS. 81 mrts ; twenty- To Tamf. Horsks. — ^Take flnely-grated horse caator, oils of rho- diam and cumin ; keep them in separate bottles well corked ; put some of the oil of cumin on your hand, and approach the horse on tUv windy side. He will then move toward you. Then rub some of tiie cumin on his nose, give him a little of the castor on anything he likes, and get eight or ten drops oil of rhodium on his tongue. Tou can then get Um to do anything you like. Be kind and attentive to th - aitlm^, and your control is certain. J3BST Rbbiedy fob Heaves.— Balsam of fir and balsam of co- paiba, 4 02. each, and mix with calcined magnesia sufficiently thick CO make It into balls ; and give a middling-sized ball night and morn- ing for a week or ten di^s. Cube fob Bots ur Hobses.— Give the horse, first, 2 quarts of new milk, and 1 quart molasses ; 15 minutes afterwards, give 2 qiuurts very strong sage tea ; 30 minutes after the tea, give 3 pints (or enough to operate as physic), of curriers' oil. The n^olasses and milk cause the bots to let go their hold, the tea puckers them up, and the oil' carries them completely away. Cure, certain, in the worst cases. LiNiKEMT FOB SwEBNY.— Aloohol and spirits turpentine, of each 8 OB. ; camphor-gum, pulverized cantharides, and capsicum, of each 1 oz ; oil of spike, 3 oz. ; mix. Bathe this liniment in with a hot iron, and a cure is sure to follow. Fob Looseness ob Scoubino is Hobses ob Cattle.— Tormen- tU root, powdered. Dose for a horse or cow, 1 to 1^ oz. It may be stirred into 1 pint of milk, and given ; or it may be steeped in 1^ pints of milk, then given from three to six times daily, until cured. SOOUB8 AND PiN-WOBMS IN HOBSES AND CATTLE.— White ash bark burnt into ashes, and made into a rather strong lye ; then mix h pint of it with 1 pint warm water, and give all two or three times Ofuly. This will certainly carry off the worms, which are the cause, in most instances, of scours and looseness. English Stable Linimbnt, vebt stbono.— Oil of spike, aqua- ammonia, and oil of turpentine, each 2 oz. ; sweet oil, and oil of «mber, each, 1^ oz. ; oil of origanum, 1 oz. Mix. " CoLio Cube fob Hobses and Persons. — Spirits turpentine, 3 ox. ; laudanum, 1 ox. ; mix ; and for a horse give all for a dose, by putting it into a bottle with half a pint of warm water. If relief is not obtained in an hour, repeat the dose, adding half an ounce of the best powdered aloes, well dissolved. Cure, certain. Fob Persons, a dose would be from 1 to 2 teaspoonful» in warm tea ; children or weak persons, less. Liniment fob fifty cents peb gallon. — ^Best vinegar, 2 qts. ; Eulverized saltpetre, ^ ]b. ; mix, and set in a cool place till dissolved, ivaluable for old swellings, sprains, bruises, &c. Shoeing Horses. — A smith who shod for the hunt, and who said that he would have to shut up shop if a shoe was lost, as it might cause the loss of a horse worth a thousand pounds, fastened the shoe as follows : — Ac he drove the nails, he merely bent the points down to the hoof, without twisting them off, as the usual practice is : he then drove the nails home, and clinched them. He then twisted off the nails, and filed them lightly to smooth them, thus having, as he remarked, a clinch and a rivet to hold the nails. HoBBE Ail. — Make a slow fire of old shoes, rags, herbs, &c. 82 FARMERS RECEIPTS. When fired a little, smother so as to make a great smoke and steam, then set a barrel without heads, over the fire, and hold the horse's head down in the barrel, and smoke him well. This will soon pro- duce a copious running at the nose, and he will be so well pleased that he will voluntarily hold his head in the smoke. Continue this half anliour or more daily, meanwhile give him potatoes and warm bran mashes, and gently physic if there be much costiveness which the laxative food will not remove. If he has fever, treat him for it. Saddle Ain> Harness Gali^, &c.— White lead and linseed oil, mixed as for paint, is unrivalled for healing saddle, harness, or col- lar galls and bruises. Try it, applying with a brush. It soon forms an ur-tight coating and soothes the paui, powerfully assisting nature. Gbease Hbeu — Ley made from wood-ashes, and 'boil white-oak bark 11. it till it is quite strong, both in lye and bark-ooze; when it is cold, it is fit for use. Wash off the horse's legs with Castile soap; when dry, appljr the above ley with a swab fastened on a long stick 'to keep out of his reach, as the smart caused hy the application might make him let fly without much warning; but it is a sure cure, only it brings off the hair. To restore- the hair after the cure is effected, make and apply a salve by stewing elder bark in old bacon ; then form the salve by adding a little resin, according to the amount of oil when stewed, or \ lb, resin to each pound of oil. YAiiUABLE Re»[£DV FOR HEAVES. — Calcined magnesia, balsam of fir, balsam copaiba, of each 1 oz. ; spirits turpentine, 2 oz. ; put tiiem all into 1 pint best cider vinegar; give for a dose, 1 tablespoonful in his feed, once a day for a week; then every other day for 2 or 3 months. Wet his hay witli brine, and also his other feed. He will cough more at first, but looser and looser till cured. To Distinguish and Cure Distemper. — ^Wet up bran with rather strong lye; if not too strong, the horse will eat it greedily. If tiiey have the distemper, a free discharge from the nostrils, and a conse- quent cure, will be the result, if continued a few days; but if only a cold, with swellings of the glands, no change will be discovered. Remedy rom Founder.— Draw about 1 gal. blood from the neckf then drench the horse with linseed oil, 1 qt ; now rub the fore-legs long and well with water as hot as can be borne witiiout scalding. Physio-Baxi. for Horses.— Barbadoes aloes, from 4 to 6 or 6 diams (according to size and strength of the horse); tartrate of potassa, 1 dram; ginger and Castile soap, each 2 drams; oil of ajiise, or peppermint, 20 drops; pulverize and make all into one ball, with thick gum solution. Feed by giving scalded bran instead of oats, for two days before giving the physic, and during its operation. Physic for Cattle.— Take ha{f only of the dose above for ahorse, and add it to glauber-salts, 8 oz. ; dissolve all in gruel, 1 quart, and ^ve as a drench. HooF-AUi in Sheep. — ^Muriatic acid and butter of antimony, of each 2 oz. : white vitriol, pulverized, 1 oz. ; mix. Lift the foot, and drop a little of it on the bottom, only once or twice a week. It kills tiie old hoof, and a new one soon takes its place. Superphosphate of Lime, the greatest AoRicnLTURAi. Dis- covery OF THE Age.— Take a large puncheon, large tub, or barrel, and- put into it 200 lbs. water; add, very slowly and cautiously, 100 lbs. of pure sulphuric acid; you must be very careful, while hundiing this L_ FARMERS RECBIPTS. 8d ce and steam, d the horse's mVi soon pro- ) well pleased Continue this 383 and warm ;ivenes8 which ■eat him for it. id linseed oil, lamess, or col- It soon forma isisting nature. Doil white-oak )ze; when it is h Castile soap; tn a long stick [)licatiou might ure cure, only ire is effected, :on; then form ant of oil when esia, balsam of oz. ; put them iblespoonful in r 2 or 3 months, rill cough more ran with rather Bdily. If they , and a oons&- ; but if only a iscovered. from the neckf b the fore-legs thout scalding, m 4 to 5 or 6 le); tartrate of ts; oil of anise, one ball, with iad of oats, for Eition. ove for a horse, 1, 1 quart, and I antimony, of t the foot, and week. It kills JXTIiTURAI. Dis- tub, or barrel, tiously.lOOlbs. Le handling this article, not to let it touch your skin or clothing, as it will instantly blacken the skin, and destfoy the clothing, wherever it comes in con- tact; and, when mixed with water, it engenders a very intense heat. Into this mixture throw 200 lbs. of bones, no matter how old or use- less they may be. The sulphuric acid instantly attacks and enters into combinatiqp with the bones, reducing them to a pasty consistence, and completely dissolving them. Keep under cover, and turn them over occasionally, while the process is going on; and, when com- pleted, dimip out the whole contents on the bam floor or on a plat- form of boards, and thorouglily work into the mass four times its bulk of dry bog-earth or dry road-dust; mix and pulverize completely with a wooden shovel. The bog-earth acts as an absorbent or drier, retaining the fertilizing properties of the compound, and rendering it easy of uniform distribution. If whole bones are used, it will take six or eight weeks to dissolve them ; if they are broken with an axe, they will dissolve in about three weeks; if they are ground in a bone mill, four days will be sufficient. This manure is the most powerful fertilizer in existence; and, when made by these directions, it is the cheapest, as one ton is equal to thirty-two tons of barn-yard manure. For top-dressing grass lands, use 300 lbs. per acre; for com, potatoes, beans, turnips, «c., apply 450 lbs. per acre in the drill, mixing with the soil; for wlieat, rye, oats, or barley, 400 lbs. per acre, harrow in with the seed; for buckwheat, 300 lbs. per acre. SuPEBPHOSPHATE IN TwENTY-FoCTB HouRS.— Any farmer who has got an apparatus for steaming food for cattle can make super- phosphate in quick style by admitting .steam from the boiler into the barrel containmg the water, acid, and ground bones. The heat thus generated quickens the dissolution of the bones in a wonderful man- ner; and, if tl»e process is properly conducted, it will not take over twenty-four hours in any case. It is indispensable that the barrel be tightly covered to retain the steam. Tebtilizer fob ToBAcco.-^dd 40 lbs. of the best Peruvian guano to each 100 lbs. of the superphosphate made by the above receipt, ani you will have one of the most powerful fertilizers for tobacco that can be made. If you do not have Peruvian guano, use in- stead 30 lbs. of hen manure to each 100 lbs. of superphosphate. HoME-MADK PouDBETTE. — Few fertilizers are wasted with the prodigality of extravagance which attends the use of night soil^ while tlie exercise of a little care and attention is all that is required to secure one of the most powerful fertilizers in existence. Night soil contains phosphate of lime, which is essential to the growth of animals' bones, and which is not supplied from the atmosphere like carbonic acid a;id ammonia. Di order to receive the droppmgs in a manageable and inoffensive state, tlie vault sliould be provided with a large, tight box made of matched plank, placed to slide on scantling, so that it can be drawn out, by attaching a horse, whenever required. Provide plenty of dry, black loam from the woods or swamps; refuse charcoal, dry peat, or alluvial deposits answer first-rate. Keep them dry, in barrels or boxes on the spot, under cover; spread a thick layer on the bottom of the receiving box, and at intervals of a few days throw in a liberal supply of these absorbents on the accumulating de- posit. If a few handffuls of plaster are thrown 'in occasionally, it will snpprei^ unpleasant odors and increase the value of the manure. 3 I 34 farmers' receipts. The einptyiiiff of slops and dish water iu the box should be strictly {irohibited. When the box is filled, you civn remove it, and convert t into iK)udrette. For this purpose it must be worljed over with an additional quantity of muck, or other absorbent, in such proportions that it will form, witli what has been previously added, about three- quarters of the entire compound. The working should be done under a shed, and the whole kept perfectly dry. It should h6 shovelled over and mixed several times at intervals, and finally screened, and made as uniform throughout as possible; tlic finer it is pulverized, and the drier it is kept, the better. Home-made Guano of UNEQUAiiLED ExcelijENOE. — Save all your fowl manure from sun and rain. To prepare it for use, spread a layer of dry swamp muck (the blacker it is the better) on your bam floor, and dump on it the whole of your fowl manure; beat it into a fine powder with the back of your spade; this done, add hard wood ashes and pilaster of Paris, so that the compound shall be composed of the following proportions: dried muck, 4 bushels; fowl manure, 2 bushels; ashes, 1 bushel; plaster, li bushels. Mix thoroughly, and spare no labor; for, in this matter, uie elbow-grease expended will be well paid for. A little before planting, moi.«" "' the heap with water, or, better still witli urine ; cover well over witii old mats, and let it lie till wanted for use. Apply it to beans, cora, or potatoes, at the rate of a handful to a hill ; and mix with the soil before dropping the seed. This Mrill be found the best substitute for guano ever invented, and may be depended on for bringing great crops of turnips, com, potatoes, &c. To Dissolve Large Bones fob Manure without Expense.— Take any old flour barrel, and put into the bottom a layer of hard- wood ashes ; put a layer of bones on the top of the asnes, and add another layer of ashes, filling the space between the bones with them ; then add bones and ashes alternately, finishing off with a thick layer of ashes. When your barrel is filled, pour on water (urine is better.) just sufficient to keep them wet, but do not on any account suffer it to leach one drop ; for that would be like leaching your dungheap. In the course of time they will heat, and eventually soften down so , that you can crumble them with your finger. When sufficiently softened, dump them out of the barrel on a heap of dry loam, and pulverize and crumble them up till they are completely amalgamated mto one homogeneous mass with the loam, so that it can 1k> easily handled and distributed when reauired. You may rely on it, this manure will leave its mark, anf* snow good results wherever used. Substitute for SurERPHOSPHATB. — If yoti have inch bone ground iu a bone-mil], and cannot afford to purchase sulphuric acid to work it up into superphosphate of lime, you can reduce your bones into a fine impalpable powder by simply using three barrels of loamy soil to every barrel of inch bones ; mix them together. The bones " will soon begin to heat and ferment, and continue so for some time ; they will then cool off. You will then proceed to chop down and pulverize and work the mass thoroughly ; it will begin to reheat and ferment and cool down again ; and you will continue working it over till the contents are brought to the proper state of fineness, when you will have a fertilizer of astonishing power. It is only a year or two since a statement appeared in the ^' Cpimtry Gentleman," of the *t FARMERS RECEIPTS. 85 should be Htrictly ve it, and convert ked over with an 1 such proportions ided, about three- uld be done under I b6 shovelled over reened, and made iilverized, and the LENCE.— Save all t for use, spread a er) on your bam re; beat it into a 8, add hard wood ail be composed of ; fowl manure, 2 : thoroughly, and ) expended will be heap with water, nats, and let it lie atoes, at the rate Iropping the seed. ver mvented, and )f turnips, com, OUT Expense.— I a layer of hard- le asnes, and add bones with them ; ivith a thick layer ' (urine is better.) account sufiferit your dungheaj). y soften down so Vhen sufBciently of dry loam, and ely amalgamated ; it can be easily T rely on it, this I wherever used, tiave inch bone ie sulphuric acid sduce your bones barrels of loamy her. The bones ) for some time ; chop down and {in to reheat and > working it over eness, when you dy a year or two leman," of the experiments of a Mr. Hasiceli^ with a manure prepared after this method, who found it even superior to superphosphate of lime. How TO DOUBLE THE- USUAL QUANTITY OP MaNUBE ON A Fakm.— Provide a good supply of black swamp mould or loam from the woods, within easy reach of your stable, and place a layer of this, one foot thick, under each horse, with litter as usufll, on the top of the loam or mould. Remove the droppings of the animals every day, but let the loam remain for two wecKs ; then remove it, mixing it with the otlier manure, and replace with fresh mould. By this simple means, any farmer can double not only the quantity but also the quality of his manure, and never feel himself one pemiy the lx)orer by the trouble or expense incurred, while the fertilising value of the ingredients absorbed and saved by tlie loam can scarcely be estimated. Josiah Quincy, jun., has been very successful in keeping cattle in stables the year through, and feeding them bv means of soiling. Tlie amount of manure thus made had enabled him to improve the fertility of a poor farm oi" 100 acres, so that in twenty years the hay crop liad increased from 20 to 300 tons. The cattle are keptm a well- arranged stable, and are let out into the yard an hour or two morning and afternoon ; but they generally appear glad to return to their J[uarters. By this process, one acre enables him to support three or our cows. They are fed on grass, green oats, com toddfc»', barley, &c., which are sown at intervals through the spring and summer months, to be cut as required ; but he remarks that his most valuable crop is his manure crop. Each cow ^^roduces 3^ cords of solid, and 3 cords of liquid manure, or (>^ cords m all. I ive to eight miles f nim Boston, such manure is worth five to eight dollars a cord. From this estinmte, he has come to the conclusion that a cow's manure may be made as valuable as her milk. Twenty Dollaks' Worth of Manure for almost Nothino. — If you have any dead animal, — say, for instance, the body of a horse,— do not suffer it to pollute the atmosphere by drawing it away to the woods or any other out of the way place, but remove it a short distance only, from your premises, and put down four or five loads^ of muck or sods, place the carcass thereon, and sprinkle it over with' qnick-lime, and cover over immediately witli sods or mould sufficient to make, with what had been previously added, 20 good wagon- loads ; and you will have within twelve months a pile of manure worth $20 for any crop you choose to jiut it upon. Use a propor- tionate quantity of mould for smaller animals, but never less than twenty good wagon-loads for a horse ; and, if any dogs manifest too great a regard for the enclosed carcass, shoot them on the spot. Fish Compost, Substitute for Bonk-Dust, Manure from Fish Refuse; &c, — The fish owes its fertilizing value to the animal matter and bone-earth which it contains. The former is precisely similar to flesh or blood, consisting of 25 per cent, of fibrin, the rest being water ; and their bones are similar in composition to those of terrestrial animals. As fertilizing agents, therefore, the bodies of fishes will act nearly in the same way as the bodies and blood of animals ; 100 lbs., in decaying, produce 2^ lbs. of ammonia. Hence 400 lbs. of fish rotted in compost are enough for an acre. The great effect is due to tlie ammonlacal portion ; for it renders the herbage 36 FARMERS RECEIPTS. dark-green, and starts it very rapidly. One of the best coniiwsts is made as follows : Dried bo":-eai'th, loam, or peat, seven barrels ; hardwood ashes, two barrels ; fish, one barrel ; slaked lime, one bushel. Place a thick Inyer of the bog-eaith on the bottom ; on the top of this put a layer of the fish, then a sprinkling of lime, then a a layer of ashes ; on top of the ashes put a thick layer of bog-earth, loam, or peat , then another thin layer of fish, lime, and ashes, and 80 on till your materials are worked in ; then top off with a tliick layer of the absorbents, to retain the fertilizing gases. The decompo- sition of the fish will proceed very rapidly, and a. very rich comi^ost will be the result. It should be shovelled over and over and thor- oughly intermixed and pulverized. Put this on so as to have 400 lbs. of fish to the acre. It may be applied with the greatest benefit to com, turnips, potatoes , beans, &c., in the drill, and broad cast on the grass. Superphosphate can be made from pogy-chum, or the refuse of other fish, after the oil is expressed, by dissolving in sulphuric acid, and afterwards mixing with dry loam, precisely as directed for making superi>hosphate with bones. Whale-oil or the oil of any fish, when made into a compost with loam, and a little lime or wood ashes, yields a very ix>werful manure, merely mixed with absorbent earth and applied at the end of the month. Impure whale-oil, at the rate of 40 gallons per acre, has produced a crop of 23J tons of turnips per acre ; while on the same soil, and during the same season, it took 40 bushels of bone-dust to produce only 22 tons per acre. Ashes fkom Soil by Spontaneous Combustion. — Make your mound 21 feet long by 10^ feet wide. To fire, use 72 bushels of lime. First a layer of dry sods or parings on which a quantity of lime is spread, mixing sods with it; then a covering of eight inches of sods, on which the other half of the lime is spread, and covered a foot thick, the height of the mound being about a yard. In twenty-four hours it will take fire. The lime should be fresh from the kiln. It is better to suffer it to ignite itself than to effect it by the operation of water. When the fire is fairly kindled, fresh sods must be ap- plied ; but get a good body of iisaes in the first place. I think it jnay be fairly supposed that the lime adds full its worth to the quality of the ashes, and, when limestone can be got, I would ad- vise the burning a small quantity in the mounds, which would be a great improvement to the ashes, and would help to keep the fire in. Substitute kou Babn-manube.— Dissolve a bushel of salt in water enough to slack 6 or 6 bushels of lime. The best rule for pre- IMuing the compost heap is, 1 bushel of this lime to 1 loaa of Hwamp-muck, intimately mixed ; though 3 bushels to 5 loads makes a very good manure. In laying up the heap, let the layer of muck and lime be thin, so that decom]^)osition may be more rapid and complete. When lime cannot be got, use unleached ashes. — 3 or 4 bushels to a cord of muck. In a month or six Aveeks, overnaul and work over the heap, when it will be ready for use. Sprinkle the salt water on the lime as the heap goes up. SHEEP-DirpiNO CoMi'OsiTioN. — Water, 1 gal. ; benzine, 8 ounces ; cayenne pepper, 2 oimces. Mix ; make what quantity you require, using these proportions. Dip your sheep and lambs in the composi- tion, and it will make short work of the vermin. Oat OB Wheat Stbaw made equal to Hay.— Bring 10 gallons wate 3 ga empt and it w ton liqui asf: Di boili lor R FARMERS RECEIPTS. 37 best coinix)8te is t, seven barrels : slaked lime, one B bottom ; on the 8 of lime, then a lyer of bog-earth, e, aiid ashes, and off with a tliick The decojnpo- eryrich comiiost d over and tlior- is to have 400 lbs. ist benefit to corn cast on the grass! he refuse of other Iphuric acid, and >cted for making ►f any fish, when or wood ashes, absorbent earth le-oil, at the rate »s of turnips per season, it took 40 •e. ON. — Make your ! bushels of lime, antitv of lime is it inches of sods, ered a foot thick, i^enty-four hours 1 the kiln. It is ay the oi>eration )ds must be ap- lace. I think it ts worth to the ot, I would ad- vhich would be keep the fire in. ishel of salt in est rule for pre- e to 1 load of ) S loads makes layer of muck nprei rapid and ashes.— 3 or 4 , overhaul and Sprinkle the dne, 8 ounces ; y" .you require, n the composi- ring 10 gallons Pour a gallon of water to a boilmg heat ; take it off the fire, and add to it at once 3 gallons of linseed unground ; let it remain till it gets cold ; then emptv the whole into a cask containing 44 gallons of cold water, and let it remain for forty-eight hours. At the end of that time, it will be reduced into a thin jelly, like arrowroot. Spread out 4 ton straw, and sprinlde it over regularly with the whole of the liquid from the cask. The stock will eat it up as clean, and keep as fat on it, quantity for quantity, as they would do on hay. Death fob Vermin on Plants ob Animals boiling water on one pound tobacco leaves, strain it in twenty minutes ; lor vermin, on animals or plants, this decoction is certain death. Remedy fob Cubculio in Fbuit Tbees.— Sawdust saturated in coal oil, and placed at the roots of the tree, will be a sure prevent- ive ; or, clear a circle around the tree from all rubbish ; fill up all little holes . and smooth off the ground for a distance of at least 3 feet each way from the tree, then place chips or small pieces of wood on the ground within the circle ; the curculio will take refuge in large numbers below the chips, and you can pass around in the mornings and kill them off. Grafting Wax.— Resin, 1 lb. ; bees-wax, 1 lb. ; with tallow or lard sufficient to soften mitil it can be readily applied with thehand ; melt To Cultivate Tobacco. — To raise tobacco, select a sheltered situation, where the young plants can receive the full force of the sun ; burn over the surface of the ground early in spring (new land is best), rake it well, and sow the seeds : have a dry, mellow, rich soil, and after a shower, when the plants have got leaves the size of a quarter-dollar, transplant as you would aibbage plants, 3^ feet apart, and weed out carefully afterwards. Break 0(1 the suckers from the foot-stalks, as they appear ; also the tops of the plants when they are well advfuiced,- say, about three feet high, — except those designed for seed, whic^h »lK)uld be the largest and best plants. The ripeness of tobacco is known by small dusky spots appearing on the leaves. The plfuits should theirbe cut near the roots, on the morning of a day of siuishme, and should lie singly to wither. When sufficiently withered, gather them carefully together, and hang them up mider cover to euro and prepare for market. To Pbksebve Potatoes from Rot— Dust over the flo r of tho bin with lime, and put m about G or 7 inches of potatoes, and dust with lime as before, then more potatoes, using about 1 bushel of lime to 40 bushels of pofeitoes. The lime improves the flavor of the pota- toes, and effectually kills the fungi which causes the rot. An old veteran farmer, with 03 years' experience, has successfully fought the potato rot in the f/mtnd, as follows: He plants them in the latter part of Aj>ril, or begimung of May, and in the old of the moon. When six inches high they are plastered and dressed out nicely. Now for the secret. When blossoming, take 2 parts plaster, and 1 part fine salt, mix well together, and put 1 large spoonful of this compound as near the centre of each hill as possible. When ripe, take them out of the ground, have them dry when put in wo cellar, and keep them in a dry, cool place. Packing Fruits for Loncj Distances.- Take a box of the projjer size, soft paper, and sweet bran. Place a layer" of brali on the bottom, then each bunch of grapes is held by the hand over a 88 FARMERS RECKIPTS. sheet of the paper ; the four corners of the paper are brought itp to the Btalk and nicely secured ; then Uiid on its side in the box, and so on until the first hiyer is finislied. Then dust on a layer of brau, giving the box a gentle shake as yon proceed. Begin the Hccond layer as the 'first, and so on until the whole is full. The bloom of tlie fruit is thus presen'ed as fresh, at the end of a journey of 600 miles, as if they were newly tiiken from the trea l^ever fails to preserve grapes, peaches, apricots, and other fruit. Thobley's Condimental Food. — The following is a formula to make 1 ton of the food : take of Indian meal 900 lbs. , locust beans finely ground 600 lbs., best linseed cake 300 lbs., powdered turmeric and sulphur of each 40 lbs., saltpetre 20 lbs., licorice 27 lbs., ginger 3 lbs., anise-seed, 4 lbs., coriander and gentian of each 10 lbs., cream of tartir 2 1|}8., carbonate of soda and levigate'', antimony each 6 lbs., common salt 30 lbs., Peruvian bark 4 lbs., fenugreek 22 lbs., mix thoroughly. Cure fob Sweli^ed Bags in Cows.— An excellent remedy for swelled bags in cows, caused by cold, etc., is gum camphor 4 oz., to sweet oil 2 ozs. ; pulverize the gum, and dissolve over a slow fire. To Incbease the Flow of Milk in Cows. — Give your cows three times a day, water slightly warm, slightly salted, in which bran has been stin-ed at the rate of 1 qt. to 2 gals, of water. You will find if you have not tried this daily practice, that the cow will give 25 per cent, more milk, and she will become so much attached to the diet that she will refuse to drink clear water unless very thirsty, but this me«s she will drink at almost any time, and ask for more. The amount of this drink necessary is an ordinary water-pail full each time, morning, noon, and night. Avoid giving cows '* slops," as they a^e no more fit for the animal than the human. Home-made Stump Machine.— Take 3 pieces of common joints, put them together in form like a common harrow, lettlug the tapering ends lap by each other some 6 inches, makmg a place for the chain to rest in. Cut off the roots at any distance you please from the stump, place the machine at one side of the stump, tapering end up; hitch the chain on the opposite side and pass it over the machine ; then hitch a good yolie of oxen thereto, and you will see the stump rise. Ar-zther method is as follows : in the fall of the year bore a 1-inch hole 18 inches deep into the centre of the stump, and put in 1 oz., of saltpetre, filling up with water, and plugging the hole up. In the spring take out the plug, put in half a gill of kerosene and set fire to it. It will burn out the stump, to tlie farthest root. Here is another plan : in the fall, ■with an incli auger, bore a hole in the centre of the stump 10 inches deep, and put hito it a i lb. of vitriol, and cork the hole up very tight. In the spring the whole stump and roots extending all through tneir ramifications will be found so rotten that they can be easily eradicated. To Spbout Onions.— Pour hot water on the seed, let it remain 2 or 3 seconds, and they will immediately sprout, and come up much earlier. To Renew Old Obcmards. — ^Early in the spring, plough the entire orchard, and enrich the whole soil with a good dressing of compost of manure, swamp-rauck, and lime ; scrape off tlio old bark with a deck-scraper, or a shaii) hoe ; apply half a bushel of lime, and the same of ground charcoal round each tree. Then apply diluted soft soap, or strong soap-<*uds, on the trunks and 1 FARMERS RECEIPTS. 39 ^•ye. brought „„ «^5^e in t],e box t tlie end of a en from the tree i other fruit >uistbeaiw finely ed tumieric and «., ginger 3 lbs I'.Ff^'n of tartar 6 lbs, common "X tiiorouffhlv ent remecfy fcr - f P »or 4 ol, to a sJow fire, five yonr cows '» 1" wluc], bran .^ou will find »ied to the (fiet fiirsty, but this oi" more. The •-l>aii full each slops," as they ommon joints, Ogthetaperintr or the chahi t6 om the stump, i lip; hitch the ; then hiteh a J«f- ,Ar„ther 1-iiicli hole 18 ' of ,salt])ctre, ^0 spring take • "Will burn J-" in the fall. mplOlnchefl [P very tight, "rough their ^^eradirated. It remain 2 J come H]) P'ongh the dressing nt ^ff tho^id ■ bushel of ree. T'.ien" riiultfl and limbs, ati high as a man CJin reach. When the trees are in full bloom, throw over them a good proportion of fine slaked lime, and you will reap abundant fruits from your labors. To Dkstkov thk MoTHOiiMiiiLKK. — Dr. Waterinnn saj^s, "I took two white dishes (because white attracts their attention m the night) or deep plates, and placed them on the top of the hives, and filled them about half-full of sweetened vinegar. The next morning I had about 50 millers caught; the second night I caught 50 more ; the third night, being cold, I did not get any, the fourth night, being very warm, I caught about 400; the filth night I got about 200." To Keep Miuc Sweet, and Sweeten Souii Milk. — Put into the millc a small quantity of carbonate of magnesia. To Make CHEAr and Good Vinegab. — To eight gallons of clear rain-water, add 6 qui! its of molasses ; tuni the mixture into a clean, tight cask, shake it well two or three times, and add 1 pt. of good yeast. Place the cask in a warm place, and in ten or fifteen days add .a shietof common wrjippuig-papor, smeared with molasses, and toni into narrow strips; and you will nave good vinegar. The pai)er is necessary to form the " mother," or life of the liquor. Mil. CuLiLEv's Red' Salve, to cube the Rot in Sheep.— Mix 4 oz.. of the bOKt honey, 2 oz. of burnt alum reduced to powder, and i a pouj\d of Armenian bole, with as much train or fish oil as will convert these ingredients uito the consistence of a salve. The honey must first be gradually dissolved, when the Annenian bole must bo stirred in ; afterwards the alum and train-oil are to be added. To Impbove the Wool of Sheep, by SiM^abino. — Immediately after the sheep are shorn, soak the roots of the wool that remains ail over with oil, or butter, and brimstone ; and, 3 or 4 days aftetward, wash tbem with salt and water. The wool of next season will not be much finer, but the quantity will be in greater abundance. It mav be depended upon, that the sheep will not be troubled with the scab or vermin that year. Salt water is a safe and effectual remedy against maggots. To Mabk Sheep without Injuby to the Wool. — ^To SOsiwonfuls of linseed oil, add 2 oz. of lithiirge, 1 oz. of lampblack ; boil all together, and mark the sheep therewith. To Pbevent the Fly in Tubnips. — From experiments hitely made, it has been ascci-tsiined that lime so>vn by hand, or dis- tributed by a machine, is a.n infallible protection to turnips agahist the ravages of this destructive insect. It should be applied as Boort as the turnips come up, and in the same daily rotation in which they were sown. The lime should be slaked immediately before it is used, if the air be not sufficiently moist to render that operation unnecessary. CoiiOBiNO FOB Cheese. — The coloring for cheese is, or at least should be, Spajiish amiatto ; but, as soon as coloring bec^vme general in tliis coimtry, a color of an adulterated kind was expoSted for sale in almost every shop. The weight of a guinea and a half of real Sixmiwh anniitto is sufficient for a cheese of fifty pounds' weight. If a considorabk) part of the (^ojim of the night's milk be taken for butter, more coloring will bo requisite. The leaner the cheese is, the more coh)ring it requires. The manner of iising 40 farmers' receipts. aunatto is to tie up in a linen rag the quantity deemed sufficient, and put it into ^ pt. of warm water over night. This infusion Is put into -the tub of millc in the morning with the rennet infusion ; dipping the rag into the milk, and rubbing it against the palm of the hand as long as any color runs out. The yolk of egg will color butter. The Great Secrets for Trapping Foxes and other Game. — Musk-rat musk and skunk musk mixed. Can be procured at the druggists, or from the animals themselves. To be spread on the bait of any trap. Thi? receipt has been sold as high as $75. Anothnr, costing $50, for minks, &c. — Unslaked lime, 4 lb. ; sal-ammoniac, 3oz., or muriate Of ammonia, 3 oz. Mix,, and pulverize. Keep in a covei-ed vessel a few days until a thorough admixture takes ptoce. Sprinkle on the bait, or on the ground around the trap, keep in a corked bottle. Food fob Singing Birds.— Blanched sweet almonds, pulverized, lb. ; pea meal, 1 lb. ; saffron, 3 grs. ; yolks of 2 hard boiled eggs. ,educe all to a powder by rubbing through a sieve. Place the muc- ture in a frying pan over a fire, and add 2 oz. butter and 2 oz. honey. Slightly cook for a few minutes, stirring well, then set off to cool, and preserve in a closely corked bottle. Much Butter from Little Milk. — Take 4 ozs. pulverized alum, J oz. pulverized gum-arabic, 50 grs. of pepsin ; place it in a bottle for use as required. A teaspoonfiS of this mixture added to 1 pt. of new milk will, upon churning, make 1 lb. of butter. Agents are sell- ing this secret for ■■^5. Composition for Driving out Rats, etc. — Keep on hand a quantity of chloride of lime. The Avhole secret consists m scattering it dry all around their haunts and into their holes, and they will leave at once, or a liberal decoction of coal tar placed in the entrance of their holes wiU do as well. How TO FORM Springs. — The finest springs can be made by boring, which is performed by forcing an iron rod- into the earth by its own weight, tuniing it round, and forcing it up and down by a spring- pole contrivance. The water will sometimes spout up several feet above the surface. Iron pipes are put down in the hole after the water is found. Depressed situations, having a southern exposure, with rising ground towards the north, are the best situations m the United States or the Canadas to find water. To Burn Lime without a Kiln. — Make a pyramidal pile of large limestones, with an arched furnace next the ground for putting ni 'the fuel, leavmg a narrow vent or funnel at the top ; now cover the whole pile with earth or turf, in the way that charcoal heaps are covered, and put in the fire. The heat will be more completely diffused through the pile, if the aperture in the top is partially closed. Produces a superior article of lime. IEye Water for Horses and Cattle. — Alcohol,! tablespoonful ; extract of lead, 1 teap:)oonful ; rain water. ^ pint. To Destroy Moss on Trees. — Paint them with white-wash made of quick lime and wood ashes. To Protect Fruit-trees from attack op Mice, etc.— Tar. 1 part ; tallow, 3 jmrts ; mix. Apply hot to the bark of the tree witli a paint brush. To I have meani rows,! the ol next: Oiil shoull oiled "put oi samel leatli^ Impi DYERS AND BLEACHERS* RECEIPTS. 41 eemed suffldent, This mf uaion ig rennet infusion : uist the palm of oik of egg will OTHEB Game.— procured at the •i^ad on the bait * ip76. Another, sal-ammoniac, ^erize. Keep in Imixture takes ound the trap. ids, pulveriiied, ifu boiled eggs. Place the mnc- itter and 2 oz. 11, then set off ilverized alum, • 111 a bottle for «d to 1 pt. of igeuts are sell- pon hand a i in scattering hey will leave e entrance of ide by boriug, ;n by its own by a spring- several feet ole after the m exposure, ations in the pile of large >r putting in )w cover the 1 heaps are completely ially closed. •lespoonf ul ; ■wash made re— Tar. 1 tree with a To PuEVENT Decay of Fakm iMPiiEMEKTS.— When not in use have them sheltered from the sun, wind, rain, and snow. By this means, sleighs, wagons, carts, ploughs, threshing-machines, har- rows, and the like, would last twice as long as they would if left in the open air, swelling from moisture one week, and shrinking the next from the mfluence of the sun and wind. OiLiNO OR Cleaning old Cabbiage-tops. — Enamel leather-tops should be first washed with Castile soap and warm water, then piled >vitli netit' 8-foot oil ; or sweet oil and a coat of enamel varnish "put on, the leather will look like new. Dashes may be cleaned in the same mamier, but varnish color is not very beneficial to patent leather ; however, when old and cracked, it may be colored to improve the appearance. DYERS, BLEACHERS, AND CLOTHIERS' DEPARTMENT. In accommodation to the requirements of dyers, many of the following, receipts describe dyes for large quantities of goods, but to make tliem equally adapted for the use of private fam- ilies they are usually given in even c|uantities, so that it is quite an easy matter to asceilain the quantity of materials required for dyeing, when once the weight of the goods is known ; the quantity of materials used being reduced in x^ropoition to the smaller quantity of goods. Use soft water for all dyeing purposes, if it can be procured, using 4 gals, water to 1 lb. ot goods; for larger quantities, a little less water will do. Let all the implements usedi in dyemg be kept perfectly clean. Prepare the goods by scourmg well with soap and water, washing the soap well out and dipping in warm water, previous to immersion m the dye or mordant. Goods should be well aired, rinsed, , and properly hmig up after dyeing. Silks, and fine goods should be tenderly handled, otherwise injury to the fabric will result. Saxon Blue. — For 100 lbs. thibet or comb yam, use alum, 20 lbs., cream of tartar 3 lbs., mordant 2 lbs. : extract of indigo 3 lbs., or carmine 1 lb., makes a better color. When all is dissolved cool the kettle to 180° Fahr. ; enter juid handle quickly at first, then let it boil § hour, or until even. Long boiling dims the color. Zephyr worsted yam ought to be prepared, first by boiling it in a solution of alum and Hulptiuric acid, then the indigo is added afterwards.. Gbeen Fustic Dye.— For 50 lbs. of goods use 50 lbs. of fustic with alum 11 lbs. Soak in water until the strength is extracted, put in the goods until of a good yellow color, remove the chips, and add extract of indigo in small quantities at a time, mitil the color is satisfactory. Purple Blue on Wool. — 100 lbs. of wool are first dipped in the blue vat to a light shade, then boiled in a solution of 15 lbs. of alum, and 3 lbs. of half refined tartar, for 1^ hours, the wool taken ouc, cooled, and let stand 24 hours. Then boil in fresh water 8 lbs. of ix)wdered cochineal for a few minutes, cool the kettle to 170° Fahr. ; handle the prepared wool in this for 1 hour, when it is ready to cool, rinse, and dry. By coloring first with codiineal, as aforesaid, ana 42 DYERS AND BLEACHERS RECEIPTS. finishing in the blue vat, the fast purple or dahlia, so much admired in German broadcloths, will be produced. Tin acids must not be used in this color. 3lue Dye" for Hosiehy. — 100 lbs. of wool are colored with 4 lbs. Guatemala or 3 lbs. B» ngal indigo, in the soda or wood vat ; then boil in a kettle a fev* minutes, 5 lbs. of cudbear or 8 lbs. of orchil paste ; add 1 lb. of soda, or better, pail of urine, then cool the dye to about 170° Fahr. ; and enter the .>o\. Handle well for about 20 minutes, then take it out, cool, rinse, and dry. It is all the same if the cudbear is put in before or after the indigo. 3 ozs. of analine purple dissolved in alcohol, h pt, can be used instead of the cudbear. (Wood spirit is cheaper than alcohol, and is much used now by dyers for the purpose of dissolving analine colors). It pro- duces a very pretty shade, but shoulc' never be used on mixed godds which have to be bleached. LoawooL AND IijfDioo Blue Dye for Cloth. — 100 lbs. of cloth, color the cloth first by one or two dips in the vat of indigo blue, and rinse it well, then boil it in a solution of 20 lbs. of alum, 2 lbs. of half refined tartar,' and 6 lbs. of mordant, for 2 hours, then take it out and cool. In fresh water boil 10 lbs. of good logwood for haJf an hour in a bag or otherwise ; cool off to 170° Fahr. bofr -q entering-; handle well over a reel, let it boil for half an hour, thei* take it out, cool, and rinse. This is a very firm blue. Dye for Wool or Sivk.— Color between Purple and Blw. For 40 lbs. of goods, take bi-chromate of potash 8 ozs., alum 1 lb., dissolve all and bring the water to a boil, and put in the goods; boil 1 hour ; then empty the dye, and make a new dye with logwood 8 lbs., or ex- tract of logwood 1 lb. 4 ozs., and boil in tliis 1 hour longer. Grade the color by using more or less logwood, as you wish it dark or light in the color. New Bleach for Wool, Silk, or Straw.— Mix together 4 Ibt*. oxalic acid, 4 lbs. table salt, water 50 gals. The goods are laid in tli'.s mixture for 1 hour, they are then geijerally well bleached, and only require to be thoroughly rinsed and worked. For bleaching straw it is best to soak the goods in caustic soda, and afterwards to make use of chloride of lime or Javelle water. Tlie excess of chlorine is after- wards removed by hyposulphite of soda. To Fix Dyes.— iVe?o Process. Mr. Kipping, of Manchester, England, has a new process of fixing dyes. He dissolves 20 ozs. of goLttine in water, and adds 3 ozs. of bichromate of potash. This is done m a dark room. The coloring matter is then added and the goods submitted thereto ; after which they are exposed to the action of light ; the pigment thus becomes insoluble in water and the color is fast. Scarlet with Lac Dye. — For 100 lbs. of flannel or yam, take 23 lbs. of ground lac dye, 15 lbs. of scarlet spirit (made as per directions below), 5 lbs. of tartar, 1 lb. of flavine, ov according to shade, 1 lb. of tin crystals, 5 lbs. of muriatic acid. Boil all for 15 minutes, then cool the dye to 170° Fahr. ; enter tlie goods, and handle them quickly at first. Let them boil 1 hour, rinse them while yet hot, before the gum and impurities harden. This color stands scouring with soap better than cochineal scarlet To this dye, a small quantity of sulphuric acid may be used, as it dissolves the gum. Murl^te of Tin qr Scarlet Spirit.— Take 16 lbs. muriatic PTS. DYEUS AND BLEACHERS RECEIPTS. 43 a much admired must uot be used lored with 4 lbs. wood vat ; then t 8 lbs. of orcliil hen cool the dye i^ell for about 20 i all the same if iigo. 3 ozs. of used instead of .nd is much used colors). It pro- on mixed goo>ds 100 lbs. of cloth, indi{?o blue, aud iju, 2 lbs. of half u take it out and or half an hour ie/f^"9 enterine Lm, 21bs.. iSlbs. of of water ; itions are lol, which iours in a autiouely, Co remove dilute Bo- rs become goap and at, 1 hour; minutes, ir, ioz., in ;he heat to le goods as one gal., as ime-water; it has now ., to water, 30 parts, of coi isly low tem- jopper, iiJued Slate.— niinutes to get out the t the hat or fl you get a 1 the extract til the Lhit rain in the fuite will be rd soap in J pearl ash. lenough for \m through em through J water with Ind to shake ^n perfectly Ifolder. To Clean Fubs.— For dark furs; warm a quantity of new bran in a pan, taking care that it does not burn, to prevent which it must be bnskly stirred. When well warmed rub It thoroughly into the fur with the liand. Repeat this two or three times, then snake the fur, and give it another sharp brushing until free from dust. For white furs; lay them on a table, and, rub well with bran made moist with warm water, rub until quite dry, and afterwards with dry bran. The wet bran should be put on with flannel, then dry with book muslin. Light furs, in addition to the above, should be well rubbed with mag- nesia or a niece of book muslin, after the bran process, against the way of the fur. WASHING Fluid.— Take 1 lb. sal soda, ^ lb. good stone lime, and 6 Sts. of water; boil a short time, let it settle, and pour off the clear aid into a stone jug, and cork for use; soak your white clothes over night in simple water, wring out and soap wristbands, collars, and dirty or stained places; have your boiler half filled with water just beginning to boil, then put in one common teacupf ul of fluid, stir and put in your clothes, and boil for half an hour, then rub lightly through one 8um only, and all is complete. Chip or Stkaw Hats or Bonnets may be dyed black by boiling tliem three or four hours in a strong liquor of logwood, adding a little copperas occasionally. Let the bonnets remain in the liquor all night ; then take out to dry in the air. If the black is not satisfactory, dye again after drying. Rub inside and out with a sponge moistened in fine oil ; then block. Red Dye. — Boil groimd Brazil-wood in a ley of potash, and boil your straw hats, &c. , in it. Blue 2)?/e.— Take a suffi- cient quantity of potash ley, 1 lb. of litmus or lacmus, ground ; make a decoction and then put in the straw, and boil it. Dyes for Hats.— The ordhiary bath for dyeing hats, employed by tlie London manufactures, consists, for twelve dozen, of 144 lbs. of logwood; 12 lbs. of green sulphate of iron or coppej»s; 7^ lbs. verdi- §m. The logwood having been introduced into the copper, and igested for some time, the copperas and verdigris are added in suc- cessive quantities, and in the above proportions, along with every successive two or three dozens of hats suspended upon the dripping machine. Each set of hats, after being exposed to the bath with occasional airings during forty minutes, is taken off the pegs, and laid out upon the ground to be more completely blackened by the peroxy- dizement of the iron with the atmospheric oxygen. In three or four hours, the dyeing is completed. When fully dyed, the hats are well washed in ruiniing water. Waterproof Stiffknino for Hats. — Mix 18 lbs. of shellac with li lb. of salt of tartar (carbonate of potash), and 5i gals, water. These materials Are to be put ii\ a kettle, and made to ooil gradually till the lac is dissolved, when the liquid will become as clear as water, wiD-ont any scum upon the top, and if left to cool, will have a thin crust upon the surface, of whitish cast, mixed with the light impuri- ties of the gum. When this skin is taken oif , the hat body is to be dipped into the mixture in a cold state, so as to absorb as much as possible of it; or it may be applied with a brusli or sponge. The hat body .being thus stiffened, may stand till it Ijecoraes dry, or nearlyso ; and after it has been brushed, it must be immersed in very dilute sulphuric or acetic acid, in order to neutralize the potash, and cause the shellac 52 DYERS AND BLEACHEBS' BECEIPTSi to set. If the hats are not to be nappe'd immediately, they may be thrown into a cistern of pure water, and taken out as wanted. Method of BiiEACHnro Straw. — Dip the. stra\v in a solution of oxygenated muriatic acid, saturated with pnotash. .{Oxygenated munate of lime is much cheaper). The straw is thus rendered very white, and its flexibility is increased. Bleaching Straw Goods. — Straw is bleached by simply exposing it in a closed chamber to tue fumes of burning sulphur, an old flour barrel is the apparatus moat used for the purpose by milliners, a flat stone being laid on the ground, the sulphur ignited therqsn, and the barrel containing the goods to be bleached turned over it. The goods should be previously washed in pure water. Varnish for faded Rubber Goods.— Black Japan varnish dilu- ted with a little linseed oil. To BiiEACB Linen. — Mix common bleaching-powder, in the pro- portion of 1 lb. to a gallon of water; stir it occasionally for three days, let it settle, and pour it off clear. Then make a ley of 1 lb. of soda to 1 gallon of boiling soft water, in which soak the linen for 12 hours, and boil it half an hour; next soak it in the bleaching liquor, made as above ; and lastly, wash it in the usual maimer. Discolored linen or muslin may be restored by putting a portion of bleaching liquor into the tub wherem the articles are soaking. Dye for Feathers.— BiacA; ; Immerse for 2 or 3 days in a bath, at first hot, of logwood, 8 parts, and copperas or acefcvte of iron, 1 part. Blue : with the indigo vat. Brown : by using any of the brown dyes for silk or woollen. Crimson : a mordant of alum, fol- lowed by a hot bath of Brazil wood, afterwards by a weak dye of cudbear. Pink or Rose: with saf-flower or lemon juice. Plum: with tiie red dye, followed by an alkaline bath. .Red : a mordant of alum, followed by a bath of Brazil-wood. Yellow : a mordant of alum, followed by, a bath of turmeric or weld. Cfreen Dye. Take of verdigris and verditer, of each 1 oz. ; gum water, 1 pt. ; mix them well and dip the feathers, they having been first soaked in hot water, into the said mixture. For Purple, use lake and indigo. For Car- nation, vermilion and smalt. Tiiin gum or starch water should be used in dying feathers. Colors for Artificial Flowers.— Tha French employ velvet, fine cambric and kid for the petals, and taffeta for the leaves. Very recently thin plates of bleached whalebone have been used for some portions of the artificial flowers. Colors and Stains. Blue. — Indigo dissolved in oil of vitriol, and the acid partly neutralized with salt of tartar or whiting. Green. — A solution of distilled verdigris. Lila/C. — Liquid archil. Eed. — Carmine dissolved in a solution of salt of tar- tar, or in spirits of hartshorn. Violet. — Liquid archil mixed with a little salt of tartar. FeHow.— Tincture of turmeric. The colors are generally applied with the fingers. Black varnish for Chip and Straw Hats. — Best alcohol, 4 oz. ; pulverized black sealing-wax, 1 oz. ; put them into a phial, and put the phial into a warm place, stirring or shaking occAsionally until the wax is dissolved. Apply it when warm before the fire or in the sun. This makes a beautiful gloss. Easy Method of prbventino Moths in Furs or Woollens. —Sprinkle the furs or woollen stuffs, as well as the drawers or boxes «M DYERS AND BLEACHERS RECEIPTS. 53 y may be Bd. solution of xygenated iered very y exposing i old flour ners, a flat >n, and the The goods imishdilu- in the pro- three days, . of soda to ■ 12 hours, or, made as red linen or ' liquor into s in a bath, ite of iron, any of the [ alum, fol- eak dye of ;e. Plnm : mordant of mordant of e. Take of ; mix them I hot water. For Car- ' should be ploy velvety ives. Very id for some ue. — Indigo yrith salt of L'dac. — salt of tar- xed with a colors are est alcohol, ito a phial, occAsionally the fire or W00LLKN8. ers or boxes » in which thevare kept, with spirits of tur^^ntine, the unpleasant scent of which will speedily evaporate on expojure of the stuffs to the air. Some persons place sheets of paper moistened with spirits of turpentine, over, imder, or between pieces of clothj &c.,-and find it a very effectual method. Many woollen drapers put bits of cam- phor, the size of a nutmeg, in papers, on different parts of the shelves m their shops, and as they brush their cloths every two, three or four mouths, this keeps them free from moths : and this should be done in boxes where the furs, &c., are put. A tallow candle is frequently put within each muff when laid by. Snuff or pepper is very good. Clothing Renovator. — Soft water, 1 gal. ; make a strong decoc- tion of logwood by boiling the extract with the water. Strain, when cool, add 2 oz. gum arable in powder ; bottle, cork well, and set aside for use ; clean the coat well from grease and dirt, and apply the above liquid with a sponge evenly. Dilute to suit the color, and hang in the shade to dry ; afterwards brush the nap smooth, and it will look like new. Watebpboof for Porous Cloth.— Dissolve 2i lbs. alum in 4 gals, water ; dissolve also in a separate vessel the same weight of acetate of lead in the same quantity of water. When both are well dissolved, mix the solutions together ; and, when the sulphate of lead resulting from this mixture has been precipitated to the bottom of the vessel in the form of a powder, pour off the solution, and plunge . into it the fabric to be rendered waterproof. Wash and rub it well during a few minutes, and hang it in the air to dry. To Remove Grease. — Aqua ammonia, 2 oz. ; soft water, 1 quart ; saltpetre, 1 teaspoonful ; shaving soap in shavings^ 1 oz. ; mix fdtogether ; dissolve the soap well, and any grease or dirt that caimot be removed with this preparation, nothing else need be tried for it. Waterproofing for Clothing. — Boiled oil, 16 lbs. ; bees-wax, 1 lb. ; ground litharge, 13 lbs. ; mix and apply with a brush to the article, previously stretched against a wall or a table, previously well washing and drying each article before applying the composition. To Renew Old Silks. — Unravel and put them in a tub, cover them with cold water, let them remam one hour ; dip them up and down, but do not wring ; hang up to drain, and iron while very damp, and they will look beautiful. Dyes fob Furs. — For black, use the hair dye described in these receipts. Brown, usef tincture of logwood. Red, ground Brazil- wood, I lb. ; water, li quarts ; cochineal, i oz. ; boil the Brazil-wood in the water one hour ; strain and add tne cochineal ; boil fifteen minutes. Scarlet color, boil i oz. saffron in i pint of water, and pass over the work before applying the red. Blue, logwood, 7 oz. ; blue vitriol, 1 oz. ; water, 22 oz. ; boil. Pt/j^j^e, logwood, 11 oz. ; alum, 6 oz. ; water, 25) oz. Oreen, strong vinegar, 1^ pints ; best verdigris, 2 oz. ; ground fine ; sap green, ^ oz. ; mix all together and boil. Potter's Invisible Waterproofing. — Imbue the cloth on the wrong side with a solution of isinglass, alum, and soap dissolved in water, forming an enuilHion of a millcy thickness ; apply with a brush, rubbing in well. Wheii dry, it is brushed on the wrong side agamst the grain, and then gone over with a brush dipped in water ; afterwards brushed down smooth. To raise a Nap on Cloth.— Clean the article well ; soak it in 54* MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. cold water for half an hoar ; put it on a board, and rub the thread- bare paHs with a half -worn hatter's card filled with flocks, or with a teazle or a prickiy thistle until a nap is raised ; then lay the nap the ri^t way with a matter's brush, and hang up to dry. BiiACK ReViveb fob Cloth.— Braised galls, 1 lb. ; logwood, 2 lbs. ; green vitriol, i lb. ; water, 5 quarts ; boil two hours ; strain, and it is ready for use. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, &c. Rules for Action, very Short but very Safe.— In health and disease endeavor alwavs to live on the sunny side. Sir James Wylie, late physician to the Emperor of Russia, remarked daring long observation in the hospitals of that country, that the cases of death occurring in rooms averted from the light of the aun, were four times more nunibrous than the fatal cases in the rooms exposed to the di- rect action of the solar rays. When poison is swallowed, a good off- hand remedy is to mix salt and mustard, 1 heaped teaspoonful of each, in a glass of water and drink immediately. It is quick in its operation. Then give the whites of 2 eggs in a cup of coffee, or the eggs alone if coffee cannot be had. For acid poisons give acids. In cases of opium poisoning, give strong coffee and Keep moving. For light bums or scalds, dip the part in cold water oriu flour, if the skin is destroyed, cover with varnish. If you fall into the water, float on the back, with the nose and month projecting. For apoplexy, raise the head and body ; for fainting, lay the person flat. Suck pois- oned wounds, unless your month is sore. Enlarge the woimd, or better cut out the purt without delay, cauterize it with caustic, 'e end of a cigar or a hot coal. If an artery is cut, compress above the wound ; if a vein is cut, compress bdlow. If choked, get upon all-fours and cough. Before passing through smoke take a full breath, stoop low, then go ahead ; but if you fear carbonic acid gas, walk erect and be caref (2i. Smother a fire with blankets or carpets ; water tends to spread burning oil and increase the danger. Remove dost from the eyes by dashing water hito them, and avoid rubbiiig. Remove cin^^ers, &c., with a soft, smooth wooden point. Preserve health and avoid catching cold, bv regular diet, healthy food and cleanliness. Sir Astley Cooi)er said: ''^The methods by which I have preserved my own health, are temperance, early rising, and sponging the body every morning with cold water, immediately after gettuig out of bed ; a practice \vhich I have adopted for 30 years without ever catching cold." Water di- luted with 2 per cent, of carbolic acid will disinfect any room or build- ing, if liberally used as a sprinkle. Diphtheria can be cured by a gar- gle of lemon juice, swallowing a little so as to reach all the affected parts. To avert cold from the foet, wear two pairs of stockings made from different fabrics, one pair of cotton or nilk, the other of wool, and the natural heat of the feet will l>e presorvcd if the feet are kept clean. In arranging sleeping rooms the soundest and most refreshing slum- ber will be enjoyed when the head is towards the north. Late hours MEDICAL DEPAllTMENT, ETC. 55 the tbread- cs, or with a the nap the ; logwood, urs ; strain, .—In health Sir James rked daring uses of death ■e four times ed to the di- [, a good off- aspoonful of quiclc in its »f!ee, or the ve acids. In aep moving. I flour, if the ) water, float )r apoplexy, t. Sack po&- ad, or better e end of a le wound; if ill-fours and , stoop low, srectand be ids to spread im the eves indiBrs, &c., old catching stley Cooiier health, are oming with tice \vhich I Water di- )m or build- ed by a gar- bhe affected jkings made :>f wool, and I kept clean, liing slum- Late hoora and auxioufl pursuits Achaust vitality, producing disease and prem- ature death, therefore the hours of labour and study should be short. Take abundant exercise and recreation. Be moderate in eating and drinking, using simple and plain diet aVoiding strong drink, tobacco, snuff, opium and every excess. Keep the body warm, the temper calm, serene and placid ; shun idleness ; if your hands cannot be ose- fully employed, attend to the cultivatioa of your minds. For pure health givmg fresh air, go to the country. Dr. Stockton Hough as- serte timt if all the inhabitants of the world were living in cities of the magnitude of London, the human race would become extinct hi a . century or two. The mean average of human life in the United States is 39j years, while in New Yorl? and Philadelphia it is only 23 years ; about 50 per cent, of the deaths in these cities being of children un- der five years of age. A great percentage of this excessive mortality is caused by had air and bad food. To A8CEBTAIN THE SxATE OP THE LiTNGs. — Draw in as much breath as you conveniently can, then couni. as long as possible in a slow and audible voice without drawing in more breath. The numtier of seconds must be carefully noted. In a consumptive the time does not exceed 10, antt is frequently less than 6 seconds ; in pleurisy and pneumonia it ranges from 9 to 4 seconds. When the lungs are sound the time will range as high as from 20 to 35 seconds. To expand the luugo, go into the air, stand erect, throw back the head and shoulders, and draw in the air through the nostrils as much as possible. After having then filled the lungs, raise your arms, still extended, and suck in the air. When you have thvis forced the arms backward, with the cliest open, change the process by which you, draw in your breath, till the lungs are emptied. Gro through the process several timed a day, and it will enlarge the chest, give the lungs better play, and serve very much to ward off consumption. Remedy for Neuralgia. — Hypophosphite of soda taken in 1 dram doses 3 times per day in beef tea is a good i<3medy for this painful affection. So is the application of bruised horse-radish, or the application of oil of pepperi-nrut applied lightly with a camel hair pencil. Remedy for Headache. — A Parisian physician has published a new remedy for headaches. He uses a mixture of ice and salt, in proportion of one to one-half, as a cold mixture, and this he applibs by meaijs of a little purse of silk gauzH, with a rim of gutta percha, to limited spots on the head, when rheumatic headaches are fait It gives instantaneous relief. The application is from ^ minuie to 1^ minutes, and the skin is rendered white and hard by the applications. To Cure a Cold.— Before retiring soak the fett in muiitard water as hot as can be endured, the feet should at first be plunged in a imil half full of lukewarm water, adding by degrees very hot water until the desired heat is attained, protecting the body and knees with blankets so to direct the \a\)ov from the water as to induce a good Bwe&t Next, to 2 table si)oon(uls of boiling water, add 1 table spoonful of white sugar and 14 drops of strong spirits of camphor. Drink the whole and cuddle in bed under plenty of bedclothes and sleep it off. Remedy for Consumption. — The following is said to be an effectual remedy, and will in time completely cure the disorder. Live temper- ately, avoid spirituous Uquors, wear flannel next the skin, and vake, 56 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. every morning, half a pint of new milk, mixefl with a wine glassf al of the expressed juice of green horehound. One who has tried it says, " Four weeks' use of the horehound and milk relieved the pains of my breast, gave me ability to breathe deep, long and free, strengthened and harmonized my voice and restored me to a better state of health than I had enjoyed for years." Trichina is the term applied to a minute, slender, and transparent worm, scarcely l-20th of an inch in length, which has recently been discovered to exist naturally in the muscles of swine, and is frequently transferred to the human stomach when pork is used as food. Enough of these filthy parasites have been detected in half a pound of pork to engender 30,000,000 more, the females being very prolific, each giv- ing birth to from 60 to 100 young, and dyuig soon after. The j'oang thread-like worm a^ first ranges freely through the stomach aad in- testines, remaining for a short time within the lining membrane of the intestines, causing irritation, diarrhoea, and sometimes death, if present in sufficient numbers. As the^r become stronger, they begin to penetrate the walls of the intestines in order to effect a lodgment in the voluntary muscles, causing intense muscular pain and severe en- during cramps, and sometimes tetanic symptons. Afler 4 weeks migra- tion mey encyst themselves permanently on the muscular fibre, and begin to secrete a delicate sac which gradually becomes calcareous. In this torpid state they remain during ihe person's lifetime. Remedy fob Diphtheria.— The treatment consists in thoroughly swabbing the back of the mouth and throat with a wash made thus : Table salt, 2 drams ; black pepper, golden seal, nitrate of potash, ' alum, 1 dram, each ; mix and pulverize ; put into a teacup half full of water ; stir well, and then fill up with good vinegar. Use every half hour, one, two, and four hours, as recovery progresses. The patient may swallow a little each time. Apply 1 oz. each of spirits turpentine, sweet oil, and aqua-ammonia, mixed, every hour to the whole of the throat, and to the breast bone every four hours, keeping flannel to the part. Hollow ay's Ointment and Pills.— Butter, 22 oz. ; beeswax, 3 oz. ;. yellow rosin, 3 oz. ; melt ; add vinegar of cantharides, 1 oz. ; evaporate ; and add Canada balsam, 1 oz. ; oil of mace, ^ dram : balsaixi of Peru, 15 drops. Pills : Aloes, 4 parts ; myrrh, jalap, and ginger, of each 2 parts ; mucilage to mix, Abernethy's Pills.— Each pill contains 2 grains of blue pill and 3 grains compound extract of colocynth. WORM Lozenges.- Powdered lump sugar, 10 oz. ; starch 6 oz. ; mix with mucilage ; and to every ounce add 12 grains calomel : divide in 20 grain lozenges. Dose, two to six. Soothing Syrup.— Alcohol, oil of peppermint, castor oil, of each, 1 oz. ; mix ; add oil of anise, ^ dram ; magnesia, 60 grains ; pulve- rized ginger, 40 grams ; water, 2 oz. ; white sugar to form a syrup. Soothing Syrup. — ^Take 1 lb. of honey ; add 2 tablespoonfiUs of paregoric, and the name of oil of anise seed ; add enough water to make a thick syrup, and bottle. For children teething, dose, tea- spoonful occasionally. Infant's Syrup.— The syrup is made thus : 1 lb. best box raisins ; i ounce of anise seed ; two sticks licorice ; split the raisins, pound the anise seed, and cut the lioorice fine ; add to it 3 quarts of min water, and as tl VK. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 57 and boil :Mwn to 2 quarts. Feed three or four times a day, as much as the child will willingly drink. The raisins strengthen, the anise e:mels the wind, and the licorice is a physic. Bbakdbeth's Pxlls.— Take 2 lbs. of aloes, 1 lb. of gamboge, 4 oz. of extx-act of colocynt'-., 4 lb. of Castile soap, 3 fluid drams of oil of peppermint, and 1 fluid dram ctf cinnamon. Mix, and form into pills. Davis' Pain Killer Improved.— Powdered^uaiac 20 lbs. ; cam- phor, 2 lbs. ; powdered cayenne pepper, 6 lbs. ; caustic liquor of ammonia, 1 lb. ; powdered opium, ^ lb. ; digest these ingredients in 32 gals, idcohol for two weeks, and filter. m WMPOUND Syrct of Hypophosphites and Iron.— Dissolve 256 ere. each of hypophosphites of soda, lime and potassa, and 126 grs. hypophosphite of iron, in 12 oz. water, by a water bath. Filter -and add sufficient water to make up for the evaporation. Add 18 ozs. sojgar by gentle heat, to make 21 fluid ozs. syrup. Each fluid oz. .con- tains 12 gra. each of the hypophosphites of soda, lime and potassa, and six gre. hypopliosphite of iron. Cube fob Drunkenness. — Warranted a. certain Remedy. Conflue the patient to his room, furnish him with his favorite liquor of dis- cretion, diluted with § of water, as much wine, beer, coffee and tea as he desires, but containing ^ of spirit ; all the food— the bread, meat and vegetables steeped in spirit and water. On the fifth day of this treatment he has an extreme disgust for spirit, being continually drunk. Keep up this treatment tul he no longer des&es to eat or drink, and the cure is certain. ^ Fahnestock's Vebmifuge. — Castor oil, oil of worm seed, each 1 oz. ; oil anise, ^ oz. ; tincture myrrh, ^ dram ; oil turpentine, 10 minims. Mix. Swaim's Vebmifuge. — Wormseed, 2 oz. ; valerian, rhubarb, pink- ^ root, white agaric, of each 1^ oz. ; boil in sufficient water to yield 3 ' Joarts of decoction ; and add to it 10 drops of oil of tansy and 46 rops of oil of cloves, dissolved in a quart of rectified spirits. Dose, 1 tablespoouf ul at night. Ayeb s Cherry Pectoral. — ^Take 4 grains of acetate of morphia ; 2 fluid dfams of tincture of bloodroot ; 3 fluid drams each of anti- monial wine and wine of ipecacuanlia, and 3 fluid oz. of syrup of wild cherry. Mix. Spasms. — Acetate of morphia, 1 gr. spirit of sal volatile, 1 oz. snl- pauric ether, 1 oz. camphor julep, 4 ozs. Mix. Dose, 1 teaspoonful m a glass of cold water, or wine, as required. Keep closely corked, audi shake well before using. Radway's Ready Relief. — According to Peckolt, is an ethereal tincture of capsicum, with alcohol and camphor. Radway's Renovatino Resolvent. — A vinous tinctuia of ginger and cardamon, sweetened with sugar. Ayer's SARSAPARiLLA.—Take 3 fluid ozs. each of alcohol, fluid extracts of sarsparilla and of stillingia ; 2 fluid ozs. each, extract of yellow-dock and of ^Mdophyllin, 1 oz. sugar, 90 gre. iodide of potossium, and 10 grs. iodide of iron. Brown's Bronchial Troches. — Take 1 lb. of pulverized extract of licorice ; IJ^ lb. of pulverized sugar ; 4 oz. of pulverized cubebs ; 4 oz. pulverizM gum arable ; 1 oz. of pulverized extract conium. Mix. 58 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. Russia SAijVB.~Take equal parts of yellow wax and sweet oil ; melt slowly, carefully stirring ; when cooling, stir in a small quantity of glycerine. Good for all lands of wounds, &c. Dentists' Composition for Filling Deoaybd Tbeth.— Gold, 1 part ; mercury, 8 parts ; incorporated by heating together ; when mixed pour them into cold water. ,0r, tinfoU and quicksilver ; melt together in a conYor>'ent vessel, take a small quantity, knead it in the pum of the hand, qpd apply quick. Or, mix a little nnely-powdered glass witii some mineral succedaneum ; apply as usual. Or, tike sor^ti mineral succedaneum, and add some steel dust. Or, mineral sucoadaneum mixed with levigated porcelain or china. Or, gypsuiu, 1 part ; levigated porcelain, 1 part ; levigated iron filings, 1 part ; make into a paste with equal parts of quick-drying copal and mastic varnish. Or, quicksilver, 40 grains ; steel filings, 26 grains. Or, sil- ver, 72 parts ; tin, 20 parts .; zinc, 6 parts. Better than any, pure gold, 1 part ; silver, 3 parts ; tin, 2 parts ; melt the first two, add the tin, reduce all to a fine powder, use with an equal quantity of pure mercury. Gutta-percha, softened by heat, is recommended. Dr. Rollfs ad- vises meuin^ a piece of caoutchouc at the end of a wire, and intro- ducing it while warm. Amalgams for the teeth are made with gold or silver, and quick- silver, the excess of the latter being squeezed out, and the stiff amal- gam used warm. Inferior kinds are made with quicksilver and tin, or zinc. ' A popular nostrum of this kind consists of 40 grains of quicksilver and 20 of fine zinc filings, mixed at the time of using. The following is said to be the most lasting and least objectionable amalgam : Melt 2 parts of tin virith 1 of cadmium, run it into an in- got, and reduce it to filings. Form these into a fluid amalgam with mercury, and saueeze out the excess of mercury through leather. Work up the solid residue in the hand, and press it into the tootb Another cement consists of about 73 parts of silver, 21 of tin, tu^u u of zinc, Umal^mated with quicksilver. Beyond all doubt, gold foil is the best fiUmg in use. PouDRB Metallique.— The article sold under this name in Paris appears to be an amalgam of silver, mercury, and ammonium, with an excess of mercury, which is pressed out before using it. To Extract Teeth* with little or hq Pain. — ^Tmcture of aco- nite, chloroform, and alcohol, of each 1 oz. ; mix; moisten two pled- gets of cotton with the liquid, and apply to the gums on each side of the tooth to be extracted, holding ihem in their place with plieiv or other instruments for from five to ten minutes, rubbing the gum free- ly inside and out. Tooth Wash— To Remove Blackness.— Pure muriatic acid, 1 oz. ; water, 1 oz. ; honey, 2 oz. ; mix. Take a tooth-brush, and wet it freely with this preparation, and briskly rub the black teeth, and in a moment's time tney will be perfectly white ; then immediately wash out the mouth with water, that the acid may not act upon the enamel of the teeth. Dentists' Nerve Paste. — Arsenic, 1 part; rose pink, 2 parts. To destroy the nerve, apply this preparation on a pledget of cotton, pre- viously moistened with creosote, to the cavity of the tooth, let it re- main 4 hours, then wash out thoroughly with water. Anotfier. — lb. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 59 i sweet oil ; nail quautity rH.— Gold, 1 tther ; when silver ; melt lead it in the ily-powdered J. Or, tike Or, miuertvl Or, gypsum, Dgs, 1 part ; 1 and mastic ins. Or, sil- ,n any, pure two, add the atity of pure ir; Rollfs ad- e, and intro- r, and quick- ie stiff amal- Iver and tin, 40 grains of me of usine. )bjectionabTe it into an in- nalgam with tigh leather, to the tootb )f tin, cjaxu. u Lbt, gold foil ame in Paris koniom, with It. cture of aco- sn two pled- each side of ith pliere or le gum free- c acid, 1 oz. ; , and wet it ;eeth, and in mmediately iCt upon tbe 2 parts. To cotton, pre- th, let it re- Another.— Arsenous acid, 30 grs. ; acetate of morphia, 20 grs. ; creosote, q. s. for paste. Mix. Alloys fob Dentist's Moulds and Dies.— 1. Kn, very Mrd.—Tin, 16 parts; antimony, 1 part; zinc, 1 part; 2. Tin, softer than the last. Tin, 8 parts; zinc, 1 f^rt; antimony, 1 part; 3. Copper Alloy, very Aard.— Tin, 12 parts; antimony, 2 parts; copper, 1 part: 4. Cadmium Alloy. aboiU the hardness of zinc. — ^Tin, 10 parts; antimony, 1 part; cadmium, 1 part. Dentists' Emeby Wheels. — ^Emery, 4 lbs. ; shellac, ^ lb. ; melt the shellac over a slow fire ; stir in the emery, and pour into a mould of plaster of Paris. When cold it is ready for use. BASE FOR Abtificial Teeth.— Pbopobtions. — ^India-rubber, 1 lb. ; sulphur, ^ lb. : vermillion, 1 lb. 4 oz. Nitrous Oxide, ob Laughing Gas. — ^Take two or three ounces of uitoate of ammonia in crystals and put it into a retort, taking care that the heat does not exceed 500° ; when the crystals begin to melt, the gas wiU be produced in considerable quantities. The gas may aJeo be procured, though not so pure, by pouring nitric acid, diluted Tdth five or six times its weight of water, on copjjer filings or small pieces of tin. The gas is given out till the acid begins to turn brown ; the process must then be stopped To Inhale the Laughing Gas. — ^Procure an oiled or varnished silk bag, or a biadder, furnished with a stop-cock, into the mouthy and at the same time hold the nostrils, and the sensation produced will be of a highly pleasing nature ; a great propensity to laughter, a rapid flow of vivid ideas, and an unusual fitness for muscular exertion, are the ordinary feelings which it produces. The sensations, produced by breathing this g^i^, are not the same in all persons, but they are of an agreeable nature, and not followed by any depression of coirits like those occasioned by fermented liquors. Magnetic Pain Killeb, fob Toothache and Acute Pain. — Lau- dnum 1 dr. gum camphor 4 drs. oil of cloves i dr. oU of lavender 1 dr. add then to 1 oz. alcohol, 6 drs. sulphuric ether, and 5 fluid drs. chloroform. Api)ly with lint, or for toothache rub on the gums, and upon the face against the teeth. Cube fob Lock Jaw, said to be po^tive.— Let any one who has an attack of lock jaw take a small quantity of spirits of turpentine, warm it, and pour it on the wound — no matter where the wound is, or what its nature is— and relief will follow in less than one minuto. Turpentine is also a sovereign remedy for croup. Saturate a piece of flannel with it, and place the flannel on the throat and chest— and in very severe cases three to five drops on a lupip of sugar may be taken inteqially. New Method of Embalming. — Mix together 5 ijounds dry sul- phate of alumine, 1 quart of warm water, and 100 grains of arsenions acid. Inject 3 or 4 quarts of this mixture into all the vessels of the human txxiy. This applies as well to all animals, birds, fishes, &c. This process supersedes the old and revolting mode, and has been in- troduced into the great anatomical schools of Paris. NiTBATE of Silvee. — Pure silver, li oz. ; nitric acid, 1 oz. diluted with water, 2 oz. ; hefi,t 1 y a sand-baui until ebullition ceases, and the water is expelled then pour into moulds. This substance must be kept from the light. 60 MEEilCAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. Clifford's Shampoo C!ompound.— Mix borax | lb. witli salts tar- tar J lb. aud dissolve 1 oz. of t'.ie mixture in 1 pt water. Ci.iFFORD'8 Hair Dye.— No 1. Pyrogallic acid 1 oz. ; water 1 qt No 2. Nitrate of silver 1 oz. ; water 4 ozs. ; ammonia 1 oz. Keep your materials free from grease, coolj and in the dark. Apply each No. alternately to the hair, first cleanmg the hair well. Bay Kum. — French proof spirit 1 gal. ext. Bay 6 ozs. Mix and color with caramel, needs no filtering. Hair Invioorator. — Bay rum, 2 pints ; alcohol, 1 pint ; castor oil, 1 oz. ; carb. ammonia, ^ oz. ; tincture of cautharides, 1 oz. Mix them well. This compound will promote the growth of the hair, and prevent it from falling out. Razor-Stbop Paste. — Wet the strop with a little sweot oil, and apply a little flour of emery evenly over the surface. On. of Roses.— Olive oil, 1 lb. ; otto of roses, 60 drops ; oil of rosemary I, 25 drops; mix. Another, roses (hardly opened) 12 oz.; olive oil, 10 oz., beat them together in a moilair ; let them remain for a few days, then express the oil. Balm of BBAUTY.-:-Pure soft water, 1 qt ; pulverized Castile soap, 4 oz. ; emulsion of bitter almonds, 6- oz. ; rose and orange flower water, of each, 8 oz. ; tincture of benzoin, 2 drs. ; borax, 1 dr. ; add 5 grs. bichloride of mercury to every 8 oz. of the mix- ture. To use, apply on a cotton or linen cloth to the face, &c. Oriental Cold Cream. — Oil of almonds, 4 oz. ; white wax and spermaceti, of each, 2 drs. ; melt, and add rose water, 4 oz. ; orange flower water, 1 oz. ; used to soften the skin, apply as the last. Shaving Cream,— White wax, spermacpt.', almond and ofl. of <3ach i oz. : melt, and while warm, beat in 2 sq^^ares of Winobor (K>ap previously reduced to a paste with rose water. Circassian C/'eam. — Take 2 ounces of perfectly fresh suet, either mutton or venison ; 3 ounces of olive oil : 1 oz. gum benzoine in powder, and ^ oz. of alkanet root. Put the whole into a jam jar, which, if without a lid, must be tied over with a bladder, and place the jar in a sauce pan containing boiling water, at the side of the fire. Digest for a whole day, thsn strain away all that is fluid through fine muslin, and stir till nearly cold. Add, say 1 dram of essence of almonds, roses, bergamot or any other perfume desired. Freckle Cure.— Take 2 oz. lemon juice, or half a dram of powdered borax, and one dram of sugar ; mix together, and let them stand in a glass bottle for a few days, then rub on the face occasionally. Yankee Shavino Soap.— Take 3 lbs. white bar soap; 1 lb. Castile soap; 1 quart rain water; J pt. beef's gall; 1 gill si)irits. of turpen- tine. Cut the soap into thin slices, and boil five minutes after the soap is dissolved, stir while boiling ; scent with oil of rose or almonds. If wished to color it, use i oz vermilion. Bloom of Youth. — Boil I ounce of Brazil w(X>d in 3 pints of water for 16 minutes ; strain. Add | oz. isinglass, i oz. cochi- neal, 1 oz. alum, i oz. borax. Dissolve by heat, and ^rain. Cologne Water.— Oils of rosemary and lemon, of each J oz. ; oils of bergamot and lavender, each | oz. ; oil cinnamon, 8 drops ; oils of cloves and rose, each 15 drops ; best deodorized alcohol, 2 qts. ; shake two or three times per day K>r a week. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 61 ith salts tar- water 1 qt L oz. Keep Apply eaun [ix and color pint ; castor 1 oz. Mix »£ the hair, reot oil, and rops ; oil of aed) 12 oz.; hem remain Ized Castile and orange i. ; borax, 1 of the mix- face, &c. ite wax and oz. ; orange he last, and oil. of of WinoBor suet, either benzoine in a jam jar, , and place side of the ihat is fluid 1 dram of desired. & dram of ler, and let on the face 1 lb. Castile of turpen- es aft«r the of rose or 3 pints of oz. cochi- train. each i oz. ; n, 8 drops ; ohol, 2 qts. ; We propose to give the formula for the following preparations, and shall commence with what is said to be Bogle's Hypebion Fluid.— To 8 oz. of 90 or 95 per cent, alcohol, colored red with alkanet, add 1 oz. of castor oil ; perfume with geranium and verbena. Lyon's Kathaikon.— To 8 oz. of 80 per cent. ^Icohol, colored yellow by a few dropH extract of annatto, add 2 oz. castor oil, and perfume with a little bergamot. Phalon's Hair Restorative. — ^To 8 oz. of 90 per cent, alcohol, colored by a few drops tincture of alkanet root, add 1 oz. ot cas- tor oil, and perfume with a compound of bergamot, neroli, verbena, and orange. Mrs. Allen's. — To 16 oz. of rose water, diluted with an equal part of salt water, add ^ oz. of sulphur and ^ oz. of sugar of lead ; let the compound stand five days before using. Batchelor's Hair-Dye. — No. 1. To 1 oz. of pyro-gallic acid, dis- solved in 1 oz. alcohol, add 1 qt. of soft water. No. 2. To 1 oz. nitrate of silver, dissolved in 1 or., of concen^rated ammonia, add 4 oz. of soft water. Apply each No. alternately, with separate brushes, to the hair. Christadoro's Hair-Dye. — No. 1. To 1 oz. of pyro-gallic acid, dis- solved in 1 oz. alcohol, add 1 qt. soft water. No. 2. To 1 oz. crys- tallized nitrate of silver, dissolved in 1 oz. concentrateu aqua- ammonia and 1 oz. soft water, add ^ oz. gum arable and 3 oz. soft water. Keep covered from the light. Phalon's Instantaneous Hair-Dye.— No. 1. To 1. oz. pyro- gallic acid, and | oz. of tannia, dissolved in 2 oz. of alcohol, add 1 qt. of soft water. No. 2. To 1 oz. crystallized nitrate of silver, dissolved in 1 oz. concentrated aqua-ammonia, add 1 oz. gum arable, and 14 oz. soft water. Keep in the dark. Harrison's. — No. 1. To 1 oz. pyro-gallic acid, 1 oz. of tannia dis- solved in 2 oz. alcohol, add 1 qt. soft water. No. 2. To 1 oz. crys- tallized nitrate of silver, dissolved in 1 oz. of concentrated aqua- ammonia, add 5 oz. soft water and h oz. gum arable. No. 3. 1 oz. hydro-sulphate of potassa, dissolved in 1 at. of soft water. This last ingredient is mtended to produce a deep black color if the others should fail. Keep away from the light. Phalon's (One Preparation. )— To 1 oz. crystallized nitrate of silver, dissolved in 2 oz. of aqua-ammonia, add 5 oz. soft water. This is not an instantaneous dye ; but after exposure to the light and air, a dark color .is produced upo' ' the surface to which it is applied. Remember to remove all grease, &c., from the hair before applying these dyes. Professor Wood's. — To 8 oz. vinegar, diluted with an equal part of soft water, add 2 drs. sulphur, and 2 drs. sugar of lead. Alpine Hair-Balm.— To 16 oz. of soft water add 8 oz. of alcohol and i oz. spirits turpentme, ^ oz. sulphur, and i oz. sugar of lead. Glycerine Preparation. — New rum, 1 qt. ; concentrated spirits of ammonia, 15 dropb ; glvcerine oil, 1 oz. ; lac sulphur, 6J drs. ; sugar of lead, 5^ drs. ; put the liquor into a bottle, add the ammonia, then the other components. Shake the compound occasionally for four or five days. Crystalline Cream.- Oil of almonds, 8 oz. ; spermaceti, 1 oz. ; 62 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. melt together. When a little cooled, add ^ oz. or less of essence of bergamot or other perfume ; put into wide*mouthed Jx)ttle8, and let it stand till cold. Camphorated crystalline cream may be. made by using camphorated oil {L. Camphorm) inutead of oil of almonds. Macassab Oil. — Olive oil, 1 qt. ; alcohol, 2^ oz. ; rose oil, 1| oz. ; then tie 1 oz. of chipped alkanet root in a muslin bag, and put it in the oil, let it alone for some days till it turns the color of a pretty red, then remove to other oils. Do not press it. Ox Mabbow. — Melt 4 oz. ox tallow ; white wax, 1 oz. ; fresh lard, 6 oz. ; when cold, add 1^ oz. oil of bei^mot. Bkabs' Oil. — Use gooid sweet lard oil, 1 qt. ; oil bergamot, \\ oz. Extract of Patchouli.— Mix IJ oz. ottar of Patchouli, and^oz. otto of rose, with 1 gal. rectified spints. Sea Foam fob Babbebs.— Alcohol, 4 oz. ; castor oil, 1 oz. ; am- monia, \ oz. ; water, 1 pt. Dissolve the castor oil and ammonia in the alcohol, then add the alcohol mixture to the water. pYBOGALLic Haib Dye. — Pyrogallic acid, i oz. ; dissolve it in hot distilled water 1^ oz. ; when the solution cools add gradually rectified spirit, i fluid oz. Fine Shampoo Liquid.— Dissolve \ oz. carb. of ammonia and 1 oz, of borax in 1 qt. water, then add 2 oz. glycerine, 3 qts. of New Eng- land rum, and 1 qt. of bay rum ; moisten the hair with this liquor, shampoo with the hands imtil a slight lather is formed, then wash off with clean water. Babbeb's Shampoo Mixture. — Soft water, 1 pt. ; sal soda, 1 oz. ; cream tartar, ^ oz. Apply thoroughly to the hair. Cheap Bay Rum. — Saturate a ^ lb. block of carb. of mao'nesia with oil of Bay ; pulverize the magnesia, place it in a filter, and pour water through it until the desired quantity is obtained, then add alcohol. The quantity of water and alcohol employed depends on the desired strength and quantity of the Bay rum. Anotlwr—OTi}^ of Bay, 10 fluid drs. ; oil of pimento, 1 fluid dr. ; acetic ether. 2 fluid drs. ; alcohol 3 gals. ; water, 2^ gals. Mix, and after 2 weeks repose, filter. Liquid fob Fobcino the Be abd. — Cologne, 2 oz. ; liquid hartshorn, 1 dr. ; tinct. cautharides, 2 drs. ; oil rosemary, 12 drops ; lavender, 12 drops. Apply to the face daily and await results. Said td be reliable. CouBT Plasteb. — Brush silk over with a solution of isinglass, in spirits or warm water, dry and repeat several times. For the last application apply several coats of balsam of Peru. Used to dose cuts or wounas, by warming it and applying. It does not wash off until the skin partially heals. Balm of a Thousand Flowers.— Deodoiized alcohol, 1 pt ;nice white bar soap, 4 oz. ; shave the soap when put in, stand in a warm place till dissolved ; then add oil of citronella, 1 dr., and oils of neroli and rosemary, of each \ dr. New York Barbers' Stab Haib Oil.— Caster oil 6^ pts. ; alcohol, l^pts^ ; citronella and lavender oil, each \ oz. Franoipanni. — Spirits, 1 gal. ; oil l>ergamot, 1 oz. ; oil of lemon, 1 oz. ; macerate for 4 days, frequently shaking ; then add water, 1 gal ; orange-flower water, 1 pint, essence of vanilla, 2 oz. Mix. Jockey Club.— Spirits of wme, 5 gaL ; orange-flower water, 1 loz.; MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 63 essence of les, and let )e made by nonds. oil, li o«. ; id put it in of a pretty ; fresh lard, aot, li 02. ili, andi;0Z. , 1 oz. ; am- ammonia in )lve it in hot ally rectified nia and 1 oz, )f New Eng- i this liquor, i, then wash il soda, 1 oz. ; of magnesia Iter, and ponr id, then add depends on if/ier— OU of (ther. 2 fluid eeks repose, lid hartshorn, ; lavender, Said td be |f isinglass, in For the last Fsed to dose 3S not wash lol, 1 pt ; nice 7d in a warm and oils of Ipts.; alcohol, i)il of lemon. Id water, 1 . Mix. vev water, 1 gal. ; balsam of Peru, 4 oz. ; essence of bergamot, 8 oz. ; essence of music, 8 oz. ; essence of cloves, 4 oz. ; essence of ueroli, 2 oz. Ladies' Ow A.— Spirits of wine, 1 gal.; otto of roses, 20 drops ; essence of thyme, ^ oz. ; essence of ueroli, i oz. ; essence of vanilla, ^ oz. ; essence of bergamot, 4 oz. ; orange-nower water, t) oz. Kiss me Quick.— Spirit, 1 gal. ; essence of thyme, J oz. ; essence of orange-flowers, 2 oz. ; essence neroli, ^ oz. ; otto of roses, 30 drops; essence of jasmine, 1 oz. ; essence of balm mint ^ oz. ; petal^ of roses. 4 oz. : oil lemon, 20 drops; caloros aromaticus, ^ oz. ; essence neroli, ^ oz. Mix and strain. Upper Ten.— Spirits of wine, 4 qts. ; essence of cedrat, 2 drs. ; essence of violets, 4 oz. ; essence of neroli, ^ oz. ; otto of ruses, 20 drops ; orange-flower essence, 1 oz. ; oil of rosemary, 30 drops ; oils bergamot and neroli, each ^ oz. India Cholagogue. — Quuiine, 20 grs. ; Peruvian bark, pulverized, 1 oz. ; sulphuric acid, 15 drops, or 1 scruple of tartaric acid is best ; brandy, 1 gill ; water to make one pint ; dose, 5 teaspoonf uls every 2 hours, in the absence of fever ; an excellent remedy. I^brifuge Wine.— Quhiine, 25 grs. ; water, 1 pint ; sulphuric add, 16 drops ; epsom salts, 2 oz. ; color with tincture of red sanders. Dose, a wine glass 3 times per day. This is a world-renowned med- icine. Barbell's Indian Liniment.— Alcohol, 1 qt.; tincture of cap- sicum, 1 oz. ; oil of origanum, sassafras, peimyix}yal, and hemlock, of each i oz. Mix. God Liver Oil, as usually prepared, is nothing more or less than cod oil clarified, by which process it is in fact deprived in a great measure of its virture. C!od oil can be purchased from any wholesale oil deal- er for one thirtieth part of the price of cod liver oil as usually sold, and it is easy to clarify it. Dealers might turn this information to eood account. To make it more palatable and digestible, put 1 oz. of fine table salt to each quart bottle. Cod Livkr Oil.— The first livers are placed in a jacketed pan heated by steam, and when tlie oil is seiiarated from the scraps it is passed tlirough felt bags until it is perfectly clear. To remove a por- tion of the stearine, it is subjected to refrigerating jinixtures in the ■ iSOTi bottles. summer, and the incongealable portion is dravm off and placed in Pabegoric- Best opium, i dr. ; dissolve in about 2 tablespoonfuls of boiling water ; then add benzoic acid ^ dr. ; oil of anise, ^ a fluid dr. ; clarified lioney, 1 oz. ; camphor gum, 1 scruple; alcohol, 76 per cent., 11 fluid oz. ; distilled water, 4 fluid oz. ; macerate (keep warm) for two weeks. Dose for ciiildren, 5 to 20 drops; adults ; 1 to 2 tea- spoonfuls, s Cough SVrup. — ?nt 1 qt. horehound tea, 1 qt. of water, and boil it down to 1 pt. ; add 2 or 3 sticks licorice ; 2 oz. syrup of squills, and a tablespooniul essence u* lemon. Take a tablespooniul 3 times a day or as the cough requires. Cough Svbup. — Syrup of squiUs, 2 oz. ; tartarized antimony, 8 frs. ; sulphate of morphine, 5 grs. ; pulverized arable, J oz. ; honey, oz. J water, 1 oz. ; mix. Dose for an adult, 1 small teaspoonf ul; re- peat m half an hour if it does not relieve : child in proportion. Vegetable Substitute for Calomel.— Jal&p, 1 oz. senna, 2 oz. ; 64 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC peppermint, 1 oz. (a little cinnamon if desired), all pnlverized and sif- ted through gauze. Dose, 1 teaspoonf ul put in a cup with 2 or S spoonfuls of hot water, and a good lump of white sugar ; when cool, drink all ; to bo taken fasting m the morning; drink freely; if it does not operate in 3 hours repeat i the quantity; use instead of calomel. Dynamic Powem of various kinds of Food. — One lb., of oat- meal will furnish as much power as 2 lbs., of bread, and more than 3 lbs of lefen veal. One lb. of butter gives a working force equal to that of 9 lbs. of potatoes, 12 lbs. of milk and more than 5 lbs. of lean beef. One lb. of lump sugar is equal in force to 2 lbs., of ham. or 8 lbs. of cabbage. The habitual use of spirituous liquors is inimical to health, and inevitably tends to shorten life. A mechanic or laborhig man of average size, requires, according to Moleschott, 23 ozs., of dry solid matter, daily, one fifth nitrogenous. Food, as usually prepared, contains 50 per cent, of water, which would increase the quantity to 46 ozs. , or 3 lbs. 14 ozs. , with at least an eq ual weight of water in addition daily. The same authority indicates as healthy p'-oportious, of albumi- nous matter 4.587 ozs., fatty matter 2.964, carbo-hydrate 14.250, salts 1.058, total 22.859 ozs., for daily use. This quantity of food will vary greatly in the requirements of individuals engaged in sedentary employments, or of persons with weak constitutions or imnaired digestion, as also whether employed in the open air or within doors ; much, also, depending on the temperature. Preference should be given to the food which mcic reaiily yields the materials required by nature in the formation oi the human frame. Beef contains about 4 lbs. of such minerals in every 100 lbs. Dried extract of beef con- tains 21 lbs. in each 100 lbs. Bread made from unbolted wheat flour is also very rich in such elements, much more so than superfine flour • hence the comi'ion use of Graham bread for dyspepsia and otbdr ailments. The analysis of Liebig, Johnston, and others, give, in 100 parts, the following proportions of nutritious elements, viz., Indian coni 12.30, barley 14.00, wheat 14.06, oats 19.91. A fish diet is well adapted to sustain intellectual, or brain labor. What is required imvy be best known from the fact that a human body weighing 164 lbs., contains, on a rough estimate, of water 14 gals, (consisting of oxygen 111 lbs., of hydrogen 14 lbs.), carbon 21 lbs., nitrogen 3 lbs. 8 ozs., calcicum 2 lbs., sodium 2i ozs., phosphorus If lbs., polassiura i oz., sulphur 2 ozs. 219 grs., fluorine 2 ozs., chlorine 2 ozs. 47 grs., iron 100 grs., magnesium 12 grs., silicon 2 grs. \fteT death, the human body is, by gr&.dual decay, slowly resolved into these its component r*arts, which elements are agam used in the complex and wonderful laboratory of nature, to vivify the countless forms of vegetable life. These in their turn fulfil their appointed law by yielding up their substance for the formation of other bodies. What a suggestive comment on mortal ambition to witness the {►resent inhabitants of Egypt engaged in what they consider the ucmtive commerce of quarrying out the bones of the ancient inhab- itants from the catacombs where they have been entombed for thou- sands of yetirs and transporting them by the 8hii)-load to England, in order to fertilize the crops which are destined to assist in forming the bone and sinews of the British nation ! Cure for Snakb Bites.— The Inspector of Police in the Bengal Government reports that of 939 cases in which ammonia was freely , MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC e5 zed and sii- «rith 2 or 8 when cool, y ; if it does of calomel. J lb., of oat- d more than >rce equal to an 5 lbs. of [b8., oi ham. ,r8 is inimical ic or laboring 3oz9., of dry illy prepared, quantity to 4b ;er in addition us, of albumi- e 14.250, salte of food will i in sedentary J or impaired within doors ; ice should be lis required by ►ntains about 4 t of beef con- nbolted wheat than superfine 1 dyspepsia and others, give, in elements, viz., 1 A fish diet bor. What is i human body water 14 gals, carbon 21 lbs., )hosphorns If [ozs., chlorine n 2 grs. After y resolved into in used in the £v the countless their apiwinted )f other bodies, to witness the jy consider the 8 ancient hihab- jmbed for thou- J to England, in (sist in forming B in the Bengal lonia was freely administered 207 victims have recovered, and in the cured instances tiie remedy was not administered till about 3^ hours after the attack, on the average of the fatal cases the corresponding duration of time was 4i hours. Rbmedy For Small Pox. — Sulphate of zinc, 1 gr., foxglove [digitalis,] 1 gr., sugar ^ teaspoonful, mixwith 2teaspoonful8 of water, add 4 oz. of water. Dose 1 spoonful every hour, child in proportion. From experience it is known that nothing will break up this ftightf ul disease sooner than continued and persevering bathing, with the water at a comfortable temperature. Reliable Small Pox Remedy. — Tested. — A child 9 years old was effectually cured of small pox by administering 15 grs. sodsB sulphice dissolved in milk, sweetened, every 3 hours. The entire body was oiled with crude potroleimi applied by hand. Next morning the erup- tion was killed and dry; and tne disease broken up. To prevent pit- ting with small pox, as soon as the disease is distinguished, apply an ointment made of lard and charcoal to the face, neck, hands, &c., and continue imtil all signs of supperative fever has ceased. One case is worthy of notice, bemg that of a gentleman who suffered terribly for many days with this dreadful disease, Everythmg was done for him that medical skill could suggest, without giving the slightest relief. Finally, as a last resort, he was removed from the bed and placed in a warm bath: the transition was so soothing and delightful that he exclaimed, ''Oh, my God, I thank Thee for this great relief! " In a short time he fell sound asleep in the bath, and continued in this position for many hours, the water being renewed from time to time to keep up the temperature. The cure proved i» be immediate and permanent. Nothing is so conducive to health of body, and tlie eradication of disease therefrom, as the intelligent use of pure water. Sir Astley Cooper, being complimented ou one occasion for his great skill, remarked, that lie had "made mistakes enough to fill a graveyard," but it is scarcely possible to make a mis- take with water, as no diseased person can fail to derive benefit from its use. Portable Bath.— Make a small circular boiler of copper or tin, and fit the same into an upright tin stand, in which, directly under the boiler, you must leave an aperture to contain a small spirit lamp. The boiler lid must fit tightly and be provided with three small tubes pointing upwards. The boiler being filled with water and the lamp lighted, as soon as the steam gets up, it rushes through these tubes, and the patient, seated on a cane chair, with his or her feet in a pan of warm water, with a suitable cloak tightly fastened around the neck, is speedily enveloped in a cloud of steain. Ten minutes is the time recommended for the duration of the first few baths. It may be afterwards increased, but not beyond half an hour. On getting out of the cloak, plunge into a cold bath for a few minutes, then rub the skin till it is quite dry and glowing with a coarse towel and a pair of good hair-gloves. i*er8ons in health or disease will experience a wonderful recuperative power in the frequent use of this bath, and all will find it incomparably superior to the use of drugs hi any form whatever. In this connection a new and very ingenious invention allied Sponoio Pilinr, is deserving of favorable mention. It con- sists of wool and small particles of sponge felted together, and attached •6 66 me;dical department, etc. to a skin of India-rubber, the whole being about half an inch m thick- ness, and of inestimable value as a means of applying cold or tepid water, &c., to such exterior parts of the human fmme as may be nearest to the seat of pain or disease. The water is sponged over the felted surface, the surplus, if any, wiped off; it is then placed on the skin, and covered over with several folds of bandages, which assist in retaining the heat and moisture, thus attracting healthy blood to the part, from which nature selects such food as is most conducive to ex- pel disease and build up healthy tissue. Fly Pai'eu. — Coat paper with turpentine varnish, and oil it to keep tlie varnish from drying. Sweating Drops. — Ipecac, saffron, boneset, and camphor gum, of each, 3 oz. ; opium, 1 oz. ; alcoliol, 2 qts. Let stand 2 weeks and filter, A teaspoonf ul in a cup of hot sage or catnip tea every hour until free perspiration is induced; good in colds, fevers, inflamma- tions, &c. Bathe the feet in hot water at the same time. Sykup fok CoNsuMiTiVEs. — Of tamarac bark, take from the tree, without rossing, 1 peck ; spikenard root, ^ lb. ; dandelion root, J lb. ; hops, 2 oz. Boil these sufficient to get the strength in 2 or 3 gals, water; strain, and boil down to 1 gal. ; when blood warm, add 3 lbs. best honey, and 3 pints best brandy ; bottle and keep in a cool place. Dose, drink freely of it 3 times per day before meals, at least a gill or more ; cure very ceitain. Common Castor Oil.— Pale vegetable oil, 1 gal. ; castor oil, 3 gals. ; mix. Pulmonic Wafers.— Lump sugar, licorice, and starch, of each 2 parts; gum, 10 parts; squills and ipecacuanha, of each 5 parts; lactu- carium, 2 parts. Mix, and divide mto 8 grain lozenges. Sir James Clarke's Diarrh(ea and Choler Mixture. — Tinct. of opium, tinct. of camphor, and spirits of turpentine, of each 3 drams; oil of peppermint, 30 drops; mix. Dose, 1 teaspoonf ul for cholera. Veqetable or Composition Powder. — Fine bayberry bark, 1 lb ; ginger 8 oz., common cayenne, 3 oz., mix. Dose, 1 teaspoonf ul in a cup of boiling water, sweeten and add milk. Tinctures are made Avith 1 oz. of gum, root, or bark, &c., dried, to each pint of proof spirits ; let it stand one week, and filter. Essences are made with 1 oz. of any given oil, added to 1 "pint alcohol. Peppermints are colored with tmct. turmeric; cinnamon with tinct. of red sanders ; wintergreen with tinct. kino. Substitute for Arrowroot.— Finest potato starch, 75 lbs. ; lump su^ar. 4 lbs. ; finely-ground rice, 21 lbs. Mix, and sift tlirough lawn ; yields 100 lbs. excellent arrowroot. Certain Cure for Croup. — Goose oil and urine equal parts. Dose, 1 teaspoonful. A i.ertain cure if taken in time. Corns and Warts.— Take a small quantity of the potash paste recommended for Poll Evil, and apply to the corn or wart. Druggist's Colors.— YeWoto, take iron filings, hydrochloric acid to dissolve, dilute with cold water. Red, solution oi sal ammoniac, cochineal, to color, Bhie, indigo, 1 part, oil of vitriol, 2 parts, dis- solve, then dilute with water. Oreen, verdigris, 1 part, acetic acid, 3 parts, dilute with water. Purple, cochineal, 25 grs., sugar of lead 1 oz., dissolve. phoratec Jpecac, : of anise Ague carbonat( form int< the chill taken. Agr at gives the MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 67 I ill thick- er tepid J may be 1 over the ;ed on the ih assist in ood to the live to ex- 1 it to keep plior gum, weeks and every iiour mflamraa- )ni the tree, 1 root, i Ih. ; 2 or 3 gals. ,, add 3 lbs. I cool place, east a gill or )r oil, 3 gals.; lb, of each 2 parts; lactu- 1 MiXTUUB.— ,ine, of each 3 lapoonful for ry bark, 1 lb ; spoonful in a k, &c., dried, filter. Idedto l^in* [ic; ctonamon Kch, 75 lbs. ; [dsifttlirougb equal parts. potash paste Irochloiic add lal ammoniac, r, 2 parts, dis- \ acetic acid, [sugar of lead Smelwng Salts.— Sub-carbonate of ammonia, 8 parts ; put it in coarse powder in a bottle, and pour on it oil of lavendar, 1 part. TuNBKiDGE Wells Water. — Chloride of sodium, 5 grains ; tinct. steel, 20 drops ; distilled water, 1^ pints. Mineral Watek. — Epsom salts, 1 oz. ; cream tartar, ^ oz. ; tar- taric acid, J oz. ; loaf sugar, 1 lb. ; oil of birch, 20 drops ; put 1 qt. cold water on 2 tablespoonfuls yeast (winter green oil will do), let it work 2 hours and then bottle. Congress Water for Fountains. — Common salt, 7| ozs. ; hydrate of soda, 20 grs. ; bicarbonate of soda, 20 grs. ; calcined magnesia, 1 oz. Add to 10 gal. of water, and then charge with gas. KissiNGEN Water for i<'ountains.— Bicarbonate of soda, 1 dr. ; carbonate of lime, 2 drs., and 2 scr. ; precipitate carbonate of lime, 2 scr. ; common salt, 8 ozs. ; muriate of ammonia, 4 grs ; sulphate of soda, 2 drs. and 2 scr. ; sulphate of Avignesia, -2 ozs. ; phosphate of soda, 13 grs. ; phosjihate of lime 2 drs. and 2 scr. Mix. Add water | of a gal. Let it stand for G hours, filter, add carbonate of magnesia, 3 drs. and 1 scr., and charge with 10 gals, of water. VICHY Water for Fountains. — Sulphate of potass, 2 drs.; sulphate of soda, 25 gi-s. ; common salt, (J drs. ; bicarbonate of am- monia, 10 grs. Mix. Add water, 1 gal. Let it stand l.day, filter and then charge with 10 gal. of water. Genuine Seidlitz Powders. — Rochelle salts, 2 drs.; bicarb, soda, 2 scr. ; put these into a blue paper, and 35 grains tartaric acid mto a white paper. To use, j)ut each mto different tumblera, fill J with water, adding a little loaf sugar to the acid, then pour together and drink quick. Bottled Seidlitz Water.— Fill soda-water bottles with clear water ; add to each as below ; cork and wire immediately : Rochelle salts, 3 drops ; bicivrbonate of soda, 35 grs ; sulphuric acid, 11 drops. Excellent Tooth Powder. — Suds of castilo soap and spirits of camphor, of each au equal quantity ; thicken with equal quantities of pulverized chalk and charcoal to a thick paste. Apply with the finger or brush. Rat Exterminator.— Warm water, 1 qt. ; lard, 2 lbs ; phospho- ruB, 1 oz. : mix, and thicken with fiour ; to be spread on bread and covered with sugar. Bug Poison. -^Alcohol, ^ pint; turpentine, J pint ; crude sftl am- moniac, 1 oz. ; mix all together, and let it digest in a warm place for a few days, and it is ready for use. Medicated Cough Candy. — To 5 lbs. candy just ready to pour on the slab, add the following mixture, and form it iuto sticks to correspond with the ijrice asked for them : Tinct. squills, 2 oz. ; cam- f)horated tinct. of opium and tinct. of tolu, of each i oz. ; wine of pecac, i oz. ; oils of gaultheria, 4 drops ; sassafras, 3 drops ; anH of anise seed oil, 2 drops, and use this freely in common coughs. Ague Pill. — Quinine, 20 grs.; Dover's powd rs, 10 grs. ; sub- carbonate of iron, 10 grs. ; mix with muciUige of gum arable and form into 20 pills. Uose. 2 each hour, commencing 5 hours before the chill should set in. Then take 1 niglit and morning until.all are taken. Age at which Menstruation Commences.— Dr. Walter Rigden gives the subjohied sUitistics obtained from females who were con- i 68 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT) EtC. fined at University College Hospital, occured for the first time : In 2,696 cases menstruation At the age of At the age of 9 in 3 cases. 18 in 150 cases 10 " 14 " 19 " 76 " 11 " 60 " 20 " 29 " 12 " 170 «' 21 " 7 " 13 " 353 " 22 •* 8 " 14 " 560 " 23 " 2 " 16 " 540 " 24 " " 16 " 455 " 26 •' " if " 272 " 26 " 2 " It thus appears -that it is'mosi common at 14 years of age, and ^reat care snould be taken of the health on t^e occurrence of these important periods. ATKiiftJON's Ikfant's PBESEBVATn-E.— Carbonate of magnesia, 6 drs. ; sugar, 2 oz. ; oil of anise seed, 20 drops ; sal-volatile, ^ drs. ; laudunum, 1 dr. ; syrup of saffron, 1 oz. Make up 1 pint with caraway water. Pills to pkomotk Menstrual Secretion.— Take pills of aloes and myrrh, 4 drs. ; compound iron pills, 280 grs. ; mix and form into 100 pills. Dose, 2 twice a day. Fob Obstrucjted Menstruation. — Make a strong tea of smart weed, covering it to retain the strength, or use the extract of smart weed instead, taking 1 teaspoonful of the latter once 3very 3 hours, (or about 10 teaspoonfuls of the tea) in warm water, sweetened, making free use of hot baths for the feet and tlie lower parts of the body. It wiU give great relief. Injsction for Obstructed Mbnstbuation.— Mix 1 to 2 fluid drs. liquor of ammonia with 1 pint milk. Dse thrice daily. "Fob Obstbucted Mbnstbuation. — Sulphate of iron, 60 grs,; potae^a (sub. carb.) 60 gra. ; myrrh, 2 drs. ; make them into 3Jgr. Sills ; 2 to be taken tliree times a day, in the absence of fever. For *ainful Menstruatwn, take pulv. rhei., 2 drs. ; pulv. jalap, 2 drs.; syrup r poppies to mix. Divide into 200 pills, and take night and morni] '. To check Immoderate Flow — Tinct. of ergot, loz., Equorof ammoa^, 3 drs. ; mix. Dose, teaspoonful in water 3 times a day. Stimulant.— In Low Fevebs, and afteb Uterine Hemob- BHAOEs. — Best brandy and cinnamon water, of each, 4 fluid oz. ; the yolks of 2 eggs, well beaten ; loaf sugar ^z. ; oil of cinnamon, 2 drops ; mix. Dose, from i to 1 (fluid) oz,, as often as required. This makes both meat and arink. Of course, any other flavoring oils can be used, if preferred, in place of the cinnamon. Fob Female Ccjiplaints.— One of the best laxative pills for female complaints is macrotin and rhubarb, each 10 grs. ; extract of hyoscyamus 10 piH, ; Castile soap, 40 grs, ; scrape the soap, and mix well together, torming into common sized pills with gnm solution. Dose,l pill at bed time, or sufficiently often to keep the bowels in a laxative state. Fob Disease of the Kidneys, — Boil 1 oz, of parelnv brava in 8 pints of water down to 1 pint. Doae, a winoglaasf ul 3 times per day. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 69 truation ;e, and le of these magnesia, pint wltu Ills of aloefl ; and form ja of smart ictof smart .ry 3 hours, sweetened, parts of the 1 to 2 fluid bn, 60 grs.; n into 34 gr. fever. For iilap, 2 drs. ; e night and i\e8 a day. NB Hemob- uid oz. -, the Icinnamon, 2 as required, .vorlng oils Live pills i^l 1.; extract of lap, and mix lum solution. lM)wel8 in a M, brava in 8 Imes per day. To CUBE VOMITING IN PREGNANCY.— Mtx 1 dr. Carbonate of magnesia; ^ oz. tinct. of Colombo; S^oz. iiepp^nnin,' vater. Dose, 1 tablespoonf ul 3 times a day. Habland's Venebeal Cube. — Mix together powdered cubebs, 14 oz. ; balsam capaiba, 4 oz. ; powdered gum arabic, 4 oz. ; cinna- mon water, 3 ozs. A tablespoonf ul c' the mixture to be taken at intervals 8 times a day. Incontinence of Ubine op Old People. — ^The contfnued use of 1 to 6 drops tinct. of iodine has proved a successful remedy. For other persons, put 4 drops tincture of aconite root in a tumbler of water, and use a teaspoonful every half hour until relieved. Compound Extract Buchu. — Buchu, in coarse powder, 12 ozs. ; alcohol, 3 pts. ; ^vater, 6 pts. are sufficient. Treat the leaves by maceration and d placement, first with a portion of the alcohol and then with the ren.alnder mixed with the water, evaporate the result- ing liquid with a geufcie heat to three pints, and add 2^ lbs. sugar, continue the heat tiU it is dissolved, and after removing from the fire, add oil of cubebs, oil of juniper; of each 1 fluid dr.; spirits of nitric ether, 12 fluid ozs., previously mixed, stir together. Anodyne for ^Painful Menstruation. — ^Extract of stramo- nium and sulphate of quinine, each 16 grs. ; macrotin, 8 grs. ; mor- crotin, 8 grs. ; morphine, 1 gr. ; make into 8 pills. Dose, 1 pill re- peatiiig once or twice only, 40 to 50 minutes apart, if the pain does not subside before this time. Pain must subside under tne use of this pill, and costiveness is not increased. , Powder fob Excessive Flooding. — Gums kino and catechu, each 1 gr. ; sugar of lead and alum, each 4 dr. ; pulverize all and thoroughly mix, then divide into 7 to 10 grain powders. Dose, one every 2 or 3 hours until checked, then less often merely to control the flow. Injection fob Leucokbhcea. — When the glairy mucus discharge is present, prepare a tea of hemlock inner bark and witeh hazel (often called spotted alder) leaves and bark, have a female syringe large enough to fill the vagina, and inject the tea, twice daily ; and occa- sionally in bad cases, say twice a week, inject a syringe of the fol- lowing compo.sition : For Chronic Female Complaints. White vitriol and sugar of lead, each, ^ oz. ; common salt, pulverized alum, and loaf sugar, each, ^ dr. , soft water, 1 pt. Injed; as above. Fob Prolapsus Uteri, or Falling of the Womb.— Not only the cheapest but the best support will be found to be a piece of fine firm sponge, cut to a proper size, to admit when damp of being pressed up the vagina to hold the womb in its place. The sponge should have a stout piece of small cord sewed 2 or 3 times through its centre, up and down, and left sufficiently long to allow its being talcen hold of to remove the sponge, once a day, or every other day at the farthest, for the purpose of wasliing, cleaning, and using the necessary injections ; and this must be done while the patient is lyhig down, to prevent the womb from again falling or prolapsing. After having injected some of the above tea, wet the sponge In the same, and introduce it sufficiently higli to hold the womb in its place. If imin is felt about the head, buck, or loins for a few days before the menses^appear, preijare and use the following : Emmenax^ogiie Tinc- ture. Alcohol, 1 pt. ; red oxide of iron, 1 oz. ; oils of ]uniper and 70 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. savin, each- ^ oz. ; oil of tansey, 1 dr. ; tincture of ergot, 3 drs. ; tincture Spanish fli^, 4 oz. : mix all, and shake when taken. Dose, 1 teaspoon 3 times daily, to be taken in mucilage of slippery elm or gum arable, and drink freely of the mucilage also through the day, or use the following : Emmenagogue Pill.— Precipitated carbonate of iron and gum myrrh, of each 2 drs. ; aloes and tincture of Spanish flies, of each 1 dr. ; and oil of savin, 1 dr. ; all to be pulverized, and made into 100 pills by using thick gum solution. Dose, 1 pill, from 1 to 3 times daily, but not to move the bowels too much. Uterinb Hemobbhage.— Unfailing cure. Sugar of lead, 10 grs.: ergot, 10 grs. ; opium, 3 grs.; ipecac, 1 gr. ; all pulverized, and well mixed. Dose, 10 to 12 grs. ; given in a little honey or syrup. In very bad cases after chilbbirth, it might be repeated in 30 minutes, or the dose increased to 15 or 18 grs. ; but in cases of rather profuse waetmg, repeat it once at the end 'of 3 hours, or as the urgency of the case may require. In every case of female debility make a liberal use of iron, as the want of iron in the system is often the cause of the trouble. Mix fine iron filings with as much ground ginger. Dose, half of a tea- spoon 3 times daily in a little honey or molasses, increasing or lessen- ing the dose to produce a blackness of the stools. Continue this course until well. Impebiaj Drops for Gravel and Kidney Complaints. — Oil of origanui: i, 1 oz., oil of hemlock, J oz., oil of sassafras, J oz., oil of anise, i oz., alcohol,'! pint: mix. Dose, from i to 1 teaspoonful 3 times a day, in sweetened water, will soon give relief when con- stant weakness is felt across the small of the back, as well as gravelly affections causing pam about the kidneys. Positive Cure for Gonorrhcea.— Liquor of potass, i oz., bitter apple, i oz., spirits of sweet nitre, ^ oz., balsam of copaiba, ^ oz., best gum i oz. To use, mix with peppermint water; take i teaspoonful 3 times per day: cure certain in 9 days. Celebrated Pile Ointment.— Take carbonate of lead, Joz.jSul- Shate of moi-phia, 16 grs. ; stramonium ointment, 1 oz. ; olive oil, 20 rops. Mix and apply 3 times per day, or as the pain may require. ^noiAe?— Powdered nut gall, 2 drs., camphor, 1 dr., melted wax, 10 oz., tincture of opium, 2 drs., mix. ^ Stammering. — Irapedimente in the speech may be cured, where there is no malformation of the organs of articulation, by preseverance, for three or four mouths, in the simple remedy of reading aloud, with the teeth closed, for at least 2 hours each day. Cold in the Head. — Dr. Pollion, of France, says that cold In the head can be cured by inhaling hartehorn. The inhalation by the nose should be seven or eight times in five minutes. Camphor Ice.— Spermaceti, li oz., gum camphor, | oz., oil sweet almonds, 4 teaspoonfuls; set on tne stoye in an earthen dish till dis- solved; heat jnst enough to dissolve it. While warm pour into small moulds, if desired to sell; then paper, and put into tinfoil; used for chaps on hands or lips. Simple Remedies for Scarlet Fever.— Open the bowels regu- larly every day with some mild aperient medicine, such as castor oil, senna, etc. ; and keep the patient at rest, and comfortably warm ; MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC 71 t, 3 drs.; m. Dose, ary elm or 1 the day, and gum 5a, of each made into to 3 times id, 10 grs. ; rized, and r syrup, ated in 30 ;s of rather or as the ron, as the uble. Mix f of a tea- g or lessen- ntinue this AINTS. — Oil [ oz., oil of aspoonful 3 : when con- as gravelly i oz., bitter I, i oz., best aspoonful 3 d. 4oz..8ul- olive oil, 20 ay require, aelted wax, ared, where eseverance, aloud, with cold in the tion by the z., oil sweet ish till dis- r into small »il; used for lowels regu- ,8 castor oil, ,bly warm ; sponge the surface with tepid water, two or three times a day ; while it is hotter than natural, admit fresh air ; live on a bland diet, such as a cupful of arrowroot, several times a day ; toast-water for com- mon dnnk. Gargle made of strong sage tea, honey and alum, or bor- ax, may be used from the commencement, if the tnroat is affected. Neibve akd Bone Liniment. — Beef's gall. 1 qt. ; alcohol, 1 pt. ; volatile liniment, 1 lb.; sirits of turpentine, 1 lb.; oil organum, 4 oz. ; aqua ammonia, 4 oz. ; tincture of cayenne, i pt. ; oil of amber, 3 oz. ; tincture Spanish flies, G oz. ; mix well. Cephalic Snuff. — Take asai^baccji leaves, marjoram, light Scotch snuff, equal parts ; grind and sift, use like common snuff. Downer's Salve. — Beeswax, 4 oz, ; opium, ^ oz. ; sugar of lead, 1 oz. ; melt the beeswax, and rub the lead up in the wax, then the opium, then 1 gill of sweet oil, incorporate all thoroughly together, spread lightly on cloth ; good for bums, piles, &c. Anotheb Salve.— Burgundy pitch, beeswax, white pine pitch, and resin, 1 oz. each, mutton tallow, 8 oz. ; goose oil, 1 gill ; tar, 1 gill ; melt and mix thoroughly. A first-rate salve. Whooping Cough Syrup.— Best rum, 1 pt. ; anise oil, 2 ozs. ; honey, 1 pt. ; lemon juice, 4 oz. ; mix. Dose for adults, 1 tablespoon- ful, 3 or 4 times per day ; children 1 teaspoon, with sugar and water. Liquid Opodeldoc. — Warm brandy, 1 qt. ; add to it gum camphor, 1 oz. ; sal ammoniac, J oz. ; oils of origanum and rosemary, each * oz. ; oil wormwood, | oz. ; when the oils are dissolved, add 6 oz. soft soap. Green Mountain Salve. — For rheumatism, bums, pains in the back or side, &c., take 2 lbs. resin, burgundy pitch, J lb. ; beeswax i lb. ; mutton tallow, J lb. ; melt slowly ; when not too warm, add ou hemlock, 1 oz. ; balsam fir, 1 oz. ; oil of origanum, 1 oz. oil of red cedar, 1 oz. ; "Venice turpentiue, 1 oz. ; oil of wormwood, 1 oz. : ver- digris, i oz. The verdigris must be finely pulverized and mixed with the oils ; then add as above, and work in cold water like wax till cold enough to roll ; rolls 5 mches long, 1 inch diameter, sell for 26 cents. English Remedy for Cancer.— Take chloride of zinc, blood- root pulverized, and flour, equal quantities of each, worked into a giste and applied. First spread a common sticking-plaster much rger than the cancer, cutting a circular piece from the centre of it a litue larger than the cancer, applying it, which exjioses a narrow rim of healthy skin ; then apply the cancer plaster, and keep it on 24 houro. On removing it, the cancer will be found to be burned into, and appears the color of an old shoe-sole, and the rim outside will appear white and parboiled, as if burned by steam. Dress with suppeiy elm poultice until suppuration takes place, then heal with any common salve. Chronic Gout — ^To Cure.— Take hot vinegar, and put into it all the table salt which it will dissolve, and bathe the parts affected with a soft piece of flannel. Rub in with the hand and dry the foot, &c., by the fire. Repeat this operation four times in 24 hours, Iff minutes each time, for four days ; then twice a day for the same period ; then once, and follow this rule whenever the symptoms show themselves at any future time. Gout Tincture.— Teratram viride (swamp hellebore), ^ oz. ; opium, I oz. ; wine, ^ pt. ; let tliem stand for several days. Dose, 15 72 % ■ MEDIC \RTMENT, ETC. to 30 drops, according to the robnstues^' of the patient, at intervals of 2 to 4 hours. Paralytic Lxntment:. — Sulphuric ether, 6 oz. ; alcohol, 2 oz. ; laudanum, 1 oz, ; oil of lavender. 1 oz. ; mix, and cork tightly. In a recent case of jian .lysis let the wnole extent of the numb surface be thoroughly bathed and rubbed with this preparation, • for several minutes, using t'^i; hand, at least three times daily ; at the same time take internally, 20 drops of the same, in a little sweetened water. Charcoal a cure for Sick Headache.— It is stated that 2 tea- spoons of finely powdered charcoal, drank in J a tumbler of water WUI, in less than fifteen minutes, give relief to the sick headache, when caused, as in most cases it is, by superabundance of acid on the stomach. We have frequently tried this remedy, and its efficacy in every instance has been signally satisfactory. Cathartic Syrut.— Best senna leaf, 1 oz. ; butternut, the inner bark of the root, dried and bruised, 2 oz: ; peppermint leaf, ^ oz. ; fennel seed, ^ oz. ; alcohol, ^ pt. ; water, 1^ pts. ; sugar, 2 lbs. ; put all into the spirit and water, except tlie sugar, and let it stand two weeks, then stram, ^ressmg out from the dregs, adding the sugar and simmering a few mmutes only, to form the syrup. li it should cause friping in any case, increase the fennel seed and peppermint leaf, ►ose, 1 tablespoon, once a day, or less often if tlie bowels become too loose, up to the next period when the headache might have been expected, and it will not be forthcoming. Chilblains.— Jo Cure.— Mutton tallow and Lird, of each ^ lb. ; melt in an iron vessel, and add hydrated oxyde of iron, 2 oz.'; sturing continually with an iron spoon, until the mass is of a uniform black color ; then let it cool, and add Venice turpentine, 2 oz. ; Armenian bole, 1 oz. ; oil of bergamot, 1 dr. ; rub up the bole with a little olive oil before putting it in. Felons.— If recent, to Cure in Six Hours. — ^Venice turpentine, 1 oz. ; and put into it half a teaspoon of water, and stir with a rough stick until the mass looks like candied honey ; then spread a gc^ coat on a cloth, and wrap around the finger. If the case is only recent, it will remove the pain in six hours. Felon Salve. — A salVe made by burning one tablespoon of coppt«- as, then pulverizing it and mixing it with the yolk of an egg, is said to relieve the pain, and cure the felon in 24 hours : then heal with cream two parts, and soft soap one part. Apply tne healing salve (Ijiily after soaking the part in warm water. Fklon Ointment.— Take sweet oil, i pt., and stew a3-cent plue of tolmcco in it until the tobacco is crisped ; then squeeze it out, and add red lead, 1 oz., and boil until black ; when a little cool, a(ld pul- verized cajuphor gum, 1 oz. Warts and Corns. — To Cure in Ten Mino i jis.— Take a small piece of potash, and let it stand in the open air until it slacks, then thicken it to a paste with pulverized gum arable, which prevents it from spreading where it is not wanted. Inflammatory Rheumatism.— Sulphur and saltiietre, of each 1 oz. ; gum gnaiac, i oz. ; colchicum root, or seed, and nutmegs, of each i oz ; all to be pulverized and mixed with simple syrup, or molasses, 2 oz. Dose, one teaspoon everj 2 hours untu it moves the bowels rather freely ; then 3 or 4 times daily until cured. >rval8 of , 2 oz. ; ly. Ina . rface be several ime time iter. iat2tea- o£ water eadache, acid on ) efficacy ihe inner if, i oz. ; lbs. ; put tand two ugar and old cause aint leaf, jcome too lave been ach ^ lb. ; •, stirring )nn black Armenian ittle olive irpentine, a rough la good le is only )f ooppor- rg, is said leal with ing salve cent pluj out, an< a^d pul- e a small icks, then revents it of each 1 fs, of each molasses, He bowels MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 73 Gebmak Rheumatic Fluid. — Oils of hemlock and cedar, of each ^oz., oils of origanum and sassafras, each 1 oz. ; aqua ammonia, 1 oz. ; capsicum pulverized, 1 oz. ; spirits of turpentine and gum camphor, each i'oz. ; put all into a quart bottle, and fill with 95 per cent, alcohol. Dose, for colic, for man, half a teaspoonful ; for a horse, ^ to 1 oz., in a little warm water, every 15 minutes, till relieved. Liniment fob Old Sokes. — Alcohol, 1 qt. ; aqua ammonia, 4 oz. ; oil of origanum, 2 oz. ; camphor gum, 2 oz. ; opium, 2 oz. ; gum myrrh, 2 oz. ; common salt, two tablespoons. Mix, and shake occa- sionally for a week. Liniment. — Good Samaritan. — ^Take 98 per cent, alcohol, 2 qts. ; and add to it the following articles : Oils of sassafras, hemlock, spirits of turpentine, tincture of cayenne, catechu, guaiac (guac), and laudanum, of each, 1 oz. ; tincture of myrrh, 4 oz. ; oil of origanum, 2 oz. ; oil of wintergreen, ^ oz. ; gum camphor, 2 oz. ; and chloro- form, 14 oz. This is one of the best applications for internal pains known : it is superior to any other enumerated in this work. Inhalation of Tab fob Consumptiqn. — Mix together 16 ozs. gf liquid tar and one fluid oz. liquor of potassa, boil them for a few mmutes in tbe open air, then let it simmer in an iron vessel over a spirit or other lamp in the chamber of the patient. This may at first excite a disposition to cough, but m a short time it allays it, and re- moves any tendency to it. Cancer cure. — Drink a tea made from the tops of red clover ; about 1 qt. per day should be taken internally, and the tea should be used as a wash twice per day, ; ^ery strongly recommended. Taylor's Remedy for Deafness. — Digest 2 ozs. bruised garlic in 1 lb. oil of almonus for a week, and strain. A drop poured into the ear is effective in temporary deafness. Cube fob Eabache. — Take equal parts of cliloroform and lauda- num, dip a piece of cotton into the mixture and introduce into the ear, and cover up and get to sleep as soon as possible. Ottawa Root Beer. — ^Take 1 oz. each of sassafras, allspice, jrellow- dock, and whiter green ; i oz. each wild cherry bark and conander ; k oz. hops and 3 qts. molasses. Pour sufficient boiling water on the Ingredients and let them stand 24 hours, filter the Uquor and add ipt. yeast, and it is ready for use in 24 hours. To Extract Essential Oil prom Wood, Barks, Roots, Hebbs, &c. — ^Take balm, mint, sage, or any other herb, &c., put it into a bot- tle, and pour upon it a spoonful of ether ; keep in a cool place a few hours, and then fill the bottle with cold water ; the essential oil vrill swim upon the surface and may be easily separated. Fumigating Papeb. — Dip Ught pap^r in a solution of alum ; strength of alum 1 oz,, water 1 pt Dry thoroughly, and on one side spread a mixture of equal parts of gum benzoin, galbanum, or Peruvian balsam; melt the gums in an earthenware dish and spread with a hot spatula ; slips of the paper are held over a light, when the odorous matter will be evaporated, the alum preventing the paper from igniting. Tbanspabent Cement for Glass. — Dissolve 1 part India-rubber in chloroform, and add 16 parts by measure of gum mastic in powder. Digest for 2 days, shaking the bottle frequently ; apply with a fine camel's hair brush. Mouth Wash.— Proof spirits, 1 qt. ; borax and honey, of each 1 oz. ; 74 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. gum myrrh, 1 rz. ; red sanders wood, 1 oz. Rub the honey and borax well together in a moitar, then gradually add the spirit, the myrrh and sanders wood, and macerate 14 days. Wash for bemoving Pabticlks of Zinc ob Ibon fbom the Eye. — Muriatic acid, 20 drops j mucilage, 1 dr. ; mix with 2 fluid ozs. rose water. Iron or steel particles may be extracted by holding neav them a powerful njagnet. To Remove Tumobs. — Dr. Simpson of Edinburgh introduces a hollow acupuncture needle, or very fine trocar (a surgical instrument m the form of a fine hollow needle) into their tissue, and injects a few drops of some irritant liquid, such as a solution of chloride of zinc, percholorde of iron, or creosote. The effect is to destroy the vitality of the tumors so treated, and admit of separating them. Compound Sybup op Hypophosphites. — Take of hypophosphite of lime, 1^ oz. ; hyix)phosphite of soda 4 oz ; hypophosphite of pot- assa, i oz. ; cane sugar, 1 lb. troy ; hot water, 20 fluid ozs. ; orange water, 1 fluid oz. Mix a solution of the mixed salts in the hot water, filter through paper, dissolve the sugar m the solution by heat, and. strain, and add the orange flower water. Dose, a teaspoouful, con- taining nearly five graiuf of the mixed salts. Cook's Electbo Magnetic Liniment.— Best alcohol, 1 gal. ; oil of amber, 8 oz. ; gum camphor, 8 oz. ; Castile soap, shaved fine, 2 oz. ; beef's gall, 4 oz. ; ammonia, ." F.'s strong, 12 oz.; mix, and shake occasionally for 12 hours, and it is fit for use. This will be found a strong and valuable linimen^t. London Liniment. — Take chloroform, olive oil, and aqua ammo- nia, of each 1 oz. ; acetate of morphia, 10 grs. Mix and use as otlier liniments. Very valuable. Ointments. — Fob Old Sobes. — Red precipitate, i oz. j sugar of lead, i oz. ; burnt alum, 1 oz. ; white vjtriol, i oz., or a little less : all to be very finely pulverized ; have mutton tallow made warm, J lb. ; stir all in, and stir until cool. JrDKiN's Ointment. — Linseed oil, 1 pt. ; sweet oil, 1 oz. ; and boil them in a kettle on coals for nearly 4 hours, as warm as you can ; then have pulverized and mixed borax, J oz. ; red lead, 4 oz. ; c .i sugar of lead, 1^ qz. ; remove the kettle from the fire, and thicken in the powder ; continue the stirring until cooled to blood heat, then stir in 1 oz. of spirits of turpentme ; and now take out a little, let- ting it get cold, and if not then sufficiently thick to spread upon thin soft linen as a salve, you will boil again until this point is reached. It is good for all lands of wounds, bruises, sores, bums, white swell- ings, rheumatisms, ulcers, sore breasts ; and even where there are wounds on the inside, it has been used with advantage, by applying a plaster over the part. Magnetic Ointment. — Said to be Tbask's. — Hard raisins cut in pieces, and fine-cut tobacco, equal weights ; simmer well together, then strain, and press out all irom the dregs. Mead's SAiiT-RHEtTM Ointment. — Aquafortis, 1 oz. ; quicksilver, 1 oz. ; good hard soap, dissolved so as to mix readily, 1 oz. ; prepared chalk, 1 oz. ; mixed with 1 lb. of lard ; mix the above by putting the aquafortis and quicksilver into an earthen vessel, and when done effervescing, mix with the other higredients, putting the chalk in last ; add a little spirits of turpentine, say i^ tablespoon. ,nd Iwrax ayrrh airid IIOM THE fluid ozs. Iding neav roduces a nstruinent i injects a ihloride of lestroy the ;liein. ophoaphite lite of pot- B. ; orange hot water. Y heat, and louful, con- ,lKal. ; on .ved fine, 2 ; mix, and :hi8 will be iqua ammo- use as other sugar ol ittle less ; de warm, J ; and boil as you can ; , 4 oz, I £. -i and thicken heat, then a little, let- id upon thin ; is reached, white swell- re there are by applying raisins cut ell together, quicksilver, ;. ; prepared putting the when done halkhilast; MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC 75 Gbeen Ointment, — Honey and beeswax, each i lb. ; spirits of turpentine, 1 oz. ; wintercreen oil and laudanum, each 2 oz. ; ver- digris, finely pulverized, J oz. ; lard, 1^ lb. ; mix by a stove fire, in a copper kettle, heating slowly. Itch Ointment.— iJnsalted butter, 1 lb. ; burgundy pitch, 2 oz, ; spirits of turpentine, 2 oz. ; red precipitate, pulverized, IJ oz, ; melt the pitch and add the butter, stirring well together ; then remove from the fire, and when a little cool add the spirits of turpentine, and lastly the precipitate, and stir until cold. Jaundice.— IN its Worst Forms. — Red iodide of mercury, 7 grs. ; iodide of potassium, 9 grs. ; aqua dis. (distilled water), 1 oz. ; mix. Commence by giving 6 drops 3 or 4 times a day, increasing 1 drop a day until 12 or 15 drops are given at a dose. Give in a little water, immediately after meals. If it causes a griping sensation in the bowels, and fulness in the head, when you get up to 12 or 15 drops, go back to 6 drops, and up again as before. Remedy for Rheumatism and Stiff Joints.— Strong camphor spirits, 1 pt. ; neat's-foot, coon, bear's, or skunk's oil, 1 pt. ; spirits of turpentine, J pt Shake the bottle "when used, and apply 3 times daily, by iwurmg on a little at a time, and rubbing in all you can for 20 or 30 minutes. Asthma Remedies. — ^Elecampane, angelica, comfrey, and spike- nard roots with hoarhound tops, of each 1 oz. ; bruise and steep in honev. 1 pt. Dose, a tablespoon, taken hot everj'^ few minutes, until relief 18 obtained, then several times daily until a cure is effected. Another. — Oil of tar, 1 dr. ; tincture of veratrum viride, 2 drs. ; simple syrup, 2 drs. ; mix. Dose, for adults, 15 drops 3 or 4 times daily. Iodide of potassium has cured a bad case of asthma, by taking 6 gr. doses 3 times daily. Take i oz. and pyA it in a phial, and add ^ teaspoons of water ; then 1 teaspoon of it will contain the 5 grs,, which put into i gill more water, and drink before meals. Composition Powder. — Thompson's.— Bayberry bark, 2 lbs. ; hemlock bark, 1 lb. ; ginger root, 1 lb. ; cayenne pepper, 2 oz. ; cloves, 2 oz. ; all finely pulverized and well mixed. Dose, \ a teaspoon of it, and a spoon of sugar ; put them into a tea-cup, and pour it half full oi boiling water ; let it stand a few minutes, and fill the cup with milk, and drink freely. If no milk is to be obtained, fill up the cup witli hot water, French Remedy for Chronic Rheumatism,— Dr, Bonnet, of Graulbet, France, states, in a letter to the " Abeille Medicale," that he has been long in the habit of prescribing " the essential oil of turpen- tine' by friction for riieumatisra ; and that he has used it himself with perfect success, having almost instantaneously got rid of rheumatic pains in both knees and in the left shoulder," Diuretics — Pills, Drops, Decoction, &c , — Solidified copaiba, 2 Earts ; alcoholic extract of cubebs, 1 part ; formed into pills with a ttle oil of juniper. Dose, 1 or 2 pills 3 or 4 times daily. This pill has been found very valuable in affections of the kidneys, bladder, and urethra, as inflammation from gravel, gonorrhoea, gleet, whites, leucorrhcoa, common mflamniatious, &c. For giving them a sugar coat, see that heading, if desired. Diuretic Drops. — Oil of cubebs, } oz. ; sweet spirits of nitre, ^ oz. ; balsain of copaiba, 1 oz. ; Harlem oil, 1 bottle ; oil of lavender, 76 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 20 drops; flpirita of turpentine, 20 drops ; mix. Dose, 10 to 25 drops, as the stomach will bear, three timeH aiiily. It may be used iu any of the above diseases witli great sJitlsfactiou. Diuretic Tincture.— Green or growing spearmint mashed, put into a bottle, and covered with gin, is an excellent diuretic. Diuretic fob Children. — Spirits of nitre — a few drops in a little spearmint tea— is all sufficient. For very young children, pumpkin- seed, or water-melon-seed tea is perhaps the best. Dropsy. — Syrup and Pills. — Queen-of-the-raeadow root, dwarf- elder flowers, berries, or inner bark, juniper berries, horse-radish root, pod milkweed, or silkweed, often called, root of each, 4 oz. ; prickly-ash bark of berries, mandrake root, bittersweet bark, of tho root of each, 2 oz. ; white-mustard-seed, 1 oz. ; Holland gin, 1 pt. Pour boiling water on all except the gin, and keep hot for 12 hours ; then boil and pour off twice, and boil down to 3 qts., and strain, add- ing 3 lbs. of sugar, and lastly the gin. Dose, take all the stomach Avill bear, say a wine glass a day, or more. Dropsy Pills. --.Talap, 50 grs. ; gamboge, 30 grs. ; podophyllin, 20 grs. ; elatarium, 12 grs. ; alcfes, 30 grs. ; cayemie, 35 grs. ; Castile soap, shaved and pulverized, 20 grs. ; croton oil, 90 drops ; powder all , iindy, and mix thoroughly ; then form into pill mass, byusmgathick mucilage made of e<]ual parts of gum arable and gum tragacanth, and divide in three-grain piUs. Dose, 1 pill every 2 days for the first week ; then every 3 or 4 days, until the water is evacuated by the combined aid of the pill with the alum syrup. This is a powerful medicine, and will well accomplish its work. Liver Pill. — Leptandrin, 40 grs. ; iK)dophyllin and cayenne, 30 grs. each ; sanguinarin, iridin, and ipecac, 15 grs. each ; see that all are pulverized and well mixed ; then form into pill mass by using J dr. of the soft extract of mandrake and a, few drops of anise oil ; then roll out into three-gmin pills. Dose, 2 "pills taken at bed-time will generally operate by morning ; but some persons require 3. Irritating Plaster.— Extensively Used by Eclectics.— Tar, 1 lb. I burgundy pitch, * oz. ; white-pine turpentine, 1 oz. ; resin, 2 oz. Boil the tar, resin, ana gum together a short time, remove from the fire, and stir in finely pulverized mandrake root, blood root, poke root, and Indian turnip, of each, 1 oz. Pills. — ^To Sugar Coat. — P41s to be sugar coated must be very dry, otherwise they will shrink away from the coating, and leave.lt a shell easily crushed off. When they are dry, you will take starch, gum arable, and white sugar, equal parts, rubbing them very fine in a marble mortar, and if damp, they must be dried before rubbing together ; then put the powder into a suitable pan, or box, for shak- ing ; now put a few pills into a small tin box having a cover, and ix)ur on to them just a little simple syrup, shaking well to moisten the surface only ; then throw into the box of powder, and keep in motion until completely coated, dry, and smooth. If you are not verjr careful, yon will get too much syrup upon the pills ; if you do, jiut in more, and be quick about it to prevent moistening the pill too much, getting tlieni into the powder as soon as possible. Positive Cube for Hydrophobia. — ^The dried root of elecampane, pulverize it, and measure out 9 heaping tablespjoonfuls, and mix it with 2 or 3 teaspoonf uIb of pulverized gum araoic ; then divide into MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 77 to 25 drops, ed in any of lashed, put ps in a little i, pumpkin- root, dwarf- tioi'se-radish each, 4 oz. ; bark, of tUo d Lnn, 1 pt. )r 12 hours ; straiu, add- the stomach podophyllin, ^rs Castile ; powder aU usmg a thick gacanth, and for the first lated by the ) a powerful cayenne, 30 see that all IS by using i lise oil ; then ed-time will 3, TICS.— Tar, 1 resin, 2 oz. )ve from tlio d root, poke nust be very indleave.lt a take starch, very fine in fore rubbing for shak- covor, and 11 to moisten and keep iu you are not , if you do, the pill too elecamitfine, ), and mix it n divide into 3X 9 equal portions.. When a person is bitten by a rabid animal, taka (»ne of these portions and stoep it in 1 pt. of new milk, until nearly half the 'quantity of milk is evaix>rated ; then strain, and drink itiii the mommg, fasting for 4 or 5 hours after. The same dose is to be reocated 3 inomiugs in succession, then skip 3, and so on, until the 9 dopes are taken. The patient must avoid getting wot, or the. heat of tha sun, and abstain from high-seasoned diet, or hard exercise, and, if costive, take a dose of salts. The above quantity is for an adult : children will take less according to age. Eye Prepabations. — Eye Water. — Table salt and white vitriol, of each 1 tablespoon ; heat thorn upon copper plates or in earthen- ware until dry ; the heating drives off tne {Kirid water, ctUled the water of crystallization, making them much milder in their action ; now add to them soft water ^ pt. ; puttmg in white sugar, 1 table- spoon ; blue vitriol, a i)iece the size of a common pea. If it should prove too strong in any case, add a little more soft water to a phial of it. Apply it to the eyes 3 or 4 times daily. India Prescription for Sore Eyes. — Sulphate of zinc, 3grs. ; tincture of opum (laudanum), 1 dr. ; rose water, 2 oz. ; mix. Put a drop or two m the eye, 2 or 3 times daily. Another. — Sulphate of zinc, acetate of lead, and rock salt, of each ^ oz. ; loaf sugar, 1 oz. ; soft water, 12 oz. ; mix without heat, and use as other eye waters. If sore eyes shed much water, put a little of tiie oxide of zinc into a phial of water, and use it rather free- ly. This will soon effect a cure. Copperas and Avater has cured sore eyes of long standing ; and used quite strong, it makes an excellent application In erysipelas. AUum and the white of an egg is good. Indian Eye Water. — So^t water, 1 pt. ; gum arable, 1 oz. ; white vitriol, 1 oz. ; fine salt, ^ tea -poon ; put aU into a 'bottle, and shako until dissolved. Put mto the '\ve just as you retire to bed. Black Oil. — Best alcohol, tincture of aniica, British oil, and oil of tar, of each 2 oz. ; and slov'y add sulphuric acid, i^ oz. These black oils are getting into extensive use as a liniment, and are indeed valuable, especially in cases attended witii much inflammation. VEBMIPUC4E Lozenges.— Santonin, 60 grs. ; pulverized sugar, 6 oz. ; mucilage of gum tragacanth, sufficient to make into a thick ■paste, worked o^arefuUy together, that the santonin shall be evenly mixed throughout the whole mass ; then if not in too great a hurry, cover up the mortar m which you have rubbed them, and let stand from 12 to 24 hours to temper ; at which time they will roll out better than if done immediately ; divide into 120 lozenges. Dose, for a child 1 year old, 1 lozenge, night and morning ; of 2 years, 2 lozenges ; of 4 years, 3 ; of 8 years, 4 ; of 10 years or more, 5 to 7 lozenges ; in all cases to be taken twice daily, and continuing until tiie worms start on a voyage of discovery. Harlem Oil or Welsh Medicamentitm.— Sublimed or flowers of sulphur and oil of amber, of each 2 oz. ; linseed oil, 1 lb. ; spirits of turpentine sufficient to reduce all to the consistence of thin molasses. Boil the sulphur in the linseed oil until it is dissolved, then add the oil of amber and turpentine. Dose, from 15 to 25 drops, morning and evenmg. Amongst the Welsh and Germans it is extensively used for streHgthening tlie stomach, kidneys, liver, and lungs ; for 78 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC asthma, shortness of breath, cough, inward or out\fard sores, drop- sy, worms, gravel, fevers, palpitation o£ the heart, giddiness, head- ache, &c., by taking it iiitemally ; and for ulcers, malignant sores, cankers, &c., anointing externally, and wetting linen witb it, and applying to bums. Egyptian Cube for Cholbba. — Best Jamaica ginger root, bruis- ed, 1 oz. ; cayenne, 2 teaspoons ; boil all in 1 qt. of water to ^pt., and add loaf sugar to form a thick syrup. Dose, 1 tablespoon every 16 minutes, unxil vomiting and purging ceases ; them follow up with a blackberry tea. , Indian Pbescbiption fob Cholera. — First dissolve gum camphor, i oz., in 1^ oz. of alcohol ; second, give a teaspoon of spirits of hartshorn m a whie glass of water, and follow it every 5 minutes with 15 drops of the camphor in a teaspoon of water, for 3 doses ; then wait 15 minutes, and commence again as before ; and continue the caiTiphor for 30 minutes, unless there is returning heat. Should this bo t'le case, give one more dose, and the cure is effected ; let them perspi'-e freely (which the medicine is designed to cause), as upon this tlie life depends, but add no additional cloLhing. Isthmus Choleba Tincture. — Tuicture of rhubarb, cayenne, opium, and spirits of ctimphor, with essence of peppermuit,' equal Sarts of each, and each as strong as can be made. Dose, from 5 to 30 rops, or even to 60, and repeat, until relief is obtained, every 5 to 30 minutes. King of Oils, for Neuralgia and Rheumatism. — Burning fluid, 1 pt. ; oils of cedar, hemlock, sassafras, and origanum, of each 2 oz. ; carbonate of ammonia, pulverized, 1 oz. ; mix. Directions. — Apply freely to the nerve and ^ums around the tooth ; and to the face, in neuralgic pauis, by wetting brown paper and laying on the parts, not too long, for fear 6f blistering, — to the nerves of teeth by lint. Neuralgia. — Internal Remedy. — Sal-ammoniac, 4 dr., dissolve in water 1 oz. Dose, one tablosiH)ou every 3 minutes, for 20 minutes, at the end of which time, if not before, the pain will have disappeared. Artificial Skin. — For Burns, Bruises, Amrasions, &c. — Proof against Wateb. — Take gun cotton and Venice turpentme, equal parts of each, and dissolve them in 20 times as much sulphuric ether, dissolving the cotton first, then adding the turpentine ; keep it corked tightly. Water does not aitect it, hence its value for cracked nipples, cliapped hands, surface bruises, &c., &c. Indian Balsam.— Cloar, pale resin, 3 lbs., and melt it, adding spirits of turpentine, 1 qt. ; balsam of tolu, 1 oz. ; balsam of fir, 4 oz. ; oil of hemlock, origanum, with Venice turpentine, of each, 1 oz. ; strained honey, 4 oz. ; mix well, aud bottle. Dose, 6 to 12 drops ; for a child of six, 3 to 5 drops, on a little sugar. The dose can be varied accoiding to the ability of the stomach to bear it, and the necessity of the case. It is a valuable preparation for coughs, inter- nal pains, or strcins, and works benignly upon the kidneys. WENS— To ('UBE.— Dissolve copperas in water to make it very strong ; now take a pin, needle, or sharp knife, and prick or cut the wen in about a dozen places, just sufficient to cause it to bleed ; then wet it well w*th the copperas water, once daily. Bbon(3ho(Jele. — Enlarged Neck. — To Cube. — Iodide of potas- sium (often called bydriodatoof potash), 2 drs. ; iodine, 1 dr. ; water MEDIOAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 79 Bores, drop- iness, head- ;uant Bores, vith it, and root, bruis- toi^pt, and on every 16 iv up with a im camphor, if spirits of y 5 minutes :or 3 doses ; nd continue at. Should jffected ; let cause), as t), cayenne, rmint, equal from 5 to 30 3very 5 to 30 uming fluid, 1 each 2 oz. ; ONS. — Apply I the face, in lie parts, not y lint. dr., dissolve 20 minutes, disappeared. &G. — PbooJ' ntme, equal jhuric etner. ep it corked ked nipples, It it, adding of fir, 4 oz. ; sach, 1 oz. ; bo 12 drops ; dose can be it, and the )ugh8, inter- ake it very k or cut the bleed : then ie of 1 dr. ; potfls- water 2i oz. ; mix and shake a few minutes, and pour a little into a phial for internal use. Dose, 5 to 10 drops before each meal, to be taken in a little water. External Application. — With a feathter, wet the enlarged neck, from the other bottle, night and mormng, until well. It will cause the scarf skin to peel off several times before the cure is perfect, leaving it tender; but do not omit the application more than one day at most, and you may rest assured of a cure, if a cure can be performed by any means whatever. Dalby's Oabminative. — Magnesia, 2 drs. ; oil peppermint, 3 drops ; oil nutmeg, 7 drops ; oil anise, 9 drops ; tinct. of castor, IJ drs. ; tinct ofassafoetida, 45drops ; tinct. of opium, 18 drops ; essence pennyroyal, 50 drops ; tinct. of cardamons, 95 drops ; peppermint water, 7 oz. ; mix. Positive Cube for Diabbhcka. — Take 2 wine glasses of vinegar, and one tablespoonf ul of salt. Mix the whole thorouglily to dissolve the salt ; add 7 to 10 drops of laudanum, according, to the age or strength of the patient, and give the wliole at one dose. Cube fob Ague. — Cut three lemons into thin slices and pound them with a mallet, then take enough coffee to make a quart, boil it down to a pint and pour it while quite hot over the lemons. Let it stand till cold, then strain tlirongh a cloth, and take the whole at one do3e, immediately after the chill is over, and before the fever comes on. ToImpbove the Voice.— Beeswax, 2 drs. ; copaiba balsam, 3 drs. ; powder of liquorice root, 4 drs. ; melt the copaiba balsam with tlie wax in a new esiithen pinldn ; when melted, remove them from the fire, and mix in the powder ; mako the pills of 3 grs. each. Two of these pills to bo tiiken occasionally, 3 or 4 times a day. Very best known. Cube fob Tape Wobm. — Take at one dose, ether | oz. 2 hours after this take castor oil, 1 oz. The worm is discharged entire or al- most so, and always with the head intact. Necessary Rules for Sleep. — There is no fact more clearly established in the physiology of man than this, that the brain expends its energies and itself during the hours of wakefulness and that these are recuperated during sleep. If the recuperation does not equal the expenditure, the brain withers ; this is insanity. Thus it is in early English history, persons who were condemned to death by being pre- vented from sleeping always died raving maniacs, and those who are starved to death become insane ; the brain is not nourished and they can not sleep. The practical inferences are three; 1st. Those who thmk most, who do the most brain work, require the most sleep. 2d. The time "saved" from necessary sleep is infallibly destructive to mind, body and estate. 3d. Give yourself, your children, your servants, give all that are under you, the fullest amount of sleep they will take, Djr compelling them to go to bed at some regular early hour, and to 11.86 in the morning at the moment they awake ; and, within a fort- night, Nature, with almost the regularity of the rising sun, will un- loose tlie bonds of sleep the moment enough . spose has been secured for the wants of the system. This is the only safe and efficient rule. Signs of Disease in Children.— In the case of a baby not yet able to talk, it must cry when it is ill. The colic makes a baby cry loud, long, and passionately, and shed tears — stopping for a moiiioiit and beginning again. If the chest is alTected, it gives one sharp cry, breaking oiT imme- diately, as if crying hurt it. .... . \^::^^^ ' i 80 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. If the head is affected, it cries, in sharp, piercing shrieks, -with low moans and y)ails between. Or there may be quiet dozuig, and start- ings between. It is easy enough to perceive, where a child is attacked by disease that there is some change takmg place ; for either its skin will be dry and hot, its appetite gone ; it is stupidly sleepy, or fretful and crying ; it is thirsty, or pale and languid, or in some way betrays that some- thing is wrong. When a child vomits, or has a diarrhoea, or is cos- tive and feverish, it is owing to some derangement, and needs atten- tion. But these various symptoms may continue for a day or two before the nature of the disease can be determined. A warm bath, warm drinks, etc., can do no harm, and may help to determine the case. On coming out of the bath, and being well rubbed with the hand, the skin \^ill show symptoms of rash, if it is a skin disease which has commenced. By the appearance of the rash, the nature of the dibOctse can be learned. Measles are in patches, dark red, and come out first about the face. If scarlet fever is impending, the skin will look a deep pinl: all over the body, though mostly so about the neck and face. Chicken-pox shows fever, but not so mnch running at the nose, aiid appearance of cold, as m measles, nor is there as much of a cough. Besides, the spots are smaller, and do not run mnch together, and are more diffused over the whole surface of the skin, and enlarge into little blisters in a day or two. Let the room where the child is sick be shady, quiet, and cool. Be careful not to speak so suddenly aw to startle the nalf-sleephig patient and handle it with the greatest tenderness when it is necessary to move it. If it is the lungs that suffer, have the little patient some- what elevated upon the pillows for easier breathing, and do everthing to sooth and make it comfortable, so as not to have it cry, and to thus distress its inflamed lungs. If the child is very weak, do not move it too suddenly, as it may be startled into convulsions. In administering a bath, the greatest pains must be taken not to frighten the child. It should be put in so gradually, and so amused by something placed in the water on purpose as to forget its fear ; keep up a good supply of fresh air, at a temperature of about 60° Fah. If a nired nurse mtist be had, select if possible a woman of intelligence, gentle and loving disposition, kind and amiable manners, and of a most pacific unruffled, and even temper. If a being can be got possessed of these angelic qualities, and we believe there are many such, you will be quite safe in intrusting to her aire the management of your sick child or yourself either, in case Ox sickness. She should not be under twenty-five or over fifty-five, as between these two ages she wiH, if healthy, be in her full strength and capacity. Whooping Cough. — To empty the child's stomach by a lobelia emetic, is the first step. After this make a syrup of sugar, ginger- root, a little water, and enough lobelia tincture to produce a slight nausea. This, given two or three times a day, will loosen the cough very nmch. See *' Whooping Cough Syrup." DiARiiiicEA. — Nothing is better for looseness of the bowels than tea made of ground bayberry. Sweeten it well, and give a half- teacupful once in two hours, until tlio child is better. Bathing must not bo neglected. For Cfoup Keinedy see " Cure for Lockjaw." Colic. — This can be cured with warm injections of simple soa])- MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 81 s, with low , andstart- l by disease win be dry and cryiHg ; tliat some- ja, or is cos- needs atten- day or two warm bath, 3termine the , )ed with the skin disease 1, tlie nature iarkred, and Ling, the slun so about the inch running or is there as d do not run jurface of the and cool. Be Leepingpa*!®*" 9 necessary to patient some- d do everthing ry, and to thus do not move it administering iten the child, lething placed la good supply a hired nurse ice, gentle and a most pacific wessed of these ■h, YO»i will be your sick child I'not be under ges she will, ii kh by a lobelia sugar, ginser- Toduce a slight osen the cough -fto bowels than Ind give a hall- 1 Bathing ^«»u8t lliookjaw." lof simple Boai>- suds, or warm water with a wanning tincture in it. A little warm tea may be given at the same time, and the bowels rubbed. Every family should. have a sniall and large syringe. Nothing is oftener needed, particularly in the care of children. Fevee.— Where a child has a Kimple fever from teething or any other cause not connected with acute disease, give ateaspoonful of syrup of rhubarb, a muvvA injection, and sponge-baths. These will generally be all that is needed. Rickets and Sckopula.— If children have either of these, or botl; these diseases, a good, nutritive diet is a great essential. Then the alkaline-bath, a little lime-water, say a teaspoonful three times a day, and out-door exercise, are the chief remedies. Fits— Spasms — When these are brought on by indigestion, place the child in a warm bath immediately, give warm water, br a lobelia emetic, rub the skin briskly, etc. , to get up an action. In brain disease the warm water is equally useful. In fact, unless the fit is constitu- tional, the warm batli will relieve the patient by drawing the blood to the surface. Enlargement of the Brain.— This chiefly effects children, and consists in an unnatural growth of the brain. The skull may grow with it, and there be no symtoms of disease, though children with this large brain are apt to die of some brain disease. The symptoms of enlargement of the brain are, dullness of intellect, indifPerence to ex- ternal objects, irritable temper, inordinate appetite, giddiness, and habitual headache. Sometimos there are convulsions, epileptic fits, and idiocy. There is also a pecular projection of the parietal bones in this disease. Treatment. — As much as possible, repress all exercise of the mind. Do not suffer the child to go to school ; but put it to the most active and muscular exercise in tlie open air. The moment there is any heat in the toi) of the head, apply cold water, ice, or cold evaporating lo- tions. The diet should be very simple, bread and milk only, if, as the child grows up, the signs of the disease increase. Water in the Head. — Another disease of children, and especially of scrofulous children. It is inflammatory, and should be early no- ticed. Symptoms,. — Cai)ricioiis appetite, a foul tongue, offensive breath en- larged, and some times tender belly, torpid bowels, stools lighVcolored from having no bile, or dark from vitiated bile, fetid, sour-smelling, slim.y and lumpy. The child grows pale and thin ; and is heavy, lan- guid, defected ; it is fretful, irritable, uneasy, and apt to be tottering in its gait. The disease may begin, after these symptoms, by pains in t-.u head, becoming more sevcro and frequent, sharp and shooting, causing the child to waken and shriek out. As the drowsy state advances, the shrieking gives place to moanhig. Thei j is great stiiTness in the back of the neck, pain in the limbs, tenderness in the scalp, vomiting, slgh- hig, intolerance cf light, knitting of the brows, and increased diattirb- anco of the stomach and bowels. Tlujs may last from ten to four- teen days, the patient growing more weak and peevish. Another form of attack is marked by acute pain in the head, high fever, con- vulsions, lliiHluid lace, brilliant eyes, intolerance of light and sound, \mn, tv^ndeniess in the belly, stupor, great irritability of stomuch, 6 wmmmmmm : L 82 MErrCAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. causing retching and vomiting on every attempt to sit up, The third mode of attack ia very insidious — the early symptoms being so mild as hardly to be noticed. In this case, the convulsions, or palsy come suddenly, witliout notice, bringing swift and unexpected destruc- tion. In the first stage of the disease there is increased sensibility ; in the second decreased sensibility ; in the third, palsy, convulsions, squinting of the eyes, rolling of the head, stupor, and a rapid, thread- like pulse. Treatment.— In the first stage, purging must be continued for three or four days, is this : pulverized scammcny, six grains ; pulvei'ized loaf sugar, sixteen teaspoonfuls. mortar. Give one teaspoonful every hour is very important, and An excellent purgative croton oil, four drops ; Rub well together in a or two, till it operates. Apply cold water or ice to the head. In the second stage put blisters upon the ba:^k of the neck, and one on the bowels, if very tender. In the third stage use the warm bath, also altenitivcs and diuretics. For an alterative, use iodide of potassium, one dram ; water, half an ounce ; mix. Thirty drops to a child seven years old every hour. For a diuretic, use tincture of digitalis, one onnce ; syrup of squills, one ounce ; mix. Ten drops for a child seven years old every four hours. The patient shonld be kept in a d?" u, away from all noise and excitement, and should lie upon -aum mattress, with his head somewhat elevated. The diet in the firs, Lij^e should be noth- ing more than gruel ; after that, more nourishing, but easy of diges- tion, such as beef-tea, plain chicken-broth, animal-jellies, etc. At the same time the patient should bQ supported by the cautious use of •wine-whey, valerian, or ten dropi? of aromatic spirits of ammonia every four hours. Mumps, — This disease, most common among children, begins with soreness and stiffness in the side of the neck. Soon a swelling of the paratoid gland takes place, which is painful and continues to mcrease lor four or five days, sometimes making it difficult to swallow, or open the mouth. The swellmg sometimes comes on one side at a time, but commonly upon both. There is often heat and sometimes fever, with a dry skin, quick pulse, f uiTCd tongue, constii)ated boweJs, pud scanty and high-colored urine. The disease is contagious. Treatment. — Keep the face and neck warm, and avoid taking cold, Drink warn. ' erb teas, and if the symptoms are severe, 4 to 6 grs. of Dover's powder ; or if there is costi\'ene88, a slight physivj, and observe a very simple diet, ^f the disease is aggravated by ttvking cold, au'l is very severe, or !■=• .-ranslated to other glaudSj physic must be <^ '; ely, vKches appJied to the swelling, or coolmg poultices. Sw 'ari.i . ii'.ist hv reported to in this ciise. .Sa'.TtLJST FEvrrt is an m;rtte hiflaimnation of the skin, both exter- ai' an! '"tritml, and connected with ai» infectious feve''. i!t'ypit, yim, — T.ie fever shows itself between two and ten days after expofcur*' On the necond day of the fever the eruption comes out in ininuje y";..plc.^, which are either clustered to":ether, or spread over the surface m a general bri<}ht scarlet color. The disease begins with languor, pains in the head, back, and limbs, drowsuioss, nause'i and chills, followed bv iie.'it and tliirst. When tlie rednisss appears the pulse is quick, and tlie patJeiit is jestless, anxious and often (leMvions. The eyes are rod, the face swollen, and tiie tongue covered in the MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC. 83 The third ig go luild )al8y come i deatruc- ensibility ; nivulsiona, id, thread- )rtant, and t purgative our drops; )gether in a it operates, put blisters ;ery tender, id diuretics. Iter, half an every hour, ip of squills, d every ionv svay from all ress, witii his juld be noth- sasy of diges- Llies, etc. At autious use ol » of ammonia a, begins with welling of the les to mcrease o swallow, or one side at a md sometimes ipated bowels, tagious. id taking cold, ,re, 4 to 6 grs. it physic;, and ited by taking la, physic must [)liug iK>ulticeB. :in, both exter- i ten (lays after im comes out m or spread over ase beginft with Ufi, nause-i and ows appears the ' often deUvioiw. coveretl in the middle with white mucus, through which are seen elevated points of extreme redness. The tonsils are swollen, and the throat is red. By the evening of the third or fourth day the redness has reached its height, and the skin becomes moist, when the scarf-skir s to con\e off in scales. In this fever the flesh puffs up so as to disteud the fingers, and disfigure the face. As it progresses the coating suddenly comes off the tongue, leaving it and the whole mouth raw and tender. The throat is very much swollen and inflamed, and ulcers form on the tfmsils. The eustachian tube which extends up to the ear, the glands under the ear.and jaw, sometimes inflame and break ; and the ab- scesses formed in the ear frequently occiision deafness, more or less difficult to cure. The symptoms of this disease may be known from thai, of measles by the absence of cough ; by the finer rash ; by its scarlet color ; by the rash appearing on the second instead of the fourth day ; and by the ulceration of the throat. Treatment. — Inordinary cases the treatment required is very simple. The room where the iiatient lies should be kept cool, .did the bed- covering light. The whole body should be sponged with cool water as often as it becomes hot and dry, and cooling drinks should l)e admin- istered. A few drops of belladonna, night and morning, is all that is needed. • If there is much fever and soreness of throat, give the following tincture of hellebore often enough tt) keep down the pulse : — Tincture of American hellebore, 1 dr. ; tincture of black cohosh, 2 oz. ; mix. Take 1 teaspoonful 3 to G times a day. It would also be useful to commence treatment with an emetic • and to soak the feet and hands in hot water contjiining a little mustard or cayenne pepper ; continuing this bath 20 minutes, twice a day, for 2 or 3 days. The cold sfcige being passed, and the fever having set in, warm water may be used without the mustard or pepper. If the head is affected, put drafts ui)>)n the feet ; and if the bowels be costive, give a mild physic. Solid food should not be allowed ; but when the fever sets in, cooling drinks, such as lemonade, tamarind- water, rice-water, flaxseed tea, then gruel, or cold water may be given in reasonable quantities. To stimulate the skin, muriatic acid, 45 drops in a tumbler filled with water and sweeteued, and given in doses oi a teaspoonful, is a good remedy. Wnere the disease is very violent, and the patient' inclines to sink immediately ; where typhoid symi)toms api)ear and there is great prostratton ; tlic eruption strikes in ; the skin changes to a mahogany ook)r ; the tongue is a deep red, or has on it a dark brown fur, anil tlie ulcers in the throat become putrid, the treatment must be difi'er- ent from the above. In this case it must be tonic Quiuia must be §ivcn fieely ; and wine whey, mixed with toast-water, will be nseftil. •uinia is made a.« follows : — Sulphate of quinine, 1 scruple ; alcohol, 4 ozs. ; sulphuric add. 5 drops ; Madeira wine, 1 quart ; mix. Two wice-gjassiuls a day. Tincture of cayemie, in sweetened water, Tuay be gives) in small doses. Gargles are also necessary. A gsx>d one is made ol pulveriy.ed cayenne, 1 dram ; salt, one dram ; boiling water, I gill. Mix, ajid let them stand 15 minutes. Then add 1 gill vinegar. Let it ptaud an hour and strain. Put a teaspoonful in the child's mouth once in an hour. A warm bath should be used diiily as soon ir 84 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, ETC as the skin be^.ns to peel oflF, to prevent dropsy. If dropsy sets in, the bath once in 3 days is sufficient, and sweating should he promoted by giving the tincture of Virginia snake-root and similar articles ; a generous diet should be allowed at the same time, to bring up the child's strength. Measles is an acute inflammation of the skin, internal and exter- nal, combined with an infections fever. Symptoms. — Chills succeeded by great heat, languor, and drowsi- ness, pains in the head, back, and limbs, quick pulse, soreness of throat, thirst, nr.usea and vomiting, a dry cough, and high-colored urine. These sym^jtoms increase in violeiice for four days. The eyes are inflamed and weak, and the nose pours forth a watery secretion, with frequent snoozing. There is considerable ir^immation in the larynx, windi)ipe, and bronchial tubes, with soreness of the breast and hoarseness. About the fourth day the skin is covered with a breaking out which produces ha'Jt and itching, and is red in spots, upon the face first, gradually 8])reading over the whole b jdy. It goes off in the same way, from the lace first and then from the body, and the hoarseness and other symptoms decline with it; at last the outside skin peels off in Hcalew. Treatment. — In a mild I'cvm, nothing is required but a light diet, slightly acid drinks, and ilax seed (jr slippery elm tea. Warm herb teas, and frequent sponge baths with tepid v/atcr, ser\'e to allay the fever; care should be taken not to let the patient take cold. It the fever is very liigh, and prevents the rash coming out, a slight dose of salts, or a iiauseating d ^e of ipecac, lobelia, or hive-syrup should be given, and followcv' by teasponful doses of compound tincture of Virginia snake-root until the fever is allayed. If the patient from any derpngement tivk*;s on r; low typhoid type of fever, and the rash does' not come out 'M.J I the /lye nth day, and is then of a dark and livid color, tonics aiiii sitin'ilani;; must be given, and exiiectoration promo- ted by some ,'vui*:tl- after the measles, unless the greatest care is taken not to 8U'>fr tii' patient to take cold. Should there be much ijain, and a stivers c >ii^ h. this munt be treated as a separate disease, with other ic.-^cdied. Typhoip Fever. — ),Sv.'/;;5;o77?.s.- -Is generally preceded by seveml days oflangufji, '.'W siririts, 'nd indis^risition to exertion. There is also, usually, i-ine y^ain in die back hM head, loss of appetite, and drowsinif •< th onjrh not rest. The liispase showH itself by a chill. During tLe fi'-st week there is increa8«'rene8S of b -colored The eyes secretion, on in the breast and ibrealdng upon the ;oes off in y, and the he ontside light diet, A''arra herb } allay the Id. It the ight dose of p should he tincture of nt from any e rash does' ■k and livid Aon promo- jf the lungs she greatest Lild there bo a separate Iseverjil days lerf is also, )pctite, and b^ a chill. |,reVfr«q^^C"* «, and i)ain iu and sonie- 'olored spots tk and chest, Ingue is dry [ be delirium |iy arc move xTwels are at the patient hto the thirfl kion; slidinj; " GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS' RECEIPTS. 85 down of the patient toward the foot of the bed; twitching of the muscles, bleeduig from the bowels; and red or purple spots u])od the skin. If, on the other hand, the patient improves, the coimtenance brightens up, the pulse moderates, the tongue cleims, and the dis- charges look healthy. Treatment — Give the patient good air, and frequent spongings with water, cold or tepid, as most agreeable. Keep the bowels in order and be more afraid of diarrhoea than costiveness. Diarrhoea should be restrained by a little brandy, or by repeated doses of Dover's powder. For costiveness, give inild injections, made slightly loosen- mg by castor oil, or common molasses. To keep down the fever, and produce perspiration, give tincture of veratrum viride. 10 drops every hour. If the bowels are swelled, relieve them by hot fomentations of hops and vinegar. If the pain in the head is very severe and constant, let the hair be cut short, and the head bathed frequently with cold water. Give light nourishment, and if the debUity is great, broth and wine will be needed. Cle;mse the mouth with very weak tea — old hyson. If the fever runs a low course, and the patient Is very weak, quumie may be given from the beginnuig. Constant care and good nursing are' very important. Typhus fever is distinguished from typhoid by there being no marked disease of the bowels ui typhus. GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS' RECEIPTS. Cheap Vinkgab. — Mix 25 gals, of warm rain water, with 4 gals. molasses and 1 gal, yeast, and let it ferment; you will soon lave the best of vinegar; keep adding these articles in these proijortious as the stock is sold. Fob Gbocebs' Sales — Take three barrels ; let one of them be your vinegar barrel ; fill this last up before it is quite empty, with molasses, 2 gals. ; soft water, 11 gals ; yeast. 1 qt. ; keeping these pro- portions m filling up the whole three barrels ; sell the vinegar out of your old vineg;ir barrel as soon aa it is ready, wliich will be in a short time when nearly emj)ty, fill it up with the fluid as before, and pass on to sell out of the next barrel ; by the time it is disposed of go on to the last ; then go back to the first, filling up your barrels in every case when nearly empty, and you will always keep a stock of good vinegar on hand unless your sales are very large ; m which ciiae, "fol- low the next process. Have the bung-holes open in the barrels to admit air. The free admission of warm jiir hastens tlie process. ViNEOAR IN Three DAYS.-^Get a quantity of maple, beech, or basswood chips or shavings, and soak these in good vinegar, for two or three days. With tlifne cnips you will fill n liarrel, whjeh has been pierced with a larj;e number of inch holes all around the sides for the free admission of Mir among the chips 'the more holes m tlu> barrel the better, for the more air the sooner tJie vinegar will be niiiide) , cut auothcr barrel in two halves, place tme half below tbe barrel with ihe S6 GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. chips and the other half above it. The top tub must have its bottom pierced with a number of gimlet holes, iu which are placed several threads of twine, to conduct the vinegar evenly over the chips. The liquid drains down slowly through the ciiips and out of a faucet aear the bottom of the barrel into the lower tub. It should rmi through every four hours, and then be baled or pumped back. Dirsctions to make vinegar from sugar : Use 1^ lb. to each gal. of water ; of the dregs of molasses oarrels, nse 2 lb. to each gal. of water ; small beer, lager beer, ale, &c., which have become sour, make good vinegar by being reduced with water; small beer needs but little water, lager beer as much water as beer ; to 2 gals, cider, add ^ gal, of water ; you can also make excellent vinegar out oi the artificial cider mentioned below. Use, in every case, soft water to make vinegar, and use 2 qts, yeast to every barrel. It makes much quicker If the fluid is slightly lukewarm. Leach either of cliese preparations through the sliavings. This process should be attended to during warm weather, or in a room where a pretty high temperature is kept up, as it will not work otherwis . ExcELLEN'^ ViNEOAK, CHEAP. — Acctic acid, 5 lbs. ; molasses. 2 gal. ; yeast, 2 (jts, ; put them mto a forty-gal. cask, and fill it up witli rain water ; stir it up, and let it stand one to three weeks, letting it have all the air possible, and you Avill have good vinegar. If wanted stronger, add more molasses. Should you at any time have weak vinegar on hand, put molasses into it to set it working. This will soon correct it. Make in a warm place. White Wine Vinegar. — Mash up 20 lbs. raisms, and add 10 gals, water ; let it stand in a warm place for one mouth, and yon will have pure white wine vinegar. The rai.slns may be used a second time the same way. To Preserve Egos. — To each patent pailful of water, add 2 pts. of fresh slacked lime, and 1 pt. of common salt ; mix well. Fill your barrel half full with this fluid, put your eggs down in it any time af- ter June, and they will keep two years if desired. Liquid Mucilage. — Fine clear glue 1 lb. ; gum arable, 10 oz. ; water, 1 qt. ; melt by heat in a glue kettle or water bath ; when en- tirely melted, add slowly 10 ozs. strong nitric acid, set off to cool. Then bottle, adding in a couple of cloves to each bottle. Candied Lemon Peel. — Take lemon peels and boil them In syrup ; then take them out, and dry. Baking Powder.— Tartaric acid, 5 lbs. ; pure sosquitmrbonate of soda. 8 lbs. ; potsito farina, or other flour or starch, 16 lbs. Dry separately by gentle heat. Mix this perfectly in a dry room, pass the mixture through a sieve and put up at once into damp proof hard pressed packages. To use, 1 or 2 teaspoonfuls are mixed with dry flour, which is then mixed with cold water, and brJ.ced imme- diately. Another. — Tartaric acid, 1 lb. ; pure bicarbonate of soda | lbs. ; potato farina, f lb. Treat the same as the last. To Make an Icje Chest.— Take 2 drygoods boxes, one of which is enough smaller than the other to leave a space of about o inches all around when it is placed inside. Fill the space between the two with sawdust packed closely, and cover with a heavy lid made t tallow, boiling in every csis(>. with the proper quantity of ley, until it forms a perfectly homoge- neous mass by a perfect blending of the component parts all together, when it is poured out into suitable frames to harden and cool. It is afterwards cut up into proper sized bars by means of wires to which bandies are atUiched and then piled up to dry. Tkansparknt Soap.— Slice 6 lbs. nice yellow bar-soap into shav- ings ; put into a brass, tin or copper kettle, with alcohol, ^ gal., heat- ing gradually over a slow fire, stirring till all is dissolved ; then add 1 oz. sassafras essence, and stir until all is mixed ; iiow pour into pans about 1^ inches deep, and when cold cut into square bars the length or width of the pan, as desired. English Bab-Soap. — Six gals, soft water ; 6 lbs. good stone lime; 20 lbs. sal-soda ; 4 oz. borax ; 15 lbs. fat (tallow is best) ; 10 lbs. pul- verized resui, and 4 oz. beeswax ; put the water in a kettle on the fire, and when nearly boiling add the lime and soda ; when these are dissolved, add the borax ; boil gently, and stir until all is dissolved ; then add the fat, resin, and bees-wax : boil all gently until it shows flaky on the stick, then pour into moulds^ Best Soft Soai*. — Mix 10 lbs. potJish'in 10 gals, warm soft water over night ; in the morning boil it, adding 6 lbs. grease ; then put all in a barrel, adding 15 guls. soft water. Soap WITHOUT LvFi ok Gkease. In a clean pot put ^ lb. liorae- jiiade hard or mush f'Oap, and h lb. sal-soda, and 5 pts. of "soft water. Boil the mixture 15 minutes, and you will have 5 lbs. good soap for 7\ cents. Hard Soap. — Take 5 lbs. hard soaj), or 7 lbs. soft soap, and 4 lbs. sal-soda, and 2 oz. borax, and 1 oz. liartshorn ; boil one quarter hour with 22 qt.**. wator ; add, to harden, h lb. resin. German Yellow Soap. — Tallow and sal-soda, of each 112 lbs., resin, 5(5 lbs. ; stone lime, 28 lbs. ; i)aliu oil, 8 oz. ; soft water, 28 gals. Put soda, lime, and wntcr into a kettle and boil, stirring well ; then Iqt it settle, and pour ; then pour into a dish or moulds ; and, when cold, cut into bars, and dry it 88 GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS' RECEIPTS. White Hard Soap with Tallow. — Fresh slacked lime, sal-soda, and tallow, of each, 2 lbs. ; dissolve the soda in 1 gal. boiling soft water ; now mix in the lime, stirrinf? occasionally for a few hours ; after which, let it settle, pouring off the clear liquor, and boiling the te,llow therein until it is all dissolved ; cool it in a flat box or pan, cut into bars ©r cakes as desired. It may be perfumed with sassafnis oil or any other perfume desired, stirring it in when cool. One, hundred pounds soap, very cheap, — Potash, G lbs. ; lard, 4 lbs. ; resin, J lb. Beat up the resin, mix all together, and set aside for five days ] then put the whole into a 10-gal. cask of water, and stir twice a day for ten days, when it is ready for use. Variegated Soaps.— Soft water Sqts., nice white bar soap 3 lbs., sal-soda 2 ozs. ; Chinese vermilion and Chinese blue, of each about 7 grs., oil sassafras ^oz. ; shave the soap into thin slices and add it to the water as it begins to boil, when dissolved set it off the fire, take out a cup of soap and stir in the vermillion, take out another cup of so"p ana stir in the blue ; then pour in the contents of the first cup, gi ! Jig two or three turns only with a stirring stick, then add the other cupf i3 in the same way, then pour into moulds, or into a proper box. and when cold it can be cut into bars ; it will present a beautiful streaked appearance. Camphor Soap. — Curd soap 28 lbs., otto of rosemary IJlbs. Reduce the eamphor to powder, add one ounce almond oil, then sift it, when the soap is melted and ready to turn out, add the camphor and rose- mary. White Windsor Soap. — Curd soap 1 cwt., marine soap 211bs. oil soap 14 lbs., oil caraway, IJlbs., oil thyme and rosemary of each ^ lb. Oils of cassia and cloves of each J lb. Brown Windsor Soap. Curd soap | cwt., marine soap J cwt., yeUow soap J cwt., oil soap J cwt. BroMTu coloring (caramel) i^ pt. oils caraway, cloves, thyme, cassia, petit grain and French lavender of each 2 oz. Sand Soap. — Curd soap 7 lbs. marine soap. 7 lbs., sifted sifver sand 28 lbs., oils thyme, cassia, cara- way, and French lavender of each 2 oz. Solid Candles from lard. — Dissolve J lb. alum and i lb. salt- petre in J pt. water on a slow fire ; then take 3 lbs. of lard cut into small pieces, and put into the pot with this solution, stirring it con- stantly over a very moderate fire until the lard is all dissolved ; then let it simmer until all steam ceases to rise and remove it at once from the fire. If you leave it too long it will get discolored. These can- dles are harder and better than tallow. Tallow— To Cleanse and Bleach. — Dissolve alum, 5 lbs., in water, 10 gals., by boiling; and when it is all dissolved, add tallow, 20 lbs. ; continue the boiling for an hour, constantly stirring and skimming ; when sufficiently cool to allow it, strain through thick muslin ; then set aside to harden ; when taken from the water, lPi.y it by for a short time to drip. Imitation Wax Candles.— Purify melted tallow by throwing in I)owdered quick lime, then add two parts wax to one of tallow, and a most beautiful article of candle, resembling wax, will be the result. Dip the wicks in lime water and saltpetre on making. To a gallon of water add 2 oz. saltpetre and ^ lb. of lime ; it improves the light, and prevents the tallow from running. Adamantine Candles from Tallow. — Melt together 10 oz. mut- ton tallow ; camphor, J oz. ; bees-wax, 4 oz. ; alum, 2 oz. I. darl sal-soda, iliug soft V hoars ; lilhig the ■pan, cut saf ras oil : hundred sin, J lb. ,y8 ; then. % day for jap 3 lbs., ich about I add it to fire, take ler cup of iirst cup, the other roper box. beautiful t)s. Reduce [t it, when • and rose- oap 21 lbs. r of each ^ dsor Soap. goapjcsvt. assia. petit soap 7 lbs. ,88ia, Civra- Ib. salt- ciit into ing it con- ved ; then once from "hese can- B lbs., in dd tallow, irring and mgh thick water, le^y irowiug in allow, and the result, a gallon of the light, 10 oz. mut- I GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. 89 Teas. — The names of the different kinds of tea relate to the time of tlmir being gathered, or to some peculiarity in their manufsicture. It is a general rule, that all tea is fine in proportion to the tenderness and immaturity of the leaves. The quality and value of the differ- ent Icinds diminish as they are gathered later in the season. Black Teas.— As soon as the leaf-bud begins to expand, it is gathered to make Pekoe. A few days' later ^owth produces black- leaved Pekoe. The next picking is called Souchonrj ; as the leaves grow larger and more mature, they form Gonrjou ; and the last pick- ing is Bohea. Bohca is called by'tlie Chinese, Ta-cha (large tea), on account of the maturity and size of the leaves ; it contains a larger proportion of woody fibre than other teas, and its infusion is of a darker color and coarser flavor. Congou, the next higher kind, is named from a corruption of the Chinese Koong-foa (great aire, or assiduity). This forms the bulk of the black tea imported, and is mostly valued for its strength. Sonchong — Seaoa-cJioonc/ (small Scarce sort), is the finest of the strongest black tea, with n leaf that is generally entire and-curly. It is much esteemed for its fragrance and fine flavor. Pekoe is a corrup- tion of the Canton name, Pak-ho (white down), being the first sprouts of the leaf-buds ; they are covered with a white silky down. It is a delicate tea, rather deficient in strength, and is principally used for flavoring other teas. Green Teas. — The following are the principal kinds, licankay, Hyson-Skin, Hyson,Giinpoioder, and Young Hyson. Young Hifson is a delicate young leaf, called m the original lan- guage lu-tsien (before the rains), because gathered in the early spring. Hyson, from the Chinese word He-tchune, which means, nourishing spring. This fine tea is gathered early in the season, and prepared with great care and labor. Each leaf is picked separately, and nipped oft above the footntalks ; and every separate leaf is rolled in the hand. It is much esteemed for its flavor. Gunpmvder Tea is only Hyson rolled and rounded to give it the granular appear- ance whence it derives its name. The Chinese call it Choo-cha (peal tea). Hyson-Skin is so named from the Chinese term, in which connection skin means the refuse, or inferior portion. In preparing Hyson, all leaves that are of a coarse yellow, or imperfectly twisted appearance, are separated, and sold as skin-tea, at an infenor price. Twankay is the last picking of green tea, and the leaf is not rolled or twisted'as much as the dearer descriptions. There is altogether less trouble be.stowed on the preparation. Coffees.— Java Coffee. — Use of the imported article, 20 lbs. : dried dandelion root, 7 lbs. ; chiccory, 13 lbs. Roast and grind well together. For West India, use rye roasted with a little butter, and ground very fine. For Turkey Coffee, use rice or wheat roasted with a little butter, 7 lbs. ; chiccory, 3 lbs. ; grind. Essence of Coffee is made by boiling down molasses till hard ; grind to a powder ; add \ lb. of good Java coffee to every 4 lbs. of the mixture. Put up for sale in round tin cans or air-tight paper packages. Coffee for Pound Pack ages. —Best Java coffee, 1 lb. ; rye, 3 tc^ ^.^rS^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I UaiM 12.5 no i"^" lit 1^ I 2.2 us IM 2.0 L25 i 1.4 6" V] > /^ 7 '^ Photographic Sciences Corporation '^.V^ 33 WIST MAIN STXIIT WIBSTM.N.Y. I4SM (716) 172-4503 '4^ S 4if v^ 90 GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. lbs. ; carefully clean the rye from all bad graius, wash to remove dust, drain off the water, and put the grain into your roaster, carefully stirring to brown it evenly. Brown the rye and coffee separately, grind and put up in tight packages to preserve the nroma. To Fr^voB Tobacco. — ^This is done by means of a mixture of 1 part each of lemon peel, orange peel, figs, coriander seed and sassafras ; i part each of elderflowers, elderberries, and cinnamon ; 2 parts of saltpetre, 3 of salt, and 4 of sugar. This mixture must be digested in 50 parts of water, and, before applying it flavored with an alcoholic solution of gum benzion, mastic, and myrrh. It is said that this decoction gives a flavor to common leaves resembling Porto Rico, but to this end the leaves must be well dried, about a year old, well p^jr- meated with the preparation, kept in a pile for 8 days, turned daily, and finally dried. Jlavob fok Cigar Makers. — ^Take 2 ozs. tonqua beans and 1 oz. cinnamon ; bruise and pulAferize them to a powder, and put them intal pint of Santa Cruz rum ; let it stand for a few days to macerate ; stir all together, and with this liquid sprinkle your common or inferior tobacco. Dry out of the sun, and the flavor will be unequalled. Tabac Perfumeb aux Fjleurs is made by putting orai«;e flowers, jasmines, tube roses, musk roses, or common roses, to snuff in a close chest or jar, sifting them out after 24 hours, and repeating if necespnry. Maccaboy Snuff is imitated by moistening the tobacco with a mixture of treacle and water, and aUowing it to ferment. Spanish Snuff is made, from unsifted Havana snuff, reduced by adding ground Spanish nutshells, sprinkling the mixture with treacle water, and allowing it to sweat for some days before packing. YKi/liOW Snuff is prepared from ordinary pale S7inf, moistened with a mixture of yellow ochre diffused in water, to which a few spoonfuls of thin mucilage has been added. Perfumes for Snuff,— Tonqua beans, essence of ditto, ambergris musk civet, leaves of orchis fusca, and essence of orris root, epnence or oils of bergamot, cedar, cloves, lavender, petit grain, neroli and roses, as well as several others, either alone or compounded. Unerbino Tests fob good Flour. — Good flour is white, witli a yellowish or straw-colored tint Squeeze some of the flour in your hand ; if good, it will retain tbe shape given by pressiue. Knead a little between your fingers; if it works soft and sticky, it is Eoor. Throw a little against a dry perpendicular surface; if it fall ke powder, it is bad. To Correct Musty Flour. — Carbonate of magnesia, 3 lbs. ; flour, 766 lbs. ; mix. This improves bad flour, causing it to become more wholesome, producing lighter and better bread than when alum is used, and absorbs and dissipates the musty smell. .^Irated Bread. — 1 lb. flour, 100 grs. carb. of soda; 60 grs. com- mon salt; 1 teaspoon powdered sugar; 120 grs. muriatic acid, more or less, according to its strength ; 1 wine pt. of water, inferior flour will require less. Well mix the flour, soda, salt, and sugar In an earthen vessel, then add the acid mixed with the water, stir with a wooden spoon. Bake in one loaf about 1 hour. Bake in tin or iron pans, but avoid the use of metallic vessels or spoons while mixing. T8. to remove ur roaster, and coffee reserve the ire of Ipart . sassafras ; ; 2 parts of ! digested in an alcoholic d that this ■to Rico, but d, well pcr- imed daily, leans and 1 er, and put few days to linkle your I the flavor tnge flowers, iff in a close ifuecespnry. )acco with a , reduced by I >vith treacle Iking. . ^ , moistened which a few o, ambergris root, epKence ,neroli and rhite, witli a the flour in jy pressxue. sticky, it is Lce; if it fall 3 lbs.; flour, lecome more rhen alum is 60 grs. com- icid, more or ior flour will I an earthen h a wooden •on pans, but - GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. 91 Patent Sblf-Raisino Flour. — Kiln-dried flour, 1 cwt, ; tartaric acid, 10^ oz. ; mix thoroughly. After 2 or 3 davs, add, of bicarb, soda, 12 oz.; lump sugar ^ lb. ; common salt. 1^ lb. Mix, and pass through the " dressing machine." Have i.lltlie articles jierfectly dry, and separately reduced to fine powder before adding to the flour. Mix with cold water, and bake at once. It produces light and porous bread. To Cure Butter. — Take 2 parts of fine salt ; 1 part loaf sugar ; 1 part saltpetre ; mix completely. Use 1 oz. of this mixture to eaSi iwund of butter ; work well. Bury your butter firkins in the earth in your cellar bottom, tops nearly level with the ground, or store away in a very cool place, covering the butter with a clean cloth and a strong brine on the top, and it will keep U"o yearn if desired. To Keep Butter during Hot Weather.— A simple mode of keeping butter in warm weather is to invert a large crock of earthen, or a flower pot if need be, (varying with the size of the vessel con- tainuig the butter, ) over the dish or firkin in which the butter is held. The porousness of the earthenware will keep the butter cool, and, all the more so if the pot be wrapped in a wet cloth, with a little water in the dish with tlie butter. Not the porosity of the earthenware, but the rapid absorption of heat by external evaporation causes the butter to become hard. To RESTORE Rancid Butter. — Use 1 pt. water to each lb. of but- ter, previously adding 20 grs. chloride of lime to each pt. of water ; wash well the butter in this mixture, afterward re-wash in cold water and salt ; or melt the butter in a water bath with animal charcoal, coarsely powdered and jjreviously well sifted to free it from dust ; skim, remove, and strain through flannel ; then salt Tomato Catsup. — Boil 1 bushel of tomatoes till they are soft; squeeze tliein through a fine wire sieve; add 1^ pts. salt, 2 oz. cayenne pepper, and 5 heads of onions, skinned and separated ; mix together, and boil till reduced one half; then bottle. The Northern-Light Burning Fluid.— Get good deodorized benzine, 60 to (35 gravity, and to each brl. of 42 gals, add 2 lbs. pulver- ized aluin, 34 oz. gum camphor, and 3]^ oz. oil of sassafras, or 2 oz. oil l)ergamot; stir up and mix thoroughly together, and it will soon be ready for use. N. B. — As this fluid creates a much larger volume of light and flame than carbon oil, it is necessary to use either a hiyrh burner, such as the sun burner, to elevate the flame away from the lamp, in order to keep it cool, or instead thereof, to use a burner pro- vided witli a tube for the escape of the gas generated from the fluid, such, for instance, as the Menden burner. Test for Burning Oil.— Heat water in a pot on the fire to 120° Fahr. Take a tin and put in it a tablespoonful of tlie oil you wish to test, place the tin containing the oil in the hot water, let it cool down to 112° Fahr, ; when at this point, approach a light very cautiously to- wards the oil, and if it takes fire before the light touches it you will be safe in rejecting it. Preserved or Solidified Milk.— 1. Fresh-skimmed milk, 1 gal. ; sesquicarbouate of soda (in powder), 14 dr. Mix; evaporate to i part by neat of steiim or water bath, with cousttint agittition ; then add of powdered sugar 6^ lbs. and complete tlie evaporation at a reduced 92 GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. temperature. Reduce the dry mass to powder, add the cream well drained, which was taken from the milk. After thorough admixture, put the whole into well stopped bottles or tins, and hermetically seal. 2. Carbonate of soda, h dr. ; water, 1 fluid oz. ; dissolve; addoi fresh milk, one qt. ; sugar, 1 lb. ; reduce by heat to the consistency of a syrup, and finish the evaporation on plates by exposure, in an oven. Observe — About 1 Oz. of the powder agitated with 1 pt. of water forms a good substitute for milk. Sealing-wax, Red. — Shellac (very pale), 4 oz. ; cautiously melt in a bright copper pan over a clear charcoal fire ; when fused, add Venice turpentine, IJ oz. Mix, and further add vermilion, 3 oz. ; remove the pan from the fire, and pour into a mould. For a black color, use ivory black, or lampblack, instead of the vermilion ; for a blue color, use Prussian blue, instead of the vermilion, same quantity. Each color must be well mixed with the composition ; of the lampblack, use only sufficient to color. HoBTicui-TURATi INK.— Coppcr, 1 part ; dissolve in nitric acid, 10 parts, and add water, 10 parts ; used to write on zinc, or tin labels. Bottle Wax — Black. — Black resin, 6^ lbs. ; beeswax, i lb. ; finely iwwdered ivory black, IJ lbs. Melt together. Red, as the last, but substitute Venetian red, or red lead, for the ivory black. GoLD-coLOBED SEALING- WAX.— Bleached shellac, 3 lbs.; Venice turpentine 1 lb. ; Dutch leaf gromid fine, 1 lb. , or less. The leaf should be ground, or powdered sufficiently fine, without being reduced to dust. Mix with a gentle heat, and pour into moulds. LiTHOGBAFHic INK. — Veuice turpentine 1 part, lampblack 2 parts, hard tallow soap 6 parts, mastic in tears, 8 parts, shellac 12 parts, wax 16 parts; melt, stir, and pour it out on a slab. Inks. — 1. Fine mack lonting Ink. — To 2 gals, of a strong decoc- tion of logwood, well strained, add 1\ lbs. blue galls in co&rpe powder, (> ozs. sulphate of iron, 1 oz. acetate of copper, 6 ozs. of well ground sugar, ana 8 oz. gum arable. Set the above on the fire until it begins to boil; strain, and then set it away until it has acquired the desired black. 2. Orecn Ink. Cream of tartar 1 part, verdigris 2 parts, water 8 parts. Boil till reduced to the proper color. 3. Bine Ink. Take sulphate of indigo, dilute it with water till it produces the re- quired color. 4. Violet Ink. Is made by dissolvmg some violet aniline in water to which some alcx)hol has been added : it takes very liirtle aniline -to make a large quantity of the ink. 5. Gold hik. Mosaic gold, two parts, gum arabic, oiie part, rubbed up to a proper condition. 6. Silver Ink. Triturate in a mortar equal parts of silver foil and sulphate of potassa, until reduced to a fine powder, then wash the salt out, and mix the residue with a mucilage of equal parts of Sum arabic water. 7. Fnllam's Recipe for Indelible Stencil-plate nk. 1 lb. precipitate cttrlionate of iron; 1 lb. sulphate of iron; IJ lbs. acetic acid. Stir over a fire until they combine; then add 3 lbs. printer's varnish and 2 lbs. fine book ink, and stir until well mixed. Add 1 lb. of Ethiop's mhieral. 8 Exchequer Ink. Bniised galls, 40 lbs. ; gum, 10 lbs. ; green sulpliate of iron, 9 lbs. ; soft water, 46 gals. Macerate for 3 weeks with frequent ngitation and strain. This in': will endure for ages. 9. Asiatic Ink, Bruisod galln, 14 lbs. ; gum, 5 lbs. Put them in a small cask, and add of boiling soft water, 15 gals. Allow the whole to macerate, with fre((ucnt agittition, for two weeks, 4< % I \- ] GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS' RECEIPTS. 98 >am well mixture, ally seal. I of fresh E a syrup, m oven, ter forms ly melt in Lsed, add n, 3 oz. ; r a blade on ; for a quautity. ,mpblack, c acid, 10 I labels, lb. ; finely > last, but 3.; Venice eaf should educed to !k 2 parts, ! 12 parts, ►ng decoc- •8 powder, all ground it be^ns \e desired 2 parts. Blue Ink. ;es the rc- me violet Lakes very Gold Ink. a a proper » of silver then wash il parts of encil-plate iron; Ij add 3 lbs. ell mixed. gaUs, 40 ler, 46 gals. This in': , ; gum, 5 er, 16 gals. ;wo weeks, >f then further add green copperas, 6 lbs., dissolved in 7 pts. water. Again mix well, and agitate the whole daily for two or three weeks 10. Extra good Black Ink. Bruised galls, 2 lbs., logwood chips, green copperas and gum, of each, 1 lb. ; water, 7 gals. Boil 2 hours and stram. Product. 5 gals. 11. Broton Ink. A strong decoction of catechu. The shade may be varied* by the cautious addition of a little weak solution of bichromate of potash. 12. Indelible InJc. Nitaate of silver, J oz. ; water, | oz. Dis&olve, add as much of the strongest liquor of ammonia as will dissolve the precipitate formed on its first addition; then add of mucilage li dr., and a little sap green, syrup of buckthorn, or finely powdered indigo, to color. Turns black on being held near the fire, or touched with a hot iron. 13. Indelible Ink for Glass or Metal. Borax, 1 oz; shellac, 2 oz. ; water, 18 fluid oz. ; boil in a covered vessel, add of thick m\icilage, 1 .oz. ; triturate it with levigated indigo and lampblack q. s., to give it a good color. After 2 hours' repose, decant from the dregs and bottle for use. It may be bronzed after being applied. Resists moisture, chlorine, and acids. 14. ComwAm Ink. To 1 gal. boiling soft water, add J oz. extract log- wood; boil two minutes; remove from the fire, ayd stir in 48 grains bichromate of potash, and 8 grains prussiate of potash; for 10 gals, use 6i oz. logwood extrrct; 1 oz. bichromate of potash, and 80 grains prussiate of potash ; strain. 15. Black Copying Ink, or Writing fluid. Take 2 gals, rain water and put into it gum arable, | lb. ; brown sugar, •J lb. ; clean copperas, J lb. ; powdered nutgalls, | lb. ; mix, and shako occasionally for ten days and strain; if needed sooner, let it stand in an iron kettle until the strength is obtamed. . This ink will stand the action of the atmosphere for centuries, if required. 16. Red Im\ In an ounce phial put 1 teaspoonful of aqua-ammonia; gum arabic size of two or three peas ; and 6 grains of No. 40 carmine; fill up witli soft water, and it is soon ready for use. Liquid Blacking. — Ivory black, 2 lbs. ; molasses, 2 lbs. ; ftweet oil, lib.; rub together till well mixed; then add oil vitrei, ^ lb.; add coarse sugar, 4 lb.; and dilute with beer bottoms; this cannot bo excelled. Ticketing Ink fok Gkocebs,&c. — Dissolve 1 oz. of gum arable in 6 oz. water, and strain ; this is the mucilage ; for black color, use drop black, powdered, and ground with the mucilage to extreme fine- ness ; for blue, ultra-marine is used in the same manner.; for green, emerald green ; for white, flake white ; for red, vermilion, lake, or carmine ; for ycllmo, chrome yellow. When ground too thick they are thinned with a little water. Apply to the cards with a small brush. The catds may be .sized with a thin glue, and afterwards varnished, if it is desired to preserve them. Bi-uiNO FOR Clothes. — ^Take 1 oz. of soft Prussian blue, powder it, and put in a bottle with 1 quart of clear rain water, and add J oz, of Eulverized oxalic acid. A tablespoonful is sufficient for a large wash- ig. Pbemium Method of keeping Hams, &c. — ^To 4 gals, water, add 8 lbs, coarse salt ; i oz. potash ; 2 oz. sjHtpetre ; 2 lbs. brown sugar. Boil together, skim when cold, put on the above quantity to 100 lbs. meat ; hams to remain in eight weeks, beef, three weeks. Let the hams dry several days before smoking. Meat of all khids, salmon and other fish, lobsters, &c., may be preserved for years by a light ap- 9^ OROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. plication of pyroligneous acid applied with a brush, sealing rip in cans as usual. It imparts a splendid flavor to the meat, is very cheap, and an effectual preser>'ative agauist loss. To PRESERVE Meats, Salmon, Lobsters, &c., hermetically SEALED.— The meat to be preserved is first parboifed or somewhat more and freed from bones. It is then put into tin cases or canisters, which are quite filled up with a rich gravy. A tin cover, with a small aper- ture, is then c /ully fixed on by solder ; and, while the vessel is per- fectly full, it is placed in boiling water, and midergoes the remainder of the cooking. The small hole in the cover is completely closed up by soldering while the whole is yet hot. The canister, with its ingredients, is now aUowed to cool, in consequence of which these contract, and the sides of the vessel are slightly forced inward by atmospheric pres- sure, and become a little concave. The vessel being thus hermet- ically sealed, and aU access of the air prevented, it may be sent into any climate without fear of putrefaction ; and the most delicate food of one country may be used in another in all its original perfec- tion, months and years after its preparation. Lobsters should be boil- ed longer than meats, and the scales removed previous to putting into the canisters. Salmon put up by this process is most delicious. By the French process the meat is boiled till it is three-quarters done, when two-thirds of it are taken out, the remaining one-third is boiled into a concentrated soup, and the meat previously tiiken out is put into the canisters, which are then filled up with the soup ; the tin cover with aperture is soldered on, and tne canister with its contents sub- mitted to farther boiling in hot water, when the aperture is closed, aa above stated, and the canisters laid away in store. To PRESERVE Fruits without Sugar. — Fill some stone wide- mouthed bottles With the fruit carefully picked, and set them in a copper or large kettle ; then fill the kettle with cold water nearly up to the mouths of the bottles. Corks should be prepared to fit the bottles, and a cloth should be put under the bottoms of the bottles to prevent their cracking with the heat. Light the fire un- der the kettle, and heat the water to 160° or 170°. This heat should be continued for half an hour, when the fruit will be sufficiently scalded ; after that, fill up the bottles with boiling water to within an inch of the cork, and cork them tightly. Lay the bottles on their sidea ; change the i)osition of the bottles once or twice a week during the first two months, turning them round to prevent any feriiientation that might take place. Fruits could also be kept by the process mentioned above for meats, remembering that they are to be scalded only, not boiled, as in the case with meats. Another Method. — After paring and coring, put among them sufficient sugar to make them palatable for present eating, about 3 or 4 lbs. only to each bushel ; let them stand awhile to dissolve the su^ar, not using any water ; then heat to a boil, and couthiue the boiling with care for 20 to 30 minutes, or Dufflciently long to heat them through, which expels the air. Have ready a kettle of hot water, into which dip the can or bottle long enough to heat it ; then fill in the fruit while hot, corking it Immedit te?.y, iippinf; the end of the cork into the bottl<<-wax prepai-ation described else- where. Worcestershire Sauce.— White viuegt.r 15 gals. ; walnut catsup GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. 95 p in cans leap, and hat more )V9, which oaU aper- sel 18 per- lainder of Bed np by gredients, tract, and leric pres- 8 hermet- , gent into »t delicate lal perfec- ildbeboll- lutting into >U8. By the lone, when jiled into a ut into the cover with atents sub- is closed, a» tone wide- ,et them in ater nearly pared to nl ^ ovoB of the the fire un- heat should sufficiently er to within ) bottles on or twice a to prevent lid also be ibering that vith meats, imong them ating, about > to dissolve _i,nd continue ntly long to J a kettle of 1 to heat it ; , lippinfi the scribed else- iralnut catsup 10 gals. ; Maderia wine 5 gals. ; mushroom catsup 10 gals. ; table salt 25 lbs. ; Canton soy, 4 gals. ; powdered capsicum 2 lbs. ; powdered alispice 1 lb. ; powdered coriander, seeds 1 lb. ; cloves, mace, and cin- namon, of each, ^ lb. ; asaf cetida J lb. ; dissolved in brandy 1 gal. Boil 20 lbs. nogs livers in 10 gals, of water for 12 hours, renewing the water from time to time. Take out the liver, chop it, mix with water, work through a sieve, and mix with the saiice. Gherkins.— Take small cucumbers (not young), steep for a week in very strong brine ; it is then poured off, heated to the boiling poipt, and again poured on the fruit. The next day the gherkins are drained on a sieve, wiped dry, put into bottles or jars, with some spice, ginger, pepper, or cayenne, and at once covered with strong pickling vinegar. Mixed pickles from cauliflowers, white cabbage, French beans, onions, cucumbers, &c., are treated as gherkins, with raw ginger, capsicum, mustard-seed and long pepper, added to each bottle. A little bruised turmeric improves both the color and flavor, Indian pickle. — Piccalilli. — ^Take one hard white cabbage (sliced), 2 cauliflowers, pulled to pieces, 20 French beans, 1 stick of horse-radish, sliced finCj 2 doz. .small white onions, and 1 doz. gherkins. Cover these with boiling brine ; next day, drain the whole on a sieve, put it into a jar, add of curry powder, or tur- meric, 2 oz. ; {^rlic, ginger, and mustard-seed, of each 1 oz. ; cap- sicum i oz. Fill up the vessel with hot pickling vinegar ; bimg it up close, and let it stand for a mouth, with occasional agitation. To Preserve Fruit Juice without Heat. — Ingredients : 10 lbs. of fresh-gathered, picked, red-ripe currants, or other fruit, 2 qts. cold w{iter, 5 oz. tartaric acid, 6 lbs. of coarse sifted sugar. Put the fruit into a large earthen pan, pour the water with the tartaric acid dissolved in it over the fruit, cover the pan with some kind of lid, and allow the whole to steep for 24 hours in a cold place, and it would be all the better if the pan containing the fruit could be immersed in rough ice. Next, pour the steeped fruit into a sus- pended stout flannel bag, and wlien all the juice has run through, tie up the open end of the bag, and place it on a lairge earthen dish, with another dish upon it ; place a half-hundred weight upon this, to press out all the remaining juice, and then mix it with the other juice. You now put the sifted sugar into the juice, and stir both together occasionally, mitil the sugar is dissolved, and then bottle up the syrup, cork, and tie down the bottles with wire, and keep them in the ice well or in a cold cellar, in a reclining position. To restore Injured Meat. — When the brine sours and faints the meat, pour it off ; boil it, skim it well, then pour it bacV .igain on the meat boiling hot ; this will restore it, even when much iniurod. If tainted meat is injured, dip it in the solution of chlo- rine of lime prescribed for rancid butter ; it will restore it Fly- blown meat can be completely restored by immersing it for a few hours in a vessel containing a small quantity of beer ; but it will taint and Impart a putrid t:nell to the liquor. Fresh meat, hamsi fish, &c., can be preserved for an indefinite length of time without salt, by a light application of pyroligneous acid applied with a brush ; it imparts a fine smoky flavor to the meat, ana is an effect- ual preservative. But pu/e acetic acid may be used instead. 96 6R0GEB8 AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. Rapid Process of mabkincj Goods at any desired per cent. Profit. — Retail merchants, in buying goods by wholesale, buy a great many articles by the dozen, such as boots and shoes, hats and caps, and notions of various kinds ; now, the merchant, hi buyingj for m- stance, a dozen hats, knows exactly what one of these hats will retail for m the market where he deals ; and, unless he is a good accountant, it will often take him some time to determine whether ae can afford to purchase the dozen hats and make a living profit by selling them by the single hat ; and m buying his goods by auction, as the merchant often does, he nas i.ot time to make the calculation before the goods are bid off. He therefore los^s the chance of making good bargains by be- ing afraid to bid at random, or if he bids, pnd the goods are criea off, he may have made a poor bargain, by biddiLc"; thus at a venture. It thorn becomes a useful and practical problem to determine instantly what per cent, he would gain if he retailed the hat at a certain price, to tell what an article should retail for to make a profit of 20 per cent. Rule. — Divide what the articles cost per dozen by 10, which is done by removing the decimal point one place to the left. For instance, if hats cost $17.50 per dozen, remove the decimal point one place to the left, making $1.75, what they should be sold for apiece to gain 20 per cent on the cost. If they cost $31.00 per dozen, they should be sold at $3.10 ainece, etc. We take 20 per cent, as the basis for the following reason ., viz : because we can determine instant- ly, by simply removing the decimal point, without changing a f^ure, and, if the goods would not bring at least 20 per cent, profit in the home L^arket, the merchant oould not afford to purchase, and would look for cheaper goods. The reason for the above rule is obvious, for if we divide the cost of a dozen by 12, we have the cost of a sinjijle article ; then if we wish to make 20 per cent, on tl\e cost (cost being 1-1 or 5-5), we add the per cent., which is 1-5, to the 6-5, making 6-5 or 12-10 ; then as we , multiply the cost, divided by 12, by the 12-10 to find at what price one must be sold to gain 20 per cent., it is evident that the 12s will cancel and leave the coat of a dozen to be divided by 10, to do this remove the decimal point one place to the left. Example 1. — If I buy 2 dozen caps at $7.50 per dozen, what shall I retail them at to raak§ 20 per cent. ? Ans. 75 cents. Example 2.— When a merchant retails a vest at $4.50 and makes 20j)er cent, what did he pay per doz. ? Ans. $45. Example 3. — At what pnce should I retail a pair of boots that cost $85.00 per doz. to make 20 per cent ? Ans, $8.50. Now, as removing the decimal point one place to the left, on the cost of & dozen articles, gives the selling price of a single one with 20 per cent, added to the cost, and, as the cost of any article is 100 per cent., it is obvious that the selUng price would be 20 per cent, more, or 120 per cent. ; hence, to find 50 per. cent, profit which would make the selling price 150 per cent., we would first find 120 per cent, then add 'HO per cent, by increasing it one-fourth itself ; for '35 per cent., increase it one-eight itself, etc. Hence to mark an article at any per cent, profit vte find the following : — General RvhK— First find 20 per cent, profit by removing the dec- imal poirit one place to the left on the pine, the articles cost po' doz.; then, as 20 per cent profit is 120 per cent, add to or subtract from this an mc A gu( can insi pro The mai To] (I ie-£ourtb itself ; nee to mark an ,'emovingthedec- \les cost per doz.; VUract from wi»» amount the fractional part that the required per cent, added to 100 is more or less than 120. Merchants, in marking i^oods, generally take a per cent, that is an ali- quot part of 100, as 25, 33 1-3, 60, &c. The reason they do this is be- cause it makes it m ich easier to add such a per cent, to the cost ; for instance, a merchant could mark almost a dozen articles at 60 per cent, profit in the time it would take him to mark one at 49 per cent. • The following is arranged for the convenience ot business men in marking the prices of aJ articles lx)ught by the dozen. To make 20 per cent, remove the pomt one place to the left. « (C (( 80" " 60 " " 60 " " 44 «« «« 40 '* " 37 " •* 35 (I u 33 1-3 " " .32 *' " 30 • " " ^ " " 26 " " 26 " " " 12i •• " " 162-3" " ic i8| " " If I buy a doz. shirts for make 60 per cent. ? Ans. $3.60 Explanation.— Remove the point one place to the left, and add i itself. Aliquot Pabts op 100 and 1000.— Merchants in pf'llipg goods gen- erally make the price of an. article some aliquot part of 100, as in sell- ing sugar at 12i cents per lb., or 8 lbs. for $1.00. or in sell- ing cahco for 16 2-3 cents per yard, or 6 yds. for $1.00, ete. The following table will be founJ valuble for all such calculations. (( « and add h itself. (C 1-3 " t( 1-4 " (( 1-6 " (1 1-6 " (C 1-7 " <( 1-8 " (i 1-9 " (( 1-10 " i( 1-12 " (( 1-16 " k( 1-20 " (( 1-24 " btra ct 1-16 " (( l-;'6 " (( 1-% " 9,11 I retail them for to 124 is 1-8 part of 100. 26 18 1-4 part of 100. 37i is 3-8 part of 100. 60 is 4-8 or i of 100. 62^6-8 part of 100. 76 is 6-8 or 3-4 part of IJO. 87i is 7-8 part of 100. 6| is 1-16 part of 100. 18| is 3-16 part of 100. 31i is 5-16 part of 100. 8J is 1-12 part of 100. 16 2-3 is 2-12 or 1-6 of 100 3»l-3 is 4-12 or 1-3 of 100. 66 2-3 is 8-12 or 2-3 of 100 83 1-3 is 10-12 or 5-6 of 100 125 is 1-8 pari of 1000. 250 is 2-8 or J of 1000. 375 is 3-8 part of 1000. 625 is 6-8 part of 1000. 875 is 7-8 part of iOOO. To multiply by an aliquot part of 100. Rule. — Add two cyphers to the multiplicand, then take such part of it as the multiplier is part of 100. N. B. If the multiplicand is a mixed number reduce the fraction to a decimal of two places before dividing. N. B. For the sake of uniformity, it has beeil thought best to classify the Coal, Interest and Ready Reckoner Tables at the end of the Engineers' Department. ' 7 • 98 GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. Fresh Meat — to keep a Week or Two in Summer.— Farmers or others living at a distance from butchers can keep fresh meat very nicely for a week or two, by putting it into sour milk, or but- ter milk, placing it in a cool cellar. The bone or fat need not be removed. Kinse well when used. Milkman's Process.— To give a body to diluted mUk use the following nutritive and healthy compound at the rate of 8 oz. to every 5 gals., stirring it up in the millc, till all is dissolved: arrow- root, 6 oz. ; magnesiaj 6 oz. j starch, 1 lb. ; flour, i lb. ; white sugar in powder, 1 lb. ; mix all mtimately together, and keep in a dry place for use. Custard Powders.— Sago meal and flour, 1 lb. each ; color with turmeric to a creiim color. Flavor with essential oil of almonds, 1 dr. ; ess. of lemon, 2 drs. Use with sweetened milk to form ex- temporaneous cus-tards. CURBY Powdp:b. — Turmeric, and coriander seeds, of each, 4 oz. ; black pepper, 2^ oz, ; ginger 14 drs. ; cinnamon, mace, and cloves, each, i oz. ; cardamon seeds, 1 oz. ; cummin seeds, 2 drs. ; cayeime pepper, 1 oz. ; powder and mix. . Napoleon's Camp SAUCE.~01d strong beer, 2 qts., white- wine, 1 qt., anchovies, 4 ounces; mix; boil for ten minutes ; remove it from the ure, and add peeled shallots, 3 ounces ; macerate for 14 days, and bottle. Pickled Onions. — Choose small round onions, remove the skins, steep them in strong brine for a week in a stone vessel, pour it off, and heat till it boils ; then pour on the onions, boiling hot ; after 24 hours, drain on a seive, then put them in bottles, AM up over them with strong spiced vinegar, boiling hot, cork down immediately, and wax over the cork. In a similar manner are pickled mushroons, cauliflowers, samphires, peas, beans, green gooseberries, walnuts, red cabbages (without salt, with cold vinegar). Observe that the soft and more delicate do not require so much soaking in brine as the harder and coarser kinds, and may be often kept by simply pouring very strong pickling vinegar on them without tne application of heat. For peaches, select ripe but not soft ones ; rub with a dry cloth ; put four cloves, free from their heads, in each large peach, and two m small ones ; to 1 gallon vinegar, put 6 lbs. brown sugar ; put the peaches in a jar and put the vinegar 'diluted with water. If too strong), and su^r in a preserving kettle over the fire ; boil and skim it ; pour it boiling hot over the peaches, covering them closely ; repeat the operation three times ; then seal them tightly in cans or lx)ttles. French Patent Mustard. — Flour of mustard, 8 lbs. ; wheat flour, 8 lbs. ; bay salt, 2 lbs. ; cayemie pepper, 4 oz. ; vinegar to mix. Common Mustard.— Flour of mustard 28 lbs. ; wheat flour, 28 lbs. ; cayenne pepper, 12 oz,, or as required ; common salt 10 lbs. ; rape oil S lbs. ; turmeric to color ; mix well, and pass through a fine seive. Starch Polish. — White wax, 1 oz. ; si)ermaceti, 2 oz. ; melt them together with a gentle heat. When you have prepared a sufficient amount of starch, in the usual -way, for a dozen pieces, i)ut into it a piece of the polisU about the size of a large pea ; more or less, accord- mg to large or small washings. Or thick gum solution (made by pouf- ing boiling water upon gum arable), one tablespoon to a pint of starch, gives clothes a beautiful gloss. . « IS. OROCEBS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. 99 ^— FarmeM fresli meat ilk, or but- eed not be ilk use the ol 8 oz. to ved: arrow- white sugar lep in a dry l; color with r almonds, 1 to form ex- each, 4 oz. ; L cloves, each, lenne pepper, itewine,lqt., ^e it from the for 14 days, )ve the sldns, j1, pour it off, ing hot -, after up over them nediately, and id mushroons, ries, walnuts, re that the soft e as the harder pouring very 1 of heat. For loth ; put four h two m small the peaches in strong), and im it ; pour it ; repeat the ■ bottles. ; wheat flour, L to mix. it flour, 28 lbs. ; t 10 lbs. ; rape eh a fine seive. Tz. ; melt them •ed a sufficient i, i)ut into it a or less, accord- (made by pouf- ■^ pint of starch, ok Fire Kindlers.— To make very nice fire kindlers, take resin, any quantibr, and melt it, putting in for each pound being used, from 2 to S oz. of tallow, and when all is hot, stir in pine sawdust to make very thick ; and, while yet hot, spread it out about 1 inch thick, upon boards which liave fine sawdust sprinkled upon them, to prevent it from sticking. When cold, break np mto lumi. about 1 inch square. But if for sale, take a thin board and press upon it, while yet warm, to lay it off into inch squares ; this makes it break regularly, if you [)re88 tlie crease sufficiently deep, greasing the marked board to prevent t from sticking. To Keep Cider sweet, and Sweeten Sour Cider. — To keep cider perfect, take a keg and bore holes in the bottom of it ; sp ad a piece of woollen cloth at tlie bottom; tlien fill with cldin sand c. isely packed ; draw your cider from a barrel just as fast as it will rv through the sand ; after this, put in clean barrels which have h piece of cotton or linen cloth 2 by 7 inches dipped in melted sr and burned uiside of them, thereby absorbing the sulphur . ui (this process will also sweeten sour cider) ; tlien keep it in a cellar or room where there is no fire, and add \ lb. white mustard seed to each barrel. If cider is long made, or souring when you get it, about 1 qt. of hickory ashes (or a little more of other hard wood ashes) stirred into each barrel will sweeten and clarify it nearly equal to rectifying it as above ; but if it is not rectified, it iTiast be racked off to get clear of the pomace, as with this in it, it will sjur. Oil or whisky barrels are best to put cider in, or \ pint sweet oil to a barrel, or a gallon of whisky to a barrel, or both, may be added with decidedly g«*od effects ; isinglass, 4 oz. to each barrel, helps to clarify and settle ci- der thiit is not to be rectified. Ginger Wine. — ^Water, 10 gals., lump sugar, 20 lbs., bruised gin- ger, 8 Of., ; 3 or 4 eggs, Boil well and skim ; then pour hot on six or seven lemons cut in slices, macerate for 2 hours ; tneri rack aud fer- ment ; next add spirit 2 qts., and afterwards finings, 1 pint ; rum- map;e well. To maice the color, boil 4 oz. saleratus and \ oz. alum in 1 pint of water till you get a bright red color. Ice Cream. — Have rich, sweet cream, and a half-pound of loaf sugar to each quart of cream or milk. If you cannot get cream, the best imitation is to boil a soft custard, 6 eggs to each quart of milk (eggs well beat). Or another is made as follows : boil 1 quart of milk, and stir into it, whUe boiling, 1 tablespoonf ul of arrowroot wet with cold milk ; when cool stir into it the yolk of 1 egg to give it a rich color. Five minutes' boiling 'is enough for either plan. Put the sugar in af- ter they cool ; keep the same proportions for any amount desired. Or thus : to 6 C[uarts of milk add ^ lb. Oswego starch, first dissolved ; put tlie starch m 1 quart of the milk ; then mix altogether, and sim- mer a little (not boil) ; sweeten and flavor to your taste ; excellent. The juice of strawberries or raspberries gives a beautiful color and flavor to ice creams, or about i oz. essence or extract to 1 gallon, or to suit the taste. Have your ice well broken, 1 qt. salt to a bucket of ice. About one hour's constant stirring, with occasional scraping down and beating together, will freeze it. Chioaoo Ice Cream. — Irisli moss soaked in warm water one hour, and rinsed well to cleanse it of sand and a certain foreign taste ; then steep it in milk, keeping it just at the point of boilmg or simmering 100 GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. for c>ne hour, or iintil a rich yellow color is given to the milk ; with- out cream or eggs, from 1 to 1^ oz. to a gal. only in necesHary, and tiiig will do to steep twice. Sweeten and navor like other creams. Si'BSTiTUTE FOB Cbeam. — Take 2 or 3 whole eggs, beat them well up in a basin ; tlien pour boiling liot tea over them ; pour gradually to pL-event curdling. It is difficult ior the taste to distinguish it from rich oream. GvNOER Beeb.— Take 5^ gals, water, f lb. ginger root bruised, tartaric acid, h oz., white sugar, 2^ lbs., whites of 3 eggs well beaten, 10 small teaspoonf uls of lemon ess. ; yeast, 1 gill ; boil the root for 30 minutes in 1 g;ii. of the water; strain off, and put the ess. in while hot; mix, make over nigiit; in the morning, skim and bottle, keeping out the sediments. Philadelphia Beeb. — Take 30 gals, water, brown sugar, 20 lbs. ginger root bruised, J lb., cream of tsuttir, 1^ lbs., carbonate of soda, 3 oz., oil of lemon, cut in a little alcohol, 1 teaspoonf ul, the white of 10 eggs well beaten, Jiops, 2 oz., yeast, 1 qt. The ginger root and hops should be boiled for twenty or thirty minutes in enough of the water to make all milk-warm ; then strained into the rest and the yeast added and allowed to work itself clear; then bottle. CiDEB WITHOUT AppLES. — Water, 1 gallon; common sugar, 1 lb.; tartaric acid, h oz. ; yeast, 1 tablespoouful; shake well, make in the evening, and ft will be fit to use next day. Fob Bottling.— Put in a barrel, 5 gals, hot water; 30 lbs. common sugar ; f lb. tartaric acid ; 25 gallons cold water ; 3 pmts of hop or brew- err yeast, worke ! into paste with 1 pmt of water and 1 lb. flour. Let it work in the barrel forty-eight hours, the yeast running out of the bunghole all the time, putting in a little sweetened water occasionally to keep it full ; then bottle, putting in two or three broken raisins to each bottie: and it will nearly equal champagne. Cheap Cideb. — Put in a cask 5 gals, hot water ; 15 lbs. brown sugar ; 1 gal. luoljisses; i gal. hop or brewers' yeast; good vinegar, 6 qts. ; stir well, add 25 gals, cold water, ferment as the last. Anotheb Cideb. — Cold water, 20 gals., brown sugar, 15 lbs., tar- taric acid, 4 lb. I rummage well together, and add, if jrou have them, 3 or 4 lbs. of dried sour apples, or boil them and pour in the.express- ed juice. This cider will keep longer than the others. Spbuce and Gingeb Beeb.— Cold water, 10 gals. ; boiling water, 11 gals.; mix in a barrel; add molasses, 30 lbs., or brown sugar, 24 lbs. ; oil of spruce or any oil of which you wish Vr" flavor, 1 oz. ; add 1 pint yeast, ferment, bottle in two or three days. If you wish white spruce beer, use lump sugar; for ginger flavor, use 17 oz. ginger root bruised, and a few hops; boil for thirty Minutes in three gals, of the water, strain and mix well; let it stand two hours and bottle, using yeast, of course, as before. Hop Beeb, very fine. — Mix 14 lbs.of molasses and 11 gals, water well together, and boil them for 2 hours with 6 oz. hops. When quite cool, add a cupful of yeast, and stir it well by a gallon or two at a time. Let it ferment for 16 hours, m a tub covered with a sack, then put it in a 9-gallon cask, and keep it filled up ; bung it down in 2 days, i^ In 7 days it will be fit to drink, and will be stronger than Loudon bubgh Ale. — ^Employ the l)e8t pale malt — 1st, mash 2 barrels tasses ; l( bruised s bruised si all. Fen Ottaw 8 ozs. of { lbs. of 13 c with 14 gi of 80 lbs. except th{ nsed, an which giv " Cheap hops ; the gal. molat To BEsa Put in the s. Ik ; witli- wary, and reams, them well gradually itih it t'rom >t braised. eggs well I ; boil the lit the ess. and bottle, gar, 20 lbs. te of soda, le white of )t and hops f the water yreast added lugar, 1 lb. ; mike ui the bs. common Lop orbrew- . flour. Let ig out of the occasionally m raisins to rown sugar; , 6 qts. ; stir 16 lbs., tar- have them, the.expresB- )iliug water, m sugar^, 24 1 oz. ; add 1 wish white ginger root gals, of the bottle, using 1 gals, water When quite a or two at a a sack, then Hmin2days, than Loudon ash 2 barrels 1 GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS' RECEIPTS. 101 Er. quarter, at 183°, mash three-quarters of an hour, let it stand 1 our, and allow half an hour to run off the wort; 2d, mash 1 barrel per quarter. 180°, mash three-fourths of an hour, let it stand about three-fourths, and tap as before; 3d, mash 1 barrel per quarter, at 170°. mash half an hour, let it stand half an hour, and tap as before. The first and second wort may be mixed together, boiling them about an hour or an hour and a quarter, with a quantity of hops proportioned to the time the ale is required to be kept. The first two may be mixed at the heat of 60°, m the glyetun, and the second should be fermented separately for small beer. The best hops should be used m the proportion of about 4 lbs. for every quarter of malt employed. Bottling Pouteb.— Bkown Stout. Pale malt, 2 quarters ; amber and brown malt, of each IJ do. ; mash at 3 times, with 12, 7, and 6 bari-els of water ; boil with hops, 50 lbs ; set with yeast, 29 lbs. Product, 17 barrels, or Ih times the malt. , Lemon Beer. — To make 20 gals, boil 6 oz. of ginger root bruised, i lb. cream of tartar, for 20 or 30 minutes, in 2 or 3 gals, water ; niis wiU be strained in 13 lbs. coffee sugar, on which you have Eut i oz. oil of lemon, and six good lemons squeezed up together, avlng warm water enough to make the whole 20 gals, just so hot that you can hold your hand in it without burning, or about 70 degrees of heat ; put in 1^ pmts of hop or brew Ji-s' yeast, worked into paste with 5 or 6 oz. flour. Let it work over night, then strain and bottle for use. Table Beer.— Malt, 8 bushels ; hops, 7 lbs ; molasses, 25 lbs. ; brew for 10 barrels ; smaller quantity in proportion. Hop Beer. — ^Hops, (i ounces ; molasses, 5 quarts ; boil the hops till the strength is out, stitiin them into a 30-gallon barrel ; add the molasses and one teacupful of yeast, and fill up with water ; shake it well, and leave the bung out till fermented, which will be in about 24 hours. Bung up, and it will be fit for use in about three days. Molasses Beer. — Hops, 1 oz. ; water, 1 gal. ; boil for ten minutes, strain, add molasses, 1 lb. ; and when luke-warm, yeast, 1 spoonful. Ferment. Root Beer.— Water 10 gals, heat to 60° Fah. then add 3 gals, mo- lasses ; let it stand 2 hours, pour it into a bowl and add powdered or bruised sassafras and wintergreen bark of each i lb. ; yeast 1 pt. ; bruised sarsaparilla root, ^ lb. ; add water enough to make 25 gals, in all. Ferment for 12 hours, then bottle. Ottawa Beer and Ginger Ale. — Ottawa beer is made by using 8 ozs. of a fluid extract which contains the concentrated stren^h of 1 lbs. of 13 different roots and barks, added to 1 gal. syrup which is mixed with 14 gals, water, into which carbonic acid gas is forced at a pressure of 80 lbs. to the square inch. Ginger Ale is made in the same way except that 4 ozs. of extract is sufflcient. When the ginger is reallv used, an extract deprived of resinous impurities is made use of, which gives a clear amber colored drink. • Cheap Beer. — Water, 15 gals. ; boil half the water with J lb. hops ; then add to the other half in the tim, and mix well with 1 gal. molasses and a little yeast. To restore Sour Beer. — Good hops, J lb., powdered chalk, 2 lbs. Pat in the hole of the cask, and bung close for a few days ; for frosted 102 GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS' RECEIPTS. beer, add pome fiuirgs, a few hapdfuis of flour, and some scalded hops ; for ropy beer, use a handful or two of four, the same of hops, with a little powdered alum to each barrel. Rummage well. To Impkove the Flavob of Beeb. — Bruised ginger, 1 oz. ; bruised cloves, i oz. ; a few scalded hops and a doz. broken coarse biscuits to every two barrels. Rummage well. Lemonade. — White sugar, 1 lb., tartaric acid, J ounce, essence of lemon, 30 drops, water 3 qts. Mix. Cbkam Soda, — Loaf sugar, ten lbs., wuter, 3 gals. ; warm gradu- ally so as not to bum ; good rich creara, 2 quarts ; extract vanilla, l\ ounces ; extract nutmeg, h ounce ; tartaric acid, 4 ounces. Just bring to a boiling heat ; for if you cook it any length of time, it wiU crystallize ; use 4 or 5 snoonfuls of this syrup instead of three, as in other syrups ; put ^ teaspoonf ul of soda to a glass, if used without a fountain. For charged foimtains no acid is used. Fbeezing Pkepabation. — Common si*l-ammonia'^, well pulverized, 1 part ; saltpetre, 2 parts •, mix well together. Then take common soda, well paiverized. To use take equal quantities of these prepa- ration^ (which must be kept separate and well covered previous to usmg) and put them in the freezing pot ; add of water a proper quantity, and put in the article to be frozen in a proper vessel ; cover up, and your wants will soon be supplied. For freezing cream or wines this cannot be beat. Sabsapabilla Mead, — 1 lb. of Spanish Sarsai)arilla, boil 5 hours and strain oif 2 gals : add sugar 16 lbs. and tartaric acid 10 ozs., half a wine glass of syrup to half pmt tumbler of water, and half teaspoon- f ul of soda is a fair proportion for a drink. PoBTABLE Lemokade. — Taitiiric acid, 1 ounce, white sugar, 21b8., essence of lemon, c^uarter ounce ; powder and keep dry for use. One dessert spoonful will make a glass of lemonade. iMPBBiit. Cbeam Nectab. — Part 1st, take 1 gallon water, loaf sugar, 6 lbs. , tartaric acid, 6 ounces, gum arable, 1 oimce. Part 2d, flour, 4 teasooonfuls, the whites of 5 eggs ; beat finely together ; then add i pint water ; when the first part is blood warm, put in the second ; boil 3 minutes, and it is done. Directions : 3 tablespoonfuls of syrup to two-thirds of a glass of water ; add one-third teaspoonf ul of carbonp.teof soda, made fine ; stir well, and drink at your leisure. pEPPFttMiNT Cobdial. — Good whisky, 10 gals., water 10 gals., whit") sugar, 10 lbs., oil peppermint, lounca, in 1 pint alcohol, llb.flour well PTorked m the fluid, ^ lb. burned sugar to color. Mix, and let it stand one week before usmg. Other oil m place of peppermint, and you have any flavour desired. SiLVEB-TOp Dbink. — Water, 3qts., white sugar, 4 lbs., ess. of lemon, 4 teaaiwonfuls, white of 5 eggs, beat with 1 tablespoonful of floui; ; boil to a syrup ; then divide into equal ])arts, and to one add 3 ounces tartaric acid, to the other 4 ounces of carbonate of soda ; put in a teaspoonful of each of the syrups, more or less (according to the size of the glass), to two-thirds of a glass of wavej- ; drink quick. Sanoabee. — Wine, ale, or porter, or two-thirds water, bot or cold,* according to the season of the year, loaf sugar to taste, with nutmeg. Soda Syrups. — Loaf or crushed sugar, 8 lbs., pure water, 1 gallon, gum arable, 2 oz. ; mix in a brass or copper kettle. Boil until the gum is dissolved, then skim and strain through white flannel, after TS. >me scalded ine of hops, well. oz. ; bruised irse biscuits 3, essence of raxia gradu- ract vanilla, imces. Just time, it wiU three, as in 3d without a 11 pulverized, ike common these prepft- l previous to ter a proper essel ; cover ng cream or boil 5 hours 10 ozs., half alf teaspoon- sugar, 2 lbs., "or use. One water, loaf e. Part 2d, y together ; m, put in the iblespoonfuls 1 teaapoonf ul your leisure, iter 10 gals., hoi, llb.flour lix, and let it ipermint, and ess. of lemon, if ul of flour ; add 3 ounces ida ; put in a ng to the size uick. hot or cold,* with nutmeg. ater, 1 gallon, Joil until the flannel, after i GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. 103 which add tartaric acid, 5^ oz. ; dissolve in hot water ; to flavor, use extract of lemon, orange, vanilla,' rose, sarsaparilla, strawberry, Ssc, &c., i oz. or to your taste. If you use juice of lemon, add 2^ lbs. of sugar to a pint, you do not need any tartaric acid with it ; now use two tablespoonfuls of syrup to | or a tumbler c-l" water, and J tea- spoonfu ' of super-carbonate of soda, made fine ; drink quick. For soda fountains, loz. of super-carbonate of soda isused.to 1 gallon of water. For charged fountains no acids are needed in the syrups. Stoughton Bh'TEKS. — Gentian, 4 ounces, orange peel, 4 ounces, Columbo, 4 ounces, camomile flowers, 4 ounces, quassia, 4 ounces, burned sugar, 1 lb., whiskey, 2^ galls. Mix and let it stand 1 week. Bottle the clear liquor, CoAiMON Small Beeb. — A handful of hops to a pail of water, a ■pin*, of bran, add half a pint of molasses, a cup of yea'it, and a spoon- ful of ginger. Royal Pop. — Cream tartar, 1 lb., ghiger, li oz., white sugar, 7 lbs., essence of lemon, 1 drachm, water, 6 galls., yeast 1 pint. Tie the corks down. Raspbebby Syeup without Raspbeeeies.— First make a sjrrup with 36 lbs. of white sugar, and 10 gallons of water, and put it into a clean mixing barrel. Then dissolve J lb. of tartaric acid in 1 qt, of cold water, and add to the syrup. Next take ^ lb. onis root and pour over it half a gallon of boilina water ; let it infuse imtil cold, tiieu filter, and put it into the mixing barrel, stirring it well. To Color. — Boil a oz. of cochineal ; f oz. cream tartar; J oz. saleratus ; and * oz. alum in 1 qt. of water until ^ou get a bright red color, and add tliis to the syrup till the color smts. The above is a very valuable receijpt, and will make 16 gals, syrup at a very low cost per gallon. If it is desirable to produce a richer syrup, add more sugar. Colors should be made in a brass or copper kettle. Bottled Soda Wateb without a Machine.— In each gallon of water to be used, carefully dissolve | lb. crushed sugar, and one ounce of super-carbonate of soda ; then fill pint bottles with this water, have your corks ready ; now drop into each bottle ^ dram of pulverized citric acid, and immediately cork, and tie down. Handle the bottles carefully, and keep cool imtU needed. More sugar may be added if desired. Oysteb Soup. — To each dozen or dish of oysters, put i pint of water ; milk, 1 gill ; butter i oz. j powdered crackers to thicken ; bring the oysters and water to a boil, then add the other ingredients Sreviously mixed together, and boil from three to five minutes only, eason with pepper and salt to taste. Mock Tebbapin.— yl 8npf>cr dish. Half a calf's liver ; seasoned, fry brown. Hash it, not very fine, dust thickly with flour, a teaspoon- ful mixed mustard, as much cayenne pepper as will lie on a half dime; 2 hard eggs, chopped flue, a lump of butter as large as an egg, a teacup of water. Let it boil a minute or two ; cold veal will do, if liver is not liked. Blackbebby Wine. — "W.ish the berries, and pour 1 qt. of boil- ing water to each gal. Let the mixture stand 24 hours, stirring occti- sionally ; tlien strain and meabure into a keg, adding 2 lbs. sugar, and good rye whiskey 1 pint, or best alcohol, ^ pint to each gal. Cork tight, and put away for use. The best wine tuat can be made. 104 OBOOERS AND CONFECTIONERS* RECEIPTS. Mutton Habbicot.— Take a loin of mutton, cut it into small chops, season it with ground pepper, allspice,. and salt, let it stand a nignj;, and then fry it. Have good gravy well seasoned with flour, butter, catsup and pepper, if necessary. Boil turnips and carrots, cut them small, and add to the mlitton stewed in the gravy, vdth the yolks of hard boiled eggs, and forced meat balls. Imitation* Apple Butter. — Vinegar, 1 qt. ; cheap molasses 1 qt. ; mix together, set over the fire till it commences to cook ; take it off, add 10 tabiespoonf uls of wheat flour^ and cold water to make a bat- ter, then add 1 qt. scalding water, stir and cook for fifteen minutes. Lemon Syrup. — Havana sugar, 1 lb., boil in water down to a quart, drop in the white of 1 egg, and strain it. Add J oz. tartaric acid; let it stand 2 days; shake often; 12 drops essence of lemon will much improve it Superior Raisin Wine.— Take 30 lbs. of chopped raisins free from stems and dust; put them in a large kdg, add to them 10 gals, soft water; let them stand two weeks unbmiged, shaking occasionally (warm place in winter), then strain through woollen, or filter; color with burnt sugar ; bottle and cork well for use. The more raisins the better the wine, not exceeding 5 lbs. to each gallon. Raisin Wine equal to Sherry. — Boil the proper quantity of water and let it stand till cold. To each gal. of this add 4 lbs. of chopped raisins, previously well washed, and freed from stalks; let the whole stand for 1 month, stirring frequently; then remove the raisins, and bung up closely for 1 month more ; then rack into another vessel, leaving all sediment behind, and repeat till it becomes fine: then to every 10 gals, add 6 lbs. of fine sugar, and 1 doz. of good oranges, the rinds being pared very thin, and infused in 2 qts. of brandv, which should be added to the liquor at its last racking. Let the whole stand three months in the cask, then bottle. It should re- main bottled twelve months. To give it the flavor of Madeira, when it is in the cask, put in a couple of green citrons, and let them remain till the wme is bottled. Port wine.— Worked cider, 42 gals. ; good port wine, 12 gals ; good brai ,dy, 3 ^als. ; pure spirits, 6 gals ; mix. Elderberries and aloes, and the fruit of the black haws, make a fine purple color for wines, or use burnt sugar. American Champagne. — Good cider (crab-apple cider is the best), 7 gals. ; best fourth-proof brandy, 1 qt. ; genuine champagne wine, 6 pts. ; milk, 1 gal. ; bitartrate of potassa, 2 oz. Mix, let stand a short time; bottle while fermenting. An excellent imitation. British Champagne. — Loaf sugar, S^lbs. ; brown sugar (pale), 48 lbs. ; water (warm), 45 gals. ; white tartar, 4 oz. ; mix, and at a proper temperature add yeast, 1 qt. ; and afterwards sweet cider, 6 gals. ; bruised wild cherries, 14 or 15 oz. ; pale spirits 1 gal. ; orris-powaer, J oz. Bottle while fen.' ating. British Madeira. — Pale malt, 1 bushel; boiling water, 12 gals.; mash and strain : then add white sugar, 4 lbs. ; yeast 1 lb. Fer- ment, next add raisin or Cape wine, 3 qts. ; brandy, 3 qts. ; sherry, 2 qts. : i)ort, 2 qts. ; bung down. The malt may be mashed again lor bottle beer. Currant and other Fruit Wines. — To every gallon of expressed juice, add 2 gals, soft water, 6 lbs. brown sugar, cream tartar, 1^ oz. ; 4* I, * V s. GROCERS AND CONFECTIONERS' RECEIPTS. 105 aall chops, 1 a nigntt ur, butter, I, cut them i yolks of .sses 1 qt. ; :ake it off, ike a bat- mmutes. to a quart, cacid; let will much 3 free from \ galB. soft 3ca8ionally ilter; color raisins the [uantity of 1 4 lbs. of stalks; let emove the ito another omes fine: >z. of good 1 2 qts. of long. Let should re- eira, when em remain 12 gals: erries and B color for i the best), jxe wine, 6 nd a short r (pale), 48 it a proper , 5 gals. ; powder, J , 12 gals. ; lllb. Fer- sherry, 2 again lor expressed ar, li 08. ; and qt. brandy to every 6 gals. ; some prefer it without brandy. After fermentation, take 4 oz. isinglass dissolved in 1 pt. of the wine, and put to each barrel, which will fine and clear it: when it must be diawn into clean casks, or bottled, which is preferable. BliACkbebky and Strawberry Wines are made by taking the above wuie when made with port wine, and for every 10 gals, from 4 to 6 qts. of the fresh fruit, bruised and strained, are added, and let stand four daj^s till' the flavor is extracted; when bottling, add 3 or four broken raisins to each bottle. MoBELiiA Wine. — ^To each quart of the expressed juice of themor- ella, or tame cherries, add 3 qtS. water and 4 lbs. of coarse brown su- gar; let them ferment, and skim till worked clear; then draw off, avoiding the sediment at the bottom. Bung up, or bottle, which is best for all wines, letting the bottles lie always on the side, either for wines or beers. London Sherry. — Chopped raisins, 400 lbs. ; soft water, 100 gals. ; sugar, 45 lbs. ; white tartar, 1 lb. ; cider, 16 gals. Let them stand to- ge&er in a close vessel one month ; stir frequently. Tlien add of spirits, 8 gals. ; wild cherries bruised, 8 lbs. Let them stand one month longer, and fine with isinglass. English Patent Wine from Rhubarb. — ^To each gal. of juice, add 1 gal. soft water, in which 7 lbs. brown sugar have been dissolved; fill a k*»5 or barrel with this proportion, leaving the bmig out, and keep it filled with sweetened water as it works off, until clear. Anv other vegetable extract may be used if this is not liked ; then bung down or bottle as you please. The stalks will yield ? their weight in juice; fine and settle with isinglass as above. Tliis wine will not lead to intemperance. Various Wenes. — To 28 gals, clarified cider add good brandy 1 gal. ; crude tartar (this is what is deposited by grape wines), milk to settle it, 1 pt. ; draw off 36 hours after thoroughly mixing. GiNOER Wine. — ^Put one oz. of good ginger-root bruised in 1 qt. 95 per. cent, alcohol; let it stand nine days, and strain; add 4 qts. water, and 1 lb. white sugar dissolved in hot water, color with tmcture of Sanders to suit. Another. — ^To 1 qt. 96 per cent, alcohol add 1 oz. best ginger-root (bruised but not ground), 5 grs. capsicum and 1 dr. tartaric-acid. Let it stand one week and filter; now add 1 gal. water ui which 1 lb. of crushed sugar has been boiled. Mix when cold. To make the color, boil 4 oz. cochineal, | oz. cream tartar, i oz. saleratus, and J oz. alum, in 1 pt. of water till you get a bright-red color. Tc RESTORE Flat Wine. — Add 4 or 5 gals, of sugar, honey, or bruist J raisins to every 100 gals., and bung close; a little spirits may be added, to roughen ; take bruised aloes, or powdered catechu, and add to the wine in suitable proportions, or add a small quantity of bruised berries of tlie mountain ash, to allay inordinate flatness. Let It stand 2 hours and bottle, using yeast, of course, as before. White Wines are generally nned by isinglass in the proportion of IJ oz. (dissolved in 1^ pts. of water, and thinned with some of tlie wine) to the hogshead. Red Wines are generally fined with the whites of eggs, in the proportion of 12 tcj 18 to each pipe ; they must" be well beaten, to a froth with about 1 pt. of water, and afterwards mixed with a little of the wine, before addiny Fbuit. — ^Take one pound of the best loaf sugar; dip each lump into a bowl of water, and put the sugar into your preserving kettle. Boil it down, and skim it until perfectly clear, and in a candying state. When sufficiently boiled, have ready the fruits you wish to preserve. Large white grapes, oranges separated into small pieces, or preserved fruits, taken out of their syrup and dried, are very nice. Dip the fruits into the prepared sugar while it is hot; put them in a cold place; they will soon become hard. Jellies without Fruit. — To 1 pint of water put J oz. alum; boil a minute or two; then add 4 lbs. white sugar; continue the boiling a little; strain while hot; and, when cold, put in half a twenty-nve cent bottle of extract of vanilla, strawberry, lemon, or any other Havor you desire for jelly. PbizbI Honey. — Good common sugar, 5 lbs.; watc^*, 2 bs. bring gradually to a boil, skimming when cool; add 1 lb. bees' he ney andl. drops essence of peppermint If you desire a better article, use white sugar, and 4 lb. less water, ^ lb more honey: Akotheb. — Coffee sugar, 10 lbs. ; water 3 lbs. ; cream ta, -.^.r, 2ozs. : strong vinegar, 2 tablesix)ons; white of an egg well beaten; bees honey, i lb; Lubin's extract of honey&uckle, 10 drops. Put on the sugar and water in a suitable kettle on the fire ; when lukewarm stir in the cream tartar and vinegar; add the egg; when tlie sugar is nearly melted put m the honey, and stir till it comes to a boil; take it off, let it stand a few minutes; strain, then add the extract of honey- suckle last; stand over night, and it is ready for use. Another. — Common sugar, 4 lbs. ; water, 1 pt. ; let them come to a boil, and skim. Then add pulverized alum, J oz. remove from ttie fire, and stir m cream of tartar, J oz. and water, or extract of rose, 1 table- spoonful, and it is fit for use. To Keep Fruits Fresh. — Rohin 2 lbs. ; tallow, 2 oz. ; bees'-wax, 2 oz. Melt slowly over the fire in an iron pot, but don't boil. Take the fruit separately, and rub it over with pulverized chalk or whiting (to prevent the coating from adhering to the fruit), then dip it into the solution once, and hold it up a moment to set the coathig, then pack away carefully in barrels, boxes, or on shelves, m a cool place. Unequalled for pre8er\'ing apples, pears, lemons, &c. Acid Drops.— Pound and sift into a <'1ean pan 8 ozs. of double refined sugar, add slowly as much water as will render the sugar Bufflciently moist not to stick to the stirring spoon, place the pan on a small stove or slow fire, and stir till it nearlv boils, remove from the fire and stir in J oz. tartaric acid. Place it on the fire for half a minute, then dip out stnall quantities from the pan, and let It fall in small drops on a clean tm plate ; remove the drops in 2 hours with a knife. Ready for sale in 24 hours. Chocolate Cream Candy.— Chocolate scra^ied fine, J oz., thick cream, 1 pt. , best sugar, .S ozs.. heat it nearly boiling, then remove it from the fire and mill it well; when cold, add the whites of 4 or 6 eggs; whisk rapidly and take up the froth on a sieve. Serve the cream in gliisses and pile up the froth on top of them. *f 1 stir in , quarter he taffy lip each •eaerving md in a ruits you ito small ried, are hot; put um; boU boiling a enty-flve ny other bs. bring iiey and 4. use white ■,*r, 2oz8.; Len; bees ut on the warm stir b sugar is •11; take it of houey- inotker. — boil, and fire, and e, 1 table- (Ces'-wax, )il. Take »r whiting lip it into |,ting, then ;ool place. )f double Ithe sugar |e the pan remove I'e fire for and let Irops in 2 oz., thick Iremove it I of 4 or 6 IServe the ■' *! LEATHER WORKERS*, &C., RECEIPTS. 119 TANNERS, CURRIERS, BOOT, SHOE AND RUB- BER M'FRS, MARBLE WORKERS, BOOK- BINDERS, &c. Best Colob fob Shoe and Habness Edge. — Alcohol, 1 pint ; tincture of iron, IJ ozs. ; extract logwood, 1 oz. ; pulverized nutgalls, 1 oz. ; coft water, h pint ; sweet oil, J oz. ; put this last into the alco- hol before adding the water. Nothing can exceed the beautiful finish imparted to the leather by this preparation. Cheap Colob fob the Edge. — Soft water, 1 gallon ; extract logwood, 1 oz. ; boil till the extract is dissolved ; remove from the fire, add copperas, 2 oz,, bichromate of potash, and gum arable, of eacn i oz., all to be pulverized. Beautiful Bbonze fob Leatheb. — Dissolve a little of the so-call- ed iflisoluble aniline violet in a little water, and brush the solution over the leather : after it dries repeat the process. SuPEBiOB Edge Blacking. — Soft water 5 gallons; bring to a boil, and add 8 oz. logwood extract, pulverized ; boil 3 minutes, remove from the fire, and stir in 2^ oz. gmu arable;, 1 oz. bichromate of potash, and 80 grains prussiate of potash. For a small quantity of this, use water, 2 quarts ; extract of log- wood, I oz. ; gum arable, 9(5 grains : bicliromate of jiotash, 48 grains; prussiate of potash ; 8 grains. Boil the extract in the water 2 mmutes ; remove from the fire and stir in the others, and it is ready for use. For tanners' surface blacking, which is not required to take on a high polish, tiie gum arable may be omitted. Sizing fob Boots and Shoes in Tbeeing Out. — Water, 1 quart; dissolve in it, by heat, isinglass, 1 oz. ; adding more water to replace loss by evaporation ; when dissolved, add sfcirch, tt oz. ; extract of logwood, beeswax, and tallow, of each, 2 oz. Rub the starch up first by pouring on sufficient boiling water for that purpose. It makes boots and shoes soft and pliable, and gives a splendid appear- ance to old stock on the shelves. Black Vabnish fob the Edge. — Take 98 per. cent alcohol, 1 pint ; shellac, 3 oz. ; rosin, 2 oz. ; i)ine turpentine, 1 oz. ; lampblack, J oz. ; mix : and when the gums are all cut, it is ready for use. This preparation makes a most splendid v,ppearance wheii applied to boot, shoe, or harness edge, and is eciually applicable to cloth or wood, where a gloss is required after being i)ainted. Watebpboof Vaknish fob Haknf-ss.— India-rubber, 1 lb. ; spts. turpentine 1 gal. ; dissolve to a jelly, then take hot linseed oil equal paits with the mass, and incoi-porate them well over a slow fire. Blacking fob Habness. — Beeswax, i lb. ; ivory black, 2 ozs. ; spts. of turi)entine, 1 oz, Prussian blue, gromid in oil 1 oz. ; copal varnish, ^ oz. ; melt the wax and stir into it the t)tber ingredients, before the mixture is quite cold ; make it into balls, rub a little upon a brush, apply it upon the harnes,4, and polish lightly with silk. Bkht Hahnesh Vabnish E.xtant. — Alcohol, 1 gallon; white tur- l)entine, li lbs. ; gum shelUic. 1^ ll)s. ; Venire turpentine, 1 gill. Let them stand by the stove till tlie gums are dissolved, then add sweet 120 LEATHER WORKEBS*, AC, RECEIPTS. oil, 1 gill; and color it if you wish with lampblack, 2 oz. This will not crack like the old vami. h. Harness oil. — Neat' s-foot oil, 1 gal. ; lampblack, 4 oz. Mix well. BRiiiiiiANT French Varnish for Leather. — Spirit of wine, fpint ; vinegar, 5 pints; gum senega! In powder, J lb.; loaf sugar, 6 oz.; powdered galls, 2 oz. ; green copperas, 4 oz. "Dissolve the gum and sugar in the wate •; strain, and put on a slow fire, but don't boil; now put in the galls, copperas, and the alcohol; stir well for five minutes; set off; and when nearly cool, strain through flannel, and bottle for use. It is appUed with a pencil brush. Most superior. Liquid Japan for Leather.— Molasses, 8 lbs. ; lampblack, 1 lb. ; sweet oil, 1 lb. ; gum arable, 1 lb. ; isinglass, 1 lb. Mix well in 32 lbs. water; apply heat; when cool, add 1 quart alcohol; an ox's gall will improve it. waterproof Oiii-BLACKiNG. Camphene, 1 pint; add all the India-rubber it will dissolve; curriers' oil, 1 pint; tallow, 7 lbs.; lampblack, 2 oz. Mix thoroughly by heat. • Shoemakers' Heel Balls. — "Beeswax, 8 oz. ; tallow, 1 oz. ; melt, and add powdered gum ai-abic, 1 oz., and lampblack to color. Best Heel Ball. — Melt together beeswax, 2 lbs. ; suet, 3 ozs. ; stir in ivory black, 4 ozs., lampblack, 3 oz., powdered gum arable, 2 oz., powdered rock candy, 2 oz., mix and* when partly cold pour into tin or leaden moulds. Channellers and Shoemakers' Cement.— India-rubber dis* solved to a proper consistence in sulphuric ether. Cement for Leather or Rubber Soles and Leather Belting. — Gutta percha, 1 lb.; India-rubber, 4 oz.; pitch, 2 oz.; "shellac, 1 oz.; oil, 2 oz. ; melt, and use hot. German Blacking. — Ivory-black, 1 part; molasses, i*part; sweet oil, ^ part; mix, as before; then stir m a mixture of hydr»)chloric acid, ^ part; oil of vitriol, i part; each separately diluted with twice its weight of water before mixing them. This forms the ordinary paste blackmg of Germany, ar-^ordmg to Liebig. Oil Paste Blacking. Ivory^-black, 4 lbs. ; molasses, 2 lbs. ; sweet oil, 1 lb. ; oil of vitrol 3 lbs. ; mix and put m tins. Gold Varnish. — Turmeric, 1 dram ; gamboge, 1 dram ; turpen- thie, 2 pints ; shellac, 5 oz. ; sandarach, 5 oz. ; dragon's bloody 8 drams ; thin mastic varnish, 8 oz. ; digest with occasional agitation for fourteen days ; then set aside to fine ; and pour off the clear. Grain Black for Harness" Leather. — First stain in tallow ; then take spirits turpentine, 1 pint ; cream of tartar, 1 oz. ;*soda 1 oz.; gum shellac, h oz. ; thick paste, reduced thin, 2 quarts. .Mix well. This will finish 12 sides. Beautiful Stains for Boots, Shoes and Leather Goods. — Soft water 1 pt.; oxalic acid, 2 fciblespoonfuls or more; if required stronger, dissolve, and for a red color, add finely pulverized rose-pink, vermilion or drop lake. Blue, add finely pulverized Prussian blue, or indigo. Yelloiv, king's yellow, yellow ochre, &c. White, flake white. Oreen, blue and yellow mixed. Orange, red and yellow mixed. Purple, red and blue mixed. Pulverize the ingredients well before mixing witli the water and acid. Any other shade desired can be selected from the " Gomporind colors" in the next department. Bridle Stain. — Skimmed milk, 1 pt. ; spirits of salts, ^oz. ; spts. i This will Mix well. iiie.Spint; jar, 6 oz. ; 5 gum and iboil; now e minutes; . bottle for »lack, 1 lb. ; U in 32 lbs. 's gall will dd 3W, all the 7 lbs.; • melt, loz. lor. 3 ozs. ; stir Tabic, 2 oz., uur into tin rubber dis* Belting.— ellac, i oz.; part; sweet chloric acid, th twice its inary paste !lbs.; sweet ,m 's , turpen- blood, 8 al agitation le clear, in tallow ; ;• soda 1 oz. ; .Mix well. i LEATHER WORKERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. ' IS"! of red lavender, ^ oz. ; gum arable, 1 oz. ; and the juice of 2 lemons ; mix well together, and cork for use ; apply with a sponge ; when dry, polish with a brush ox a piece of flannel. If wished paler, put !n less red lavender. On RtJBBEB Goods. — As many parties rec[uire to use rubber goods who are entirely ignorant of the cheap mixtures which are vended in large quantities, at enormous profite by manufacturers, t have thought proper in this place to irradiate the subject with a little "light" for the benefit of those whom "it may concern," and ac- cordingly present the formulae for "compounding the different mix- tures whiai enter into the composition of many articles sold quite extensively as x>ure nibber goods, but which, owing to large adulter- ations, in many cases cost 75 per cent, less than uie prices charged for them. The first I shall present is for Light Buffee Spkings. — Grind together clear Java rubber, 26 lbs. ; Para rubber, 5 lbs. ; common magnesia, 10 lbs. ; pure sulphur, 26 ozs. This is brown at first, but in a few days turns grey or white, and just sinks in water. Springs made from this compound, 4^x2^ X 1, pressed to half an inch, showed 3^ tons on the dial. Gbev Packing fob Marine Engines, &c.— Grind togetlier clean- ed Java rubber, 5 lbs. ; Para rubber, 25 lbs. ; oxide of zuic, 16 lbs.: ; red carbonate of magnesia, 6 lbs. ; Porcelain or Cornwall clay, 3 lbs. lead, 2 lbs.; pure sulphur, 30 ozs. It may be proper to state that good purified Java rubber might be substituted by engineers with good effect for Para rubber in the above and sonje other com- positions. Rag Packing fob Valves, Bearing Spbings, &c. — This is made principally from the useless cuttings in the manufacture of India- rubber coats, when the gum is run or spread on calico foundations. Proportions as follows : grind together useless scraps, 35 lbs. ; black- lead 18 lbs. ; Java feum, 16 lbs. ; yellow sulphur, 1 lb. Composition fob Suction Hose fob Fibe Engines, Ac- Grind together Java rubber, 20 lbs. ; Para do. 10 lbs. ; white lead, 14 lbs. ; red lead, 14 lbs. ; yellow sulphur, 1^ lbs. This is spread upon flax cloth, which weighs 10, 16, and 32 ozs. tf - the square yard. Common Black Packing. — Grind tO;j;e<,her, Java rubber, 15 lbs. ; Para do., 15 lbs.; oxide of zinc, 15 lbs. ; China or Cornwall clay, 15 lbs. ; yellow sulphur, 28 ozs. Common White Buffer Rings, &c. — Grind together Java rub- ber, 30 lbs.; oxide of zinc. 18 lbs. carbonate of magnesia, 6 lbs.; clean chajk or whiting, 6 lbs. ; flour of sulphur, 2 lbs. Vulcanite, or Ebonite. — If the amount of sulphur added to the prepared rubber amounts to 10 per cent, and" the operations of vul- camzing is performed in 'close vessels, at a temperature exceeding 300, or the heat required for Vulcanizing India-Rubbeb as de- cribed under that head, which see, an article will be produced known as vulcanite, or ebonite. It is a black, hard, elastic substance, re- sembling horn in its texture and appearance, and capable of taking a very higli polish. It is of great use in the arts, and is largely man- ufactured for making combs, door handles, and hundreds of articles hitherto made in ivory or bone. Its electrical properties also are verv great. Best Pube Spbing, or Was hebs.— Grind together Para gum, 30 122 LEATHER WORKERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. lbs. ; 'oxide of zinc, 5 lbs. ; carb. magnesia, 2 lbs. ; common chalk, 8 lbs. ; Porcelain or Cornwall clay, 2 lbs. ; pure sulphur, 30 oz. Companion Quality to above.— Para rubber, 30 lbs.; oxide of zinc, 5 lbs. ; Porcelain or Cornwall clay, 5 lbs. ; pure sulphur, 32 oz. "Hypo" Cloth fob Waterproof Coats. — Grind together clean Java gum, 30 lbs.; lampblack, 5 lbs.; dry chalk or whiting, 11 lbs.; Bulphuret of lead, 5 lbs. This composition is applied to waterproof garments. . To Vulcanize India Rubber. — The vulcanizing process patent- ed by the late Charles Goodyear consists in incorporating with the rubber from 3 to 10 per cent, of sulphur, together with various me- tallic oxides, chiefly lead and zinc, the quantity of the latter articles being regulated by the degree of elasticity &c., required in the desired article. The goods of one large establishment are vulcanized in cylindrical wrought iron steam heaters, over 50 feet long aud from 5 to 6 feet in diameter. These heaters have doors opening on hinges at one end, and through the.se doors the goods to be vulcanized are introduced on a sort of railway carriage, then, after the door is shut, steam is let on, and a temperature of from 250° to 300° of heat is kept up for several hours, tlie degree of heat bemg ascertained by means of thermometers attached to the heaters. The value, solidity, and quality of the goods is much increased by keeping the articles under the pressure of mettilic moulds or sheets while undergoing this process. Tlie whole process requires careful manipulation and great experience to conduct it properly. To Deodori4!E Rubber. — Cover the articles of rubber with char- coal dust, place them in an enclosed vessel, and raise the tempera- ture to 94° Fahr.j and let it remain thus for several hours. Remove and clean the articles from the charcoal dust, and they will be found free from all odor. Gutta-Percha and Rubber Waste.— The waste is cut into smaU pieces, and 100 lbs. of the same are i)laced in a Avell-closed boiler with 10 lbs. of bisulphide of carbon aud 4 ozs. absolute al- cohol, well stirred; then the boiler is closed, and left a few hours to soak. After this time it is found to be changed into a soft dough mass, which, after being ground or kneaded, is fit to be formed into any shape, when the solvent will evaporate. If too much of the latter has been used, a thick unmanageable liquid is obtained. To Utilize Leather Scraps. — First clean the scraps, then soak them in water contiiining 1 per cent, of sulphuric acid until the material becomes soft and plastic, then compress mto blocks and dry by steam. In order to soften the blocks, 1 lb. of glycerine is added to 100 lbs. of the material; they are then passed through rollers, and brought to the proper tliickness to be used as inner soles of boots and shoes. Deer Skins. — Tanning and Buffing for Gloves. — For each skin, tfike a bucket of water, and put it into 1 qt. of lime ; let the Skin or skins lie in from 3 to 4 days ; then rinse in clean water, hair, aud grain ; then soak them in cold water to get out the glue ; now scour or pound in good soap-suds for half an hour ; after which tike white vitriol, alum, and salt, 1 tablespoonful of each to a skin ; these will be dissolved in sufficient water to cover the skin, and remain in it for 24 h( nrs ; wring out as dry as convenient, and spread on with a LEATHER WORKERS , &C., RECEIPTS. 123 I chalk, 3 ; oxide of r, 32 oz. tiier clean ;, 11 lbs.: mterproof ss patent- f with the rioua me- er articles [le desired anized in aud from on hinges ,nized are r is shut, of heat is tained by !, solidity, le articles goin<;- this and great vith char- tempera- Keinovo be found cut into ell-closed solute al- lours to dough led inUt of the len soak mtil the and dry added rollers, of boots or each lot the Wr, hair, now v'h take tliese tin in it with a e brush i pint of curriers' oil, and hang in the sun about 2 days ; after which you will scour out the oil with soap-suds, and hang out again until perfectly dry ; then pull and work them until they are soft ; and if a reasonable time does not make them soft, scour out in suds again as before, until complete. The oil may be saved by pouring or taking it from the top of the suds, if left standing a snort time. The buff color is given by spreading yellow ochre evenly over tixe surface of the skin when dinished, rubbing it well with a brush. Tanning with Acip. — After having removed the hair, scouring, soaking and pounding in the suds, &c., as in the last recipe, in place of the white vitriol, alum, and salt as there mentioned, take oil of vitriol (sulphiiric acid), and water, equal parts of each, and thoroughly wet the flesh-side of tlie skiii with it, by means of a sponge or cloth upon a stick ; then folding up the skin, letting it stand lor 20 muiutes only, having ready a solution of sal-soda and water, say 1 lb. to a bucket of water, and soak the skin or skins in that for two hours, when you will wash in clean water, and apply a little dry salt, letting lie in the salt over night, or that length of time ; then remove the flesh with a blunt Jtnife, or, if domg business on a large scale, by means of the regular beam and flesh-knife ; when dry, or nearly so, soften by pulling and rubbing with the handsj and also with a piece, of pumice-stone.. This of course is the quKikest way of tanning, and by only wetting the skins with the acid, and soaking out in 20 minutes, they are not rotted. Another Method.— Oil of vitriol, J oz. ; salt, 1 teacup ; milk sufficient to handsomely cover the skin, not exceeding 3 qts. ; warm the milk, then add the salt and vitriol ; stir the skin in the liquid 40 minutes, keeping it warm ; then dry, and work it as directed in the above. Canadian Process. — The Canadians make four liquors in using the japonica. The first liquor is made by dissolving, for 20 sides of upper, 15 lbs. of terra japonica in sufficient water to cover the up^er bemg tanned. The second liquor contains the same amount of ;ja- ponica, and 8 lbs. of saltpetre also. The third contains 20 lbs. of la- ponica and 4^ lbs. of alum. The fourth liquor contauis only 16 lbs. of jaixjnica, and 1^ lbs. of sulphuric acid ; and the leather remains 4 days in each liquor for upper ; and for sole the quantities and time are both doubled. They count 50 calf-skins in place of 20 sides of upper, but let them lie in each liquor only 3 days. To Tan Fur Sicins, &c.— To remove the legs and useless parts, soak the skin soft, and then remove the fleshy substances, ana soak it in warm Avater 1 hour. Now take for each skin, borax, saltpetre, and Glauber-salt, of each ^ oz., and dissolve or wet with soft water sufficient to allow it to be spread on the flesh-side of the skin. Put it on with a brush thickest in the centre or thickest part of the skin, and double the skin together, flesh side in ; keeping it m a cool place for 24. hours, not allowing it to freeze. Then wash the skin clean, and take sal-soda 1 oz. ; borax i oz, ; refined soap 2 oz. ; melt them slowly together, being careful not to allow them to boil, and apply the mixture to the flesh ^ide at first. Boil up again and keep in a warm place for 24 hours ; then wash the skin clean again, as above, and have saleratus 2 oz., dissolved in hot rain water sufficient to well saturate the skin ; talie alum 4 oz. ; salt 8 oz. ; and dissolve also in hot 124 LEATHER WORKERS , &C., RECEIPTS^ rain water ; when sufficiently cool to allow the handling of it with- out scalding, put in the skin for 12 hours ; then wring out the water and hang up for 12 hours more to dry. Repeat this last soaking and drying 2 or 3 times, according to the desired softness of the skin when finished. Lastly finish, by pulling and working, and finally by rub^ bing with a piece of pumice-stone and fine sand-paper. Tnis works like a charm on sheep-skins, fur skins, dog, wo]f, bear-skins, &c. Process or Tanning Calf, Kip, and Harness Leather in FROM 6 TO 30 Days.— For a 12-lb calf-skin, take 3 lbs. of terra ja- ponica, common salt, 2 lbs. ; alum, 1 lb. ; put them in a copper kettle with sufficient water to dissolve the whole without boiling. The Skin will, be limed, haired, and treated every way as for the old process, when it will be put into a vessel with water to cover it, at which time you will put in 1 pint of the composition, stirrmg it well, adding the same night and morning for three days, when you will add the whole, handling 2 or 3 times daily all the time tanning ; jjou can continue ■ to use the tanning liquid by adding half the quantity each timO; by keeping these proportions for any amount. If you desire to give a dark color to the leather, you will put in 1 lb. of Sicily sumac ; kip skins will require about 20 days, liglit horse hides for harness 30 oays, calf-skins from 6 to 10 days at most. To Tan Raw Hide.— When taken from the animal, spread it flesh side up; then put 2 parts of salt, 2 parts of saltpetre and alum com- bined, make it fine, sprinlde it evenly over the surface, roll it up, let it alone a few days till dissolved; then take oil what flesh remains, and nail the skm to the side of a bam in the sun, stretch tight, to make it soft like harness leather, put iieat's-foot oil on it, fasten it up in the sun again; then rub out all the oil you can with a wedge- shaped stick, and it is taimed with the hair on. To Tan Muskrat Skins with the Fur on.— First, for soaking, to 10 gals, cold soft water, add 8 parts of wheat bran, old soap, J pt ; pulverized bcrax, 1 oz. ; sulphuric acid, 2 ozs. If the skins have not been salted, add salt, 1 pt. Green skins should not be soaked more tiian 8 to 10 hours. Dry ones should soak till very soft. The sul- phuric acid hastens the soaking process. For tan liquor, to 10 gals, warm soft water, add bran, ^ bushel; stir well, and let it ferment in a warm room. Then add slowly, sulphuric acid, 2^ lbs. ; stir all the time. Musk rat skins should remain in about 4 hours ; tneu take out and rub with a fleshing knife; an old chopping knife with the edge taken off will do. Then work it over a beam until entirely dry. To Dye; Furs. — Any dye that will color wool will also color furs, and an immense number of such dyes can be found under the dyers department. In buying furs, exsimine the density and length of the down next the skin, this can easily be done by blowmg briskly against the set of the fur, if it is very close and dense it is all right, but if it opens easily and exposes much of the skin, reject it. French Finish for Leather. — Take a common wooden pailful of scraps (the legs and pates of calf-skins are best), and put a handful each of salt and alum upon them, and let stand three days ; then boil until they get a thick paste ; in using, you will warm it, and in the first application put a little tallow with it, and for a second time a little soft soap, and use it in the regular way of finishing, and your leather will be soft and pliable, like French leather. LEATHER WORKERS*, &C., RECEIPTS. 125 Fbench Patent Leather. — "Work into the skin with appropriate tools 3 or 4 successive coatings of drying varnish, made by boiling iv"seed oil with white lead and litharge, in the proportion of one pound of each of the latter to oiie gallon of the former, and addmg a portion of chalk or ochre, each coating being thoroughly dried before tiie application of the next Ivory black Is then substituted for the chalk or ochre, the varnish thinned with spirits of turpentine, and five additional awlications made in the same manner as before, except that it is put on tnui and not worked in. The leather is rubbed down with pumice-stone, in powder, and then placed in a room at 90 degrees, out of the way of dust. The last varnish is prepared by boiling ^ lb. asphaltum with 10 lbs. of the drying oil used in the first stage of the process, and then stirring in 5 lbs. copal varnish and 10 lbs. of turpen- tine. It must have 1 month's age before using it. Cheap Tanning without Babk or Mineral AarniNGENTS. — ^The astringent liquor is composed of water, 17 gals. ; Aleppo galls. J lb. ; Bengal catechu, IJ oz. and 5 lbs. of tormentil, or septfoil root. Powder the ingredients, and boil in the water 1 hour ; when cool, put. in the skins (which must be prepared by being plunged into a preparation of bran and water for 2 days previously) ; handle them frequently during the fiijt 3 days,,let them alone the uext 3 days, then handle three or four times in one day ; let them lie undisturbed for 26 days more, when the process will be complete. New Tanning Composition. — For harness leather, 4 lbs. catechu, 3 pts. common ley, 3 oz. of alum. For wax leather (split leather), 3 lbs. catechu, 3 pts. common ley, 3 oz. alum. Fof calf-sMns 2 lbs. catechu, 1 pt. ley. For sheep-skins, 1 lb. catechu, 1 pt. ley, 1 oz. alum. The catechu by itself will make the leather hard and brittle, the ley will soften it; the alum being only used for coloring, can be dispensed with, or other matter used in its place. The mixture is in every case boiled, and the leather is then immersed in.it long enough to be thoroughly tanned, for which purpose the harness leather should be steeped from 18 to 20 days, wax leather from 12 to 14 days, calf- skins from 7 to 9 days, and sheep-skins from 2 to 4 days. French Polish or Dressing for Leather. — Mix 2 pts. best vinegar, with 1 pt. soft water; stir into it J lb. glue, broken up, J lb. logwood-chips, I oz. of finely powdered indigo, J oz. of the best soft soap, J oz. of isinglass ; put the mixture over the fire, and let it boil ten minutes or more; then strain, bottle, and cork. When cold, it is fit for use. Apply with a sponge. Tanning. — ^The first operation is to soak the hide, as no hide can be properly tanned unless it has been soaked and broken on a fleshing beam. If the hide has not been salted add a little salt and soak it in soft water. In order to be thoroughly soaked, green hides should remain in the liauor from 9 to 12 days; of course the time varies with the thickness of the hide. The following liquor is used to remove hair, or wool, viz. : 10 gals, cold water (soft) ; 8 qts. slacked lime, and the same quantity of wood ashes. Soak until the hair or wool will liull off easily. As it frequently happens it is desirable to cure the lilde and keep the hair clean, the following paste should be made, viz : equal parts of lime and hard wood ashes (lime should be slaked) and made into a paste with soft water. This should be spread on the flesh side of the hide and the skin rolled up flesh side in and placed 126 LEATHER WORKERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. in a tub just covering it with water. It should remain 10 days or until the hair will pml out easily, then scrape with a knife. The jiikius of animals are composed mainly of glue or gluten. This is soluble, and the prmciple derived from tlie bark, tauniu or tannic acid is also to a considerable extent soluble ; when the latter is allowed to act upon the former, chemical combuiation takes place, and leather is pro- duced, which is insoluble. CuRBiEBs' Size. — Take of sizing, 1 qt. ; soft soap, 1 gill ; stuffing, 1 gill ; sweet milk, ^ pt. ; boil the sizing in water to a proper consistence, strain, and add the other ingredients ; and when thoroughly mixed, it is ready for user. CuBRiEKS' Paste. — First Coat. — Take of water, 2 qts. ; flour, i pint; Castile soap, 1 oz. ; make into psiste. Second Ooat.—Take oi first paste, ^ p* ; gum tragacanth, 1 gill; water, 1 pt. ; mix all together. This will finisii 18 sides of upper. CuBRiEBs' Skibtino. — This is for finishing skirting and the flesh of harness leather, in imitation of oak tannhig. Take of yelloV,. i lb. ; yellow ochre, 1 lb. ; cream of tartar, 1 oz. ; oz. ; paste 5 qts. ; mix well. This will finish twelve sides. Skibting. — For the grain to imitate oak tan. Take of yellow, i lb. ; yellow ochre, J lb. ; cream of tartar 1 oz chrome soda, ) chrome soda, 1 s oz. ; paste 2 qts. ; spirits of turpentme, 1 pt. ; mix well. Thii will finish twelve sides. Dyes fob Mobocco and Sheep Leatheb.— (£Zt/e.) — Blue is given by steeping the subject a day in urine and hidigo, then boiling it with alum ; or, it may be given by tempering the indigo, with red wine, and washing the skin therewith. — Another. — Boil elderberries or dwarf-elder, then smear and wash the skins therewith and wring them out ; then boil the elderberries as before in a solution of alum water, and wet the skins in the same manner once or twice, dry them, and they will be very blue.— (/2erf. ) — Red is given by washing the skin and Ifiymg them 2 hours in gall, then wringing them out, dipping them in a Uquor made with ligustrum, alum, and verdigris, m water, and lastljr in the dye made of Brazilwood boiled with ley. (Purple. ) — Pur- ple IS given by wetting the skins with a solution of roche alum in warm water, and when dry, again rubbing them with the hand vdth a decoction of logwood in cold water. (Green.) — Green is given by smearing the skin with sap-green and alum boiled. (Dark Green.)-— Dark ^reen is given with steel-filings and sal-ammoniac, steeped in wine till soft, then smeared over the skin, which is to be dried in the shade. ( Yelloiv. )— Yellow is given by smearing the sldn over with aloes and linseed-oil dissolved and strained, or by infusing in weld. (Light Orange.) — Orange color is given by smearing it with fustic berries boiled in alum water, or for deep orange, with turmeric. (Skif-color. ) Sky-color is given with indigo steeped in boiling water, and the next morning warmed and smeaied over the skin. See Dyers' Denartment, To Mabble Books ob Papeb. — Provide a wooden trough 2 inches deep and the length and width of any desired sheet ; boil in a brass or copper pan any qixantity of linseed and water until a thick mucil- age is formed ; strain it into the trough, and let cool ; then grind on a marble slab any of the following colors in small beer. For Bltie. — Prussian blue or indigo. Red. — Rose-pink, vermilion, or drop lake. TeWow.— King's yellow, yellow ochre, &c. White. — Flake white. tel ml it LEATHER WORKERS*, &C-, RECEIPTS. 127 Black. — burnt ivory or lamb black. Brown. — Umber, burnt do. ; terra di sienna, burnt do. Black, mixed with yellow or red, also makes brown. Cfreen. — Blue and yellow mixed. Omm/e. — Red and yellow mixed. Purple. — ^Red and blue mixed. For each color you must have two cups, t»ne for the color after grinding, the other to mix it with ox-gall, which must be used to thin the colors at discretion. If too much gpll is used, the colons will spread ; when they keep their Slace on the surface of the trough, when moved with a quill, they are t for use. All things in readiness, the colors are successively sprinkled on the surface of the mucilage in the trough with a brush, and are waved or drawn about with a quill or a stick, according to taste. When the design is just formed, the book, tied tightly between cutting boards of the same size is lightly pressed with its eo^e on the surface of the liquid pattern, and then withdrav/n and dried. The covers may be marbled m tlie same way only letting the liquid colors run over tliem. In marbling paper the sides of the paper is gently applied to the colors in the trou^i. The' Aim of color in the trough may be as thin as possible, and if any remains after the marbling it may be taken off by applying paper to it before you prepare for marbling again. To diversify the effects, colors are often mixed with a little sweet oil before sprinkling them on, by which means a light halo or cirde appears around eadi spot. BooKBiNDEBS Vaknish. — Shellac, 8 parts ; gum benzoin, 3 parts ; gum mastic, 2 parts ; bruise, and digest in alcohol, 48 parts ; oil of lavender, ^ part. Or, digest shellac, 4 parts ; gum mastic, 2 parts; gum dammer and white turpentine, of eacn, 1 part; with alcohol (95 per cent. ), 28 paits. Red SPBiNKiiE FOK BooKBiNDEBs' UsB.— Brazilwood (OTound), 4 parts; alum, 1 part; vinegar, 4 parts; water, 4 parts. Boil until reduced to 7 parts, then add a quantity of loaf sugar and gum ; bot- tle for use. Blue. — Strong sulphuric acid, 8 oz. ; Spanish mdigo, powdered, 2 oz. ; mix m a bottle tnat will hold a quart, and place it in a warm bath t"* promote solution. For use, dilute a little to the required color in a tea-cup. Black. — No better black can be procured than that made by the receipt for edge blacking, in this work, lohich see. Orange color. — Ground Brazilwood, 16 parts ; annatto, 4 parts, alum, sugar, and gum arabic, each 1 part; water, 70 parts, boil, strain, and bottle. P«r/)te.— Logwood chips; 4 parts, powdered alum, 1 part; soft water, 24 parts; boil until reduced to 16 parts, and bottle for use. Green. — French berries, 1 part; soft water, 8 parts. Boil, and add a little powdered alum, then bring it to the required shade of green, by adding liquid blue. Broion. — Logwood chips, 1 part; annatto, 1 part, boil in water, 6 parts; if too light add a piece of copperas the size of a pea. Tree-Marble. — A marble in the form of tr5es may be done by bending the boards a little on the centre, using the same method as the common marble, having the covers previously prepared. The end of a candle may be rubbed on different parts of the board to form knots. Rice-Marble. — Color the cover with spirits of wine and tur- meric, then place on rice in a regular manner, throw on a very fine sprinkle of copperas water till the cover is nearly black, and let it re- main till dry, The cover may be spotted with the red liquid or potash-water, very freely, before the rice is thrown off the boards. 128 LEATHER WORKERS , AC, RECEIPTS. Spotted Marble for Books, etc. — After the fore-edge of the book is cut, let it remain in the press, and throw on linseeds m a regular manner, sprinkle the edge with any dark color till the paper is covered, then snake off the seeds. Various colors may be used ; the edge may b© "colored with yellow or red before throwing on .the seeds, and sprmk- ling with blue. The seeds will make a fine fancy edge when placed very thick on different parts, with a few slightly thrown on the spaces between. Japan Co}oring for Leather Book-cc vers, etc. — After the book is covered and dry, color the cover with potash-water mixed with a little paste: give 2 good coats of Brazil wash, and glaze it; piit the book between the hands, allowhig the boards to slope a little; dash on copperas-water, then with a sfwnge full of red liquid press out on the back and on different parts large drops, whicn will run down each board and make a fine shaded red ; when the cover is dry, wash it over 2 or 3 times with Brazil wash to give it a brighter color. {See the various d2/esfor leather.) Gold Sprinkle fob Books. — Put in a marble mortar i oz. pure honey and one book of gold leaf, rub them well together until they are very fine, add ^ pint clear water, and mix well to; ether; when the water clears, pour it off, and put in more till the honej is all extracted, and nothing remains but the gold ; mix one grain of corrosive sub- limate in a teaspoonf ul of spirits of wine, and when dissolved, put the same, together with a little gum water, to the gold, and bottle for usa The edges of the book may be sprinkled or colored very dark, with green, blue, or purple, and lastly with the gold liquid in small or forge spots, very regular, shaking the bottle before using. Burnish the edges when dry, and cover them with paper to prevent the dust falling thereon. This sprinkle will have a most beautiful appearance on extra work. To GUiD THE Edges of Books. — Armenian bole, 4 parts , sugar can- dy, 1 part; white of egg to mix. Apply this composition to the edge ■ oi the leaves, previously firmly screwed in the cutting-press; when nearly dry, smooth the surface with the burnisher; then take a damp sponge and pass over it, and with a piece of cotton wool, take the leaf from the cushion and apply it to the work ; when quite dry, burnish, observing to place a piece of silver or India paper between the gold and the agate; Chinese Edge for Books.— Color the edge with light liquid blue and dryr; then take a sponge charged with vermilion and dab on spots according to fancy; next throw on ric . and finish the edge with dark liquid blue. To MAKE Paper into Parchment.— To produce this transforma- tion, take unsized paper and plunge it mto a solution of two parts of concentrated sulphuric acid combined with 1 part water; withdraw it immediately, and wash it in clean water, and the change is com- plete. It is now fit for writing; for the ficid supplies the want of size, and it becomes so strong that a strip 2 or 3 inches wide will bear from 60 to 80 lbs. weight, while a like strap of parchment will bear only about 26 lbs. To Manufacture Glue.— This article is usually made from the parings and waste pieces of \iides and skins, the refuse of tanneries, the tendons and other offal of slaughter houses. They ought to be obtained and kept in the dry state, to prevent decomposition. For LEATHER WORKERS , AC, RECEIPTS. 129 book is cut, liar maiuier, overed, then jdge may be and Bpnnk- when placed on the spaces . — Alter the water mixed L glaze it; put slope a little; i liquid press rtiich will run le cover is dry, it a brighter )rtarioz.pure iher untU they ,ther; when the iB all extracted, corrosive sub- LSSolved,putthe ,d bottle for use. very dark, with ,uid in small .or using. Burnish krevent the dust tiful appearance parts, sugar can- Ition to the edge ing-press; when jr; then take a sotton wool, toke when quite dry, ^3. paper between light liquid blue and dab on spots le edge with dark I this transforma- fcx o£ two parts oi Twater; withdraw le change is corn- la the want of size, ts wide wiU bear Fchment wiU bear ly made Irom tiie Muse of Unnenos, iThey ought to De Icompositlon. For use. they are first steeped for 14 or 16 days in milk of lime, and then drained and dried ; tlus coustitutes the cleaning or the preparation. Before cou version into glue they are usually steeped in weak milk of lime, well worked in water, and exiwsed to the air for 24 hours. They are then placed in a copper boiler ^ filled with water and fur- nished with a perforated false oottom, to prevent them from burning, and as much is piled on as will fill the vessel and rest on the top of it. Heat is next applied, and gentle boiling continued until the liquor on cooling becomes a gelatmous mass. The clear portion is then run off into another vessel, where it ia kept hot by a water bath, and all around to repose for some houra to deiwsit, when it is run into the congealing boxes and placed in a cool situation. The next morn- ing the cold gelatinous mass is turned out upon boards wetted with water, and are cut horizontally in thin cakes with a stretched piece of brass wire, and into smaller cakes with a moistened fiat luiife. These cakes are placed upon nettings to dry, after which they are dipped one by one in hot water aiKl slightly rubbed with a brush wetted with boiling water, to give tliem a gloss ; they are lastly stove dried for sale. During this time the imdissolved skins, &c., left in the cop- per is treated with water and the whole operation is repeated agam and again, as any gelatinous matter is extracted. The nrst runnuigs produce the Auost and best glue. The refuse matter from tlie tan- ners and leather dressers yields on the average, when dried, 60 per cent of its weight in glue. To Dye Leatheb Yellow. — Picric acid gives a good yellow without any mordant ; it must be used in very dilute solution, and not warmer than 70° Fahr., so as not to penetrate the leather. Greek Dye for Leather.— Aniline bine modifies picric acid to a fine green. In dyeing the leather, the tempemture of 85° Fahr., must never be exceeded. See Aniliive Dyes in Dyers' Dep't, Dyes fob Ivory, Horn, and Bone. — Black.— 1. Lay the articles for several hours in a strong solution of nitrate of silver, and expose to the light 2. Boil the article for some time in a strained decoction of logwood, and then steep in a solution of per-sulphate or acetote of iron. 3. Immerse frequently in ink until of sufflcieut depth of color. Blue. — 1. Immerse for some dilute solution of sulphate of indigo, partly saturated with potash, and it will be fully stained, 2. Steep in a strong solution of sulpnate of copper. Chreen. — 1. Dip blue-stained articles for a short time in a nitro-hydrochlorate of tin, and then in a hot decoction of fustic. 2. Boil in a solution of verdigris in vinegar until the desired color is obtained. Red.—1. Dip the article first in a tin mordant used in dyemg, and then plunge in a hot decoction of Brazil wood — \ lb. to a gallon of water or— cochineal. 2. Steep in red ink till sufliciently stained. Scarlet. — Use lack dye instead of the pre- ceding. Violet. — Dip in the tin mordant, and then immerse in a decoc- tion of logwood. Yellcm. — Boil the articles in a solution of alum, 1 lb. to i a gallon, then immerse for half an hour in the following mixure: Take \ lb. oi turmeric, and i lb. pearlash; Jjoil in 1 gal. water: when taken from this, the bone must be again dipped in the alum solution. Mother of Pearl Work. — This delicate substance requires great care in its workmanship, but it may be cut with the aid of saws, files and drills, with the aid of muriatic or sulphuric acid| and it is polished by colcothar, or the brown red oxide of iron left after the distillatiou 9 ISO LEATHER WORKERS', AC, RECEIPTS. * ' i of the acid from sulphate of iron. In all ornamental work, where pearl is said to be used, for flat surfaces, such as inlaying, mosaic work, &c., it is not real pearl, but mother of pearl that is used. To Polish Pearl. — Take finely pulverized rotten stone and make into a thick paste by addmg Oix\'e oil ; then add sulphuric acid a Bufflcient quantity to make into a thin paste, apply on a velvet cork ; rub quickly and, as soon as the pearl takes the polish, wash it. To Polish Ivory.— Remove any scratches or file marks that may be present with finely pulverized pumice-stone, moistened with water. — ^Then wash the ivory and polish with prepared chalk, applied moist upon apiece of chamois leather, rubbing quickly. Etching Fx.uid for Ivory, — Take dilute sulphuric acid, dilute muriatic acid, equal parts : mix. For etching varnish take white wax, 2 parts ; tears of mantic, 2 parts : mix. To gild Ivory.— Imuierse it in a solution' of nitro-muriate of gold, and then expose it to hydrogen gas while damp. Wash it afterwards in clean water. To Silver Ivory. — Pound a small piece of nitrate of silver in a mortar, add soft water to it, mix them well together, and keep in vial for use. When you wish to silver any article, immerse it in this solution, let it remam till it turns of a deep yellow ; then place it in dear water, and expose it to the rays of tlie sun. If you wish to depicture a figure, name, or cipher, on your ivory, dip a camel' s-hair pencil in the solutiou, and draw the subject on the ivory. After it has turned a deep yellow, wash it well with water, and place it in the sunshine, occasionally wetting it with pure water. In a short time it will turn of a deep black color, which, if well rubbed, will change to a brilliant silver. To Soften Ivory. — ^In 3 oz. spirits of nitre and 16 oz. of spring- water, mixed together, put your ivory to soak ; and in three or four days it will obey your fingers. To Whiten Ivory. — Slake some lime in water ; put your ivory in tbe water, after being decanted from the grounds, and boil it till it looks quite white. To polish it afterwards, set it in the turner's wheel ; and, after having worked, take rushes and pumice-stones, subtile powder, with water, rub it till it looks perfectly smooth. Next to that, heat it by turning it against a piece of linen or sheep-skin leather : and* when hot, rub it over with a little dry whiting culuted in oil of olive ; then with a litUe dry whiting alone : finally with a piece of soft white ra^. When all this is performed as directed, the ivory will look very white. Another way to Bleach Ivobt. — ^Take 2 handfulg of lime, slake it by sprinkling it with water : then add 8 pts. of water, and stir the whole together ; let it settle ten minutes, and pour the water into a [)an for your purpose. Then take your ivory and steep it in the lime- water for 24 hours, after which, boil it in a strong alum-water 1 hour, and dry it in tlie air. Horn in Imitation of Tortoise-Shbll. — First steam and then press tht^ horn into proper shapes, and afterwards lay the following mixture on with a small brush, in imitation of the mottle of tortoise- shell ; Take equal parts of quick lime and litharge, and mix with strong soap-lees ; let this remain untU It is thoroughly dry ; brush off. and repeat two or three times if necessary. Such parts as are required i LEATHER WORKERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 131 rork, where ring, mosaic used. e and make luric acid a velvet cork ; i8h it. ks that may Istened witli talk, appUed acid, dilute :e white wax, riate o£ gold, it afterwards of silver in a d keep in vial irse it in this len place it in E you wish to a camel* 8-hair y. After it has ;)lace it in the a short time it will change to oz. of spring- three or four vour ivory in r boU it till it imer's wheel ; Etones, subtile 3th. Next to skhi leather: luted in oil of ith a piece of the Ivory will |of lime, slake r, and stir the J water into a lit in the lime- Vwater 1 hour, pam and then [the following le of tortoise- Jand mix with [ry ; brush off. 1 are required l to be of a reddish brown should be covered with a mixture of whiting and the stain. To CUT AND POLISH Mabble. — ^The marble saw is a thin plate of soft iron, continually supplied, during its sawing motion, with water and the sharpest sand. The sawing of moderate pieces is performed by hand : that of large slabs is most economically done by a proper mill. The first substance used in the polishing process is the sharpest sand, which must be worked with till the surface becomes perfectly fiat. Then a second and even a third sand, of increasing fineness, is to be applied. The next substance is emery, of progressive decrees of fineness ; after which, tripoli is employed ; and the last pohsh is given with tin putty. The body with which the sand is rubbed upon the marble is usually a plate of iron ; but, for the subsequent process, a plate of lead is used, with fine sand and emery, llie polishing- rubbers are coarse linen cloths, or bugging, wedged tight into an iron planing tool. In every step of the operation, a constant triddiug supply of water is required. PowEBFUL Cement fob Bboken Mabble.— Take gum arable, 1 11). ; make into a thick mucilage: add to it powdered plaster of Paris, lit lb. ; sifted quick lime, 5 oz. ; mix well ; heat the marble, and ap- ply the mixture. Seven Colobs Fob Staining Mabble. — It is necessary to heat the marble hot, but not so hot as to injure it, the proper heat being that at which tiie colors nearly boil. Blue ; alkaline iii§igo dye, or turn- sole with alliali. Red ; Dragon's blood in spirits of wine. Yellow ; gamboge in spirits of wine. Chid Color ; sal-ammoniac, sulphate of zinc, and verdigris equal parts. Green ; sap green in spirits of pot- ash. Brown ; tuicture of logwood. Crimson ; alkanet root in tur- pentine. Marble may be veined according to taste. To stain marble we.U is a difficult operation. , Pebpetual Ink fob Tomstones, etc.— Pitch, 11 lbs. ; lampblack, 1 lb. ; turpentine sufficient ; mix with heat To Clean Old Mabble. — Take a bullock's gall, 1 gill soap leea, half a gill of turjieutine ; make into a paste with pij^cla^, applv it tr the marble ; let it dry a day or two, and then rub it oft, and it will appear equal to new ; if very dirty, repeat the application. To EXTBAOT Oil fbom Mabble ob Stone. — Soft soap, 1 part ; fullers earth, 2 parts ; i)ota8h, 1 part ; boiling water to mix. Lay it on the spots of grease, and let it remain for a few hours. To QiLD Lettebs on Mabble.— Apply first a coating of size and then several successive coats of size thickened with finely powdered whiting until a good face is produced. Let each coat become dry and rub it down with fine glass imper before auplying the next. Then go over it thinly and evenly with gold size ana apply the gold leaf, burn- ishing with an agate ; several coats of leaf will be required to give a good effect. To Clean Mabbi^e. — Take two parts of common soda, 1 part pum- ice-stone, and 1 part of finely powdered chalk ; silt it through a fine sieve, and mix it with water ; then rub it well all over the max- ble, and he stains will be removed ; then wash tlio marble over witii B(^ and water, and it will be as clean as it was at first. Ix) MAKE A Chemical Babomsteb. — Take a long narrow bottle, and put into it 2^ drs. of camphor ; spirits of wine 11 drs. When th< \m^ "^ 132 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', &C., RECEIPTS. camphor is dissolved, add to it the following mixture : water 9 drs. ; saltpetre, 38 grs. ; saJ-ammoniac, 38 grs. Dissolve these salts in the •vater prior to mixing with the camphorated spirit ; then shake all well together, cork the bottle well, wax the top, but afterwards make a very small aperture in the cork with a red-hot needle. By observ- ing the different appearances which the materials assume as the weather changes, it becomes an excellent prognosticator of a com- ing storm or of a sunny sky. Tbappkbs' and Anolebs' Skcbkt fob Game and Fish.— A few drops of oil of anise, or oil rhodium, on any trapper's bait, will en- tice any wild animal into the snare trap. India cockle mixed with flour dough, and sprinkled on the surface of still water^ will intox- icate fish, rendering them insensible ; when coming up to the surface they can be lifted in a tub of fresh water to revive them, when they may be used without fear. Fish may also be caught in large numbers during the winter season by watching t^' em through the ice and strilung it with a mallet directly over where they happen to be. The shock stuns them, and they will rise, belly upwards towards the surface, when they are easily secured by breaking a hole in the ice. PAINTEieS, CABINETMAKERS, GILDERS, BRONZERS, GLASS STAINERS, &c. Compound CoiiOBS— 62 Tints — J5??*€.— Grind Prussian blue in turps, pther blue, very fine in linseed oil; mix with white jaiut to the color required. Straw.— A mixture of chrome yellow and white lead, oil and tur^s. Steel. — Mix ceruse, Prussian blue, fine lac, and vermilion, with oil and turps. Purple. — White lead, Prussian blue and vermilion, with oil and turps. French Qray. — White lead and Prussian blue tinged with vermihon, and for the last coat substitute carmine or lake for vermilion. Drab. — White lead with a little Prussian blue and French yeUow, linseed oil and turps. Another Drab. — White lead with a little Prussian blue and lampblack, linseed -^il and turps. Dark Red, for common purposes. — Mix English Venetian .'ed, in boiled oil, with a little red lead and litharge, to give a dryine quality. Lighter Red,— Mix together equal parts of Venetian red and red lead in boiled oil aiid turps. Imitation of Vermilion. — Grind togeth- er, in oil. red lejid and rose pink. Deep Red.— Mix in oil, vermilion witii a dust 01 Venetian red, or red lead. Unfading Orange — ^This is a mix- ture of orange lead (orpiment) and French or stone yellow, oil and turns. Bright Yellow, for floors. — White lead and linseed oil, mixed with some French yellow, and a little chrome yellow to heighten it, some rod lead, burnt white vitriol and litharge, added to give it a dry- ing quality. This color mixed with equal parts of boiled oil and turpentine, and used very thin. Dark Yellow. — Mix Frondi yellow in boiled oil, adding to it a little red lead or litharge to give the paint a drying quality. Liaht Yellow. — This is a mixture of French yellow ana white leaid, with oil and turpentine. An')t?ier, — French yellow, TS. CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 133 ter 9 drs. ; salts in the Q shake all ards make By observ- iime as the of a com- [8H.— A few lit, will en- mixed with will intox- ithe surface , when they :ge numbers and striking The shock the surface, e. .DERS, &c. ian blue in 3 paint to the i white lead, ine lac, and russian blue lite lead and at substitute ith a little ^s. Another (lack, linseed ish Venetian five a drying )tian red and Irindtogeth- irmilion with i'hisisamix- Llow, oil and \d oil, mixed heighten it, ive it a dry- ied oil and ich yellow in i tiie paint a ench yellow inch yellow, white lead and red lead. Anather. — This is a mixture of Prussian blue, French yellow, a small poi-tion of Turkey umber, and a litttle bunit vitriol. Ground the same way. Anotfier, in oil. — Mix Prussian blue and chrome yellow. Ground the same. Another Shade.— A mixture of Prussian blue and French yellow, with a small quantity of white lead and Turkey umber; add. burnt vitriol, groimd the same. An- other, light. — ^White mixed with verdigris. A variety of shades may be obtained by using blue and yellow with white lead. Avibther. Olive.— Ulaxik and blue mixed with j^ellow, in such quantities as to obtain the colors or shades required. For distemper, use indigo and yellow pink mixed with whiting or white lead powder. Fi-eestone color. — A mixture of red lead, Venetian red, Frencli yeUow and lamp- black, (varying the shade according to taste,) with Imseed oil and turpentine. Olive Green. — Grind separately, Prussian blue and French yellow, in boiled oil. then mix to the tints required with a little burnt white vitriol to act as ; dryer. A cheap and handsome color for outside >/ork, such as doc-s, carts, wagons, railings, &c. Light Gray is made by mixing wh. te lead with lampblack, using more or less of each material, as you v ash to obtain a lighter or a darker shade. Bnjf is made from yeUow ichre and white lead. Silver or Pearl Gray. — Mix white lead, P'assian blue, and a very slight portion of black, regulating the que.' cities you wish to obtain. Flaxen Gray is obtained by a mixture o* white lead and Prussian blue, with a small auantity ot lake. Brirx Color. — ^Yellow ochre and red lead, with a ttle white. Oak W jd Color. — f white lead and J part umber and yellow ochre, proper jons of the last two ingredients being determined by tl-e desired ti»',s. Walnut-tree Color. — § white lead, and ^ red ochre, yellow o'.Iire, and umber, mixed according to the shade sought If veiniiit is required, use dilTferent shades of tlie same mixture, and for the deepest places, black. Jonquil. — Yellow, pinlt, and white lead. This color is only proper for distemper. Lemon Yellow. — Realgar and orpiment The same color can be obtained by mixing yellow pink with Naples yellow ; but it is then only fit for distemper. Orange Color. — Red lead and yellow ochre. Violet Color, — Vennihou, or red lead, mixed with black or blue, and a small portion of white. Vermilion is preferable to red letid in mixhig this color. Purple. — Dark red mixed with violet color. Ca7ii.ation. — Lake and white. Chid coion— Massicot, or Naples yellow, with a small quantity of realgar, and a very little Spanish white. Olive Color may be obtained by mack and a little blue, mixed with yellow. Yellow-pink, with a little verdigris and lampblack; also ochre and a small quantity of white will produce an olive color. For distemper, indigo and yellow- pink, mixed with white lead or Spanish white, must be used. If veined, it must be done with umber. Lead Color. — Prussian blue and white. Chestnut Color. — Red ochre and black, for a dark chestnut Tc make it lighter, employ a mixture of yellow ochre. Light timber Color. — Spruce ochre, white, and a little umber. Flesh Color. — Lake, \^hite lead, and a little vermilion. Light Willow Gi'een. — White, mixed with verdigris. Grass Green. — Yellow-)jink mixed with vir- digris. iStone Color. — White, witli a little spruce ochre. Dark Lead Color. — Black and white, with a little Prussian blue. Fawn Color. — White lead, stone ochre, with a little vermilion. Clwcolate Color. — Lampblack and Spanish brown. On account of the fatness of lamp- 134 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. black, mix some litharge and red lead. Portland Stone Color.— Umber, yellow ochre, and white lead. Soae Color.— White lead and carmine or lake. Salmon Color. — ^White lead and blue, yellow, and r^. Pearl Color. — White lead, Prussian blue, and red. Slate Color. — White lead, black, red, and blue. Pea Oreen. — White lead and Chrome, or Paris green. Cream Color. — ^White lead, yellow and red. Straw Color.— White lead and yellow. Peadh Blossom Color.— Whita lead find vermilion. Brown,. — Venetian red and lampblack. Dark Green.— Lampblack and chrome green. Olive Color.— Red, green, or black, yellow and red. Snuff Color. — ^Yellow, sienna, and red. Fresco Painting.— Steep good glue over night in water to soften, then melt in a suitable pot or kettle, applying the heat cautiously, so as not to boil, as boiling will render it unfit for use. Then take as much Paris whiting as you think yon will use for your first coat, beat it up thick with water to a perfect pulp to get rid of lumps, &c. Now put in a pail as much of this whiting mixture as will be required for your work and proceed to mix in the colors required to pi«duce the desired shade. The colors, previously ground in water, should he cautiously mixed with the hand, and the shade tested by drying a little on a shingle or white paper; if too dark, add more whiting, if too light, more color. Now add enough of your melted glue to bind or fix the color very hard so as not to rise or wash up with your second coat, and test this on paper or wood also, otherwise ^ou may ruin your work. For Y^ll w, chrome yellow of different tints may be used. Buff or Drab can be got by a mixture of yellow ochre, red, blue, or black, and sometimes umber is intermixed with good effect. Buff or drab colors may be produced by yellow ochre, chrome yellow, or raw siemia, intermixed with Turkey umber. For Oreen. mineral or Paris greens are first class. Any good chrome green will suit very well. For Blue, use cobalt ultrama"' 3 blue, Prussian blue and verditer. For Cray, use composition of white, blue, red. and black. For Red, use vermilion, Indian red, Venetian red, lake, and carmine. For Pink or Rose tints, use a mixture of red with white, if not wanted bright, use Indian red, if a strong rich color is desired, use carmine, lake, Venetian red, or vermilion. For Black, use blue black and. the Frankfort, or pure ivory black. For Browns for shading, (fee, use burnt sienna, burnt ochre, purple brown, colcothor, burnt umber, Vandyke brown. For other tmts, see Compound Colors. French Size for Gilding Ornaments, Ceilings, Ac. Mix thick glue to the proper consistence, with a little puria honey, this imparts a beantiful color to the gold, and gives a splendid effect to the work. Previous to using the distemper colors, give the walls and ceilings, if new and clean, a good coat of paint, which should be mixed about 8 turpentine and i linseed oil, using as much Japan dryer as will dry it hard ; be careful of adding too nmch oil, as it will spoil the subsequent work. In preparing vestibules, l,ills, &c., to stand washing, go over the walls with oil paint for the first coat, but for the last coat no oil should be used, only spirits of turpentine. A harder surface will be given to the wall by adding 1 tablespoonful of good pale copal varnish to each 26 lbs. of pahit used for the last coat. Previous to the wall receiving the last two coats, let the design or panelling be all oorrectly laid out. PTS. me Color.— te lead and yellow, and Slate Color. » lead and ow and red. >/or.— Wh'to »lack. Dark )d, green, or i red. «r to soften, lutiously, so rhen take as •st coat, beat E)S, &c. Now required for produce the r, should be by dryuig a e whiting, if glue to bind ip with your ise vou may nt tints may w ochre, red, t good effect. |hre, chrome For Oreen, le green will ■ussian bine e, red. and , lake, and with white, ir is desired, iJfc, use blue Brownx for I, colcother, Compound Is. Ac. Mix noney, this id effect to « walls and should be luch Japan •il, as it wiU Igo over the Icoat no oil Kace will be I pale copal I Previous to Bllingbeall i CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 135 To prepare old walls or ceilings ; if there are any stains or cracks in the plaster, repair with size putty, if small, or use plaster of Paris and a little putfy lime if the cracks are large, damping the places with a brush and water, then applytng the plaster with a small trowel, afterwards smoothing off neatly. When all is drv and hard Srepare the walls or ceilings with a coat of paint preparea as before irected, or with a preparation coat in size made of whiting with an extra quantity of melted glue, containing a smaU quantity of alum. Give the walls a good coat of this, let it harden well, then apply another ; this ought to be sufficient if ^ood flowing coats are applied. Now mix the colors to the proper tints (in oil), lav in the panels first ; then the stiles, and when dry, put on the flat or last coat (spirit color). When the work is dry for panelling, use the following for mixing the finishing colors : Turpentine, a little maatic vaniish, a little white wax, and a little ])ale damai; Varnish, use but little varnish, else too much ^loss will be .produced, the only use being to cause the color to set quickly to permit rapid work. The fresco painter will find continued use for a book of designs to illustrate the different orders of architecture, pillars, columns, scrolls, borders, &c. and should make a particular study in the line of sketch- ing anything and every thing calculated to assist him in the business. House Painting.— Pnmmo, apply as thick as the paint will spread easily, rubbing out well with the brush. Use litliarge as a dryer. After sandpapering and dusting, putty up aU the nau heads and cracks with a ^utt^-Imife. Outside second Coat. Mix your paint with raw oil, usmg it as thick as possible consistent with easy spreading. After it is applied, cross-smooth the work until it is level and even, then finish lengthwise with long light sweeps of the brush. Outsidf, third Coat. Make a little thinner than the last, rub out well, cross-flmooth and finish very lightly with the tip of the brush. Inside second Coat. Mix ^our paint as thick as vou can work it. nsing equal parts of raw oil and turpentine, rub this out well ana carefully with the brush, cross-smooth and finish even and nice. Inside third Coat. Mix with 3 parts turpentine and 1 part of taw oil, rub out well and smooth off with great care. Fo^irtn Coat, Flatting. Mix with turpentine alone thin enough to admit of spread- ing before it sets. Apply quickly without cross-smootliing, and finish lengthwise with light touches of the tip of the brush, loslne no time, as it sets rapidly. Drawn Flatting. Ground white lead is mixed with turpentine almost as thin as the last-named mixture. The lead will soon settle and the oil and turpentine rise to the top, Sour it off, and repeat the mixture until what rises to the top is clear irpentine. The oil being all withdrawn bv this process, the lead is mixed with turpentine, and applied thickly and evenlv with great care. This is used as a fourth coat, and the room must be kept shut and free from draught, as the color sets as fast as it is put on. See PoBOBLAiN Finish for Parlobs. Plast&^d Walls, Give them a coat of glue size before painting in oil. Killing Smoky Walls or Ceilings. Wash over the smoky or greasy walls with nitre, soda, or thin lime whitewash, the last is the best. Useful- Hints to Painters. — Painters' Colic. To 24 gals, spruce or table beer add 1 dram of sulphuric acid, mix well and let it stand 3 hours. A tumbler full 2 or 3 times per day is said to be very 136 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, &C., RECEIPTS. ' > beneficial in cases Ox lead colic. Sweet oil and milk are also good, but acid, fruits, spirituous liquors, and vinegar shoxild be avoided in every illness caused by paint. Avoid inhaling the dust when handle- ing d^j coloi*s, or drinking water which has stood long in a painted room or paint shop. Never eat or sleep without washing the hands and face, and rinsing the mouth, cleanmg we^' out under the nails. Bathe the whole body every few days, avoid t itering your clothes, and either wear overalls or change your garments every week, well airing those you put ofE. Keep your paint shop clean, well ventilated, and avoid sleeping in it at any time. To Remmie Paint from Gloth- ing. Saturate the spots with equal parts turpentine and spirits' of ammonia until they become soft, then wash out with soapsuds. To dissolve Paint Skins,. Cleanings of Pots, Brushes, &c. Save them carefully, and dissolve them by boiling them in oil. To Clean Brushes. Use turpentine first, then wash in warm soapsuds. To Clean Paint Pails. &v. Use strong ley, hot. Sanding. The per- forated sprinkler oi a watering pot attached to the nozzle of a pair of bellows, is a first-rate contnvance for applying sand to painted work. Apply on the fourth or fifth coat, with another coat on the sand. To remove old putty,, apply nitric or muriatic acid. Pkussian Blue. — Take nitric acid, any quantity, and as muoh iron shavings from the lathe as the acid will dissolve; heat the iron as hot as can be handled with the hand; then add it to the acid in small quantities as long as the acid will dissolve it; then slowly add double the quantity of soft water that there was of acid, and put in iron again as long as the acid will dissolve it. 2d. Take prus- siate of potash, dissolve it in the hot water to make a strong solution, and make sufficient of it with the first to give the depth of tint de- pired, and the blue is made. Another Method. — A very passable Prussian blue is made by taking sulprate of fron (copperas) and Erussiate of potash, equal parts of each ; and dissolving each separately 1 water, then mixing the two waters. Chbome Yellow.— 1st. Take sugar of lead and Paris white, of each 5 lbs.; dissolve them in hot water. 2d. Take bichromate of potash, 6^ oz.: and dissolve it in hot water also: each article to be dissolved separately ; then mix all together, putting in the bichro- mate last Let stand twenty-four hours. Chrome Green. — ^Take Paris white, 6J lbs. ; sugar of lead, and blue vitriol, of each 34 lbs. ; alum, lOj oz. ; best soft Prussian blue, and chror 9 yellow, of eacn 3 J lbs. Mix thoroughly while -in fine powder, and add water, 1 gal., stirring well, and let stand three or four hours, Another Oreen, diirable and cheap. — ^Take spruce yellow, and color it with a solution of chrome yellow and Prussian blue, until you give it the shade you wish. Another Method. — Blue vitriol, 6 lbs. ; sugar of lead, 6J lbs.: arsenic, 2i lbs. ; bichromate of potash, 1^ oz.; mix them thoroughly in fine powder, and add water 3 parts, mixing well again and let stand three or four hours. Pea Brown. — Ist. Take sulphate of copper any quantity, and dissolve it in hot water. 2d. Take prussiate of potash, dissolve it in hot water to make a strong solution; mix of the two solutions, as in the blue, and the color is made. Rose Pink.— Brazil wood 1 lb., and boil it for two hours, having 1 gaL of water at the end; then strain it, and boil alum, 1 lb., in the 1" '■ 11 PTS. CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, &C., RECEIPTS. 137 e also good, B avoided in hen handle- n a painted y the hands it the nails, our clothes, 7 week, well [1 ventilated, from Gloth- id spirits of apsuds. To Save them To Clean apsuds. To K The peiv sle of a pair 1 to painted coat on the nd as muoh leat the iron the acid in 1 slowly add nd, and pat Take prus- pg solution, 1 of tint de- »ry passable operas) and ii separately is white, of shromate of irticle to be Ithe bichro- [f lead, and blue, and jne powder, Ifour hours, land color it you give It ; sugar of mix them well again mtity, and psolve it in ^ions, as in having 1 lib., in the water until dissolved ; when sufficiently cool to admit the hand, add muriate of tin, | ok. Now have Paris wliite, 12^ lb. ; moisten up to a salvy consistence, and when the first is cool, stir them thoroughly together. Let stand twenty-four hours. Patent YEiiLOW. — Common salt, 100 lbs., and litharge, 400 lbs., are ground together with water, and for some time in a gentle heat, water being added to supply the loss by evaporation ; the carbonate of soda is tiaen washed out with more water, and the white residuum heated till it acquires a fine yellow color. Naples Yellow. — No 1. Metallic antimony, 12 lbs. ; red lead, 8 lbs. ; oxide of zinc, 4 lbs. Mix, calcine, triturate well together, and fuse in a crucible: the fused mass must be ground and elutriated to a fine powder. Cheap Yellow Paint. — ^Whiting, 3 cwt. ; ochre, 2 cwt. ; ground white lead , 25 lbs. Factitious linseed oU ta grind. Stone Colob Paint.— Road-dust sifted, 2 cwt,; ground white lead, J cwt. ; whiting, 1 cwt. ; ground umber, 14 lbs. ; lime water, 6 gals. Factitious linseed oil to grind. Glazier's Putty.— Whiting, 70 lbs.; boiled oil, 20 lbs. Mix; 11 too thin, add more whiting; if too thick, add more oil. To Imitate Brown Fbeestone. — First make a pretty thick oil paint of tlie same color as the stone to be imitated, which may be done in different ways, the basis is white lead or zinc white, colored with umber and mars red, or anv other pigments which suit you; put it on as usual, and while yet sticky throw common white sand against it ; this will not affect the color and will make a rough, sandy coat imitating the surface dPthe stone. German Carmine. — Cochineal, 1 lb, ; water, 7 gals. ; boil for 5 minutes, then add alum, 1 oz. Boil for 5 minutes more, filter and set aside the decoction in glass or porcelain vt^^sels for 3 days, then decant the liquor and dry the carmine in the shade. The remaining liquor will still deposit of an inferior quality, by standing. Stain for Floors. — ^To strong ley of wood-ashes add enough copperas for the required oak shade. Put this on with a mop and and varnish afterwards. Lead Color for Iron,— Take litharge and place it over a fire in a ladle J sprinkle over it flour of brimstone to turn it dark ; grind it in oil. it dries quick and stands well in any weather, A Good Imitation of Gold.— Mix white lead, chrome yellow and burnt sienna until the proper shade is obtained. Beautiful White Paint. — For inside work, which ceases to smell, and dries in a few hours. Add 1 lb. of frankincense to 2 qts. turpentine ; dissolve it over a clear fire, stram it, and bottle it for use; then add 1 pt. of this mixture to 4 pts. bleached linseed oil, shake them well together, grind white lead in spirits of turpentine, and strain it ; then add sufficient of the lead to make it proper for paint- ing ; if too thick in using, thin with turpentine, it being suitable for the best internal work on account of its superiority and expense. Fob a Pt:be White Paint, — Nut-oil is the best : if linseed oil is used, add one-third of turpentine. To Mix Common White Paint. — Mix or grind white lead in lin- seed oil to the consistency of paste ; add turpentine in the proportion of one quart to the gallon of oil ; but these proportions must be va- 188 CABIIfETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, BECEIPT8. ried according to circumstances. Remember to strain your color for tlie better suns of work. If the work is exjMsed to the son, use more turpentine for the gi;pund-color, to prevent its blistering. INVISIBLE Green fob Outsidb Work. — Mix lampblack and French yellow with burnt white vitriol. These colors mix in boiled oil. Burnt vitriol is the best drier for greens, as it is powerful and colorless, and, consequently, will not injure the color. Brioht Varnish Green, fob Inside blinds. Fenders, &c.— The work must first be painted over with a light lead color, and, when dry, grind some white lead in spirits of turpentine. , afterwards take about i in bulk of verdigris, which ha« been ground stiff in linseed oU ; then mix them both together, and put into a little resin varnish, sufficient ouly to bind the color. When this is hard, which will be the case in 15 minutes, pour into the color some resin to give it a good ^loss. Then go over the work a second time and, if required, a uiird time. Thus you will have a cheap and beautiful green, with a high polish. It possesses a very drying quality, as the work may be com- pleted in a few hours. The tint may be varied according to taste, by substituting mineral green for verdigris ; and if a bright grass-green iri required, add a little Dutch pink to the mixture. N.B. — This color must be used when quite warm, to give the varnish a uniform ex- tension. Compound Greens. — ^This is a mixture of whiting, indigo and Dutch pink, the intensity of which may be increased or diminisned by the addition of blue or yellow. These mixtures will not adroit of anv fixed rules in regard to the quantities of the matters used in their composition. They must depend on the tast* of the artist and the tone he is desirous of giving to the color. Pea Green. — ^Take one pound of genuine mineral green, one pound of the precipitate of copper, one pound and a half of blue verditer, three pounds of white lead, three ounces of sugar of lead, and three ounces of burnt white vitriol. Mix the whole of these ingredients in linseed oil, and grind them quite fine. It will produce a bright mineral pea-green paint, preserve a blue tint and keep any length of time in any climate, without injury, by putting water over it. To use this color for house or ship painting, take one pound of the ^-een paint with some pale boiled oil, mix uiem well together, and this will pro- duce a strong pea-green paint. The tint may be altered at pleasure, by adding a proportionate quantity of white lead to the green, which may be ground in linseed oil, and thinned with spirits of turpentine for use. It may also be used for painting Venetian window blinds, by adding white lead and mixing the color with boiled oil. For aU the aforeraid preparations it will retain a blue tint, which is very desir- able. Fob Knottino. — One pint of vegetable naphtha, 1 t^blespoonful of red lead, ^ pint of japanners' gold sizej 7 ozs. of orange shellac, mix all together, set in a warm place to dissolve, and frequently snake. Another. — Mix white lead, or red lead powder, in strong glue siae, and apply it warm. White Lead. — The most usual method of manufacturing white lead is that known as the Duteh method. It consists in exposing lead, cast in thin gratings, to the combined action of acetic acid, moist air and carbonic acid gas. The gratings are supported a little above the T8. CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*) AC, RECEIPTS. 139 IT color for 1, 1186 more pblack and be in boiled iwerful and a, &C.— The , and, when rwards take f in linseed sin varnish, a will be the ve it a good ired, aturd with ft high * nay be com- : to taste, by ; grass-green —This color uniform ex- indigo and iminished by Adroit of an^ ised in their rtist and the n, one pound lue verditer, id, and three i^dients in ight mineral ch of time in To use this green paint |ihi8 will pro- at pleasure, .Teen, which If turpentine [w blinds, by For all the very desir- lespoonf ul ol I shellac, mix L^utly snake. kg glue siae, |;u7.iug white posing lead. Id, moist air le above the bottom of earthen pots, similar to flower pots, in each of which a small quantity of weak acetic acid is placed. The pots are built up. in al- ternate layers witli spent taniisrs' bark, until a stack is formed, each layer of pots being covered with a board. Fermentation soon takes place in the tan, and serves the double place of generating heat and supplving carbonic acid. After the lapse of six or eight weeks, the metallic lead is fomid converted into white masses of carbonic mixed with hydrated oxide. It is then levigated, washed, dried, and ground with oil. ^ To CcBB Damp Walls. — Boil 2 oz». of grease with 2 quarts of tar, for nearly twenty minutes, in an iron vessel, and have ready pounded glass, 1 lb. ; slaked lime, 2 lbs. ; well dried in an iron pot and sifted throu^^h a flour sieve ; add some of the lime to the tar and glass, to make it the thickness of thin paste, sufficient to cover a square foot at a time, as it hardens so quick. Apply it about an eightli of an inch thick. To'Pbotect Wood and Brick wobk from Damp Weather. — ^Take 3 pecks of lime, slaked in the air, 2 pecks of wood-ashes, and 1 peck of white sand. Sift them fine, and add linseed oil suffi- cient to use with a paint brush : thin the first coat ; use it as thick as it will work for the secon(lKX>at, grind it fine, or beat it in a trough, and it is a good composition. Putty fob Repairing Broken Walls.— The beet putty for walls is composed of equal parts of whiting and plaster of Paris, as it quick- ly hardens. The walls may be immediately colored upon it Some painters use whiting with size ; but this is not good, as it rises above the surface of the walls, and shows the patches when the work is finished. Lime must not be used as putty to repair walls, as it will destroy almost every color it comes in contact with. Instructions for Sign Writing, with the Colors to be USED for the Ground and Letters. — On an oak ground, orna- mental letters, in ultramarine blue, filled in with gold and silver leaf, blocked up and shaded with burnt sienna. Another. — Gold letters on a white marble ground, blocked up and shaded with a transparent brown or burnt sienna. On glass. — Gold letters, shaded with burnt sienna. Another. — Gold letters, shaded with black, on a scarlet or chocolate ground. On a rich blue ground, gold letters, double shaded, . black and white. White letters on a blue ground, shaded with black, look very well. On a purple ground, pink letters shaded with white. Mix ultramarine and vermilion for a ground color, white -letters shaded with a light grey. Vermilion ground, chrome yellow, stained with vermilion and lake, for the letters, shaded black. A substitute for the above colors: Rose pink and red lead; and for the letters, stone yellow, white lead and Venetian red. A good substitute for gold is obtained by grinding white lead, chrome yellow, and a dust of vermilion together.. Mix your colors for writing in boiled oil, and use for drier gold size. Other good grounds for gold letters are: blues, vermilion, lake, and Saxon. When your sign is ready for ^diiig, follow the directions given under the head of "To Gild Letters on Wood." To Give Lustre to a Light Blue Ground. — After the letters are written and dry, paint the ground over again, between the letters, with the 8a|ne color, and while wet take pulverized Prussian blue and 140 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. sift over the surface; glass, frost, or smalts may be used instead of or •with the blue. When dry, brush off the loose particles. GiLDEKs' GoLT) Size. — Drying or boiled linseed oil, thickened with yellow ochre, or calcined red ochre, and carefully reduced to the utmost smoothness by grinding. Thin with oil of turpentine. To Gild Letters on Wood, &c. — When your sign is prepared as smooth as possible, go over it with a sizing made by white or an egg dissolved in about four times its weight of cold water; adding a small quantity of fuller's earth, thit. to prevent the gojd sticking to any part but the letters. When dry, set out the letters and commence writing, laying on the size as thinly as possible, with a sable pencil. Let it stand until vou can barely feel a slight stickiness, then go to work with your gold leaf, knife, and cushion, and gild the letters. Take a leaf up on the point of ;7our knife, after giving it a slight puff into the back part of your cushion, and spread it on the front part of the cushion as straight as possible, giving it another slight pun with your mouth to flatten it out. Now cut it into the pi .per size, cutting with the heel of your knife forwards. Now rub the tip lightly on your hair; take up the gold on the point, and place it neatly on the letters; when they are all covered get some very fine cotton wool, and gently rub the gold imtil it is smootlf and bright. Then wash the sign with clean water to take off the egg size. See Gilding on Wood. To Use Smalts. — For a gold lettered sign, lay oat on a lead color or white surface the line of letters, and roughly size the shape of each letter with/a^ oil size. This must be allowed at least 12 hours to get tacky and ready for gilding. After the gold leaf is laid and penectly dry, mix up (for blue smalts) Prussian blue and keg lead with oil, adding a little dryer. Outline carefully around the letters, and fill up al! the outside with blue paint; then with a small sieve sift on the smalts, allowing the sign to lay horizontally. Cover ever? part with plenty of smalts, and allow it to remain unmolested until the paint is dry. Then carefully shake off the surplus smalts, and the work is done. SxTPERFUiTE Size for Gilding.— Good drying oil, lib. ; pure^m animi, powdered, 4 ozs. ; bring the oil almost to the boiling point in a covered metal pot, add your gnm gradually and cautiously to the oU, stirring all the time to dissolve completely. Boil to a tarry con- . sistency and strain while warm through silk into a warm bottle with a wide mouth; keep it well corked; use as required, thinning with turpentine. This is the celebrated Birmingham ^' secret size," and is unequalled for tenacity and durability. Size to fix the Pearl on Glass Slf/ns. 1. Copal varnish 1 part, Canada balsam 2 parts. 2. Pure mastic varnish. 3. Pale, quick drying copal varnish. To PAi:!rr Banners, &o., on Cloth or Silk. — Stretch the fabric upon a frame, and finish your design and lettering. Use a size made of bleached shellac dissolved in alcohol, thinned to the proper consistence, go over such parts as are to be gilded or painted, over- rmming the outlines slightly, to prevent the color from spreading. For inside v^ork the white of an egg makes a good size; lay the gold while the size is still wet, when dry, dust off the surplus gold, and proceed with the shading, painting, &c. A little hoixey, combined with thick glue, is another good size. , ' PT8. CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', &C., RECEIPTS. 141 nstead of or , thickened iuced to the ane. prepared as te 01 an egg ding a small king to any d commence »able pencil. 8, then go to the letters, a slight puff front part of ht puff with size, cutting p lightly on leatly on the cotton wool, Then wash 5 Qilding on 1 a lead color the shape of ast 12 hours is laid and ,nd keg lead the letters, small sieve Cover ever? lested until smalts, and ; puregnm ig point in a |ly to the oil, tarnr con-, bottle with tinning with iize," and is \arl on Glass 2. Pure kh the fabric la size made Ithe proper tinted, over- spreading. ly the gold ^s gold, and f, combined Japannkd Tik Stons.— Draw your letters on paper to suit your piece of tin, having first cleaned it with diluted alcohol and a piece of cotton. This will remove any grease or other matter that might hold the gold. Then take some whiting and rub it over the back of the jxaper upon which your design is made and lay it upon the Japanned tin. Next place a weight upon the four comers of the paper, or otherwise fix it securely to the tin ; then, with a fine printed piece of hard wood, trace the design carefully, bearing upon the paper with the pohit just hard enough to ca .se the whiting on tht under side of the paper to adhere to the tin, and after gomg carefully over the whole, you will have transferred the entire design :i fine white out- line to the tin you are to finish it upon. Now size with oil size, and when dry enough for gilding, lay on the gold leaf and dab it down thorouglily, aftenvards brushing off the loose gold with your flat ('Amel-hair brush or cotton. Changeable Signs. — Make a wooden sign in the usual manner, and have a projecting moulding around it. Now cut thin grooves into the moulding, an inch apart, allowing each cut to reach to ihe surface of the sign. In each of these grooves insert striiw of tin one inch wide ; and long enough to reach quite across the sign board. When all are fitted, take out the tin strips,, and placing them edge to edge on a level table, paint any desire'd words on their united sunace ; when dry, reverse them and paint other words on the opposite side. Now finish your lettering as usual on the wooden sign board, and when dry, insert the paintr-^ tin strips in correct order in the grooves. This willpresent the cui-ious novelty of three . sterns in one, as viewed from different positions. Tbanspakent Cloth. — Dissolve together white rosin, pulverized, 8 ozs., bleached linseed oil 6 ozs., white beeswax li^ oz,:., add the turpentine while hot. Apply to both sides of the cloth while it is stretehed tight. A good venicle for mixing colors for painting on cloth or paper is gum shellac dissolved in alcohol. Tinselled Letter Glass Signs. — Paint the ground-work of your sign, on glass, any desired color, but be careful to leave the lettering or design naked, after it is dry, take any of the fancy colored copper or tin foils, crumple them in your hand and apply them over the black lettering, &c., after partially straightening them out. To Incbust Window Glass with Jewels. — Dissolve dextrine in a concentrated solution of sulphate of magnesia, sulphate of zinc, sulphate of copper or other metallic salts, btrain the liquid and brush a thin coat of it over the glass and dry slowly at the ordinary temperature, keeping the glass level. For protection it may be varnished. The effect produced is that of an incrustation of dia- monds, sapphires, &c., according to the color of the salt used. To Paint in Imitation of Ground Glass. — Grind and mix white lead in three-fourths of boiled oil and one-fourth spirits of tur- pentine^ and to give the mixture a very drying quality, add sufficient quantities of burnt white vitriol and sugar of lead. The color must be exceedingly thin, and put on the panes of glass with a large sized paint brush in as even a manner as possible. When a number of the panes are thus painted, take a dry duster quite new, dab the ends of the bristles on the glass in quick succession, till you give it a uniform appearan9e. Repeat this operation till the work appears very soft, I 142 OABmETUAKERS, PAINTERS*, AG.) RECEIPTS. and it will then appear like groundKlasa. When the glass requires fresh pahiting, get the old coat off first by usiu^ strong pearl-ash water. Another itfe^d.— Spirits of salts, 2 ozs. : oil of vitriol, 2ozs. ; sulphate of copper, 1 oz. ; gum arable, 1 oz. : mix all well together, ana dab on the glass with a brush. Another. — Dab vour squares regularly over with putty ; when dry, go over them agam; the imlt»* tlon will be complete. Painting on Glass. — ^Take clear roshi, 1 oz., melt in an iron ves- sel. When all is melted, let it cool a little, but not harden; then add oil of turpentine sufficient to keep it in a liquid state. When* cold, use it wiui colors ground in oil. Hard Drying Paint. — Grind Venetian red, or any other color you wish, in boiled oil; then thin it with black japan. It will dry very hard for counter tops, &c. , Paste for Paper Hangings, Books, Paper Boxes. &o. — Good wheat flour, sifted, 4 lbs., make it into a stiif batter witn cold water in a pail, beat it well to break the lumps, then add pulverized alum, 2 ozs. Into this pour boiliug water, hissing hot from the fire, stirring the batter thoroughly all the time. As it cookd it swells and loses its white color, and when cold, will make about f of a pail of thick pante. Thin with cold water to a^dapt it for easy use with the brush. For painted or varnished walls, add ^ oz., pulverized rosin to each 2 qts. paste, and reduce the mass with thin gum arable or glue water. A little pulverized corrosive sublimate will enhance the keeping qualities of paste, but alum used as alx)ve will do very well. To Remove Old Paint,— Sal soda, 2 lbs. ; lime, | lb. ; ?iot water, 1 gal. ; rummage all together and apply to the old paint while warm. It will soon loosen the paint so that you can easily remove it. Ano- ther simple method is to snonge over your old paint with beuzine, set it on the fire, and you can then flake off the paint as quick as you like. Do not attempt to go over too much surfiice at a time, otherwise you might get more to do than you can atteud to. Refuse Paint and Paint Skins.— Dissolve sal soda, i llj., in rain water, 1 gal. ; cover the refuse paint for 2 days, then heat it, adding oil to reduce it to a proper consistence for painting and strain- ing. Spirit Graining for Oak. — Two pounds of whiting, qimrter of a pound of gold size, thinned down with spirits of turpentine; then tinge your whiting with Vandyke brown ana i-aw sienna, groimd fine. Strika out your lights with a fitch dipped in turpentuie, tinged with a little color to show the lights. If your lights do not apiiear clear, add a little more turpentine. Turpentine varnish is a good substitute for the abo\ e mentioned. This kind of graining must be brushed over witli bet r, with a clean brush, before vamisning. Strong beer must Ije used for dazing up top-gi-aining and shading. Oil for Grainivq Oak. — Grind Vandyke brown in turpentine, add as much i^old size as will set, and as much soft soap as wul make it sland the cnmb. Should it set too quickly, add a little 1)oiled oil. Put a tea8po«)nful of gold size to half a pint of turjientiue, and as much soap as will lie on a twenty-five oent piece, then take a little soda mixed with water and take out the veins. To PuEPABR THE GROUND FOR Oak ROLLERS. — Stalu your whlts lead with raw sienna and red lead, or with chrome yellow and Vene- J CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 143 %.' tdan red; thin it with oil and turps, and strain for une. When the erooud work is dry, grind in beer, Vandylie brown, whiting and a utUe burnt sienna, for the graining color; or you may use raw sieniia witii a little whiting, umbera, &c. To Imitate Old Oak. — To make an exceedingly rich color for the imitation of old oak, the ground is a componitiou of stone ochre or orange chrome and burnt sienna; the grainii^ , color is burnt umber or Vandyke brown, to darken it a little. Observe that the above colors must be used whether the imitation is in oil or distemper. When dry, varnish. To Imitate Old Oak, in Oil.— Grind Vandyke and whiting in turpentine, add a bit of common soap to make it stand the comb, and thin it with boiled oil. To Imitate Pollabd Oak. — The ground color is prepared with a mixture of chrome yellow, vermilion, and white lead, to a rich light buff. The graining colors are Vandyke brown and small portions of raw and bunit sienna and lake ground in ale or beer. IiU a large tool with color, spread over the surface to be grained, and soften with the badger hair brush. Take a moistened s^nge between the thumb and finger, and dapple round and round in kind of knobs, then soften very lightly; then draw a softener from one set of knobs to the other while wet, to form a multiplicity of grains, and finish the knots with a hair pencil, in some places in thicker clusters than others. When dry put the top ^rain on in a variety of directions, and varnish with turps and gold size ; then glaze up with Vandyke and strong ale. To finish, varnish with copal. To Imitate Mottled Mahogany. — The ground is prepared with the best English Venetian red, red lead, and a small portion of wliite lead. The graining colors are burnt sienna, ground in ale, with a small portion of Vandyke brown, sufficient to take away the fiery ap- pearance of the sienna. Cover the surface to be grained, soften with the badger hair brush, and while wet take a mottling-roUer and go over ttie lights a second time, in order to give a variety of shade, then blend the whole of the work with the badger softener. Put the top grain on with the same color. When dry, varnish. To Imitate Rosewoud. — Mix vermilion and a small (luantity of white lead for the ground. Take rose pink, tinged with a little lampblack, or Vandyke brown, and grind very fine in oil, then take a flat graining brush, with the hairs cut away at unequal distances, and cut down the grain as if wending round a knot When nearly dry. take a graining comb that is used for oak, and draw down the grain. This will'give it the appearance of nature. When dry, varnish. Another. — The grouna color is ^irepared with vermilion and small quantities of white lead and crimson lake. When the ground is dry and made very smooth, take Vandyke brown, groimd in oil, and with a small, tool spread the color over tlie surface m dif- ferent directions forming kind of knots. Before the work is dry, take a piece of leather, and with great freedom strike out the light veins; having previously prepared the darkest tmt of Vandyke brown, or gum asphaltum, immediately take the flat graining brush with few Hairs in it, draw the grain over the work and soften. When varnished, the imitation will bo excellent. Anothbb Rosewood Imitation in Size. — Mix Venetian red, T- 144 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', &C., RECEIPTS. white lead powder, vermilion and common size, the consistency of which, when cold, mu*=t be that of a weak trembling jelly. With this composition paint the work twice over. When the ground is dry, take some lampbl.- jk, finely ground in beer, and beat the white of an egg into it; take tie flat graining brush, dipped in the black, and put on the grain. When dry, stain the first coat of varnish with rose pink, finely ground in turpentine, and finish the work by giving it a coat of clear varnish. To Imitate Bird's-eye Maple.— The ground is a li^ht buff, pre- {)ared with white lead, chrome yellow, and a little varrailion or Eng- ish Venetian red, to take off the rawness of the yellow. The grain- ing color is equal parts of raw umber and sienna ground in oil to the proper consistency. Spread the surface of the work with this color, and, having some of the same prepared a little thicker, immediately take a sash tool or sponge, and put on the dark shades, and soften with the badgc;''^-hj»i)- brush before the color is dry put on the eyes by dabbing th,.' dotting- machhie on the work. When dry, put on the grain with the can.jl's-hair pencil on the prominent parts, to imitate fibie small hearts of the wod. When dry, varnish. To Imitate Cujo.ed MAPiiE. — Prepare a li{j;ht yellow for the ground, by mixing chrome yellow and white lead, tinged with Vene- tian red. The grainiu}< color is u mixture of equal portions of raw sienna and Vandyke, ground in ale; spread the surface to be grained in an even manner; then with a piece of cork rub across the work to and fro, to form the grains which run across the wood. When dry, varnish. Curled Maple in Oil for Outside Work. — Prepare a rich ground by mixing chrome yellow, white lead and burnt sienna. For the grainmg color, gruid equal parts of raw sienna and umber with a little burnt copperas in tuqjentine, and mix with a small quantity of grainer's cream. Thin the color witli boiled oil; then fill a tool and spread the surface even, and rub out the lights with the sharp edge of a piece of buff leather, which must now and then be wiped to keep it clean ; soften the edges of the work very lightly, and when dry, put on the top grain with burnt umber and raw sierjia, ^nnd in ale, with the white of an egg beat into it. When dry, varnish. Satinwood. — This ground is prepared with white lead, stone ochre, and small quantities of chrome yellow and burnt sienna. The grain- ing color is one-third of raw sienna and whiting, ground in pale ale, very thin; then spread the color over the surface to je grained. Wliile wet, soften, and have ready a wet roller or mottling brush, in order to take cut the lights; blend the whole with the badger' s-hair brush. When the work is dry, take the flat brush, and with the same color, put on the top again. When dry, varnish. To Imitate Yew Tree. — The ground is a reddish buff. For the graining color grind in ale equal portions of Vtiudvke brown and burnt sienna, with a small quantity of raw si6nna. Wlien the ground is dry, spread the pnrface even with the color, and soften; then with a piece of cork with a sharp edge, rub the work cross and cross in order to form the f-ue grain. When dry, dip the tip of your fingers in the graining color to form the eyes or knots, and put in the smull touches with a camel' s-hair pencil. When dry, put on the top grain, and when this is dry, varnish. > s. CABmETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 145 istency of [y. With Liidisdry, hite of an fc, and put with rose giving it a ; buff, Pie- 311 or Eng- The grain- [1 oil to the L this color, nmedi^tely and soften m the eyes , put on the I, to imitate ow for the with Vene- iona of raw o he grained the work to When dry, repare a rich sienna. For imher with a 11 quantity of ill a tool and ^e sharp edge viped to keep d when dry, rround in ale, ish. I, stone ochre, ,. The grain- ad in pale ale, ) 36 grained, tling brush, in badger' s-hair with the same buff. For the ke brown and leii the ground ten; then with Hs and cross m )f yonr fingers ntinthe smuU a the top grain, To Imitate Black and Gold Marble.— This description of marble is now in great demand. The ground is a deep jet black, or a dead color, in gold size, drop black and turps: second coat, black japan. Commence veiuing; mix white and yellow ochre with a small quantity of vermilion to give a gold tinge; dip the pencil in this color, and dab on the groimd with great freedom some large patches, from which small threads must be dravm in various directions. In the deepest parts of the black, a white vein is sometimes seen running with a great number of small veins attached to it; but care must be taken that these threads are connected witU., and run in some degree in the same direction with the thicker veins. If durability is not an object and the work is required in a short time, it may be executed very quick in distemper colors, and when varnished, it will look well. Red Mabble. — ^For the ground, put on a white tinged with lake or vBi'milion; then apply deep rich reds in patches, filling «p the inter- mediate spaces with brown and white mixed in oil; then blend them together; if in quick drying colors, use about half turiis and gold size. When dry, varnish ; and while the varnish is wet, put in a multitude of the fine white threads, crossing the whole work in all directions, as the wet varnish brings the pencil to a fine point. Jasper Marble. — Put on a white ground lightly tinged with blue; then put on patches of rich reds or rose pink, leaving spaces of the white grounds; then partly cover those spaces with various browns to form fossils, in places running veins; then put in a few spots of white in the centre of some of the red patches, and leaving in places masses nearly all white. When dry, use the clearest varnish. Blue and Gold Marble.— For the ground put on a light blue; then lake blue, with a small piece of white lead and some dark com- mon blue, and dab on the ground on patches, leaving portions of the ground to shine between ; then blend the edges together with duster or softener; afterwards draw on some white veins in every direction, leaving large open spaces to be filled up with a pale yellow or gold- paint; finish with some fine white running threads, and a coat of varnish at last To Imitate Granite. — for the ground color, stain your white lead to a light'lead color, with lampblack and a little i-ose pink. Throw on black spots, with agraniting machine, a pale red, and ml up with white before the ground is dry. Another.— A black ground, when half dry, throw in vermilion, a deep yellow and white siwts. To Imitate Hair Wood.— For the ground color, take white lead and thin it with turpentine, and slightly stain it with equal quantities of Prussian bhie and lampblack. For the graining color, grind in ale a mixture of Prussian blue and raw sienna; when the ground is dry, spread a transparent coat of the grauiing color on the surface of tlie work, and soften ; then with the cork, mottle by rubbing it to and fro across the work, to form the fine long grain or mottle. Wlien this is done, soften and top grain in wavy but perpendicular direc- tions; varnish when dry. Substitute for White Lead.— Sulplmte of barytes ground in oil and applied like paint. It can also be used to reduce white lead to any desired extent 10 146 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', &C., RECEIPTS. Paint fob Black Boards in Schools.— Common glue, 4 oz.; flour of emery, 3 oz. ; and just lampblack enough to give an inky color to the preparr.tion. Dissolve the ^lue in f qt. of warm water, put in the lampblack and emery, stir till there are no lumps, then apply to the board with a woollen rag smoothly rolled. Three coats are ^mply sufficient. Compound Ibcjs Paint. — ^Finely pulverized iron filings, 1 part; brick dust, 1 part; and ashes, 1 part. Pour over tliem glue-water or size, set the whole near the fire, and, when warm, stir tbem well together. With this paint cover aU the wood work which may be in danger; when dry, give a second coat, and the vTod will be rendered incombustible. Filling Compositions — 12 kinds. — 1. Work finished in oil should receive a substantial filling consisting of equal parts by weight of wliiting, plaster of Paris, pumice-stone, and litharge, to which may be added a little French yellow, asphaltum, Vandyke brown, and terra di sienna. Mix with 1 part japan, 2 of boiled oil, and 4 of tur- {>entine. Grind fine in a mill. Lay the filling on with a brush, rub t in well, let it set 20 minutes, then rub off clean. Let it harden fox some time, rub smooth, aud if required, repeat the process. When the filling is alL right, finish with linseed oil, applying with a brush, wipe oft, and rub to a polish with fine cotton, and finish with any fine fabric. Some fill with rye flour, wheat flour, com starch, Paris white, &c., ground fine in oil and turpentine, but when work is to be varnished, such filling shoohl previously receive one or two good coats of shellac. 2. Boiled linsted oil, 1 qt. j turpentine: 3 qts. ; com starch, 5 lbs. ; japan, 1 qt. ; calcmed magnesia, 2 oz. Mix thoroughly. 3. Whiting, 6 ozs. ; Japan, ^ pt. ; boiled linseed oil, | pt. ; turpen- tine, i pt. ; com starch, 1 oz. : mix well together and apply to xha wood. On walnut wood add a little burnt umber; on cherry a little Venetian red, to the above mixture. 4. On furniture apply a coat of boiled linseed oil, then immediately sprinkle dry whiting upon it, and run it in well with your hand or a stiff brush, all over .the surface; the whiting absorbs the oil, and fills the pores of the wood cgmpletely. For black walnut, add a little burned umber to the whiting; for cherry, a little Venetian red, &c., according to the color of the wood. Turned work can have it applied while in motion in the lathe. Fui-ni- tnrecanafterwardsbefinisnedwithonly one coat of varnish. 6. Ter- ra alba is a very good and very cheap filling. Many painters have been most shamefully imposed on by parties selling the stuff at a high price. 6. Fttmiture Pastes. — Beeswax, spts. turpentine and linseed oil, equal parts; melt and cool. 7. Beeswax, 4 ozs.; turpentine, 10 ozs. ; alkanet root to color; melt and strain. 8. Beeswax, 1 lb. ; lin- seed oil, 6 ozs. ; alkanet root, ^ oz., melt and add 6 ozs. turpentine, strain and cool. 9. Beeswax, 4 ozs. ; rosin, 1 oz. ; oil of turpentine, 2 ozs. ; digest until sufllciently colored, then add beeswax till dissolved, then add beeswax scraped small, 4 ozs. ; put the vessel into hot water, and stir till dissolved. If wanted pcde the alkanet root should be omitted. 10. (White.) White wax, 1 lb.; liquor of potassa, i gal.; boll to a proper consistency. 11. Beeswax, 1 lb. ; soap, i lb. ; peariash, 8 ozs., dissolved in water, \ gal. ; stniin and boil as the last 12. Yei* low wax, 18 parts; rosin, 1 part; alkanet root. 1 part; turpentine, 6 parts; linseed oil 6 parts. First steep the alkanet in oil with heat. CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 147 and, when well colored, pour off the clear on the. other ingredients, and again heat till all are dissolved. 13, Furniture Cream. — Bees- wax, 1 lb. ; soap, 4 ozs. ; pearlash, 2 ozs. ; soft water, 1 gal., boil to- gether until mixed. To Rbtair the SiiiVERiNa OP MiBROBS.— Pour upon a sheet of tin foU 3 drs. of quicksilver to the square foot of foil. Rub smartly with a piece of buckskin until the foil becomes brilliant. Lay the glass upon a flat table, face downwards, place the foil upon the damaged portion of the glass, lay a sheet of paper over the foil, and place Upon it .a block of wood or a piece of marble with a perfectly flat surface; put upon it sufficient weight to press it down tight; let it remain in this position a few hours. The foil will adhere to the glass. ^ PENCiiiS FOR Writing on Glass. — Stearic acid, 4 pts. ; mutton- suet, 3 pts. ; wax 2 pts; melt together and add 6 parts of red lead, and 1 pt. purified caxbonate of pobissa, previously triturated together; set asidu for an hour in a warm situation, stirring frequently ; tl*en pour into glass tubes or hollow reeds. Polishes — 15 kinds.— 1. (Jarven^ Polish. — White resin, 2 oz. ; seedlac, 2 oz. ; spirits of wine, 1 pt. Dissolve. It should be laid on warm. Avoid moisture and dampness when ;ised. 2. French Polish.' — Gum shellac, 1 oz. ; gum arable, J oz. ; gum copal, J oz. Powder, and sift tlirough a piece of muslin ; put them in a closely corked bot.- tle with 1 pt. spirits of wine, iu a very warm situation, shaking every day till the gums are dissolved; then strain through muslin, and cork for use. 3. Polish for Dark-owdered triix)li and boiled linseed oil, and Jolish the work to a bright surface. 14. Clock Case and Picture "ratne Finish. — Copal varnish, 2 lbs. ; linseed oil varnish, i oz. ; mix well, shake often, and place in a warm spot. The wood to be var^ nished is prepared with a thin coat of glue-water, and rubbed down with tine pumice-stone or something equivalent. In light-colored wood, a light pigment, snch as chalk, is added to the glue- water; in dark wood, a dark pigment is added. When ready, the aiticles are varnished with the above mixture, and, after drying, rubbed with a solution of wax in ether, thereby receiving a high polish. 15. White Polish for White Woods. — White bleached shellac, 3 ozs. ; white gum benzbin, 1 oz. ; gum sandarac, ^ oz. ; spiritt A wine or naphtha, 1 pt. Dissolve. Oiii Finishes.— 1. Linseed oil, 16 ozs.: black resin, 4 ozs. ; vinegar, 4 ozs. ; rectified spirite, 3 ozs. ; butter of antimony, 10 ozs. ; spirit of salte, 2 ozs. ; melt the resin, add the oil, take it off the fire, and stir in the vinegar; let it boil for a few minutes, stirring it; when cool, put ic into a bcttle, add the other mgrediente, shaiung all together. 2. Linseed oil, 1 pt. ; oil of turpentine, ^ pt. ; rectified spirite, 4 ozs. ; pow- dered resiu, 1^ oz. ; rose pink, if oz. ; mix. 3. Acetic acid, 2 drs. ; oil of lavender, ^ dr. ; rectified spinte, 1 dr. ; linseed oil, 4 ozs. 4. Linseed oil, 1 pt. ; alloiuet root, 2 ozs. ; heat, strain, and add lac varnish, 1 oz. 6. Linseed oil, 1 pt. ; rectified spirite, 2 ozs. ; butter of antimonjr. 4 ozs. 6. Linseed oil, 1 gal. ; alkanet root, 3 ozs. ; rose pink, 1 oz. Boil them together ten minutes, and strain so that the oil be quite clear. Fancy Figuhes on Wood. — Slake some lime in stale urine. Dip a brush in it, and form on the wood figures to suit your fancy. When dry, rub it *f ell with a rind of pork. Stains fob Wood — 1. Cheap Black Walnut Stain,— BixttA um- ber, 2 parte; rose pink, 1 part; glue, 1 part; water sufficient; heat all together and dissolve completely, apply to the work first with a sponge, then ^o over it witli a brush, and varnish over with shellac. 2. Ebony Stain. — Drop black, 2 parts; rose phik, Ipart; turpentine, a CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, &C., w;C£IFT8. 149 c, 3 OZ8. ; white wiue or naphtha, Bofflcient quantity. 3. Bright Yellow Stain. — 1. Brnsh over with the tincture of turmeric. 4. Warm the work, and brush it over with weak aquafortis; varnish or oil as usual. 5. A very small bit of aloes put mto the varnish will give a rich yellow color to the wood. 6. Extra Black Stain for Wood. — ^Pour 2 quarts boiling water over 1 oz. of powdered extract of logwood, and, when the solution is affected, Idr. of yellow chromate of potash is added, and the whole well stirred. It u then ready for use as a wood-stain, or for writmg ink. When rubbed on wood, it produces a pure black. Repeat with 2. 3, or 4 applications, till a deep black is produced. 7. Imttation of Mahogany. Let the first coat of painting be white lead, the second orange, and the last burnt umber or sienna : imitating thevems according to your taste and practice. 8. To Imitate Wainscot. — Let the first coat be white; the second, half white and yellow ochre; and the third, yellow ochre only: shadow with umber or sienna. 9. To Imitate Satin Wood. — ^Take white for your first coating, light blue for the second, and dark blue or dark green for tlie thira. 10. Rosewood Stain, very bright shade— Used Cold. — ^Take alcohol, 1 gal.; camwood, 2 oz.; set them in a warm place 24 hours ; then add extract of logwood, 3 oz.: aquafortis, 1 oz. ; and when dissolved, it is ready for use; it makes a very bright ground like the roost beautiful rosewood; 1, 2, or more coats as you desire. 11. Cherry Stain. — Rain water. 3 qts. ; annatto, 4 oz. ; boil in a copper kettle till the annatto is dis- solved, then put in a piece of i)otash the size of a walnut; keep it on the fire about half an hour longer, and it is ready to bottle for use. 12. kosewood Stain, very bright s/iade.— Equal parts of logwood and redwood chips, boil well in water sufficient to make a strong stain; apply it to the furniture while hot; 2 or 3 coats according to the depth of color desired. 13. Rose Pink Stain and Varnish.— Fut 1 oz. of potash in 1 qt. water, with red sanders, 1^ ozs. ; extract the color from the wood and strain : then add gum shellac, ^ lb., dissolve it by a brisk fire. Used upon logwood stain for rosewood imitation. 14. Blue Stain for Wood. 1. Dissolve copper filings iu aqiiatortis, brush the wood with it, and then go over the work with a not solution of rrlash (2 oz. to 1 pt. of water) tUl it assumes a perfectly bine color. Boil 2 ozs. of indigo, 2 lbs. wood, and 1 oz. alum, in 1 gal. water, brush well over until thoroughly stained. 16. Imitation of Botany- Bay Wood. — Boil i lb. French berries (the unripe bernes of tfie Rhamnus infectorius) in 2 qts. water till of a deep yellow, and while boiling hot, give 2 or 3 coats to the work. If a deeper coloi' is desired, give a coat of logwood decoction over the yellow. When riearly dry, form the grain with No. 8, black stain, used hot, andj whtn dry, rust and vanush. 17. Mahogany Color— Dark. — 1. Boil * lb. of madder and 2 ozs. logwood chips in a gallon of water, and brush well over while hot; when dry go over the whole witli pearlash solution, 2 drs. to the quart. 2. Put 2 ozs. dragon's blood, bruised, into a quart of oil of turpentine ; let the bottle stand in a warm place.- shake fre- quently, and, when dissolved, steep the work in the mixture. 18. Box-wood Brown Stain. — Hold your work to the fire, that it.may re- ceive a gentle warmth ; then take aquafortis, and, with a feather, pass it over the work till you find it change to a fine brown (always keeping it near the fire), you may then varnish or polish it, 19. Light Bed Brown. Boil ^ lb. madder and ^ lb. fustic iu 1 gal. water; ■r,. :! i 1 150 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. brush over the work, when boiling hot, until properly stained. 20. The surface of the work being quite smooth, brush over with a weak solution of aquafortis, ^ oz. to the pint ; then finish with the follow- ing : — ^Put 4i ozs. dragon's blood and 1 oz. soda, both well bruised, to 3 pts spirits of wme, let it stand in a warm place, shake frequently, stram and lay on with a soft brush, repeating until of a proper color; polish with linseed oil or varnish. 21. Purple. — Brush the work several times with the logwood decoction used for No. 6 Black ; and, when dry, give a coat of pearlash solution, 1 dr. to a quart; lay it on evenly. 22. Red. — 1. Boil 1 lb. Brazil wood and 1 oz. pearlash in a gal. of water | and, while hot, brush over the work until of a proper ' color. Dissolve 2 ozs. alum in 1 qt. water, and brush the solution over the work before it dries. 23. Take a gallon of the above stain, add 2 ozs. more pearlash ; use hot, and brush over wr.th the alum solution. 24. Use a cold solution of archil, and brush over with the pearlash solution for No. 1, Dark mahogany. 25. MaJwyaity Stain on Wood. — Take nitiic acid, dilute with 10 parts of water, and wash the wood with it. To produce rosewood finish, glaze the same with car- muie of Munich lake. Asphaltum, thinned with turpentine, forms an excellent mahogany color on new work. 26. Mahogany Stain on Maple. — Dragoiv s blood, h oz. ; alkanet, i oz. ; aloes, 1 dr. ; spirits of wine, 16 ozs. ; apply it wiwi a sp ">uge or brush. 27. Crimson Stain for Musical histniments. — Ground Brazil wood, 1 lb. ; water, 3 qts. ; cochineal, h ounce; boil the Brazil with the water for an hour, strain, add the cocnineal; boil gently for .half an hour, when it will be §t for use. If you wish a scarlet tint, boil an ounce of saffron in a quart of water, and pass over tlie work before you stain it. 28. Purple Stain. — Chipped logwood, 1 lb. ; water, 3 qts. ; pearlash, 4 ounces ; powdered indigo, 2 oimces. Boil the logwood in the water half an hour, add the pearlash and indigo, and when dissolved, you wUl have a beauti- ful purple. 29. Green Stain. — Strong vinegar, 3 pts. ; best verdigris, 4 ounces, ground fine; sap green, J ounce; mix together. Black Stains for Wood. — 1 Drop a little sulphuric acid into a small quantity of water ; brush over the wood and nold it to the fire ; it will be a fine black and receive a good polish. 2. For a beautiful black, on wood, nothing can exceed the black Japan mentioned under Tinsmiths' Department. Apply two coats ; after which, vaniish and polish it. 3. To 1 gal vinegar, add a quarter of a pound of iron rust ; let it stand for a week ; then add a pound of dry lampblack, ana three-quarters of a pound copperas ; stir it up for a couple of days. Lay on five or six coats with a sponge, allowhig it to dry betweeii each ; polish with linseed-oil and a soft woollen rag, and it will look like ebony. Incomparable for iron work, ships' guns, shot, &c 4. Vinegar, 4 gal ; dry lampblack, ^Ib. ; iron-rust sifted, 3 lbs. : mix and let stand for a week. Lay three coats of this on hot, and then rub with linseed oil, and you will have a fine deep black. 6. Add to the above stain, nut-galls, 1 oz. ; logwood-chips, ^ lb. ; copperas, J lb. ; lay on three coats ; oil well, and you will have a black stain that will stand any kind of weather, and is well adapted for ships' combings, &c. 6. Logwocd-chips, \ lb. ; Brazil-wood, \ lb. ; boil for 1^ hours in 1 gal, water. Brush the wood with this decoction while hot ; make a decoction of nut-galls, by gentle simmering, for three or four dats, a quarter of a pound of the galls in 3 qts. water ; give the wood tdiree CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', &C., RECEIPTS. 151 wywn,y Stain on coats, .and, while wet, lay on a solution of sulphate of iron (2 ozs. to a quart), and, when dry, oil or varnish. 7. Give three coats with a solution of copper filings in aquafortis, and repeatedly brush over witii the logwood decoction until the greenness of the copper is destroyed, 8. Boil \ lb. logwood-chips in 2 quarts water ; add an ounce of pearlash, and apply hot with a brush. Then take 2 qts. of the logwood decoction, and i oz. of verdigris, and the same of cop- peras ; strain, and throw in | lb. of iron rust. Brush the work well with this, and oil. Black Walnut Stain. — Spirits of turpentine, 1 gal. ; pulverized asphaltum, 2 lbs. ; dissolve in an iron kettle on a stove, stirring con- stantly. Can be used over a red staui to imitate rosewood. To make a perfect black add a little lampblack. The addition of a little varnish with the turpentine improves it. Cbystal Vaknish, fob Maps, &c. — Canada balsam, 1 oz. ; spirits of turpentine, 2 oz. ; mix together. Before applying this varnish to a drawing or colored print, the paper should te placed on a stretcher, and sized with a thin solution of isinglass in water, and dried. Apply with a soft cjiinel's-hair brush. To Ebonxze Wood. — Mix up a strong stain of copperas and log- wood, to which add powdered nut-gall. Stain your wood with this solution, dry, rub down well, oil, then use French polish made toler- ably dark with indigo or finely powdered stone blue. Miscellaneous ^xxias.— Yellow is produced by diluted nitric acid. Red is produced by a solution of dmgon's blood in spirits of wine. Black is produced by a strong solution of nitric acid. Green is E reduced by a solution of verdigris in nitric acid ; then, dipped in a ot solution pearlash produces a Blue stain. Purple is produced by a solution oi sal-ammoniac in nitric acid. Beautiful Vabnish fob Violins, &c. — Rectified spirits of wine, \ gal. ; add 6 oz. gum sandarac, 3 oz. gum mastic, and \ pt. turpen- tine varnish ; put the above in a tin can by the stove, frequently shaking till well dissolved : strain and keep for use. If you find it harder than you wish, thin with more turpentine varnish. Anotheb. — ^Heat together at a low temperature 2 qts. of alcohol, \ pt turpentine varnish, and 1 lb. clean gum mastic ; when the latter is thoroughly dissolved, strain through a cloth. Vabnish foe Fbames, etc. — Lay the frames over with tin or silver foil by means of plaster of Paris, glue or cement of some kind, that the foil may be perfectly adherent to the wood ; then apply your gold lacquer varnish, which is made as follows : Ground turmeric, 1 lb. ; powdered gamboge, 1^ oimces ; powdered f andarac, 3^ lbs. ; powdered shellac, f lbs. ; spirits o* wine, 2 gals. ; dissolve and straiu ; then add turpentme varnish, 1 pt, ; and it is ready for use. Dyes fob Venebbs. — A fine Black. — Put 6 lbs. of logwood chips into your copper, with as many veneers as it will hold without press- ing too tight, iill it with water, let it boil slowly for about 3 Lours, then add^ lb. of poiodered verdigris, \ lb. copperas, bruised gall-nuts 4 ozs. ; fill tlie copper up with vinegar as the water envaporates ; let it boil gently 2 hours each day till the wood is- dyed through. A fine Blue.—Vnt oil of vitriol, 1 lb., and 4 ozs. of the best powdered indigo in a glass bottle. Set it in a glazed earthen pan, as it will ferment. Now put your veneers into a copper or stone trough ; fill it rather 152 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. more than one-third with water, and add as much of the vitriol and indigo (stirring it about) as will make fine blue, testing it with a giece of white paper or wood. Letthf< veneers remain till the dye as struck throu^. Keep the solution of indigo a few weeks before using it ; this improves the color. Fine Yellow. — ^Reduce 4 lbs. of the root, of barbeTv to dust by sawing, which put in a copper or brass trough ; add turmeric, 4 ozs. ; water, 4 gals. ; then put in as many white holly veneers as the liquor will cover. Boil them together 3 hours, often turning them. When cool, add aquafortis, 2 oz., and the dye will strike through much sooner. Bright Green. — Proceed as in the previous receipt to produce a yellow ; but, instead of aqua- fortis, add as much of the vitriolated mdigo (see above, under blue dye) as will produce the desired color. Bright Red. — Brazil dust, 2 Vbis. ; add water, 4 gals. Put in as many veneers as the liquid will covar ; boil them for 3 hours, then add alum. 2 oz., aquafortis, 2 oz. ; and keep it luke-warm until it has struck through. Purple. — ^To 2 lbs. of ctiip logwood and ^ lb. Brazil dust, add 4 gals, of water ; and after putting in your veneers, boil for 3 hours ; then add pearlash, 9 ozs., and alum 2 oz. ; let them boil for 2 or 3 hours every day till the color has struck through. Orange. — ^Take the veneers out of the above yellow dye, while still wet and saturated, transfer thetn to the blight red dye till the color penetrates throughout. Tx) IMPROVE THE CoLOB OF Stains. — Nitrfc acid, 1 oz. ; muriatic acid, i teaspoonf ul ; grain tin, ^ oz. ; rain water, 2 oz. Mix it at least 2 days before using, and keep your bottle well corked. Strong Glue for Inlaying or VeneJIbring. — Select the best light brown glue, free from clouds and streaks. Dissolve this in wa- ter, and to every pint add half a gill of the best vinegar and ^ oz. of isinglass. For other glues see Engineers' Department Inlaid Mother of PEARii Work, on sewing machines and other ftmcy work, is performed by selecting the thin scales of 'J^^^ shell and cementing ttiern to the surface of the material ; the rest of the surface is covered with successive coats of Japan varnish, generally black, being subjected to a baking process after each application. When the varnish is as thick as the shell, it is polished, the gilding . and painting added, and a flowing coat of varnish put over the whole. Another Method. — Prepare the lob with a heavy coat of black Japan, then, before it is dry, procure flakes of pearl and lay them on the black surface, pressing them into the Japan until they are level with the surface; then witli colors form vines and flowers, allowing the pearl to form the body of the flower leaf, and shade up all nicely. Transparent Fainting on Window Shades. — ^The muslin is spread on a frame and secured tightly with tacks, then sized with a mixture of fine flour paste, white glue, and white bar soap; the soap renders the muslin pliable and soft. A thin coat is applied, which is nearly invisible when dry. A coat of [)ure linseed oil, diluted with spiritB of turpentine, is tlien applied, to the whole, or yyart, as desired; lay it on quickly and smoothly, to insure an even transparent surface. The colors used are, ivory black, ultramarine, Paris green, sieima, umber, verdigris, asphaltum, or other suitable colors. An outline of the design is drawn with a small pencil with black or umber, after which the colors may be applied, more or less diluted, as more or less transparency is desired. In general, the brightegt colors should be CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 153 )z. ; muriatic lix it &t least les and other of V..^ shell applied first, and the darker shades over them. These colors must be laid evenly and smoothly with soft brushes, and. should any part be< made too dark, the best way is to scrape oft with a stick before the color gets too dry. The best designs for shades consists of landscape views, and should always be designed to accommodate the form and position of the groimd on which they are drawn. Stencils will be found useful on this work, in making corners or stripes for borders. To Paint Magic Lantern Sides.— Transparent colors only are used for this work, such as lakes, sap-green, ultramarine, verdigris, gamboge, asphaltum, &ci, mixed in oU, and tempered with hght colored varnish (white Demar). Draw on the paper the design de- sired, and stick it to the glass with water or gum ; then with a fine pencil put the outlines on the opposite side of the glass with the prop- er colors; then shade or fill up with black or Vandyke brown, as you find best. Mabinb Paint fob Metals in Salt Water,— Red lead b5 parts : quicksilver, 30 parts; thick turpentme, 7 parts. Mix with boilea unseed oil to the proper consistency. The quicksilver must be, thoroughly amalgamated with the thick turpentine by grinding or* rubbing, and this mixture must be ground with red lead and more boiled oil. As little oil as is necessary to make the paint lay well must be used. To make the paint adhere more firmly, a previous coat of ox- ide of iron naint may be used. To Imitate Tortoise Shell.— Paint a ground of salmon color; then when dry and smoothed off, coat it over with rose pink, mixed in varnish and turpentine; then with a flat piece of glass, press on the surfoce, and remove the glpas quickly, being careful not to push it over the paint so as to disturb the curious figures which the pressure will form thereon. Varnish when diy, and you will find youi have a beautiful imitation of tortoise shell. Banker Painting. — Lay out the letters very accurately with charcoal or crayon, then saturate the cloth with water to render the painting easy. On large work a stencil v. ill be found useful. Take a piece of tin, lay the straight edge to the mark, brush over with a sash tool, and by this means you will make a very clean-edged letter. Use stiff bristle pencils in painting on canvas. Oil Cloth Painting. — ^To paint canvas for floors, the canvas should first be saturated with ^lue-water or flour paste, and allowed to dry first Then paint it with any color desired. To put in the figures, cut out designs in tin plates or stiff paper, and stencil them on in various colors. To Imitate Marble,— i^or white marble, get up a pure white ground, then hold a lighted candle near the surface, and allow the smoke to form the shades and various tints desired. This will make a very handsome imitation. Black marble imitation is made by streaking a black surface with colors, using a feather and pencil. Another plan is to get up a smooth black surface ; then take the colon*, green, yellow, red, white, &c., ground thick in gold size, and streaK Sie surface with a slick or pencil. Allow it to dry, and apply a heavy coat of lampblack a'ld yellow ochre, mixed with roug^i stuff. When all is hard, nit down to a level surface with lump puinaice-stone, varnish, and a beautifnl varigated marble will be the result. Etching on Glass. —Druggists' bottles, bar-tumblers, signs, and u 154 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. glasHware of ever^ description, can be lettered in a beautiful style of art, by simply giving the aidcle to be engraved, or etched, a thm coat of the engraver's vaniish (see next receipt), and the application of Quoiic acid. Before doing so* the glass must be thoroughly cleaned and heated, so that it can nardly be held. The varnish is then to be applied ligntly over, and made smooth by dabbing it with a small ball of silk, filled with cotton. When dry and even, tlie lines may be traced on it by a sharj) steel, cutting clear through the varnish to the , glass. The varnish must be removed clean from each letter, other- wise it will be an imperfect job. When all is ready, pour on or apply the fluoric acid with a feather, filling each letter. Let it remain until it etches to the required depth, then wash off with water, and remove the varnish. Etching Varnish.— Take of virgin wax and asphaltum, each 2 03. ; of black pitch and Burgundy pitch, each h oz. ; melt the wax and pitch in a new earthenware glazed pot, and add to them, by_ degrees, the asphaltum, finely powdered. Let the whole boil, simmering gradually, till such time as, taking a drop upon a plate, it will break • when it is cold, or bending it double two or three times betwixt the fingers. The varnish, being then boiled enough, must be taken off the fire, and, after it cools a little, must be poured into warm water that it may work the more easily with the hands, so as to be formed mto balls, which must be kneaded, and put into a piece of taffety for use. The sand blast is now in extensive use for ornamenting on glass. Fluoric Acid to Make for Etching Purposes. — You can make your own fluoric (sometimes called hydro-fluoric) acid, by getting the fluor or Derbyshire spar, pulvei;zmg it, and putting all of it into sulphuric acid which the acid will cut or dissolve. Inasmuch as fluoric acid is destructive to glass, it cannot be kept in common bottles, but mast be kept in lead or gutta percha bottles. Glass-Grinding for Signs, Shades, &c. — After you have etched a name or other design upon uncolored glass, and wish to have it show off to better advantage by permitting the light to pass only through the letters, you can do so by taking a piece of flat brass suffi- ciently large not to dip into the letters, but pass over them when gild- ing upon the surface of the glass; then, with flour of emery, and keeping it wet, yoii can grind the whole surf ace, very quickly, to look like the ground-glass globes often seen upon lamps, except the letter, which is eaten below the general surface. To Drill and Ornament Glass.— Gla3s can be easily drilled by a steel drill, hardened but not drawn, and driven at a high velo- city. Holes of any size, from the IHth of an inch upwards, can be drilled, by ushig spirits of turpentine as a drip; and, easier still, by using camphor with the turpentine. Do not press the glass very hard against the drill. If you reguire to ornament glass by turning in a lathe, use a good mill file and the turpentine and camphor drip, and you will find it an easy matter to produce any shape you choose. Gilding Glass Signs, &c.— Cut a piece of thin paper to the size of your glass, draw out your design correctly in black lead-pencil on the paper, then prick through the outline oi the letters with a fine neeale; tie up 'a little dry white lead in a piece of rag; this is a ' pounce-bag. Place your design upon the glass, right side up, dust it vrith the pounce-bftg; and, after taking the paper off, the design will CABINETMAKERS, FAINTEBS', AC.y RECEIPTS. 155 appear in white dots upon tlie glasa; these will guide you in laying on the gold ou the opposite side, which must be well cleatied prepaiu- tory to laying on the gold, 'Preparing the size. — Boil perfectly clean water iu an enamelled siiucepan, and while boiling, add 2 or 3 shreds of best selected isinglass, after a few minutes strain it through a clean lineii rag; when cool, it is ready for nse. Clean the glass per- fectly. — When this is done, use a flat camel' s-hair brush for laying on the size; and let it drain off when you put the gold on. When the gold is laid on and_ perfectly dry, tiike a ball of tlie finest cotton wool and gently rub or polish the gold ; you can then lay ou another coat of gold if desirable, it is now i-eadj^ for writing. In doing this, mix a little of the best vegetiible blaclc with black japan; thin witti tu;rpen- tine to projier worldng consistency ; apply this when thoroughly dry; wash off the superfluous gold, ancl sliade as in sign-writing. GiiASB GiLDiNO, Another Method. — Clean and dry the glass thoroughly, then lay out the l.'nes for letters with a piece of hard scented soap, then paint the 'etters on the right side of the glass with lampblack mixed with oil, in order to/b?7/i a guide Jbr the work, then on the inside lay ou a coat of the size mentioned in the preced- ing receipt, usuig a camel's-luiir brush, covering the whole of the let- ters J next lay on the gold leaf with a tip, until every part of the let- ters IS covered well. Let the leaf remain until the size is dry, when you will find that the letters on tlie front side can be easily seen and tnuffid. This is done with quick drying black, mixed with a little varnish. Faint over the wliole directly over the gold ; allow it to dry ; then wipe off witli soap and water the lampblack letters from the front side; witli pure cold water and a clean sponge, wash the su- Serfluous gold leaf and size from the back, and you will have a splen- id gold letter on the glass ; next, sliade your letter to suit tliQ taste, always remembering to shade to the edge of the gold, for then you have only one edge to make straight. The other edge may be left rough, and when dry may be straightened by scraping with a knife. Obnamental Designs on Glass.— In making scrolls, eagles &c., on glass, some painters put on the outlines and shades first, and then lay tlie gold leaf over all ; another good way is to scratch the shades onto the gold leaf after it is dry, and put the colors on the back of the gold. Silver leaf may be used in the same manner as gold, but it will not wear as well. A very pretty letter may be made by incor- porating silver mth gold ; take paper and cut any fancy design to tit the parts of the letter ; stick it on the size before laying the leaf, allowing it to dry and wash off as before; then with a penknife raise the paper figure, and the exact shape or form of the figure will be found cut out of the gold letter ; clean off nicely, apply more size, and lay sihier leaf to cover the vacant spots ; wash off when dry, and a very handsome letter will be the result. Colors may be used in- stead of silver, if desired, or a silver letter edged or " cut up" with gold, will look well, Glass and Porcelain Gilding. — Dissolve in linseed oil an equal weight either of copal or amber ; add as much oil of tui-pentine as will enable you to apply the compound or size thus formed, as thin as possible, to the parts of the glass intended to be gilt. ^ The glass is to be placed in a stove till it will almost burn the fingers 'when han- dled ; at this temperature the size becomes adhesive, and a .piec^ of 156 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. gold leaf, applied in the usual way, will immediately stick. Sweep off the superfluous portions of the leaf, and when quite cold it may be burnished ; talcing care to interpose a piece of India paper between the gold and the burnisher. DBTiiiiiNO China, Glass, &c.— To drill china use a oQpper drill and emerv, moistened with spirits of turpentine. To drill glass, use a steel drill tempered as hard as possible and camphor and water as a lubricant Gold Lustre for Stoneware. China, &o.— Qold, 6 parts; aqa- rezia, 36 parts. Dissolve, then add tin, 1 part ; next add balsam of sulphur, 3 parts ; oil of turpenthie, 1 part. Mix gradually into a mortar, and rub it until the mixture becomes hard ; then add oil of turpentine, 4 parts. It is then to be applied to a ground prepared for the purpose. Gilding China and Glass.— Powdered gold is mixed with borax and ^m-water, and the solution applied with a camel' s-hair pencil. Heat is then applied by a stove until the borax fuses, when the gold is fixed and afterwards burnished. Useful Hints for Carriage Painters. — It is usual to apply three coats of oil paint as a priming to commence with, and it is safe to use, say § drying oil and ^ turpentine, with a little fine litharge ground in, about 2 ozs. to every 20 lbs. of paint. This hardens the . priming better than patent drj'er, and works better under the sand- paper. When the first coating is hard and dry, rub down with your sand-paper and be sure to make perfectly level work among the irre^larities, deficiencies and ridges on the surface of your work. Next dust your work carefully, and vith your putty knife go over the whole surface and putty up every crevicej split, crack or knot- hole with the hard drying putty nereafter mentioned. Be very care- ful not to overlook the slightest flaw, but bring every spot to a true and perfect level. Now dust oft the work again, preparatory to second coating. Thin your color with turpentine, if too stout or thick, but do not use thin colors, for it neither covers weU, nor rubs down well. For dark colors, use a dark lead color for the oil coats, but, for preparing for such a color as light green, let the color be light lead color, if for a yellow, begin witn vmite, or riightly tii^d with chrome yellow. Be careful with your second coat, to laj' it fair, regular, and equal, over each and every part of the work, and when it is thoroughly dry, mb down with a finer quality of sand-paper than the last, being careful to make the surface perfectly smooth and even. Now com- mence to give the third coat (after dusting ofE), putting on the paint, not lavishly, bwt rub it out well. The next step, when the last is hard and dry. is to apply the filling up coats. For a good composition see receipt lor " Bough Stuff" for carriage work. Another good filling consists of dry French yellow, a small quantity of white lead, the same amount of whiting, a little red lead, about one-sixteenth of litharge, and of drying Japan enough to nearly mix it, put in a very little drying oil, and turpentine to tmn to a suitable thickness to make it spre^ like a stiff coat of paint. Thin so that it can be applied easily, and flow on full and free. Apply this composition, givhigthe body, shafts, wheels, springs, &c., a good coat levellmg off any hoUows, &c. , existing in the parts, and whun CE1PT8. y stick. Sweep ' cold it may be paper between • driU glagfl, ase r and water as .6 parts; aqa- add balsAm 0/ "dually into a len add oil of a prepared for ed with borax s-iiair pencil. when the gold »«al to aimlv and it iH safe > nne litharge I hardens the, 'der the sand- J^ with your [K among the [our woA. pife go over rack or knot- ae very care- Pot to a true eparatory to *oo stout or oU, nor rubs ^e oil coats, pne color be 'ghtly tii^i^d > and equal, ougWy dry, last, being ■Now com- ' the paint, ^ the filling ch yellow, ttg, a little an enough inetotWn t of pamt. and free. Jgs, &c., a and when Cabinetmakers, paintebs*, ac, receipts. 157 this coat becomes perfectly hard give it another. The next step, after this last coat dries hard, is to rub it down with lump pumice-stone, first rubbing the pumice fiat upon a stone before commencing to use it. In rubbing down with lump pumice use plenty of water, freely supplied from the sponge in your left hand ; be very cautious to avoid cutting through, and feel the parts frequently as the work progresses, to ascertain when all is suificiently smooth and hard, then with your sponge wash off the work nicely, and with your wash leather wrung out, dry it oi¥ clean and smooth. The next step is to paint the carriage. See to it tha€ your colors are freshly ground, your paint mill, pots, tins, brushes, &c., per- fectly clean. Apply your color the proper thickness, expeditiously and neatly, so that the work will present a good clean apuearance. The following directions will be found useful in mixing the desig- nated colors. Dark Oreen, Olive Shade. Take deep chrome yellow and powdered drop black, mix in a x)ot with the drying Japan, and » little turpentine, grind all together, test to be sure that the color is light, if wished lighter, add more chrome yellow, if darker, more drop black, grade the color to the proper thiclmess and apply at once. Two coats will be required. Ultramarine blue. For your ground color, grind good Prussian blue in oil, and add to white lead as much of the blue as will make it sufficiently dark to form a ffround for the ultramarine blue, two coats of this will be required. When hard and dry, grind some o#the best ultramarine blue on the stone with a quantity of varnish, add enough of this to your body flowing varnish to imimrt the right color. Two good coats of this beautiful color will be necessary; use sug^r of lead as a dryer. Before giving the second coat rub down with ground pumice and water, ushig a cloth ; the next coat will fiow all the better for tills treatment. After a few days rub down again with ground pumice and water, wash, and dry with your chamois skin, when the work will be all ready for picking out and striping. Claret or Lake, Vermilion and rose pink, in oil, same as the last, for first coat. When hardened dry, give another light coat, previously rubbing down with ground pumice and water, as directed for blue. For a rich light claret be sparing of your rose pink in the ground color; for dark claret, ude more rose pink. For darker shades use more rose pink in the ground color, then use the best crimson lake, same way as for the light claret two good coats will do. For a purple shade of claret use vermilion, rose pink a spice of ultramanne blue, for a rund color. Then add the proper quantity of ground purple lake body flowing varnish and apply two coats. Japan Brown. Grind drop black in Japan using enough vermilion to be visible. Chi'ome Ch'eena. Grind your greens in Japan, or use greens com- posed of chrome yellow and Prussian blue. Carmine Color on Fire Mnffines, &c. Clwap method. For a groimd, use the best English vermilion, then add pure carmine, ground in a 4ittle drying oil, to your body flowing varnish, and apply two coats carefully. This method extends the precious color so that an ounce will suffice for a carriage or machine. Oxford Brown. Use a little chrome yellow, India red, best ochre, white lead, burned umber, qust white enough to be seen ; yellow is the leading color ; red to warm it, and umMr to impart the brown shade. Rich Purple. Yenuilion and Prussian 158 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. • - blue, with a little white, a very cheap, nice color. Favm Color. Use yellow, red, a little black, a httle tierra de niemia, or burned umber may be added to obtain the right shade. Drah Color. White and raw umber form a cool dr?.b which may be varied with chrome, or red, as may be desired. Plum Brown. Drop black and vermilion makes a very good color at a cheap rate. SxBtpma OB "Picking OuT,^' for Carriage Work.— Great care is required in this part of the work to carry a steady hand so that the lines may be drawn equidistant, clean and neat. For fine lines, grind the color m drying oil, as it makes the best work. Japan color will do for broad or coarse lines, on blue gromid. If a large carriage, with heavy wheels, draw lines with Frankfort-black, Japan mixed color from three quarter inch to one uich broad, on all parts of the carriage, wheels, sprmgs, spokes, hubs, ^c, then draw fine lines of light orange or light primrose color about three-eighths or a quarter inch from the bmad black Ime, with one fine line around the edges of tlie black nuts and bolt heads. On superior work, pure white, gold, or deep orange lines may be drawn down ^^he middle of the black lines, producing a very fine effect; on greens, pick oat with black, if a light green, black lines will be sufficient, if desired better, run up the centre of the black lines with white, not too fine. On dark green, pick out with black, running very fine lines on each side of the black three-eighths of an inch off the black. This also sets off a very bright green to good advantage. On Civets, pick out with black, with ver- milion or rich orange fine side lines, or light orange side lines with vermilion line run up the centre of the black ; or light gold line up tlie centre of one large black line. On Oxford Brown, pick out with black, fine line with vermilion or medium tint of chrome yellow with slight tint of red in it : or part .the black iine with white down the centre. On Fawn Colors, pick out with broad black, fine line with white on each edgx3, or brown drab shade. On Japan or Plum BvMons, vermilion line has the best appearance. On Olives or Qua- ,l(^r«' Oreens, pick out with black, with white for fine lines, or orange or light green. On Drabs, pick out with black, fine line with vermil- ion, or hi^h colored orange, or white centre line for extra finish. On Purple, pick out with black, fine line with a bright tint of orange or vermilion. Varnishing of Coaches and Carriages. — In this, as well as in the painting department, absolute cleanliness is indispensable, as regards bniehes, pots, freedom from dust, &c. When your work is ready, if it is the under carriage, apply a good full coat of carriage varnish, and when through with this part of the process, go over it again, this time using body varnish. After it is hard and drv proceed to " flat " the work by lightly removing the gloss with ground pumice, water, and a woollen cloth, being careful not to cut into the lines or groimd ; then clean away all the pumice, and dry off nicely with the chamois leather slightly wet. If you have cut through in any part, repair with Japan color previous to second coating. Let your second coat be very full and well laid on, but be careful that it does not run. A very superior gloss will be obtained on the wheels, if after the application of a g«od coat you spin them until the varnish is nearly set. If the second coat id not satisfactory, repeat the flattening process CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 159 with your pumice, ploth and water, clean off as before and vamisb again. In more costly polished work, commence with the very finest ground pumice or Tripoli, rub until you bring the work to a very smooth state, then wasn off very clean and nice, dry and duet well. Use every precaution against dust, by sweeping and sprinlding your floor in every stage of polishing and varnishing. The next step in polishing is to use a fine cloth for a rubber, rotten-stone, sifted fine through muslin and mixed with olive oU ; rub with this until the gloss 18 restored, occasionally examining the progress of the work. This stej) being finished, wipe off with a perfectly clean cotton cloth, with a piece of the finest flax full of fine wheat flour or putty powder go over the work, rubbing well to polish it stiU farther, and remove every particle of the oil and rotten-stone previously used. Finish off by rubbing the work briskly with an old silk handkerchief, which wiU induce a beautiful fine gloss. In every instance when a polish and varnish finish is required, do not omit to lay on an extra coat of varnish, as it will greatly enhance the appearance of the work. Gilding and Oknamenting Cakriages. — English gold size is the best for this purpose. If you cannot get it ready prepared, make a substitute by using English varnish and Japan in equal parts. If the gilding is for striping, you should mix a little chrome yellow with it, to be able to see the lines the better, but for letterilig no coloring is recjuired. Rub your job 'down smoothly, take a piece of muslin and tie up in it a little whitening to form a "pounce bag ;" with this dust over every part of the work where. the gold leaf is to be put, to prevent the leaf sticking to the surface not covered by the size, or wash the job over with starch water, or rub it over with the raw surface of a potato cut in halves ; the juice of the potato soon dries, and leaves a thin film to which the gold will not adhere. Either of the above methods will do, and the coating will wash off when the gilding is dry. The surface prepared, take the size and put on the stripes, figures, or ornaments, and allow it to dry just enough to enable you to pass your finger over it without sticking, but fi it is " tacky " when you place your finger ui)on it, it is ready for the gold leaf, A\hich is to be applied in the way directed for gilding letters on wood. The gold letters may be shaded with ultramarine, carmme, asphaltnm, lake, Paris green, verdigris, &c., to suit the taste. Bronzing. — Gold bronze is used on carriage parts for striping and ornamenting, ushig the same size as that used for gold leaf. For taking up and applying the bronze, tjvke a piece of plush or velvet and make a " pounce bag," by tying up a wad of cotton, rubbing the bronze gently over the size. To" vary the appearance, a mixture of copper, gold, and silver br(, 2^ lbs.; boiling hot with good oil c, 1 oz. ; dissolve ; the least possible intil it acquires the Used to cover the I water. ic ; make the resi- to redness for an xe oxide of iron by se-colored powder e by a solution qf 5 hours a mixture «, and 1 part char- iid powdered very lalts ready made, oil. 100 gallons ; I ^'luegar, 2 galls, us ; tur^ientme, 1 4 lbs. ; beeswax, I spirits of turpen- ; sandarac, 2 oz. ; dder, with a pin- nd or water bath, illic Varnish For d litharge, t) lbs., ellow resin, 12 lbs. Bd into pills ; then lbs. Mix well. , spirits turiien- it with heat in a esin, 1 lb. ; IwUed well. Pale Var- d liot pale oil, 2 1 a little, and add . good lacquer is muHtto. Add Hs as will give the ;t(m clotli when it :teen luuts, gnui pait ; gum gaiii- iidred and furty- CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, •RECEIPTS. 163 lour parts. Or, digest seedlac, sandarac, mastic, '^f each eight parts ; gamboge, two parts ; dragon's blood, one part ; white turpen- tine, SIX parts ; turmeric, four parts ; bruised with alcohol, one hundred and twenty parts. Deep Gold-Colored Lacquer. — Seed lac, 3 oz. ; turmeric, 1 oz. ; dragon's blood one-fourth ounce ; alcohol, 1 pt. ; digest for a week, frequently shaking : decant, and niter. Lac- quers are used upon polished metals and wood to impart the appear- ance of gold, if yellow is required, use turmeric, aloes, salfron or gamboge ; for red, use anuatto, or dragon's blood, to color. Turmeric, gamboge, and dragon's blood generally afford a sufficient range of colors. Gold Lacquer. — Put into a clean 4 gal. tin 1 lb. of ground turmeric, li oz. of gamboge, 3^ lbs. powdered gum sandarac. | pound of shellac, nd 2 gals, of spirits of wine. When shaken, dis- solved, and strai..t!d, add 1 pint of turpentine varnish, well mixed. Varnish For Tools. — Take tallow, 2 oz. ; resin, 1 oz . ; and melt to- gether. Strain while hot, to get rid of specks which are in the resin : apply a slight coat on your tools with a brush, and it will keep oft, rust for any length of time. Gold Varnish. — Turmeric, 1 dram ; gamboge, 1 dram ; turpentine, 2 pints ; shellac, 5oz. ; dragon's blood, 8 drams ; thin mastic varnish, 8 oz. ; digest with occasional agitation for 14 days ; then set aside to fine, and pour off the clear. Beautiful Pale Amber Varnish. — Amber, pale and transparent, G lbs. ; fuse ; add hot clarified linseed oil, 2 gals. ; boil till it strings strongly, cool a little, and add oil of turpentine, 4 gals. This soon becomes very hard and is the most durable of oil-varnishes. When wanted to dry quicker, drying oil may be substituted for linseed, or " driera" may be added during the cooling. Black Coach Varnish. — Amber, 1 lb. ;. fuse ; udd hot di-ying oil, h pt. : powdered black resin and Naples asphaltum, of each 3 oz. When properly incorporated and consid- erably cooled, add oil of turpentine, 1 pt. Bodij Varnish. — Finest African copal, 8 lbs. ; fuse carefully ; add clarified oil, 2 gals. ; boil gently for 4^ hours, or until miite stringy ; cool a little, and thin with oil of turpentine, 3^ gals. Ones slotmy. Carriage Varnish. — San- darac, 19 oz. ; pale shellac, 9^ oz. ; very pale transparent resin, 12- oz. ; tuqwntine, 18 oz. ; 85 per cent, alcohol. 5 pts. : dissolve. Use for the mtcrnal parts of carriage, &c. Dries in ten minutes. Cabinet- makers' Varnish.— Yery pale shellac, 5 lbs. ; mastic, 7 oz. ; alcohol, 90 per cent. 5 or (i pts. ; dissolve in the cold with frequent stirring. Used for French polishing, &c. Japanners' Copal Varnish. — Pale African copal, 7 lbs. ; fuse ; add clarified linseed oil, ^ gal. ; boil five minu es, remove it into the open air, add boiling oil of turi)entine, 2 fals, ; mix well, strain it into the cistern, and cover it up immediately. Fsed to varnish furniture, and by japanners, coach -makers, &c. Copal Varnish. — Pale hard copal, 8 lbs. ; add hot and pale drying oil, 2 gals. ; boil till it strings strongly, cool a little, and thin with hot rectified oil of turj,ientine, 3 gals. ; and strain immediately into the store can. Very tine. Gold Vdrnish of Watin, for Gilded Articles. — Gum lac in grains, gamboge, dragon's blood, and annatto, of each 12i oz. ; saffron, 34 oz. Each resin must be dissolved sepamtely in 6 pts. of 90 per cent, alcohol, and 2 separate tinctures must be made witli the dragon's blood and aimatto in a liUc quantity of spirits ; and a proper propor- tion of each mixed together to produce the required snade. Trans- parent Varnish for PlonyhSy &c. — Best alcohol, 1 gal. ; gum sau- ■ 164 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. dragon's into 8 oz. vessels, possible, darac, 2 lbs. ; gum mastic, i lb. ; place all in st tin can which admits of being corked ; cork tight, shake it frequently, occasionally placing the can in hot water. When dissolved, it is ready for use. Fiiie Black Varnish for Coaches. — Melt in an iron pot, amber, 32 oz. ; resin, 6 oz. ; asphaltum,6 oz. ; drying linseed oil, 1 pt. ; when partly cooled, add oil of turpentine, jvarmed, 1 pint. Mordant Varnish. — dissolve 1 oz. mastic, 1 oz. sandarac, * oz. gum gamboge, and i oz. turpentine in 6 oz. spirits turpentine. One of the simplest mordants is that procured by dissolving a little honey in thick glue. It has the eifect of greatly"^ heightening the color of the gold, and the leaf sticks extremely well. Chanfjin;/ Varnish. — To imitate Gold or Silver, &c. Put 4 oz. best gum gamboge into 32 oz. spirits of turpentine ; 4 oz. blood into oi oz. spirits of turpentine ; and 1 oz. of anuatto spirits of turpentine. Make the 3 mixtures in different Keep them in a warm place, exposed to the sun as much as for about 2 weeks, when they will be fit for use. Add to- gether such quantities of each lic[iior as the nature of the color you are desirous of obtaining will pomt out. Transparent Varnish, for Wood. — Best alcohol, 1 gal, ; nice gum sliellac, 2^ lbs. Place the jug or bottle in a situation to keep it just a little warm, and it will ais- solve quicker than if hot, or left cold. Patent Varnish for Wood or Canvas. — Take spirits of turpentine, 1 gal ; asphaltum, 2J lbs.; put them into an iron kettle which will fit upon a stove, and dissolve the g am by heat. When dissolved and a little cool add copal varnish, V ic. ; and boiled linseed oil, 1 pt. ; when cold, it is ready for use. i^erhaps a little lampblack would make it a more perfect black. Mosaic Gold Powdek fob Bronxino, &c. — Melt 1 lb. tin in a crucible, add^ lb. of purified quicksilver to it: when this is cold, it is reduced to powder, and ground, with ^ lb. sal-ammoniac and 7 oz. flour of sulphur, till the whole is thoroughly mixed. They are then calcined in a matrass ; and the sublimation of the other ingredients leaves the tin converted into the mosaic gold powder wliich is foimd at the bottom of the glass. Remove any black or discolored particles. The sal-aunnouiac nuist be very white and clear, and the mercury of tlie utmost purity. When a deeper red is required, grind a very small quantity of red lead with the above materials. True Gold Powder. — Put some gold leaf, with a little honey, or thick gum water made with gum arable, into an earthen mortar, and pound the mixture till the. gold is reduced to very small particles; then wash out the honey or gum repeatedly with warm water, and the gold in powder will be left behind. When dry, it is fit for use. Dutch Gold Powder is nuide from Dutch gold leaf, which is sold in books at a yery low price. Treat in the manner described above for true ^old powder. When tliis inferior powder is used, cover the gilding with a coat of clear varnish, otherwise it will soon lose its bright appesirance. Cop- per Powder is prepared by dissolving filings or slips of copi)er with nitrous acid in a receiver. When the acid is satuf ated, the slips are to be removed ; or, if filings be employed, the solution is to be poured off from what remains undissolved. Small bars are then put in, wliich will precipitsite the cooper powder from the saturated acid; and, the liquid being poured from the powder, this in to bo washed clean off the crystals by repeated waters. Bkokzk Fowdisb of &pale gold color ia produced from an alloy of RECEIPTS. from an alloy of CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', &C., RECEIPTS. 165 13J parts of copper and 2| parte ziiio, of a cnrrison metallic lustre from copper, of a paler color, copper, and a very little zinc, green bronze with a proportion of verdigris, of a fine orange color, by 14i parts copper and If parts zinc ; another orange color, 13| parts cop- per and 2| zinc. The alloy is laminated into very fine leaves with carel'ui annealing, and these are levigated into impalpable powders, along with a film of fine oil, to prevent oxidizement, and to favor the levigation. Genkbal Directions fob Bbonzing.— The choice of the above powders is of course determined by the degree of brilliancy you wish to obtain. The powder is mixed with strong gum water or isinglass, and laid on with a brush or pencil ; and, not so dry as to have still - certiiin clamminess, a piece of soft leatlier wrapped round the finger is dipped in the powder, and rubbed over the work. When the work has been all covered with the bronze, it must be left to dry, and any loose powder then cleared away by a hair-pencil. Bronzing Iron. — The subject should be heated to a greater degree than the hand can bear, and Geman gold, mixed with a small quan- tity of spirit of wme varnish, spread over it with a pencil ; should the iron be already iwlished, you must heat it well, and moisten it with a linen rag dipi^ed in vinegar. French Burnished GihvinG.T—Encollage, or glue coat. — ^To a decoction of wormwood and garlic in water, strained through a cloth a little common salt and some vinegar are added. This is mixed with as much good glue, and the mixture spread in a hot state with a brush of boar's hair. When plaster or marble is gilded, leave out the salt. The first glue-co{iting is maae thinner than the second. 2. White preparation consists in covering the above surface with 8, 10 or 12 coats of Spanish white, mixed up with strong size ; each well worked on with the brush. 3. Stop up the pores with thick whiting and glue, and smooth the surface with dog-skin. 4. Polish the surface, with pumice stonfe and very cold water. 5. Retouch the whole in a skilful mamier. 6. Cleanse with a damp linen rag, and then a soft sponge. 7. Rub with a horse's tail {shave-grass) the parts to be yel- lowed, to make them softer. 8. '^'^elloiv with yellow ochre carefully ground in water, and mixed with transparent colorless size. Use the thinner part of the mixture with a fine brush. 9. Next rub the work with shave-grass to remove any granular appearance. 10. Gold wat- er size consists of Armenian bole, 1 lb ; bloodstone (hematite), 2 oz. ; and as much galena, each separately ground in water. Then mix al- together with a spoonful of olive oil. This Is tempered with a tvhite sheepskin glue, clear and well strained. Heat, and apply three coats with a fine long-haired brush. 11. Rub with a clean dry linen cloth except the paits to be burnished, which are to receive other 2 coats of the gold size, tempered with glue. 12. The surface damped with cold water (iced in summer), has then the gold leaf applied to it. Gild the holloio ground before the more proniinent parts ; water be- ing dexterously applied by a soft brush, immediately behind the gold leaf, before hiying it down ; removing any excess of water with a dry brush. 13. Burnish with bloodstone. 14. Next pass a thin coat of glue, slightly warmed, over the parts that are not to be buruished. 15. Next moisten any broken y)oints with a "brush, and apply bits of gold leaf to them. 16. Apply the oeiineil coat very lightly over the -•ssSpSiaS 166 CAR *: .T'SRS, painters', AC, RECEIPTS. gold leaf with u , uft bri It gives lustre and fire to the gold, and IS made as follows : aunaiiu, ^ oz, ; gamboge, 1 oz. ; vermilion, 1 oz. ; dragon's blood, ^oz. ; salt of tartar, 2 oz. ; saffron, 18 grs. ; boil in 2 English pints of water, over a slow fife, till it is reduced to a fourth ; then pass the whole through a silk or muslin sieve. 17. Next pass over the dead surfaces a second coat of deadening glue, hotter than the first, This finishes the work, and gives it strength. CoMT<>siTioN Ornaments fob Picture Frames, &c.— Mix as mucii wiiiting as you think will be required for present use, with thtunish glue, to the consistence of putty ; and having a mould ready, rub it well all over with sweet oil, and press your composition in it ; take it out and you will have a good impression, which you may set by to dry ; or, if wanted, you may, before it gets hard, apply it to your work with thick glue, and bend it into the form required. Bronzing or Gilding Wood. — Pipeclay, 2 oz. ; Prussian blue, patent yellow, raw umber, lampblack, of each, 1 oz. : grind sepa- rately with water on a stone and as much of them as will make a good color put into a small vessel | full of size. The wood, being pre- viously cleaned and smoothed, and coated with a mixture of clean size and lampblack, receives a new coating twice successively with the above compound, having allowed the first to dry. Afterwards the bronze powder is to be laid on with a pencil, and the whole bur- nished or cleaned anew, obser\ing to repair the parts which may be injured by this operation ; next the work must be coated over with a thm hiyer of Castile soap, which will take the glare off the burnish- ing, and afterwards be carefully rubbed with a woollen cloth. The superfluous powder may be ruW^ed off when dry. Kevtv£!R for Gilt Frames. — White of eggs, 2 oz. ; chloride of potash or soda, 1 oz. ; mix well ; blow off tlie dust from the frames ; then go over them with a soft brush dipped in the mixture, and they will appear equal to new. Gilding on Wood. To gild in oil, the wood, after being properly prepared, is covered with a coat of gold size, made of drying linseed oil m'xed with yellow ochre ; when this has become so dry as to adhere to the fingers without soiling them, the gold Jeaf is laid on with great care and dexterity, and pressed down with cotton wool : {)lace8 that have been missed are covered with small pieces of gold eaf , and when the whole is dry, the ragged bits are rubbed off with the cotton. This is by far the easiest mode of gildiiig : any other, metallic leaves may be applied in a similar manner. Pale leqf gold has a greenish yellow color, and is an alloy of gold and silver, Dutch gold leaf is only copper leaf colored with the fumes of zinc ; being much cheaper than true gold leaf, it is very useful when large quanti- ties of gilding are required in places where it can be defended from the weather, as it changes color il exposed to moisture ; and it should be covered with varnish. Silver leaf is prepared every way the sanie as gold leaf ; but when applied, should be kept well covered with varnish, otherwise it is liable to tamish ; a transparent yellow varnish will give it the appearance of gold. Whenever gold is fixed by means of linseed oil, it will bear washing off, which burnished gold will not. Soluble Glass. — I. Silica, 1 part ; carbonate of soda, 2 parts ; fuse together. 2. Carbonate of soda (dry), 64 parts ; dry carbonate of CABINETMAKERS, PA,INTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 167 potassa, 70 parts ; riilioa. 192 partfi ; soluble in boiling water, yielding a tine, transparent semi-elastic vamiph. 3^ Carbonate of potassa (dry), 10 parts ; powdered quartz (or sand free from iron or alumina ), 15 parts ; charcoal, 1 jiai-t ; all fused together. Soluble in 5 or 6 times its weight of boiling water. The filtered solution evaiM)rated to dryness, yields a transparent glass, permanent in the air. Glass Staining. — ^The following colors after having been prepared, and rubbed upon a plate of ground-glass, with the spirits of turpen- tine or lavender thickened in the air, are applied with a hair-pencil. Before using them, however, it is necessary to try them on small pieces of glass, and expose them to the fire, to ascertain if the desired tone of color is produced. The artist must be guided by these proof- pieces in using his colors. The glass proper for receiving these pig- ments must be colorless, uniform, and difficult of fusion. A design must be drawn on paper, and placed beneath the plate of glass. The upper side of the glass, being sponged over with gum-v/ater, affords, when dry, a surface proper for receiving the colors without the risk of running irregularly, as they would "othenvise do on the slippery glass. The artist draws on the plate (usually in black), with a fine Sencil, all the traces which mark the great outlines or shades of the guves. Afterwards, when it is dry, the vitrifying colors are laid on by means of larger hair-pencils ; their selection being regulated by the burnt specimen-tints above mentioned. The following ftre all fast colors, which do not run, except the yellow, which must therefore be laid on the opjDOsite side of the glass. The preparations being all laid on, the glass is ready for being fired in a muffle, in order to fix and bring out the proper colors. The muffle must be made of very refractory fire-clay, flat at its bottom, and onl.y five or six inches higH, with a strong arched roof, and close on all sides, to exclude smoke and flame. Dn the bottom, a smooth bed of sifted lime, freed from water, about half an inch thick, must be prepared for receiving the glass Sometimes, several plates of glass are laid over each other, with a layer of lime powder between each. The fire is now lighted, and very gradually raised, lest the glass should be broken ; then keep it at a full heat for three or four hours, more or less, according to the indications of the trial slips ; the j^rellow coloring being piincipally watched, it furnishing the best criterion of the stPi.te of the others. When all is right, let the fire die out, so as to anneal the glass. Stained- Glass Pigments. — No. 1. Flesh-color.— Red lead, 1 oz. ; red enamel (Venetian glass enamel, from alum and copperas calcined together) : grind them to a fine powder, and work this up with al- cohol upon a hard st(me. When slightly baked, this produces ; fine flesh-color. No. 2. Black co^or. —Take"^ 14^ oz, of smithy scales of iron ; mix them with 2 oz. of white glass : antimony, 1 oz. mauj^anese, i oz. ; pound and grind these ingredients together with strong vinegar. No. 3. Brown color. — White glass or enamel, 1 oz. ; good manganese. \ oz. ; grind together. No. 4. Rod., Rose and Brown colors are made from peroxide of iron, prepared by nitric acid. The flux iion- sists of borax, sand, and minium, in small quantities. Red color may likewise be obtained from 1 oz. of red chalk, pounded, mixed with 2 oz. white, hard enamel, and a little peroxide of copper, A red may also be composed of rust of iron^ glass of antimony, yellow glass of lead, such as is used by potters, or litharge, each in equal quantities. 168 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. to which a little sulphurct of silver i» added. This compouition, well ground, produceb a ver^fiue red color on glass. No. 6. Green. — 2 oz. of bmss, calcined into an oxide ; 2 oz. of minium, and 8 oz. of white sand ; reduce them to a fine powder, which is to be enclosed in a well-luted crucible, and heated strongly in an air furnace for an hour. When the mixture is cold, grind it in a brass mortar. Green may, however, be advantageously produced, by a yellow on one side and a blue on the other. Oxide of chrome lias also been employed ; to stain glass green. No. 6. Ajiiw yellow stain. — Take fine silver, lam- inated thin, dissolve in nitric acid, dilute with abundance of water, and precipitate with solution of sea-salt ; mix this chloride of silver in a dry powder, with three times its weight of pipe-clay well burnt and poimded. The back of the glass pane is to be painted with . this powder ; for, when painted on the face, it is apt to rim into the other colors. A pale yellow can be made by mixing sulphuret of silver with glass of antimony and yellow ochre, previously calcmed to a red brown tint. Work all thee^e T>owders together, and paint on the back of the glass. Or silver laminve, melted with sulphur and glass of antimony, thrown into cold water and afterwards ground to powder, affords a yellow. A pale yellow may be made with the powder resulting' from brass, sulphur, and glass of antimony, calcmed togeth^ in a crucible till they cease to smoke, and then mixed with a little burnt ochre. The^ne yellow of M. Meraud is prepared from chloride of silver, oxide of zinc, and rust of iron. This mixture, simply ground, is applied on the glass. Orange color. — ^Take 1 part of silver powder, as precipitated from the nitrate of that metal, by plates of copper,* and washed ; mix with 1 part of red ochre, and 1 of yellow, by careful trituration ; grind into a thin pap, with oil of tur- pentine or lavender : apiily this with a brush, ana bum in. To SiLVEB Looking Glasses. — A sheet of tin-foil corresponding to the size of the plato of glass is evenly spread on a perfectly smooth and solid marble table, and every wrinkle on its surface is carefully rubbed down with a brush : a portion of mercury is then poured on, and nibbed over the foil with a clean piece of soft woollen stu " after Which, two rules are applied to the edges, and mercury poured on to the depth of a crown piece ; when any oxide on the surface is care- fully removed, and the sheet of glass, perfectly clean and dry, is slid along over the surface of the liquid metal, so that no air, dirt, or oxide can possibly either remain or get between them. When the glass has arrived at its proper position, gentle pressure is applied, and the table sloped a little to carry off the waste mercury ; after which it is covered with flannel, and loaded with heavy weights ; in twentv-four hours it is removed to another table, and further slanted, and this position is progressively increased during a month, till it becomes perpendicular. Porcelain Coloks.— The following are some of the colors used in the celebrated porcelain manufactory of Sevres, and the propor- tions in which they are compounded. Though intended for porcelain pahiting, nearly all are applicable to painting on glass. Flux No. 1 milium or red lead, 3 parts ; white sand, washed, 1 part. This mixture is melted, by which it is converted into a greenish-colored glass. Flux No. 2. Oray flnx.—Ot No. 1, 8 parts ; fused borax in powder, 1 part. This mixture ia melted. Flu^ No. 3. For carmines and green. CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 1G9 —Melt togetlier fused borax, 6 parts ; calcinfed flints, 3 parts ; pure minum, 1 part. No. 1. Indigo blne.—OxxAQ of cobalt, 1 part ; flux No. 3, 2 parts. Deep azure blue. — Oxide of cobalt, 1 part; oxide of zinc, 2 parts ; flux No. 3, 5 parts. No. 2. Emerald Green. — Oxide of copper, 1 part ; antimonic acid, 10 parte ; flux No, 1, 130 parte. Pul- verize togetlier, and melt. No. 3. Grass green. — Green oxide of chromium. 1 part ; flux No. 3, 3 parte. Triturate and melt. No. 4. Yellov). — Antimonic acid, 1 part ; subsulphate of the peroxide of iron, 8 parte ; oxide of zinc, 4 parts ■ flux No. 1, 36 i)arte. Rub up together and melt. If this color is too deep the salt of iron is diminished. No. 5. Fixed yellow for touches.— No. 4, 1 part ; wliite enamel of com- meroo, 2 parte. Melt and pour out ; if not sufficioutlv fixed, a little sand may be added. No. 6. Deep Nankin we/tow.— Subsulphate of iron, 1 part ; oxide of zinc, 2 parts ; flux No. 2, 8 parte. Triturate without melting. No. 7. Deep red.— Subsulphate of iron, calcined in a muffle until it becomes of a beautiful capucine red, 1 part ; flux No. 2, 3 parte. Mix without melting. No. 8. Liver brown.— Oxide of iron made of a red brown, and mixed with three times ite weight of flux No. 2. A tenth of sienna earth is added to it, if it is not deep enough. No. 9. White. — The white enamel of commerce, in cakes. No. 10. Deep black. — Oxide of cobalt, 2 parte ; copper, 2 parts ; oxide of manganese, 1 part ; flux No. •!, 6 parts ; fused borax, \ part. Melt, and add oxide of manganese, 1 part ; oxide of copper, 2 parte. Trit- urate without melting. The Application.— ¥ol\ow the general direc- tions given in another part of this worlc, in relation to staining glass. How TO White on Glass in the Sun.— Dissolve challi in aqua- fortis to the consistency of milk, and add to that a strong dissolution of silver. Keep this in a glass decanter well stopped. Then cut out from a paper the letters you will have appear, and pastie the paper on the decanter or jar, which you are to place in the sun in such a man- ner that ite rays may pass through the spacies cut out of the paper, and fall on the surface of the liquor. The part of the glass through which the rays pass will turn black, whilst that under the paper will remain white. Do not shake the bottle during the operation. Used in let- tering Jars. To Stain or Color Glass. — For amethi/st, oxide of manganese is used ; blue, oxide of cobalt ; for brovm, oxide of iron ; for green^ black oxide of copper ; for purple, oxide of gold ; for rub]/ red, sub- oxide of copper ; for white, oxide of tin ; for yelloio, oxide of silver, &c. These substances pure and well powdered, are either added to the melted contents of trie glass-pot, or are applied to the surface as hi glass staining. Fin£ Blue. To 10 lbs. of flint glass, previously melted and cast into water, add zafFer, 6 drs. ;" calcined copper, ^ oz. ; prepared by putting sheet copper into a crucible, and exposing it to the action of a fire not strong enough to melt the copper, and you will have the copper in scales, which you pound. — Bright Purple. Use 10 lbs. flint glass as before ; zafEer 5 drs. ; precipitate of calcium. 1 dr. Gold Yelloio. Flint glass 28 lbs., of the tartar which is found in urine, i lb., purify by putting in a crucible on the fire mitil it ceases to smoke, and add manganese, 2 ozs. Bottle Glass. — No. 1. Dark Green. — ^Fused glauber-salte, 11 Ibe. ; soaper salte, 12 lbs. ; waste soap-ashes, J bush. ; silicious sand, J cwt. ; gl&88-8kimmings, 22 lbs. ; broken green glass, 1 cwtto 1^ cwt. ; 170 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. basalt, 25 lbs. to ^ cwt. No. 2. Pale Green.— Tale sand, 100 lbs. ; kelp, 36 lbs. ; lixiviated wood-ashes, IJ cwt. ; fresh do., 40 lbs. ; pipe-clay, | cwt. ; cuUet, or broken glass, 1 cwt. No. 3. Yellow or white sand, 120 parts ; wood-ashes, 80 parts ; pearl-ashes, 20 parts : common salt, 15 parts ; white arsenic, 1 part ; verv pale. Crystal CZoas.— No.l. Refined potashes, 60 lbs. ; sand, 120 "lbs. ; chalk, 24 lbs. ; nitre and white arsenic, of each, 2 lbs. ; oxide of manganese, 1 to 2 oz. No. 2. Pure white sand, 120 parts ; refined ashes, 70 parts ; saltpetre, 10 parts ; white arsenic, i part ; oxide of manganese, \ part. No. 3. Sand, 120 parts ; red-lead, 60 parts ; purified pearlash, 40 parts ; nitre, 20 parts ; manganese, i part. Flask Glass (of St. Mienne). — Pure silicious sand, 61 parts ; potash, 3^ parts ; lime, 21 parts ; heavy spar, 2 parts ; oxide of manganese, q. s. Best German Crystal Glass. — Take 120 lbs. of calcined Hints or white sand ; best Searlash, 70 lbs. ; saltpetre, 10 lbs. ; ar,senic, ^ lb. ; and 6 oz magnesia. To. 2. (Cheaper.) — Sand or flint, 120 lbs. •.pearlash, 46 lbs. ; nitre, 7 lbs. I arsenic, 6 lbs. ; magnesia, 6 oz. This will require a long contmuance in the furnace, as do all others when much of the arsenic is used. Plate Glass. — No. 1. Pure sand, 40 parts ; dry carbonate of soda, 26i parts ; lime, 4 parts ; nitre, 1^ parts ; broken plate glass, 25 paits. No. 2. Ure's. — Quartz-sand, 100 parts ; calcined sulphate of soda, 24 parts ; lime, 20 parts ; cullet of soda-glass, 12 parts. No. 3. Vienna. — Sand, 100 parts ; calcined sulphate of soda, 50 parts ; lime, 20 parts ; charcoal, 2J parts. No. 4. French.— White quartz sand and cullet, of each 300 parts ; dry carbonate of soda, 100 parts ; slaked lime, 43 parts. Crown Glass. — No. 1. Sand, 300 lbs. ; soda- a«h, 200 lbs. ; lime 30 to 35 lbs. ; 200 to 300 lbs. of broken glass. No. 2. (Bohemian.) — Pure silicious sand, 63 parts ; potash, 22 parts ; lime, 12 parts ; oxide of manganese, 1 part. No. 3. (Prof. Schweigqers.) — Pure sand, 100 lbs. ; dry sulphate of soda, 50 parts ; dry quicklime in powder, 17 to 20 parts ; charcoal, 4 parts. Product, white and good. Best Window-Glass. — No. 1. Take of white SJind, 60 lbs. ; puri- fied pearlashes, 30 lbs. ; of saltpetre, 15 lbs. ; of borax, 1 lb. ; of arsenic, J lb. This will be very clear and colorless if the ingredients be good, and not be very dear. No. 2. (C/i('a/)er.)— White sand, 60 lbs. ; un- purified pearl-ashes, 25 lbs. ; of common salt, 10 lbs. ; nitre, 5 lbs. ; arsenic, 2 lbs. ; magnesia, 1^ oz. No. 3. Common green window- glass. — White sand, 60 lbs. ; unpurificd pearlashes, 30 lbs. ; common salt, 10 lbs. ; arsenic, 2 lbs. ; magnesia, 2 oz. Jjooking-Glass Plate. — No. 1. Cleansed white sand, 60 lbs. : pearlashes, purified, 25 lbs. ; saltpetre, 15 lbs. ; borax, 7 lbs. This composition should be contin- ued long in the fire, which should be sometimes strong and after- wards more moderate, that the glass may be entirely free from biib- bles before it be worlted. No. 2. White sand, 60 lbs. ; pearlashes, 20 lbs. ; common salt, 10 lbs. ; nitre, 7 lbs. ; borax, 1 lb. This glass will run with as little heat as the former ; but it will be more brittle, and refract the rays of light in a greater degree. No. 3. Washed white sand, 60 lbs. ; purified pearlasiies, 25 lbs. : nitre, 15 lbs. ; borax, 7 lbs. If properly managed, this glass will be colorless. Window Glass. — No. 1. Dried sulphate of soda, 11 lbs. ; soaper salts, 10 lbs. ; lixiviated soap waste, ^ bush. ; sand, 50 to 60 lbs. ; glass-pot skim- mings, 22 lbs. ; brokenpaZe green glass, 1 cwt No. 2. (Paler.)— White sand, 60 lbs. ; pearl-ashes, "90 lbs. ; common salt 10 lbs. ; aiBemc, 10 iMta CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS,' AC, RECEIPTS. 171 »., 40 lbs. ; Yellow or 20 parts : J. Crystal chalk, 24 lugauefie, 1 , 70 narts ; ese, i part, iarlash, 40 IS8 {of St. ; lime, 21 St German !and ; best magnesia. i. ; nitre, 7 re a long the arsenic rbonate of be glass, 25 ulphate of arts. No. 50 parts ; ite quartz 100 parts ; bs. ; soda- lass. No. trts ; lime, liygers. ) — icldime in and good, js. ; puri- of arsenic, s be good, lbs. ; un- •e, 6 lbs. ; window-' common a»s Plate. 25 lbs. ; )e coutin- md after- rom bub- 8, 20 lbs. ; i will run ittle, and led white borax, 7 Windmo 10 lbs. ; ot skim- )— White irsenlc, 10 lbs. ; oxide of manganese, 2 to 4 oz. No. 3. {Very PaZe.)— White sand, 60 lbs. ; good pot ashes, 25 lbs. ; common salt 10 lbs. ; nitre, 6 lbs. : arsenic, 2 lbs. ; manganese, 2 to 4 oz. as required ; broken pale window glass, 14 lbs. CoLORKD PoTTEKs' Glazinos. — Wliite ; prepare an intimate mix- ture of 4 parts of massicot, 2 of tin ashes, [^fragment* of crystal glass, and i part of sea salt The mixture is suffered to melt m earthen- ware vessels, when the liquid flux may be used. Ydhm ; take equal parts of massicot, red lead and sulphuret of antimony, calcine the mixture, and reduce it again to powder, add then 2 parts of pure sand, and 1^ jwtrts of salt ; melt the whole. Orecn ; 2 pai-ts of sjuid, 3 parts massicot, 1 part of salt and coi)per scales, according to the shade to be produced : melt and use. Violet ; 1 part massicot, 3 pjirts sand, 1 of sn»alt, ^ part of blacli oxide of manganese ; melt. iBlue ; white sand and massicot, equal parts ; blue smalt, ^ P^^'t ; melt. Black ; black oxide of manganese, 2 parts ; smalt ^ part ; burned quartz, I part ; massicot, 1^ parts ; melt. Brown ; green bottle glass, 1 part ; manganese, 1 part ; lead, 2 parts, melt. Mortar, Plaster, &c.— 22 kinds. — 1. Stone Mortar. — Cement, 8 parts; lime, 3 parts; sand, 31 parts. 2. Mortar.— lAmQ, 1 part; shaip, clean sand,* 2^ parts. An excess of water in slaking the lime swells the mortar, which remains light and pprous, or shrinks in drying: an excess of sand destroys the cohesive properties of the mass. 3. Brown Mortar. — Lime, 1 part; sand, 2 parts, and a small quantity of hair. 4. Brick Mortar, — Cement, 3 paits; lime, 3 parts; sana, 27 parts. Lime and sand, and cement and sand, lessen about i, in volume when mixed together. 5. Turkish Mortar. — Powdered brick and tiles, 1 part: fine sifted lime, 2 parts; mix to a proper consistency with water, and lay on layers of 5 or 6 inches thick between the courses of brick or tone. Very useful on massive or very solid buildings. 6. Interior Plastering — Coarse Stuff. — Common lime mortar as made for brick masoniy, with a small quantity of hair ; or by volumes, lime paste (30 lbs. lime,) 1 part; sand, 2 to 2J parts; hair, 4 part. When full time for hardening cannot be allowed, substitute from 15 to 20 per cent, of the lime by an equal portion or hydraulic cement. For the second or brown coat the proportion of hair may be slightly diminished. 7. Fine Stuff. — (Lime putty): Lump lime slaked to a paste Avith a moderate volume of water, and afterwards diluted to the consistency of cream, and then harden by evaporation to the re- quired consistency for working. In this stJite it is used as a slipped coat, and when mixed with sand or plaster of Paris, it is used for the finishing coat. 8. Oauge Stuff or Hard Finish is composed of 3 or 4 volumes of fine stufE and 1 volume of plaster of Paris, m proportions regulated by the degree of rapidity required in hardening for cornices, &c., the proportions are equal volumes ot each, fine stulf and plaster, 9. Stucco is comiwsed of from 3 to 4 volumes of white sand to 1 volume of fine stuff or lime putty. 10. Scratch Coat. — The first of 3 coats when laid upon laths, and is from J to § of an inch in thickness. 11. One Coat TTorA;.— Plastering in 1 coat without finish, either on masonry or laths that is rendered or laid. Work on well. 12. Two Coat Wor^-.— Plastering in 2 coats is done either in a laying coat and set or in a screed coat and set. The Screed Coat is also termed a. Floated Coat. Laying the first coat in two coat work is resorted to M.4 /i CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. in common work instead of screeding, when the finished surface is not required to be exact to a straight edge. It is laid in a coat of about \ inch in thickness.. The laying coat, except for very common work, should be hand floated, as the tenacity and firmness of the work is much increased thereby. Screeds are strii)s of mortar, 2G to 28 inches in width, and of the required thickness of the first coat, ap- plied to the angles of a room or edge of a wall and parallelly, at in- tervals of H to 5 feet over the surface to be covered. When these have become sufficiently liard to withstand the pressure of a straight edge, the interspaces between the screeds should be filled out flush with them, so as to produce a continuous and straight, even surface. Slipped Coat is the smoothing off of a brown coat with a small quantity of lime putty, mixed with three per cent of white sand so as to make a comparatively even surface. This finish answers when the sarface is to be finished in distemper or paper. Hard Finish: Fine ^>;iiff applied with a trowel to the depth of about ^ of an inch. 13. Venef-l for External Use. — Ashes, 2 parts; clay, 3 ymrts; sand, 1 part; mix with a little oil. Very durable. 14. Compositions for Streets and Roads. — Bitumen, 16.875 parts; asphaltum, 2.25 jiarts; oil of resin, 6.25; sand, 1.35 parts. Thickness from 1^ to ^1§ inches. Asphaltum, 55 lbs., and grave? 28.7 lbs. will cover an are'a of 10.75 square feet. 15. Asphalt Composition. — Mineral pitch, 1 part; bitu- men, 11 parts; powdered stone or wood ashes, 7 parts. 16. Asphalt Mastic is composed of nearly pure carbonate of lime and about 9 or 10 per cent, of bitumen. When in a stixte of powder it is mixed with about 7 per cent, of bitumen or mineral pitch. The powdered asphalt is mixed witli the bitumen in a melted state along with clean gravel, and consistency is given to pour it mto moulds. The asph.ilt is duc- tile, and has elasticity to enable it, with the small stones sifted upon it, to resist ordinary wear. Sun and rain do not affect it, wear and tear do not seem to injure it. The pedestrian in many cities in the United Stites and Canada, can readily detect its presence on the side- walk by its peculiar yielding to the foot as he steps over it. It is also a most excellent roofing material when rightly applied, it being on record in France that a stout roof of this material withstood the ac- cidental fall of a stack of chimneys, with the only effect of bruising the mastic, readily repaired. 17. Asphalt for Wall's, — Take 2 parts very dry lime rubbish, and 1 part coal ashes, also very dry, all sifted fine. In a dry place, on a dry day, mix them, and leave a hole in the middle of ibhe heap, as bricklayers do when making mortar. Into this pour boiling hot coal tar; mix, and when as stiff as mortar, put it three inches thick where the walk is to be ; the ground should be dry and beaten smooth; sprinkle over it coarse sand. When cold, pass a light roller over it; in a few days the walk will be solid and water- proof. 18. Mastic Cement for Coverinc/ the Fronts of Houses. — Fiftv parts, by measure, of clean dry sand, 50 of limestone (not burned) reduced to graitis like sand, or marble dust, and 10 parts of red lead, mixed with as much boiled linseed oil as will make it slightly moist. The bricks to receive it, should be covered with three coats of boiled oil, laid on with a brush, and suffered to dry before the ihastic is put on. It is la'id on witli a trowel lilte plaster, but it is not so moist. It becomes hard as stone in a few months. Care must be exercised not to use too much oil. 19, Cement for Tile-Roofs. — Equal parts of whit- , J rs. surface is a coat of y common less of the irtar, 2G to t coat, ap- 3lly, at in- 'hen these a straight out flush in surface, h a small sand so as when the ,ish: Fine inch. 13. s; sand, 1 itions for parts; oil Lf inches. I of 10.75 lart; bitii- I. Asphalt about or lixed with id asphalt m gravel, lit is duc- fted upon wear and ies in the the side- It is also being on »d the ac- brnising e 2 parts all sifted a hole in tar. Into tar, put it Id be dry cold, pass ■ nd water- PS.— Fifty burned) red lead, ;ly moist, of boiled 4tic is put noist. It rcised not 8of whit- CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', «fcC., RECEIPTS. 173 Ing and dry sand, and 25 per cent, of litharge, made into the consist- ency of putty with linseed oil. It is not liable to cracic when cold, nor melt, like coal-tar and asphalt, with the heat of the sun. 20. Cement for Outside of Biick WoMs. — Cement for the outside of brick walls, to imitjite stone, is made of clean sand, 90 parts; litharge, 5paits; Elaster of Paris, 5 parts; moistened with boiled linseed oil. The ricks should receive two or three coats of oil before the cement is applied. 21. Water Lime at Fifty Cents per Barrel. — Fine clean sand, 100 lbs. ; quick-lime in powder, 28 lbs. ; bone ashes, 14 lbs. ; for use, beat up with water, and use as quick as possible. 22. Cement for Seams in Roofs. — Take equal quantities of white lead and white sand, and as much oil as will make it into the consistence of putty. It will in a few weeks become as hard as stone. Silver Polish Kalsomine. — Take 7 lbs. of Paris white and J lb. of light colored ghie. Set the glue in a tin vessel containing 3 pts. of water, let it stand over night to soak, then put it in a kettle of boiling water over the fire, stirring till it is well dissolved and quite thin. Then, after putting the Paris white into a large water pail, pour on hot water and stir it till appears like tliick milk. Now mingle the gUie liquid with the whiting, stir it thorouglily and apply with a whitewash brush, or a large paint brush. MEASUKEMENT OF STONE OR BRICK WORK. 1. Perch, Masons' or Quarrym^ns' M^asxire. 16i feet long 16 inches wide 12 " hi£ J? Ses wide i ' = I 24.75 cubto feet. To be measured in 12 " high) ( P"®- 1 cubic yard = 3 feet X 3 feet X 3 feet = 27 cubic feet. The cubic yard has become the standard for all contract work of late years. Stone walls less than 10 inches thick count as if 16 inches thick to masons ; over 16 inches thick, each additional tncli is counted. KXTMBER OF BRICK REQUIRED IN WALL PER SiiUARE FOOT FACE OF WALL. Thickness of wall. dde > = ^ 2: ligh j ( 22 cubic feet. To be measured in wall. Thickness of wall. 4 inches n 8 u 15 12 t( 22i 16 iC 30 20 « 37i 24 i nches 46 28 (< 62^ 32 (< 60 36 ti 67* 42 <( 76 Cubic yard r= 600 bricks in wall. Perch (22 cubic feet) = 500 bricks in wall. To pave 1 sq. yard on fiat requires 48 bricks. " " 1 "^ " edge " 68 " Best Wash FOR Bi*RNS and Houses. — Water, lime, 1 peck; freshly slaked lime, 1 peck; yellow ochre in powder, 4 lbs.; burnt 174 CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS', AC, RECEIPTS. umber, 4 lbs. To be dissolved in hot water, aud applied with a brush. DuBABLE Outside Paint.— Take 2 parts (in bulk) of water lime, ground fine; Ipart (in bulk) of white lead, in oil. Mix them thoroughly, by adding best boiled linseed oil, enough to prepare it to pass through a paint-mill; after which, temper with oil till it can be applied with a common paint brush. Make any color to suit. It will la<5t 3 times as long as lead paint. It is supebior. Farmers' Paint.— Farmers will find the following profitable for house or fence paint : skim milk, two quarts; fresh slaked lime 8 oz. ; linseed oil, 6 oz. ; white Burgundy pitch, 2 oz. ; Spanish white, 3 lbs. The lime is to be slaked in water, exposed to the air, and then mixed with about one-fourth of the milk ; the oil in which tne pitch is dissolved to be added a little at a time, then the rest of the milk, and afterwards the Spaxiish white. This is sufficient for twenty-seven yards, 2 coats. This is for white paint. If desirable, any other color may be produced; thus, if a cream color is desired, in place of part of the Spanish whitu use the other alone. estimate of materials and labor for 100 SQUARE YARDS OF LATH AND PLASTER. Materials Three coats Two Coats Materials Three coats Two coats and Laboiv Lard tinish. Slipped. and Labor, hard llnish. Slipped. Liine . . . 4 Ca»k8. 31/2 casks. White Sand 2V2 bushs. Lump Lime % " Nails. . . 13 lbs.. 13 lbs. Plaslov of Masons . . 4 days. 3% days. Paris . . Va " Laborer 3 " 2 " I>ath8. . . 2000 2000 Cartage . . 1 « % " Hair . . . 4 buBlis. 3 bushs. Saud. . . 6 loads. ; 6 loads. | Painting in Milk. — Skimmed milk, ^ gallon ; newly slaked lime, 6 oz. ; and 4 oz. of poppy, linseed, or nut oil ; and 3 lbs. Spanish white. Put the linre into an earthen vessel or clean bucket; and having jwured on it a sufficient quantity of milk to make it about the thickness of cream, add the oil in small quantities a little at a time, stirring the mixture well. Then put in the rest of the milk, afterwards the Spanish white finely powdered, or any other desired color. For out-door work add 2 oz. each more of oil and slaked lime, and 2 oz. of Burgundy \)itch dissolved in the oil by a gentle heat. Premium Paint without Oil or Lead.— Slake stone-lime with boiling water in a tub or barrel to keep in the steam ; then pass 6 quarts through a fine sieve. Now to this quantity add 1 quart of coarse salt, and a gallon of water; boil the mixture, aud skim It clear. To every five gaUons of this skimmed mixture, add 1 lb. alum ; ^ lb. copperas; and by slow degrees 2 lb. potash, and 4 quarts sifted ashes or fine sand ; add any coloring desired. A more durable paint was never made. Ukeen Paint fob Garden Stands, Blinds, etc.— Take mineral green wish first ( will p Pruss • Mi milk, use. morta to son best it on 'TS. CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, &C., RECEIPTS. 175 ied with a water lime, Mix tiiein »repare it to ill it can be uit. It will ofitable for ked lime 8 iiish white, ir. and then the pitch is e milk, and I'enty-seven other color e of part of YARDS OF Two couts Slipped. 13 IbB. 3% days. 2 " vly slaked Spanish iicket; and te it about es a little le rest of dered, or h more of in the oil 1 -lime with len pass 6 quart of m It clear, lum; ilb. fted ashes paint was le mineral green, and white lead ground in turpentine, mix up the quantity you wish with a small quantity of turpentine varnish. This serves for'the first coat. For the second, put as much varnish in your mixture as will produce a good gloss. If you desire a brighter green, add a little Prussian blue, which will much improve the color. • Milk Paixt, fob Bakns, any Color. — Mix water lime with skim milk, to a proper consistence to apply with a brush, and it is ready to use. It will adhere well to wood, whether smooth or rough, to brick, mortar, or stone, where oil has not been used (in which ease i*^^ cleaves to some extent), and forms a very hard substance, as durable as the best oil paint. It is too cheap to estimate, and any one can put it on who can use a brush. Any cc' ir may be given to it, by using colors of the tinge desired. 1^! a red is preferred, mix Venetian red with milk, not using any lime. It looks well for fifteen years. Paint. — To Make without Lead on Oil. — Whiting, 5 lbs.; skimmed milk, 2 qts. ; fresh slaked lime, 2 oz. Put the lime into a stoneware vessel, pour upon it a sufficient quantity of tlie milk to make a mixture resembling cream ; the balance of the milk is then to be added ; and lastly, the whiting is to be crumbled upon the surface of the fluid, in which it gradually siulcs. At tliis period it must be well stirred in or ground, as you would other paint, and it is fit for use. Paris Grken. — Take unslaked lime of the best cpiality, slake it with hot water; then take the finest part of the powder, and add alum water as strong as it can be made, sufficient to form a thick paste; then color it with bichromate of potash and sulphate of copper until the color suits your fancy, and dry it for use. N.B, — The sul- phate of copper gives a blue tinge; the bichromate of potash, a yel- low. Observe this, and you will get it right. Beautiful Ghekn Paint fob Walls. — Take 4 lbs. Roman vitriol, and pour on it a teakettleful of boiling water. When dis- solved, add 2 lbs. pearlash, and stir the mixture well with a stick un- til the eflfervescence ceases; then add J lb. pulverized yellow arsenic, and stir the whole togethet. Lay it on with a paint brush ; and if the wail nas not been painted before, 2 or even 3 coats will be requisite. If a ^>ea-green is required, put in less, if an apple-greea, more, of the yellow arsenic. This paint does not cost the quarter of oil paint, and looks better. Blue Color fob Ceilings, &c. — Boil slowly for 3 hours 1 lb. blue vitriol and ^ lb. of the best whiting in about 3 qts. water; stir it frequently while boiling, and also on taking it off the fire. When it has stood till quite cold, pour off the blue liquid, the*^ mix the cake of color with good size, and use it with a plasterer ••» brush in the same m.aniier as whitewash, either for walls or ceilings. To Harden Whitewash. — ^ o ^ pail of common whitewash add h pint of flour. Pour on boiling water in quantity to thicken it. Then add (igalg. of the lime water, and .stir well. Whitewash that will not Rub Off. — Mix up half a pailful of lime and water, ready tf i.;.i[ il desiiins which can be multiplied to any required extent at a vry cheap rate. A piece of four inch colunui tested at the 1851 l';;xhibi- tio.i '•eoHired a pressure of 400 tons pei- square foot to criish it, or as iur<;] , as goo*-, granite and two or three times as much as most build- ing 8 ;>ne. Ex' .^wvT Cheap Roofing. — Have your roof stiff, rafters made of stuif 1^ by 8 inches, well supported and 6 feet apart, with ribs 1 incii by 2 inches, set edgeways, well nailed to the rafters, about 18 indies apart. The boards may be thin but nuist be well seasoned, and nailed close together: tliis doiio, iay down and cover the roof with thin CABINETMAKERS, PAINTERS*, AC, RECEIPTS.* 177 soft, spongy straw paper used in making paper-boxes, which comes in rolls and comes very low. Lay in courses up and down the roof, and lap over, nailing down with common No. 6 tacks, with leather luider the heads like carpet tacks. Then spread on several coatings of the following com^MJsition, previously boiled, stirred, and mixed together: good clean tar, 8 gals. ; Roman cement, 2 gals, (or in its place very fine, .clean sand may be used) ; resin, 5 lbs. ; tallow, 3 lbs. ; apply hot : and let a hand follow, and sift on shari^ grit sand, pressing it in- to the tar composition. If wished fire-proof, go over the above with the following preparation ; slake stone lime under cover with hot water till it falls into a fine powder, sift and mix 6 qta. of this with 1 qt. salt ; add 2 gals, water, boil and skim. To 5 gals, of this add 1 lb of alum, and 1^ lb. of copperas, slowly while boiling, 1^ lbs. potash and 4 gts. of clean, sharp sand, and any color desired. Apply a thick coat with a brush, and you have a roof which no fire can injure froni the outside. How TO Build Gkavel Houses.— This is the best building ma- teiial in the world. It is four times cheaper than wood, six times cheaper than stone, and superior to either. I'roportions for mixing : to eight barrows of slaked lime, well deluged with water, add 15 barrows of sand ; mix these to a creamy consistency, then add CO barrows of coarse gravel, which must be worked well and completely ; you can then throw stones into this mixture, of any shape or size, up to ten inches in diameter. Form moulds for the walls of the liouse by fixing boards horizontally against upright standards, which must be immovably braced so that they will not yield to the immense pres- sure outwards as the material settles ; set the stjindaids in pairs around the building where the walls are to stand, from six to eight feet apart, and so wide that the inner spa(;e shall form the thickness of the wall. Into the moulds thus formed throw in the conciete material as fast as you choose, and the more promiscuously tlie better. In a shoit time the gravel will get as hard as the solid rock. Vabnish fou Plaster Casts. — V/hite soap and white wax, each i oz., water 2 pts., boil together in a clean vessel for a short time. This varnish is to be applied when cold with a soft brush. The Bronzino of Plaster Casts is elTected by giving them a coat of oil or size varnish, and when tliis is nearly dry, applving with a dabber of cotton or a camel-hair pencil any of the metallic bronze Sowders ; or the powder may be placed in ji little bag of muslin, and usted over the surface, and afterwards finished with a wad of Imen. The surface must be afterwards varnished. Substitute von Plaster ok PAKiH.—Bett whiting, 2 lbs. ; flue, 1 lb. ; linseed oU, 1 lb. Heat all together, and stir thoroughly. lOt the compound cool, and then lav it on a stone covered with lK)wdered whiting, and heat it weU till it becomes ot a tough aud firm consistence ; tlteu put it by for use. coAcring with wet cloths to keep it fresh. When wanted for use, it must be cut in pieces adapted to the size of the mould, into whiols it is forced by a screw press. The ornament may be fixed to the wall, picture-frame, &c., witn giue or white lead. It becomes in time as hard as stone itself. Modelling Clay. — Knead dry clay with glycerine instead of watf^r, and a mass is obtained which remains moist and plastic fot a considerable tiino, being a great convenience to the modellei'. 12 — J» -».,'s,...^* ) _ ih(. , wj B mie held between the thumb and finger in a piece of soft paper while undergoing the pro- cess; otherwise the oil from the skin will prevent their becoming clean. The pinions may be cleaned by sinking them several times into a piece of pith, and the holes by turning a nicely shaped piece of pivot wood into them, finst dry, and afterwards oiled a very little with watch oil. When the holes pass through jeweis, you must work gently to avoid brealving them. Th'k "Chemical Prooehs." — Some watchmakers employ what they call the " Chemic^'il Process " to clean and remove discoloration from watch movements. It is as follows :— Kemove the screws and other steel parts , then dampen with a aoluticm of oxalic acid and water. I^et it remain a few minirtes, after which immer«^ m a solution made oi PiTii FOR Cleaning.— The stalk of the common muUen affords the best pith for cleaning pinions. Winter, when the stalk is dry, is tlie time to gather it. Some use cork instead of pith, but it is inferior. To Pivot. — When you find a pivot hroken, you will hardly be at a loss to understand that the easiest mode of repairing ihe damage is to drill into the end of tlie pinion or staff, as thp case may be, and havuig inserted a new pivot, turn it dovm to the proper proportions. This is by no means a difficult thing when the piece to be drilled is not too hard, or when the temper may be slightly drawn without injury to the other parts of the ai-ticle. To TELL WHEN THE Lever IS OF PROPER Leingth. — ^You may readily leara whether or not a lever is of proper length, by measur- ing from the guard point to the pallet staff, and then comparing with the roller or ruby-pin table ; the diameter of the table should always be just half the length measured on the lever. The rule will work both ways, and may be useful in cases where a new ruby-pin table has to be supplied. To CHANGE Depth of Lever Escapkment. — If you are opera- ting on a fine watch, the best plan is to put a new staiT 'nto thy lever, cutting its pivots a little to one side, just as far as you desire to change the escapement. Common wattihos will not, of course justify so much trouble. The usual process in their case is to knock out the sfciff, ana with a small file out the hole oblong in a direction opposite to that in which you desire to move your i -allets : then replace the staff, wedge it to the required posititm, and secure by soft soldering. In instances where the staff" is put in with a screw, you will have to {)roceed differently. Take out the staff, pry the pallets from the ever, file the pin holes to slant in the direction you would move the g Juliets, without changing their size on the other side of the lever, onnect the pieces as they were before, and," with the lever resting on some solid substance, you may strike lightly with your hammer until the bending of the pins will rfUow the pallets to pass into posi- tion. . t f WATCHMAKERS, jewellers', &C., RECEIPTS. 181 Compensation Balance of Chronometebs. — The balance is a small piece of steel coverea with a hoop of brass. The rim, cousisting of the two metals, is divided at the two extremities, the one diamet- rical arm of the balance, so that tlie increase of temi)erature which weakens the balance springs contract, in a proportionate degree, the diameter of the balance, leaving the spring less resistance to overcome. This occurs from the brass expanding much more by heat than steel, and it therefore curls the semicircular arcs inwards, an action that will be immediately understood, if we conceive the compound bar of steel to be straight, as the heat would render the brass side longer and convex, and in the balance it renders it more curved. In the compensation balance, the two metals are united as follows: the disk of steel when turned and pierced with a central hole i^ fixed by a little screw-bolt and nut at the bottom of a small cru- cible, with a central elevation smaller than the disk ; the brass is now melted and the whole allowed to cool. The crucible is broken, tlie excess of brass is turned off in the lathe, the arms are made with the file as usual, the rim is tapped to receive the compensation screws or weights, and, lastly, the hoop is divided in two places at the opposite ends of its diametrical arm. The balance springs of marine chronometers, which are in the form of a screw, are wound into the square thread of a screw of the appropriate diameter and coai-seness ; the two ends of the spring are retained bv side screws, and the whole is carefully enveloped in platinum foil, and lightly bound with wire. The mass is next heated in a piece of gun barrel closed at one end, and plunged ^into oil, which hardens the spring almost without discolormg it, owing to the exclusion of the air by the close platinum covering, which is now removed, and the spring is let down to the blue before removal from the screwed block. The balance or hair spring of common watches are frequently left soft, those of the best watches are hardened in the coil upon a plain cylmder and are then curled into the spiral form between the edge of a blunt kaife and the thumb, the same as in curling up a narrow ribbon or paper, or the filaments of an ostrich featlier. Tlie soft spruigs are worth (50 cents each, those hardened and tempered $1.26 each. Tl)is raises the value of the steel ; originally less than 4 cents, to $2000 and $8000 respectively. , It takes ^3200 balance springs to weigh an ounce. Watch Spring Manufacture. — Wabch springs are hammered out of round steel wire, of suiUible diameter until they fill the gauge, for width, which at the same time insures equality of thickness. The holes are punclied in their extremities, and they are trimmed on the edge with a smooth file. The springs are then tied up with bindmg wire, m a loose open coil and heated over a charcoal fire upon a perforated revolving plate. They are hardened in oil and blazed off. The spring is now distended m a long metal frame, simi- lar to that used for a saw blade, and gromid and polished with emery and oil between lead blocks. By this time its elasticity appetirs quite lost, and it may be bent in any direction ; its elasticity is, liovv- ever, entirfely restored by a subsequent hammering on a very bright anvil which puts the " nature into the spring." The coloring is done over a flat plate of iron, oj hood, under whicli a smaU spirit lamp is kept burning ; the spring is continually drawn backward and 182 WATCHMAKERS,* jewellers', AC, RECEIPTS. forward, about two or three inches at a time, luitil it assumes the orange or deep blue tint tliroughout, according to the taste of tlie purchaser. By many the coloring is considered to be a matter bt ornament and not essential. Tlie last process is tp coil the spring into the spiral form, that it may enter the barrel in which it is to be contained. This is done by a tool with a small axis and winch handles, and does not require heat. To TKLL WHEN LkVER PALLETS AKE OF PROPER SiZE. — The clear space between the pallets should correspond with the outside measure, on the points of three teeth of the scape wheel. The usual mode of measuring for new pallets is to set the wheel as close as pos- sible to free its self when in motion. You can arrange it iu your aep- thing tool, after which the measurement between the pivot holes of the two pieces, on the pillar plate, will show you exactly what is re- quired. To LENaTHEN LEVERS OF AnCHOR-ESCAPEMENT WATCHES WITH- OUT Hammering or Soldering, — Cut square across with a screw- hejid file, a little back from the point above the fork, and, when you have thus cut into it to a sufficient dei)th, bend forward the desired distance the piece thus partially detached. In the event of the piece snapping oft' while bending — which, however, rarely happens — file down the point level with the fork, and insert a pin English lever style. To temper Case and other Springs of Watches. — Draw the temi>er from the spring, and fit it properly in its place in the watch ; then take it out and temper it hard jm rain-water (the addition of a little table-salt to the water will be an improvement) ; after which place it in a small sheet-iron ladle or cup, and barely cover it with lin- seed-oil ; then hold the ladle over a lighted lamp until the oil ignites, let it bum until the oil is nearly, not quite consumed ; then re-cover with oil and bum down as before ; and so a third time ; at the end of which, plunge it again into water. Main and liair springs may, in like manner, be tempered by the same process ; first draw the temper, and properly coil and clamp to keep it in position, and then proceed the same as with case-sprnigs. To MAKE Red Watch Hands. — 1 oz. carmine, 1 oz. muriate of silver, ^ oz. of tinner's Japan ; mix together in an earthen vessel, and hold over a spirit-lamp until formed into a paste. Apply this to the watch hand, and then lay it on a copper plate, face side up, and heat the plate sufficiently to produce the color desired. To Drill into Hard Steel. — Make your drill oval in form, in- stead of the usual pointed shape, and temper as hard as it will bear without breaking; then roughen the surface where you desire to drill witli a little diluted muriatic acid, and, instead of oil, use turpentine or kerosene, in which a little gum camphor has been dissolved with your drill. In operating, keep the pressure on youi drill firm and steady ; and if tlie bottom of the hole should chance to become bur- nished that the drill will not act, as sometimes happens, again roughen with diluted acid aa before; then clean out the hole carefully, and jjroceed again. To Put Teeth in Watch or Clock Wheels without Dove- tailing OR Soldering.— Drill a hole somewhat wider than the tooth, square through the plate, a little below the base of the tooth ; ed WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS', &C., RECEIPTS. 183 - \ cut from the edge of the wheel Kquure down to the hole already drill- ed ; tlien flatten a piece of wire ho as to fit snugly into the cut of the saw, and with a light lianuuer form a head on it like the head of a pin. When thus pre{»ared, i)reH8 the wire or pin into posHession in tlie wheel, the head hlliug the hole drilled through the plate, and the projeetuig out so as to form tlie tooth ; then with a sharp-pointed graver cut a small groove each side of the piu from the edge of the wheel down to the hole, and with a hlow of your hannner si>read the face of the pin so as to fill the grooves just cut. Repeat the same op- eration on the other side of tlie wheel, and finish off in the usual way. The tooth will be found perfectly riveted in on every side, and as strong as the original one, while in appearance it will be equal to the best dovetsiiling. To Ca8E-hard1':n Ikon. — If you desire to harden to any consider- able depth, put the article into a crucible with cyanide of potash, cover over and heat altogether, then jilunge into water. This process will harden perfectly to the depth of one or two inches. To TIGHTEN A Cannon Pinion on thk Ckntbe Aubob when TOO loose. — Grasp the arbor lightly with a pair of cutting nippers, and, by a single turn of the nippers around the arbor, cut or raise a small thread thereon. To FitosT Watch Movements.— Sink that part of the article to be frosted for a short time in a compound of nitric acid, muriatic acid, and table salt, one ounce of each. On removing from the acid, place it in a shallow vessel containing enough sour beer to merely cover it, then with a fine scratch brush scour thoioughly, letting it remain under the beer during the operation. Next wash off, first in pure water and then in alcohol. Gild or silver in accordance with any recipe in the plating department. Rt'LE FOK DETERMINING THE OORBECT DiAMETER OF A PiNION BY MEASUBING TeETH OF THE WhEEL THAT MATCHES INTO IT. — The term full, as used below, indicates full measure from outside to outside of the teeth named, and the term centre, the measure from centre of one tooth to centre of the other tooth named, inclusive. For diameter of a pinion of 15 leaves measure, with calipers, a shade less than 6 teeth of the wheel, fiill. For diameter of a ]>inion of 14 leaves measure, with calipers, a shade less than 6 teeth of the wheel, cenU'e. For diameter of a pinion of 12 leaves measure, with calipers. 5 teeth of the wheel, centre. For diameter of a pinion of 10 leaves measure, with calipers, 4 teeth of the wheel, /«W. For diameter of a pinion of 9 leaves measure, with calipers, a little less than 4 teeth of the wheel, full. For diameter of a pinion of 8 leaves measure, with calipers, a little less than 4 teeth of the wheel, centre. For diameter of a pinion of 7 leaves measure, with calipers, a little less than 3 teeth of the wheel, full. For diameter of a pinion of 6 leaves measure, with calipers, 3 teeth of the wheel, centre. For diameter of a pinion of 5 leaves measure, with calipers, 3 teeth of the wheel, centre. As a general rule, pinions that lead, as in the hour wheel, should IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) cr ^^.% :/j 1.0 I.I UilM |25 »" ^ 12.2 :!f 1^ 12.0 u& •. 1.25 1^ 1.6 ^ 6" » ^^ ■^ Photogra{Aiic Sciences Corporalion 2S •*«? MAIN tTMIT WIUTM.N.Y. MSM (7U)I73-4S03 '^^^l^'^'^ v^" 184 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. be somewhat larger than those that drive, and pinions- of clocks shoold generally be somewhat larger proportionally than those of watches. For diameter of a pinion of 4 leaves measure, with calipers, one half of one space over 2 teeth of the wheel, fulL To Polish Wheels perfectly without injury. — Take a flat burnishing file, warm it over a spirit lamp, and coat it lightly with beeswax. When cold, wipe oflE as much of the wax as can be readily removed, and with your file thus prepared, polish the wheel, resting the wheel while polishing on a piece of cork. The finish prodacea will be quite equal to the finest bafE polish, while there will be no clogging, and the edges of the arms and teeth will remain perfectly square. Sandoz' Method of Producing Isochronibm in Flat and Brbquet Springs. — Isochronism, from the Greek, meaning equal time, is the property possessed by the pendulum and the hair spring to accomplisn their arcs of vibration of different amplitudes in the same space of time. In a pendulum, the only condition' required is that its length be such as to make the centre of gravity move accord- ing to the cycloid curve; but in the hair spring the means change with the forms effected by the spring. In the spherical or conical gprings, the extreme curves constructed after the mathematical rules discovered by Prof. Phillii)i)8, of the Polytechnic Sdiool ot Paris, will produce an Isochronibiii very nearly perfect. In the fin t spring, these curves caimot exist, therefore other means must be resorted to. 1 shall give now the results of several years of experiment and study, which can be emlwdied in the two following theorems : 1. In the flat sprinr/, every coil has theoretically a point lohere the vibrations are Isochronal. 2. That point of Isochronibm is determined by the relative position of the two points connectinrj the hair sprinrf with the collet and stud, called Points d' attache. These two propositions form the base of Isochronism in the flat Bpring; therefore the idea generally accredited among watchmakers that the Isochronal properties of a iflat spring depend on its length is incorrect, since the lOth as well aa the 20th coil of the spring is able to produce the Isochronism, the only limit being such sizes of springs that wtuild prevent the perfect freedom of its action. Freedom of action being necessary for the Isochnmal properties of the spring to develoi) themselves, the spring must be bent to the centre, according to Fig. II. — the first coil being too near or the curve ttM) flat, so that e\ en a minute part of the spring could touch the collet, would hinder the Isochronism. Next, the spring must be pinned perfectlv tight in the collet and stud, and move freely between the regulator pins. These conditions fulfilled, the watch is run 3, (5 or 12 hours with just strength enough to keep it going ; the result is compared with a regu- lator and set down. Next, the watch is fully wound up, and after a space of time equal Ut the first tnp\, the result is again set down. Most gonemlly the watch will run slower in the short vibrations than in the wide ones, and conwequwntly lose time ill the pocket in the last twelve hours of its running. Having set downtvsa princinle that every coil has an Isochi-onal jxiint, we have now to determine that point, re- membering that as a general rule, every, increa»e of length of the a^ 1^ A zy TS. of clocks I those of ipers, one ake a flat [htly with be readily )1, restiuz Srodaced 1 be no perfectly Flat and ling equod air spring les in the equired is ve accord- ns change or conical itical rules of Paris, lilt spring, Bsorted to. md study, inhere the Icteiinituid air spnny n the flat x;hmakers •n lcn,:^h is ing is able oi' springs :ipertie8 of int to the ' the curve touch the must be y between s with just til a regu- and after sot down. Ltions than ill tlie last that every t jMiint, re- ijth of the a^ k J a WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLEBS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 185 $pnng over that point, will cause the watch to gain in the short vibra- tional and every decrease back of that point wul cause it to gain in the wide vibrations. This rule is correct only for certain limits, as I am going to explain. Supposing that a hair spring of 16 coils is per- • fectly Isochronal with the tv/o points d' attache just opiwsite each other, as shown in Fig. III., the Mth and the 16th coil, as well as the 15th, will produce the Isochronism very nearly at the same point. Supposing that we increase gradually the length of that hair spring of lo coils, pinned up so that the two points (T attache are priminvely opposite each other — so that its length will now be IS^ coils — ^the two points d' attache are now in the position shown in Fig." IV., or what is called pinned to the half coil '^^^^ result will be that the hair spring will cAuse the watch to gain in the short vibrations as much as it is in its power to do. But if we go further than the half coil, we now enter the ground that belongs to the 16th coil, and every increase of length in that half coil will cause the hair spring to lose in the short vibrations, in the same proportion that it has been gaining in increasing the length of the first half. That change will continue until we reach the same point on the 16th coil that we started from on the 15th., the two pins op- posite each other; at that point we shall have a^in the Isochronism. The same operation is applicable to the 14th coil, with the same re- sults. Now it is immaterial whether we take that half coil to the centre, or to the outside of the spring, because both of these operations will pro- duce the same results, viz., the change of the relative places of the points d^ attache of the spring. Therefore the artist has his choice, and is guided by the size of the spring and tlie weight of the balance; for takmg half a coil to the centre of the spring will not much affect the rate of the watch, but taken outside, the difference will be great. On the other hand, a very short cut to the centre will greatly affect tiie Isochronism, apd at the outside, a full half-coil will generally produce from 15 to 25" difference in 24 hours. If then the watch- maker would produce the gretitest possible changes of Isochronism in a watch, the change of position of the two points d'attache of the spring of one coil around, will give him the two highest degrees of gaining and losing in the short vibrations. It follows from the following pages, that if a watch loses in the last running (short vibrations), the first thing to do is to uicrease the length of the hair ^spring from the outside ; if the result is better, but i I not yet good, give still more length ; if the result is worse, it shows thatyouare too far on the coil. Take back the whole length that you had given in the first operation, and draw more length, so as to affect the spring the other way ; or if your spring is alreivdy small or your balance pretty heavy, cut to the centre so as to come around to the required positions. Some springs cannot pi'oduce the Isoclironism ; this comes from a defect in making the spring, or a want of homogeuiety in the metal ; the only remedy is a new spring. In the Bregiiet Spring, tlie Isochronism is produced in the same nianner as thef'.rA. springings, but great care must be taken in making the curve,. for *-i 't " // % rs. and the Base the Y on the icreased A, and . iochron- lake the ing. =r?( ^ to but qulrep The WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 187 great principle is to equalize the frictions, so that the pivots will offer to the action of the spring the same resistiince in the four positions generally required, viz., dial up, XII up, coclt up and III up. After having inspected and corrected the train so that the motive power is transmitted uniformly to the balance, the pivots and jewels of the lever should be polished and shortened so as to have very little fric- tion; next, the lever should be poised as nearly perfect as possible, and the slot also in the fork where the ruby pin acts should be 1)oli8hed. The balance jewels ought to be made short enough to laye the holes smiare, rounded inteide, and perfectly polished, the balance pivots well burnished and their ends half rounded, and the balance iwised very carefully. The English method of throwing the balance out of poise to obtain the same rate in different positions is not accepted generally, and is considered a bad i)rjictice by the most eminent watchmakers. The hair spring is put in its position without the balance, and bent so that the collet and the cock jewel will have the same centres. The watch being now in ^ood rimnin^ order, is J Hit under trial for 12 or 24 hours, and the rate in each position care- uUy noted. If there j^ any difference in the running with the cock up, or dial up, making the ends of the pivots even and equally well polished will remove the discrepancy. If the watch loses with XII up, which is generally the case, and the friction on the balance jewels being reduced as miich as possible, the remedy is to increase the friction when the watch is either dial or cock up. This is done by throwing the hair spring a little out of the centre of the cock jewel, thereby adding to the friction on the pivot end, a lateral pressure against the iMilance jewels. If the watch is well regulated with XII up, and loses with III up, throw the spring a little towards the figure III; this operntion lifts up the balance when the watch is in losing position and dinunishes the friction of the pivots in that particular case. Making the ends of the pivots perfectly flat has a tendency to make the watch gain with dial or cock up. The sound of the watch must be clear in all fW^sitions, else it indicates a friction, as for instance rough jewels or pivots, safety pin rubbing against the roller, ete. How TO Rec^late a Watch in a few Minutes, and a Practi- cal Method TO put a new Haiu Sprino, of the right size and Perfectly Regulated in a Watch without Running It.— First, asceiiain how many vibrations the watch beats in one minute, by counting every otlier vibration and comparing that time with a well- regulated wateh or regulator. In general, Swiss watches beat 18,000 in one hour, viz., 300 in one minute; American watches, either 18,000 either 10,200, or 270 per miuute; and the English levers,- 14,400, or 240 per minute. If there is any aoubt, it is better to count up leaves and teeth, and ascerfeiin the right number; but these cases are scarce where watches will beat odd numbers. Having found out the right number, examine the balance carefully for one or two minutes, counting every vibration going from right to l^ft, and in the lueiin tinie examini'.g the regulator or clock, to see when one minute is up. If the watch is well regulated, the number of vibrations must be exactly half of the regular first number, viz., 150, 135, or 120, as only every other vibration has been recorded to facilitate the observation. If not so, move the regulator, right or left, until a perfect coincidence cornea. ■>»<*» I 188 WATOHMAKBBS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. To pick up a new hair spring, after having recorded the right num- ber of beats— either by the old hair spring or by the numbers o'. the train — ^lay first the spring with its centre well in the centre of the cock jewel, and having ascertained where the coil will enter between the pins of the 'regulator, note the place. Stick to the pivot of the balance a small round piece of beeswax; then stick it to the centre of the spring, so as to establish a temporary but firm connection of the two ' pieces, and having pinched with the tweezers the hair sprinft to the place indicated by the regulator pins, cause it to vibrate gentl> ; then count up the vibrations for one minute, and when you have got a spring that will produce nearly the required number of beats, pin it to the collet, and cause it again to vibrate, moving tlife tweezers for- ward and backward, until the right number of beats is produced ; with another pair of tweezers, pincn the hair spring about one-eightli of an inch back of the regulating point, so as to comiterbalunce the gain produced by the regulator pins, and bend slightly the wire, which is the place where the hair spring must be puined to the stud. Having then trued up the spring, proceed to put the regulator to the right place, by using the way indicated m the beginning of this article, and the work is done. Success is certain, when the operation has been carefully performed. The balance must be made to vibrate on some hard arid well polished substance, so as to keep up the vibra- tion to about the standard of regular running. A little practice will soon enable the watchmaker to change a hair spring very quick, and without any trouble whatever. Of Compensation. — A most accurate way of counterbalancing effects produced on the rimning of watches by different temperatures, is the expansion balance, formed of two concentric rings, one in- terior, of steel, and one exterior, of brass, joined together by hard soldering or smelting. The general proportion of these two metals is one ^rt of steel, two of brass. The stronger dilation of brass, causes the rim of the balance to head inwardly; when the heat, increasing, diminishes the strength of the hair spring; the greater contraction bends the rim outwardly when cold comes to increase the rigidity of the spring's coils. Pushing forward or backward %\m screws of the rim will affect the compensating powers of the balance, by caushig their weight to be more active as they come nearer the end of the cut arm. The thinner and higher the rim, the greater the action. A few tiials will bring the balance to compensate the effect of temperature from 30° to 100° Fahrenheit. For extreme temperatures another compensation, called auxilian/, is used, but only in ship chronome- ters. A soft spring will bo less affected by changes of temperature than a hardened one ; this affords a way to compensate certain bal- ances, where otherwise new ones would have to be. used. A precau- tion to obser^'e in compensating is to make the screws go freely on the balance, and not screw thera too tight, else the action of the'rim not being free, a good compensation could not be attained, until the com- bined actions of dilation and contraction of tlie rini have freed the screws. For watchmakers who would want to conii»ensate a watch without having un expansion balance, I give the following process, which I have successfully used : After havin*^ cut off the greater iMtrt of the regulator's arm, another arm is to be fitted with a screw on the rim i WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 189 wire. i of the regulator, so as to revolve freely around that screw as an axis. The pins are uut in the same position as'on the old arm. A ring, of two parts of brass and one of steel, is then fastened to one end on that movable arm, and the other end is screwed at any convenient place, either on the regulator itself, or on the cock. See Fig. 1. By placing the whole ring on the regulator, the latter may be moved as m any other watch, the ring opening or shutting itself under the changes of temperature, will pusn backward and forward the regu- lator pins, and so effect the compensation which is to be regulated by varying either the proportion of brass and steel, or the size of the ring. To try the running of the watches, a common refrigerator is used to produce the low temperature, and then an apparatus, self-regula- ting, win produce the high temperature. It is commonly a square box of tin or copper, hermetically closed, under which is a gas burner. A compensating arm of the form of a U, made of brass and steel, is fastened iuside the box, and is connected by a string with a lever at- tached to the key of the burner, and acts so that at the high temper- ature, say 100° Fah., the gas is nearly shut off, the compensating arm gradually releasing itself and consequently letting out more gas when the heat diminishes inside the box. Use steel pins to secure spring to collet and stud. To HAKE PoLisHiNO BROACHES. — These are usually made of ivory, and used with diamond dust, loose, instead of having been driven in. You oil the broach lightly, dip it into the finest diamond dust, and proceed to work it into the jewel the same as you do the brass broach. Unfortunately, too many watchmakers fail to attach suffi- cient importance to the polishing* broach. The sluggish motion of watches now-a-days is more often attributable to rough jewels than to any other cause. * To Polish Steel. — ^Take crocus of oxide of tin and graduate it in in the same way as in preparing diamond dust, and apply it to the steel by means of a piece of soft iion or bell metal, made proper form, and prepared with flour of emery, same as for pivot burnishers; use the coarsest of the crocus first, and finish off with the finest. To iron or soft steel a better finish may be given by burnishing than can be imparted by the use of polishing powder of any kind whatever. The Qerman Method of Polishing Steel is performed by the use of crocus on a buff wheel. Nothing can exceed the suriiassing beauty imparted to steel or even cast iron uy this process. • Croous Powder for Polishing. — Chloride of sodium and sul- {>hate of iron are well mixed in a mortar. The mixture is then put nto a shallow crucible and r ^posed to a red heat ; vapor escapes and the mass fuses. When no more vapor escapes, remove the crucible and let it cool. The color of the oxide of iron produced, if the fire has been properly regulated, is a fine violet ; if the heat has been too high it becomes black. The mass when cold is to be powdered and washed, to separate the sulphate of soda. The powder of crocus is then to be submit* d to a process of careful ■ elutriation, and the finer particles reserved for the more delicate work. An excellent powder for applying to razor strops is made by igniting together in a crucible, equal parts ot well dried green vitnu and •ommon salt. The heat must be slowly raised and well 190 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS', AC, RECEIPTS. regulated, otherwise the materials will boil over in a pasty state, and be lost. When well made, out of contact with air, it has the brilliant aspect of black lead. It requires to be ground and elutri- ated, after which it affords, on drying, an impalpable powder, thnt may be either applied on a strop of smooth buff leather, or mixed up with hog's lard or tallow into a stiff cerate. To Remove Rust from Ibon ok Steel, &c. — For cleaning pur- poses, &c., kerosene "oil or ^enzine are probably the best thmgs known. When articles have become pitted by rust, however, these can of course, only be removed by mechanical means, such as scour- ing with fine p. -vder, or flour of emery and oil, or with very fine emery i>aper. To jireverit stef^l from rusiing, rv\, it with a mixture of lime and oil, or with mercurial ointmett, eit ler of which will be found valuable. To Make Burnisheb.s. — Proceed the same as a\ making pivot files, with the exception that you are to use fine flour of emery on a slip of oiled brass or copper, instead of the emery paper. Burnishers which have become too smooth may be improved vastly with the flour of emery as above without drawing the temper. To Prepare a Burnisher for Polishino.— Melt a little bees- wax on the face of your burnisher. Its effect then on brass or other fihrfr metals, will be equal to the best buff. A small burnisher pre- pared in this way is the very thing with which to iwlish up watch wheels. Rest them on a piece of pith while polishing. Rules for Determinino the Correct Length of the Lever, SIZE of Ruby-pin Table, size of the Pallets, and depth of Escapement of Lever Watches^— A lever, from the guard point to tie jmllet staff, should correspond in length with twice the diameter afl the ruby-pin table, and when a table is accidentally lost, the cor- rect size tnereof may be known by measuring half the length of the lever between the points above named. For correct size of pallet, the clear s^mce between the pallets should correspond with the outside measure on the points of three teeth of the escapement wheel. The only rule that can be giveuj witliout the use of diagru^ns, for correct depth of the escapements, is to set it as close as it will bear, and still free ife^elf perfectly when in motion. This may be done by first placing the escapement in your depthing tool, and then setting it to the correct deptn. Then by measuring the distance between the pivots of the lever staff and escai)ement wheel, as now set, and the corresi)onding pivou holes in the watch, you determine correctly how much the dei)tn of the escapement requires to be altered. To Prevent Watches losing Time from Action op Pendulum Spring. — Pin the pendulum spring into the stud, so that that part, the part of the eye immediately emerging from the collet, and the centre of the collet, are in a line ; then you will have the spring pin- ned in, in equal terms, as it is called by those who are versed in the higher branches of springing. Bring tlie watch to time by adding to or taking from the balance, and poise it; try the watch with the 12 up for 2 nours, then with the 6 up for 2 hours, then lying down for the same time ; the trials here described will be sufficient if the watch has seconds ; keep the curb pin close so as to allow the spring only a little play : the vibration of the balance should be 12 turn or laying. I No. of l Teeth In thi: \ Centre '; Wheel. 72 66 rt 66 r 66 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 191 LIST OF TRAINS OF W.ATCHES. SHOWINO THB MUMBR OF TjtKTH IN THB WHBBL8, LEAVKS IN THB FINIONS BBATS IN A MINCTB, AND TIMB THB FOUBTH WHBBL KBVOLVBS IN. Trains, for Seven Teeth In tlie Escapement HTbeel* No.of Teeth in the Leaves LeaTes Tteth In the Kaeape- munt Wheel. Leaves In the jSo. of >Scconda Teeth In In 3d Teeth In iu4th Kscape- No. of Beats In the 4tli 3d Wheel. Wiieol 4th Wheel Wheel mcT-t one minvte. Wheel Centre Wheel. I'lnlon. I'lnlon. Whucl rinlon. revol- ves in. 72 66 6 68 6 6 298— 2V 66 64 6 04 6 6 292-f 81 66 64 6 63 6 6 287-- 31 66 63 6 03 6 6 283— 81 66 t;3 6 62 6 6 278-H 81 66 •S 6 61 6 H 274— 81 66 63 fi 60 6 7 6 269-1- 81 Trains, for Nine Teeth in the Bscapenaent HTheel. 68 60 6 57 « 9 6 299+ 84 66 60 6 54 6 9 6 297 88 63 60 6 56 6' 9 6 294 34 66 60 6 63 6 9 6 291+ 33 68 60 6 65 6 9 6 289— 84 66 60 6 52 6 9 6 286 83 63 6-) 6 54 6 9 6 2884- 84 66 6") 6 51 '6 9 6 280+ 8i 68 60 6 53 6 9 6 278+ 275 " 34 66 60 2 50 6 9 6 83 68 60 6 52 6 9 6 273 81 Trains, fi»r Eleven Teeth in the Escapement IVheel. 60 60 60 6t 68 60 62 68 68 69 60 60 61 68 69 60 61 66 60 62 68 63 70 70 70 60 6 61 6 66 6 62 6 66 6 64 6 64 6 54 6 66 6 6t 6 51 6 65 6 56 6 66 6 64 6 64 6 64 6 61 6 60 6 54 6 54 3 48 6 70 7 70 7 60 7 49 54 62 62 53 63 51 54 53 58 62 61 60 48 62 51 60 64 48 62 50 66 66 48 43 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 6 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 It 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 6 6 800— 297 230— 294— 292+ 29l4- 290- 287+ 287 286+ 286 286— 286— 2824- 281-1 28l4- 280— 277+ 293+ 2954- 289— 287+ 298+ 2984- 293-^ 40 80 80 40 40 89 41 41 41 40 89 89 88 41 40 89 43 33 89 33 86 86 IE— 192 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. Ko.i)f Teeth intho Centre WheeL Teeth In Learea InSd Teeth in 3d WheeL MTheel Pinion. 4th Wheel 60 70 6 48 68 60 6 66 68 68 6 60 80 80 8 64 80 80 8 66 80 80 8 48 80 70 8 66 80 70 8 48 80 eo 8 48 70 «0 7 66 70 80 7 48 60 80 6 48 84 72 8 60 84 63 8 60 84 64 8 60 68 72 6 60 68 68 6 60 84 64 8 66 8i 66 8 66 84 48 8 66 68 64 6 66 68 66 6 6« Leayes in 4th Wheel Pinion. 7 7 7 8 8 8 7 7 1 8 8 8 8 7 6 8 7 8 7 6 8 7 Teeth in the Esoape- ment WheeL 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 I 80 64 64 r.f J WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 198 No. of Seoonds In the 4th Wheel reroU aln. 86 40 88 86 86 96 86 84 86 86 86 86 40 40 40 40 40 46 44 48 42 46 44 44 48 46 45 46 46 46 44 48 46 46 46 46 44 44 45 48 63 61 44 47 60 60 60 60 60 In r-!' Trains, for Fifteen Teetb In tbe Eseapement Wheel. No. of Toeth In the Centre Wheel. Teeth in Learee InSd Teeth In Leaves In 4th Teeth in the Kaospe- Leayes in the Eaoape- Mo. of Beat! in Nu.of aecondi the 4tk U Wheel W al 4th Wheel Wheel ment one Minute. Wheel Ptn.jn. Pinion. Wheel. Wheel Pinion. rerol- Teain. 64 60 6 48 6 15 6 286 48 68 48 6 46 6 15 6 290 60 48 45 6 59 6 16 6 291— 60 48 45 6 58 6 15 6 800 62 48 45 6- 57 ^ 15 6 288 62 48 45 6 56 •J 16 6 288 60 66 48 .6 46 6 15 6 289— 60 68 66 7 66 7 15 7 288 60 60 66 8 68 16 6 288 60 69 60 8 60 15 6 288 60 72 64 8 50 :5 6 288 60 72 64 8 66 8 15 • 7 288 60 72 64 8 64 8 16 8 288 50 62 60 6 48 6 16 6 288 60 54 48 6 48 6 15 6 288 50 72 64 8 48 8 16 6 288 60 73 80 8 64 10 15 8 288 50 72 80 8 66 10 16 7 288 50 72 80 8 48 10 16 6 288 60 68 80 7 64 10 15 8 288 50 68 80 7 56 10 15 7 288 60 68 80 7 48 10 15 6 288 60 Trains, for Seventeen Teeth In the Escapement HTheel. 64 64 61 64 48 61 64 48 61 48 48 64 72 64 66 68 64 80 80 80 80 8> 80 64 64 80 8 48 48 6 44 48 6 46 48 6 48 48 6 48 48 6 45 48 6 42 48 6 47 48 6 44 48 6 46 48 6 46 64 8 64 64 8 66 64 8 60 66 7 66 66 7 19 66 8 48 80 10 64 64 10 64 64 10 66 64 10 43 66 10 56 66 10 48 80 8 64 80 8 66 10 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 7 7 7 10 8 8 8 7 7 10 10 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 7 7 6 8 8 7 6 7 6 8 299+ 299-- 296-- 292+ 290+ 289 286- 284+ 288- 278 272 290+ 286- 289— 290+ 286— 290+ 290- - 290- - 290-- 290-- 290- - 290- - 290-1- 290+ 68 60 68 60 58 58 68 68 68 68 68 60 60 68 63 60 68 68 58 6ii 58 63 63 68 58 To Removb Soft Solder fbov Gold.— Place the work in spirits of salts, or remove as much as possible with the scraper, using a jet oflF the solder more easily. Very lard solder log is required, either in, gentle neat to enable you to useful to be known where bright or colored work. 18 194 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. »• ITraliii , for Third nrheel and Patent Seconds. No. of Veeth In the Centre Wheel Lrayea Leares Teeth in the Bsoape- ment WheeL LeiiTes in the No. of Sobondi Teeth In ln;id Teeth in in 4th Ksoape- No. of Best! in the 4th 3d Wheel. Wheel 4th Wheel Wheel ment one Minute. Wheel Pinion. Finlon. Wheel Pinion. revol- ve* in. eo 72 6 60 12 6 800 60 00 60 6 60 10 6 8()0 60 6U 48 6 60 8 6 80 60 48 60 6 60 8 6 800 eo eo 72 6 64 12 6 270 60 eo 60 6 64 10 6 270 60 48 60 6 64 8 6 270 60 eo 72 6 48 12 6 240 60 eo 60 6 48 10 . . ' 6 240 60 48 60 6 48 8 6 240 60 Trains, for Fourth Wheel Seconds* mrlth BlcTcn Teeth III the £scapenient Wheel. ■is'" 46 71 6 11 <\ 260+ 271+ 60 48 45 6 74 6 11 6 60 48 46 6 76 6 11 6 279- 60 48 46 6 78 6 11 6 286 60 eo 49 7 74 7 11 6 271+ 279- 60 60 49 7 78 7 11 6 60 eo 49 7 78 7 11 6 286 60 46 66 6 74 7 11 6 271+ 60 45 66 6 76 7 11 6 279- 60 46 66 6 78 7 11 6 286 60 64 60 8 74 8 11 6 271+ 60 64 60 8 76 8 11 6 279- 60 64 60 8 78 8 11 6 286 60 60 66 8 74 7 11 6 271+ 60 60 66 8 76 7 11 6 279- 60 60 66 8 78 7 11 6 286 6) 60 48 8 74 6 11 6 271+ 60 48 48 8 78 6 11 6 286 60 48 60 6 74 8 11 (« 271+ 60 48 60 6 78 8 11 6 286 60 66 60 7 74 8 11 6 271+ 60 Trains, for Fonrth Wheel Seconds, nrlth Thirteen Teeth In the Kscapement Wheel. 64 60 8 66 8 18 6 286 60 64 60 8 67 8 i^ 6 290+ 60 64 60 8 68 8 18 6 296-1. 60 64 60 8 69 8 18 6 299 60 60 49 7 77 7 18 7 286 60 60 49 7 66 7 12 6 286 60 60 49 7 67 7 13 6 29n+ 60 48 46 6 66 6 18 6 286 60 48 46 6 67 6 18 6 290+ 60 48 46 6 68 6 18 6 264— 60 48 46 6 69 6 18 6 299 60 60 ee 8 66 7 18 6 286 60 80 60 10 66 8 13 6 286 60 64 76 8 66 10 18 6 286 60 48 6U 6 66 8 18 6 286 60 48 76 6 66 10. 18 6 286 60 46 66 6 66 7 18 6 286 V 60 66 76 7 68 10 18 6 296— 60 [« . 48 64 60 48 64 60 fO 48 60 64 64 60 80 76 76 75 80 64 s. !■. In No. of Second! the 4th Wheel revol- ve* In. 60 00 60 60 60 60 60 a Teeth 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 6) 60 60 60 60 60 su Teetll 60 . 60 , 60 60 60 60 , 60 60 ^ 60 . 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 \ 00 . 1 60 «»■ WATGHMAKEBS, JEWELLERS', AC, BEOEIPTS. 195 Trains, for Fourtb HTlieel See jnd*, nvltb Fifteen Teetb In Bscapement Wlieel. Kg. of Teeth In the Centre WheeL Leaves Leavee Teeth lathe BHObpe- ment WheeL LeiiTei In tite No.oi Seoondi Teeth In In 3d Teeth In in 4th Baoapo- No. of Be»ti in the 4tl aa WheeL Wheel 4th Wheel Wheel :nent oa'^Ulant*. Wheel Plnlun. 8 Pinion. Wheel Pinion. 7 revoU vet In. 64 6 70 8 16 800 60 64 60 8 60 8 16 800 60 64 46 8 60 6 16 6 800 00 60 66 8 60 7 16 6 800 01- 48 60 6 60 >8 16 6 800 00 00 70. 7 70 7 16 7 800 00 60 49 7 60 7 16 6 800 60 48 49 6 60 6 16 6 800 60 80 45 10 70 8 16 7 8U0 60 76 60 10 60 8 15 6 800 60 64 64 8 70 10 16 7 8 60 64 76 8 60 10 15 800 60 66 76 7 70 10 15 7 8 60 66 76 7 60 10 15 6 800 60 64 76 8 64 8 15 6 270 00 60 00 8 64 7 15 6 270 60 64 66 8 64 6 15 6 270 60 48 46 6 64 8 15 6 270 60 60 60 7 68 7 15 7 270 60 60 49 7 64 ^ 15» 6 270 60 48 49 6 64 6 15 6 270 60 64 46 8 48 8 15 6 240 60 00 60 8 48 7 15 6 240 60 48 60 6 48 8 15 6 240 00 64 60 8 48 6 15 6 240 00 60 46 7 66 7 15 7 240 09 eo 49 7 • 48 7 15 6 240 60 48 46 6 48 6 16 6 240 00 00 66 8 4d 7 15 6 240 60 Trains, for Fonrtli HTlieel Seconds, wttln Seventeon Teetb In Eseapement "Wlieel. 64 60 8 51 8 17 6 •289 60 64 60 8 50 8 17 6 288-H 60 60 66 8 61 7 17 6 289 00 80 60 10 60 8 17 6 288+ 00 76 64 10 60 8 17 6 283-f 60 76 66 10 68 7 17 8 289 60 76 68 10 68 8 17 8 289 60 80 76 10 68 10 17 8 289 60 Train of the Anterlcan^Watcb. Oo^npany>s 'Watoli. 64 I 60 I 8 I 64 8 I 16 I 7 1 800 I NoTB.— By nse nf the foresoing set of Trains, and the rule for sizes of pinions, on page 183, all ditfioulty of calculating Is obviated; and at one view, in ease of the accidental loss of a wheel and pinion, may be known tho correct >ixe and count of the pinion, and number of teeth in tlie wheel lo«t. 196 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. To Put 'Vatches in Beat.— If a cyliuder escapement, or a de- tached levor. i)ut die balance into a position, then turn the regulator so that it will point directly to the pivot-hole of the pallet staff, if a lever, or of the scape-wheel, if a cylmder. Then lift out the balance with its bridge or clock, turn it over and set the ruby-pin directh- iu line with the regulator, or the square cut of the cylmder at ii^^ht aaij.n effected by grinding the spring down. You remove the spring from the collet, and place it upon a piece of pivot wood cut to fit the centre coil. A piece of soft steel wire, flattened so as to pass freely between the coils, and armed with a little pulverized oil-stone and oil, will serve as your frinder, and with it you may soon reduce the strength of the spring, our operations will, of course, be ctmfined to the centre coil, for no other imrt of the spring will rest sufficiently against the wood to en- able you to grind it, but this will generally suffice. The effect will be more rapid than one would suppose, therefore it will stand you in hand tf> be careful, or you may get the spring too weak before you suspect it. To Tighten a Ruby Pin.— Set the ruby pin in asphaltum varnish. It will become hard in a few minutes, and be much firmer and better than gum sheila'', as generally used. To Temper Brass, or to Draw its Temper. — Brass is rendered hard by hammering or rolling; therefore, when you make a thing of brass necessary to be in temi)er, you must prepare the material be- fore shaping the article. Temper may be drawn from brass by heat- ing it to a cherry red, and then simply plunging it uito water, the same as though you wore Roing to temper steel. To Temper Gravers. —Gmvers, and other instruments larger than drills, may be tempered in quicksilver as above; or you may use lead instead of quicksilver. Cut down into the lead, say half an inch; then, having heated your instrunieut to a light cherry red, press it lirinly into the cut, • The lead will melt around it, and an ex- cellent temper will be imparted. To Temper Drills. — Select none but the finest and best steel for your drills. In making them, never heat higher than a cherry red, 198 "WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. aud always hammer till nearly cold. Do all your hammering in one way, for if, after you have flattened your piece out, you attempt to hammer it back to a square or a round, you spoil it. When your drill is in proper shape, heat it to a cherry red, and thrust it into a piece of resin or into quicksilver. Some use a solution of cyauuret potassa aud rain-water for tempering their drills, but the resin or quicksilver will work best. Other Methods to Temper Springs. — ^Having fitted the spring into the case according to your liking, temper it hard by heating and plunging into water. Next polish tlie small end so that you may be able to see when the color changes; lay it on a piece of copper or brass plate, and hold it over your lamp, with the blaze directly under the largest part of the spring. Watch the polished part of the steel closely, and when you see it turn blue, remove the plate from the lamp, letting all cool gradually together. When cool enough' to handle, polish the end of the spring again, place it on the plate, and hold it over tiie lamp as before. The third bluing of the polished end will leave the spring in proper temper. Any steel article to which you de^re to give a spring temper may be treated in the same way. Another process, said to be good, is to temper the spring as in the first instance; then put it into a small iron ladle, cover it with linseed oU, and hold over a lamp till the oil takes fire. Remove the l>>dle, but let the oil continue to bum until nearly all consumed, then blow out, re-cover with oil, and hold over the lamp as before. The third burning out of the oil will leave the spring in the right temper. To Temper Clicks, Ratchets, &c. — Clicks, ratchets, or other steel articles, requiring a similar degree of hardness, should be tem- pered in mercurial ointment. The process consists in simply heating to a cherry red and plunging into the ointment. No other mode will combine toughness aud hardness to such an extent. To Draw the Temper from Delicate Steel Pieces with- out Springing them. — Place the articles from which you desire to draw the temper iuto a common iron clock key. Fill around it with brass or iron filings, aud then plug up the open end with a steel, iron, or brass plug, made to fit closely. Take the handle of the key with your pliers aud hold its pipe into the blaze of a lamp till near hot, then let it cool gradually. When sufficiently cold to handle, remove the plug, and you will find the article with its temper fully drawn, but m all other respects just as it was before. You will understand tlie reason for having the article thus plugged up while passing it through the heating aud coolmg proce; i, when you know that springing always results from the action of chaL^able currents of atmosphere. The temper may be drawn from cylinders, staffs, pinions, or any other delicate pieces, by this mode with perfect safety. To Temper Staffs, Cylinders, or Pinions, without Springwo them. — Prepare the articles as in the preceding process, using a steel plug. Having heated the key-pipe to a cherry red, plunge It into water; then jiolish the end of your c*.eel plug, place the key upon a plate of brass or copper, and hold it over your lamp with the blaze immediately under the pipe till the polished part becomes blue. Let cool gradually, then polish again. Blue and cool a second time, and the work will be done. r holes — head of the barrel upwards. Brighten the heads of your screws, set them point downwards, into the holes already drilled, and exi)ose the bottom of the barrel to yonr lamp till the screws assume the color you wish. To Remove Bluino from Steel. — Immerse in a pickle composed of equal parts muriatic acid and elixir vitriol. Rinse iu pure water, and dry m tissue imper. To Make Diamond Broaches. — Make you broaches of brass the size and shape you desire ; then, havmg oiled them slightly, roll their points into fine diamond dust till entirely covered. Hold them then on the face of your anvil, and tap with a light hammer till the grains disappear in the brass. Great caution will be necessary in this operation. Do not tap heavy enough to flatten the broacn. Very light blows are all that will be required ; the grains will be driven in much sooner than one would imagine. Some roll the broach between two small pieces of steel to imbed the diamond dust. It is a very good way, but somewhat more wasteful of the dust. Broaches made on this plan are used for dressing out jewels. Jewelling. — In using the broaches, press but lightly into the iewel hole, and turn the broach rapidly with your fingers. For iwlisning, use a l)one or ivory point, lightly coated with the finest diamond dust .and oil, and while using it w^ith the one hand, accompany the motion with a slight oscillating motion of the other hand, in which the jewel is held. This will insure a more even polish to the hole, witb less liability to press the jewel out of its place in the plate, than if held firm and steady. To MAKE Diamond Files.— Shape your file of J)rass, and charge with diamond dust, as in case of the mill. Grade the dust in accord- ance with the coarse or fiue character of the file desired. To MAKE Pivot Files. — Drens up a piece of wood file-fashion, about an inch broad, aud glue a piece of fine emery paper upon it. Shape ^our file then, as you wish it, of the best cast steel, and before terapenng pass your emery paper heavily across it several times, diagonally. Temper by heating to a cherry red, and plunging into linseed oil. Old worn pivot files may be dre.ssed over and made new by this process. At first thought, one would be led to regard them too slightly cut to work well, but not so. They dress a pivot moie rapidly than anv other file. To Make a Diamond Mill. — Make a brass chuck or wheel, suit- able for use on a foot-lathe, with a flat even surface or face of about Ih or 2 inches in diameter; then place a number of tlie coarsest pieces of your diamond dust on different parts of its face, and with smooth faced steel hammer drive the pieces of dut^t all evenly into the biuss to nearly or quite level with the surface. Your mill, thus preiiared, is <* 200 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, Ap., RECEIPTS. now used for making pallet jewelH or for grinding stone and glass of any kind. For polishing, use a bone or boxwood chuck or wheel, of sim- ilar form to your mill, and coat it lightly with the finest grade of your diamond-dust and oil; with this a beautiful polish may be given to title hardest stone. To Make Diamond Dust. — Place a few small pieces of common ox cheap diamond on a block of hard polished steel, in a suitable ves- sel, and cover it with water to prevent it flying or scattering, then place a flat steel pimch on each piece separately, and strike the punch with a mallot or hammer, with sufficient force to crush the diamond. When reduced sufficiently fine in this way, the dust may be collected and dried for use ; after drying, it may be graduated for different purposes, by mixing it with a little watch oil ; when agitated, the fin- est particles will float near the surface, while the coai-sest pieces will sink at once to the bottom ; and thus by decanting the oil in which the dust floats, as many grades of fineness as desired may be obtain- ed. The dust may be separated from the oil by pouring on a piece of smooth clean paper ; the paper will absorb the oil, or allow it to fil- ter through, while tne dust will remain on the surface ; but to pre- vent waste, the better way is to leave it in the oil and use directlv therefrom as required, or the oil may be washed out of the dust witn alcohol. To PRESERVE Pinions or Bearings from Corrosion and Rust. — In case of the lower centre bearmg under the cannon pinion cor- roding or rustiujg, when you clean the watch, be particular to take the central wheel off. Clean it thoroughly; if the pivot is scratched, pol- ish it, then make a little hollow m the top hole ; put good fresh oil on it, and the pivot will not corrode or rust for two or three years. As to the other pivots in the watch, they should all be thoroughly cleaned, and old oil cleaned out ; then if uo dust gets in, and no acci- dent happens the w*rtch, it will run for years. , • To Clean a Cloc^. — ^Takethe movement of the clock " to pieces." Brash the wheels and pinions thoroughly with a stiff coarse brush ; ulso the plates which the trains work. Clean the pivots well by turn- ing in a piece of cotton cloth held tightly between your thumb and finger. The pivqt holes in the plates are generally cleansed by turn- ing a piece of wood into them, but I have always found a strip of cloth or a soft cord drawn tightly through them to act the best. If you use two cords, the first one slightly oiled, and the next dry, to clean the oil out, all the better. Do not use salt or acid to clean your clock — it can do no good, but may do a great deal of harm. Boiling the movement in water, as is the practice of some, is also foolishness. To Bush. — The hole through which the great arbors, or winding axles, work, are the only ones that usually require bushing. When they nave become too mvich worn, the great wheel on the axle before named strikes too deeply into the pinions above it and stops the clock. To remedy this, bushing is necessary, of course. The most common way of doing it is to drive a steel point or punch into the plate just abdve the axle hole, thus forcing the brass downwards until the hole is reduced to its original size. Another mode is to solder a piece of bniss upon the plate in such a iiosition as to hold tiie axle down to its E rosier place. If you simply wish your clock to run, and have no am- ition to produce a bush that will look workmanlike, about as good a t? . ' \^ rs. d glass of iel,ofsim- grade of be given common table ves- ing, then he punch diamond. collected dlfFerent i, the fin- decos will in which te obtain- a piece of ST It to fil- utto pre- B directly dust with SD Rust. inion cor- ) take the 3hed, pol- fre»h oil ree years, loroughly d no acci- pieces." se brush ; 1 by tuni- lumb and 1 by tum- a strip of et. If you ) clean the ir clock — oiling the mess. r winding If. When xle before the clock. t common plate just 1 the hole % piece of own to its ve no am- asgood u i^ WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*. AC, RECEIPTS. 201 way as any is to fit a piece of hard wood between the jjost which comes through the top of the plate anu axle. Make it lonj^ enough to hold the axle to its proper place, so that the axle will lun on the end of the grain. Cut notches where the pivots come through, and secure by wrapping around it and the plate a piece of small wire or a thread. To Remkdy Worn Pikion. — ^Tum the leaves or rolfers, so the worn places upon them will be towards the arbor or shaft, and fasten them m that position. If they are "rolling pinions" and you cannot secure them otherwise, you had better do it with a little soft solder. To Oil Properly.— Oil only, and very lightly, the pallets of the verge, the steel pin upon which the verge works, and tlie point where the loop of the verge wire works over the pendulum wire. Use none but the best watch oil. Though you might be .forking constantly at the clock-repairing business, a bottle costing you but twenty-five cents would last you two years at least. You can buy it at any watch- furnishing establishment. To Make the Clock Strike Correctly.— If not very cautious in putting up your clock you will get some of the striking-train wheels in wrong, and thus produce a derangement ii^tlie striking. If this should happen, pry the plates apart on the strikmg side, slip the pivots of the ipper wheels out, and havuig disconnected them from the train, tarn tnem part around and t)iit them back. If still not right, repeat the exiieriraent. A few efforts at most will get them to worlung properly. The sound in cuckoo clocks is caused by a wire acting on a small bellows which is connected with two small pipes like organ pipes. A Defect to look after. — Always examme the pendulum wire at the point where the loop of the verge wire works over it. You will generally find a small notch, or at least a rough place worn there. Dress it out perfectly smooth, or your clock will not bet likely to work weU. Small as this defect may seem, it stops a large number of clocks. Figures on Gold and Silver Dials. — Hold a small piece of copper over a gas flame for a few minutes till it is coated with soot ; clear this off on to a piece of finely ground glass, add fat oil and a small quantity of oil of spike lavender, and grindup ; paint with a small-camel naif pencil. To Determine the Exact Focal Distance of Spectacle Glasses. — Place the end of a measure of thirty or forty inches in length against a smooth wall, or other suitable ground, in plain view of some well-defined object a few rods distant, as for instance a building or window on tne opposite side of the street. Then place tiie edge of your lens on the measure, and move it backwards or forwards until a spectrum is formed, or, in other words, until a clear and distmct outline of the distant object is produced on the ground against which your measure rests. This point will represent suffi- ciently near, for all practical jaur^wses, the exact focal disfcince of the lens, and will correspond in inches with the luiniber on all properly marked convex spectacles. For mending fine steel spectacle frames, use the best gold solder in preference to silver or brass solder. Valuable Receipts for Goldsmiths. — Standard gold is com- poimded of 440 grains of fine gold, and 40 grains (Troy weight,) to 202 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*. AC, RECEIPTS. • the oz. alloy ; therefore, when you judge how much gold a piece of work will take, compound it to the standard weight by the following directions : Assay Weight. — The weight of gold is a pound, which ii divided into 12 ozs. each oz. inlo 24 carats, each carat into 4 grains, and, lastly, each grain into 4 quarters ; then you see the assay quarter- grain, is m reality IJ grain Troy. On MEiitixo AND Refinino. — ^In melting Brass Oold, urge the fire to a great heat, ai^d stir the metal with the long stem of a tobacco pipe to prevent honev-combing. If Steel or Iron filings get into gold while meltng, throw in a piece of sandiver the size of a common nut ; it wili attract the iron or steel from the gold into the flux, or, sublimate of mercury will destroy the iron or steel. To cause Qold to roll well, melt with a good heat, add a teaspoonful of sal ammoniac and charcoal, equal quantities, both pulverized, stir up well, put on the cover for 2 minutes, and pour. To Refine Sweepings Containing Gold ob Silveb. — ^To 8 ozs. of the dirt, which has been washed and burnt, add salt, 4 ozs. ; poarlash 4 ozs. j red tartar 1 oz. ; saltpetre ^ oz., mix thoroughly in a mortar, melt in a crucible, and dissolve out the precious metau in a button. quantity 01. 8TANDABD GOLD TO COMPOUND AN OZ. OF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ALLOYS CALCULATED TO THE J OF A .GBAIN, AS FOLLOWS : Carat, Dwts. Grs. Qrs. Dwts. Grs. Qrs. 1 21 9 19 2 2 2 1 19 7 18 4 4 8 2 17 5 17 6 6 4 3 16 3 16 8 8 6 4 13 1 16 10 10 6 5 10 10 14 13 I 7 6 8 8 13 16 8 8 7 6 6 < 12 17 6 9 8 4 4 11 19 7 10 9 2 2 Pi3 10 21 9 11 10 10 12 10 21 9 o 9 2 2 13 11 19 7 H 8 . 4 4 14 12 17 6 kH 7 6 6 16 13 16 3 o 6 8* 8 16 14 13 1 hj 6 10 10 17 16 10 10 ^ 4 13 1 . 18 16 8 8 < 3 16 8 19 17 6 6 2 17 S 20 18 4 4 1 19 7 21 19 2 2 21 9 22 22 To Fuse Gold Dust.— Use such a crucible as is generally used for melting brass ; heat very hot ; then add your gold dust mixed with powdered borax ; — ^after some time a scum or slag will arise on the top, which may be tbickened by the addition of a little lime or bone ash. If the dust contiiins any of the more oxidizeable metals, add a little nitre, skim of! the slag or scum very carefully ; when melted, grasp the crucible with strung iron tongs ; ■■m^ *•» ^ iece of lowing rhich la grains, uarter- n. 2 4 6 8 10 I 8 5 7 9 2 4 6 8 10 1 8 S 7 9 ti:» WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS', &C., REOEIPXS. 203 and pour off immediately into cast iron moulds, slightly greased. The slag and crucibles may be afterwards pulverized, and the auriferous matter recovered from the mass through cupellation by means of lead. Gold AiiLOYS.— The "New Standard" for watch cases, &c., is 18 carats of fine gold and 6 of alloy. No gold of inferior quality can receive the " Hall mark ; " and gold of lower quality is generally described by its commercial value. The alloy may be entirely silver, which will give a green color, or entirely copper for a red color, but the copper and silver are more usually mixed in one alloy according to tine taste of the jeweller. It will be imderstood that these are all made with fine gold, fine silver, and fine ^pper, direct from the refiner. Gold of 22 carats fine being so little used, is intentionally omitted. 1. Gold of 18 carats, of yellow tint. Gold 10 dwt., silver, 2 dwt., 18 grs., copper 2 dwt., 6 grs. 2. Gold of 18 carats, red tint. Gold 15 dwt., silver. 1 dwt. 18 grs., copper, 3 dwt. 6 grs. 3. Spring gold of 16 carats. Gold 1 oz. 16 dwt., silver, 6 dwt., copper, 12 dwt. This when drawn or rolled very hard makes springs little inferior to steel ; 4 Jewellers' Fine Gold, yellov) tint, 16 carati nearly. Gold, 1 oz. silver, 7 dwt., copper, 5 dwt. 5. Gold of red tint lo carats. Gold. 1 oz. silver, 2 dwt., copper, 8 dwt. Stkruno Gold Alloy, 78s. per oz. — 1. Fine gold, 18 dwts., 12 grs., fine silver,. 1 dwt., fine copper, 12 grs. 2. — Dry colored Gold Alloys. 17 Carat. Fine gold, 15 dwts., fine silver, 1 dwt. 10 grs., fine copper, 4 dwts. 17 grs. — 3. Another, 18 Carat. Fine gold, 1 oz., fine silver, 4 dwts. 10 grs., fine copper, 2 dwts. 5 grs. — i. Another, 18 Carat. Fine gold, 15 dwts., fine silver, 2 dwts. 4 grs., fine copper, 2 dwts. lOgrs.— 4J. Anjoth&r, 18 Carat. Fine gold, 18 dwts., fine silver, 2 dwts. 18 grs., fine copper, 3 dwts. 18 grs.— 6. Another, 19 Carat. Fine gold, loz., fine silver, 2 dwts. 6 grs., fine copper, 3 dwts. 12 grs.— ^. Another, 20 Carat. Fine gold, 1 oz., fine silver, 2 dwts., fine copper, 2 dwts. 4 grs. — 8. Another, 22 Carat. Fine gold, 18 dwts., fine silver, 12 grs., fine copper, 1 dwt. 3 grs. — ^9. Gold solder for the fore- going Alloys. Take of the alloyed gold you are using, Idwt, fine silver, 6 grs.— 10. Alloy for Diy Colored Rings. Fine gold, 1 oz., fine silver, 4 dwts. 6 grs., fine copper, 4 dwts. 6 grs. — 11. Solder for ditto. Scrap gold, 2 ozs., fine silver, 3 dwts., fine copper, 3 dwts. — 12. Dry Colored Scrap reduced to 35s. Gold. Colored scrap, 1 oz., 9 dwts. 12 grs., fine silver, 2 dwts., fine copper, 17 dwts. 12 grs., spelter, 4 dwts. Dby Colobino for the Foregoing. — Polish your work well and for every 2 ozs., take saltpetre, 8 ozs., alum, 4 ozs., salt, 4 oza., melt all together in a black lead pot, stirring with a thin iron bar when dissolving. Use the fire on a forge and urge it well with the bellows, as you can not make it too hot. Your polished work being well cleaned with soda, soap, and hot water, is dried in box sawdust, is afterwards covered, with a thin layer of borax ; annealed and boiled out, and again dried in box sawdust, and finally hung on i)latinuin or silver wire. When the " color " in the pot assumes a brown yellow flame, the work is dipped in for two or three seconds, and quenched with hot water diluted with muriatic acid, which removes any " color " that may adhere to the work. This ought to produce the desired color, but if it does not, repeat the process, previously drying the •=P 204 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, £C., RECEIPTS. work before re-immersion in the "color." The color-pot mnst be emptied immediately upon thie forge, so that it may be ready for future use. Wet Colored Alloys.— 1. Fine gold, 1 oz., fine silver, 3 dwts. 12 grs., fine copper, 9 dwta. 2. Fine gold, 1 oz., fine silver, 4 dwts. 12gr8., fine copper, 10 dwts. 3. Fine gold, 1 oz., fine silver, 4 dwts. 12 grs., fine copper, 10 dwts. 12 grs. 4. Fine Gold, 1 oz., fine silver, 4 dwts., fln^ copper, 9 dwts*. 12 grs. 6 Green Gold for Fancy Work. Fine gold, 1 oz., fine silver, 6 dwts. 16 grs. 6. Another Green Gold. Fine gold, 10 dwts., fine silver, 2 dwts. 2 grs. 7. Red Gold, for fancjf work. Fine gold, 5 dwts., fine copper, 2 dwts. 12 grs. 8. AmtJier Red Chid. Fine gold, 5 dwts., fine copper, 1 dwt. 6 grs. 9. Gold solders, for the foregoing Alloys. Take of the alloy td gold you are using, 1 dwt., fine silver, 6 grd., or, 5 grs. silver and 1 gr. copper may be used. 10. Solder for Repairing. Gold alloyed, 1 dwt., fine silver, 5 grs., pin brass, 1 gr. 11. Wet Colored Solder. Wet colored scrap, 3 ozs., flue silver, 10 dwts., fine copper, 5 dwts. ■ 12. Gold, 15 carat, cost 56s. or $14 per oz. Fine gold, 1 oz. 18 dwts., fine silver, 12 dwts. 12 grs., fine o6pper, 10 dwts. 13. Fine gold, 1 oz., finfe silver, 8 dwts. fine copper, 4 awts. 14. Fine gold, 1 oz., fine silver, 8 dwts., fine copper, 4 dwts. 16. Fine gold, loz., fine silver, 6d^vt8., fine copper, 8 dwts. 16. Gold solder for the last. Gold sor-r^p, 1 oz., fine silver, 5 dwts. 17. Gold good color. Fine gold,. 1 oz., fine silver, 6 dwts., fine copi)er, 4 dwts. 18, Gold cost 608. or .$15, good color. Fine gold, 1 dwt., fine silver, 6 dwts., fine copper, 4 dwts. 19. Wet colored solder. Scrap gold, 4 ozs., fine silver, 13 dwts., fine copper, 6 dwts. 16 grs.. 20. To reduce 22 carat into Wet colored Gold. Gold coins 4 ozs. 8 dwts., fine silver, 13 dwts., fbieox)pper, 1 oz. 13 dwts. 21. To reduce 22 carat to ordinary wet colored Gold with scrap. Coins 1 oz., fine gold, 3 ozs., fine silver, 17 dwts. 12 grs., fine copper, 2 ozs. I ■*vft. 12 grains., scrap, 3 ozs. 1 dwt. 22. Another waif '^^^h scrap. Coins, 3 ozs. 1 dwt 6 grs., fine gold, 2 ozs., fine silver, I o;i. 1 dwt., fine copper, 2 ozs. 11 dwts., scmp, 1 oz. 6 dwts. 18 grs. 33. Another way with scrap. Coins, 2 ozs., fine gold, 3 ozs. 3 dwts. 8 grs., fine silver, 1 oz. 1 dwt. 4 grs., fine copper, 2 ozs. 10 dwts. 12 grs., scrap, 1 oz. 6 dwts. 24. To reduce 22 carat to ordinary wet colored Gold with- out scrap. Coins, 1 oz., fine gold, 8 ozs., fine silver, 2 oza,, fine cop- per, 4 ozs. 14 dwts. 25. Another way without scrap. Coins, 1 oz., fine gold, 2 ozs., fine silver, 13 dwts., fine copper, 1 oz. 11 dwts, 26. Anotlier ivay without sc: up. Coins, 2 ozs., fine gold, 6 ozs., fine silver, 1 oz, 14 dwts., fine copper, 4 ozs. 2 dwts. To Wet-Color the foreooing Alloys.— For 6 ozs. of work take saltpetre, 16 ozs., alum, 8 ozs., salt, 8 ozs., all pulverized and muriatic acid 2 OZ8., dissolve the ingredients gradually in a black lead pot. When it boils up, add the acid, and stir the whole with a wooden spoon. Having annealed your work ; nd made it perfectly clean, tie ill small lUvrcels with platinum or fine silver wire, and when the color boils up immerse it therein for four minutes, moving it about to eo- sare a pt rfect contact with all parts of the surface. Then taka it out and rinse it well in boiling water, then immerse in the color again for for 1 i minutes and rinse well once more in fresh hot water. Now add 2 ozs. of fresh hot water to the color in the pot, which will causa h to sink. When it rises put in your work for 1 minute, rinsing in 'TS. WATCHMAKERS, J£i;\ ELLERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 205 )t must be ready for 3dwt8. 12 rts. 12gr8., ts. 12 gra., >r, 4 dwts., 'ork. Fine •een (?oW. Oold, for a. 12 gre. !r, 1 dwt. ibeallojred Sr and 1 gr. -ed, 1 dwt., 're< p copper, 6 \)ld. CJold idwts. 21. '. Coins 1 )r, 2 ozs. I lUh scrap. Hi. Idwt., . Another grs., fine I., scrap. 1 ^old with- fine cop- lins, 1 oz., i^vts. 26. ine silver, ivork take i muriatic lead pot. I wooden clean, tie the color »ut to eo- ike it out again for 3r. Now ^11 cause iusinu^ in •fli* ■J, fresh hot water again, when it will begin to brighten. Now immerse your work for half a minute longer, and rinse for the last time in clean hot water, when it will appear of a most beautiful color. AiiLOYS, CONTINUED. •!. Pale gold for coloring Enamelling^ or Lapping — Fine gold, 1 oz., fine silver, 9 dwts, fine copper, 2 dwts. 12 gi-B. 2." Another ditto — Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 9 dwts., fine cop- Ser 3 dwts. 12 grs. 3. Anotlier ditto— Y'mQ gold 1 oz., fine silver 10 wts., fine copper 3 dwte. 12 grs. 4. EiuimelUng Oold No. 1 — Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 1 dwt. 12 grs., fine copper 2 dwts. 12 grs. 6. enamelling Gold from Sterling — Sterling 1 oz., fine silver 8 grs., fine copper 2 dwts. 6. Enamelling Oold Solder— Goldi alloyed, 1 dwt., fine silver 4 grs. 7. Another ditto, cost 438. stg., or $10.75 peroz. — Fine gold 12 dwts., fine silver 7 dwts. 3 ^., fine copper 6 dwts. 8. Enamelling Grold No. 2. cost 50s stg. per oz. — Fine gold 1 oz., fine sil- ver 9 dwts. 12 grs., fine copper 7 dwts. 12 grs. 9. Enamelling Gold No. 3. — ^Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 14 dwts., fine copper 8 dwts. 10. Enamelling Gold No. 4. — Fine gold 2 ozs. 5 dwts., fine silver 1 oz. 6 dwts., fine" copper 1 oz., ^)ui brass 5 dwts. 11. Enamelling Gold No. 5. — Fine gold 1 oz., fine. silver 12 dwts., fine copper 6 dwts. 12. En- amelling Gold No. 6. for transparent enamelling — Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 14 dwte., fine copper 6 dwts. 13. Gold solder for enamelled work — Fhie gold 1 oz., fine silver 1 oz., fine copper 10 dwts., silver Bolder 8 dwts. 8 grs. 14. Pale Oold alloj/s for polishing, &c., No 1. — ^Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 8 dwts., fine copper 3 dwts. 12 grs. 16. Another, No. 2. — Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 1 dvrt;. 20 grs., fine cop- per 1 dwt. 4 grs. 16. Pale 18 Carat Gold— Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 4 dwts., fine copper 2 dwts. 15 ^rs. 17. Another Pale 18 Carat Gold — Fine gold 1 oz. 12 grs., fine silver 3 dwts. 8 grs., fine copper 3 dwts. 8 grs. 18. Pale Gold Solder— Gold alloyed 1 dwt. 6 grs., fine silver 1 ttwt, 19. Alloy for best Pens-r-Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 5 dwts., fine copper 7 dwts. 18 grs., spelter 1 dwt 6 grs. 20. Solder for ditto — ^Fine gold 12 dwts., fine silver 7 dwts. 3 grs., fine copper 6 dwts. 21. Medium quality pens — Fine gold 1 oz., comiK)8ition 1 oz., 13 dwts.* 32. Compooitionfor the last — Fine silver 1 oz. 17 dwts., fine copper 5 ozs. 15 d\vt8., spelter 18 dwts. 20 grs. 23. Solder for ditto — Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 2 ozs., pin brass 1 oz. 24. Gold for common pens— Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 2 ozs., fine copper l,oz. 25. Solder for ditto. Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 2 ozs., pinbrassl oz. 26. Alloys of Chid with Brass, No. 1.— Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 5 dwts. 6 grs., fine cop- Ser 3 dwts. 12 grs., pin brass 18 dwts. 27. Another ditto. No. 2. — 'ine gold 1 oz., fine silver 4 dwts., fine copper 4 dwts., pin brass 16 dwts. 28. Another ditto. No. 3. — Fine goW loz., fine sUverSdwts. 12 grs., fine copper 3 dvpts. 12 grs., pin brass 19 dwts. 6 grs. 29. Another alloy. — Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 3 dwts. 21 grs., fine copiper 6 dwts. 3 grs., composition 5 dwte. 6 grs. 30. Anotlier ditto— ¥mQ gold 15 dwts. 9 grs., fine silver 5 dwts. 19 grs., fine copper 3 dwts. 21 grs., composition 15 dwts. 31. Composition for the last two alloys — Finest copper 1 oz., spelter 5 dwts. 32. Solder for foregoing alloys — Gold alloyed, 1 dwt, fine silver 12 grs. 33. Imitation Gold, costs 87c. per oz. — Fine silver 2 oz. 5 dwts., fine copper 1 oz., composition 1 oz., keeps its color very well. 34. Composition for ditto — Fine copper 11 ozs., spelter 2 ozs. 35. '* California" G'oZd— Fine gold 5 ozs. 12 dwts. composition 7 ozs. 17 dwts. 36. Composition for *' California"— Tme ^^- 206 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. silver. 7 ozs. 17 dwts. fine copper 33 ozs. 12 dwts., spelter 5 ozs. 12 dwts. 37. Medium Ooldr—Fme gold 1 oz.^ fine «Uver 12 dwts., fine copper 13 Ayfts. 38. Bright Gold— Fine gola i oz., fine silver 7 dwt8.,compo- Bition marked No. 34, 1 dwt 6 grs. 39. Cofnmon Gold No. 1.— Fine ^old 1 oz., fine silver 8 dwts., composition No. 34. 1 oz. 12 dwts. 41. Common Oold, No. 2.— Fine kold 5 dwts., fine silver 3 dwts. 6 grs., fine copper 6 dwts. 12 grs. 42. Ooldfor Pins — Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver ft dwts. , fine copper 1 oz. , spelter 5 dwts. 43. Dry Colored Scrap rediiced to 35«. or $8.76 Gfo/rf— Colored scrap 1 oz. 9 d\vts. 12 grs., fine silver 2 dwts., fine copper 17 dwts. 12 grs., spelter 4 dwts. 44. Alloy for Oold Chains. — Fine gold 11 dwts. 6 grs., nne silver 2 dwts. 6 grs., flue cop- Ser 6 dwts. 13 grs. 46. Another ditto — Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 9 wts., fine copper 8 dwts. 46! Gold worth 45 stg. or $11. 25.— Fine gold. 1 oz., composition (see No. 22) 1 oz. 47. Solder/or ditto.— Vine gold i oz., fine silver 15 dwts., fine copper 15 dwts. 48. 12 Carat Gold, — Fine gold 1 oz., fine silver 10 dwts., fine coppor 9 dwts. 6 grs. 49. Com- mon Gold from " California" — "California," (see No. 36) 8 ozs. fine silver 13 ozs. 16 dwts., fine cop^ier 6 ozs. 16 dwts. 50. 29« or $7.25 Oold.—Yma gold 1 oz. 13 dwts. 6 grs., fine silver 1 oz. 12 dwts. 12 grs., fine copper 1 oz. 16 dwts. 6 grs., spelter 4 dwts. Skuids nitric acid very welL OHDINABY BBIOHT GOLD WIRE, TABLE SHOWING THE PBOPOBTIOKS OP ALLOY FROM 1 OZ. UP TO 21 OZ. Fine Gold. Fine Silver. Fine Copper. Total. Oz. Dwts. Grs. Oz. Dwts. Grs. Oz. Dwts. Grs. Oz. Dwts. Grs. 5 21 6 6 .0 6 21 1 11 18 14 12 13 18 2 17 15 1 1 18 1 15 3 * I 15 6 2 3 12 2 1 6 6 I 12 21 3 ft 6 2 1 21 9 3 10 12 4 7 4 2 12 12 4 8 3 5 8 18 5 3 3 15 ft 4 18 6 aO 12 6 3 18 18 6 3 8 7 12 6 2 4 9 21 To Recoveb the Gold lost in Coloring. — Dissolve a handful o£ sulphate of iron in boiling water, then add this to your "color" water, it precipitates the small particles of gold. Now draw off the water, being very careful not to disturb the auriferous sediment at the bottom. You will now proceed to wash the sediment from all trace of acid with plenty of boiling water ; it will require 3 or 4 sep- arate washings, with sufficient time between each to allow the water tb cool and the sediment to settle, before pouring the water off. Then dry in an iron vessel by the fire and finally fuse in a covered skittle pot with a flux as directed on page 202. Alloys for Gold. — 1. Red gold. — Copper, 66.67 parts ; gold, 33.- 33 parts. 2. Yellow gold. — Copper, 12.50 parts ; silver, 37.50 parts ; ?)ld, 50 pai-ts. 3. Ch'een gold, — Silver, 25 parts ; gold, 76 parts. 4. elloxo yoZd,— Silver, 66.67 parts ; gold, 33.33 parts. 6. Gray gold. — ^ TS. WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 207 12 dwtg. copper 13 i.,compo- 1.— Fine iwtB. 41. S grs., fine fine silver ap reduced ne silver 2 Vfor Oold flue cop- le silver 9 ■Fine gold, ^iue gold 1 oW,— Fine 49. Com- 8 ozs. fine »« or $7.26 dwi». 12 budH uitrio >POBTIONS 'otal. wts. Grs. a handful ir "color" iw off the diment at b from all iJ or 4 sep- e water w> >ff. Then ■ed skittle gold, 33.- .50 parts ; parts. 4. [£' gold.— Silver, 6.89 parts ; gold, 88.23 paits ; iron, 6.89 imrts. 6. Dentists' gold. — Silver, 8.34 partw ; platiuum, G6.G7 parts; gold, 24.29 parts. 7. English gold coi7i.—CoT^^T, 8.34 parts ; gold, 91,66 parts. 8. American gold cotn.^^opper, 10 parts ; gold, 90 parts. French gold coin same as American. 10. Alloys for Silver Coin and Plate.— English standard.— CoT^^x, 7.60 parts ; silver, 92.50 parts. 11. American ditto. —Copper, 10 parts ; silver 90 parts. French, the same. Gilding Metal for common jewelry is made by mixing 4 parts copper with one of calamine brass. Sometimes 1 lb. copper, with 6 oz. of brass. Dentists' Plate.— J^o. 1 Gold, 20 dwts. ; silver, 1 dwt ; copper, 2 dwts. 2. Gold, 21, silver, 2, copper. Gold for Springs. — Gold, 18 dwts. 12 grs. ; silver, 6 dwts. ; copper, 5 dwts. jBWELLEKs'SoLDKBiNa FLUID. — Muriatic acid, ipt; grain zinc, 1^ oz. Dissolve, and add a little common solder aud sal-ammoniac. Jewbllehs' Gold Compositions. — Common Gold. — Silver, Ipart; Spanish copper, 16 ptvrts, gold, 2 parts; mix. Ring Croid.— Spanish copper, fl parts; silver, 3 parts; gold, 5 parts; mix. Manheim Gold. — copper, 3 parts; zinc, 1 part. Molt, aud stir well. Mosaic Gold. — copper and zinc, equal parts; melt at the lowest temperature that will fuse the fonner, then mix by stirring, aud add 5 per cent, more zinc. Parker's Mosaic Gold. — Copper, 100 parts ; zinc, 54 parts. For common Jewelry. — Copper, 3 parts ; 1 of old brass, aud 4 oz. of tin to every lb. of copper. Factitious Gold. — Copper, 16 parts; platinum, 7 parts; zinc, 1 part; fused together. This alloy resembles gold of 16 carats fine, or §, and will resist the action of nitric acid, unless very concen- trated and boiling. Harmstadt's Tr^ie Imitation of Gold. — is stated not only to resemble gold in color, but also in specific gravity and ductility. Platinum, 16 parts; copper, 7 parts; zinc, 1 part; put it in a crucible, cover with charcoal powder, and melt into a mass. Do. of 6'i7«er. —Copper, J oz. ; brass, 2 oz. ; pure silver, 3 oz. ; bismuth, 2 oz. ; saltpetre, 2 oz. ; common salt, 1 oz. ; arsenic, 1 oz. ; i)otfU)h, 1 oz. ; melt in a crucible with powdered charcoal. This comixiund, used by a Germaii chemist for imlawf ul purposes, was so perfect that he was never discovered. Abtificial Gold. — ^This is a new metallic alloy which is now very extensively used iu France as a substitute for gold. Pure copper, 100 parts; zinc, or, preferably, tin, 17 parts; magnesia, 6 parts; sal- ammoniac, 3-6 parts; quick-lime, J part; tartar of commerce, 9 parts; are mixed as follows : The copper is first melted, and the magnesia, sal-ammoniac, lime and tartar are then added separately, aud by degrees, in tbi form of powder; the whole is now biiskly stirred for about h an aour so as to mix thoroughly; and when the zinc is added in small grains by. throwing it on the surface, aud stirring till it is entirely fused ; the crucible is then covered, aud the fusion maintained for about 36 minutes. The surface is then skimmed, and the alloy is ready for casting. It has a fine grain, is malleable, and taket a splen- did polish. It dose not corrode readily, and for many purposes, is an excellent substitute for gold. When tarnished, its brilliancy can be restored by a little acidulated water. If tin be employed instead of «inc, the alloy will be more brilliant. It is very much used m France, and must ultiraately attain equal popularity here. New French Patent Alloy fob Silver.— Messieurs De Ruolz & Fontenay have invented the following alloy, which may be used 208 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. for almost all purposes in which silver is usually applied. Silver, 20 partH ; pnrifled nickel, 28 parts ; copper, 52 parts, Melt the cooper and nic&el m tlie granular state, then uitroducetLe silver. The nux to be employed is charcoal and borax, both in the state of powder; and the ingots obtained are to be rendered malleable by annealing for a cod- . Biderable time in ix)wdered charcoal. G()LD.— To find the number of carats of gold in an object, first weigh the gold and mix with seven times its weight in silver. Tliis alloy is beaten into thin leaves, and nitric acid is added ; this dissolves the silver and copper. The remainder (gold) is then fused and weighed ; by comparing the first and last weights the number of carats of pure gold is found. This operation is always repeated several times, and if any difference occurs in the result, all is done over again. Jewbllbrs' Alloys. — Soldeb, &c. Eighteen-carat (/old for rings — Gold coin, 19J gr. ; pure copper, 3 grs. ; pure silver, 1^ gr. Cheap gold, twelve carat. — ^Id coin, 26 gr. ; pure copper, 13^ gr. ; pure silver, 7i grs. Very cheap four-carat gold. — Copper, 18 parts; gold, 4 parts ; sflver, 2 parts. Imitations of gold. — 1 Platina, 4 dwt. ; pure copper, ^ dwt. ; sheet-zmc, 1 dwt. ; block-tm, If dwt. ; pure lead, IJ dwt. If this should be found too hard or brittle for practical use. re-melting the composition with a little sal-ammoniac will generally render it malleable as desired. 2. Platina, 2 parts ; silver, 1 part ; copper, 3 garts. These compositions, when properly premred, so nearly resem^ le pure gold it is very difficult to distinguish them therefrom. A little ]x>wdered charcoal, mixed with metals while melting, will be ^ound of service. Best oreide of gold. — Pure copper, 4 oz. ; sheet cine. If oz.; magnesia, g oz. ; sal-ammoniac, ^ oz. ; quiclc-lime, 9-32 oz. ; cream tartar, | oz. First melt the copper at as low a tem^ierature as it will melt ; then add the zinc, and afterwards the other articles in powder, in the order named. Use a charcoal fire to melt these metals. Bushing Alloy for Pivot-holes, (fee. — Gold coin, 3 dwts. ; sil- ver, 1 dwt. 20 grs. ; copper, 3 dwts. 20 grs. ; palladium, 1 dwt. The best composition known for the purpose named. Gold Solder for Fourteen to Sixteen-carat Work. — Gold coin, 1 dwt. ; pure silver, 9 grs. ; pure copper, 6 grs. ; brass, 3 grs. Darher solder. — Gold coin, 1 dwt. ; pure copper, 8 grs. ; pure silver, 5 grs. ; brass, 2 grs. ; melt to- § ether in charcoal fire. Solder for Gold. — Gold, 6 dwts. ; silver, 1 wt. ; copper, 2 dwts. Soft Gold Solder. — Gold, 4 parts ; silver, 1 fart ; copper 1 part Solders for Silver. — (For the use of jewellers. ) — ine silver, 19 dwts. ; copper, 1 dwt. ; sheet brass, 10 dwts. White Solder for Silver. — Silver, 1 oz. ; tin, 1 oz. Silver Solder, forPlated Metal. — Fine silver. 1 oz. ; brass 10 dwts.. Solders. — For Gold. — 1. Silver, 7 parts; copper, 1 part, with borax. 2. Gold, 2 parts; sUver. 1 part ; copper, 1 part. 3. Gold, 3 parte ; silver, 3 parts ; co])per, 1 IMirt; zinc * part. For Silver. — Silver, 2 parts; brass, 1 part, with bo- rax ; or, silver, 4 parts' ; brass, 3 parts; zinc, 1-18 part, with borax. Gold Solders.— 1. Copper, 24.24 parts ; silver, 27.67 parts ; gold, 48. 19 parts. 2. Enamel Solder.— Co^p^er, 25 parts; silver, 7.07 parts; gold, 67.93 parts. 3. Copper, 20.55 parts; zinc, 6.26 parts; silver, 31.26 parts; gold, 36 parts. 4. Enamel Solder. — Silver, 19.57 parts ; gold, 80.43 mrts. Solder.— For 22 carat gold. — Gold of 22 oarats, 1 dwt ; silver, 2 gr. : copper, 1 gr. For 18 carat gold. — Gold of 18 carats,' 1 dwt. ; sil- ver. 2 gr. ; copper, 1 gr. For cheaper gold. — Gold, 1 dwt ; silver, 10 s. WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 209 Jilver, 20 nper and lux to be and the gr. ; copper, 8 gr. copper, 1 dwt. Cheaper still. — ^Fine gold, 1 dwt. ; silver, 1 dwt. ; a coD- rst weigh H alloy is olves the weighed ; ts of pure ■al times, ain. •)r rings — heap gold, ire silver, , 4 parts ; re copper, i, li dwt. re-inelting ' render it copper, 3 rly resemy efrom. A ig, will be oz. ; sheet lime, 9-32 jmiieratiire ler articles melt these dwts.; sil- dwt. The Solder for re silver, 9 roldcoin, 1 ).; melt to- . ; silver, 1 J ; silver, 1 ewellers. ) — rta. White r, farPlated ''or Qold. — arts; silver. ; coi)per, 1 ,rt, with bo- with borax. a ; gold, 48. parts; gold, 31.25 parts; gold, 80.43 iwt; silver, ;idwt.; sU- t ; silver, 10 "■ Silver Soldebs.— 1. {hard.) Copper, 30 parts ; zinc, 12.85 parts ; silver, 67.15 parts. 2. Ck>pper, 23.33 parts ; zinc, 10.00 parts ; silver, 66.67 parts. 4. Copper, 26.66 parts; zinc, 10.00 parts; silver, 63.34 parts. 6. (soft.) Copper 14.76 parts: zinc 8.50 parts: silver, 77.05 parts. 6. Copper, 22.34 parts ; zinc, 10.48 parts ; silver, 67.18 parts. 7. Tin, 63.00j)art8 ; lead, 37 parts. CoiiORED Gold.— 1. Full red groW.— Gold, 5 dwts. ; copper, 6 dwts. 2. Red gold. — Gold, 6 dwts. : silver, 1 dwt. ; copper, 4 dwts. 8. Qrem CfeW.— Gold, 2 dwt. ; silver, 21 gr. 4. Oray sroJrf.— Gold, 3 dwts. 15 gr ; silver. 1 dwt. 9 gr. 5. Blue gold. — Gold, 5 dwt. ; steel filings, 6 ttwt. 6. Antique gold, greenish-yellow color.— -Gold, 18 dwts. 9 gr. ; silver, 21 gr. ; copper 18 gr. These all require to be submitted to the process of wet coloring. 7. Fictitious gold, very bright. — Cop- per, 16 parts ; platina, 7 parts ; zinc, 1 part ; fused together. English Standard fob Silver.— Pure silver, 11 ozs. 2 dwts. ; copper, 22 dwts. : melt. Silver Imitation, — Copper, 1 lb.; tin, foz., melt. This composition will roll and ring very near to silver. French Gold Plate.— 1. Gold, 92 pi?rts ; copper, 8 parts. 2. Gold, 84 pai-ts; copper, 16 parts. 3. Gold, 76 parts; copper, 25 parts. Jewellers' iW«huric acid until the iron shows a bright clean sunace. After rinsing in pure water they are placed in a ^th of a mixed solution of sulphate of zinc, sulpnate of copper and cyanide of potassium, and there remain imtil they receive a bright coating of brass. Lastly, they are transferred to a bath of nitrate of silver, cyanide of potassium and sulphate of soda, in which they quickly received a coatiugof silver. Ornamental Designs ON Silver. — Select a smooth part of the silver, and sketch on it a monogram or any other design you choose, with a sharp lead pencil, then place the article in a gold solution witn the battery in good working order, and in a short time all the parte not sketched with the lead pencil will be covered with a coat of "jold. After cleaiising the article, the black lead is easily removed by the fingers, and the silver ornament disclosed. A gold ornament may be produced by reversing the process. To Extract Silver from waste Products. — Mix your refuse with an eq'Ual quantity of wood charcoal, ^)lace in a crucible and sub- mit to a bright red heat, and in a short time a silver button will be found at the bottom. Carbonate of soda is another good flux. To Solder Tortoise Shell. — Bring the edges of tlie pieces of shell to fit each otlier, observing to give the same inclination of gmin to each, then secure them in a piece of paper, and place them between hot irons or pincers ; apply pressure, and let them cool. The heat must not be so great as to hum the shell, therefore try it first on a white*J)iece of paper. Artificial Pearls.— Are made from beads of opaline glass filled with gum, the polish of the glass being reduced by the vapor if hydrofluoric acid. Reviver for Old Jewelry. — Dissolve sal-ammoniac in urine, and put the jewelry in it for a short time ; then take it out, and rub with chamois leather, and it will appear equal to new. To Recover Gold from Gilt Metal. — ^Take a solution of borax water, apply to the gilt surface, and sprinkle over it some finely powdered sulphur ; make the article red not, and quench it in water; then scrape off the gold, and recover it by means of lead. PoLiSHiNa Powder for Gold and Silver.— Rock alum burnt and finely powdered, 5 parts ; levigated chalk, 1 part. Mix ; apply with a dry brush. Silver-Platino Fluid.— Dissolve 1 ounce of nitrate of silver, In crystals, in 12 ounces of soft water ; then dissolve in the water 2 oz. cyanuret of potash ; shake the whole together, and let it stand till it becomes clear. Have ready some half-ounce vials, and fill half full of Paris white, or fine whitbig ; and then fill up the bottles with the liquor, and it is ready for use. The whiting does not increase the coating powder : it only helps to clean the articles, and save the silver fluid, by half filling the bottles. 212 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS', &C., RECEIPTS. Jewellers' Armenian Cement. — ^Isinglass soaked in water and dissolved in spirit, 2 oz. (thick) ; dissolve in this 10 grs. of very pale gum ammonia (in tears) by rubbing them together ; then add 6 large tears of giim mastic, dissolved in the least possible quantity of rec- tified spirits. When carefully made this cement resists -moisture and dries colorless. Keep in a closely stopped phial. Jewellers' CEMjaajT. — ^Put in a bottle 2 ozs. of isinglass and 1 oz. of the best gum arable, cover them with proof spirits, cork loosely, and place the bottle in a vessel of water, and boil it till a thorough solu- tion is effected ; then strain it for use. Gold is taken from the surface of silver by spreading over it a paste made of powdered sal-ammoniac, with aquafortis, and heating It till the matter smokes, j.nd is nearly dry ; when the gold may be separated by rubbmg it with a scratch brush. To Separate Gold ash Silver from Lace, &c. — Cut in pieces the gold ur silver lace, tie it tightly, 4ind boil in soap ley till the size appears diminished ; tal:.' the cloth out of the liquid, and after re- peated rinsings of cold w.ier, beat it with a mallet to draw out the alkal\ Open the Unen, and the pure metal will be found in all its beauty. Tarnish on Electro-Plate Goods may be removed by immers- ing the article from one to ten or fifteen minutes, or until the tarnish has been removed, but no longer, in the following solution : Rain water, 2 gals. ; cyanuret potassa, ^ lb. ; dissolve and put into a stone jug or jar and closely cork. After immersion, the articles must be taken out and thoroughly rinsed in two or three waters, then dried with a soft linen cloth, or, if frosted or chased work, with fine clean sawdust. Tarnished jewelry may be speedily restored by this process ; but make sure work of removing the alkali, Qtherwise it will corrode the goods. A Bright Gold Tinge may bp given to .silver by steeping it for a suitable length of time m a weak solution of sulphuric actd and water strongly impregnated with iron-rust. To Refine Gold.— If you desire to refine gold from the baser metals, swedgeor roll it out very thin, then cut into narrow strips and curl up so as to prevent its lying flatly. Drop the pieces thus prepared uito a vessel containing good nitric acid, in the proportion of acid, 2 ozs., and pure rain-water ^ oz. Suffer to remain until thor- oughly dissolved, which will be the case in from h an hour to 1 hour. Then pour off the liquid carefully, and you will find the gold, in the form of yellow powder, lying at tlie bottom of the vessel. Wash this with pure water till it ceases to have an acid taste, after which you may melt and cast into any form you choose. Gold treated in this way may be relied on as perfectly pure. In melting gold use none other than a charcoal fire, and during the process sprinkle saltpetre and potash into the crucible occasion- ally. Do not attempt to melt with stone coal, as it renders the metal brittle and otherwise imperfect. To Refine Silver.— Dissolve in nitric acid as in the case of the gold. When the silver has entirely disappearedj add to the 2A oz. of solution nearly 1 quart of pure ruin-water. Sink, tlien, a sneet of clean copiier into it ; the silver will collect rapidly upon the coi)} er, and you can scrape it off and melt into bulk at pleasure. t. rs. vater and very pale dd 6 large ;ity of rec- istare and tnd 1 oz. of )08ely, and ough solu- y over it a nd heating )ld may be lut in pieces till the size id after re- •aw out the id in aU ita by immers- the tarnish ution : Rain ; into a stone ;lQ8 must be i, then dried ith fine clean red by this , ptherwise it teeping it for uric acW and om the baser narrow strips le pieces thus ;he proportion aiu until thor- our to 1 hour. le gold, in the vessel. Wash te, after which Sold treated in re, and during Lcible occasion- iiders the metal the case of the to tlie 2A OK. of lien, a sheet of .the copier, and WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 213 In the event of your refining gold in accordance with the foregoing formula, and the impurity was silver, the only steps necessarj' to save the latter would be to add the above named proportion of water to the solution poured from the gold, and then to proceed with your copper plate as just directed. To Refine Copper. — ^This process differs from the one employed to refine silver in uo respects save the plate to be immersed; you use an iron instead of a copper plate to coUect the metal. If the impuritievS of gold refined were both silver and copper, you might, after saving the silver as above directed, smk your iron plate into the solution yet rematniug, and take out the copper. The parts of alloyed gold may be separated by these processes, and leave each in a perfectly pure state. C!oLD Silvering of Metals. — Mix 1 part of chloride of silver with 3 parts of pearlash, 1^ parts common salt, and 1 part whiting; and well rub the mixture on the surface of brass or copper (previously well cleaned), by means of a piece of soft leather, or a cork moistened with water and'^dipped in the powder. When properly silvered, the metal should be well washed in hot water, slightly aU^alized; then wiped dry. To Hard Solder Gold, Silver, Copper, Brass, Iron, Steel or Platina. — The solders to be used for gold, silver, copper and brass are given in the preceding part. You commence operations by reducing your solder to small particles, and mixing it with powdered sal- ammoniac and powdered borax in equal parts, moistened to make it. hold together. Having fitted up the joint to be soldered, you secure the article upon a piece of soft charcoal, lay your soldering mixture immediately over tne joint and then with your blow-pipe turn the flame of your lamp upon it imtil fusion takes place. The job is then done, and ready to be cooled and dressed up. Iron is usuaUy soldered with copper or brass in accordance with the above process. The best solder fbr steel is pure gold or pure silver, tliough gold or silver solders are often used successfully. Platina can only be soldered well with gold ; and the expense of it, therefore, contributes to the hindrance of a general use of platina vessels, even for chemical puii)oses, where they are of so much importance. To Soft Solder Articles.— Moisten the paiis to be united with soldering fluid; then, having joined them together, lay a small piece of solder upon the ioint and liold over your lamp, or direct the blaze upon it with your blow-pipe until fusion is apparent Withdraw them from tiie blazo immediately, an too much heat will render the solder brittle and unsatisfactory. When the parts to be joined can be made to spring or press against each other, it is best to place a thin piece of solder between them before evposing to tlie lamp. Where two smooth surfaces are to be soldered one ui>oii the other, you may make an ex- cellent job by moistening them with the fluid, and then, having placed a sheet of tin foil between them, holdiug them pressed firmly together over your lamp till the foil melts. If tlie surfaces fit nicely, a joint may be made in this way so close as to be almost imperceptible. The bright looking lead which comes as a lining to tea boxes works better in tlie same way than tin foil. To Cleanse Gold Tarnished in Soldering, — The old English mode was to expose all parts of the article to a uniform heat, allow it 214 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS', AC, RECEIPTS. to cool, and then boil until bright in urine and sal-ammoniac. It is now upually cleaned \vith diluted sulphuric acid. The pickle is made in about the proportion of one-eighth of an ounce of acid to one ounce of rain water. To Clean Silver Tarnished jx Solderino. — Some expose to a uniform heat, as in the case of gold, and then boil in strong alum water. Others immerse for a considerable length of time in a li<(uid made of \ oz. of cyanuret potassa to 1 pint rain water, and then brush off with pieimred chalk. Nickel Plating. — ^The following is tha substance of the patent granted to Dr. Isaac Adams, March 22, 1870. Tlie process is highly successful. * This improvement consists in the use oi 3 new solutions from which to deposit nickel by the electric current. 1. A solution formed of the double sulphate of nickel and alumina, or the sulphate vt nickel dissolved in a solution of soda, potash, or ammonia alum, ^ihe three different varieties of commercial alu m. 2. A solution formed of the double sulphate of nickel and magnesia, with or without an excess of ammonia. I have found that a good coating of nickel can be deposited from the solution before mentioned, provided th^y are prepared and used in such a manner as to be free from any acid or alkaline reaction. When these solutions are used, great care must be taken, lest by the use of too high battery power, or from the in- troduction of some foreign matters, the solution becomes acid or alkaline. I prefer to use these solutions at a temperature above 100° Fah., but do not limit my invention to the use of these solutions at that temperature. I therefore claim, 1. The electro deposition of nickel by the means of solution of the double sulphate of nickel and alumina, prepared and used in^uch a manner as to be free from the presence of ammonia, potash, soda, lime orrU>ric acid or from any other acid, or from any acid or alkaline reaction. 2. The electro deposition of nickel by means of a solution of the double sulphate of nickel and potash, prepared and used in such a manner as to be free from the presence of ammonia, soda, alumina, lime or nitric acid, or from any acid or alkaline reaction. 3. The electro deposition of nick- el by means of a solution of the double sulphate of nickel and mag- nesia, prepared and used in such a manner as to be free from the presence of ix)tash, soda, alumina, lime or nitric acid, or from any acid or alkaline reaction. " ' Stalba's Nickkl Plating Process.— Consists in plating with nickel, by the action of zinc uiwu salts of nickel, in the presence of chloride of zinc and the metal to be plated. By this process, Stalba states that he has succeeded in plating objects of wrought and cast iron, steel, copper, brass, zinc, and lead. It is only necessary that the size of the objects should permit them to be covered entirely by the plating liquid, and that their surfaces should be free from dirt. The following is the modus operandi : — A quantity of concentrated chloride of zinc solution is placed in a clean metallic vessel, and to this is added an equal volume of water. This is heated to boiling, and hydrochloric acid is added drop by drop, until the precipitate which had formed on adding the water has disappeared. A small quantity of zinc powder is now added, which produces a zinc coating on the metal as far as the liquid extends. Enouifh of the nickel salt (the clUoride or sulphate answers equally well, is now introduced to 9* a. It is I is made ne ounce ixpose to ing alum 1 a liquid en brusli le patent is highly solutions solution ) sulphate lia alum, m formed ithout an of nickel ided thdy 1 any acid care must m the in- 8 acid or ,bove 100° tlutions at toaition of lickel and from the from any he electro lUphate of to be free •ic acid, or m of nick- and mag- 9 from the from^any ating with )resence of )S8, Stalba t and caot issary that entirely by from dirt, mcentrated sel, and to to boiling, precipitate . A small Inc coating nickel salt ;roduced to WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS,' AC, RECEIPTS. 215 color the liquid distinctly green ; the objects to be plated are placed in it together with some zinc clippings, and the liauid is brought to boiling. Tlie nickel is precipitated in the course of 15 minutes, and the objects will be found to be completely coated. The coating va- ries in lustre with the character of the metallic surface; when this i? polished, the plating is likewise lustrous and vice versa. Salt of . ■■■■ bait affords a cobalt plating, which is steel gray in color, not so luti- trous as the nickel, but more liable to tarnish. To Make Silver Solution for Electro-Platino. — Put to- gether into a glass vessel 1 oz. good silver, made thin and cut into strips; 2 oz. best nitric acid, and ^ oz. pure rain water. If solution does not begin at once, add a little more water — continue to add a very little at a time till it does. In the event it starts off well, but stops before the silver is fully dissolved, you may generally start it up again all right by adding a little more water. When solution is entirely effected, add 1 quart of warm rain water and a large table- spoonful of table salt. Shake well and let settle, then proceed to pour off and wash through other waters as in the case of the gold preparation. When no longer acid to the taste^ put in an ounce and an eighth cyanuret ^xitassa and a quart pure ram water: after stand- hig^ about 24 hours, it will be ready for use. To MAKE Gold Solution for Electro-Platino. — Dissolve five pennyweights gold coin, 5 grains pure copper, and 4 grains pure silver in 3 ozs. nitro-muriatic acid; which is simply 2 parts muriatic acid and 1 part nitric acid. The sUver will not be taken into solution as are the other 2 metals, but will gather at the bottom of the vessel. Add 1 oz. pulverized sulphate of iron, ^ oz. pulverized borax, 25 grains pure table salt, and 1 quart hot rain water. Upon this the gold and copper will be thrown to the bottom of the vessel with the silver. Let stand till fully settled, then i)our off the liquid carefully, and refill with boiling rain water as before. Continue to repeat this operation until the precipitate is thoroughly washed ; or, m other words, fill up, let settle, and pour off so long as the accumulation at the bottom of the vessel is acid to the taste. You now have about an 18 car it chloride of gold. Add to it an ounce and an eighth cyanuret potas,4a, and 1 quart rain water— the latter heated to the boiling point Shake up well, then let stand about 24 hours, and it will be ready for use. Some use platina as an alloy instead of silver, imder the impression that plating done with it is harder. I have used both, but never could see much difference. Solution for a darker colored plate to imitate Guinea gold may be made by adding to the above 1 oz. dragon's blood and 5 grs. iodide or iron. If you desire an alloyed plHfce, proceed as first directed, without the silver or copper, and with an ounce and a half of sulphuret potas^a in place of the iron, borax, and salt. To Plate with a Battery. — If the plate is to be gold, use the gold solution for electro-plating j if silver, use the silver solution. Pre- pare the article to be plated by immersing it for several minutes in a strong ley made of potash and rain water, polishing off thorouf;hly at the end of the time with a soft brush and prepared (ihalk Care should be biken not to let the fingers come in contiict with the article while polishing, as that has a tendency to prevent the plate from adhering; it should be held in two or three tliicloiesses oi tissue paper. At- 21 G WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, &C., RECEIPTS. • « tach tbo article, when thorongldv cleansed, to the positive pole of your battery, then affix a ^iece of gold or silver, as the case may be, to the negative pole^ and immerse both into the solution in such a vra^' as not to hang m contact with each other. After the article has been exposed to the action of the battery about ten minutes, talce it out and wash or polish over with a thicK mixture of water and prepared chalk or jewellers' rouge. If, in the operation, you find plac3s where the plating seems inclined to peel on, or where it has not talten well, mix a little of the plating solution with prepared chalk or rouge, and rub the defective part thoroughly with it. This will be likely to set all fmht Govern your time of exposing the article to the battery by the de- sired thickness of the plate. Inuring the time, it should be liiken oUt and polished up as just directed about every ten minutes, or as often at least as there is an indication of a growing darkness on any part of its surface. When done, finish with the burnisher or prepared chalk and chamois skin, as best suits your taste and convenience. In case tiie article-to be plated is iron, steel, lead, pewter, or block tin, you must, after first cleaning with the ley and chalk, prepare it by ap- plying with a soft brush— a camels -hair pencil Is best suited— a solution made of the following articles in the proportion named : — Nitric acid, ) oz. ; muriatic acid. ^ oz. ; sulphuric acid, l-9th oz. ; muriate of potash, l-7th oz. ; sulphate of iron, ^ oz. ; sulphuric ether, l-5th oz. ; and as much sheet zinc as it will dissolve. Tnis prepares a foundation, without which the plate would fail to take well, if at aU. To MAKE Gold Amalgam. — ^Eight parts of gold and one of mer- cury are formed into an amalgam for plating, by rendering the gold into thin plates, making it red hot and then putting it into the mercury while the latter is also heated to ebullition. The gold immediately disappears in combination with the mercury, after wliich the mixture m^ be turned into water to cool. It is then ready for use. To Plate with Gold Amalgam. — Gold amalgam is chiefly used as a plating for silver, copper or bi-ass. The article to be plated is washed over with diluted nitric acid or potash lye and prepared chalk, to remove any tarnish or rust that might prevent the amalgam from adhering. After having been polished perfectly bright, the amal- fam is applied as evenly as possible, uanally with a fine scratch rush. It IS then net upon a grate over a charcoal fire, or placed into an oven and heated to that degree at which mercury exhales. The gold, when the mercury has evaporated, presents a dull yellow color. Cover it with a coating of inilverized nitre and alum in eqtial parts, mixed to a paste with water, and heat again till it is thoroughly melted, then plunge into water. Burnish up with a steel or blood- stone burnisher. To Make and Apply Gold-Plating Solution. — Dissolve ^oz. of gold amalgam in 1 oz. of nitro-muriatic acid. Add 2 oz. of alcohol, and then, having brightened the article in the usual way, apply the solution with a soft brnsli. Rinse and dry in sawdust, or with tresue paper, and polish up with chamois skin. To Make and Apply Gold-Plating Powder.— Prepare a chloride of gold the same as for "plating with a battery. Aad to it, when thoroughly washed out, cyanuret potassa in a proportion of 2 »TS. ^e pole of 36 may be, in 8uch a lie battery th a thick If, in the led to peel ng solution thoroughly by the de- 9 taken Jut or as often any part of tared chalk ;e. In case ck tin, you e it by ap- t suited— a I named : — l-9th oz.; Iiuric ether, is prepares 3 well, if at >ne of mer- \s the gold ;ne mercury mmediately the mixture e. chiefly used )e plated is lared chalk, ilgam from ;, the amal- ino scratch ' placed into hales. The rellow color, squal parts, thoroughly lel or blood- issojve i oz. I. of alcohol, ,y, apply the r -with tresue —Prepare a , Add to it, portion of 2 T I WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 217 OZ. to 6 pennyweights of gold. Pour in a pint of clean rain water, shake up well and then let stand till the chloride icr dissolved. Add then 1 lb. of prepared Spanish whiting and let it evaporate in the open air till dry, after which put away in a tight vessel for use. To apply it you prepare the article in the usual way, and having made the powder into a paste with water, rub it upon the surface with a piece of chamois skin or cotton flannel. An old mode of making a gold-plating powder was to dip clean linen rags into solution prepared as m the second article pre- ceding tms, and having dried, to fire and bum them into ashes. The ashes formed the powder, and were to be applied as above: To Make and Apply Silver-Plating Solution.— Put together in a glass vessel 1 oz. nitrate of silver, 2 ozs. cyanuret potassa, 4 ozs. prepared Spanish whiting, and 10 ozs. pure rain water. Cleanse the article to be plated as per preceding directions, and apply with a soft brush. Finish with the chamois skin or burnisher. To Make and Apply Silveu-Platino Powder.— Dissolve sil- ver in nitric acid by the aid of heat; put some pieces of copper into thesolntion to nrecipibite the silver; wash the acid out in the usual way; then, witn 15 grains of it mix 2 drams of tartar, 2 drams of table salt, and ^ dram of pulverized alum. Brighten the article to be plated with ley and prepared chalk, and rub on the mixture. When it has assumed a wliite appearance, expose to heat as in the case of plating with gold amalgam, then polish up with the burnisher or soft leather. To Destroy the Effects of Acid on Clothes. — Dampen as soon as possible, after exposure to the acid, with spirits ammonia. It will destroy the effect immediately. To Wash Silverware.— Never use a particle of soap on your silverware, as it dulls the lustre, giving the article more the appear- ance of pewter than silver. When it wants cleaning, rub it with a piece of soft leather and prepared chalk, the latter made into a kind of paste with pure water, for the reason that water not pure might contain gritty particles. To Cleanse Brushes.- The best method of cleansing watch- makers' and jewellers' brushes is to wash them out in a strong soda water. When the backs are wood, you must favor that part as much as possible ; for beuig glued, the water may injure them. To Cut Glass Round or Oval without a Diatviond. — Scratch the glass around the shape you desire with the comer of a file or graver ; then, having bent a piece of wire in the same shape, heat it red hot and lay it upon the scratch, sink the glass into cold water just deep enough for the water to come almof»t on a level with ira upper surface. It' will rarely ever fail to break perfectlv true. To Re-Black Clock Hands.— Use asphaltum varnish. One coat will make old rusty hands look as good as new, and it dries in a few minutes. To Gild Steel.— Pour some of the ethereal solution of gold into a wineglass, and dip into it the blade of a new penknife, razor, lancet, Ac. ; withdraw the instrument and allow the etlier to evaporate. The blade will then be found covered with a beautiful coat of gold. 218 WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTa. The blade may be moistened with a clean rag, or a small piece of very dry sponge, dipped in the ether, and the same effects will be produced. SiiiVEBiNO SHELiiS. — Silver leaf and gum water, a suflicient aoan- tity; grind to a proper thickness, and cover the inside of the snells. For a Gold Color, grind up gold-leaf with gum water, and apply to the inside of the shells. Liquid Foil bor Silvering Glass Globes, &c.— Lead, 1 part; tin, 1 part; bismuth, 1 part; melt, and, just before it seta, add mer- cury, 10 pai-ts. Pour this into the globe, and turn it rapidly round. Silver-Platers' Stripping Liquid. — Sulphuric acid, 8 parts; nitre, 1 part Used to recover silver from old plated ware. To Silver Clock Faces, &c.— Old silver lace, i oz. ; nitric acid, 1 oz. Boil them over a gentle fire for about 5 minutes in an earthen pot After the silver is dissolved, take the mixture off, and mix it in a pint of clean water, then pour it into another vessel free from sedi- ment; then add a tablcspoonful of common salt, and the silver will be precipitated in the form of a white ix>wder of curd; pour off tlie acid, and mix the curd with 2 oz. salt of tartar, and ^ oz. whi'-^ng, all to- gether, and it is ready for use. To Use.— Clean your braas or copper plate with rotten-stone and a piece of old hat ; rub it with salt and water with your hand. Then take a little of the composition on your finger, and rub it over your pliate, and it will firmly adhere and com- pletely silver it. Wash it well with water. When dry, rub it with a clean rag, and varnish with this varnish for clock faces. Spirits of wine, 1 pt ; divide in three parts, mix one pai-t with gum-mastic in a bottle by itself; 1 part spirits and ^ oz. sandarac in another bottle; and 1 part snirits and ^ oz. of whitest gum benjamin, in another bot- tle; Tiix ana temper to your mind. If too thin, some mastic; if too soft, some sandarac or benjamin. When you use it, warm the silvered plate before the fire, and, with a flat camels'-hair pencil, 8tix)ke it over till no white streaks appear, and this will preserve the silvering for many years. Refining Gold and Silver.— The art of assaying gold and sil- ver is founded upon the feeble affinity which these have for oxygen in comparison with copper, tin, and other cheap metals, and on the tendency which the latter metols have to oxidize rapidly in contact with lead at a high temperature, and sink with it into any porous, earthy vessel in a thin, glassy, vitrified mass. The precious metal having previously been accurately weighed and prepared, the first process 18 Cupellation. The muffle, with cupel properly ananged on the " mnffle plate" is placed in the furnace, and the charcoal ad- ded, and lighted at the top by means of a few ignited pieces thrown on last After the cupels have been exposed to a strong white heat for about half an hour, and have become white hot, the lead is put into them by means of tongs. As soon as this becomes bright red and " circulating" as it is called, the specimen for assay, wrapped in a small piece of paper or lead-foil, is added ; th«>i fire is now sept up strongly until the metal enters the lead and " circulates " well, when the heat, slightly diminished, is so regulated that the assay appears convex and more glowing than, the cupel itself, whilst the *^ undulation*" circulate in all directions, and the middle of the 1 TS. WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 219 ill piece of ts will be lent anan- the snells. d apply to ad, 1 part; add mer- it rapidly 1, 8 parts; uitric acid, an earthen d mix it in from sedi- ver will be ft the acid, 'ug, all to- .8 or copper I salt and on on your B aiid com- b it with a BS. Spirits a-mastic in her bottle; lotber bot- stic; if too warm the air pencil, eserve the d and sil- for oxygen md on the ' in contact ny porons, lous metal 1, the first y antuiged larcoal ad- tes thrown white heat Bad is put bright red T, wrapped i now Kept tea " well, the assay whilst the lie of the 1 metal appears smooth, with a margin of litharge, which is freely ab- sorbed by the cux)el. When the metal becomes bright and ehining, or, in technical languace, begins to " lighten," and prismatic hues suddenly flash across the globules, and undulate and cross each other, followed by the metal becoming very brilliant and clear, and at length bright and solid (called the brightening), the separation is end- ed, and tue process complete. The cupels are then drawn to the mouth of the " muffle," and allowed to cool slowly. When quite cold, the resulting ^^ button," if of sis.veb, is removed by the "pliers" or *' tongs" from the cupels, and, after being flattened on a small anvil of polished steel, with a polished steel hammer, to de- tach adhering oxide of lead, and cleaned with a small, hard brush, is very accurately weighed. The weight is that otpure silver, and the dif- ference between the weight before cupellation and that of the pi re metal represents the proportion of alloy in the sample examined. In the case of GOLD, the metal has next to imdergo the operations of quab- TATiON. The cupellp . sample is fused with 8 times its weight of pure silver (called the " witness"), by which the gold is reduced to one-fourth of the mass less, and in this state may easily be removed by PABTiNO. The alloy, after quartation, is hammered or rolled out into a tliin strip or leaf, curled into a spiral form, and boiled for a quarter of an hour with about 2^ to 3 ozs. of nitric acid (specific gravity, 1.3) ; and the fluid being poured off, it is again boiled in a similar manner, with 1^ to 2 ozs. more nitric acid (sp. gr., 1.2); after which the gold is carefiQly collected, washed in pure water, and dried. When the operation of parting is skilfully conducted^ the acid not too strong, the metal preserves ite spiral form ; otherwise it falls into flakes or powder. Tbe second boiling is termed the " reprise." The loss of weight by parting corresponds to the quantity of silveb orig- inally in the specimen. Fob Alloys Containino Platinum, which usually consist of copper, silver, platinum, and gold, the method of assaying is as fol- lows : The alloy is cupelled in the usual way, the loss of weight ex- presses the amount of copper, and the " button," made into a riband and treated with sulphuric acid, indicates by the portion dissolved that also of the silver present. By submitting the residuum to quarta- tion, the platinum becomes soluble in nitric acid. The loss after di- gestion in this menstruum expresses the weight of that metal, and the weight of the portion now remaining is that of pure gold. Gold con- tainmg palladium may be assayed in the same manner. Anneal- ing.— This consists in putting the pure gold mto a small, porous crucible, or cupel, and heating it to redness in the muffle. Weighing must be done with the utmost accuracy. The weight in grains Troy, doubled or quadrupled, as the case may be, gives the number of carats fine of the alloy examined, without calculation. According to the OLD French method of assaying gold, the following quantities were taken ; For the assay pound, 12 gr. ; fine silver, 30 grs. ; lead, 108 gr. These having been cupelled together, the perfect. butt->n is roll^ intoaleaf (1^ X 5 inches), twisted on a quill and submitted to parting with 2^ oz. and li oz. of nitric acid, sp. gr., 1.16 (20° Baumd ) The remainder of the process is similar to that above de- cribed. Tne usual weight of silver taken for the assay pound, when the fineness is reckoned in lOOOths, is 20 grs., every real grain of oxide any *^"* X/ aaantity of pe'^^^^.*Vi)lor red enamel. Thte greatt- o^^ 8"\* „ arelikewise employed to "oior ^^^^ ^ be mrple of Cassms a^® ";^^„„2 fire very well. V*'^^'* erally obtained S^S>o8ition te^Slue of ?5low and Wue^/^« general y ^^.^^ produced ^y.^S'oSlof copper, or, better 8W"|jJj;._Take one part 5irect ftom_th«^ oxide oi IF ^^^^g^gj^t yeuow ^^ ^^^^ chrome, wbich^f*^^l^^nv with from one to*"^'^®!^! these sub- of whit^ oxide of antimonj , wu ^ j^moniac Each w g^_ Se enamel may ^«X?Ser of this eo'^^^Jft^manga^^^^^^ ^^^ S 1 oi lead, ealcmed together ^^^^ ^^^y^'^^Jte the vitreous melted with t^^J^jL^lthef Whentlie « "«^,«X TStlhen dried and previously ground togetner ^^^^^ ^^l^'LrTe or four times, to Utter is to be Cat C pouring into wate^^^^ s™«^.«}!? to tliis enamel wlde»^J^^"\^ ^^ te "i^'^f'r lavender rendered coloi>*byiwmdingthem agate slab, with oil or lav ^^^^^ PT8. WATCHMAKERS, JEWELLERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 221 [nailer divi- enatnels ia or PASTE, alllc oxides. ucible for 12 der iu a ms- to show how e made with lore dev)th oi ry fine hue is ^ith saline or ide of copper, owner in four I of the cupre- ny be preclpi- d. After about e to settle, de- By this pure e by addhig a "IZT ^ enamel can be lerally obtamed h the oxide ot —Take one part parts of white L of these sub- r mixed, and ex- liac. Thisoper- . is wtU brought : cobalt, or some ,„sitythatonlya 9 into black, A 1 of 2 parts of tin . oxide, 1 part 18 ;le manganese, au plete, the vitreous Ys then dried and ) or four times, to , from smoko and -inner admitted m- li'ares his enamel than agate pestte, lavender rendered It loosely covered Kim a stove, m work whenever tue 5 i pennyweight oi .l?ts of lead, and 2i :ier, and pour into a crucible with twice as much pulverized sulphur; the crucible is then to be immediately covered that the sulphur may not take fire, and the mixture is to be calcined over a smelting fire until the superfluous sulphur is burned away. The compound is then to be coarsely etunded, and, with a solution of munate of ammonia, to be formed to a paste which is to be placed upon the article it is designed to enamel. The article must then be neld over a spirit lamp till the compound upon it melts and flows. After this it may be smoothed and polished up in safety. Silvbr-Plating. — File the parts which are to reiseive the plate very smooth; then apply over the surface the muriate of zinc, which is made by dissolving -zinc in muriatic acid; now hold this part over a dish containing hot soft solder, and with a swab apply the solder to the part to which it will adhere, brush off all superfluous solder, so as to leave the surface smooth ; you will now take No. 2 fair silver plate, of the right size to cover the prepared surface, and lav the plate Hjjou it, and rub down smooth with a cloth moistened With oil; then, with a tinned soldering iron, pass slowly over nil the surface of tlie plate, which melts the solder underneath it, causing the plate to adhere as firmly as the solder does to the iron; then polish the sur- face, and finish with buckskin. Plating with Niokel may be effected by placing the object to be plated, either of iron, steel, copper, bronze, zmc or lead in a boiling neutral solution of zinc chloride contaming a salt of nickel and granulated zinc. If the zinc solution is acid, the coating of nickel is dull. A plating of cobalt may be made in the same manner. EiKiKGTON's Patent GiiiDiNG.— Fine gold, B oz. (troy); nitro- muriatic acid, 62 oz. (avoirduiwis); dissolve by heat, and continue the heat until red or yellow vapors cease to be evolved; decant the clear liquor into a suitable vessel; add distilled water, 4 gals.; pure bi- carbonate of potassa, 20 lb. ; and boil for 2 hours. N. B. — Tne nitro- muriatic acid is made with pure nitric acid (sp. gr., 1.45) 21 oz. ; fntre muriatic acid (sp. gr., 1.15), 17 oz. ; and distilled water, 14 oz. The articles, after being perfectly cleaned from scale or grease, and receiving a proper ./ifce, are to be suspended on wires, dipped into the liquid boiliny hot, and moved about flierein, when, in from a few seconds to a minute, depending on the newness and strength of the liquid, the requisite coating of gold will be deposited on them. By a little practice the time to withdraw the articles is readily known; the duration of the immersion required to produce any given effect graduallv increases as tlie liquid weakens by use. When properly gilded, the articles are withdrawn from the solution of gold, washed In clean water and dried ; after which they undergo the usual opera- tion of coloring, &c. A ** dead gold" appearance is produced by the application to the articles of a weak solution of nitrate of mercury previously to the Immersion in the gilding liquor, or the deadening may be given by applying a solution of the nitrate to the nevoly gilded surmce, and then expelling the mercury by heat. Spot Gilding, or gilding in Bi)ots, producing a very fine appear- ance, is done by putting a thin coat of oil on those parts of the metal where you do not wish the gilding to appear, the gold will then 'lie I 222 MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS', AC, RECEIPTS. deposited in those spots only where there is no oil, and the oil is easily removed when tlie job is finished. Watchmakers' Oiii.— Put thin sheet lead into olive oil in a bottle, expose it to the sun for a few weeks, and pour olf the clear. Solution for Dipping Steel Articles, Previously to Elec- tro-Plating, — Nitrate of silver, 1 part; nitrat« of mercury, 1 part; nitric acid ( sp. gr. , 1.384), 4 parts ; water, 120 parts. For copper articlea. — Sulphuric acid, 64 parts; water, 64 parts; nitric acid. 32 parts; muriatic acid, 1 part ; mix. The article, free from grease, is dipped in the piclcle for a second or two. Arrangement of Lapidaries Cutting Plates. — 1. Soft iron (very thin) with diamond dust in oil. 2. Pewter, with coarse emery and water. 3. Pewter, with fine emery and water. 4. Wood with sand and water. 5. Pewter with rotten-stone and water. 6. Leather with putty powder slightly wet Polishing Diamonds. — The plan in use at all the largo diamond cutters is simply a ■•"''t iron disc of good metal, with a vertical spindle rim through its ociicre, balanced, and turned, and faced true in a lathe. The disc ) evolves at about 1000 revolutions per minute. With a little diamond dust and oil, the stone is set in a small brass cup filled with common soft solder; it is then screwed up in the clamps and applied to the sliive till the facets is formed. RECEIPTS FOR MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS, MILLOWNERS, BLACKSMITHS, LOCOMO- TIVE BUILDERS AND METAL WORKERS OF EVERY KIND. Instructions to Engineers— aming is violent from dirty water, or change from salt to fresh, or from fresh to salt, in addition to following the above directions, check draught, and cover the fires with ashes or fresh fuel. GtbsX watchfulness is necessary when steam is raised, the safety C8. Never blow are inch, a« in the iron, lown gradu- Qit the free iter as it to- ld an insuffl- oiler to bum 188 gauges to big, carrying id rendering ntt pure water am from sea, aly 22 toches. 18, rain water imestone dia- 9 and springs lolution large , sulphate of pension. The fUme, &c.,in jcipitated and anacity to the scale becomes sat it requires a temperature power of scale scale formed am percolation Lctiveto steam •ted except by a is sometimes > to successful n another part frequently and e sneets, flues, roll swept and neat condition. K)ssible without exterior of the ,ir every blister ;h exanunations }ed long enough rht, feeding and iy water it is a mlng is violent am fresh to sal^ k draught, and lised, the safety MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 225 valve fixed, the fire strong, and the engine at rest. In every case there is a rapid and dangerous absorption of heat, tlie temperature, latent and sensible heat mcluded, often rising to 1200o Fahr. Frequently it is but the work of an instant to convert the latent into sensible heat, thus gefteratmg an irresistible force which bursts the boiler and destroys life and property. The destruction generally coming at the moment of starting the engme, the opeutog of the valve mdueing a commotion m the water, which flashes mto steam the instant it toucnes the heated plates. Steam has been known to rise from a pressure of 32 lbs. to the square mch to 90 lbs. to the square toch, to the short space of seven mmutes, with the engme at rest. It ought to quicken the vigilance of every engineer to know that the explosive energy to each and every cubic foot of water to his boiler at 60 lbs. pressure, is e^ual to that contamed in 1 lb. of gunpowder. From avaricious motives it has become quite common to discharge, or to decltoe to employ, qualified and careful eugmeers. Incompe- tent men are employed because their labor costs a few dollars less than that of the former. This is too much of a bad thmg to pass over without notice. Employ good skilful men to the management of steam power, or employ none at all, and pay them decent wages. If an oversight takes place, and the best and most careful men are liable to make mistakes, never scold, reprimand, or exact service during dangerous emex:gencies, as in the event of lost water to the boiler. In no case -risk life, limb, or property, and do not let the consideration of saving a few dollars deoar you from securing totelli- gent assistants. "Die Turkish mode of dnving bustoess on a late occasion was to discharge the Eiiglish engtoeers who brought out the war vessels which were buut in England, and supply the vacancies by tostalling cheap green hands. After getting up steam the new " Chief " proceeded to start the engmes. A lift at a crank Broduced no results, a pull at a lever was equally useless. At length 16 Illustrious official espied a bright brass cock, and thinking he had got hold of a sure thing this time, proceeded to give it a twist, when e was suddenly saluted with a jet of steam full to the face, which swept ihe "en^eer" and b^ assistants out of the engine room, into title fire room down stairs. So much for cheap labor and the consequent results. JDvmt to the Engine wJien under steam. — Before starttog the engtoe, warm the cyltoder by admitttog steam so as to slowly move the piston back and forth, letting the condensed water flow i.rom the drip-cocks, which should be left open all night for this purpose ; especially should this be done during cold and frosty weather, during which time all pipes anJ comiections should have extra protection. The minimum speed of the piston should be 240 ft. per minute, and the ma^mum speed 700 ft. to any engine. The most economical steam pressure is from 80 to 90 lbs. to the square inch, on the piston of any high pressure steam .engtoe. To attain this it is necessary thai the boiler pressure should be considerably higher, for there is a loss of at leafiC 30 per cent., arising from the irregularity of the steam nines and steam ports, by radiation of heat, by improper packing, by inction of valve, by the effect of the govenior and oy atmospheric SresHure, which of itself entails a loss of 16 lbs. per square toch on le piston. The lower the steam pressure per square inch on tlie 15 ' jJljjl— li'J .1. 'i .\JS^. 226 M/OHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. piston, the greater the loss of power from the atmospheric pressure ; for instance, a steam pressure of 30 lbs. per square inch on the piston, leaves only 15 lbs per square inch effective pressure for actual work, the other 16 lbs. being reqxiired to overcome atmospheric pressure. In tightening piston rod packing, screw no nghter than merely to prevent leakage; any more consumes power by friction- and will des- troy the packing. Spring packuig in the cylinder should be adjusted with great care, always kept up to its place, and neyer Allowed to become loose, or lealcage will ensue^ causing loss of power. On the other hand, if it is set too tight it will cut the cylinder, and loss will, result from friction. Keep your packing free from grit, sand, filings, ' &c., as such substances wiU cut the cylinder and flute the r»i. Remove all old packing before inserting new, observing tx) cut the ^cking into proper lengths, and breaking joints by placing each joint on opposite sides of the stufSng box. Keep the governor clean, easy in its movements, and avoid excessive tight packing around tiie spindle. Use good oUs. Avoid waste in the use of oil, as too great profusion generates gum and dirt. Use it with judgment in combi- nation with concentrated ley when it is required to remove gum or dirt from these or other parts of the machinerv. Do not lubricate the cylinder until after starting the engine^ and closing the diip oooke. If you have occasion to separate a rust joint, or any crank from a shaft on which it has been shrunk, tlie simplest plan Is to apply heat, when the bodies being of different dimensions will expand unequaUy and separate. Iron when heated expands with irresistible force. Railway contractors know that the heat of the sun on a warm dav will cause such an extension of the iron, that the rails, if laid witn 'close joints, will rise with the sleepers from the ballaist, and form arches 4 or 6 feet high and 60 or 60 feet in length. In accomoioda- tion to this law of expansion, spaces are left between the rails on rail- way tracks. The contraction of iron by cold is equally powerful, and has been put to good use in trueing up Ic^ge bulging buildings by fitting iron girders across them with strong wall plates at each end. Then, by applying gas jets all along the girders they will expand ; the screwg are then tightened up, and the girders allowed to cool, and the strain of these contractions several times repeated is sufficient to bring tiie walls to the perpendicular. Again, in hoisting heavy machinery, &c. by means of pulley-blocks, if tne ropes stretch and the blocks cbme together too soon, wet the rope, and the object will be elevated by its contraction without any other force. These hints will be found useful when occasion offers. In driving the kegs on the crank-pin and cross-head, use a leaden mallet, or interpose a piece of leather, or a sheet of soft metal for protection, if a steel hammer is used. The piston should be removed every 6 rionths, and the parts In- lured by friction, &c. carefully ground, fitted, and if need be turned, trued, and made steam tight. If knocking occurs in the engine it may arise by the crank being ahead of the steam ; if so, move the eccentric forward to give more lead on the valve, if caused by too much lead move the eccentric furthor back. If caused by the exhaust closing touB'Jon, enlarge the exhaust chamber in the valve ; if caused by the engine being out of line, or by hard or tight piston rod packing, these i t h b h a: O] K d( re if tig noi the ] tell hot Btei con ing whe ont Sa me. and ooilsi inl< taUo 'togi areo tallo To presi peat bede Btean exteo of st< i«ach theft Th( theft to the thea^ fliveq the fi Wqulr Ima at 601 of the 'ull pr inoli ». MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. 227 Sressure ; e piston, 3tual work, ;)re8sure. I merely to ndwillaes- be adjusted allowed to er. On ^6 md losswiu, (and, filings, ite the rod. g to cut the placing each vernor clean, Lg around the a» too great jut in comhi- nove gum or not luhncate he drip cocks, crank. Irom a to apply neat, and unequally Bsistible force, mawann dfl-y lis ii laid wltU last, and form n accommoda- le rails on rail- and has heen by fitting iron ni Then, by nd ; the screws aud the strain ut to bring tiie machinery, «c. he blocks <*)me be elevated by ^^ be found ad, use a leaden 90tt metal tor nd the parts Sn- need be turned. In the engiAe It [ if so, move the asedbytoomuch J exhaust clostog » If caused by the od packing, these faults must be corrected ; if caused by lost motion in the jam nuts on the valve, ulBbver the steam chest and adjust them correctly. It may be that knoclring is caused by lost motion in the crank-pin, pillow- blocks^ key of the piston in the cross-head, or boxes on the cross- head, if so. tighten the key, or file off the edges of the boxes if they are too tignt. Should knocking arise from shoulders becoming worn on the ends of the guides from any cause, replace the guides. Knocking may be caused by insufficient couuterboring in tiie cylin- der, causing derangement m the movements of the piston. The remedy for this is to re-counterhore the cylinder to the proper depth. Keep a close watch over the journals of the crank and cross-head, if they are loose in the boxes, or too tight, they wiU run badly, if tightened too much, they will heat and wear out the brass shoes, if not tight enough there is danger of the keys flying out aud breaking , the engine. Be sure that your steam gauge indicates truthfully. It ought to tell accurately tne nressure of steam in the boiler when the water is hotter tlian 212° I*ahr., and indicate the variation in the pressure of steam from time to time; but many gauges arc much worse than the contrivance used by the colored engineer, who, disdainfully dispens- ing with a gauge altogether, used to ascertain the critical moment when steam wae up, or danger at hand, by clapping his open hand on the outside of the boiler. Steam Packing. — iMany varieties of packing are used, such as me ic packing, packing composed of a mixture of duck, paper and tallow in proper proportions, soapstone and loose twisted cotton coils, asbestos, jute, &c. An excellent packing is composed of hemp' in long loosely twisted coils, well saturated with melted grease or tallow, with as- much pulverized black lead as it will absorb. Pack- • ing is alwayH applied with the best effect when the parts of the engine are cold, and ite efficiency is promoted by soalung it in beeswax and tallow previous to use, , To Work Steam Expansively.— The volume of steam at 15 lbs. pressure to the square inch or atmospheric pressure is 1700 times greater than that of any given Quantity of wjiter from which it may be derived. When confined under pressure, as in the cylinder of a steam engine, it ig^always in the effort to expand itself to the fullest extent, and a vast saving of fuel is effected by cuttiug off the supply of steam from the piston by means of the main valve, before it reaches the end of its stroke, instead of allowing it to flow during the full length of its stroke. The most available points at which to cut off steam is i, i and J of the full travel or stroke of the piston. If steam at 75 lbs. pressure to the square inch is applied to the piston and cut off at half stroke, the average pressure, during the whole stroke, owing to the expan- sive quality of the steam, would be 63^ lbs., or only 11^ lbs. less than the full pressure, although but half the quantity of steam is used, requiring fully 4 less fuel. Imagine the diagram to be a cylinder of 3 ft. in length, vdth steam at 60 lbs. pressure, entering the open port. During the first 4 inches of the travel of the piston the steam port is open, permitting the full pressure of the steam to operate on the piston ; but at the twelfth Inoli marked C, the steam lap on the valve V closes the port. The MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. imprisoned steam will now propel the piston to t he e nd of the stroke, driving out the liberated steam through the ^ftl A into the exhaust cavity B, but by the time the piston reaches D, 12 inches from C. the original pressure of 60 lbs. per square inch will have decre.;^\kl one-half, or to 30 lbs., and when it reaches E, 24 inches from C, it will have still further decreased to 20 lbs. Average pres- sure 39 lbs. Two-thirds of the stroke have thus been made without any supplv of steam from the boiler, and forms the saving due to working the steam expansively. The lack of this contrivance is the true reason why some engines use more fuel and steam, than others of the same capacity and power. It has been stated that the economy of the O^rliss cut-off is such that it requires only 2 tons of coal instead of 6| tons used by other engines of the same power, but the great trouble with thpt engine is the liability of the complex and costly valve-gear to get out of order, entailing diffltsult aAd expensive repairs. TABjjV.--SkowinQ the average Pressure of Steam on the cylinder when cut of ati.i^ and | of the stroke or travel qf the PUton, com- mencing with 25 lbs, advancing by 6 lbs. and ending at 100 lbs. 25 15 21 24 45 26| 38 43i 65 38i 65 62^ 85 50 72 82 90 87 To realize the best results from steam, keep the cylinders, pipes, &c., well covered with good non-conductors, various materials are used, such as common felting, asbestos felting, hair, old wool, tow or hemp carpets cut up into strips of the proper size and smeared over with a substantial composition of mortar, teased hair, &c. before applying to the pipes. , Cover Uie whole with coarse canvas, finish- s. and of the t A into the [) 12 inches :^ inch wiU have bs E, 24 inches Average pie»- made without 5 saving due to atrivanceiB^ am, than others latthe economy 2 tons of coal power, but the le complex and ^t and expen»l^® on the cylinder (he Piston, com- at 100 lbs. , cylinders, plpeft 3U8 materials are u _^ol 4r>xir or as iu»w"«.» — , old wool, tpwor ^d smeared over hair, &c. betow se canvas, flnwn- MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 229 ing with several coats of white lead over the canvas. Some cover Ixnlers with a thickish composition of clay, intermixed with grey or bi-own paper for a bind, to prevent crackiikg, &c., the paper being worked up into shreds along with the water and clay. Others use a mixture of mortar, teased hair, &c. Some use asbestos, wood a&hes, &c., see " composition for covering boilers." Cylinders should be well clothed and jacketed, and cased with wood or polished metal, the latter when kept constantly bright being a most powerful protec- tion against loss of heat by radiation. Among metals, silver is the best absorbent and conductor of heat. If Ve call its power of con- duction 100, that of copper is 74, gold 53, iron 12, lead 9, bismuth 2. To Set the valve of an Engine.— Place the crank at the end of its stroke, and give the valve the proper amount of lead ; reverse the crank to the otoer end of its stroke, and if the valve has the cor- responding amount of lead it is correctly set. TLe preponderance at either end, if any exists, must be equally divided. Be careful in ad- justing the nuts attaching the valve to the rod, that tliey do not impinge against the valves, preventing it from seating true. In ad- justing .the slide valve to cut off at any point of the travel of the piston, the eccentric should be moved forward in proportion to the amount of lap given to the valve, without any reference to tlie ex- pansive workmg of steam, the valve must open at the same point of travel of the piston. To FIND THE Stboke OF THE Valvb.— Place the crank on the dead centre, and make a mark on the valve-rod, then reverse the moveihent to the opposite end and make another mark. The distance between the two marks constitutes the stroke of the valve. The stroke of the valve ma^ be increased as the bearing in the rocker-arm that carries the eccentric hook is lengthened ; shorten the same and tiie stroke is lessened. To FIND THE Thkow OF THE EccENTBic. — Measure the eccen- tric on the heaviest side, then measure on the opposite or light side. The difference between the two measurements will be the Birow of the eccentric. Lead on the Slide Valve.— The lead i»f a valve is the width of opening which the valve allows to the steam port When the piston is at the end of its stroke, as shown on the diagram at A, which re- presents outside lead, inside lead, beine shown into the exhaust at B, which ought to be double the amount of outside lead in order to liberate the exhaust easily, and thus reduce or prevent back pressure. Care should be taken not to liberate the exhaust too soon, as it will greatly curtail the power of the engine, especially if the labor is heavy and the speed slow, as in engines with heavy trains on up grades, &c. To ascenain whether the exhaust opens at the right time or not,- uncover tiie steam chest ; then uncouple the valve from the valve rod, place a short batten of wood lengthways on the exhaust port : then with a scratch awl layoff lines on the valve seat on each side oi the exhaust - port, that will appear above the valve. Next lay the batten on the face of tlxe valve and lay off corresponding lines on the exhaust chamber that will show on the edges of the valve, now replace the valve on its seat, and give 1-32 of an inch lead, and if the lines de- scribed on the face of the valve are past the 7ines described on the valve seat 1-13 of an inch, the exhaust opens at the proper time, if it 230 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. does not the exhaust Qhamber in the valve should be enlarged to the right size. Lead is given to a valve to enable the steam to act as a cushion on the piston, bv admitting the steam to it previous to the end of its stroke, in order to cause it to reverse its motion easily, without jar or noise, for it is not allowed to touch the top and bottom of cylinder for fear of knocking them out. The space between the top and bottom of the cylinder and the piston, when the latter is at the end of its stroke, is called the clearance, shown at C on diagram. The term clearance is also used to designate the capacity of the connecting steam ports and passages. It is uecesgary to guard against too muoH cushion as itgreatl;i^ impairs the powers of the engine, causing violent thumping or knocmng, and sometimes a serious breakdown. One-, eighui of an inch lead is sufficient for an ordinary freight and 1-16 Is siuScieiit for passenger locomotives, the difference bemg on account of the greater speed of the latter. Lap on the Smcb Valve.— The steam lap on the slide valve ii the amount by which it extends over the extreme width of the cylinder ports, as illustrated in the diagram, the distance between the dotted lines B B LL, and the sides of the ports P P, being in each case the lap, the lines B B indicating the outside lap, and L I< denot- Lug the inside lap, E P exhaast port, E exhaust cavity in valve. Y S Yuve seat, C C valve face. The emission of steam into the cylinder and 8. arged to the F tg a cvshion on the end of its without jar or of cylinder for jp and bottom tiie end of its Mn. The term the connecting f ainst too mucfi causing violent sakdovrn. One- ight and l-W » j&g on account he BUde valve !• 16 width 9f the ance between the p.belng to eaj p/andtLdeno^ 'ty in valve. VB fiitothe cylinder MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 231 is regulated by tho outer and inner edges of the valvp and of the steaui ports. When the valve is so contrived that atj stroke the fabes 01 the valve do not cover the steam ports iuterually, the space by which each face cumes short of the inner edges of the ports is loiown as inside clearance. By means of the steam lap given to the valve the engine is enabled to use its steam expansively, as elsewhere explained. Table. — Showing the amaijtnt of Lap on the Slide valve at various points of cut off; also, the travel of the valve in inches. Travel or stroke of the Piston where steam is cut off. Travel of the Valve in inches. 2 I* 8i 4 4i 6 ^' 6 6i 7 n 8 8* 9 »* 10. 101 11 U* 13 i A \ iV 1 f ^ The correct amount of Lap. lA Giffabd's Injector, as made by Wm. Sellers & Co., is a novel and reliable hivention for feedin.^ boilers, economizing the heat and ditnensing with pumps. By a simple and well known combination 01 2 pipes, the one conveying steam, the other water, both terminat- ing in a third pipe or tube, a jet of steam from the boiler escaping tbiongh ah onfloe, of say, 1 inch in diameter, with 60 lbs. pressure, eegai mi .282 MACHINISTS, ENGINEEBS', AC, RECEIPTS. I8 condensed in perhaps 12 times its weight of water, which itdrive« through the third tube, causmg it to enter the boiler through an orifice much smaller tlian the one by wliich it escaped. The momen- tum of the steam impels the water with great force and imparts all its heat to the water during transmission. The following table shows the maximum temperature of the feed-water admissible daring different pressuri^ of steam. Pressure per squ..reinch. 10 ^20 30 40 60 100 Temperature of feed, Fahr. 148o ISO© 130° 124° 120o IW Ok "AiK Form, Staenoth &c. of Steam BorLEBS.— Regard- ing the form of boUers', it is now an ascertained fact that the maxi- mum strength is obtained by adopting the cylindrical or circular form, the haycock, hemispherical, and wagon-shaped boilers, so general at one time, have now deservedly gone almost out of use. Good boiler plate is capable of withstanding a tensile strain of 60,000 lbs. or 60.000 lbs. on every square inch of section : but it will only bear a third of this stram without permanent derangement of structure, and 40,000 lbs., or 30,00U lbs. even, upon the square inch, is a prefer- able proportioii. It has been found that the tenacity of boiler-plate increases with the tem{)erature up to 670°, at which point the ten- acity commences to diminish, i^^t 32° cohesive force of a square inch of section was 66,000 lbs. ; at 57Cio it was 6(i.600 lbs. : at 720o, 66,000 lbs. ; at 1050°, 32,000 lbs. ; at 1240°, 22,()00 lbs. ; and at 1317°, 9,000 lbs. Strips of iron, when cut in the direction of the fibre, were found by experiment to be 6 per cent, stronger than when cut across the ^cain. The strength of riveted joints mis also been demonstrated by tearing them directly asunder. In two different kinds of joints, dpuble and single riveted, the otrength was found to be, in the ratio pf the plate, as the numbers 100 , 70, and 66. Assuming the strength of the plate to be 100 The strength of a double riveted joint would be, after allowing for the adhesion of the surfaces of the plate 70 And uie strength of a single riveted joint 66 These figures, reftresenting the relative strengths of plates and joints in vessels required to be steam and water tight, may be safely relied on as perfectly correct. The accidental ovemeating of a boiler has been found to reduce the ultimate or maximum strength of the Stales from 66,000 to 45,000 lbs. per square inch of section. Every escriptidn of boiler used in raanufactories or on board of steamers should be constructed to a bursting pressure of 400 to 600 lbs. on the square inch ; and locomotive engine boilers, which are subject to much harder duty, to a bursting presuure of 600 to 700 lbs. Such boilers are usu&Uy worked at 90 to 110 lbs. on the inch, but are fre- quently worked up to a pressure of 120, and, when risiog steep grades sometimes even as iiigh as 2i)0 lbs. to wue square inch. In a boiler subject to such an enormous working pressure, it requires the utmost care and 'attention on the part of the engineer to satisfy himself that the fiat surfaces of vhe fire box are capable of resisting that pressure, and that every part of the boiler is so nearly balanced in its powers of resistance as that, when one part is at the point of rupture, every other part is at the point of yielding to the same uniform force : for we find that, taking a locomotive toiler of the usual size, even wiC« 1 ei tec ch it drives through an ;Tie momen- inmurtsall table shows ible during 60 100 120° 110" M.— Regard- at the maxi- iircular form, BO general at Good boiler 50,000 lbs. or I only hear a of structure, h, is a prefer- )f boiler-plate point the ten- ■ a square inch ,t 7^, 56,000 It 1317°, 9,000 re, were found cut across the monstrated by nds of joints, be, in the ratio 100 be, after 70 66 ) of plates and , may be safely iting of a boiler strength of the section. Every aid of steamers w 600 lbs. on the are subject to ) 700 lbs. Such nch, but are f re- Bing steep pades ich. In a boiler lulres the utmost asfy himself that ng that pressure, ;ed In Its powers [)f rupture, every olf orm force : for jl size, even wiC* MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 238 t a pressure of 100 lbs. on the square inch, it retains an expanding force within its Interior of nearly 60,000 tons, which is rather in- creased than diminished at a high speed. To show the strain upon a high-pr^sure boiler, 30 feet long, 6 feet diameter, having 2 centre flues, each 2 feet 3 inches diameter, working at a pressure of 50 lbs. on the square inch, we have only to multiply the number of the square feet of surface, 1030, exposed to pressure, by 321, and we have the force of 3319 tons, which such a boiler has to sustain. To go farther, and estimate the pressure at 450 lbs. on the square inch, which a well-constructed boiler of t jIs size will bear before it bursts, and we have the enormous force of 29,871, or nearly 30,000 tons, bot- tled up within a cylinder 30 feet long and 6 feet diameter. Boilers in actual use should be tested at least once a year, by forcing water into them by the hand feed-pump, until the safety-valve tk lifted, which should be loaded with at least twice the working pressure for the occa- sion. If a boUer will not stand this pressure it is not safe, and either its strength should be increased or the working pressure snould be di- minishea. Internal flues, such as contain the furnace in the interior of the boUer, should be kept as near as possible to the cj'''indrical form ; and, as wrought iron will yield to a force tending to c.':;8h it about one-half of what would tear it asunder, the flues should in no case exceed one-half the diameter of the boiler, with the same thick- ness of plates they may be considered equally safe with the other parts. The force of compression being so different from that of tension, greater safety would be ensured if the diameter of the internal flues were in the ratio 1 to 2^ instead of 1 to 3 of the diameter of the boiler. As regards the relative size and strength of flues, it may be stated that a circular flue 18 inches in diameter will resist double the pres- sure of one 3 feet in diameter. Mill owners, with plenty of room and a limited experience with steam power, would do well to dispense with boilers containing many flues, the expense is greater and the durability less than where there is one or two only. The foam caused by a large number of £ues is apt to deceive an inexperienced engineer, causing him to believe that there is plenty of water in the boiler when he mes the gauge cock when there is but very little, often causing an explosion. 8ome mill-owners insert a fusible plug in the crown of the furnace to indicate danger from low water. As common lead melts at 620°, a rivet of this metal, 1 Inch In diameter, inserted Immediately over the fire place, will give due notice, so that relief may be obtained before the mtemal pressure of the steam ex- ceeds that of the resisting power of the heated plates. In France, an extensive use Is made of fusible metal plates, generally covered by a perforated metallic disc, which protects the alloy of wnich the plate is composed, and allows It to ooze through as soon as the steam has attained the temperature necessary to Insure the fusion of the plate, which varies from 280° to 350°. The reader will find a number of such alloys under the tabular view of alloys and their melting heats, further on. Another method Is the bursting plate, fixed in a frame and attached to some convenient part of the upper side of the boiler, of such thickness and ductility as to cause rupture when the pressure exceeds that on the safety valve. But, beyond all question, constsat nse should be made on all boilers of a good and reliable system of steam gauges, glass tubes, gauge cocks, ^ety valves, &c. By means # 234 MACHINISTS, ENGINEEBSS AC, RECEIPTS. 1 of the glass tubes affixed to the fronts of the boilers, the hei^hc of the water within the boiler is indicated at once, for the water wiH stand at the same height in the tube that it stands in the boUer, conununicatiou being established with the water below and the steam above, by means of stop cocks. When dry steam is an object, the use of the steam dome on boilers is strongly recommended; opiniciio mo divided as to the real value of mud drums, some reason strongly in their favor while others discard them entirelv; but there can be no question as to the true economy of heating the feed water previous to emission into the boiler ; it should always be done when practicable to do so, by means of some one of the many contrivances for that purpose which are now in the market. Betiding the power of boilers, it may be stated that a boiler 30 feet long and 3 fee^'n diameter, will afford 30x3x3.14x2 — 141.30 square feet of surface, or steam for 14 -horse-power, if 10 feet are assumed for one horse-power. Two short boilers are preferable to one long one, on account of having more fire surface, — it being always necessa- ry to have as much fire surface as possible to make me best use of the fuel — as the hotter the surface is kept, the less fuel it takes to do the same amount of work. When there is a large furnace it gives the fireman a better chance to keep the steam regular, for when clearing out one part of the furnace, he can keep a hot tire in the other. For each horse-power of the engine there ought to be at least one square 9 foot of grate, and three feet would be better. In setting a boiler, arrangement should be made to carr/ on combustion with the great- est possible heaC This requires good non-conductors of heat, such as brick, with which to surround the fire. If these bricks are of a white color, the combustion is more perfect than if of a dark color. The roof, as well as the sides, of the furnace should be of white fire-brick. The « bars of the furnace should be 18 or 20 inches below the boiler or crown of the furnace. They should slope downward lo ward the back part, about half an inch to. the foot A crack in a boiler plate may be closed by boring holes in the directicm of the crack and inserting rivets with large heads, so as to cover up the imperfection. If the top of the furnace bo bent down, from the boUer having been accidentally allowed to get short of water, it may be set up agam by a screw-jjack. a fire of wood having been previously msule beneath tlie injured plate ; but it will in general be nearly as expeditious a course to remove the plate and introduce a new one, and the result will be more satislactory. There is one object that requires very particular atten- ti^i, and which must be of a certain size to produce the best effect, and that is thefiue leading from the boiler to the chimney, as well as tiiie size and elevation of the chimney itself. Every chimney should be built several feet above the mill housu, so that there is no obstruc- tion to break the air from the top of the cliinmey. In England a factory chimney suitable for a 20 horse-power boiler is commonly made about 20 inches square inside, and 80 feet high, and these di- mensions are correct for consumption of 15 lbs. coal per horse-power per hour, a common consumption for factory engines. In the Do- minion of Ctinada and the United States, chimneys of sheet iron, from 30 to 60 feet high, are in quite common use by owners of saw* and other mills, andf they seem to answer every requirement. Fbofobtxon ov Stbam Boilebe. —OyL.ider BoUers. The length MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, BECE^PTS. * 235 (The of the fl stand at lunication above, by on boUere il value of ew discard jconomy of ; it should )me one of the market, nler Sft feet ,1.30 square ,re assumed to one long ays uecessa- ©tuseofthe jesto do the I it gives the hen clearing J other. For t one square ;ing a boiler, • th the great- heat, such as ire of ft white lor. Thereof, e-brick. The the boiler or vard the back ler plate may and iusertmg ,n. If the top ,n acddentally a screw-jack, htlie injured 18 a course to it will be more rticular atten- he best effect, ney, as well m himney should a is no obstruo- ■^In England a is commomy and these dl- 'er horse-power ^ In the Do- m of sheet iron, owners of saw, luiiement. T8, The length should never exceed 7 times its diameter ; the unit for it is 12 sq. ft. of heating surface, and ^ of a square foot of grate surface for each horse-power ; a fair evaporation is ti lbs. of water for 1 lb of coal. ' Tabular BoUer. Cylinder Boil^. Very long- cylinder boilers should have a central support. All boilers should have an inclination of 1 inch in every 20 ft. towards the blow- off end. Thibular B&ners— Length 4 times the diameter. Evapora- Lanoashire Boiler, tion about 9 lbs. of water to 1 lb. of coal. Comigh Boiler. Heating surface 15 square ft. and grate surface, i square ft. per horse-power. Fliie Boilers require from 14 to 15 square ft. of heating surface, and i square ft. of grate per horse-power. Evaporation 7 lbs. water to every lb. of 296 "MACHmiSTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. ooaL Length of flue boilers should not exceed 5 times their diameter, diameter of fluee not more than 12 to 14 in. ; if made larger, use heavier iron tlian that used in the shell of boiler, and construct with butt joints. Cornish and Lanccuhire Boilers. In England, Cornish boilers are known as those furnished with one internal flue, and are usually of great capacity and power, having plenty of steam ro^. Lanca- shiro boilers have 2 flues. Return Flue Boiler. When a boiler is fitted with a flue curving round at the rear, and returning to the front, it is called a return flue boiler. See diagrams of boilers. BoiiiEB SHEiiiiS. — ^For a boiler of 48 in. in diaRieter, to carry 90 lbs. Eer square in. pressure, use ^ hi. to J in. good plates. Wrought iron eada for ditto, § to | inch. Tube Sheets and Crown Sheets for ditto. •I to 1 inch. Rivets on boilers up to 42 in. diam. and § in. iron, shoula be g in. for curvilinear, and § in. for longitudmal rivets for single riveted work. On double riveted work, g in. rivets will answer for both kinds of seams. For 6-16 iron down to 3-16 in. smalle^ rivets will answer. Drilled rivet holes are preferable to punched. It is highly beneficial to fieat the boiler plates before rolling to form tne shell of the boiler. The fibre of the iron should always run around the boiler, never across it. A steel shell boiler 4 ft. in diam. and j in. thick, is as strong as an iron boiler of same diam. and g in. thick, and will evaporate 25 per cent, more water, brides being mora free from incrustation and corrosion. The work- ing pressure of boilers should be 6 times less than the bursting pressure. Ck»iPOBrriON fob Covering BoUiEBS, &c.— Road scrapings, free from stones, 2 parts ; cow manure, gathered from the pasture, 1 rjrt ; mix thoroughly, and add to each barrowful of the mixture lbs of fire clay ; ^ lb. of flax shoves or chopped hay, and 4 oes. teased hair, tt must be well niixed and chopped ; then add as much water as will bring it to the consistencv of mortar, — ^the more it is worked the tougher it is. It may either be put on with the trowel or daubed on with the hand, the first coat about 1 inch thick. When thoroughly dry, another the same thickness, and so on, three inches is quite enough, but the more the better. Let eadi coat be scored like plaster, to prevent cracks, the last coat light and smooth, so as to receive paint, whitewash, &c. The boiler, or pipes, must first be brushed with a thin wash of the mixture to msurea catch. To Pbbyekt Incbustatiok IX BoiLEBS. — 1. Charcoal has a great affinity for any thing that causes scale or incrustation in bouers. That made from hara wood is the best, broken in lumps of i to 4 inch in size, and the dust sifted out Two bushels of this will generally protect a boiler of 30 horse-power for 3 weeks when running, after which the old coal should be removed and fresh omil used. 2. Throw into the tank or reservoir from which your boiler is fed, a quantity of rough bark, in the piece, such as tanners Qse, sufficient to turn the water of a brown color ; if you have no tank, put into the boiler from a half to a bushel of ground bark when yon blow off, repeat every month, using only half the quantity after the first time. 3. Add a very small quantity of muriate of ammonia, about 1 lb. for every 1,600 or 2,000 gals, of water evapo- xated. It will have the effect of softening and disintegrating the MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 337 diameter, ge heavier ^th butt l8h boUew reuBuaUy 1. Lancar a boiler i» ing to the irryWlba. ought iron is for ditto. % in. iron, linal rivets iwn to3;16 J preferable lates before IronBhoultt ghell hoUer )iler of eaxae more water, The vvork- the bursting ciapings, free ^e pasture, i [ the mixture y and 4 om. then add as Btr,— the more t on -with the about 1 inch (kness, and so ter. teteadi ast coat light The boiler, or lie mixture to oal has a great lion in bpUers. mps of i to % Bis of this win i weeks when and treshcoal ich your bouer as tanners nse, have no tank, and bark when ^If the quantity rof muriate of of water evapo- iuiiitegrating the carbonate of lime and other impurities deposited by the water dur- ing the evaporation. 4. Potatoes and some other vegetable subsjtances introduced Into the boiler are most effectual in preventing incrus- tation, and animal substances, such as refuse skins, are still more sa 6. An English firm put oak sawdust into their boiler in order to stop a leak, and to their surprise it also resulted in preventing incrustati< i. I should say if oak sawdust could prevent scale in boilers, uiat there is no visible reason why hemlock and various .other kinds of sawdust will not do the same thing. 6. Cows' feet, with the shanks attached, are strongly recommended as a preven- tive of scale. Two in a large boiler Is amply sufficient, and those who wish to do business economically, can get their oil for lubri- cating purposes cheaply by boiling the feet and shanks for a few hours in a large kettle, setting it aside to cool, and then skimming off the oil from the surface of the water, using the feet for the boiler afterwards. If you wish to get rid of the luiir on the shanks, you can get rid of that by using lime, &c., as done bv tanners. 7. Sal soda, 40 lbs., gum catechu, 5 lbs., sal ammoslac, 6 lbs., is strongly recommended by an experienced person, for removing boiler scale : 1 lb. cf the hiixture being added to each barrel of water in the tank ; after scale is removed use sal soda alone. By the use of 10 lbs. soda per week, a boiler 26 feet long, and 40 inches m diameter was cleaned from scale equal to a new boiler. 8. A rapid and effectual but not very good plan to scale boilers is to throw in a few wood shavings along the bottom of the boiler and set them on fire ; the heat expands the scale more than the shell of the boiler, as the heat cannot reach the latter, the scale is loosened; what remains after this must be removed with a hammer and chisel. 9. Calcareous deposits may be entirely {trevented by the use of crude pyroligneous acid combined with tar. t may be either introduced into the boiler or mixed with the feed water in very small quantity ; just enough to redden litmous naper ; consequently it will never injure the boiler. 10. It is on record that the engineer of the French ocean steamer St. Laurent, omitted to remove a bar of zinc when repairing or cleaning out his boilers. On opening them at the end of the voyage, to his great surprise he found that the cine had disappeared, that his boilers were entirely free from scale, and the boiler plates uninjured. AvsBAOK PRoroBTiox OF VARIOUS Pabts OF Enoikes. — Steam Pipe should be ^ the diameter of cylinder, but varies bn lai^ eni^es. Exhaust Pipe should be j^ the mameter of cylinder. Pieton Bod should be ^ the diameter of oylinder, if of iron, and smaller, if of steel. For high speeds, steel piston rods are the best. Steam Porta vaiy accordii^ to speed, fro 1-16 to 1-10 the area of piston. Sttfety Veuves should possess an area of J^ square in. of simace for every foot of grate surface, and should be constructed with loose vibratory stems, for the reason that they are not so liable to get out of order as those vdth rigid stems. Rule fob Size of Cylikdeb.— The requisite diameter of cylinder for a 25-horse beam engine is 28 inches, and about 6 feet stroke. The nominal horse-power of any sized cylinder can be found by the following formulse : — For low pressure or beam engines, divide the area of cylinder by 25, which will give the Duml^r of ' horse-power. For high pressure horizontal engines, di\'lde the sp> 2d6 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. area of cylinder's diameter by 12'6, which will give the number oi horserpower, including all friction. Stbokit of Enoii^fs.— The stroke of an engine varies according to circumstances, which the designer must take into consideration; but the general rule is to make the stroke about twice the diameter of the cylinder. The diameter of the fly^whee^ should be about 4 times the stroke of tiie engine, and the rim ohould weigh about 3cwt. per horse-power. Rule to find the Hobsb-Poweb of Stationaby Engines.— » Multiply the area of the piston by the average pressure in lbs. per square inch. Multiply this product by the travel of tlie piston in feet per minute ; divide by 33,000, this will gi^e the horse-power. — Sop&r. Example: Diameter of cylinder 12 12 144 • • 7864 Area of piston Pressure, 70 ; Average pressure, 60 113,0976 60 6664.880 Travel x)f piston hi feet per min. 300 33,000)1696464.000 61. horse-power. Balance Wheels.— Every balance wheel should be speeded up so as to run twice or three times as fast as the crank shaft it is in- tended to balance. When a balance wheel is applied in this way it makes the machine run a great deal more steadily, for, when the balance wheel is geared into the crank shaft, and runs two or three times faster than the crank shaft, it forms a power of itself when going over the centre, which propels the crank shaft until it reaches the quarter, where it again takes its power from the machine. Although it takes an additional shaft and gears to apply a balance wheef in this way, the saving of metal in the balance wheel .fully compensates for the extra labor; for, when a balance wheel iff speeded three times as fast'as the crank shaft, it needs only one third of the metal in it that it would were it not speeded up at all, and if balance wheels were applied in this way generally it would make all engines run far more steadily. To Revbbse an ENaiNB.— Make a legible mark on the eccentric near the shaft, make a similar mark on the shaft at the same place. Now place one point of the callipers on the mark made on the shaft, and with the other point asoertaui the centie of the shaft on the op- posite side, making another mark there also. Next unscrew the eccentric and move it in the direction in which you wish the engine to run, until the mark on tlie eccentric comes into line with the second mark on the shaft, then screw the eccentric fast and the engine will run the reverse way. " w th th th< thi th( sui of "•Mn Mai iinber ol according deration-, about 4 gh about N01NB8.— • n lbs. per ton in feet BfAGHINISTS, ENGINEEBg*, AC, BECEIPTS. 239 I RUXii: TO FIND THE WEIGHT NECESSARY TO FUT ON A LeVER WHEN THE AREA OF VALVE, LEVEB, &0. ABE KNOWN.— Multiply the area of valve by the pressure in pounds per square inch ; multiply this product by the distance of the lever from the fulcrum ; multiply the weight of lever by one-half its length (or its centre of gravity) ; then multiply the weight of valve and stem by their distance from the fulcrum ; add these last two products together, and subtract their sum from the first product, and divide tiie remainder by the len^ of lever ; the quotient will be the weight of the ball. — Roper, ^ Example: Area of valve 7 sq. in. Pressure . . 60 lbs. Fulcrum 3 in. . . . Length of lever 24 in. 60 lbs. 7 in. 420 lbs. Sin. 12()0 12G lbs. 9 lbs. 12 in. 108 lbs. 18 lbs. 126 lbs. 18 lbs. 24) 1134 lbs. Weight of lever 9 lbs. , 47.25 lbs. weight of ball. Weight of valve and stem 6 lbs. rse-power. 5 speeded up iliaft It is to- nthisW." or, wben the two or three jrer of iteelt sliaft until it frer from the fears to apply 'n tile balance len a balance haft, it needs It not speeded way geneially a tbe eccentric he same place. le on tbe sbaft, "haft on tbe op- Lt unscrew tne mh the engine to with the second the engine wlu Marine Engines. — Duties to machinenf wJien in Harbor before getting undei^ Steam, by a Practical Engineer. When an engineer ili'M charge of the machinery of a boat his first attention ought to be directed to his boilers ; for, being the source of power, they may be- come the source of great danger if not properly looked after. In in- specting the boilers, three things require special attention. 1. The thickness of the plates above the fires and other places of importance, 2. The state of tne stays. 3. The position of the gauges, viz. : the water gauge, cocks, and glass water gauges. Respecting the first, a general nlan is to drill a small hole through tlie plate, and thus find Its real thickness, for it is often the case that a boiler plate may be far thicker at the seams than in the middle. At the seams the i)roper thickness canuot always be correctly ascertained on account of the way in which they are caulked, by which a plate may appear con- u^^llvis After the bole haH served Ite pur. Bxderablyti^ickertb^it^^^.^^,,!^^ Biderably thicker *^^-J{JS tightly up ^^-^J^^^,^, of attention; lor Mse, it Is tapped ^ud pluggea 6 ^^ ^ ^ ^S^^^tes bToxidation. ^M regards «^« s^^^t Su ttrougb, n^ear the ^^^y^^, of tubes, they are very gt to g^^^^^^ ^ t aKKc»sSS>raii engbieer The gauge <»e bricate than t very much, ne ou. —The vrhite } waste, and > by rusting, drive out au mmunicatrng drain cocks, J run into the ), or the hand saming, otbetB ) valves m tne lisadvantages. lly blowing out [ Anengmeer )8 are properly •eat amount oi put out in the ashen togetiier aide and leaves out evenly, and ut out the fire Able. ^ ., ^ ■ore setting the ) cylinder slide on it the edges jer. Byplftcmg can at once be torn of its stroke, fasten the slide ead. Then*uin the lead is the ottomthanattho ,ed with the link i the valve testetl e rod is placed iu the eccentrics on ettherelsalitUe with a short link. This is tested to see that the steam poits are always closed and thus the engines can be stopped, even if the full pressure of steam be admitted to the back of the slide by the stop or throttle valves. HoBizoNTAL Engine. — A B is the cylinder Iving horissontally on its side. V is the val^'e to admit the steam from the boiler by way of the steam pipes S P. The head of the piston rod, is seen at g, the croH»» head of which works within the guide or guide bars o, 6, and to th». -jross head of the piston rod is attached the connecting roa g c, whica works the crank c r. The main shaft is shown at r, dar^cened. This carries the fiy wheel F W ; /is the band working iii3 governor g by means of pulleys, the driver being on the main shaft; of course the work is taken on the main shaft The whole is generally supported ou film masonry C D. Steam FraE Engines are or should be constructed with steel boilers and blast tubes, copper tubes and large water spaces, together with a good fit out of gauges, safety valves. Injectors, &c., with facility of getting up steam in from 6 to 10 minutes from cold water, and in 244 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. about 5 minutefl from water at 130°. These machines as now con- sferucted are of great elegance and power, some of them having pro- jected a continuous, solid stream of water over 300 feet, through 100 feet of hose, fitted with 1^ inch nozzle. Steam pressure about 80 lbs. Ser square inch. The principle is that of a steam pump, being tted with the usual air chamber to iuduce a continual steam See diagram of fire engine with horses attached. FoBTABiiE Enoikes are constructed as light as possible, consistent with proper strength cf parts, in order to render them available for easy transportation. Sometimes thejr are mounted on wheels, and are in qmte extensive use for diivin^ light saw-mills, threshing, brick-making, pumping, chaff-cutt'ug, &c. CoBNiSH ENGiNES.-Are usually guiKle acting beam en^es which use tlie steam at a very early "cut off," and only on one side of the pis- ton, making great use of its expansive property, and are used entirely for pumping water iu mines and cities. Steam is used in effecting the downward movement of the |>iston, being the stroke which lifto the water, the upward movement is caused by the wei^t of the plun- gers, rods ^tc, at the pump end of the beam. Cornish engines are usually very massive and powerful, but the first cost is enormous, and there is quite an outcry against them in some places. In the line of pumpmg machiuery, possibly the largest engines in the world are those doing duty at Haarlem I^ke, Holland. The en- gines, three in number, drain a surface of 45.230 acres, an average m t oi the water, depending on the state of the tides^ being 16 feet Each engine lifts 66 tons of water per stroke to a height of 10 feet ; when pressed, each lifts lOi) tons to that height. Runuing economic- ally, each lifts 75,000,000 lbs. of water 1 foot high for 94 lbs. of Welsh coal. Diameter of cylinders (annular in form), 12 feet, with inner cylinders 7 ft. diameter. iNSTRUCTIONS TO EKGINEEBS ANP FiBEMEK ON LOCOMOTIVES. — Keep the fire evenly and uniformly spread over the grate without elevations or depressions. Fire from lai^^e coal, aa it leaves wider openings between the lumps for the admission of air, may be deeper t£an mien the coal is small and lies close together. Remove aU incombustible material and clinkers from the furnace ait soon as pos- sible, they prevent the draught from producing proper results. The bulk of ruel on the grate should always be m proportion to the auantity of fuel consumed. The dampers in the front and rear of le ash-jian regulate the draught admitted to the furnace, and require very careful attention, as the stream of air issues with a velocity of 72 It. per second when the dampers are open and train under full headway. At a speed of 60 miles per hour the pressure of the cur- rent of air amounts to 9 lbs. on every square foot. One ton of bitumi- nous coal requires 300,000 cubic feet of air for its combustion, of which 100,000 is required to consume the gases evolved from it. Anthracite coal requires 310.480 cubic feet of air per ton for its com- bustion. It burns witliout smoke, requires a gooa supply of oxygen and intense heat to burn it, but makes a very fierce fire. Qood practice requires complete combustion of the carbon and hydrogen available in the fuel ; insufflcent air causes a dense black smoke to issue from the chimney, and the • loss of heatiug effect, and too much air, lowers the temperature of the flame and dissipates the heat. Of MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS , &C., RECEIPTS. 245 now con- ving pro- roagh 100 lutSOlbs. up, being jam See consistent ailable for heels, and tliresliii^g, B which use oi the pis- jed entirely In effecting which lifts of the pluii- engines are \ enormous, t engines in id. Theen- , an average eing 16 feet t of 10 feet ; 12 economic- lbs, of Welsh , with inner 0M0XIVB8.— rate without leaves wider lay be deeper Remove all I soon as pps- lesults. The ortion to the t and rear of 0, and reauire I a velocity of Lin under full re of the cur- ton of bitumi- ombustion, of Ived from it. m for its com- ply of oxygen ce fire. Qood and hydrogen >lack smoke to and too much s the heat. Of good coal, 62.2 per cent, go to form steam, and 1 lb. will in good Sractice evtporate Ti lbs. of water. In practice the greatest evapora- ve DOwer of 1 lb. of coke is 9i lbs. of water, in common practice it is 8^: lbs. and 78 per cent, of its products go to form steam, 22 per cent. being lost by products of combustion, ashes, etc. The heating power of coke as compared with that of coal is in the proportion of about 14 : 12. The temperature produced by the combustion of coke m the hottest part of the fire box, may be estimated at 1666° Centigrade. The temperature produced by wood is usually less than 1111° Centi- grade, (li)0° Centigrade is equivalent to 212° Fahr). The proper com- bustion of coal requires the admission of air both through and above the grate, the right proportion depending upon the percentage of the gaseous components in the coal : In the combustion of coke the air may be admitted through the grate only, 1 lb. of coke requiring about 200 cubic feet of air. For receiving the best effects from the fuel, the emission of the gases from the xumace should be retarded, in order to promote complete combustion under high temperature, for this reason the.grate sur&,ce should be as large as possible to induce a slower current, and the weight of the steam exhausted and the air inhaled should oe in every case, the same. For the prevention of smoke, engineers usually rely on the damper, the ash pan and the flre door, with careful stoking. They endeavor to prevent the formation of smoke by controllmg the admission of air through the grate, adjusting it exactly to the demands of the fuel, also by the fire door for the {^mission of air above tlie fuel, by firing with large pieces of coal, and deep fires for heavy duty, and smaller coals with shallow fires for lighter duty, by firuig more frequently to lighten the duty, and at all times by keeping the bars covered with fuel to prevent excessive local draughts through the grate. Fresh coal should be throMm on under the fire door directly inside, and, when partly burned, pushed forward towards the tubes ; but when the grates are inclined, it will work downwards by gravitation. Never fill a Tiot boiler with cold water, and always allow it to cool off before running the water out; never blow out a boiler while hot, under any circum- stances, as the heated plates Will be sure to bake the deposits of mud into a compact scale of great tenacity ; if allowed to cool, these deposits will settle down in a soft mass easily swept out with a hose and water. Frequent duty should be made of washing out all deposits of foreign matter from the barrel of the boiler, the tubes, una from the crown sheets between the crown bars, especially while UHiiig bad water, and after heavy rains ; and screw-plugs, made of hard brass, should be fitted to every boiler near the sides of the flre box, to permit the use of a bose with water for this piirpose. To avert danger from intense heat, to save fuel, and keep up a free circulation, engineers should adjust the injector so that the boiler will lose a little water while running between- stations, if the injector is kept at work during stoppages, this loss will be compen- Bttted, and a full supply always kept up, absorbing the surplus neat and preventing explosion. Incessant watchfulness is necessary to look out for imjiending danger in every possible direction, and no engine driver, while on duty, sliotild relax his energy, care, caution, watchfnlness, decision, and presence of mind for a single moment. If vigllanoe nna endurance were ever necessary in any business or call- m 246 MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. ing, most certainly they are of paramount importance in tills above all others. See that the safety valves are properly acting,' and that «: - - . - -la's" ^1m ^11 I 1 •3 M"fl1«ipe2 gH g5 5^ S «Sh5 1 P Pl» « ^ H (:■ Seo « fl 98 ^ u rt O 4^ is r m «« 5 ■" 3 S * s t the indications of the steam gauge are correct. In experiments made with a locomotive boiler, the fire being kept regular, and the engine 1 ?3 S * jerimeiits made and the engine MACHINiSTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 247 at rest, in 9 minutes the pressure increased from 32 lbs. to 74| lbs. per square inch, bein^ muo,h more than double, a most surprising increasf;. and one which will enable us to account for many explosions whicii have happened while en^nes were at rest. Pay the closest attention to the cylinder and piston rod packing, and exercise judgment and care in selecting the best kinds and also in applym^ them when selected. Use due precaution against making mistakes either in packhig too tight or too loose, as each extreme in its degree is productive of much mischief, waste, and loss of power. It requires the exercise of considerable intelligence and care to make the best possible adjustment of either spring or steam packing. Equal vigilance is necessary in guarding against incrustation and scale in boilers. In order to raise steam to a pressure of 120 lbs. to the square* inch, a venr common pressure ui locomotive boilers, the water must be heated to a temperature of 346°. This involves a high temperature in the furnace plates and other parts of the boiler, imposhig a very severe duty at any time, but doubly destructive in the event of the existence of incrustation or scale. The annexed figures are mserted with a view to render assistance in adjusting the valves of locomotives. The first diagram represents the Sosition of the valve as it should be when at half stroke, The second gure indicates the proper position of the valve when at the end of its stroke with tiie crank at the dead centre. A represents exhaust cavity in valve. F ditto in valve seat. P P steam ports. E lead. The third cut represents the position of the valve when the link is exactly under the saddle-prn and the reverse latch in the outer notch in the quadrant or sector, V V shows the lap. Full steam is the position of the valve when fully open, and the engine in motion. Cut-off is the iwsition of the valve when it has juwt closed the port against the" admission of steaiii. Angular Advance is the angular measurement of the arc de- 248 MACHINISTS, EKGIKEEBS', AC.) RECEIPTS. scribed by the centre of the eccentric while passuiff from the place it oc- cupies when the valve is at half stroke, to that \niich it occupies at the commencement of the stroke of the piston. Linear Advance is the dis- tance which the valve moves while the centre of the eccentric in describ- ing l^e above angle. See diagram of Eccentric, Link and valve motion A majority of railways allow for the travel of valves, on Express Pas- senger Engines, 6 inches, for outside lap, ^ inches, for inside lap, ^ indi. for lead in full gear 1-10 inch. On En>ress Accommodation Engines, for travel of value, 5 inches, for outside lap, I inch, for in- side lap, ^ inch, for lead in full gear, 1-10 inch. On Heavy Freight Engines, for travel of valve, 5 inches, for outside lap, § inch, for in- side lap 1-16 inch, for lead in full gear 1-16 inch. Power of Enq cne8. — Horse-power in steam engines is calculated as the power which would raise 33,000 lbs. a foot nigh in a minute, or 90 lbs. at the rate of 4 milea an hour. One-horse power is equal to the lifting, by a pump, of 260 hogsheads of water ten feet in an hour. Or it would drive 100 spindles of cotton yam twist, or 500 spindles of No. 48 mule yam, or 1000 of No. 110, or 12 power looms. One horse power is produced by 19 lbs. of Newcaetle coals, 60 lbs. of wood, or 34 lbs. of culm. Coals 1, wood 3, and culm 3, give equal hea,ts in the production of steam. Sixteeu lbs. of Newcastle coal converts 100 lbs. of water into steam. A bushel of coal per hour raises steam to 15 lbs. the square inch, whose velocity is 1350 feet per second, and 2 bushels raise it to I'iO lbs., or velocity of 3800 feet per second. A horse-power requires from 5 to 7 ^allo'is of water per minute for condensation of steam. A steam engine whose cylinder is 31 inches, with 17 double strokes per minute, performs the constant work of 40 horses with 6 tons of coal per day. One of 19 inches and 25 strokes, of 12 horees, with IJ tons per day. They raise 20.000 cubic feet of water 24 feet for every hundred weight of coals. One bushel of good coals raised from 24 to 32,000,000 IDS. one foot per minute. Four bushels of coal per hour with cylinder of 31^ inches and 17^ strokes of 7 feet per minute, is a force equal to 40 horses constantly. A rotative double engine, with a cylinder of 23,76 inches, dikking 21,6 strokes of 8 feet, per minute, is a 20 horse-power ; and a cylinder of 17.5, making 25 strokes of 4 feet, is a 10 hor^e-power ; the consumption of coals being proportional, Pjjopobtion of Locomotivb Boit.ers, &r.— Boiler sheets, best cold blast charcoal iron § in. thick, or best cast steel 5-16 in., double rivets along horizontal seams and jimction of fire box to be double riveted. Waist foi-med of 2 sheets rolled in the direction of the fibre of the iron or steel. One longitudinal seam in each, above the water line ; to rii rii £3 J place it oc- ipiesatthe ! ie the dis- indescrib- dve motion lxpi'e88 Pas- nside lap, i ommodation nch, for in- avy Freight nch, for in- B calculated n a minute. >wer is equal n feet in an twiflt, or 500 )ower looms, ioale, 50 lbs. calm 2, give r into steam, square inch. :aiseittol20 iwer requires on of steam, nible strokes rith 5 tons of irees, with IJ teet for every lised from 24 coal per hour minute, is a engine, With a yet minute, is )kes of 4 feet, )portional. eets, best cold double rivets auble riveted. ) fibre of the le water line + MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 249 to be double riveted. All iron sheets § in. thick, riveted with f inch rivets placed 2 inches from centre to centre. Steel plates 5-16 in. thick riveted with g inch rivets, placed 12 inch, from centre to centre. Extra welt pieces, riveted to side of side sheets, giving double thick- ... ,B Vi f =1 1 m^9 CO TTT T~^ , M^^ QQ 1 KU^i ca mt^Sak m l^i nj^D ea Ul jjgA ea % ^S ea z S oa oe ffia ea uu 4 & 3 09 ' m 250 MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. nesB of metal for stud bolts and expansion braces. Furnace Plates, if of iron, 6-16 inch, if of copper i in., if of steel, crown sheets, § in., side and back sheets (steel; 5-16 in., flue sheets (steel) ^ in., water space 3 ins. J sides and back, 4 ins. front. Stay Bolts, J in. diam. screwed and nveted to sheets, 4^ in. from centre to centre. Croum Bars, made of 2 pieces of wrought iron 4^ in. by g in. set 1^ in. from centre to centre, and secured by bolts fitted to taper holes in crown-sheets, with head on under side of bolt and nut on top, bearing on crown bar. Crown Sheets bmced to dome, and outside shell. Fumxxce Door opening formed by hanging and riveting together the outer and inner sheets. Tubes, 11 feet long, and 2 in. oiam. set in vertical rows \ of an inch apart, give the best results. Orate Bars, for burning wood or soft coal, should have ^ in. openings. Smoke Stack for wood burning engines should have the ^' bonnet stack," from 5 to 5^ ft. diam. at top, with wire netting ; for engines burning soft coal, a much smaller area of cone is required; but for en^dnes burning anthracite coal, use a plain open sfcick without cone or netting. Safety Valves. Every locomotive should be provided with two safety valves fitted to brass seats, and secured by springs of sufficient elasticitv to allow a lift of the valve adequate to permit the emission of all the steam the boiler will generate after it exceeds the maximum pressure. The bearing or mitre on the valve face should not exceed f in. Mud Plugs should be provided on the side of the shell on a level with the crown sheet. To avoid weakening the boiler, rivet a welt on the inside of the shell in the line of the holes. Steam Room, 6 to 7 cubic feet per square ft. of growth surface. Good work has been obtained from boilers possessing 1 cubic foot of steam room to 1 square foot of water surface, and a water surface 1-13 that of heating surface. AvEBAOE Proportion of the Various Parts of Locomo- tives. — Cylinders of locomotives vary in size, ranging all the way from 8 in. \m to 20 in. diam. Crank Pin should be | the diam. of cylinder. Valve Stems should be 1-10 the diam. of cyhuder. Piston Kods should be J the diam. of cylinder. Pump Plunger should be 1-9 the diam. of cylinder. Main Steam Pipe. Area should be from J to \ the diam. of cvlinder. Steam Ports. Area should be 1-12 the area of cylinder. Exhaust Port. Area should be 'equal to i the area of cylinder. The width of bridges for different sized cylinders of locomotives vary from f to IJ inches. Chimney. Height should not exceed 14 ft., diameter a little less than the diam. of cylinder. Diam. of Boilers vary from 3 ft. to 4 ft. 3 in. Tubes vary in number from 100 to 220, top row should be 8 inches under water. Heating surface. Total should be from 1000 to 1500 square ft. Fire Grate Surface ranges from 12 to 30 sq. ft., usual rule 16 sq. ft., with about 90 sq. ft. of heating surface in fire box. Evaporative Power should range from 100 to 200 cubk ft. of water per hour. Proportion of heating surface to each sq. foorof grate, should be from 68 to 80 feet. Petticoat Pipe should be | the diam. of the inside pipe of the stack. Ash Pans, should be 9 inches below bottom of grate for wood burning engines, 10 in. for soft coal, and 12 to 14 in. for anthracite coal burners, and should be as nearly air tight as possible when dampers are shut. Dampers, should wnen shut stand at an angle of 35° frojn perpendicu- lar. Smoke Box, diam. should equal diam. of boiler, length from flue sheet to inside of front door IJ times the length of the stroke of the MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 251 tee Plates, sets, I in., ater space screwed ara, made 1 centre to leets, with rown bar. nace Door and inner rows 3 o£ ning wood for wood 5 to 5i ft. al, a much anthracite 3ty Valves. i» fitted to to allow a steam tlie sure. The Mud Plugs the crown ) inside of bic feet per lined from )ot of water B" LOCOMO- kll the way iie diam. of er. Piston ould be 1-9 I be from J -12 the area i the area yiinders of ;' should not der. Diam. imber from ing surface, •"face ranges lb sq. ft. of range from ing surfcice itticoai Pipe Ash Pans, ing engines, lumers, and s are shut, perrjendicu- fth from flue brolce of the engine. Tires, when new 2^ to 2| in. thick, mnst not be worn down to less than li to 1^ in. Wrought iron tires wear about 1-12 of an incli per annum. (For further details see page 281. ) Rule to find the Hobse-Po wer of a Locomotive. — Multiply the area of the piston by the pressure per square inch, which should be taken as § of the boiler pressure ; multiply this product by the number of revolutions per mnmte. Alultiply this by twice the length of the stroke in feet or inches ; if in inches they must be divided by 12), multiply this product by 2 and divide by 33,000 ; the result will be the power of the locomotive. — Roper. Example : Cylinder 19 inches Stroke 24 „ Diameter of Drivers ... 54. „ Runniftg Speed, 20 miles per hour. Area of piston, 283.5 square inches. Boiler pressure, 130 lbs. per square inch. Maximum pressure in cylinders, 80 lbs. 283.5X80X4X124X2 ^ 681.G horse-power. 33,000 Stephenson's "Rocket."— The annexed figure represents the " Rocket " as it appeared when it ran in the memorable Rainhill competition, in 1829, and gained the prize of £500 offered by the directors of the Liverpool and Manchester Railway. The stipulations were: (1.) That the engine should consume its own smoke; (2.) If the engine weigh 6 tons, it must draw after it 20 tons, 10 miles an hoar; the pressure on the gauge not to exceed 50 lbs. ; (3.) There must be 2 safety valves, the engine and boiler must be supported on springs and rest on 6 wheels, the height of the whole not to exceed 15 ft. to the top of the chimney; (4.) It must not weigh more thtin 6 tons, less weight preferred, which may draw a less weight behind it, then it may have 4 wheels; (5.) The price not to exceed £550. Dimensions — Boiler. 'Cylindrical in form, length, 6 ft., diam. 3 ft. 4 in. Cylinders, two, diam, 8 in., strolce 16^ in. Weight of Engine, 4 tons, 6 cwt. with water in the boiler, Mdth loaded tender 7 tons, 9 cwt. Chimney, diam. 12 in. Heating surface, 117| sauare ft. The boiler contained 25 copper tubes, 3 inches in diameter ; tne use of those tubes with coke for fuel, gained Stephenson his victory, and estabUshed his fame. The cylinders were set inclining to the rails at an angle of 45°, this proved a poor arrangement, as the jolting motion slightly lifted the boiler up and down on the springs. Driving WTieels, diam. 4 ft. 8 in. Highest Speed dvnng trial, 24 miles per hour, for a dis- tance of IJ milen. The " Rocket " with all its defects, was a great im- Erovement on Stephenson's first engine constructed at Killingworth, 1 1814, and used to " lead coals ' from the pit, the motion being transmitted to the wheels by the intervention of cranks and toothed gearing. There is a vast contrast between the " Rocket" and locomotives of recent construction. Some freight engines are now in use, which weigh 66 tons, having 4 cylinders and 12 coupled driving wheels. Some have cylinders 20 in. diam., with 26 inches stroke, others have driving wheels 9 ft. diam., cylinders 18 in. diam., and 24 inches stroke. 252 MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. English express engines have attained a speed of 73 miles per hour, between Holyhead and London. The Illustrious Stephenson is well deserving of double honor as the worthy champion of the loftiest description ef mechanical progress, at a time when it might truly bo iinid that he was opposed by almost the entire nation. In interference with the old state of affairs nearlv every one, high and low, seemed to nee visions of bankrupt coacn corapttiiies, deserted hotels, ruhied Inndlords, roads overgrown with grass, buildings and mansions bumod to the ground by flying sparks from the engine, commerce ruined, and man and beast everywhere nm over and crushed under the car wheels. During Stephenson's memorable examination before the committee of the House of Com- mons, one of the questions put to him was— "Would it not be an awkward thing for an engine to run over a cow?" The honest Northumbrian^ reply is well known, *' Yes, it would be awkward for the coo." FiBK Cement.— Fire clay, wet, 100 parts, white lead, 3 parts, pow- dered aabestos, ^ part, mix all together and use as mortar. Railway Train Speed Table.— A train going 1 mile an hour travels one and seven-fifteenths— say one and a half foot per sec- ond. To form a table of speed from those data is a mere matter of multiplication. Examine :— A train going 70 miles an hour travels per second 1 and 7-16 ft. multiplied by 70=102 and two thirds feet .. MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 253 per hour, honor as the cal progress, ed by almost iffairs nearly nknipt coach Brgrown with flying sparks t everywhere Stephenson's [ouse of Corn- it not be an • The honest e awkward lor , 3 parts, pow- ar. mile an hour foot per eec- lere matter of 1 hour travels ) thirds feet . 254 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. Latent Heat of Steam. — Take 2 small vessels connected at their tops by a tube. Let one contain 1 lb. of water at 32° Fahr,, the other 5i lbs. at the same temperature. Apply a spirit lamp below the ves- sel containmgthe 1 lb. of water until it is all boiled away and its vapor condensed bv passing through the tube and mingling with the 5^ lbs. of water in tne other vessel. At this point the heat absorbed bjr the 5§ lbs of water will raise the temperature to 212° Fahr. or boiling heat, and the combined weight will be 6i lbs. instead of 5^ lbs., as placed in the vessel at first. The whole of this heat has been trans- ferred from the 1 lb. of water held over tho spirit lamp, although at no time has its heat exceeded 212°. Inasmuch iis this heat cannot be measured by any known instrument, it is called latent heat. The 1 lb. of water made the 5^ lbs. to boil, and from this we know by cal- culation that the combined latent and sensible heat of steam is about 1200°. The pressure of steam is measured by atmospheres. Steam of 15 lbs. pressure is steam of one atmosphere, of 30 lbs. pressure, of 2 atmospheres, &c. It is frequently used as high as 6 ur 7 Atmospheres. Steam below 2 atmospheres is called low pressure steam, and all pres- sure above, high pressure steam. Heat, by expanding water, imparts motion to the gull stream, when transformed mto steam it evolves sufficient power to drive the rolling mill, cotton and other mills, the machme shop, the locomotive, and impel the steamship over the trackless ocean. As the temperature of water falls below 100° Centigrade (212°. ) the boiling point, it will contract or occupy a smaller space until it descends to 3°. 8 Centrigrade, when it will con- tract no more, as its greatest density is tiien reached. From 5°. 8, as the water becomes colder, it expands, till it reaches the freezing Soint 0°. Centigrade, so that is specifically lighter than water, and oats on the surface, being about 10 per cent, lighter. Were it not for the interposition of this merciful law, and were ice to sink in water, many of the lakes, rivers and streams within the temperate zones would be rendered incapable of navigation during the greater part of the year by reason of the ice at the bottom. . Application fob Bubnb and Scalds. The following has been tested in the severest cases of burning and scalding from I'^ilway and steamboat accidents. Glycerine, 5 ozs. ; white of egg, 4 ozs. ; tiuct, of arnica 3 ozs. ; mix the glycerine and white of egg thoroughly in a mortar and gradually add the arnica. Apply freely on linen rags night and moniing, previously washing with warm castile soap su^. In urgent cases, if nothing better can be had, clap on a mud poultice, a favorite and very effectual remedy with school boys who are stong while making war on hornets* nests. CEMEifT to menu Leaky Boilers.— Hiwdcied litharge, 2 parts, , very fine sand, 2 parts, slaked quick lime, 1 part. Mix all together. To use, mix the proper quantity with boiled linseed oil and apply quick. It gets hard very soon. Strong Cement for Steam Joints. — White lead ground in oil, 10 i«irt«, black oxide of manganese, 3 j)art8, litharge, 1 part. Reduce to the proper conrtistency with boiled linseed oil and ai)))ly. Cement For Holes or Cracks.— Red lead ground in oil, 6 imrts. white lead, 3 parts, oxide of manganese, 2 parts, silicate of soda, 1 part, litharge, i^ part, all mixed and used as putty. MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 255 ed at their the other w the ves- d its vapor the 5i lbs. bedbjrthe or boiliug jeeu trans- iltliough at t cannot be eat. Thel now by cal- am is about Steam of 16 ■essure, of 2 tmosyheres. and all pres- ding water, I mto steam on and other e steamship falls below t or occupy a m it will cou- from5o.8, as the freezing an water, and Were it not je to sink in the temperate igthe greater Ying has been mrg,ilway and [ ozB. ; tinct, oi loroughly in a on linen rags stile soap suds. I mud poultice, 1 who are stiing tharge, 2 parts, • :ix all together. I oil and apply d ground in oil, 1 part. Reduce ndinoU.emrts. illcate of soda, l Rust Joint, Quick Setting — Sal ammoniac pt 'verized, 1 lb., flour of sulphur, 2 lbs. ; iron borings, 80 lbs. ; mix to a paste witn water in quantities as required for immediate use. Quick Setting Joint betteb than the last, but bequibes MoBE TIME TO Set. — Sal ammouia, 2 lbs., sulphur 1 lb., ironi filings 206 lbs. AlB AND WATEB TIGHT CbMENT FOB CASKS AND ClSTEBNS.— Melted glue, 8 parts, linseed oil, 4 parts, boiled into a varnish with litharge; hardens in 48 hours. Mabine Glue.— India rubber 1 part, coal tar 12 parts, heat gently mix, and add 20 parts of powdered shellac, pour out to cool, when used heat to about 250o. Anotheb Ditto. — Glue 12 parts, water sufficient to dissolve, add yellow resin 3 parts; melt then add turpentine 4 parts, mix thor- oughly together. Cement fob Exteenal Use. — Ashes 2 parts, clay 3 parts, sand 1 part; mix with a little oil, very durable. Cement to Resist Red Heat and Boiling Wateb. — To 4 or 5 parts of clay, thoroughly dried and pulverized, add 2 parts of fine iron filings free from oxide, 1 pait of peroxyde of manganese, 1 part of common salt, and ^ part of borax. Mingle thoroughly, render as fine as possible, then reduce to thick paste with the necessary quantity of water, mixing well; use immediately, and apply heat, gradually in- creasing almost to a white heat. Cement to Join Sections of Cast-Ibon Wheels, &c. — Make a paste of pure oxide of lead, litharge, and concentrated glycerine. Unrivalled for fastening stone to stone or iron to iron. Vabnish fob Boilebs. — Asphaltum dissolved in turpentine. Soft Cement fob Steam-boilebs, Steam-pipes, &o.— Red or white lead, in oil, 4 parts; iron borings, 2 to 3 parts. Habd Cement. — Iron borings and salt water, and a smnll quantity of sal-ammoniac, with fresh water. Gasfittebs' Cement. — Mix togetlier resin, 4J parts ; wax, 1 part ; and Venetian red^ 3 parts. Plumbebs' Cement. — Black resin, 1 jmrt; brick dust, 2 parts, well incorporated by a melting heat. Coppersmiths' Cement.— Boiled linseeu oil and red lead mixed together into a putty, are often used by coppersmiths and engineers to secure joints ; the washers of leather or cloth are smeared with th*8 mixture in a pasty state. Compositions to Fill Holes in Castings. — Mix 1 part o2 borax in solution with 4 parts dry clay. — Another : Pulverized binoxide of manganese, mixed with a strong solution of silicate of soda (water clay) to form a thick paste. Cast Ibon Cement. — Clean borings, or turnings of cast iron, 16 pai-ts ; sal-ammoniac, 2 parts ; flour of sulphur, 1 part ; mix them well together ju a mortar, and keep them ary. When required for use, take of the mixture, 1 psirt; clean borings, 20 parts ; mix thor- ouglily, and add a sufficient quantity of water. A little griu|^-8tone dust added improves tlie cement. Cement fob Steam-pipe Joints, etc., with Faced Flanges.— White lead, mixed, 2 parts ; red lead, dry, 1 part ; grind, or other-, wise mix them to a uousistcuce of thin putty ; apply interposed layers 256 MACHINISTS, engineers', &c., becsipts. with 1 or 2 thicknesses of canvas, or gauze wire, as the necessity of the case may be. Ceaient fob Jomrs of Iron Pipes ob Holes m Castings. — Take of iron borings, coarsely powdered, 6 lbs. ; of powdered saJ^" ammoniac, 2 oz. ; of sulphur, 1 oz.: and water sufficient to moisten it. This composition hardens rapidly, but, if time can be allowed it sets more firmly without the sulphur. Use as soon as mixed, and lam tightly into the joints or holes. Best Cement fob Aquabia. — One part, by measure, say a gill of litharge ; 1 gill of plaster of Paris ; 1 gill of dry, white sand ; ^ a gill of finely powdered resin. Sift, and keep corked tight until required for use, when it is to be made into a putty by mixing in boiled oil (linseed) with a little patent drier added. Never use it after it has been mixed (that is, with the oil) over fifteen hours. This cement can be used for marine as well as fresh water a(|uaria, as it resists the action of salt water. The tank can be used immediately, but it is best to give it three or four hours to dry. Anotheb. — Mix equal quantities of any white lead and red lead to a paste with mastic vamisn and use as soon as mixed. Cement for Belting. Waterproof. — Dissolve gutta percha in bisulphide of carbon to the consistence of molasses, slice down and thin the ends to be united, warm the parts, and apply the cement, then hammer lightly on a smooth anvil, or submit the parts to heavy pressure. To Rbpatb Leakages in Fibe Engine Hose.— Pass a round bar of iron into the hose under the leak, then rivet on a patch of leather, previously coated with marine glue. To Repaib RnijBEB Hose.— Cut the hose apart where it is defec- tive ; obtain from any gasfitter a piece of iron pipe 2 or 3 inches long, twist the hose over it until the ends meet, wrap with strong tvdne, well waxed, and it will last a long time. PoBTABLE Glue fob Dbaughtsmen. — Glue 6 ozs. ; sugar 2 ozs. ; water 8 ozs. ; melt in a water bath, cast it in molds. For use dissolve in warm water. Cementing Emeby to Wood.— Melt together equal parts of shellac, white resin and carbolic acid in crystals ; add the last after thie others are melted. To Coat Ibon with Emeby. — Give the iron a good coat of oil and white lead, when this gets hard and dry, apply a mixture of glue and emery. •K) Clean Cotton Waste. — Pack the waste in a tin cylinder with a i)erforated false bottom and tube with stop-cock at bottom. Pour on the waste bisulphide of carbon stifflcient to cover, and allow to soak a few minutes, tlien add more bisulphide, and so on for a time or two, and then squeeze out. By simple distillation the whole of the bisulphide, or nearly all, can easily be recovered and so be used over again. This will free the cotton completely from grease. FBBijNrcR Putty.— Seven pounds linseed oil and 4 lbs. brown umber are boiled for two hours, and ()2 grammes wax stirred in. After removal from tlie fire &^ lbs. fine chalk and 11 Ibe. white lead are added and thoroughly incorporated ; said to be very hard and permanent. MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 257 id red lead to To Mend Cracked CAf""-lRON Vessei-s.— Drill a hole at each ex- treme end of the crack, u> prevent its further extension, plug rivet the holes with copper, and, 'with fine iron filings saturated with urine, caulk the crack. Four parts of pulverized clay and one part of irv.n filings made into a paste vrith boiling linseed oil and applied hot is a good cement for the same purpose. To Prevent Iron Rusting. — Give it a coat of linseed oil and whiting, mixed together in the form of a paste. It is easily removed and wul preserve iron from rusting for years. GiiUE FOR Labelling on Metals. — Boiling water, 1 qt. ; pulver- ized borax, 2 ozs. ; gum shellac, 4 ozs. Boil till dissolved. Used for attaching labels to metals, or it will do to write hiscri])tions with, and dust or dab on a little bronze powder over it, varnishing over the bronze. Cement for Petroleum Lamps.— Boil 3 parts of resin virith 1 pait of caustic soda and 6 of water. The composition is then mixed with half its weight of plaster of Paris, and sets firmly in * to S of an hour. It is of great adhesive power, not permeable to petroleum, a low conductor of heat, and but superficially attacked by hot water. For Lute, or cement for closing joints of apparatus, mix Paris plaster with water to a soft paste, and apply it at once. It bears nearly a red heat. To render it impervious, rub it over with wax and oil. Roman Cement.— Slaked lime, 1 bush., green copperas, 3^ lbs., fine gravel sand, ^ bush. Dissolve the copperas in hot water, and mix all together to the proper consistency for use ; use the day it is mixed and keep stirring it with a stick while in use. Vioat's Hydraulic Cement is prepared by stirring into water a mixture of 4 parts chalk and 1 part clay ; mix with a vertical wheel in a circular trough, letting it run out in a large receiver. A deposit 0oon takes place which is formed into small bricks, which after be- ing dried in the suu, are moderately calcined. It enlarges about § when mixed with water. • Glue to Resist Moisture. — Glue, 6 parts, resin, 4 parts, red ochre, 2 parts, mix 'with the smallest possible quantity of water. Cement to Fasten Leather on Top Rollers.— Gum arable, 2| ozs., isinglass 2| ozs., dissolve each separately in water and mix. Parchment Glue, — Parchment shavings, 1 lb., water, 6 qts. Boil till dissolved, strain and envaporate to right consistence. To attach Glass or Metal Letters to Plate Glass.- Copal ▼amish, 15 parts; drying oil, 6 parts; turpentine, 3 parts; oil of tur- pentine, 2 parts ; liquefied glue, 5 parts. Melt in a water batJb and add 10 parts of slaked lime. Turners' Cement.— Beeswax, 1 oz.; resin, J oz. ; pitch, i oz.; melt, and stir in fine brick dust. Bank Note Glue.— Dissolve 1 lb. of fine glue or gelathie in water; evaporate it till most of the water is expelled; add i lb. of brown sugar, and pour it into moulds. Cement for Electrical Machines and Galvanic Troughs.— Melt together 6 lbs. of resin and 1 lb. of beesv/ax, and stir in 1 lb. of red ochre (highly dried and still warm) and 4 oz. of jilaster of Paris, continuing the heat a little above 212°, and stirring conHtantly till all frothing ceases, or (for troughs) rosin, 6 lbs. ; dried red ochre, 1 lb., calchied plaster of Paris, ^ lb. ; linseed oil, i lb. 17 piini 258 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. HYDBAuiiio Cement.— Powdered clay, 3 lbs. ; oxide of iron, 1 lb. ; ftud boiled oil to form a stiff paste. Engineers' Cement.— Equal parts of red and white lead, with dry- ing oil, spread on tow or canvas. An admirable composition for uniting large stones in cisterns. ^ONE Cement River. — Sand, 20- parts; litharge, 2 parts; quick- lime, 1 part: mix with linseed oil. Glue. — Powdered chalk added to common glue strengthens it A glue which will resist the action of water is made by boiUng 1 lb. of glue in 2 qts. of skimmed milk. Cheap Watebpbgqf Glue.— Melt common glue with the smallest possible quantity of water ; add, by degrees, linseed oil, rendered drying by boiling it with litharge. WhUe the oil is being added, the ingredients must be well stirred, to incorporate them thoroughly. Fibs and Watekproof Glue, — Mix a handful of quick-Time with 4 oz. of linseed oil; thoroughly lixiviate the mixture; boil it to a good thickness, and spread it on thin plates in the shade: it will become very hara, but can be dissolved over a fire, like common glue, and is then fit for use. Peepabed Liquid Glue.— Take of best white glue, 16 qz. ; white- lead, dry, 4 oz. ; rain-water, 2 pts. ; alcohol, 4 oz. With constant stir- ring dissolve the glue and lead in the water, by means of a water- baw. Add the alcohol, and continue the heat for a few minutes. Lastly, pour into bottles, while ic is still hot. To Make Grindstones fbom Common Sand.— River sand 32 lbs. : shellac, 10 parts; powdered glass, 2 parts; melt in an iron pot, ana cast into moulds. PoLisHiNO PowDEB FOB SPECULA.— Precipitate a dilute solution of sulphate of iron by ammonia in excess; wash tlie precipitate; press it in a screw press till nearly dry; then Expose it to heat until it appears of a dull red color in the dark. On Saw-Mills.- To Get the Most Lumbeb fbom Saw-Loos, — Experience has abundantly proved to our satisfaction that this cau be done only by the use of the circular saw. Some parties are in favor of the mulay saw. Human ingenuity has been so prolific in the invention and construction of this kind of machinery, tnat the prin- cipal difSculty with the intending purchaser seems to be an inability to decide whose machine is really the best Every builder or, inventor appears to claim for his machine such a perfect constellation of valu-^ able features, that a certain amount of hesitation in coming to a de- cision seems to be inevitable. In the stationary form of sr.w mills, the saws are arranged either single or in gangs. Some o^. the port- able kind (circular saw mills) have an upper saw to complete the cut made but partially tlirough large logs by the lowevr saw. See diagram. By the single movement of a lever, the hfad-blocks on which the log rests, are simultaneously moved up, moving the log a distance nearer the saw, adequate to the thickness of boara desired, with an overplus the width of the cut made by the saw. By moving another lever, a ninion meshmg into a rack beneath the log-carriage is made to impel the log against the saw, and run the log backwards after the board is cut. These movements, on the best constructed machines, are made with surprising velocity, some of thein being ac- credited with haviug cut over 60,000 feet of lumber in one day. 1 Occ tude^ These who, i flnaU^ saw-n sawye dead ( i. ^,llb.; Ith dry- I uniting quick- it A 1 lb. of i ; white- tant stir- a water- minutes. i 32 lbs. : pot, ana i solution ite; press ; untU it »lW-Loos, t this cau es are in iflcinthe the priu- inability r.inventor n cf yalu-% g to a de- ftw mills, the port- te the cut jaw. See slocks on the log a i desired, ty moving »rriageis ackwards instructed being ac- ay. 4i MACHINISTS, ENOINEERSS AC, RECEIPTS. 259 Occasionally we listen to a great deal of rant regarding the beati- tude^ of "the good old times, ' during the lives of our forefathers. These times proved very disastrous to the enterprising Dutchman, who, in 1663 started the first saw-mill in England, which he was flnaUy obliged to abandon, and fly to save his me. In 1767 another saw-mill, at Lime-house, near London, was demolished by a mob of sawyers, who considered that their business would be ruined to a deaa certainty if things were allowed to go o CHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. Thn old method of mannfacturiug lumber and dimension stuff by ripping logs lengthways on the sawpit, is still fresh in the remem- brance of many. One man mounted the log and pushed, the saw downwards ana pulled it upwards, assisted by ajiother man in the pit below, with a veil over his face to keep the sawdust out of his eves. We hail With gratitude the modem improvements which en- able us to dispense with every such form of labor. Having tried the up and down saw and the circular saw also, we wotild again repeat our conviction that the last mentioned is the best for manufacturing lumber, and should any person act on this expression of opinion, let them in the first place be very careful to get, if possible, the best machine, bring it to the mill, and set it perfectly level ana true. When you get it in operation, see that you handle it carefully. If you have been used to running the up and down saw only, you will soon find out that your former experience avails almost nothing in the management of the rotary machine; but when you get the hang of running it, the comijensation in the way of convenience, rapidity, and quantity of work, is immense. Some prefer to use the inserted tooth saws, and will use no other. They seeiii to possess many .ad- vantages, and are entirely safe. A late invention of spreading the upper part of the tooth towards the point during the process of manu- facture, spreading it out so as to make the point of the tooth the thickest i)art of the circumference of the saw, enables the sawyer to dispense in a great measure with the use of the swage. Those insert- ed tooth saws which do not possess this improvement must be care- fully swaged and filed at least twice per day, and sometimes as often as SIX or seven times per day, depending upon the kind of lumber being cut. In filing or swaging the saw, be careful to form the point of the teeth absolutely square, and even across, the slightest deviation from perfect truth in this respect being apt to cause the saw to rvn, as it is termed, or vary from its proper course while passing through the log. Some prefer to form the point of the tooth a little hooking, just enough so as to be barely perceptible, and in swaging to use thai, part of the die belonging to the swage, which gives the tooth of the saw a slightly curved or rambow form, something in this shape *"", or scarcely so much curved. One sawyer of 20 years' experience in running machinery, informed us that he never did better or more rapid work with his mill than when he kept his saw exactly right on these two points just stated. If you can run a No. 7 gauge saw on your mill, the loss resulting from sawdust will be very sli^t, and as large saws are generally thickest at the centre, tapering off towards thecircumfeiCncG, this size or No. 6 wiU, as a general rule, be found sufficiently strong for most purposes. Make sure at all times, es- pecially during frosty weather, that the dogs have a secure hold of the log before the saw enters it. It is onhr a few days ago that a case came to my knowledge of a firm near Fredericton, N.B., having sustained a severe loss by a log (insuifleiently secured of course) canting over on the saw as it wa« passing through it. The effect was to break off the saw from the mandril, twist off the nut at the end near the saw, and break away the two iron pins used for securing the saV in the collar, causing a stoppage of the mill, and the consequent expense of repair and delay. When you get the mill in operation, see that you handle it carefully, and maintain unceasing watchfulness : .11 over it while in operation. Give it plenty of r ler; if you^iow'^, you may aa well shut up shop at once ; good at. ucU -^e, and with a good machine, the attendants will not have much Uv to play them- selves, I can. assure ^ou. Keep all the parts 311 o'Jei— that has a great deal to do with the smooth and successful rmming of the machine; and, by the way. I would remark that saw-mills are not the oiUy things in this world that run all the b ter for being oiled. If that kind, loving, gentle, and affectionate spixit of which ou is the symbol, pervaded the hearts and the mind of our race, and found nniversal expression in every thought, wc ., and deed during our daily intercourse with each other, it would be a very dinerent world from what it is — ^better for ourselves, and better for our neigh- bors. Let us all carry on this branch of the oil business as extensively as possible, and we shall soon see a brotherhood " dwelling together iu unity." In order to facilitate calculations regarding the velocity of saws, herewith is appended a reliable table to serve as a guide in ascertajning the proper speed for running : — TABLE OF SPEED FOR CIRCULAB SAWS. 36 inches in diameter, 1000 revolutions per minute 38 950 40 900 42 870 44 840 46 800 46 760 60 725 62 700 64 675 • 66 650 58 625 60 *C( 600 62 575 64 560 66 545 68 530 70 515 72 500 74 485 76 476 Shingle machine saws 1400 u The march of improvement in the manufacture of shingle machines has been truly wonderful, and they can now be procured from the manufacturer, of almost any capacity and power, at very reasonable rates. Shingle machines are now in use, which cut out over 30,000 shingles per day, carrying two or more bolts. Some of them possess very complex ranchinery and are positively dangerous to operate unless continual vigilance is maintained. One gentleman well known to the writer, was crippled for life byha/ing liis hand terriblj' lacer- ated during an unguarded moment by one of these machines. As a ale the leas gearing and the more simplicity there is about the me- 262 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. chaniflm ol a shingle luachiue the more satisfaction will be derived from it. In the manufacture of shingles, as well as in anything else, it is the wisest policy to use the best materials. Got good rift, free from knots, sand, bark, &c., and you will inevitably get good merchant- able stuff, with less waste and more pleasure every way, both with the machinery in the first place, and the satisfactory state of your exchequer in the last. It is all the better if you can lay in a good stock one year ahead, as it cuts much easier when properly seasoned, to say nothing of the saving in weight during transportation. In edging shingles, maiijsr prefer the saw to tlxe revblving Iniives, as it enables the operator in many cases to get a shingle of extra quality by trimming a poor shingle down, and selecting the best part. This can be done by a smart hand with marvellous rapidity, but still, to use a modem phrase, many persons can't see it, and so they use the knives, giving what they conceive to be good reasons for so doing. Velocities of Wood Working Machivisry.— Circular Saws At periphery, 6000 to 7000 ft. per minute, Band Saios, 2500 feet ; Oaiig mwa, 20 inch stroke. 120 strokes per minute ; Scroll Saws, 300 strokes per minute; Planing Machine CtUters at periphery, 4000 to eOOO feet. Work under plainhig machine l-20th of an inch for each cut. Moulding Machine Cutters, 3500 to 4000 feet; Sqi(aring-^ip Machine Cutters, 7000 to 8000 feet; Wood Calling Drills, 6000 revo- lutions; Machine Axigers, 1\ in. diam., 000 revolutions; ditto, | in. diam., 1200 revolutions*,. Gang Saws, require for 46 superficial ifeet of !)ine -per hour, 1 horse-power. Circular Saws require 76 superficial 'eet per hour, 1 horse-power. In oak or hard wood |ths of the above Quantity require 1 horse-power ; Sharpening Angles o/Machine Cutters. idzing soft wood across the grain, 30° ; Planing Machines ^Tdinary softwood, 35°; Gauges and Ploughing Machines, 40°; Hardtoood Tool Cutters, 50° to 55°. Filing Saws.— The grand secret oi utting any savf in the best possible order, consists in filing the teeth at a given angle to cut rabidly, and of a uniform length so that the points will all ix>uch a stratoht edged rule without snowing a variation of the himdredth part of an inch. Besides this, there siiould be just set enough in the teeth to cut a kerf as narrow as it can be made, and at the same time allow the blade to work freely without pinching. On the contrary, the kerf must not be so wide as to permit the bltide to rattle when m motion. The very jwrnts of the teeth do the cutting, If one tooth is a twentieth of an inch longer than two or three on each side of it. the long tooth will be required to do so much more catting than it should, that the sawing cannot be done well, hence the saw goes jumping along, working hard and cutting slowly; if one tooth is longer than those on either side of it, the short teeth do not cut although their points may be sharp. When putting a cross-cut saw in order, it will pay well to dress the points with an old file, and af- terwards sharpen them with a fine whetstone; much mechan- ical .skiU is necessary to put a saw in prime order; one careless thrust with a file will shorten the point of a tooth so much that it will be utterlj useless, so far as cutting is concerned ; the teeth should be set with much care, and the filing done with the greatest accuracy. If the teeth are uneven at the points, a large flat file should be secured toabl( be join line, 01 thesa^ should back e bestw dress ( inch s angle Asi berit aswil of po\ ing. I mill- amou of dr Fi| of do slem desci t Is the from chant- with >f your a good isoned, on. In », as it 300 :4 MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AO.y BBOEIPTS. 268 to a block of wood' in such a manner that the very points only may be jointed, so that the cutting; edge of the same may be in a straight line, or circle, if it is a circular saw; every tooth should cut a little as the saw is worked. The teeth of a hand saw lor all kinds of work should be filed fieaming, or at an angle on the front edge, while the back edges may be filed fleaming or square across the blade. The best way to file a circular saw for cutting wood across the grain, is to dress every fifth tooth square across, and apart one twentieth of an inch shorter than the others, which should be filed fleaming at an angle of about forty degrees. As regards such saws as are used for cutting ud large logs into lum- ber it is of the utmost importance to have them nled at sudi an angle as will ensure the largest amount of work with. the least expenditure of power. The following diagrams wijl help to illustrate our mean- ing. Fig. 1 shows the sliapo of teeth which nearly all experienced FIG. 1. mill-men consider as that standard form which combines the ^eatest amount of strength and capacity for rapid work, with the minimum of driving power while doing the work. Figure No. 2 represents a passable form of teeth which are capable of doing a good deal of work, but their great weakness lies hi their dender points. I^ook out for "breakers" when teeth of this description are passing through dry spruce or hemlock knots. ^ x-^>-4\ Fig. 2. 364 MACHINISTS, ENOINEEBS*, AC, RECEIPTS. Fig. No. 3 illustrates the appearance of one of those intolerable wood rasps which are altogether too common in saw-mills. Only think what an appalling waste of valuable power is required to drive a " jigger" like this through a large log! Fig. 3. Fig. 4, at a, is intended to show the method of ascertaining the proner-angle. that of sixty degrees, at which such saws should be fllea. The diagram being self-explanatory requires but little further elucidation here. A quarter circle with lines radiating from the centre towards the circumference is represented near the verge of the segment of a circular saw. The lower part corresponds with the level of the horizon, and the higher part at 90° corresponds with the zenith or meridian, where the sun appears at noon-day. Exactly half-way up is ^^ ; look up a little higher and you will mid 60°, indicated by the radiating line which runs parallel with the angle of the tooth (rf the saw and this is the guide you must follow in filing. The same rule is seen applied to a straight mill saw at 5. Manv good aumorities contend that mill saws should in no case be set wiuL the instrument commonly used for that purpose, but that in lieu thereof the teeth should be spread ont at the points with the swage or upset to a sufficient extent to permit the body of the saw to operate without binding. Both inHtruments require to be skilfully handled, and the swage, when used in this wa^, has proved itself equal to every emergency without the risk of breaking the teeth. It would be quite safe to say that the saw-set should only be used on s&ws of this description with the most extreme caution and care. Every man- ufacturer, however, has his own opinion, and consequent practice on the subject, some contending that one way is right and the other di- rectly the reverse. To Repaib Fractured Circular Saws.— The best way to do this is to drill a small round hole at the termination of the crack, which effectually prevents its further extension. I have seen some circular saws very neatly repaired by riveting thin clamps to each side of the fracture, both clamps and rivets being countersimk so they will be level with J;he surface of the saw, and placed in such a positfon across the crack as to impart the greatest possible strength to the weakest place. To Mend Broken Cross-cut Saws.— In the first place scarJf off the broken edges in such a manner that when lapped over each other they ^ rivet \ which T s e Of I with trulj audi irop itb MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 265 erabla Only drive to do which they will be about the narae thicknesB as the rest of the plate, and rivet them together loosely with iron rivets inseri^d through noleg which must be punched for that purpose ; the ends most 1^ united i with great accuracy so that the teeth, &c., of the saw may range truly. Now place the saw in the fire, then a flux of powdered borax and sal ammoniac is flowed all over it after having it raised to the proper heat. See page 270 for preparing and using the composition. Betom the saw to the fire and when it is raised to the proper welding 266 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. heat, place it on the anvil and unite the joint as rapidly as possible •with the hammer ; be careful not to heat so hot as to injure the steel. When the job is well done, and the part properly tempered, it will be found as strong as the rest of the plate. I know one blacksmith in Canada who told me that this class of work was the best paying part of his business. Quantity and Cost of Supplies fob Hobses and Lumbebino Cbews in the woods. — The following figures have been kindly furnished for this work by the obliging manager of Messrs. Gilmour's mill on the Gatineau, near Ottawa, Canada, and are most valuable as affording a basis for calculating the quantity and quality of the sup- plies required for men and horses engaged in this branch of industry. These calculations are t^e result o^ long experience in the business, and are based on actual consumption. Quantity of Oats for each span of horses, 51 lbs. per day. " Hay '^ " 40 ''^ Flour used by each man 1.80 ' Pork 1.22 Beef 0.85 Beans 0.33 Fish 0.12 Onions 0.13 M Potatoes I 0.47' It Total daily consumption per man 4.92 Quantity of Tea used " IJ lbs. per month. "Diie dauy allowance of oats for each span of horses may appear laree, but ft must be remembered that the labor is extremely severe, and more bay will be required if any part of the oats is withheld. On making inquiry with reference to the item of molasses, so largely used by our lumbering friends in New Brunswick and Maine, the answer returned was that owing to the heavy cost of the commodity, it was entirely omitted from the list of supplies. The following exhibits the comparative value of Mess and Prime Fork, calculated from actual consumption : — Mess Pork Prirm Mess. $26 $18 80 26 18 08 24 17 35 23 16 62 22 15 89 21 15 16 20 14 43 19. 13 70 18 12 97 Mesa Pork. Prima Mess. m $12 24 16 11 51 15 10 78 14 10 06 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. 932 8 60 786 7 13 640 1 Barrel Mess averages 37 lbs. grease, 6 Iba bones, when cooked. 1 •* Prime Mess 24 '^ 13 " " To Mend Bbokbn Saws.— Pure silver, 19 parts ; pure copper, 1 part : pure brass, 2 parts ; all to be filed into powder, ana thor- oughly mixed ; place the saw level on the anvil, broken edges in contact, and hold them so ; now put a small line of the mmure along tiie seam, covering it with a largtir bulk of powdered chw> ic Mefs. $12 24 11 61 10 78 10 05 9 32 8 09 7 86 7 13 640 ooked. MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 267 coal ; now with a spirit lamp and a jewellers' blow-pipe hold the coal dust in place, and blow suflBcient to melt the solder mixture ; then with a hammer set the joint smooth, and file away any bu- perfluous solder, and you will be surprised at its strength ; the neat will not injure the temper of the saw. Velocity of Whbbls, PiXLiiEYS, Drums, &o. — ^When wheels are applied to communicate motion from one part of a machine to an- other, their teeth act alternately on feach other ; consequently, if one wheel contains 60 tcetli, and another 20 teeth, the one containmg 20 teeth will make 3 revolutions while the other makes but 1 ; and if drums or pulleys are taken in place of wheels, the effect will be the same ; because their circumferences, describing equal spaces, ren- der their revolutions unequal ; f ronj this the rule is derived, namely : — Multiply the velocity of the driver by the number of teeth it con- tains, and divide by the velocity of the driven. Tlie quotient will be the number of teeth it ought to contain ; or, multiply the velocity of the driver by its diameter, and divide by the velocity of the driven. Example 1. If a wheel that contains 75 teeth makes 16 revolutions per minute, required the number of teeth in another, to work into and make 24 revolutions in the same time. According to rule, you mul- tiply 16 by 75, and divide the product, which is 1200, by 24, and you have the answer, 60 teeth. Example 2. Suppose a drum, 30 Inches in diameter, to make 20 revolutions per minute, required the diameter of another to make 60 revolutions per minute. According to rule, you multiply 20 by 30, and divide the product, which is 600, by 60, and you have the answer, 10 inches. Example 3. A wheel 64 inches in diameter, and making 42 revo- lutions per minute, is to give motion to a shaft at the mte of 77 revo- lutions in the same time ; find the diameter of a wheel suitable for that purpose. According to riile, multipl^y 42 by 64, and divide the product, which is 2688, by 77, and you will have for the answer 35 inches nearly. 77)2688(34 10-12 231 378 308 70 . Example 4. Suppose a pulley 32 inches diameter to make 26 revo- lutions ; find the diameter of another to make 12 revolutions in the same time. Accordir • to rule, 26 x 32 -f 12 = 69J— 26 and 12; 832. This ^vlU be seen to bo 691 32 — 694-12=i 832 Example 5. Find the number of revolutions per minute made by a wheel or pulley 20 inches in diameter, when driven by another 48 inches in diameter, and making 46 revolutions in *,ho same time. Ac- cordhig to rtile, 48 x 45-^-20 = 108. That is, 48 multiplied by 45 = 2160, mvided by 20, gives the answer, 108 revolutions. 268 MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. N.B. — In addition to the following inestimable Receipts and pro- cesses, the blacksmith will find Iron Tables, and Tables of Circum- ferences, Areas and Diameters of Circles, for measurement of hoops, rings,' &c., at the end of the mechanical department. TEMPERrNG Liquids.— 1. "Water, 3 gals ; soda, 2 ozs. ; saltpetre, 2 ozs. ; prussic acid^loz., or oil of vitrol, 2ozs. 2. Water, 6 gals.; saltpetre, sal-ammoniac and alum, of each 4 ozs., and dra y no tem- per. 3. Water, 4 gals. ; saltpetre and alum, of each, 4 ozs. ; sal-am- moniac, pulverized, 1 oz. ; salt, 3 lbs. Heat to a cherry red and plunge m, drawing no temper. 4. Water, 4 gals.; saltpetre, 1 oz. ; p Uverized borax, 1 oz. ; pulverized sal-ammoniac, 1 oz. ; white vitriol, 2 ozs. ; salt, 3 pts. Do not hammer too cx)ld, nor heai too high. 5. Water, 4 gals. ; salt, 2 teacupfuls; saltpetre, 2 ozs. ; pulverized alum, 4 teaspoonf uls ; never heat over a cherry red, nor drc.w any ttmiper. 6. Water, 2 gals.; add corrosive sublimate, 1^ oz. ; common salt, 2 handfuls; when dissolved it is ready for use. The first gives tough- ness to the steel, while the latter gives the hardness, causing the water to adhere to the steel, which otherwise would be repelled by the heat. 7. Tempering Liauidfor Mill Picks. — Water, 3 gals. ; spts. of nitre, ^ 0Z8.; hartshorn, 3 ozs; white vitriol, 3 ozs. ; alum, 3 ozs. ; sal-ammo- niac. 3 ozs. ; salt, 6 ozs., w^ith 2 handfuls of the parings of horses' hoof. The steel is to be heated to a cherry red. A lar^e jug of this preparation should be kept corked ti^t, in order to retaui ite strength. Use soft water in all these tempering liquids. Temperinq Mill Picks.— Get double refined ciist steel made ex- pressly ior mill picks. In drawing out the pick, use an anvil and hammer with smooth faces, and be careful not to heat the steel higher than a dark cherry red. Do not strike the pick on the edge when finishing it, but hammer it on the flat side, striking light and often, until the steel is quite dark, letting the blows fall so as to close the pores of the steel. When a dozen picks are ready to temper, get 2 gals, of rain water from which the chill should be taken, if iii winter, by dipping a hot iron into it; add 2 lbs. salt, and it is retidy for use. Heat your pick gradually from the centre ; let the heat run to the point, and when it is a dark cherry red, dip the point vertically into the bath and hold it still. When tine heat has left the part immersed, take it oat, and cool tlie balance of the pick in ordinary water. Be sure to heat and hammer well. To Tempkp a Drill very Hard.- Heat vour drill to a cherry red and quench it in mercury. This wiD drill hardened steel. MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTl 269 Composition for Tempering.— Rosin, 7J parts; whale oil, IJ parts; pulverized charcoal, ^ pait; tallow, ^ part. Directions. — Very small tools should be dipped in this mixture the same as in water, then polish and draw the temper as usual. Large tools should be dipped, then heated up again and temperas usual. This composition will also restore burnt steel as good as new. If small tools, dip once. If large, dip two or three times; no hammering is required. To Make Iron take a Bright Polish like Steel.— Pulverize and dissolve the following articles in j. qt. hot water ; blue vitriol, 1 oz. ; borax, 1 oz. ; prussiate of potash, 1 oz. ; charcoal, 1 oz. ; salt, ^ pt. ; then add 1 gal. linseed oil, mix well, bring your iron or steel to the proper heat and cool in the solution. It is said the manufacturers of the Jadson governor paid $100 for this receipt, the object being to case harden iron so that it would t^ke a bright polish like steel. Dipping Tools when Hardening. — To harden a pen-knife blade, lancet, razor, chisel, gouge-bit, plane, spoke-shave, iron shaving knife, three or four square files, and round and flat files, dip them endwise or perpendicularly. This keeps them straight, which would not be the case were they dipped in the water .ob- liquely. Substitute for Borax. — Alum, 2 ozs. ; diluto with water and mix with 2 ozs. potq,sh, boil ui a pot half an hour over a gentle fire, take it out of the water, add 2 ozs. gem salt in powder, as mucli of t;lka- line salt, 3 lbs. honey, and one of cow's milk, mix all together, set it in the sun for 3 days and the borax is ready for use. This will go twice as far in a blacksmith's shop as common borax. Welding Cast Steel.— Silver sand 2 lbs., plaster of Paris, 1 lb. ; mix thoroughly. Heat your article and dust it with the above, place. it m the fire again until" you get a red heat and it will weld. Respirator. — An excellent respirator may be made of a thi-:-! sheet of carded cotton wool placed between two pieces of muslin. Unequalled for arresting dust, steel particles, &c. Annealing Steel. — For small pieces of steel, take a piece of gas pipe 2 or 3 inches in diameter, and put the pieces in it, first heat- ing one end of the pipe, and drawing it together, leaving the other end open to look into. When the pieces are of a cherry red, cover the fire with saw dust, use a charcoal fire, and leave tlie steel in over night. To DRILL Hardened Steel. — Cover your steel with melted beeswax, when coated and cold, make a hole m the wax with a fine pointed nee- dle or other article the size of hole you renuirc, put a drop of strong nitric acid upon it, after a hour raise off, and apply again, it will gradually eat through. To Harden Metals.— Iron, 60 parts: chrome, 40 parts; form a coiniK>r>ition as hard as the diamond. A high degree of hardness may also be imparted to iron or steel by adding J part of silver. Copper may be externally hardened by the fumes of zinc and tin. The specula of Lord Rose's telescope is 1 part tin and 1 part copper, this is rp hard as st«el, and takes a very high polish ; if more than this be added it will eijarcHly cohere. Welding Cast Steel.— Rock sivltpctVe, J lb. ; dissolve in { lb. oil vitriol ; and add it to 1 gul. water. After sc-urfing the steel, get it hot; and quench in tlio preparation. Then weld the same as a '''# m,\ 270 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. piece of iron, hammer it very quick with liglit blows. It answers the purpose much better tlian borax ; cork it in a bottle, and it will keep lor years. ATWther. — Borax, 15 paits; snl-ammouiac, 2 parts; cyan- ide of i)0ta83iumj 2 parts; dissolve all in water, and evaporate the water at a low temperature. German Wj^ldinq Powder. — Iron turnings, 4 parts; borax, 3 parte, borate of iron, 2 parts; water, 1 part. Tempering Swords and Cutlasses. — N. B. Avaes, late of Chi- copee, Mass., after many costly experiments, fosujd that the best means of tempering swords and cutlassen tlrnt would stand the U. S. Government test, was by heating in n nliarcoal fire, hardening in pure spring water, and drawing the temper in charcoal flame. Belgian Welding Powder. — Iron filings, 1000 parte; borax, 500 parte; balsam of copaiba, or other resinous oil, 50 parte; sal-ammo- niac, 76 parte. Mix all well together, heat, and pulverize completely. The surfaces to be welded are powdered with tre composition, and then brought to a cherry red heat, at which the ped while quite hot hi the composition and slightly hammered. aKSTORiNG Burnt Steel. — It is not generally known that burnt steel may be ainiost instantaneously restored by plunging it while hot in cold water, and hammering it with light strokes on the anvil, turn- ing it so as to hammer all over it, again dipping in the cold water, and rei>eating the hammering process as before. Try it; if you don't suc- ceed the first time, you will soon do so. OoMPosiTiON To'itESTOBE Br^RNT St?:kl. — Two parts horn fil- ings; 10 parts tJillow; Ipart sal-anunoniac, 1 part, pulverised charcoal, 1 part soda; pulverize the has-d ingredloute iioi^arutely, mix all "'■ MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. 271 and it is Ik thoroughly with the tallow. Bring your burnt steel to a cherry red and dip it in tlie mixture; when it gets cold it may be hardened in the usual manner. Composition to Toughen Steel.— ReHin, 2 lbs.; tallow, 2 lbs. ; black pitch, 1 lb. ; melt together, and dip in the steel when hot. BuHOLAB AND Drilli-Pkoop DIAMOND Chill. — Take 1 gal. urine, and add to it 1 oz. borax and 1 oz. ssilt. To Re-sh ABPEN Old Fi les. — Remove the grease and dirt from your files by wtvshing them in warm potash water, then wash them in warm water, and dry with artificial heat; next, place 1 pt warm water in a wooden vessel, and put in your files, add 2 ozs. of blue viti-iol, finely pulverized, 2 ozs. borax, well mixed, taking care to turn the files over, so that each one may come in contact with the mixture. Now add 7 ozs. sulphuric acid and J oz. cider vinegar to the above mixture. Remove the files after a short time, dry, si)onge tliem with olive oil, wrap them up in iwrous paper, and i)ut aside for use. Coarse files require to be immersed longer tlian fine. Substitute fob Lobax. — Coppei-as, 2 ozs. ; salti)etre, 1 oz. ; c< «)>- mon salt, ozs. ; black oxide of manganese,! oz; prussiate of jjov ash, 1 oz. ; all pulverized and mixed with 3 lbs. nice welding ■u;' and use the same as you would sand. High-tempered steel or ; 5^ welded with this at a lower lieat than is required for borax. To Soften Iron ob Steel. — Either of the following methof.'y will make iron or steel very soft: — 1. Anoint it all' over with tiiil svr, temper it in a gentle charcoal fire, and let it co'>l of itself. 2. Take a little clay, cover your iron with it, temper i a charcoal fire. '5. When the iron or steel is red hot, strew hellebore on it 4. Quench the iron or steel m the juice or water of common beans. Tempebing Steel Spbings. — The steel vised should be that called "spring" for the large work; for small work, "double shear." After lurdeniug in the usual way, in water, or, as some prefer, in oil, dry the spring c ver the fire to get rid of its moisture, then smear it over with tallow or oil, hold it over the flame of the smith's forge, passing it to and fro, so that the whole of it will be equally heated, noldmg it there until the oil or tallow takes fire. Take the article out of the fire and let it burn a short time, then blow it out TVe process may be repeated two or three times if the operator fanci*^ that any poition of the spring has not been reduced to the proper temperature, or rather raised to it. Tkmpkbin<5 ^AWfl. — A late improvement consists in tempering and straightening the saws at one operation This is done by heat- ijigthe saws to the proper degree, and tij'U pressing them witli a sudden and ix)werful stroke between two surfaces of coM iron, A drop press is employed for the purpose. The me{'.haniBra U quite simple and innxpensive. Its nm effects an impoitjint econom;; in tho manufacture of nearly all kinds oi sawB, and also improves their quality. Tempbbino Spibal SPBiNos.—Place a piece of round iron inside tine spring, large enough to fill it; then make the sipriug and iron red hot, and, wh,3n hot place tliem quickly into cold v/ater, and stirthera about till cold; afterwards rub tiiem with oil or grea-se. ajid move them about in a flame till the groatje takes fire; the spring will then be reduced to its pi-oper temper. 272 MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. To Tempeb Small Springs, — In Large Quanrt Saws. Purple 630 ! All kinds of percussive tools. ; Dai'k ptirpie. ... 560 j a^j^„g Blue 570 I »P™«8' Dark blue .... 600 Soft for saws. TsMPEBiNa Razobs, Cutlebt, Saws, &o.— RaBors and pen- knives are too frequently hardened without the removal of the scale arising from tb'^ foregomg : this practice, which is never done toitk the beat toorks, cannot be too much deprecated. The blades are heated in a coke or charcoal fire, and dipped in the wabdr obliquely. In '«mpering razors, they are laid on their backs upon a clean fire, abont ld tor many thia and elastic articles, such as needles, fish hooka, steei pens and springs, which require a milder degree of hardness than is givec iu MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS, AC, RECEIPTS. 273 tools. by water. Gun lock-springs are sometimes /rt'ec? in oil for a con- siderable time over a nre, in an iron tray ; the thick parts are then sure to be nufflciently reduced, and the thin parts do not become the more Boftcued from the continuance Of the blazing heat. Saws and springs are generally hardened in various compositions of oil, suet, wax, &c. The saws are heated in long furnaces, and then immersed horizontally and edgeways into a long trough containing the com- position. Part <^ tlie composition is wiped off the saws with a piece o£ leather, when they are removed from the trough, and heated one by one, until the grease inflames. This is called '^ blazing of." The composition used by a large saw manufacturer is 2 lbs. suet, and J lb. of beeswax, to even' gallon of whale oil ; the seare boiled together, and will serve for tliiu worlts and most kinds of steel. The addition of black resin, about 1 lb. to each gallon, makes it serve for thicker Eieues, and for those it refused to harden before; but resin should e added with judgment, or the works will become too hard and briUle. To Imtbove Poob Iron. — Black oxide of manganese, 1 part; cop- peras and common salt, 4 parts each; dissolve in soft water, and boil till dry; when cool, puh^erize, and mix quite freely with nice welding sand. When you luiye poor iron which you cannot afford to throw awaj', heat it, and roll it in this mixture: working for a time, reheat- ing, «c., will soon free it from all ' i^ - rities, which is the cause of its rottcmiess. By this proct.is you ^dt> laake good horse nails out of common iron. Cask-Hardening fob Iron. — Cast iron may be case-hardened by heating to a red liaat, and then rolling it in a composition composed of equal jmrts of prussiate of potash, sal-ammoniac, and saltpetre, all gulvrirized and thoroughly mixed. This must be got to every part of -le surface; then plunged, while yet hot, into a bath contrining 2 ozs. prussiate of potash, and i ozs. sal-arumouiac to each gallon of cold water. Moxon's Case-Habdenino Process. — Cow's bonis or hoofs are to be baked, dried and pulverized in order that more may be got into the box with the articles, or bone dust answers very well. To this add an equal quantity of bay salt; mix thorn with stale chamber ley. or white wine vinegar; cover the iron with this mixti-re, ftnd bed It in the imme in loam, oi: enclose it in an ivou box, lay it on the hearth of the forge to dry and harden"^, then put it into the fire, an*:! blow till the lump has a blood red heat, and no higher, leat the iron mixture be burut too much. Take the iron out and throw it into cold water. Fob Malt^eable lBf>N — Put the articles in an iron box, and strat- ify them among animal carbOn, that is, pieces of horns, hoofn, sldns, or leather, iust sutticiently burned to be reduced to powder. Lute the box witn equal parts Of sand and clay ; then place it in the fire, and keep at a light red heat for a len^h of time pro})ortioued to the depth of steel requii-<«i when the contonte of the box are emptied iuto water. , Anotheb fob Wrocoht I»ON. — Tal;e prussiate of potash, finely pralverlzfid, and roll the articHf* in it, if its sliape a«lmits of it; if not, spriukkt the powdstr upon it tieely, Arhilc the iron is hot. To Temper Bjcwngs. — For temjiering cast-steel tiap springs, all 18 274 MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. that is necessary is to Iieat them in the dark, just so that you can see that they are red ; then cool them in lulie-warm water. You can ob- serve a much lower degree of heat in the dark than by daylight, and the low heat and warm water give the desired temper. Case-Habdenino CoMPOUin).— Prussiate of potash, 3 lbs. ; sal-am- moniac, 2 lbs. ; boue dust, 2 lbs. Composition fob Welding Cast Steel.— Pulverized borax any quantity, and slightly color it with dragon's blood. Heat the steel red hot, shake the borax over it; place it again in the nre tUl the borax smokes on the steel, which will be much below the ordinary welding heat, and then hammer it. To Wkld Cast Ikon,— The best way of welding cast iron is to to.ke it at a very intense heat, closely approaching the melting point. In this state it will be found sufficiently malleable to stand welding by the hammer. There are other methods, but most of them are attend- ed by almost insurmounttible difficulties. To Temper Taps or Reamers vithout springing, select your steel for the job, and forge the tap with a little more than the usual allowance, being careful not to neat too hot nor hammer too cold ; after the tap or reamer is forged, heat it and hold it on one end on the anvil. If a large one, hit it with the sledgp ; if a small one, the hammer will do. This will cause the tap to bend slightly. Do not straighten it with the hammer, but on finishing and hardening the tap, it will become straight of its own accord. To Harden and Temper Cast Steel. — For saws and springs in general the following is an excellent liquid ; Spermaceti oil, 20 gals. ; beef suet rendered, 20 lbs. ; neat's-foot oil, 1 gal. ; pitch, 1 lb. ; black resin, 3 lbs. The last two articles must be previously melted together, and then added to the other ingredients, when the whole must be heated in a proper iron vessel, with a close cover fitted to it, until all moisture is evaporated, and the composition will take fire on a flaming body being presented to its surface. Water Annealing. — Heat the steel to a red heat, and let it lie a few minutes, until nearly blaok hot; then throw it into soap-suds; steel in this way may be annealed softer than by putting it into the ashes of the forge. To Soften Malleable Iron. — When your furnace is chareed with fuel and metal, get the fire up to a dull red heat, then pour fluoric acid all over the •coke ; use ^ pt. to 1 pt or even 1 qt. adding a handful of fluor spar; it will make the metal much softer. Working Steel for Tools. — ^In working steel for tools, great care should be taken to hammer all sides alike, for if one side is hammered more than another it will cause it to spring in harden- ing. Again, steel, when being hammered, should be heated as hot as it wul stand, until finishing, and should then be hammered until almost black hot, for the r«ason that it sets the grain finer, and gives the tool a better adgt. The reason for heating the steel so not while hammering is simply because it makes the steel tougher when havdenedj aud softer when annealed, while* if it were •forked at a low xq6. heat, the continued percussive shocks of the aammer would so harden it as to make it almost impossible to anneal it, and at the same time render it brittle wlfbn hardened. t MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS,' &C., RECEIPTS. 275 Temti'Eking Tools. — Drawing the temper of tools is usually done in a charcoal flame, and to drawtlio temper of a tool properly it should be held in tne thickest part, or the part not requiring any temper,- towards the fire, and in thef meantime, should .be often wiped with a piece of waste or rag, dipped in oil. The oil keeps the temper even, and prevents it drawing more to one place than another. And in drawing the temper of any tool it should be drawn very slowly, otherwise it will run too far ere you are aware of it. Lancet 'blades and razors should be drawn to a straw color. Knife blades and chisels should be drawn to a copper or almost red color. Plane irons, shaving knives and shoemakers knives the same temper ; cold chisels and stone drills, should be drawn to a dark blue. Fluted reamers should only be drawn to a straw color, on the end, as they never break elsewhere, and keep their size longer by leaving the lips hard. Half round or tapering reamers, also taps, dies, and drills, should be drawn to a straw color. Jijucs and gauges, also common lathe tools, need no drawing, being tempered enough when merely hardened. . Hakdening and Filling fok Fibe-pkoofSafes. — ^Experience has shown that the fire and burglar-proof diamond chill for iron or steel, described in another part of this work, has no superior as a harden- ing for security in the construction of safes ; and, as a non-conductor of heat, we would recommend a filling of plaster of Paris or alum. It is claimed by some that a mixture of both of these articles forms the best known filling for safes, as an external application of intense heat is certain to liberate a large quantity of water, which is transformed into steam, thus ensuring entire safety to the contents of the safe. Other manufacturers employa concrete filling for safes, and extol it very high- ly. Mr. Moffat, gas and steanifitter, Boston, has informed me that he has applied for protection in the matter of a discovery by which he claims that he can fully protect a safe against a double blast furnace heat, by means of an outside lining of bricks composed of asbestos and kaolin, a very small portion of the latter material being used. From the well known incombustible nature of these mateilals, there can be no reasonable doubt but that the claim in question is a just one. Metallic Bath for Tempering.— Use a black lead or cast iron crucible (of the requisite depth), and olacethe same, fiUea with lead, on a fire made of coal or charcoal, ana surrounded on all sides by a metallic or brick wall, level, or nearly so, with the top of the crucible; but at a sufficient distance (say 5 or 6 inches) from it, to receive the fuel necessary to maintain the fire, in order to keep the lead in a melted state. Let the crucible rest on iron bars, and leave apertures to admit air to the fire. The articles, slightly greased to prevent the adherence of oxide, are immersed in the melted lead (which is kept at^a red heat) by means of tongs, two or three pairs being generally used, in order that one or two pieces may be heated while the other is undergoing manipulation by the hardening process. Keep the lead covered with charcoal dust or cinders. This plan is used by many cutlers and file manufacturers for giving the proper degree of heat in the tempering of their wares. The process is highly valued by those who use it. See file numufacture. CoNOEBNiNO Saws, Railway Springs, &c. — When the saws are wanted to be rather hard, but little of the oil tempering composition 276 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. is burned off; when milder, a large portion; and for a spring temper the whole is allowed to bum away. Saws as well as springs appear to lose their elasticity, aft^r hardening and tempering, from the reduction they undergo in grinding and polishing. Towards the conclusion of the manufacture, the elasticity of the saw is restored principally by hammering, and partly over a clear coke fire to a straw color; the ttnt is removed by very diluted muriatic acid, after which tlie saws are well washed m plain water and dried. Spring manufacture in- cludes the heaviest specimens of hardened steel works uncombined with iron; for example, bow-springs for all kinds of vehicles, some intended for railway use, measure Sk feet long, and weigh 50 lbs. each piece; two of these are used in combination; other single springs are 6 feet long, and weigh 70 lbs. The priuciple of these bow-springs wUl be immediately seen by conceiving the common archery bow fixed horizontally with its cord upwards ; the body of the carriage being attached to the cord sways both perpendicularly and sideways with perfect freedom. In haraening them they are heated by being drawn backwards and forward.s through an ordinary fire built hollow, and they are immersed in a trough of plain water. In tempering them they are heated until the black red is just visible at night ; by- daylight the heat is denoted by its making a piece of wood sparkle when rubbed on the spring, which is then allowed to cool in the air. The metal is nine-sixteenths of an inch thick, and some consider five- eighths the limits to which steel wUl hard enproperly, that is sufBciently alike to serve as a spring. Their elasticity is tested far beyond theur intended range. Tempering Locomotive Tibes.— This is quite ponderous work, as the tires of the eight foot wheels weigh about 10 cwt. and consist of about one-third steel. The materials for the tires are first swaged se- parately, and then welded together under the heavy hammer at the steel works, after which they are bent to the circle, welded, and turned to certain gauges. The tire is now heated to redness in a cir- cular furnace ; during the time it is getting hot, the iron wheel, pre- viously turned to the right diameter, is bolted down upon a face- Slate, the tire expands with the heat, and when at a cherry red^^it is ropped over the wheel, for which it was previously too small, and is also hastily bolted down to the surface plate. The whole load is Quickly immersed by a swing crane into a tank of water about five feet deep, and hauled up and down until nearly cold ; the steel tires are not afterwards tempered. The spokes are forged out of flat-bars with T formed heads, these are arranged radially in the founder's mould whilst the cast-iron centre i» poured around them, the ends of the T heads are then welded together to constitute the peripliery of the wheel or inner tire, and little wedge-form pieces are inserted where there is any deficiency of iron. The wheel is then chucked on a lathe, bored and turned on the edge, not cylindrically, but like the meeting of two cones, and about one quarter of an inch higher in the middle than the two edges. The compomid tire is turned to the corresponding form, and consec^uently, larger within or imder cut so that the shrinking secures the tire without the possibility of obliquity 'or derangement, and no rivets are required. It sometinies happens, that the tire breaks in shrinking, when by mismanagemeut the aiam- eter of the wheel is in excess. MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS^ 277 ; temper ipnear to eductiou tiHion of Ipjilly by 3lor; the the saws cture in- lombiaed ies, some lbs. eacli lingg are •inga will ow fixed ge being . ays with tig drawn [low, and ng them ight; by 1 sparkle 1 the air. idw flve- ifflciently ond their work, aa bonaist of v^aged fle- er at the ded, and ) in a cir- neel, pre- D a face- redi^it is ill, and is load is .bout five iteel tires flat-bars founder's e ends of Iphery of » inserted tucked on , but like higher in ed to the er cut so obliquity happens, the oiam- Makino Anchors.— The anchor smith's forge consists of a hearth of brickwork, raised about 9 inches above the ground, and generally about 7 feet square. In the centre of this is a cavity contsiming the fire. A vertical brick wall is built on one side of the hearth, wliich supports the dome, and a low chimney to carry off the smoke. Benind this wall are placed the bellows, witli which the fire is urged ; the bellows being so placed that they blow to the centre of the fire. The anvil and the crane by which tlie heavy masses of metal are moved from and to the fire are adjusted near the hearth. Tlie Hercules, a kind of stamping machine, or the steam hammer, need not be described in this place. To make the anchor, bars of good iron are brought together to be fagoted ; the number varying with the size of the anchor. The fagot is kept together by hoops of iron, and the whole is placed upon the properly arranged hearth, and covered up by small coals, which are thrown upon a kind of oven made of cinders. Great care and good management are required to keep this temporary oven sound durmg the combustion ; a smith strictly attends to this. When all is arranged, the bellows are set to work, and a blast urged on the fire ; this is continued for about an hour, when a good welding heat is obtained. The mass is now brought from the fire to tne anvil, and the iron welded by the hammers. One portion having been welded, the iron is returned to to the fire; and tne operation is repeated until the whole is welded in one mass. The different parts of the anchor being made, the arras are united to the end of the shank. This must be done with great care, as the goodness of the anchor depends entirely upon this process being effectively performed. The arms behig welded on, the nng has to be formed and welded. The ring consists of several bars welded together, drawn out into a round rod passed through a hole in the shank, bent into a circle, and the ends welded together. When all the parts are adjustedj the whole anchor is brought to a red heat, and hammered with lighter hammers than those used for welding, the object being to give a finish and evenness to the surface. The toughest iron that can be procured should be used in anchors. Good '•WnJsb mine iron" is suitable ; also "scrap iron." An anchor of the ordinary or Admiralty pattern, the Trotman, or Porter's im- proved (pivot fluke), theHoniball, Porter's, Aylin's, Rodger's, Mitche- son's and I-ennox's, each weighing, inclusive of stock, 27000 lbs., withstood without injury a proof stram of 45000 lbs. In dry ground, Rodger's dragged the Admiralty anchor at both long and short stay ; at short stay, Rodger's and Aylin's gave equal resistance; Mitche- son's dragged Avlin's at both long and short stay ; and Aylin's dragged the Admiralty at short stay, they giving equal resistance at long stay. In- ground under water, "frotman's dragged Aylin's, Honiball s. Mitcheson's, and Lennox's : Aylin's dragged Rodger's ; . Mitcheson 8 dragged Rodger's, and Lennox's dragged tne Admiralty's. The breaking weights between a Porter and Admiralty anchor, as tested at the Woolwich Dockyard, were as 43 to 15. Manupactubinq and Repairing Anvils. — The common anvil is usually made of seven pieces : 1, tlie core, or body ; 2, 3, 4, 5, the four comer pieces, which serve to enlarge its base ; 6, the projecting' end, which has a ^uare hole for the reception of the tail or shank of a chisel on which iron bars may be cut through, and 7, the beak, or IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1.25 l^|Z8 |Z5 Ut IM |2.2 Ul lii It! 14.0 2.0 m LA. 11.6 I V^^ :>>. ? ^>. /4 '/ flioliografdiic Sciences Corporation 23 WIST MAIN STRUT WUSTM.N.Y. USM (716) •72-4303 K, 1^ I 278 MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. horizontal cone round which rods or slips of metal may be turned in a circular lonn, as in maldng rings. These six pieces are welded separately to the first or core, and then hammered into a uniform body. In manufacturing large anvils two hearths are needed, in order to bring each of the two pieces to be welded to a proper heat by itself, and several men are employed in worldng them together briskly in the welding state, by heavy swing hammers. The steel facing is ap- plied by welding in the same manner, powdered borax with sal-am- moniac (1 part to 10 parts of borax) being used as a flux. The anvil is then heated to a cnerry red, and plunged into cold water, a run- ning stream being better than a pool or cistern, the rapid formation of steam at the sides of the metal preventing the free access of the water for the removal of the heat with the required expedition. In some cases a stream of water is contrived to descend from a cistern above on the part to be chilled, which is sure to render it very hard. The facing should not be too thick a plate, for when such, it is apt to crack in the hardening. It is somewhat dangerous to stand near such works at the time, as when the anvil face is not perfectly weld- ed, it sometimes, in part, flies off with great violence and a loud re- port In tlie case of broken anvils the repairs will have to be made m accordance with the above descrijition. In finishing off the face, it is smoothed upon a grindstone, and, for fine work, polished with em- ery and crocus. MANUFACTURTNa CHAINS. — For tlils purposo the iron is cut off with a plain chamfer, as from the animlar form of the links their ex- tremities cannot slide asunder when struck. Every succeeding link is bent, introduced, aud finally welded. In some of these welded chains the Ifaiks are not more than ^ an inch long, and the iron wjre 4 inch diameter. These are made with great dexterity by a man and a boy, at a small fire. The curbed chains are welded in the ordinary way and twisted afterwards, a few links being made red-hot at a time for the purpose. The massive cable chains are made much in the same manner, although partly by aid of machinery. Jlie bar of iron, now one, one and a half, or even two inches in diameter, is heated and the scarf is made as a plain chamfer, by a cutting machine f the link is then formed by inserting the edge of the heated bar within a loop in the edge of an oval disc, which may be compared to a chuck fixed on the end of a lathe mandril. The disc is nut in gear by the steam engine ; it makes exactly one revolution and throws itself out of motion. This bends the heated extremity of the iron into an oval figure. Afterwards it is detached from the rod with a chamfered cut by the cutting machine, which, at one stroke, makes the second scarf of the detjiched link, and the first of that next to be curled up. The link is now threaded to the extremity of the chain, "closed together *and transferred to the fire, the loose end being carried by a traverse crane. When the link is at the proper heat, it is retunied to the anvil welded, and dressed off between the top and bottom tools, after which the cast iron transverse stay is inserted, and the Uuk having been closed u^wn the stay, the routine is recommenced. The work com- monly recpiires three men, and the scarf is placed at the side of the oval link, and flat way through the same. In similar chains made by hand, it is, perhaps, more customary to weld the link at the crown, or small end. -- turned in •e welded )rm body, order to by Itself, jnskly in ng is ap- h sal-am- rhe anvil jr, a run- formation jss of the ition. In a cistern ery hard, t is apt to band near 3tly weld- I loud re- > be made he face, it with em- is cut off 9 their ex- eding link !se welded iron wjre a man and e ordinary d-hot at a e much in riie bar of r, is heated jhine f the r within a a chuck ear by the \ itvseli out nto an oval tnfered ciit tcond scarf 1 up. The d together a traverse o the anvil if ter which iving been work com- ■lide of the ains made the crown, MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. 279 Vui-CANiTE Emebt WHEELS. — ^Use a compoxmd of India rubber, and Wellington mills emery, as little of the former as will suffice to hold the particles of emery together. The materials must be thor- oughly incorporated together, then rolled into sheets, cut into wheels of the desired size and pattern, pressed into the iron moulds, and vul- canized or cured by bemg subjected to a high degree of steam heat for several hours, making it almost as hard as cast iron. To Bbaze a Band Saw. — Whitney' a method,— The tools reqmred a/e a small portable forge, brazing clamps, &c. and a sfrai^t edge, 3 or 4 feet long, also some brass wire and powdered borax. Take the saw and cut it to the proper length, scarf the ends from one-half to three-fourths of an inch, then put the saw- i>i the clamps. I would say that I use a very small and simple clamp m the shape of a- double vise. Keep the back of the saw out of the jawd ;f the vise, or clamps, and apply the straight edge to the back, as it is very necessary to braze it straight ; make the fire in as small a compass as possible ; place the clamps directly over the centre of the fire, and then put on three pieces oi brass wire, bent in the form of the letter U, so that they will pinch the laps together ; put as much borax as will lie on the saw, cover the whole with a piece of charcoal : melt the brass so that it will flow over the saw before taking it off the fire, and cool very slow so as not to make the braze brittle. File off what remains on the saw and it is ready for use. To Remove Rust. — If you immerse the articles in kerosene oil and let them remain for sometime, the rust' will become so much loos- ened as to come off very easy. Damascus Steel. — It is said that this steel consists of a highly carburetted metal which, by undergoing careful cooling and anne^ng, separates into two compounds of iron and carbon, giving it the peculiar appearance known as ** Damasceening." The wonderful strength of this steel is no doubt owing to careful manipulation. Geariko a Lathe fob Scbew Cutting.— Every screw-cutting lathe contains a long screw called the lead screw, which feeds the carriage of the lathe, while cutting screws; upon the end of this screw is placed a gear to which is transmitted motion from another gear placed on the ex>d of the spindle, these gears each contain a different number of teeth, for the purpose of cutting different threads, and the threads are cut a certain number to the inch varying from 1 to 50. Therefore to find the proper gears to cut a certain number of threads to the inch, yon will nrst: — multiply the number of threads you de- sire to cut to the inch, by any small number, four for instance, and this will give you the proper gear to put on the lead screw. Then witii the same number, four, multiply the number of threads to the inch in the lead screw, and this will give you the proper gear to put on the spbidle. For example, if you want to cut 12 to the inch, mul- tiply 12 by 4, and it will give you 48. Put this gear on the leaa screw, then with the same number, 4, multiply the number of threads to the inch in the lead screw. If it is five, for instance, it will give you twenty, put this on the spindle and your lathe is geared. If the lead screw is 4, 6, 0, 7, or 8, the same rule holds good. Always multiply the r umber of threads to be cut, first. Some, indeed "most small lathes, are now made with a stud geared into the spindle, which stud onl^ runs half as fast as the spindle, and in finding the gears for these 280 MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. laithes, yon will first multiply the number of threads to be cut, as be- fore, and tiien multiply the number of threads on the lead screw, as double the number it is. For instance, if you want to cut 10 to the inch, multiply by 4, and you get 40, put this on the lead screw, then if your lead screw ia five to the inch, you call it 10; and multiply by 4 and it will dve you 40. Again ^ut this on your stud and your lathe is geared ready to commence cuttmg. Cutting a Screw in an Engine Lathe.— In cutting V thread- screws, it is"bnly necessary for you to practice operating the shipper and slide-screw handle of your lathe, before cutting. After havmg done this, until you get the motions, you may set the point of the tool as high as the centre, and if you keep the tool sharp, you will find no difllculty in cutting screws. You must, however, cut very light chips, mere Rcrapmgs in finishing and must take it out of the lathe often, and look at it from both sides, very carefully, to see that the threads, do not lean like fish scales. After cutting, polish with an emery stick, and some emery. Cutting Squabe Thbead-Scbews. — In cutting square thread- screws, it is always necessary to get the depth required, with a tool somewhat thinner than one-half the pitch of the thread. After doing this, make another tool exactly one-half the pitch of the thread, and use it to finish with, cutting a slight chip on each side of the groove. After doing this, polish with a pine stick, and some emery. Square threads for strength should be cut one-half the depth of their pitch, while square threads, for wear, may, and should be cut three-fourthg the depth of their pitch. Mongrel Threads. — Mongrel, or half V, half-square threads are usually made for great wear, and should be cut the depth of their pitch and for extraordinary wear they mt.v even be cut li the depth of the pitch. The point and the bottom of the grooves should be in width I the depth of their pitch. What is meant here by the point of the thread, is the outside surface. And tlie bottom of the groove is the groove between the threads. In cutting these threads it is neces- sary to use a tool about the shape of the thread, and in thickness about one-fifth less than the thread is^when finished. As it is im- possible to cut the whole surface at once, you will cut it in depth about one-sixteenth at a time, then a chip off the sides of the thread and continue in this way alternately till you have arrived at the depth required. Make a gauge of "the size required between the threads and finish by scraping with water. It is usually best to leave such screws as these a little large until after they are cut. and then turn off a light chip, to size them, this leaves them true ahd nice. Planing Metals. — The first operation about planing, is to oil your planer and find out if the bed is smooth. If it is not, file off the rough places ; then change the dogs to see if they will work well, and find out the movements of the planer. After doing this, bolt your work on the bed, and if it is a long, thin piece, plane off a chip, then tiim it over and finiHh the other side, taking two chips, the last of which should be very liglit. Great care sliould be taken, in bolting it to tlie bed, not to sjjring it. After finish- ing this side turn it to the other side, and take off a light cut to finish it. • Tabu ii ^s. MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, BECEIPTS. 281 Tabus Showing Pbopobtions of the Various Pabts of Loco- MOTIYB EnQIKES, FBOM THE BEST AUTHORITIES. Xt in. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 19 20 ^ I 00 •s 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 m. S a in. 4 a V in. 5 Depth of Main BodB. a n •a s I 1 Diameter of Cylinder. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Steam Port. 10 XI 10 Xl 12 Xl:: 13 xl:l Xl;: Xl;: 16 Xl; 14 16 17 17 18 Xl;: Xl; Xl:; Exhaust Port. BridgeB.' •ia 282 MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS', &C., RECEIPTS. Planing Pebpendiculably. — In planing perpendicularly, it is necessary to swivel the bottom of the small head around, so it will stand about three-fourths of an inch inside of square, towards the piece you are to plane. This prevents breaking the tool when the bed runs back. Gear Cutting. — ^In cutting gears, they are reckoned a certain number of teeth to the inch, measuring across the diameter to a cer- tain line which is marked on the face or sides of the gear with a tool. Tb' ^me is one-half the depth of the teeth from the outer diameter. Th. ^ is, if the teeth of the gear are two-tenths of an inch deep, this line would be one-tenth of an inch from the edge and is called tlie pitch line. • Depth of Teeth. — ^Every gear cut with a different number of teeth to the inch, should be cut of a depth to the pitch line, to corres- pond with tlie number of teeth to the inch. This is called proportion. Therefore, if you cut a gear eight to the inch, the depth to the pitch line should be one-eight of an inch, and the whole depth of the tooth would be two-eighths. Again, if you cut a gear twelve to the inch, the depth to piteh line should be one-twelfth of an inch, and the whole depth of tooth two-twelfths. And again, if you cut a gear twenty to the inch, the depth to piteh line should be one-twentieth of an Inch, while the whole depth should be two-twentieths, and so on ful in,' Jinitum. Measuring to find the Number of teeth. — To find the size a ceitfiin gear should be, for a certain number of teeth, is an easy matter, if you study carefully the.se rules. If you want a gear with thirty -two teetli and eight to the inch, it should be four niches measur- ing across the diameter to the pitch line, and the two-eighths outside of the pitch line would make it four inches and two-eighhts. Again, if you wa^it a gear with forty teeth, and ten to the inch, it should measuro across the diameter to pitch line lour niches, and the two- tenths outside the piteh line would make the whole diameter four inches and two-tentlis. And ag^in, if you want a gear with eighty teeth, and twenty to the mch, it should measure to the piteh une, acrpss the diameter, four niches, and the two-twentieths, onteide the piteh line, would make it four inches and two-twentieths, and these examples will form a rule for the mejisurement of all except bevel gears. Bevel Gears. — ^These are tnnied a certain bevel to correspond with each other, according to the angle upon which the shafts driven by them are set. For instance, if two shafts are set upon an angle of ninety degrees, tlie surfaces of the faces of these gears will stand at an angle of forty-five degrees. To get the surface of these gears, in turning them, j)ut a straight edge across the face. Then set your level on an angle of forty-five degrees, and try the face of the teeth by placing the level on the straight edge. After tuniing the face of the teeth, square the outer diameter by the face of the teeth; and toges the size to which you wish to cut, measure from the centre of the face of the teeth. Thus, if a bevel gear is six inclies in diameter, and the face of the teeth is one inch, you will meap nre from the centre of the face, and find it is five inches. * )ii this line you calculate the number of tefith to the inch, and if you want a gear with twenty teeth, and ten to the inch, it should measure two inches across the i^» ^k rly, it iff BO it will rards the itrheu the a certain to a cer- ithatool. diameter, ieep, this ailed tlie imber of to corres- ojportion. the pitch the tooth inch, the ;he whole twenty to '. an inch, on ful in- l the size an easy gear with s measnr- is outside I. Again, it shoula I the twe- eter four th eighty itch Une, s, outside eths, and ill except ^rrespond fts driven 1 angle of stand at gears, in set your e teeth by iceof the md to get, re of the leter, and centre of ulate the 1 twenty iroas the ^*='|s» ^1 ,J MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. 283 face to the centre of the surface of the teeth; and if the face of the teeth were one inch in lengtli, the diameter of the gear would be tliree inches, and the inside of the teeth would measure only one inch. Again, if you want to cut a gear with forty teeth, and ten to the inch, it woula measure four inclies to the centre of the teeth on the surface. And if the surface of the teeth were one inch long, the diameter of the gear would be five inches, while it would only measure three inches inside the teeth. These examples will form a rule for all bevel gears. Draw-filing and Finishing.— To draw-file a piece of work smoothly and quickly, it is best to first di-aw-file it with a medium fine file, and finish with a superfine file. After doing this, polish the work with dry emery paper and then with emery paper and oil. Lining Boxes with Babbitt Mktal. — ^To line boxes properly, so as to insure their filling every time, it is necessary to heat the box nearly red hot, or at least hot enough to melt the metal. Then smoke the shaft M'here the metal is to be poured upon it. This insures its coming out of the box easily, after it is cold. After smoking the shaft, put it into the box or Doxes, and draw some putty around the ends of them, for the purpose of stopping them, taking care not to press ui>on it, for if you do it will go into the box and fill a place tliat ought to be filled with metal ; and, hi the meantime, your metal ought to be heated, and after you have poured it, let the box stand till it is nearly cold ; drive out your shaft, and it is done. Turning and Boring.— For turning, the proper speed for the cir- cumference is about fifteen feet per minute. The best speed for bor- fai2 cast iron is about 7^ feet per minute. For drillinf/, about 10 or liieet per minute is a good speed for the circumference of the tool. For a 1 inch drill, 40 revolutions = 11 feet per minute, other sizes in proportion. How TO FIT Kkys into Locks. — When it is not convenient to take Jocks apart in the event of keys being lost, stolen, or missing, when you wish to fit a new key, take a lighted match or candle and smoke the new key in the flame, introduce it carefully into the key- hole, press it firmly against the opposing wards of the lock, withdraw it; and the indentations in the smoked part of the key will show you exactly where to file. Putting Machines Together. — In putting machines together no {)art should be finished except where it is necessary to make a fit, as t is sometimes the case that machinery is miscalculated, and by finishing it would be spoiled, while if it were not, it might be saved by slight alterations in design. And again, ir finishing certain jmi'ts before you get a machine together, you are anknowingly finishing parts not necessary to be finished, and making them of a shape any- thing but desirable. This rule, however, is not intended to apply to machinf ry being made to detail drawings. To DRiiii. A Hole where tou have no Reamer. — It ia some- times necessary to drill a hole of an exact size to fit a certain shaft, and at the same time have it smooth without reaming *«■„ This may be done, by first drilling a hole, one-hundreth of an inch smaller than the rJze desired, and then making a drill the exact size and running it tiirough. to finish with. This last drill should have the comers ofits 284 MACHINISTS) engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. lips rounded, like a reamer, and the hole should be finished without holding the drill with a rent. Squaring, or Facing up Cast Iron Surfaces. — A round-end tool is best for this. A rough chip should first be taken of!, over the entire surface to be faced. Then speed vonr lathe up and taking a light chip, merely enough to take out the first tool mark, ran over the entire surface again. In turning up surfaces it is always best to be^ at the centre and feed out, as the tool cuts freer and will wear twice as long. Coring a Hole with a Boring Tool.— In boring a hole with a boring tool, it is usually necessary to drill the hole first, and too much care cannot be taken in finishing. An iron gauge should be n)ade first; it is usually made of a piece of sheet iron or. wire. The hole should then be oviiled smalleiL than the size desired, imd tVen bored to the required size, and it is impossible to bore a hol8 not re- Block tin, > hard, it r journal IJmony, 8 tntimony. the form per, and, 3 of anti- Jl nearly T/ cheap. s per lb. ic, \ ojs. ; >. ; tin, 2 . Lining r 4 lbs. ; L Lining 13.97.13. Tts. 14. , 6,parts, tin, 2 44 pper, 7a on, 0.43 . 6.3& of ofacture itase of sosition. t MACHINISTS, ENOINBERSS AC, RECEIPTS. 289 Good Brass for Machinery.— 1. Copper, 2 lbs., tin 2Aozs., sine 4 02. 2. Tough Brass. — Copper, 10 ozs., tin, 1* ozs., zmc IJ ozs. 8. Wheels and Valves. — Copper, 90 lbs., tin, lOlos. 4. Brass, very tenaeUnis.— Comer, 88.9 J>art8, tin, 8.3 parts, zinc, 2.8 parts, o. Lathe J5t«A««.— Copper, SOparts, tin 20 parts, 6. Machinery Bearings. —Copper, 88 parts, tin, 12 parts. 7. Boxes forr Engines Running at mgh Speed. — Copper, 7 lbs., tin, 1 lb. ; add spelter 1 lb. to every 40 lbs. of the mixture. Use steel piston rods for high speed and lignum vitset^r apple-tree wood for shoes or gibbs on the cross-heads. Iron for cylinders and guides, if made irom pig iron should be melted at least 8 or 9 times previous to use. Bbonze.— 1. Copper, 83 parts; zinc, 11 parts: tin, 4 parts; lead, 2 parts; mix. 2. Copper, 14 parts; melt and add zinc, 6 parts; tin, 4 parts; mix. 3. Ancient Bronze. — Copper, 100 parts; lead and tin, of each 7 parts; mix. 4. Alloy for Bronze Ornaments. — Copper, 82 ^irts; mc. 18 parts; tin, 3 parts; lead, 3 parts; mix. 5. Statuary Brome. — Copper, 88 parts; tin, 9 parts; zinc, 2 parts: lead, Ipart. 6. ulnot/lter.— Copper, 82j^ parts; tin, 5 parts; zinc, 10* parts; lead, 2 C. 7. Another.— Coppev, 90 parts; tin, 9 parts; lead, Ipart. 8. ze for Medals. — Copper, 89 parts; tin 8 parts: zinc, 3 parts. 9. Bronze. — Copper, 71bs. ; zinc. 3 lbs.; tin, 2 lbs. 10. AnotJier.—Cop' per, 1 lb. ; zinc, 12 lbs. ; tin, 8 lbs. Superior Bell Metal.— 1. Copper, 100 lbs.; tin, 23 lbs. 2. Cop- per, 25 parts; tin, S parts. 3. Copper, 79 parts; tin, 26 parts; mix. 4. Copper, 78 parts ;tm, 22 parts; mix. 5. Parisian Bell Metal. — Cop- per, 7^ parts; tin, 2^ parts; iron, U parts. Used for the bells of small ornamental clocks. 6. Clock Bell Metal.— Copper, 75.19 parts; tin, 24.81 parts. 7. Bell Metal for Large Bells.— Copper, 100 lbs. ; tin, from 20 to 26 lbs. 8. Bell Metal for Small Bells.— Copper, 3 lbs. ; tin, 1 lb. 9. White Metal for Table Bells.— Copper, 2.06 parts; tin, il7.81 parts; bismuth, 0.63 parts. Yellow Brass (for pasting).—!. Copper, 61.6 parts; zinc, 35.3 parts; lead, 2.9 parts; tin, 0.2 parts. 2. Brass of Jemappes.— Copper, 64.6 parts ; zinc, 33.7 parts ; lead, 1.4 parts, tin, 0.2 parts. 3. Sheet ofStolberg, near Aiz la Cfiapelle.— Copper, 64.8 parts; zhic, 32.8 parts; lead, 2.0 parts; tin, 0.4 parts. 4. D 'Arcets Brass for Gilding. —Cop- rr, 63.70 parts; zinc, 33.55 parts; lead, 0.25 parts; tin, 2.50 parts. ^notAer.— Copper, 64.45 parts: zinc, 32.44 parts; lead, 2.86 parts; tA, 0.26 parts. 6. Sheet Brass o/Romilly. — Copper, 70.1 parts; zinc, 29.9 parts. 7. English Brass TTfre.— Copper, 70.29 parts; zinc, 29.26 vaatB] lead, 0.28 parts; thi, 0.17 parts. 8. Angsburg Brass Wire.— Copper, 71.89 parts; zinc, 27.63 parts; tin, 0.85 parts. Red Brass, for Gilt Abticlbs.— 1. Copper, 82.0 parts ; zinc, 18.0 parts; lead, 1.5 parts; tin, 3.0 parts. 2. .^/u>pper, 62.22 parts, tin. 2.78 paiis, zinc, 36 parts. 27. Another. — Copper, 68, 94 parts; tin, 6.28 parts; zinc, 35.78 paits. 28. Metal that expands in cooan(/.— Lead, 9; antimony, 2; bismuth, 1 part This metiQ is verr useful in filling small defects in iron castings, &c. 29. Albata Metal. — yiclcel, 3 to 4 parts; copper, 20 parts; zinc, 16 parts. Used for plated goods. 30. Birmingham Piatin. — Copper, 8 parts, zinc, 6 parts. 31. Imitation Platinum. — Melt together, 8 parts brass, 6 parts of zinc. This alloy closely resembles platinum. 32. Chinese Silver. — Silver, 2.6; copper, 66.24; zinc 19.62; cobaltor iron, 0.12; nickeL 13. 33. ITufewao.— Copper, 8; zinc, 6; nickel, 8 parts. 34. Prince's Metal. — Copper, 3 parts; zinc, 1 part. 36. Another. — Brass, 8 parts, zinc, 1 Sirt 36. -4no9 parts. 67. Metal for Sliding Levers of Locomotives. —Copper, 8t>.J}parts; tin, 12.76 parts; zinc, 2.00 paits. 58. Another (FervUm's). — Copper, 6.60 tm, 14.60; zinc, 80 parts. 69. Baron Wet- terstedt's Patent Sheathinfi for Ships. — Consists of lead with from 2 to 8 per cent, of antimony, about 3 per cent, is the usual quantity. The alloy is rolled into sheets. 60. Muntz Metal for S^'^ps. — Best selected copper, 60 parts; best zinc, 40 parts. Melt together in the usual manner and roll into sheets of suitable thickness. This com- position resists oxidation from exposure to sea water, and prevents MACHINISTS) engineers', JbC«, RECEIPTS. 293 o the adhesion of barnacles. 61. Metal for Anatomical Injections. — ^Tin, 16.41 parts; lead, 9.27 parts; bismuth. 27.81 parts; mercury, 41.41 I)art8. 62. Fusible Metal for casts. — Bismuth, 8 parts; lead, 5 parts; tin, 3 parts. It will melt at 200° or under boiling water. For male casts use tin only. 63. Pot Metal.— Copper. 40 lbs. ; lead, 16 lbs. ; tin, 1^ lbs. 64. Metal for Models.— Tea, lead, 6 lbs. ; tui, i^ lb. ; anti- mony, f lb. 66. Imitation of Silver. — Copper, 1 lb. ; tin, 3 ozs. 66. Von Bibra's Alloy for Medels. —BiBmntii, 27.27 parts; lead, 69.09 parts ; tin, 13.46 parts. If the cast objects be bitten with diluted ni- tric acid, washed with water, and rubbed with a woolen rag, the ele- vated spots become bright, while the sunken portions are- dull and the castings acquire a dark gray appearance with an antique lus- tre. Without biting the color is liglit gray. 67. New Sheathing Metal. - This alloy is made by melting 2^ parts of copper in one crucible, in another, 9 parts of zinc, 87 of lead, 1 part of mercury, and ^ part of bismuth, then mix the contents of both crucibles, covering the sur- face with charcoal dust, and stirring well till all are incorporated. The mercury in this alloy protects both the zinc and copper from the action of sea water. Tlie contents of the crucible are run into ingots and rolled into sheets. 68. /Spc/ter.— Natural impure zinc, which con- tains a portion of lead, iron, copper and a little manganese and plum- bago. fiiON Manufactukb.— Charcoal 138 bushels, limestone 432 lbs., and ore 2612 lbs., will produce 1 ton of pig iron. In England temper- ature of hot blast is Q(XP, density of blast and of refining furnace 2^ to 3 lbs. per square inch. Revolutions of puddling rolls 60 per minute ; rail rolls, 100 ; rail saw, 800. House power (indicated) bequibed fob dipfebent processes. Blast Furnace 60 Refining " 26 Puddliiw Rolls with squeezers and sheani 80 Railway rolling train 250 Small bar train 60 Double rail saw 12 Straightening 7 One pound of Anthracite coal in a cupola furnace will melt from 6 to 10 lbs of caist iron : 8 bushels of bituminous coal will melt 1 ton of cast iron. Small coal produces about | of the elfect of large coal of tlie same kind. T(> Reduce Oxides.— Tlie more powerful deoxidizing agent is un- doubtedly coal in its several varieties, and the ^ases deriving there- from dunng combustion iu the furnace. The oxides of lead, msmuth, antimony, nickel, CA)bait, copper, and iron require a strong red heat in the furnace, wliilst the oxides of manganese, chromium, tin, and zinc, do not lose their oxygen until heated to whiteness. On a small scale, the reduction of oxides is generally eifected by mbdng charooal, to- gether with the oxide to be reduced, ia a refractory clay crucible, the charcoal furnishing the carbon necessary to the proper performance of this work. Some use a crucible thickly lined with charcoal, put- ting in the oxide on the top of the charcoal. It is necessary, however, when using the crucible and charcoal, to use a flux, say a little borax In powder, strewed on the mixture to accelerate the reduction of the (oide. The borax is generally the first to fuse, and, as the metal is 294 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. eliminated, seems to pixrify and cleanse it, as it gathers into a button at the bottom of the crucible. It is all the better if you give the cruci- ble a few sharp taps when you take it off tlie fire. Effects of heat on vabious bodies. Pine Gold melts 2590" " Silver " 1250 Copper melts 25^8 Wrought lion melts 3980 Cast " " 3479 Bright red " in the dark.'.'.'.'.'. 752 Bed hot " in twilight 884 Glass melts 2377 Common lire 790 Brass melts 1900 Air furnace 3300 Antimony melta 951 Bismuth " .. 476 Cadmium 600 Steel 2500 Lead 604 Tip 421 Heat, cherry red 1600^ " bright " 1860 " red visible by day. .;.... 1077 " white 2900 Mercury boils <;62 " volatilizes 680 Platinum melts 3080 Zinc melts 740 Highest natural temperature (Egypt) 117 Greatest natural cold (below zero) 66 *' artificial " " 106 Heat of human blood 98 Snow and Salt, eiual parts ... Ice melts 32 Water in t?acMo boils 98 Furnace under steam boiler.. 1100 Shbinkaor of oastinos. Iron, small cylind*3=l-16th in. per ft " Pipes = i " "ft. " Girders, beams, ect = ^in. in 15 ins. " Larce cylind- ers, the con- traction of di- ameter at top.= l-16th per foot. Ditto at bottom. . = 1-I2th per foot. Ditto, in length... i in 16 ins. Brass, thin..: = J hi 9 " Brass, thick =4 in 10 Zinc =5-I6ths hi Lead = 6-16ths Copper = 3-16th8 Bismuth = 6-32n6B foot it Green sand iron castings are 6 per cent, stronger than dry, and 30 per cent, stronger than chilled, but when the castings are chilled and annealed, a gain of 115 per cent is attained over those made in green sand. Chilling the under side of cast iron very materially in- creases its strength. To Rbpair Cracked Bells.— The discordant tones of a cracked bell being due to the jarring of the rugged uneven edges of the crack against each other, the best remedy that can be applied is to cut a tmn slib with a toothless saw driven at a very high velocity, say 3 or 4000 revolutions per minute, in such a manner as to cut away the opposing edges of the fracture whereever they come in contact. ITiiB will restore the original tone of the bell. To Galvanize Grey Iron Castings. — Cleanse the articles in an ordinarv chaffing mill, which consists of a barrel revolving on its axis, containing sand ; when the sand is all removed, take them out and heat one by one, plun^ng, while hot, in a liquid com^wsed asiollows: 10 lbs. hydrochloric acid and sufficient sheet zinc to make a saturated solution. In making this solution, when the evolution of gas has ceased, add muriate, or preferably sulphate of ammonia 1 lb., and let it stand till dissolved. The castings should be so hot that when dipped in this solution, and instantly removed, they will immediately MACnmiflTs, engineers', ac, receipts. 295 l50(F 1860 1077 2900 <;62 680 3080 740 117 56 106 »8 32 98 1100 « away the wt. This dry, leaving the surface crystallized like frost work on a window pone. Next plunge them wnile hot, but perfectly dry, in a bath of melted zinc, previously skimming the oxide on the surface away, and throwing thereon a small amount of powdered sal ammoniac. If the articles are very small, inclose them in a wrought iron basket on a pole, and lower'them into the metal. When this is done^ shake off the superfluous metal, and cast them into a vessel of water to prevent them adhering when the zinc solidifies. Horizontal Engine. BiiOWiKG EKonrES fob Smbltixo.— The volume of oxygen in air is different, at different temperatures. Thus, dry air at 86° contains 10 per cent, less oxygen than when it iS at the temperature of 32°, and when it is saturated with vapor it contains 12 per cent. less. If an average supply of 1600 cubic feet per minute is required in winter, 1660 feet ynO. be required in summer. In the manufacture of Pig iron, with Coke or Anthracite coal, 18 to 20 tons of air are required for each ton ; with Oharcoai, 17 to 18 tons are required for each ton, (1 ton of air at 340O =29,761, and at 60o=31,366 cubic feet. ) The Preamre ordhiarily required for smelting purposes is equal to r column of mercury from 8 to 7 inches. The capacity of the Reservoir if dry, ilbould be 16 times that of the cylinder, if single acting, and 10 times if double acting. The area of the Pipes leading to the reservoir should be .2 that of the blast cylinder, and the velocity of the air should not exceed 36 feet per seoond. A ton of pig iron requires for its reduction from the ore 810,000 cubic feet of air, or 6.3 cubic feet of air for each pound of car- bon consumed. Pressure, 7 lbs. jier sqiiare inch. An ordinary Eccen- tric Fan, 4 feet in diameter with 6 blades 10 inches wide, and 4 inches in length, set 1-9-16 inches eccentric, with an inlet opening of 11 Ji inches in diameter, and an outlet of 12 inches square, nu&ing 870 revolutions per minute, will supply air to 40 tuyeres, eacn of Ig inches in diameter, and at a pressure per square inch of '6 inch of mercury. An ordinary eccentric fan blower, 60 inches in diameter, running at 1000 revolutions .per minute, will give a pressure of 16 inshes of water and require for* its operation a power of 12 horaes. Area of tuyere discharge 600 square inches. A non-condensing engine, diameter of cylinder 8 inches, stroke of piston 1 foot, pressure of steam 18 lbs. (mercurial gauge), and making 100 revolutions i^er minute, will drive a fan, 4 feet by 2, opening 2 feet by 2, 600 revplutions per minute. The width and length of the blades should be at least equal to i or | the radius of the fan. Tlie inlet should be equal to the radius of the fan ; and the outlet, or discharge, should be in depth not less than ^ tlie IBD 296 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, BEOEIPTS. diameter, its width being emial to the width of the fan. When the Eressore of a blast exceed .7 inch of mercury per square inch, .2 will e a better proportion for the width and length of tlie fan than that above gi^ en. The pressure or density of a blast is usually meastlred in inches of mercury, a pressure of 1 lb. per square Inch at 60o=2.0376 inches. When water is used as the element of measure, a pressure of 1 lb. =27.671 inches. The eccentricity of a fan should be 1. of its diameter. A Smith's forge requires 160 cubic feet of air per minute. Pressure of blast ^ to 2 lbs. per square inch, 1 ton of iron melted per hour in a cupola, requires 3500 cubic feet of air per minute, k. finery forge rei^uires 100,000 cubic feet of air for ea^h ton of iron refined. A blastfurnace requires 20 cubic feet per minul:), for each cubic yard, capacity of furnace. To CHII.L Cast Ibok very Habd.— Use a liquid made as follows : soft water, 10 gallons; salt, 1 peck ; oil vitriol, ^pt. ; saltpetre, i lb. ; pnissiate of potash, ^ lb. ; cyanide of potash, i lb. Heat the iron a cherry red and dip as usual, and if wanted haraer repeat the process. Anotheb to Harden Cast Iron. — Salt, 2 lbs. ; saltpetre ^ lb. ; roche alum, i lb. ; ammonia, 4 ozs. ; salts of tartar, 4 ozs. ; pulvenze all to- gether and incorporate thoroughlv, use by powdenng all over the iron while it is hot, then plunging it in cold water. ' Flux for REDUciNa Lead orb.— Red aigol, 6 parts ; nitre, 4 parts ; fluor spar, 1 part ; grind well and rr\x. thoroughly. Vabnish for smooth MouLriNO Patterns. — ^Alcohol, 1 gaL ; shellac 1 lb. ; lamp or ivory black, sufficient to color it. Iron Lustre is obtained by dissolving a piece of zino with muriatic acid, and mixing the solution with spirit of tar, and applying it to tiie surface of the iron. BiiACK HAvmo A Polish fob Iron.— Pulverised gum asphaltum, 2 lbs. ] gum benzoin, ^Ib. ; spirits of turpentine, 1 gal. ; to make quick, . keep m a warm place, and shake often ; shade to suit with finely ground ivory bl^ck. Apply with a brush. And it ought to be used on iron exposed to the weather as well as on inside work desiring a nice appearance or polish. Varnish For Iron. — Asphaltim, 8 lbs. ; melt in an iron kettle, slowly adding boiled linseed oil, 6 gals. ; litharge, 1 lb. ; and sulpliate of ^iuc, ^ lb. ; continuing to boil for 3 hours ; then add dark gum amber, 1^ lbs. ; and contmue to boil 2 hours louger. When cool, re- duce to a proper consistence to apply with a brush, with spirits of turpentine. To Soi ten Cast Iron For Turninq.— Steep it in 1 part of aqiia« f ortis to < of water, and let it remain in 24 hours. Cast Iron Ornaments are rendered susceptible of being finished with a semper, where they cannot be reached witii files, after having the follovnng liquid applied to them. SoAUNa Cast Iron.— Vitriol, 1 part; water, 2 parts ; mix and lay on the diluted vitriol with a cloth in the form of a brush, enough to wet the surface well : after 8 or 10 hours, wanh off with water, when the hard, scaly surface will be completely removed. To Break Up Old Cannon.— Old cannon and massive castings may be cut in two by' a continuous stream of hot molten iron, which wears away the iron att a stream of hot water would eat into a mass of ice. Qx the gun may be rolled on a frame to the mouth ij 6 MACHINISTS, ENOINEEBS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 297 ^en the 5h, .2 wiU lihan that meastued O:=:2.0^6 presBore 1. of its r miuate. elted per A. finery refined. ibic yard, 9 follows : jtre, \ lb. ; the iron a e process, lb. ; roche ze all to- over the e, 4 parts; ol, 1 gal. ; bmnifiatic ig it to tiie wuhaltttm, lake quick, dth finely tobensed desiring a ron kettle, d sulphate dark gum u cool, re- I spirits of rt of aqua- ng finished Eter having lixandlay enough to ater, when ire castings 3lten iron, would eat the mouth of a furnace, and the muzzle end shoved in as far as possible among other iron, tne opening filled up and luted around the gun, the end of which is melted off. At the next charge shove it in another length, and so on until the breech is disposed of. * Large masses of cast iron may be broken up by drilling a hole in the the most solid part, fillin^^ it up with water, fitting a steel ping very accurately into the hole, and letting the drop of a pile driver descend on the plug. AmaxjQAM for Mirbobs.— 1. Tin, 70 parts; mercury, 30 parts: 2. {For curved mirrors) Tin, 80 parts : mercury, 20 parts ; 3. Tin, 8.33 parts ; lead, 8.34 parts ; oismuth, 8.33 parts ; mercury, 76 parts. 4. (For spherical Mirrors) Bismuth, 80 parts ; mercury, 26 parts. Reflector Metal.— 1. (Dvppler's) Zinc, 20 parts; silver, 80 parts; 2. Copper, 66.22 parts; tin, 33.11 parts; arsenic, 0.67 parts. 3. {Coop- 1^ e^s.) Copper, 67.86 (parts ; tin, 27.28 parts ; zinc, 3.30 parts ; arsenic. ■^^ 1.66 parts ; platinum, 9.91 parts ; 4. Copper, 64 parts ; tin, 32.00 parts ; arsenic, 4.00 parts. 6. Copper, 82.18 mrts ; lead, 9.22 parts ; antimony, 8.60 parts. 6. {Little's) Copper, 69.01 parts ; tin, 30.82 parts ; zmc, 2.44 parts ; arsenic, 1.83 parts. Metal FOR Gilt Wares.— 1. Copper, 78.47 parts; tin, 2.87 parts; sine, 17.23 parts ; lead, 1.43 parts. 2. Copper, 64.43 parts ; tin, 0.25 Sfirts ; idnc, 32.44 parts; lead, 2.86 parts. 3, Copper, 72.43 parts; n, 1.87 parts ; zinc, 22.76 parts ; lead, 2.96 parts. 4. Copper, 70.90 parts ; tin, 2.00 parts ; zinc, 24.06 parts ; lead, 3.06. Amalgam for Electrical Machines. — 1. Tin, 26 parts ; zhic, 2S parts ; mercury, 60 parts. 2. Tin, 11.11 parts ; zhic, 22.22 parts ; itiercury, 66.67 parts. Type Metal. — 1. For smallest and most brittle types. — Lead, 3 parts ; antimony, 1 part 2. For small, hard, brittle types. — Lead, 4 parts ; antimony, 1 part. 3. For types of medium size. — Lead, 6 parts ; antimony, 1 part. 4. For large types.— LeaA, 7 parts ; anti- mony, 1 part 8. For largest and softest types. — Lead, 7 parts ; anti- mony, 1 par^. In addition to lead and antimony, type metal also con- tains 4 to 8 pt,r cent of tin, and sometimes 1 to 2 per cent of copper. ff. Stereotype plates are made of lead, 20 parts ; antimony, 4 parts ; tin, 1 part 7. Another art : nitre, 1 part ; calx of tin, 6 parts ; purified potash, 1 part . % Calcined flints, 8 parts ; wa. >W^" 298 MACHINISTS, ENOINBERS', AC, BE0EIPT8. • lead, 8 parts ; bontx, 6 parts ; calx of tin, 5 parts ; nitr^, 1 pa^t. 3. Potters composition, 12 parts ; borax, 8 parts ; white lead, 10 parts; nitre, 2 parts; white marble, calcined 1 part; purified potash. ^ parto ; calx of tin, 5 parts. 4. Calcined flints, 4 jxarts ; potters > coinposition, 1 part ; nitre, 2 parts : borax, 8 parts ; white marble, calcined, 1 part ; aigillaceous earth, i part ; calx of tin, 2 parts. Whichever of the above compositions & t&en mast be finely pow- deredj mixed, and fused. Tne viti-eous mass is to be grouna when cold, sifted, and levigated with water ; it is then made into a pap with water, or gum water. The pap is smeaied or brushed over the interior of the vessel, dried, and fused with a proper heat) in a mufEle. Clean the vessels perfectly before applying. Russia Sheet Iron.— Russia sheet iron is, in the first instance, aveiry pure article, rendered exceedingly tough and flexible by reiinmg and annealing. Its bright, glossy surface is partially a silicate, and partially an oxide of iron, and is produced by uassing'* the hot shee^ moistened with a solution of wood-ashesy through polished steel rollers. Liquid Black Lead Polish.— Black lead pulverized 1 lb. ; tozH . pontine, 1 giU ; water, 1 gill ; sugar 1 oz. CoppEvtAs Dip for Cast Iron. — Dissolve 3 lbs. of sulphate of copper jind add 2 fluid ozs. sulphuric acid. , • EifAjfELLED Cast Irok.— Clean and brighten the iron before app];^ ing. The enamel consists of two -coats— th ^ body fold the glaze. Tne body is made by fusing 100 lbs. ground flints, 76 lbs. of wrax, and grinding 40 lbs. of this frit with 5 lbs. of potters' clay, in water, till it is brought to the consistence of a pap. A coat of this bein^ arolied and dried, but not hard, the glaze-powder is sifted over it. This consists of 100 lbs. Comi^ stone in fine powder. 117 lbs. of borax, 36 lbs. of soda ash, 36 lbs. of nitre, 36 lbs. of silted slacked lime, 13 lbs. of white sand, and 50 pounds of pounded white glass. These are all fused together ; the frit obtained is pulverized. Of this powder, 46 lbs. are u'xed wit^ 1 lb. soda ash, in hot water, and the mixture being dried in a stove, is the glaze powder. Mtei sifting this over the body-coat, the cast-iron article is put into a stove, kei^ at a temperature of about 212 °, to dry it hard, after which it is set in a muffle-kiln, to fttige it into a glaze. The inside of pipes is enamelled (after being cle8ne Iphate of m before the glaze. of borax, in water, liis heiiig over it. 7 lbs. of slacked ite glass. ;ed. Of >ter, and ir sifting >ve, kei^ U> set in mmelled through lal coat- n in like 6 parts ; aU to- ater, ap- by heat It, after- mixed la little i into a roughlr e a red, which MACHINISTS, £NG;N£ES8\ &0./RECUPT8. 299 cuts Ter^ greedily, with very little wear to itself. Uneqaalled for grinding and polishing glass, metals, enamels, stones, &c. Moulding Sakd for Castiko Bbass ob Iron.— The various kinds of good moulding sand employed in foundries for casting iron or brass, have been found to be almost uniform chemical composition, varying in grain, or the aggregate form dbly. It oontauis between 93 and 96 parts silex, or grains of sand, and from 4 to 6 parts day, and a little oxide of iron, in each 100 pares. Moulding sand which contains lime, magnesia, manganese and otiier oxides of metal, is not appliojible, (Mftrticular for. the casting of iron or brass. Such sand is either too close, will not stand or retain its form, or it will acuse the metal to boil through its closeness. Refining Fluxes, for Metals. — ^Deflagrate, and afterwards pul- verize, 2 parts of nitre and 1 part of tartar. The following fluxes answer very well, provided the otes be deprived of their sulphur, or if they contam much earthy matter, because, in the latter case, they unite with them, and convert them into a thin ^lass, but. if any Saantity of sulphur remains, their fluxes unite with it, ana form a ver of bulphur, which has the power of destroying a portion of all the metals, consequently the assay must be, under such circumstances, very inaccurate. Limestone, fieldspar, fluorspar, quartz, sand-slate, and slags, are all used as fluxes. Iron ores, on account of the argilla- ceous earth they contain, require calcareous additions; and the copper ores, rather slags, or nitresceut stones, than calcareous earth. Burning Iron Castings together.— The usual mode is by imbed- ding the castings in the sand, having a little space left vacant round about the joint where it is to be burned. Two gates must then be provided, one lying on a level with the lower side of this s(>ace, and the other raised so that the metal, which must be very hot, is poured in at the higher one; it passes rounc"., fills up the space, and runs off at the lower gate. A constant supply of metal is thus kept up, till the parts of the casting are supposed to be on the eve of melting. The lower gate is then closed, and the supply stopped. When cool, and the superfluous metal chipped o^, it forms as strong a joint as if it had been original. Cornish Reducing Flux.— Tartar lOozs., nitre 3 ozs. and 6 drs. borax, 3 oz. and 1 dr. Mix together. Crucibles.— The best crucibles are made from pure fire-clay, mixed vith finely-ground cement of old crucibles, and a portion of black-lead or graphite; some pounded coke may be mixed with the plumbago. The clay should be prepared in a similar way as for making pottery- ware; the vessels, after being formed must be slowly dried, and then properly baked in the kiln. Black-lead crucibles are made of 2 parts graphite, and 1 of fire- clay, mixed with water into a paste, pressed in moulds, and well dried, but not baked hard in tlie kiln. This compound forms exoelleut small or portablts furnaces. MALiiEARLB Oast Iron. — ^The great secret of this sort of work is the annealing, which if not done properly the castings are of no use at all. Tlie best mode is to take an iron pan, say one foot square; i>nt iu a layer of charcoal, then some of tne castings, then another layer. Wlien the i>an is f lUl cover it over with some sand, to keep the charcoal from burping away. Put on an old piece of iron for a ud tQ 800 MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. • cover all, pnt it in the annealing furnace, and get the heat up quite Blow and gradually, taking care not to get the heat up too quick. After you have got it to the proper heat, which is this, the castings must be red hot through ; keep it at this heat for 6 or 6 hours, then let your fire die gradually out, or, if you want to take some out and put more in, take them to a corner and burv them, pan and all, — let them lie there till properly cooled. Regarding the melting, procure not less than two good sorts of No. 2 pig iron, which you may mix with some good scrap if you choose; the casting, melting, and moulding are conducted in the same manner as common cast-iron, only the metal being hard, when casting, you have to make properly constructed runners and risers, or flow gates, if the article is nkely to sink, for yon cannot pump it well. jAPANinKQ C\8TiuG8.— Clean them w6ll from the sand, then dip them in or paint them over with good boiled linseed oil ; when moderatelv dry, heat them in an oven to such a temperature as will turn the oU black, without burning. The stove should not be too hot at first, and the heat should be gradually raised to avoid blistering ; the slower the change in the oU is effected the better will be uie result. The castings, if smooth at first, will receive a fine black and polished surface by tnis method. Habdenino AxiiETBEES AND BoxES. — ^The method now used in the manufacture of Murphy's axletrees is to use wrought iron and weld two pieces of steel into the lower side, where they rest upon the wheels and sustain the load. The work is heated in an open forge fire, in the ordinary way, and when it is removed, a mixture, princi- pally prussiate of potash, is laid upon the steel : the axletree is then immediately immersed in water, and additional water is allowed to faU upon it from a cistern. The steel is considered to be very ma- terially hardened by the treatment, and tiie iron around the same is also partially hardened. One very good way to chill axletree boxes is to mould from wooden patterns on sand, and cast them upon an iron core whicli has the effect of making them very hard. To form the annular recess for oil, a ring of sand, made in' xa appropriate core- box, is slipped uxx>n the iron mandrill, and is left behind when the fitter is drive out of the casting. Composite Ibon Railings.— The process by which this light, eler gant and cheap fabric is manufactured, is as follows : — ^Rods and bam of WTOught-iron are cut to the lengths desired for the pattern, and subjected to a process called crimping, by which they are bent to the desired shape. These rods are then laid in the form of the design, and cust^ron moulds are affixed at those points where a coimection is desired ; the moulds are then filled with melted metal, and immedi- ately ycu have a complete railing of beautiful design. Casting in iron moulds has this great advantage over the old sand moulding, it does not require any time for cooling, as the metal is no sooner run than the moulds may be removed and used again immediately on another section of the work ; and besides, it is so much more easily effected. By the combination of wrought and cast-iron in this pro- cess, the most curious and complex designs may be produced with great rapidity and cheapness. To GAiiVANizE Cast Ibon Thbouqh.— To 60 lbs. n sited iron add 1 lb. pulverized pure zinc. Scatter the zinc powder well over the ladle, .. «c- np quite 3o quick. castings I, then let and pnt -let them Ksnre not mix with tiding are he metal iistnicted sink, for then dip ; when as will )€ too hot listerinff ; 11 be^e dackand '' used in lion and upon the >en f oij;e e, princi- B is then lowed to very ma- same is ■ boxes is : an iron Form the ite core- rhea the ght, ele^ and bans ani, and at to the design, action is mmedi- sting in (ling, it ler nm tely on I easily is pro- d with aaddl ladle, MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 801 then catch the melted iron, stir it up with an iron rod and pour at once. To OBTAIN CoMMAKOiAi. ANTiMONr.— Fuse together 100 parts sul- phuret of antimony, 40 parts metallic iron, and 10 parts dry crude sulphate of soda. This produces from 60 to 65 parts of antimony, beudes the scorise or ash which is also valuable. Metallic Antimony. Mix 16 parts sulphuret of antimony and 6 parts cream of tartar, boui in powaer ; put the mixture, in small quantities at a time, into a vessel heatea to redness ; when reaction ceases, fuse the mass and after 15 minutes, pour it out and separate the metal from the slag. The product is nearly pure. HoiiBS IN Millstones are filled with melted alum, mixing burr sand with it If the hole is huge, put some pieces of burr mill stones in it first, and pour in melted amm. These pieces of block should be cut exactly to fit. There should be small joints, and fastened with plaster of Paris. These holes should be cut at least 4 inches deep ; there is tlien no danger of their getting loose. Fitting a New Back on an Old Millstone.— Block your stone up with a block of wood, having its face down until it lies even, solid, and perfectly level ; tlien pick and scrape off all the old plaster down to the face blocks, so that none remains but what is in the joints of the face blocks ; then wash these blocks, and keep them soaked with water. Keep a number of pieces of burr blocks, at the same time, soaked with water. Take a pail half filled with clean water, and mixed with 2 tablespoonf uls of glue water, boiled and dissolved ; mix in with your hand plaster of Paris until it be thick enough that it will not run ; and, breaking all the lumps, pour this on the stone, rubbing it with your hand ; the stone being at the same time damped ; and plMe small pieces of stone all over the joints of the face blocks ; you then, with more plaster, mixed in the same way but more stiff, with this and pieces of burr stones, build walls round the eye and verge 4 or 5 inches high, leaving tha surface uneven and we eye lai;^r, as it will be brought to its proper size by the last operation. It is better to build up the wall of tne running stone round the verge for 8 inches without any spalls, so tliat the holes may be cut in to balance it If you wish to make your stone heavier, you will take small pieces of iron, perfectly dean and free from grease, and lay them evenly all around the stone in the hollow place between the two waUs just built ; and, with plaster mixed a little thicker than miUc, pour in under and through all the crevices in the iron until the surface is nearly level with the two walls. If the stones do not re- auire additional weight added, instead of iron, use piec«s of stone le same way, leaving the surface rough and uneven. Again, as before, build walls round the ver-. of the stone, and round the eye of tiie stone, until thev are within ^ inches of the thickness you want your stones to be, the wall roimd tlie eye being 2 inches higner than that roimd the verge, and filling the space between the walls with stones ; and pouiing in plaster again, make it nearly level with the walls, but leaving tlie surface rough and jagged, to make the next plaster adhere well to it Let it staud uutfl the back is dry and perfectly set, when you raise the stone upon its edge, and, with a trowel, plaster round the edge ol the stone neatly, giving it a taper of half an inch from the face to the back of the stone. When cased dOS MA0HINI8T8) ENOIKEBBSS AC, BECEIPTS. round in this way, lay the stone down on the cock-head ; it being in the balance ryne, bat the drivei* o£F, then raise the spindle, and b^auce the stone as already directed before patting on the remainder of the back. Then have a tin made the size of the eye, and to reach from the balance ryne to the thickness yon want the stone to be at the eye. This tin shoald be exactly fitted to its place, and made fafrt ; then fit a hoop of wood or iron ronna the verge, having the upper edge of the thickness from the f^tce you want the stone to be at the verge, and equal •aU round. This hoop should be greased; and, all the cracks round it, and the tin in the eye, being stopped, yon pour thin plaster (with more glue water than in previous operations, to prevent it from setting so qufokl^ , and * give time to flnisn off the back correctly) until it be level with the hoop round the verse, and with a straight edge, one end resting on the hoop, and the otiier end resting on the tin at the eye ; then, by moving it round, and working the plaster with a trowel, make the surface of the back even and smooth between these two points. The hoop is then taken off, and tlie back and edsea planed smooth ; then lower the spindle until your runner lies soUd. and put your band or hoop on, it being first made nearly red hot, and takhigcare that it is of sumcient size not to require too much driving ; if fit£ig too tightly, it may loosen the back in drivlAg it to its proper place ; It may be cooled gently by pouring water on it; and, when «»o1, it should fit tight. BALAMonro a Millstone.— First, take off the driver, that the stone may have full play on the cock-head ; then raise-the spindle so that there may be room between the stone to see the balance. Find the heaviest parts, and near the vetge lay on sufilcient weight to balance it Cnt a hole in the back of the stone, as deep as you can make it and as near the verge as possible that the binaing iron hoop of the stone may keep the lead in its place. This hole should be wider at the bottom than the top in order to retahi the lead when the stone is in motion, and into this the Melted lead should be poured until it brings the stone completely into balance. When the lead is cold, cover over with mixed plaster, even with the back of the stone. Composition to Keep Millstones Clean.— Hot water, 1 gal : bomx, 2 oz ; washing soda, 1 lb. and 3 balls of the size of a hazel nur each, of sal prnuel. Mix and apply it to the burrs with a scrubbing brush. When grindinggarlic wheat it is not necessary to take up ttie burrs at all. It is sumcient to drop through the eye of the burr twice per day one of the above described balls of sal prunel. and that will keep the burrs sharp and clean, enabling the nuUer at all seasons to use the No. 13 bolt, to make finer flour and in greater quantity than usual. Mill DAMS.-^When building a dam, you should select the most suitable place. If you can, place it across the stream near a rocky bluff so that the end of the dam may run into the bluff. This will prevent the water running by at tiie ends of the dam. Build your dam very strong ; if this is not done, they are breaJdng up often, causing ruinous expense in money ana loss of time. Flour Mill Maohineby— For each pair of 4 feet stones, with all the necessary dressing machinery, etc., there is required 16 horses' S»wer. Stones, 4 ft. diam., 120 tb 140 revolutions per minute. reasing Machines, 21 ins. diam., 450 to 500 revolutions per miniite. Eleva pitch, revoh veloci of wh minu maxii Ro( matei there enoug same wallt thed MACHINISTS, ENOINBERS', ftO., RECEIPTS. 308 Elevator. 18 ins. diam., 40 revolutions per minute. Oreepera. ^ ins. pitch, 75 revolutiono per minute. Screen, 16 ins. diam., 300 to 'MO revolutions per minute. 788 cubic feet of water, discharged at a velocity of 1 foot per second, are necessary to grind and dress a bushel of wheat per hour=1.40 horses' power per bushel. 2000 feet per minute for the velocity of a stone 4 feet hi diam. may be considered a maximum speed. Rook Dams are incomnarably the best in use^ if there is plenty of material at hand for building, and a rock bottom to the stream; if ^ there is not a rock bottom you should dig a trench in the 1x>ttom, deep enough, so that the water cannot undermine it. This should be the same as if you were building the foundation of a large building. The wall to be built should be of a small circular form, so that the liack of the circle shoilld be next to the body of water, which may by itSk pressure tighten it. To secure the water from leaking through at the ends of the dam, dig a ditch deeper than the bottom of the river ; then fill this with small pieces of rock, and pour in cement This cement is made of hydraulic cement, and is made of one part of cement to five parts of pure sand. It will effectually stop all crevices. A rock dam if well built will be perfectly tight Use as you Conveniently can move ; building this wall 4 to 6 feet thick, according to the length of the dam, with jam or buttressess every place where they are needed to strengthen it; make true joints to these rocks, especially on the ends BO that uiey may join close together. When vou have the outside walls laid in cement for every layer fill the middle up with pieces of small rock, pouring in your grout, so that there may not be a crevice but what iJB fillea. If there is any crevice or hole left open, the water will breakthrough, wearing ithirger and larger. If the stream is wide and large, it is necessary to build the dam in two sections, which should be ilivided by a waste way, necessary for the waste, or surplus water, to nm over, to keep the head in its proper place or height. Let each section, next to where the water is to be«run over, be abutments, built to strengthen the dam. The last layer of rock, on the top where the waste water runs over, should project 5 or 6 inches over the back of the dam so that the water may not undermine it. This last layer should be of large rocks and pinted true ; then laid hi hydraulio cement, in proportion of 1 of cement to 3 of sand. When the dam* is guilt, the front should be filled up with coarse gravel or clay ; this is best done with teams, for the more it is tramped the more durable it becomes. Fbamb-Dams. — ^In building a frame dam, comm^ice with a good foundation, laying the first sills in the bottom, of sufficient depth. They should be large square timbers that will last in the water with- out rotting. Where there is a soft foundation, the bottom should first be made tovel ; then dig trenches for the mudsills, about 7 or 8 ieet apart, lengthways of the stream, and 10 or 12 feet long. Into these first sills otlier falls must be framed, i^d put crosswise of the stream,' 6 or 8 feet apart, to reach as far across the stream as nocessary. Then two outside sills should be piled down with 2-inch plank driven down to a depth of 4 or 5 feet. If tills can be done convenientiy, they are to be jointed as closely as possible. It would be better to line with some stuff 1 inch thick : then with posts their proper length, about 12 or 14 inclfes square, which should be frame:! into tne uppermost sill, in both 304 MACHINISTS, ENGINBBRS', AC, BEOEIPTS. iBides. and all the way across the dam, from bank to bank, at a distance of G feet apart. Then, with braces to each post, to extend two-thirds of the length of the post, where they should be joined together vrith a lock, instead of a mortise and tenon, with an iron bolt I or li inches in diameter, going through both, and tightened with a screw and nut. When mortises and tenons are used, they often become rotten and useless in a few years. These braces ^ould be set at an angle of SO or 60*^ with the otbdr end mortised into the mud sill. These braces re- quire to be about ti to 8 inches, and as long as you find necessary ; be- ing covered with dirt it will not decay for a lojog time, as tiie air is excluded. These posts should be capped from one to the other, plate ^hion. The posts should be lined with 2 or 2^ inch plank on the in- side, pinned to the plank, and should, in the middle, be filled in with dirt. If the stream is large and wide, the dam should be built in two sec- tions, which should be divided by a waste-way for the surplus water, which should be in the centre of the dam, and sufficient for all the waste-water to run over. Let each section of the dam form an abut- ment next to the waste-way, placing cells or sills 4 feet apart the length of the waste-way ; in each of these sills, posts should be framed wiw a brace for the sides. These rows of posts, standing across the dam, will fonu the sectional abutments ; the middle one may be con- structed by being lengthways of the stream, with short braces, so that they will not be in the way of drift-wood passing down the stream ; it being necessary for strong pieces for a bridge. Then cover the sills with an apron oi 2-inch plank joined perfecuy straight, to extend 30 or 40 feet below the dam, to prevent undermining of the dam. The plankg which are used for the purpose of lining the posts which form the abutments of each section of the dam, and the ends of the waste-way, should be truly pointed, so as to prevent any leakage. The dam being built, the dirt should be filled in with teams, as ^e more it is tramped the better. Clay or coarse gravel is the best. Then place your gates on the upper side of the waste-way, the size that is necessary to a level with low- water mark ; which gates are not to be raised except in times of high water, as the proper height of the mill-pond should be regulated by boards placed over the* gate for the desired head, as the water should be allowed pass at all times freely over them. To strengthen the dam, if you think necessary, 2-incn plank may be used in lining the front side of the dam, long enough to reach from the bottom of the stream (on an inclined plane, and next to tiie body of water to the top of the dam, and filled up nearly to the top of the dam with clay or gravel well trampled down. Bbush OB Lou Dams are very often used in small, muddy streams. When the bottom of the stream is of a soft nature, take a flat boat where you want to fix your dam^ and drive piles the whole length of the stream, about 3 or 4 feet apart, as deep as you can. Take yoimg oak saplings pointed at the end, forihe purpose. If you can, construct a r^ular pile-driver, similar to tnose m use for making trestle-work on the railways. This weight may be pulled up by horses instead of an engine. When you have iinisl'ied driving piles, make some boxes or troughs of 2 or 3 inch plank, about 3 feet wide and as long as the plank is. Sink these in the water the length of the dam, close to the piles, by loading them with rock, until they are at the bottom of 'the ,. MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 305 axon or ae the to the of 'the stream, filling in the front part of the dam with dirt and brash, nearly to tide height you want it. This kind of a dam will last a long time. Whenever there is a small break in the dam cr race, cat up some willows and brush, put them in the break along with some straw and dirt, and ram them down with clay. In rcffiard to the flume, the greatest care must be taken to insure strength and durability combined with tightness. Every step taken in its construction must be of such a nature as to unite these qualities in the highest possible degree, otherwise the whole is, in a manner, labor lost. Bbokzino CoMPOsrrioiTS, 32 Kinds.— 1. Silver white Bronzing Pow' der. — Melt together 1 oz. each, bismuth and tin, theu add 1 oz. Quick- silver, cool and powder. 2. Gold colored Bronze Powder. — ^Verdigris, 8 ozs. ; tutty powder, 4 ozs. ; borax and nitre, of each 2 ozs. ; bichloride of mercury, { oz. ; make into a paste with oil and fuse them t^ether. IJsed in japanning as a gold color. 3. Beau*^iftd Red Bronze Powder. — Sulphate of cop^r, 100 parts; carbonate of soda, 60 parts; apply heat until they unite into a mass. 4. Acid Bronze. — Cobalt, 4 lbs. ; pulverize; siftthroogh a fine sieve; put in a stone pot; add ^ gat nitric acid, a little at a time, stirring frequently for 24 hours; then add about, 5 gals, muriatic acid, or until the work comes out a dark brown. S. Alkali Bronze. — Dissolve 6 lbs. nitrate of copper in 3 gals, of water: and 6 lbs. pearlash ; add 1 or 2 pts. potash water : then add from 2 to 3 lbs. sal ammoniac or until the work comes out the required color. 6. Coating 2)ip.— Sulphate of zinc, 8 lbs. ; oil of vitriol, 6 gsJs. : aquafor- tis,} gal To use, warm UD scalding hot. 7. Quick BrigMlhppina Acid, for Brass which has been Ormo/ueo.— Sulphuric acid, 1 gal. ; nitiic acid, Igal. 8. Dipping Jicid.— Sulphuric acid, 12 lbs. ; nitric acid, 1 pt. ; nitre, 4 lbs.; soot, 2 handfuls; bnmstone, 2 ozg.; pulverize the brimstone and soak it in water 1 hour, add the nitiflic acid lasc. 9. Oood Dip- ping Acid for cast ^ra««.— Sulphuric acid, 1 qt. ; nitre, 1 qt ; a little muriatic acid may be added or omitted. 10. Ormolu Dipping Add far Sheet J9raM.--Sulphuric acid, 2 gals. ; nitric acid, 1 pt. ; muriatic acid, 1 pt ; nitre, 12 lbs. ; put in the muriatic acid last, a little at a time, and stirring the mixture with a stick. 11. Dipjnng Acid. — Sulphuric acid, 4 gals. ; nitric acid, 2 gals. ; saturated solution of sulphate of iron 1 pt ; solution of sulphate of copper, 1 qt. 12. Ormolu Dipping Acid /orca«tJ3nM«.— Sulphuric acid, igal.; sal ammoniac, 1 oz. : sulphur (in flour) 1 oz. ; blue \atriol, 1 oz. ; saturated solution of zinc in nitric acid, 1 gal. ; mixed with an equal quantity of sulphuric acid. 13. Vinegar Bronze for Brass: — Vinegar, 10 ^ils. ; blue vitriol, 3 lbs. ; mnriJAtic acid 3 lbs. ; corrosive sublunate, 4 ozs. ; sal ammoniac, 2 lbs. ; alum, 8 ozs. 14. Antique Bronze PairU.—Sa,\ ammoniac, 1 oz. ; cream of tartar, 3 ozs. ; common salt, 6 ozs. ; dissolve in 1 pt. hot water : then add nitrate of copper. 2 ozs.; dissolve in ^ pt water; mix well and applvit to the article in a damp place with a orush. 16. Blue Bronze on Copper. — Clean and polish well, then cover the surface with a fluid obtained by dissolving vermillion in a warm solution of sodium, to which some caustic potash has been added. 16. Bronze Dip. — Sal* ammoniac 1 oz. ; salt of sorrel, (binoxolate of potash) i oz. ; dissolved in vinegar. 17. Parisian Bronze Dip. — Sal ammoniac, ) oz. ; common salt, i oz. ; spirits of hartshorn, 1 oz. ; dissolved in an English qt. of vinegar, a good result will be obtained by adding h oz. sal ammoniac 20 IVtCiMWMeatwM 806 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. instead of spts. of hartshorn; the piece of metal being well clea^ned is to be rubbed with one of these solutions, then dried by friction with a fresh brush. 18. Green Dip. — Wine vinegar, 2 qts. ; verditer green, 2 ozs.; sal ammoniac 1 oz. ; salt, 2 ozp. ; alum, ^ oz. -.French berries, 8 ozs. ; boil the ingredients together. 19. Aquafortis x)tp.— Nitric acid, 8 ozs. ; muriatic acid, 1 qt ; sal ammoniac, 2 ozs. ; alum, 1 oz. ; salt, 2 ozs. 20. Olive Bronze Dip for Brass. — Nitric acid, 3 ozs. ; muriatic add, 2 ozs. ; add titanium or palladium, when the metal is dissolved add 2 gals, pure soft water to each pt. of the solution. 21. Brown Bronze Paint ^or Copper Vessels. — ^Tinct. of steel, 4 ozs. ; spts. of nitre 4 ozs. ; blue vitriol, 1 oz. ; water, ^ pt. ; mix in a bottle, apply it with a line brush, the vessel being full of boiling water. Yamish after the application of the bronze. 22. Bronze for all kinds of MetcU. — Muriate of ammonia, (sal ammoniac) 4 drs. ; oxalic acid, 1 dr.; vinegar, 1 pt; dissolve the oxalic acid first; let the work be dean, put on the bronze with a brush, repeating the operation as many times as may be necessary. 23. Green Brotize. — Dissolve 2 ozs. mtrate of iron, and 2 ozs. hyposulphate of soda in 1 pt of water; immene the artide until the required shade is obtained, as almost any »]tg.\le from brown to red can be obtained according to the time of imii lersion. then well wash with water, d;"y and brush. 24. Pa2e hep Olive Oreen Bronze. — ^Perchloride of iron, 1 part ; water, 2 parts. Mix and immerse the brass. 25. Dark Green.— Saturate nitric acid Wiih copper and im- merse the brass. 26. Dead Black for Brass TTorJfc.— Bub the surface .first withtripoli, then wash it with a solution of 1 part, neutral nitrate of tin, with 2paxts, chloride of gold, after 10 minutes wipe it off with a wet doth. 27. Best Bronze for Brass. — ^Take 1 lb. of nitric acid, and I lb. of white arsenic, put them into an earthen vessel and then proceed m the usual manner. 28. AtMtker Bronze for Braaa. — 1 oz. muriate of ammonia, ^ oz. alum, i oz. arsenic, dissolve together in 1 pt of gtrong vin^r^ 29. Black Dip for Brass. — Hydrochloric acid (com- mcHily callM smokingsalts,) 12 lbs.; sulphate of iron, 1 lb.; and pure white arsenic 1 lb. This dip is used in all the large factories in Birmingham, but the dip used tn the London trade f s 2 ozs. corrosive sublimate, in 1 pt. of the best vinegar, cork both air tight in a bottle, let it stand 94 hours ; then it is fit for use. 90. Quick Bright Dip for Brass. — Use strong nitric acid in sufBcient quantity, dip your brass in the liquid for an instant, withdraw, and immediately immerse it fint in cold water, then in boiling water, for a short time only in ea£h bath, tiien allow it to dry, repeat the process if necessa^. 31. Ap- plication of Bronze Potooer.— -iTie proper way is to varnish the article and then aust the bronze powder over it after the varnish is partly dry. 32. Black color for Brass Work. — Make a strong solution of nitrate of silver, in one dish and nitrate of copper, in another. Mix the two together and plunge in the brass.. Now neat the brass evenly till the required degree of blackness is acquired. Unrivalled as a beautiful color on optical insruments. Graham's Quick Beonzino Liquids.— JPVw imrrtediate action on • Coppery Brass, or Zinc. — 1. Brown or Dark Bronze for Coptper, Brass, or Zinc. — Dissolve S drachms nitrate of iron in 1 pt. water; or, 6 dra. perchloride of iron in 1 pt. water. A black may also be ob- tained from 10 ozs. muriate of arsenic in 2 pts. penuuriate of iron, and 1 pt water. 2. Brown or Bed Bronzing for Brass,— DiBBoUe 16 i' MACHINISTS, engineers', «&C., RECEIPTS. 307 drs. nitrate of iron, and 16 drs. hyposolpliate of soda, in 1 pt water, or, 1 dr. nitric acid may be sabstituted for the nitrate of iron. 3. Bed Brown Bronzing for Brass. — Dissolve 1 oz. nitrate of copper, and 1 oz. oxalic acid in 1 pt. water, brought to the boil and then cooled. 4. Dark Brown Brominf/for Brass. — Mix 1 oz. cyanide of potassium, and 4 drs. nitric acid, with 1 pt water. 6. Red Broivzingfor Brass. Mix dOgrs. tersulphate of arsenic, 6 drs. solution of pearlash, and 1 {>t water. 6. Orange Bronzing on Brass. — Mix 1 dr. potash solu- tion of sulphur with 1 pt. water. 7. Olive Oreen Bronze for Brats. — Dissolve 1 pt. permuriate of iron in 2pts. water. 8. Slate-colored Bronzing Jor Brass. — Dissolve 2 drs. sulphocyauide of potassium, and 5 drs. perchloride of iron, in 1 pt. water. 9. Steel Grey Bronzing for Brass. — Mix 1 oz. muriate of arsenic with 1 pt. water, and use at a heat not less than ISO'' Fahr. 10. Bright Red Bronzing for Copper. Mix 2 drs. sulphide of antimony, and 1 oz. pearlash in 1 pt water. 11. Dark Red Bronze for Copper. — ^Dissolve 1 dr. sulphur and 1 oz. pearlash in 1 pt water. 12. Copper Colored Bronzing for Zinc. Agi- tate the articles in a solution of 8 drs. sulphate of copper, and 8 drs. hyposulphate of soda in 1 pt. water. COPPEK Plates or Rods may be covered with, a superficial coat- ing of brass by exposing to tlie fumes given off by melted zinc at a li^t temperature. The coated plates or rods can then be rolled into thin sheets, or drawn into wire. Solution of Coppeh or Zinc— Dissolve 8 ozs. (Troy) cyanide of potassium, and 3 ozs. cyanide of copper or zinc, in 1 gal. of rain water. To be used at about 160° F., with a compound battery of 3 to 12 cells. Brass Solution.— Dissolve 1 lb. (Troy) cyanide of potassium, 2 ozs. cyanide of copper, and 1 oz. cyanide of zinc, in 1 gal. of ram- water ; then add 2 ozs. of muriate of ammonia. To be used at 160° F.. for smooth work, with a compound battery of from 3 to 12 ceils. , Bbassino Iron. — Iron ornaments are covered with copper or brass, by properly preparing the surface so as to remove all organic matter wmch would prevent adhesion, and then plunging them into molted brass. A thin coating is thus spread over the Iron, and it admits of b(^g polished or burnished. Okbiolu Coloring, Lacquers, &c.— 18 kinds.— Ormoiw Color- ing. — 1. Alum, 30 parts; nitrate of potassa, 30 parts; red ochre, 30 peurts; sulphate of zinc, 8 parts; common salt, 1 part; sulphate of iron, 1 part. It is applied with a soft brush. The articles are placed over a clear charcoal fire until the salts, melted and dried, assume a brown aspect. They are then suddenly cooled in nitric acid water, containing 3 per cent, of hydrochloric acid, afterwards, washed in abundance of water and dried in sawdust 2. To Prepare Brass Work for Ormolu Dipping.— It the work is oily, boll it in ley, and if It Is finished work, nled or turned, dip It In old acid, and it is tbcc ready to be ormolued, but If It Is unfinished and free from oil, piclde it In strong sulphuric acid, dip In pure nitric acid, and then in the old acid, after which It will be ready for ormoluing. 3. To Repair Old Nitric Acid Ormolu Dips.— It the work after dipping appears coarse and spotted, add vitriol till It answers the purpose : If the work after dip- ping appears too smooth, add muriatic add and nitre till It gives the 808 MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. right appeaiauce. The other ormolu dips should be repnired accord- ing to me receipts, putting in the proper ingredients to strengthen them. They shov'd not be allowea to settle, but should be stirred often while using. 4. Directions for making Lacquer. — Mix the in- gredients, and let the vessel containing them stand in the sun, or in a place slightly warmed, 3 or 4 days, snaking it frequently till gum is dissolved, after which let it settle from 24 to 48 hoars, when the clear liquor m ay be poured off for use. Pulverized glass is sometimes used in making lacquer to carry down the impurities. 5. Lacquer for Dip- ped Brass. — Alcohol, (95 per cent. ) 2 gals. ; seed lac, 1 lb. ; gum copal, 1 oz. ; Ei^lish saffron, 1 oz. ; aunat(:o, 1 oz. 6. Lacquer for Bronzed Brass, — ^To 1 pt. of the above lacquer add gamlx^, 1 oz., and, afver mixing it, ada an equal quantity of the first lacquer. 7. Deep Oold Colored Lacquer.— Beat alcohol, 4 ozs. ; Spanish annatto. 8 ozs. : tur- meric, 2 drs. ; shellac, h oz. ; red sanders, 12 grs. ; when dissolved, add spts. of turpentine. 30 drops. 8. De^ Oold Colored Lacquer for Brass not Dipped. — Alcohol, 4 gala. ; turmeric, 3 lbs. ; gamboge, 3 uzs. ; gum sandarac, 7 lbs. ; shellac, 1^ lbs. ; turpentine varnish, 1 pt. 9. wld Colored Lacquer, fw Dipped J3raa«.— Alcohol, 36 ozs. ; seed lac, 6 ozs. ; amber, 2 ozs. ; gum gutta, 2 ozs. ; red sandal wood, 24 grs. ; dragon's bloody grs. ; orientol saffron, 36 grs. ; pulverized glass, 4 ozs. 10. Oold iMcqueryfor Brass. — Seed lac, 6 ozs. ; amber or coimiI, 2 ozs. ; best alcohol, 4 gals. ; pulverized glass 4 ozs. ; dragon's blood, 40 grs. ; ex- tract of red sandal wood obtained by water, 30 grs. 11. Lacquer^ for Dipped Brass. — Alcohol, 12 gals. ; seed lac, 8 lbs. ; turmeric, 1 lb. to a gu. of the above mixture; Spanish saffron, 4 ozs. The saffron is to be added for bronzed work. 12. Good Lacquer. — Alcohol, 8 ozs.: gamboge, 1 oz. ; shellac, 3 ozs. ; annatto, 1 oz. ; solution of 3 ozs. of seed 1m in 1 pt. alcohol. When dissolved, add ^ oz. Venice turpen- tine, i oz. dragon's blood, wiL make it dark. Keep it in a warm place 4 or 5 days. 13. Pale Lacquer, for 7\'n Plate.— Best alcohol, 8 ozs. : turmeric, 4 drs. ; hay saffron, 2 scrs. ; dragon's blood, 4 scrs. : red sanaera, 1 scr. ; shellac, 1 oz. ; gum sandarac, 2 drs. ; gum masnc, 2 drs.. Canada br'iam, 2 drs.; when dissolve, add spts. turpentine, 80 drops. 14. lied Lacquer for Brass. — Alcohol, 8 gals. ; dragon's blood, 4 lbs. ; Spanish annatto. 12 lbs. ; gum sandarac, 13 lbs. ; tur- pentine, 1 gal. 15. Pale Lacquer, for Brass. — Alcohol, 2 gals. ; cape aloes, cut small, 3 ozs. : pale shellac, 1 lb. ; gamboge, 1 oz. 16. Best Lacquer, for Brass. — Alcohol, 4 gals. ; shellac, 2 wa. ; amber gum, 1 lb. ; copal, 20 ozs. ; seed lac, 3 lbs. ; saffron to color ; pulverized glass, 8 ozs. 17. Color for Lacquer. — Alcohol, 1 qt. ; annatto, 4 ozs. 18. Oilder's Pickle. — Alum and common salt, eacn, 1 oz. ; nitre 2 oz. ; dissolved in water, ^ pt. Used to impart a nch yellow color to gold surfaces. It is best largely diluted with water. To Rbduoe Oxide of Zinc— The oxide may be put in quantities of 600 or 600 lbs. weight into a large pot over the nre; pour a sutt- cient quantity of muriatic acid over the top, to act as a ndx, and ^e action of the fire will melt the dross, when the pure metal will be found at the bottom of the pot. To Separate Tin fkou Lead.— If the lead and tin are in solu- tion, precipitate the former by sulphuric acid, and the latter with sul- phuretted hydrogen gas. In an alloy tlie lead wUl dissolve in nitric acid, leaving the tin as an oxide. accord- eugthen stirred : the in- in, or in 1 gum is ;lie clear nes used for Dip- muopal. Bronzed nd, afver cep Oold M.; tur- v6d,add 'or Brass zs. ; gum 9. Gold jc, 6 ozs. ; dragon's ozs. 10. [)Z8.;b»t grs.; ex- tquer, for lib. to a ton is to , 8 ozs.: 3 ozs. of I turpen- a warm Icohol, 8 irs. ; red lc,2 tntine, _ m's lbs. ;toa- ; cape 16. Best gum, 1 7erized itto, 4 )z. ; nitre color to itities a suttt- land the will be I in solu- dth snl- nitric . MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 309 To Tin Goppeb akd Bbass.— Boil 6 lbs. cream of tartar and 4 gals, of water and 8 lbs. of grain tin or tin shavings. After the mate- rial has boiled a sufBlcieut time, the articles to be tinned are put therein and the boiling continued, when the tin is precipitated on the goods in metallic form. MixTUBB FOB SiiiVBRiNO. — ^Dissolve 2 ozs. of silver with 3 gro. of corrosive sublimate; add tartaric acid, 4 lbs. ; salt, 8 qts. To Skpabatb SiiiVEB FBOM CoppEB. — Mix sulphurio acid, 1 part; nitric acid, 1 part ; water, 1 part; boil the metal in tlie i|iix- t»j% till it is dissolved, throw in a little salt to cause the silver to sub- side. To Wbitb is SiijVeb.— Mix 1 oz. of the finest pewter or block tin, and 2 ozs. of quicksilver together till both become fluid, then grind it with gum water, and write with it. The writing will then look as if done with silver. TiMNiNO Acid, fob Bbass ob Zinc— Muriatic acid, 1 qt. ; zinc, 6 ozs. To a solution of this, add water, 1 qt. ; sal-ammoniac, 2 ozs. To CiiEAN AND Polish Bbass. — ^Wash with alum boiled in strong lye, in the proportion of an ounce to a pint; afterwards rub wim strong tripoli. Not to be used on gilt or lacquered work. Bbonzb Paint, fob Ibon ob Bbass. — Chrome green, 2 lbs.: ivory black, 1 oz. ; chrome yellow, 1 cz. ; good japan, 1 gill; grind all together, and mix with linseed oil. To Bbonze Ibon Castings. — Cleanse thoroughly, and afterwards immerse in a solution of sulphate of copper, when the castuigs will acquire a coat of the latter metal. They must be tlien washed in water. Rbmovinq Zinc and Ibon Fbom Plttmbebs' Soldeb. — ^Digest the metal in grahis in diluted sulphuric acid. The acid will dissolve the zinc first, the iron next, and all traces of these metals by subse- quent washing. Tinning Cast Ibon.— Pickle your castings in oil of vitriol; then cover or immerse them in muriate of zinc (made by j^utting a suffi- cient Quantity of zinc in some spirit of salt) : after which dip it in a meltea bath of tin or solder. SiLVEBiNG BY Heat. — Di'jsolve 1 oz. silver in nitric acid; add a small quantity of salt; then wash it and add sal-ammoniac, or 6 ozs. of salt and white vitriol; also^oz. corrosive sublimate; rub them together till they form a paste ; rub the piece which is to be silver^ with the paste; neat it till the silver runs, after which dip it in a weak vitriol pickle to clean it. Zincing. — Copper and brass vessels may be covered with a firmly adherent layer of pure zinc by boiling them in contact with a solutiou of chloride of ziuc, pure zinc turnings beuig at the same time present hi considerable ejceess. To Cix)UD MsTAii Work.— Metal work may be clouded by put- ting a piece of fine emery paper under the thumb or finger and work- ing it over a surface of tne metal with a spiral motion. SiiiVEBiNG PowsBB. — Nitrite of silver and common salt, of each SO grs. ; cream tartar, 3^ drs. ; pulverize finely and bottle for use Unequalled for polishing copper and plated gooas. To Clean and Polish Bbass.— Oil of vitriol, 1 oz. ; sweet oil, ^ 810 MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. gOl; pulverized rotten gtone, 1 gill; rain water, 1^ pts. ; mix all and sliake as used. Apply with a rag and polish with buckskin or all woolen. Rotten stone, followed by Paris white and rouge is very good also; Paste tor CLEANiKa Metals.— Take oxalic acid, 1 part; rotten stone, 6 parts; mix with equal parts of train oil and spts. 'turpentine toapa6te. To Prevent Iron or Steel from Rusting.— Warm your iron or steel till you cannot bear your hands on it without burning your- self, then rub it with new and clean white wax. Put it again to the fire till it has soaked in the wax. When done rub it over with a piece of serge. This prevents the metal from rusting afterwards. Bronzing Liquids for Tin Castings.— Wash them over, after being well cleansed and wiped, with a solution of 1 part of sulphate of iron, and 1 of sulphate of copper, in 20 parts of water: after- wards, with a solution of 4 parts verdigris in 11 of distilled yinegar : leave for an hour to dry and then polish with a soft brush and colcothar. Fancy Colors on Metals.— 1. Dissolve 4 ozs. hypo-sulphite of soda, 1^ pts. of water, and then add a solution of 1 oz. acetate of lead in 1 oz. water. Articles to be colored are placed in the mixture, which is then gradually heated to the boiling -point. This will give iron the color of blue steel, zinc becomes bronze, and copper or brass becomes, successively, yellowish, red, scarlet, deep blue, light blu«j, bluish white, and finally white, with a tinge of rose. 2. By replac- ing the acetate of lead in, the solution by sulphate of copper, brass becomes, first, of a fine rosy tint, then green, and lastiy, of an irri- descent brown color. Coating Iron Castings with Gold or Silver. — ^The articles to be gilded are well cleaned and boiled in a porcelain vessel, to- gether with 12 parts of mercuiy, 1 of zinc, 2 of iron vitriol, 1^ of mu- riatic acid of 1.2 specific gravity, and 12 parts of water; in a short time a layer of mercury will deposit upon the iron, and upon this the Sold amalgam may be unifbrmly distributed. Iron to be silvered is rst provided with a coating of copper, upon which tiie silver is ap- plied either by means of amalgam or silver leaf. Brunswick Black for Grates, &c.— Asphaltum, 6 lbs. ; melt, and add boiled oil, 2 lbs. ; spirits of turpentine, 1 gal. Mix. Bronze Paint for Iron. — Ivory black, 1 o2. ; chrome yellow, 1 oz. ; chrome green, 2 lbs. ; mix with raw linseed oil, adding a little japan to dry it, and you have a very nice bi-onze green. If desired, ■gold bronze may be put on the prominent parts, as on the tips or edges of an iron railing where the paint is not quite dry, using a piece of velvet or plush to rub on the bronze. Tinning Iron. — Cleanse the metal to be tinned, nnd rub with a coarse cloth, previously dipped in hydrochloric acid (muriatic acid.) and then rub on French putty with the same cloth. French putty is made by mixing tin filings with mercury. Tinning. — 1. Plates or vessels of brass or copper boiled with ft solution of stannate of potassa, mixed with tuniingn of tin, become, in the CQurse of a few minutes, covered witli a firmly attached layer of pure tin. 2. A similar effect is produced by Wling tlie articles with tin-filings and caustic alkali, or cream of tarttir In the abtwe MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 311 mix all kskin or e is very t; rotten jrpentine our iron ng your- in to the r with a a.ids. ret, after sulphate w: after- 1 Yinegar: rush and ilphite of ,te of lead mixture, i will give ir or brass ight bluq, 8y replac- per, brass ?f an irri- e articles vessel, to- i of mu- . a short m this the silvered is veris ap- bs.; melt, yellow, 1 ig a little [f desired, he tips or ing a piece ub Mritha iatic acid.) ch putty is ed with ft tt, become, ehed layer he articles the above way, chemical vessels made of copper or brass may be easily and perfectly tiimed. New Tinnino Pbocess.— Articles to be timied are first covered with diluted sulphuric acid, and, when quite clean, are placed in warm water, then dipped in a solution of muriatic acid, copper, and zinc, and then plunged into a tin bath to which a small quantity of rinc has been addM. When the tinning is finished, the articles are taknn out, and plunged into boilmg water. The oi)eratiou is completed by placing them m a very warm sand-bath. This last process softens the iron. To Recover the Tin from Old Britannia.— Melt the metal, and while hot sprinkle sulphur over it ; and stir it up for a short time, this bums the other metals out of the tin, which may then be used for any purpose desired. KusTiTiBN's Metai. FOR TiNNTNO. — Malleable iron, 1 lb., heat to whiteness ; add 6 ozs. regains of antimony, and Molucca tin, 24 lbs. . • GAiiVAXiziKO Iron. — ^The iron plates are first immersed in a cleansing bath of equal parts of sulphuric or muriatic acid and water used warm; they are then scrubbed with emery or sand, to clean l^em thoroughly and detach all scales if any are left; after which they are immersed in a " preparing bath " of equal i)arts of saturated solutions of chloride of zinc and chloride of ammonium, from which bath they are directly transferred to the fluid "metallic bath," con- sisting, by weight of 640 lbs. zinc to 106 lbs. of mercury, to which are added from 5 to 6 ozs. of sodium. As soon as the iron has attained tiie temperature of this hot fluid bath, which is 680° Fahr., it may be re- moved, and will then be found thoroughly coated with zinc. A little tallow on the surface of the metallic bath will prevent oxidation. Prbvbntino of Rust. — Cast iron is best preserved by rubbing it with blacklead. For polished work, varnish with wax dissolved in benzine^ or add a little olive oil to copal varnish and thin with apts. turpentine. To remove deep-seated rust, use benzine, and polish off with fine emery, or use tripoli, 2 parts; powdered sulphur^, 1 part. Apply with soft leather. Emery and oil is also very good. TO Purify Zinc. — ^Pure zinc may be obtamed by precipitating its sulphate by an alkali, mixing the oxide thus produced with charcoal powdered, and exposing the mixture to a bright red heat in a covered crucible in which the pure metal will be found as a button at the bottom when cold. Transparent Blue for Iron or STREL.—Demar varnish, 4 gal.; fine ground Prussian blue, ^ oz. ; mix thoroughly. Makes a spleadia appearance. Excellent for bluing watch-hands. Lead Shot are cast by lettmg the metal run through a narrow slit into a species of colander at the top of a lofty tower; the metaf escajies in drops, which, for tlie most part, assume the spherical form before they reach the tank of water into which they fall at the foot of the tower, and this prevents their being bruised. They are af- terwards riddled or sifted for size, and afterwards churned in a bar- rel with black lead. Black Bronze on Iron or Steel. — The following mixtures are employed : liquid No. 1. A mixture of bichloride of mercury and sal-am- moniac. No. 2. A mixture of perchloride of iron, sulphate of copper, M , 812 MACHINISTS, BNOIKEERS', AC, RECEIPTS. nitric add, alcohol and water. No. 3. Feichloride and protochloride of mercury mixed with nitric add, alcohol and water. No. 4. A wealc solution of sulphide of potassium. Clean your metal well and apply a slight coat of No. 1 with a sponge ; when quite dry, apply another coat Remove ti>.e resulting crust oi: oxide with a wire bmsn, rub the metel with a clean rag, and repeat this operation after each applica- tion of these liquids. Now apply several coats of No. 2, and also of No. 3, with a full ^)onge ; then, alter drying for ten minutes, throw the pieces of metal into water heated near the boiling point; let them re- main in the water from 5 to 10 minutes, according to their size. After being deaned, cover again with several coatings of No. 3, afterwards with a strong coating of No. 4; then again immerse in the bath of hot water. Remove from the bath di^, and wipe the pieces with carded cotton dipped in liquid No. 3, diluted each time with an in- creased quantity of w.iter ; then rub and wipe them with a little olive oil; again immerse in a water bath heated to 140° Fahr., remove them, rubbrisUy with a woolen rag, and lastly, with oil. Unequalled for producing a beautiful glossy black onguu-barrels, steel, irbn, &c. Pautt fob Shbet LEtOK Smoke: Pipe.— Good varnish, | gallon; boiled linseed oil ^ gallon ; add red lead sufficient to bring to the con- sistraicv of common paint. Apply with a brush. Applicable to any kind of iron work exposed to the weather. To GOPFEB THE SURFACE OF IfiON, StEEL, OR IrOK WiBB, — Have the artide perfectly dean, then wash with the following solu- tion, and it presents at once a coppered surface. Rain water, 3 lbs. ; folphate of copper, 1 lb. To JoiK Broken Lead Pipes during Pressure of Water.— > It frequently happens that lead pipes get cut or damaged when the water is running at a high pressure, causing much trouble to make repairs, espedaUyif the water cannot be easily turned off. In this case plug both ends of the pipe at the break, plaice a small pile of bro- ken ice and salt around them. In a few minutes the water in the pipe will freeze ; next, withdraw the plugs and insert a new piece of pipe; solder perfectly, thaw the ice, and it will be all right To Repair SMAiOi Leaks in Lead Pipes.— Place die point of a dull nail over the leak, give it a gentle tap with a hammer and the flow will cease. To Prevent Corrosion in Lead Pipes.— Pass a strong so- lution of sulphide of potassium and sodium through the inside of the pipe at a temperature of 212°, and allow it to remain about 10 or 15 minutes. It converts the inside of the pipe into an insoluble sulphide of lead and prevents corrosion. To Bend Copper or Brass Tubes.— Run melted lead or resin into your pipe till full, and you may then bend it Kradually into any desired sMpe ; the pipe may then be heated and the lead or rosin melted and run out. To Join Lead Plates.— The joints of lead plates for some pur- poses are made as follows : The edges are brought together, ham- mered down into a sort of channel cut of wood and secured with a few tacks. The hollow is then scraped dean with a scraper, rubbed over with candle grease, and a stream of hot lead is pourea into it, the Bvatace being afterwards smoothed with a red hot plumber's iron. -To Join Lead PiPBB.-^W)den out the end of one pipe with a ta- i tochloride i. A weak and apply Iv another tn, rub the h applica- ndalBO of thiow the it them re- Ize. After tfterwaxds le bath of •ieces with 1th an in- Uttle oUve love them, [nailed for t>n, &c. , i eallon; bo the oon- ble to any I Wdsb,— wingsoln- ter, 3 Ibe. ; Wateb.— when the le to make t In this )ile of blo- tter in the >w piece of point of a er and the strong so- side of the it 10 or 16 le sulphide d or resin y into any id or resin some pur^ ther, ham- red with a ler, mbbed into it, the r's iron, withata- 4. t f MACHINISTS, ENOINBERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 818 per wood rift, and scrape it dean inside ; scrape the end of the other pipe outside a little tapered, and insert it in the former : then solder It with common lead solder as before described ; or, if it requires to be strong, rub a little tallow oyer, and cover the joint with a ball of melted lead, holding a doth (2 or 3 plies of ««aeed bedtick) on the under side ; and smoothing over with it and the plumbers iron. TxNNiNa Intebiob of Lead PiPES.-^This invention consists in applying a flux of grease or muriate of cine or any other flux that will jnotect uie lead from oxidation, and insure a perfect coating of tin, when the tin is poured through the pipe or the pipe dipped Into tiie bath of tin ; after the lead pijpe has been made, place the same in a vertical Pbeveiit Lead Expix>DiNO.-^Many mechanics have had tiieir natienoe sorely tried when pouring melted lead around a damp or wet Joint to find it explode, blow out, or scatter from the effects of steam generated by the neat of the lead. The whole trouble may be stopped by putting a piece of resin the size of the end of a man's thumb into the ladle and allowing it to melt before pouring. .Simple as the secret Is, many have paid $20 for the privilege of knowing it. TABUiiAB View of the Fbocesseb of Soldebino.— Hizrd tolder- ing. The hard solders most commonly used are the spelter solders, and silver solders. The general flux is borax, marked A on the table, and the modes of heating are the naked fire, the furnace or muffle, and the blow pipe, marked a, &, g, applicable to nearly all metals less fusible than tne solders ; the modes of treatment are nearly similar throughout. Note. — ^The examples commence with the solders (the least fusible first) foUowea by the metals for whidi they are commonly employed. Fine gold, laminated and cut into shreds, is used as the solder for joimng chemical vessels made of platinum. Silver is by many considered as much the beat solder for German silver, for silver eolders, see Jewellers' alloys Copper cut in shreds, is sometimes similarly used for iron. Gold solders laminated are used for gold alloys, see 153 and 154. Spelter solders, granulated whilst hot, are used for iron, copper, brass, gun metals, German silver. &c., see below. Silver solders laminated, are employed for all silver works and for common gold work, also for German silver, gilding metals, iron, steel, brass, gun metai, &c., when greater neatness is required than is obtained from spelter solder. White or button solders, granulated, are employed for the white alloys called button metals; they were introduced as cheap substi- tutes lor silver solder. Hai'd dWdeWnfr.— Applicable to nearly all the metals; the modes of treatment are very different The soft sol- 814 XACHmiSTS, engineers') AC, BECBIPTS. der mostly used is two parts tin and one of lead; sometimes, from motives of economy, much more lead is employed, and 1^ tin to 1 lead is the most fusible of the group, unless bismuth is used. The fluxes B to 6, and the modes of heating, a to i, are all used with the soft solders. Ifofe. — ^The examples commence with the inetals to be soldered. Thus- in the list, chic, 8, c,/» implies, that zinc is soldered with No. 8 alloy, by the aid of the muriate or chloride of zinc , and the copper bit Lead, 4 to 8, F, d, e, implies that load is soldered with aUoys varjiug from No. 4 to 8, and that it is fluxed with tallow, the heat beinf^ applied by pouring on melted solder, and the subsequent use of tlie heated iron, not tinned; but in general one only of the modes of 1 eating is selected, accorcii^ to circumstances. Iron, cast-iron and steel. 8, B, D, if thick, heated by a, 6. or o, and also by g. Tinned iron 8, 6, D,/. Gold and silver are soldered with pure tin, oi else with 8, E, a, ,art. 2. Tinmen's solder.— Load, 1 part; tin, 1 part. Zinc %)lder. —Tin, 1 part ; lead, 1 to 2 parts. 4. Pewter solaer.—l^aA, 1 part ; bismuth, 1 to 2 part». 6 Spelter solder.— Eanal parts copper and zinc. 6. Pewterers' soft «o{(2er.— Bismuth, 2 ; lead, 4 ; tin, 3 parts. 7. An- other.-^Bismniii. 1 : lead, 1 ; tin, 2 parts. 8. Another pewter solder. —Tin, 2 parts ; lead. 1 purt 9. Olazier's Solder— Tin, 3 parts ; lead, Ipart 10. Solder /or Copper.— Copper, 10 parts ; zinc, 9 parts. 11. Tlelkw Solder for Brass or Corner.— Copper, 32 lbs. ; zinc, 29 lbs. ; tm, 1 lb. 12. Brass Solder.-^jopper, 61.26 parts ; zinc 38.76 parts. 13. Brass Solder Yellow and easily fusible. — Copper. 46; zinc, 66 parts. 14. Brass solder, White. — Copper, 67.41 parts; tin, 14.60 parts; zinc, 27.99 parts. 16. Arvother Solder for Copper.— Tin, 2 parts : lead, 1 part. When the jopper is thiclc, heat it by a naked fire ; if thin, use a tinned copper tool. Use mtiriate or chloride of zinc, as a flux. The same solder will do tor iron, cast iron, or steel; if the ^eces are thick, heat by a naked fire^ or immerse in the solder. 16. Black Solder.— Copper, 2 ; zinc, 3 ; tm, 2 parts. 17. Another. — Sheet brass, 20 lbs. ; tin, 6 lbs. ; zinc, 1 lb. 18. Cold Brazing witfunit Fire or Lamp. — ^Fluoric acid, 1 oz. ; oxy muriatic acid, 1 oz. ; mix in a lead bottie. Put a chalk mark each side where you want to braze. This mixture will keep about 6 months in one bottle. 19. Cold Soldering without Fire or Lamp. — Bismuth, J oz. ; quicksilver, J oz. ; block tin filings, 1 oz. ; spirits salts, 1 oz. ; all mixed together. 20. to Solder Iron to Steel or either to Brass. — Tin, 3 parts ; copper, 39^ parts ; zinc, 7^ parts. When applied in a molten state it will finmy anite metals first named to each other. 21. Phimbers' Solder. — Bismuth, 1 ; lead, 6 ; tin, 3 parts ; is a first class compositions 22. White Solder for raised Britannia Ware. — ^Tin, 100 lbs. ; hardening, 8 lbs. ; antimony, 8 lbs. 23. Hardening/or Britannia.— ( To be mixed separately from the other ingredients). Copper, 2 lbs. ; tin, 1 lb. 24. Best soft solder for cast Britannia Ware. — ^Tin, 8 lbs. ; lead, 5 lbs. 26. Bismuth solder. — ^Tin, 1 ; lead, 3 ; bismuth, 3 parts.* 26. Soldefr for Brass that wUl stand flammertnjgr.— Brass, 78.26 parts ; zinc, 17.41 parts ; silver, 4. 33 parts ; add a little chloride of potassium to your borax for a flux. 27 Solder for Steel Joints. — Silver, 19 parts ; copper, I part ; brass, 2 parts. Melt all together. 28. Hard Solder. — Copper, 2 parts ; zinc, 1 part. Melt together. 29. Solder for Brass. — Copper, 8 parts ; zinc- 1 part : with borax. 30. Solder for Copper. — Brass, 6 parts ; zinc, 1 mrt ; tin, 1 part ; melt all together well, and pour out to cool. 31. Solder for Platina.— Gold with borax. 32. Solder for iron.- The best solder for iron is good tough brass with a little borax. N. B. In soldering, the surfaces to be joined are made perfectly dean and smooth, and then covered with sal ammoniac, resin or other flux, the solder is then applied, being melted on and smoothed over by a tinned soldering iron. SoiiDEBiNO Fluid. — ^Take 2 oz. muriatic acid; add zinc till bubbles cease to rise; add \ teaspoonful of sal-ammoniac. Black Varnish Fob Coal Buckets.— Asphaltum, 1 lb. ; lamp- black, \ lb. ; resin, \ lb. ; spirits of turpentine, 1 qt. Dissolve the asphaltum and resin in the turpentine, then rnb up the lamivblack with linseed oil, only sufficient to form a paste, and mix with the othser. Apply with a brush. 816 IfAOHINfSTS, BNOIMBERB', AC, BE0EIPT8. ^ SIZES OF TIN-WARE OF DIFFERENT KINDS. (For Diameters. Ac. qf Oirclea tee Tahlee.) Dippers. - - CSoFPBB Pots. 4* For 25 gallons, 30 by 66 inches. f 6 10 16 (t 10 by 28 12 by 40 14 by 40 20 by 42 30 by 42 40 it 36 by 63 60 «< 40 by 70 76 « 40 by 84 100 i{ 40 by 98 .(( This includes all the laps, seams, &c., which will be found sufficiently oonrect for all practical purposes. Patbnt Lubrioatino Oil. — Water, Igal.; clean tallow, 3 lbs.: palm oil, 10 lbs. ; common soda, \ lb. Iieat the mixture to about 210O Fahr. ; stir well until it cools down to 70^ Fahr., when it is fit for use. ani F dia dra dia the BOV ba r eqi r*; .-mrnv mrnn^mm- tiKm 'Tg. DS. Helg-t iches MACHINISTS, ENOnrEBRS', AC, REpSIPTS. 817 Enoimbebs' Bei^l Signals in Use on Steamebs.— (To aheadf 1 •troke, Back. 2 strokes, iS'top, 1 stroke. Slowly, 2 short strokes, i^{{ Meed, 3 short strokes, Ch ahead Slowly, 1 long and 2 short strokes, Back Slowly, 2 long and 2 short strokes, Oo ahead Full Speed, 1 Ions and 3 short strokes, Back Fast, 2 long and 3 short strokes, Hurry^ short strokes repeated. To Dtb Metals.— Metals can be dyed any color by dissolving any of the aniline dyes in methylated spirit and adding shellac. Thu solation must be painted on imtil the desired shade is obtained. If the iron has been previously painted white so much the better. to find the gibcumfebbnob of ant diametbb. Fig. 1. 8 ows. 6 inches. « tt fflciently ', 3 lbs.: o about it is fit EXPLANATION OF DIAGRAMS. From the centre C describe a circle AB, having the required diameter; then place tiie comer of the square at the centre C, and draw the lines CD and CE; then draw the chord DE; three times tlie diameter added to the distance from the middle of the chord DFE to the middle of the subtending arc DGE, will be the circumference sought TO FIND THB ABBA OF THE SECTOR OF A CIRCLB. Bulb. Multiply the length of the arc DGE by its radius DC, and half the produet is the area. The length of the arc DOE equals 9^ feet, and the radi CD, CE, equal 7 feet, required the area. 9-5X7 = 66-8 X 2 = 33-25 the area. JlMDMiKril 318 MACHINISTS, EN6INEEBS*, AC, BECfilPTS. PBOPOBTION OF OmOLKB. Fia. 2. To enable machinists to enlarge or reduce machinery wheda without changing their respective motion. First, describe two circles AB and CD the size of the largest wheels which you wish to change to a large or small machine, with the centre P of the smaller circle CD on the circumference of the htim one AB; then draw two lines LM and NO tangent to the circles AB and CD and a line IK passing through their centres P and R; then if you wish to reduce the machine, describe a circle the siee you wish to reduce it to; if one-half, for ejcample, have the centre Q oue-half the {jftBmaaiwiwwiiww ■■»»'■ w^'^^ *'^^<^m.-wi^i^ ■'ei.#«SB»*^tws9y.i**fc^*.j«^.f T8. imiin i iin-iFiii 14 da without MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 319 distance from R to S and describe the circle EF, and on its drcum- ferencea T as a centre, describe a circle GH allowing their circum- ferences to touch the tangent lines LM and NO, which will make the circle EF one-half the size of the cirde AB, and GH one-half the size of CD; therefore EF and GH are in the sameproix)rtion to each other as AB and CD. If you wish to reduce one-third, have the centre Q one-third the distance from R to S; if one-fourth have the centre Q one-fourth the distance from R to S, ««»(«»»v«»l/,». ■ ""^^x'-i'ifv^ttMnfMmimuattmm Bw nmn—a i m i ii r m * . .. ISIPTS. I It to den- AH, nnd droie FQ, KACHINISTS, BNGINEEBS', AC, RECEIPTS. 321 having the diameter equal to the length of the ellipse : from the same centre C describe a circle HJ equal to the width ; then describe the end circles LK, and LK, as much less than the width as the width is less than the length: then draw the lines MN and MN, tan- gent to the circles K'L, HJ and KL; from the middle of the Bne MN at O erect a perpendicular produced untfi it intersects the in- definite line DE ; from the point of mtersection. P as a centre, describe the arc K'HE, and with the same sweep of the dividers, mark the point R on the line DE ; from the point R draw the line RU and RT through the points K' and K where the arc K'HK touches the end circle, K'L and KL; then place one foot of the dividers on the point B and span them to the point H, and describe the arc Q'HQ, which will be equal i n len gth to the arc K'HK ; from the same centre R des- cribe the arc UWV the width of the pattern; then span the dividers the diameter of the end circle KL; place one foot of the dividers on line RV at point Q, and the other at Y as a centre, describe the arc QT the length of the curve line KG, and with the same sweep of the dividers descri < o the arc T'Q' from the centre Y' on the line RU ; then span the dividers from Y' to U, and from Y' as a centre describe the arc UX and from Y as a centre describe the arc YX, which completes the description of the pattern. The more flare you wish the pattern to have, the nearer the centre point R must be to H ; and the less flare^ the further the centre point R must be from H; in the same proportion as you move the centre R towards, or from H, you must move the centre Y towards, or from Q, or which would be the same as spannuig the dividers less, or greater, than the diameter of the end circle ELL. TO FIND THE OIBOUMFBBBNCB OF AN ELIiIPSB. RtruB. — Multiply half the sum of the two diameters by 3.1416, and the product will be the circumference. JS!KampZe.— Suppose the longer diameter 6 inches and the shorter diameter 4 inches, then 6 add^ to 4 equal 10, divided by 2 equal 5, multiplied by 3*1416 equal 16*7080 inches circumference. TO FIND THB ABBA OF AN EIXIPSB. RtTLB.— Multiply the longer diameter by the shorter diameter, and by '7864, and/he product will be the area. JEbeompJe.— Required the area of an ellipse whose longer diameter If 6 indbeB and shorter diameter 4 inches ? 6 + 4 + '7864 = 18-8496, the area. Flitx for Wbldino Cofpbb.— Boracic acid, 2 parts; phosphate of soda, 1 part; mbc. This welding powder should be strewn over the siurace of copper at a red heat; the pieces should then be heated up to a full cherry red, or yellow heat, and brought immediately un- der the hammer. Heat the copper at a flame, or gas jet, where it will not touch charcoal or solid carbon. To makb Gun Cotton.— Take dry saltpetre, J oz. ; strong oil vitriol, i 08. Mix in a tumbler, add 20 grs. of dry cotton wool, stir wiOi a glass rod 6 minutes, remove the cotton and wash from all traces of the add in 4 or 6 waters ; then carefully dry under 120o This is gon cotton. 21 I ' ' w^iaitmsti.Mmte*,wtvmAiss*iMsas,»tm':'aM-jM^m**^*^*^ S23 MAcgiNisTS, ESfQUintmt»*, *c., beg£ipt9,| TO DBSCBIBB A XUOHT AITOLED VLBOW. FlO. 5. ^ Q J f; Vint ooiMtnict i^ xectangle ADEB eqnal In width to the diametet of the eTbow, and the length equal to the drcumference; then from the point J, the middle ot the Une AB, draw the line JH,Huid from the point F, the middle of the line AD2draw the line F6 ; from the pc^nt J draw two dia|i;onal lines JD and JE; then span the dividera so ae to divide one of these diagonal lines into six eqnal parts, v!z., J, L, 0, T, O, y, E; from the point L erect a perpenmcular, produced to the line JH, from tbe point of contact M, as a centre, descrihe the avc NJO for the top of the elha^, and from the points M M as oentrM, witii tiie same sweep of the divideTB, describe the arcs KG and HO: then draw an faideflnite straight line PQ tangent to the arcs KO and NJ, having the points of contact at S and S; on this tangoitline erect a perpendicular passir«: through the point N produced until it inter- sects the line BE produced: then place one foot of the dividers on the point of faiteraection R and span them over the dotted line to tiie point T. and with the dividers thus spanned describe the arcs TS, TS, TS. and TS : these arcs and the arcs NO, NJO, and ON wiU be the liflpit angled elbow required. ■ s- . • ■■ - ;; KkMHIl ''jM^ii^^fh^tdai^mitMM;iaSn»0AiMr!et ~1 ^ metecof fiomtlia £romtjh« epoiiitj ISO as to d to the the tac oentiM, indNO; KOand leeiect It inter* onliie to the TS,TS, be the .. . MACmNIBTS, EKGHTEESS^ AC, RECEIPTS. 328 TO DESCBIBE A STBAIOHT EI^BOW. Pio. 6. A=^ ^ - — > f< rr^ •< L ^r,c i / K ■ \ /■ / %- — ~ — % '/ c. "M /• / b • \ L % m -fi ^ B-^ y —Lm. -M- Ld Mark ont the length and depth of the elbow, ABCD; draw a semi- circle at each end, as from AB and CD; divide each semicircle into eight parts; draw horizontal lines as shown from 1 to 1, 2 to 2, &c. ; divide the circmnference or length, ACBD, into sixteen equal parts, and draw perpendicular lines as in figure ; draw a line from a too and from 6 to c, and on the opposite side from d toe and e to/ ; for the top sweep set the dividers on fourth line from top and sweep two of the spaces; the same at the comer; on space for the remaining sweeps set the dividers so as to intersect in the three comers of the spaces marlced X. The seams must be added to drawing. [Another Method for describing a Straight Elbow.] Fig. 8. Fig. 7. ± I — 1 1 I — r fy^ ^' i xii I — I — r — I — } Jg£^ \« Fio. 7.— Draw a profile of half of the elbow wanted, and mark a semicircle on the One representing the diameter, divide the semi- circle into six equal parts, draw perpendicular lines from each divis- ion on the circle to the angle line as on figure. Fio. 8.— Draw the circumference and depth of elbow wanted, and divide into twelve equal parts, mark the height of perpendicular lines of Fig. 7 on Fig. 8 a 6 c &c. ; set your dividers the same as for the semicircle and sweep from e to e intersecting witii/, and the same from a to the comer, then set the dividers one-third the circumfer- ence and sweep from e to d sack «tde, and from a to 5 each «ic2e at bot- tom; then set your dividers three-fourths of the circumference and sweep from o to d each side on top, and from c to & at bottom, and Sou obtain a more correct pattern than is generally used. Allo\v for le lap or seam outside of your drawing, and lay out tiie elbow ueep enough to put together by swedge or machine. Be careful in dlvio- ing aad marking oat, Mia the large end win be true without trim- ming. The seams must be added to drawing. JET"-^ 324 MACHINISTS, ENOINBEBS', AC, RECEIPTS. TO DESOBIBK BEVEI. OOYBBS FOB VESSELS, OB BBEA8TS FOB CANS. FlQ. 9. ipn •W • From O as a centre, describe a circle DE laiser than the vessel; and from C as a centre, describe a circle AB we si^e of the vessel, then with the dividers the same as you described the circle the size of the vessel, apply them six times on the circumference of the circle larger than the vessel: for can-breasts describe the drole F6 the siee you wish for the opening of the breast. TO DBSGBIBB PITCHED COVEB8 FOB PAILS, &C.' Fia. 10. i To cut for pitched covers, draw a circle one inch larger than tie hoop is in diameter after burring, then draw a line from the centre to the circumference as iu the figure, and one inch from the centre and connecting with this line draw two more lines the ends of whidh shall be one inch on eiti^erside of the line first drawn, and then cut out the piece. to pel wl on CO' th< th( cri I co: eti br to th oti sti fu < in IS, FOB CANS. w* Vi • fhe vessel; the vessel, clethe size 3f the circle FG the Bice i • than the the centre the centre i of which. i then cut MACHINISTS, EN6IKBEB;S^ AC, RECEIPTS. TO DESOaiBB AN OVAIi BOILER OOVEB. Fia. 11. 325 F ^^^_^___-. J Ai ■ ^ " l i /H !"« From C M a centre, de8cnl)e f rdrcle whose diameter will be eqnal to the width of the boiler outside of the wire, and dr&vv the line AB perpendicular to the luie EF. having it pass through the point D, whteh is one-half of the length of the boiler; then mark the point J one quarter of an inch or more as you wish, for the pitch of title cover, and apply the comer of the square on the line AB, allo'^dng fhe blade to faU on the circle at H, and the tonnage at the poiitj; then draw the lines HB, BJ, GA and AJ, which completes tne des- cription. To Weld Steel Axles.— To insure a good weld, prepare the composition described on page 270 for welding cast steel. Use a strong fire, and when the axle is brought to what may be termed a bright red heat, apply a su^ciencyof the composition and return it to the fire until the heat is regained once more, then place it under the hammer. Be careful not to put on too much of the composMon, otherwise it might waste in the fire, and by its aflflinity for metai ob- struct the tweef iron, thereby preventing tne fire from receiving the full energy of the blast, and thus retarduig if not spoiling the job. 0OMPBB8SION OF AN INDIA-KUBBER BUFFER OF 3 INS. STBOKE. 1 ton, 1.3 inches. Ih tons. If inches. 2 tons, 2 inches. 3 tons, 2| inches. 5 tons, ^ inches. 10 tons, -3 inches. I 826 MACHmiSTS, ENOINEEBS', AC4, RECEIPTS. TO DBSGBIBB A IjIP TO A HEASUBB. Fia. 12. p Let the circle AB represent the size of the measure; epaii the di- viders from K to F three-quarters of the diameter; describe the semi- dreleDKB; move the dividers to 6 the width of the lip required, aud describe the semicircle KPJ, which will be the lip sought The CiBCiiB and its Sbctions. —1. The Arma oj circles are to each other as the squares of their diameters; any circle twice the diameter of ahother contains four times the area of the other. 2. The Radiu8 of a circle is a straight line drawn from the centre to the drcumferoice. 8L The Diameter of a circle is a straight line drawn through the centre, and terminated both wayaat the circumference. 4. A ifftord is a straight line joining any two points of the drcumfer- euoe. 6. An Arc is any part of the circumference. 6. A Semicircle is half the circumference cut off by a diameter. 17. A Segment is any pwrt of a circle cut off by a chord. 8. A /Sector is any part of a dxele eat off by two radii. Spbikos.-— The flexure of a spring Is proportional to its load and tothe cube of its length. A railway carriage spring, consisting of 10 platos 6-16 hich thief and 2 of 3-8 inch, length 2 feet 8 ins., width 8 Im:, and camber or spring 6 im, ; deflected as follows, witihiout an; permanent s6fc. * ton, iinch. 1 ton, 1 inch. 1* tons, li inches. 2 tons, hiohes. 8 tons, JTfaiches, 4 tons, 4 inches. DiFFBBENT STYLES OF FiLiNo.— To file a surfaco true, itlane- oeMary oocommencit^, to squeeze the file tightly between the third Mid fourth ongers and palm of your hand until you become used to S: Your position hi filing should be half left face to your work, with the middle of your right foot fifteen Inshas behind your left heel; ^'^^dto file your work true or square, it is necessary to reverse your woivbften, as by this means you are enabled to see the whole sur- face you are filing, and see while filing :vhether you are filing true or not. When, however, your work is so heavy that you cannot re- verse it you had better file first to the right and thei tothe left, as by this means you can plainly see the file mar^, and this agaiu assigts jM>tt ill filing true. ^ rs. spall the di- ye the semi- \p required, ught 'ctes are to 3 twice the le other. 2. •entre to the b line drawn cumference. a drcumfer- Semicircle 'mentis any rtofadxele t8 load and listing of 10 ns., width 8 dthont an; es. 2 tons, me. it is ne- mthe iMrd me nsed to work, wift r left heel; everse your I whole sur- e £liug true It cannot re- e left, a# by ^(ainassigts MAOHIKISTS) ENGINEEBSS AC, BEOEIPTS. 827 TO DB80BIBB A VJjABnSfO VESSEL PATTERN, A SET OF PATTERNS VOR A PTBAMID OAKB, OB AN ENVELOPE FOB A CONE. Fxa la i From a point C as a centre, descrtlie a circle AB eqnal to the large drcumf erence ; with the point F as a centre, the depth of the vessel, describe a circle DE equal to the small circumference; then draw the lines GH and RS tangent to the circles AB and DEj from thepoint of intersection O as a centre, describe the arcs ACB and DFE; then ADEB will be the size of the vessel, and three such pieces will be an envelope for it, and AJBTFU the altitude; then dividing the sector SOH into sections AB, DE, PQ, and WX, yon will have a set of pat- terns for a pyramid cake; and the sector AOB. will be one-third of an envel^e for a cone. In allowing for locks, you must draw the lines parallel to the radii, as represented hi the diagram bjf dotted Ihies, wnich will bring the vessel true across the top and bottom. 828 1TACHIM8TS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. TO DB8CBIBB A CONE OB FBUSTBUM. FlO. 14. *3Sj^ ^-P C.'' •^•.. Vc 0< yo w // T First draw a side elevation of the desired vessel, DE, then from A as a centre describe the arc CDC and 6EG; alter findhig the diam- eter o£ the top or large end, turn to the table ot Diameters and Cir- cumlereixces, "where you will find the true circumference, which you will proceed to lay out on the uptoer or larger arc CDC, making due allowance for the locks, wire ana burr. This is for one piece; if for two pieces you will lay out only one-half the circumference on the plate; if for three pieces one-third; if for four pieces one-fourth; and so on for any number, remembering to make the allowance for locks, wire and burr on the piece you use for a pattern. BULB FOB STBIKma OUT A CONB OB FBUSTBUM. Fia. 15. In a conical surface, there may be economy, 8ome;JlmeB, in having 4 tSS^"^ ^. y / '!MP m from A the diam- andCir- which you iking due iece; if for nee on the turth; and wance for MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 329 the Blaat height 6 times the radins of base. For a circle may be wholly cut into conical surfaces, if the angle is 60°, 30°, 15°, &c. But there is a greater simplicity in cuttiiig it, when the angle is 60°. For instance, take AC equal to the slant height, describe an in- defltdte arc AO; with the same opening of the dividers measure from A to B : draw BC and we have the required sector. This would make cne angle C eqiml 60°. This angle may be divided into two or four equal parts, and we should thus have sectors whose angle would be 30°, or which would not make the vessel very flaring. The accom- panying figure gives about the shape of the flaiing vessel when the Fia. 16. angle of the sector is 80°. TO FIND THE CONTENTS OF A PTRAMn) OB CONE. Rule — ^Multiptly the area of the base by the height, and one-third of tiie product will be the solid content. Example. — ^Required the solid content in inches of a Cone or Py- ramid, uie diameter of the base being 8 inches, and perpendicular height 18 inches? 8 X 8= 64 X. 7864X18= 904. 7808 -r L = 301.593a incheBX231=l. gall, liqts. HIPPED BOOFS, MILL HOPFEBS, &C. To find the variout Angles and proper Dimensions r f Materials toftere- by to construct any figure whose form is the FmMrum of a prop- er or inverted PyramUi, as Hipped Roofs, Mill Hoppers, &c. Fig. 17. 1 C z^^"* I y/^ X A B n having Let A6CD be the given dimensions of plan for a roof, the height RTalso being given; draw the diagonal AR, meeting the top or ridge R« on plan; from R, at right angles with AR and equal to the re- quited height, draw the line RT then TA, equal the length of the struts or comers of the roof: from A, with the distance AT, describe an arc T^ continue the diagonal AR until it outs the arc Tl, through which, and parallel with the ridge Rs, dra-yv the line m n, which de- 8S0 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. termlnes the required breadth for each side of thereof: from A. meethig the line m n, draw the line Ao. or proper angle for the end of each board by which the roof might require to be covered; and the angle at T is what the boards require to be made in the direc- tion of their thic^esa,* when the comers or angles require to be mitrod. TO DESCRIBB A HEABT. this int II cycl thei totJ are T the Draw an indefinite line AB; then span the dividers one-fonrth the width you wish the heart, and describe two semicircumferenoee AO and OB; span the dividers from A to B, the width of the heart, and describe the lines AD and BD, which completes the description* CYCLOID. Fig. la Cycloid, a curve much used in mechanics. It is thus formed: — If the circumference of a circle be rolled on a right line, beginning at any point A, and continued till the same point A arrive at we line agaiiu making just one revolution, and tnerebv measuring out a stoaightline AHA equal to the circmnfereuceof a drde. while the poUit A in the oiroumfer^ce traces out a curve line ACAQA; then from A. tbe end red; and ihedirec- iie to be MACHINISTS, ENGINEBRSV AC, BBOEIPTS. 881 this curve is called a cycloid; and some of its properties are contained in tiie following lemma: If the seuerating or revolving circle be placed in the middle of the cycloid, us diameter coinciding with the axis AB, and from any point there be drawn the tangent CF, the ordinate CDE perpendicular to the axis and the chord of the circle AD; then the chief properties are these: The right line CD equal to the circular arc AD ; The cydoidal arc AC equal to d ible the chord AD; The semi-cycloid ACA equal to aouble the diameter AB, and The tangent CF is parallel to the chord AD. This curve is the line of swiftest descent, and that best suited for the path of the ball of a pendulum. ^^ )nrth the enoes AG eart,and ion. led:— teginning t the line ngout a while the }A; then 332 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. TO FtND THE CBNTHE OF A CIBCIiE FROM A FAST OF THK CIBCUMFEKENCB. FIO. 20. Span the dividers tarr distance you wish, and place one foot on the circumference AB, and r sscribe the semi-circumferences CD, EF, GH, and IK, and through the points of their intersection PQj and US, draw two indefinite linos LM and NO : the point of their mtersection T, will be the centre desired. TO OONSTBUCT THE FBITSTRUM OF A CONE. FarmofficU Plate by which to construct any Frustrum of a Cone. Fia.21. Let ABCD represent the required frustrum ; continue the lines AD and BC, until they meet at E ; then from £ as a centre., with the radius EC, describe the arc CH ; also from E, with the radius EB, describe the arc BI : make BI equal in length to twice AGB, draw the line EI, and BCIH w the form of the plate as jeq aired. Japak Flow fob Tin. — All Colors.— Gum sandarac, 1 lb.; balsam of fir, balsam of tola, and acetate of lead, of each, 2 ozs. ; lin- seed oU, ^ pint: spirits of turpentine, 2 qts. Put all into a suitable kettle, except the turpentine, over a slow fire at first; then raise to a higher heat till all are melted ; now take from the fire, and, when a little cool, stir m the spirits of turpentine, and strain through a fine cloth. Txiis is transparent; but by the following modification, any or all of the various colors are made from it: 2. Blaok. — Prussian blue, 1 oz. ; asphaltum, 2 oz. ; spirits of turpen- tine i pint. Melt the asphaltum in the turi)ent1ne; rub up the dlue with a little of it; mix well, and strain; then add the whole to 1 pint of the first, above. 3. Blue. — ^Indigo and Prussian blue, both finely pulverized, of each i oz. ; spirits of turpentine, 1 pint. Mix. weU, and" strata. Add of this to 1 pint of the fli'st, until the color suits. 4. Red. — ^Take spirits of turpentine, ^ pt. ; add cochhieal, * oz. ; let stand 16 hours and strain. Add of this to the first to suit the fancy. If oArmine is used instead of cochineal, it will make a fine color tor wateh hands. 6. Yellow.— Take 1 bz. of pulverized root of curcumn, and stir of it into 1 pt. of the first until the color pleases you ; let staud a few hours, and strain. 6. Green. — Mix equal parts of the blue and yellow togetlier, then mix with the first until it suits the fancy. 7. thei 8. and T( I 1 o you mar mar brea it in into] circl GO time ber M part mil(j aqu( limf wat ti" then r.i4N MACHINISTS, £NGINEERSV AC, RECEIPTS. 333 7. Orange.— Mix a little of the red with more of the yellow, and then with the first as heretofore, until pleased. 8. Pink. — Mix a little of the blue to more in quantity of the red and then with the first until suited. Apply with a brush. to dbbcitlbb bevel covebs fob vssseiis, ob bbeastb fob cans. Fig. 22. y Ci> Construct a right angle ADB, and from the pofait C, the altitude height you wish the breast, erect a perpendicular line F ; then on the Ime B, mark the point E one-half the diameter of the can, and on the line F, mark the point G one-half the diameter of the opening in the top of breast; drawaline N to pass through the points E and G produced until it intersects the line A ; place one foot of the dividers at the point of intersection H, and place the other on the iwint E, and describe the circle EIK; span the dividers from point H to point G,and describe GLM ; then span the dividers from \he point D to E, and step them six times on the circle EIK, which gives the size of the breast. Remem- ber to mark the lines for the locks parallel with the radii. Mildew on Sails can be prevented by soaping the mildewed parts and then rubbing in powdered chalk. The growth of the mildew fungus can be prevented by steeping the canvas in an aqueous solution of corrosive sublimate. Anothef^way. Slacked lime 2 bushels, draw off the lime water, and mix it with 120 gals, water, and with blue vitriol i lb. (WWIB -Hk. I 334 MACHINISTS, BNOli^BEBS', «C., BBCEIPT8. 8BCT0B, VOB OBTAIKIHa AKOLBS.— FlG. 23. ( -. Sector, a portion of a circle comprehended between any two xadii and their intercepted aica.— Similar sectors are those whose radii include equal angles. To find the area of a sector. Say as 360^ is to the degrees, &c., in the arc of the sector, so is the area of the whole circle to the area of the sector. Or multiply the radius by the length of the arc, Ufid half the product will be the area. TO BTSIKB THB SIDE OF A FLABIKa VESSEL.— FlQ. 2A. To find the radius of a circle for striking the side of a flaring vemel having the diameters and depth of side given. , Rule.— As the difference between the large and small diameter ig to the depth of the side, so is the small dmmeter to the radius of the circle by which it it is struck. Example. — Suppose ABCD to be the desired vessel, with a top diam- eter of 12 inches, bottom diameter 9 inchea, depth of side 8 inches. Then as 12— 9»3 : 8: :9 to the radius. 8x9=72^3=24<7tc/lic«. answer. The Drummond Light is produced by directing a jet of mixed oxygen and hydrogen upon a pencil of pure lime, the gases being conveyed hi separate tubes or pipes, to within a very short distance from the aperture at which they are to be delivered, and the flowing together and mixing in a very mhiute Quantity before combustion takes place. This arrangement is adopted to ensure safety. The gas- es are used in the pro]X)rtion of 2 of hydrogen to 1 of oxygen, which form a dreadfully explosive mixture. l^AOHDHSTS, ENOINEESS', AC, BEOEIPTS* 335 ^u )xadiiaiid iii include )es, &C., in he area of :, and half 24. ■ingvemel iameter ii radios of top diam- 1 8 Inches. of mixed wes being t distance le flowing >nibuBtion Thegas- m, which WSnSST^ VS GALLONS OF THIi FBUBTBXTM OF A CONIi. Figs. 26, 26, 27. To find the contents in gallons of a vessel whose diameter is larger at one end than the other, such as a Bowl, Pail, Firkin, Tub, Cofi^ pot, &c. Rttlb.— Multiply the larger diameter by the smaller, and to the Sroduct add one-third of the square of their difference, multiply by ae height and multiply that product by .0034 for Wine Gallons, and by .00Sr785 for Beer. Example.— Required the contents of a Coffee-pot 6 inches in diam- eter at the top, 9 inches at the bottom, and 18 indies high, large diameter 9 brought up 1026 small do 6 .0034 64 i of the square 3 57 height 18 466 N 4104 S078 3.4884 Wine Gallons, or oearly 3^ gallons. CSiiniedap 1026 1026 multiplied by .002786 equals 2.8674 Beer Oallona. Gold Laoqxtbb fob Tin.— Tbanspabbnt, All Colubs.— Alcohol in a flask, ipt. ; add gum shellac, 1 oz. ; turmeric, ^ oz. ; redsanders, S oz. Set the nask in a warm place, shake frequently for 12 hours or more, then strain off the liquor, rinse the bottle, and return it, cork- ingtightly for use. When this varnish is used, it must be applied to the work freely and flowing, and the articles should be liot when applied. One or i][iore coats may be laid on. as the color is required more or less light or deep. If any of it should become thick from evaporation, at anv time, thin it with alcohol. And by the following modifications, all the varioos colors are obtahied. 2. Boss CioLOB. — Proceed as above, substituting J oz. of finely ground best lake in place of the turmeric. 8. Blub. — ^The blue is made by Bubstituting pulverized Prussian blue, i ez., in place of the turmeric. 4. PuBPLB. — Add a little of the blue to the first. > 0. Gbbbn. — Add a little of the rose-color to the first, Cbtbtallizbd Tin-Platb. — The figures are more or less beautiful w^HWw mfrntrnfmrnf. MACHINISTS, ENGHSfEEBS', AC, RECEITTS. and diversified, according to the degree of heat and relative dilution of the acid. Place the tin-plate, slightly heated, over a tub of water, and rub its Borface with a sponge dipped in a liquor composed of 4 parts of aquafortis and 2 of distiUed water, holding 1 part of com- mon salt or sal-ammoniac in solution. Whenever the crystalline spangles seem to be thoroughly brought out, the plate must be immersed in water, washed with a feather or a little cotton (taking care not to rub off the film of tin that forms the feathering), forth- with driPid with a low heat, and coated with a lacquer varnish, other- wise it loses its lustre in the air. If the whole surface is not plunged at once in cold water, but if it be partially cooled by sprinklmg wat- er on it, the crystallization will be finely variegated with large and small figures. Similar results will be obtain^ by blowing cold air through a pipe on the tinned surface, while it is just passing from the fused to the solid state. To Cbystallizb Tin.— Sulphuric acid, 4 ozs. ; soft water, 2 to 3 ozs., according to strength of the acid ; salt, 1^ ozs. Mix. Heat the tin hot over a stove, then, with a sponge apply the mixture, then wash ofi' I'rectly with clean water. Dry the tin, and varnish with demar varnish. TiNKiNO Small Abticles. — ^Dissolve as much zinc scraps in muri- atic acid as it will take up, let it settle, then decant the clear, and it is ready for use. Next prepare a suitable iron vessel, set it over the fire, put your tin therein, and melt it, and put as much mutton or beef tallow as will cover the tin about | inch thick. This prevents the oxidation of fixe metal ; but be very careful that the tallow does not catch fire. The iron, or any other metal to be tinned, must be well cleaned, either with scraping, filing, polishing with sand, or immerse in diluted vitriol. Proceed to wet the artides in the zinc solution, then carefully immerse them in the tallow and melted tin ; in a vel^r short time they will become perfectiy tinp'xd, when they may l>o taken out. Japanxebs' Gold Sins. — Gum ammoniac, 1 lb. ; boiled oil, 8 ozs. ; spirits turpentine, 12 ozs. Melt the gum, then add the oil, and lastly spirits turoentine. Black Vabnish fob Ibon Wobk.— Asphaltum, 1 lb. ; lamp- black, i lb. ; resin, ^ lb. ; spirits turpentine, 1 quart ; linseed oil, just sufficient to rub up the lampblack with before mixing it with the others. -Apply with a camel's hair brush. To Ekakbl Coppbb Vkssels.— Pulverize finely 12 parts of fluor spar, 12 parts unground gypsum, and 1 part borax, and luse together in a crucible ; when ooTd, mix with water to a paste, and a|: to ihe interior with a paint brush ; when dry the vessel shoulc ih^oroughly baked in a muffle or furnace. To TinCoppeb Stew Dishes, &c.— Wash the surface of the artide to be tinned with sulphuric acid, and rub the surface well, so as to have it smooth and free of blackness caused by the acid ; then sprinkle cnlcined and finely pulverized sal-ammoniac upon the surface, nolding it over a fire, when it will be sufficiently hot to melt a bar of solder which is to be rubbed over the surface. Any copper dish or vessel may be tinned in this way. Pabkeb's Coppeb Habdenikq process consists in introducing an adnoizture of a minute quantity of phosphorus into tiie metal. K :: m^ L» dilution d water, josed 01 i; of com- ystalline most be L (taking ), forth- , other- plunged ling wat- iarge and T cold air from the Iter, 2 to ix. Heat are, then iiish with B in muri- ar, and it ; over the mutton or I prevents he tallow hod, must El sand, or 1 the zinc elted tin; rhen they oil, 8 ozB. ; (md lastly lamp- id oil, just with the ts of fluor together md apply should be the article as to have sprinkle 3e, holding of solder or vessel >ducingan MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, BECEIPTS. 337 Factb-fob Gas Companies and Consumers. — Pur{fier8-Drj purifi- ers require 1 bushel of lime to 10,000 cubic feet of gas, and 1 superficial foot for every 400 cubic feet of gas. Wet purifiers require 1 busliel of lime mixed with 48 bushels of water for every 10,000 cubic feet of C Retorts — A retort produces about 600 cubic feet of gas in 6 rs (With a charge of li^ cwt. of coal, or 2800 feet in 24 hours ; 1 ton of Wigan Cannel has produced coke, 1326 lbs. ; tar, 250 lbs. ; gas, 338 lbs. ; loss, 326 lbs. Picton and Sidney coal has produced §000 cubic feet per ton ; 1 lb. peat will supply gas for 1 hour's light. Exposed lights require about 6 cubic feet ; internal lights require 4 cubic ft. per hour. Large burners require from 6 to 10 cubic feet per hour. A cubic foot of gas from a jet 1-33 of an inch in diameter and height of flame 4 inches, will burn for 65 minutes. Roain Oas. — Jet 1-^, flame 6 inches, li cubic feet per hour. In winter the avorage duration of internal lights per day is 5.08 hours; in summer it is 2.S, in spring it is 3.41 ; and in the fall 4.16. Street lamps in New York city consume 3 cubic feet of gas per hour. In some cities 4 and 5 cubic feet are consumed. Fisli-tail burners for ordinary coal gas con- sume 4 to 5 cubic feet of ^ per hour. The standard of gas huming is a 15 hole Argand lamp, mtemal diameter, .44 inches, chimney 7 in- ches in height, consumption 6 cubic feet per hour, giving a light from ordinary coal gas of from 10 to 12 candles, with Cannel coal from 20 to 24 candles, and with the coals of Pennsylvania and Virginia from 14 to 16 candles. Loss of Light by Glass Globes — Clear guiss 12 per cent, half ground 35 per cent., full ground 40 per cent. The pressure with which gas is forced through pi^es should seldom exceed 2^ inches at the works, or the leakage, will exceed the advantages to be obtained from increased pressure. When pipes are laid at an incli- nation either above or below the horizon, a correction will have to be made in estimating the supply, by adding or deducting 1-100 of an inch from the initial pressure for every foot of rise or fall* in the length of the pipe. By ejtperiment, 30,000 cubic feet of gas, sp. gr. 42, were discharged in an ho^r through a main o inches m diameter and 22.6 feet in length, r.nd 852 cubic feet specific gravity. 398 were discharged under a head of 3 ins. of water, through a main 4 Ins. in diam. and 6 miles in length. Loss of ^^lume. if discharged by fric- tion, in a pii)e 6 ins. diam. and 1 mile in length is estimated at 95 per cent. In distilling 66 lbs. of coal the volume of gas produced in cubic feet when the distillation was effected in 3 hours was 41.3, in 7 hours 37.6, in 20 hours 33.6, and in 25 hours 31.7. The time of ex- plosion is about the 27th part of a second, and the result ant tempera- ture 2474°. Gas Engines.— In the Lenoir engines the besc proportions of gas and air are, for common gas, 8 volumes of aii to 1 of gas, and for Cannel gas 11 of air to 1 of gas. An engine having a cylinder of 4| inches diameter, and 8| inch stroke of piston, making 185 revolu- tions per minute, devolops a power of half a horse. To Mbnd Iron Retorts.— Fire clay 16 lbs., saleratus, 1 lb., with water sufficient to make a thick paste. Apply to the broken part of the retort while at a good working heat, then cover it with fine coal dust, and charge the retort for working. To Stop Leaks in Clay Retorts When at Working Heat. — Five parts fire clay, 2 parts white sand, 1 part of borax pressed and ground. Mix tlie whole together with as much water as may be 22 338 MACHINISTS, ENOINEERS', AC, RECEIPTS. essary to bring it to the consistence of putty. Roll it in the hands to a prbper length and apply it over the crack, pressing it with a long spatiua into the crack. To Remove Deposit of Cabbok fbom Clay Retorts. — Leave the retort uncharged for 48 hours, or as long as can be spared. Put the lid on the mouth-piece so as to be closed at top, and open two or three inches at the bottom. Take out the stopper from stand pipe, so as to allow a current of air to pass through the retort and oxydize the carbon ; use no bar. Put in a. charge of coal after the retort has lain idle the number of hours required, and when it is withdrawn the carbon comes with it To Prevent' Gas Meters From Freezing.— Half a pint of good glycerine'is said to prevent the freezing of t gal. water, though at least dop.ble the proportion is preferable in the country, vrhatevei the temperature in the winter may happen to be. \^^322JI!^^ ^'^^S^ct \^^S^^ L0.OOO 1.000 100 EACH. How To Read' THE Gas Meter. The figures on the index at the right hand denote even hundreds. When the hand completes ti^e entire ^le it denotes ten hundred, and is registered by- the hand ba the centre circle, pointing to one — each figure in the centre circle being a thousand, this entire circle being ten thousand: and is re- gistered on the index of the left hand cirole by the hand, there de- noting by each figure, ten thousand. llie quantity ofgas which passes through the meter, is ascertained by reaoing from the hidex at the time the amount is required to be uaown, and deducting therefrom the quantity shown by the index at a previous observation. If the whole is registered by the hands on the three circles above, it faidicates 49.900 Amount at previous observation, as shown by the dotted lines 42.600 Shows amount which passed through since last taken off 7.400 The register at all times shows the quantity that has passed through since the meter was first set, by deducting from which the amount that has been paid for (without any regard to the time when,) shows that the difference remains unpaid. To Purify Gas.— The purifier is to be filled with milk of lime, made by mixing 1 part of slaked lime with 25 parts of water. A very Seat improvement in the purification of gas has been effected by r. Statter, of England, by the employment of hydrated day along witli the lime employed for this purpose. Hydrated clay unites with J. MACHINISrS, ENGINEERS*, &C., RECEIPTS. 339 le hands to rifh a long rs. — Leave ared. Put •pen two or stand pipe, ad oxydize I retort has idrawuthe int of good , tiliough at , whatever idexatthe apletea the le hand in >ntre circle and is re- , there de- iscertained iired to be le index at cles Ahove, ted ..42.600 . . .7.400 ad through le amount ne when,) of lime, Avery iffected by day along nites with J. the ammonia of the gas as with a base, and, at the same time with its .j'llphuret of carbon as an acid, and thus removes both of these nox- ious impurities from the gas exposed to its influence. It assists also, in conjunction with the lime, in removing tarry vapor and other impurities from the gas. The illuminating power of the gas is posi- tively increase'' by the clay purification from 22 to 33J per cent. Latterly, use is made of hydrated sesquioxide of iron for pimf ying gas. To Avoid Waste of Gas. — ^Tum the gas partly off at the mewr ; much gas is burned to waste by too great pressure m certain localities. In buildings of any size a good regulator will soon pay for itself. To, atop the leakage of gas. Turn off the gas back of the meter ; then take out (a screw driver is all the tool required) the plug. Next light a wax, ^rm, or uarafflne candle, and drop the melted wax, sperm, or paramne upou the surface of the plu^, till it is covered with a tiiin layer. Next, screw in the tap, and m nine cases out of ten the leak will be stopped, and remain stopped. To Remedy Scattebinq Shot Guns.— The only remedy known to gunsmiths is by choke-boring, tliat is, boring from the breech of the gun, so as to have a gradual taper towards the m azzle. This method of boriug greatly improves the shooting qualities of the gun, as the charge concentrates at the muzzle. Large shot are more apt to scatter than fine, but this depends on the bore of the eun. A large bored gun does not shoot fine shot so well as medium. A small bored gun throws fine shot with greater force than a large bored one. As a general thing, a small bored gun is not adapted to larse shot, as it does not chamber them well. The length of gun also de- pends on the size of bore— 28 or 30 inches for a gun of vtova. 10 to 14 gauge; 30 to 34, of guns from 8 to 10 ; 26 to 28, of guns of 15 to ISgauge. BBONZ^ya Fluid fob Guns.— Nitric acid, sp. gr. 1.2 i)arts; nitric ether, alcohol, muriate of iron, each 1 part; mix, then add sulphate of copper, 2 parts, dissolved in water, 10 parts. BiiUiNO ON Revolvebs and Gun Babbels is performed by simply heating the piece to be blued in powdered charcoal over a fire until the desired color is obtained. Fine Blue Finish fob Gun Babbels. — Apply nitric acid and let it eat into the iron a little ; then the latter will be covered with a thin film of oxide. Clean the barrel, oil and burnish. A very fine appearance is given to gun barrels by treating them with dilute nitrio acid and vinegar, to which has been added sulphate of copper. The metallic copper is deposited irregularly over the iron surface 'r wash, oil and rub with a nard brush. Bbownino fob Gun Babbels. — Spirits of nitre, 1 lb. ; alcohol, ] lb. ; corrosive sublimato, 1 oz. ; mix in a bottle, and cork for use. Directions: polish the barrel perfect; then rub it with auick lime with a cloth, which removes grease and dirt; no^/ apply the brown- ing fluid wim a clean whitu ck>th, apply one coat, ana set it in a warm dark place for from 10 to 20 hours, until a red rust forms on it; tiiien card it dawn with a gunmaker's card, and rub off with a clean clotii. Repeat the process if you wish a dark shade. Bbownino fob Twist Babbels.— Spirits of nitre, J oz. ; tincture of steel, I oz. ; or use the unmedicated tmcture of iron if the tincture of steel cannot be obtained; black brimstone, | oz. ; blue vitriol, ^ 340 MACHINISTS) engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. or,.', corrosive sablimate, I oz. ; nitric acid, 1 dram : copperas, i oz. ; mix with 1^ pints rain water, and bottle for use. This is to be ap- plied the sami? as the first ; it causes the twist of the barrel to be visible after application, a quality which the other liquid does not possess. Brownino Composition tor Gun BarrvLs.— 1. Blue vitriol, "4 OK. ; tincture of muriate of iron. 2 oz. ; water, 1 qt ; dissolvd, and aidd aquafortis and sweet spirits oi nitre, of each, 1 oz. 2. Blue vitriol and sweet spirits of nitre, of each 1 oz. ; aquafortis, ^ oz. ; water, 1 pint. To be used in the same manner as previously described in this work. Yabnish and Polish for Gun Stocks.— Gum shellac, 10 ozs. ; f'^m sandarac, 1 oz. ; Venice turpentine, 1 dr. ; 98 per cent, alcohol, . gaL ; shake the jug occasionally for a day or two, and it is ready for use. Appl> a few coats of this to your gun stocks, polish by rub- bing smooth, and ycrir work is complete. BoRJNa Gun Barrels.— Take a piece of rod, cast steel, | inch smaller than the interior of the barrel, and a few inches longer, beat one end up something larger than the size of the ' bore, then turn or file it in the shape of an egg, leaving the swell, or centreing part l-20th of an inch larger than the bore. With a saw file, cut longi- tudinal cuts, i inch apart, laying them the same angle as a rose bit countersink, taking care not to injure the periphery of the tool; harden and temper to straw color. Dahabous Twist and Stub-Twist Gun-Barrbls.— The twisted barrels are made out of long ribbands of iron, wound spirally around a mandril, and welded on their edges by jumping chem on the ground, or rather on an anvil embedded therein. The plain stub barrels are made in this manner, from iron manufactured from a bundle of stub- nails, welded together, and drawn out mto ribbands, to insure the possession of a material most thoroughly and intimately worked, The Damascus barrels are made from a mixture of stub-nails -^^ 1 clippings of steel in given proportions, puddled together, made into a bloom, and subsequently passed through all the stages of the manu- facture of iron, in order to obtfiin an iron that shall be of an unequal quality and hardness, and therefore display different colors and markings v^en oxidized or browned. Other twisted barrels are made iu the like manner, except that the bars to form the ribbands are twisted whilst red hot, like ropes, some to the right, others to the left, and which are sometimes laminated together for greater divers- ity. They are subsequently again drawn into the ribbands and wound upon the mandril, and frequently two or three differently pre- pared pieces are placed side by side to form the complex and orna- mental figures for the barrels of fowling-pieces, described as ttub- twist, wire-twist, Damascus-twist, &c. Sometimes Damascus gun- barrels are formed by arranging twenty-five thin bars of iron and mild steel in alternate layers, welding the whole together, drawing it down small, twisting it like a rope, and again welding three such ropes, for the formation of the ribband, which is then spirally twisted to form a barrel, that exhibitH, when finished and acted upon by acids, a diversified, laminated appearance, resembling, when prop- erly managed, an ostrich feather. DAHABKBBNiNa.— This is the art, now in a great measure lost, of m^ lOBt, of MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 341 producing a watered or wavy appearaace op the steel sword-bladett, armour, &c., or of inlaying ana encrusting steel with gold and silver, originally practised at Damascus. Various methods of damaslceen- ing were practised, but the most common seem to have been those of welding two different kinds of steel, or steel and iron, together, or of cutting lines on the surface of tiie steel and filling them with gold or silver, which was either forced into the incised lines and brou^t to a level with the surface of the steel, or remained in relief above it. When the former method was used, a light pattern, generally in many- lines, was produced on a dark ground, or vice versa, and the junction of the metals caused the pattern to run through the entire thick- ness of the blade, so that it could not be obliterated even by grind- n. )n Wooo Cuts and New Wood Types.— Wood cuts should never be washed with lye or water, benzine or camphene only should be used. Lai^e wood letters when new should be soaked in a mixture of turpentine and thin boiled linseed oil over night, and taken out of the bath in the morning, and tiaen wiped clean. Let them stand awhile to absorb what oU, etc., may not have been removed by wiping, then ink them well. After tliey stand a few hours wash them with benzine. Pbintebs' Rollebs. — No. 1. Black Composition, very durable and elastic. Genuine Irish or Buffalo glue 10^ lbs., black sugar cane, or best mai>le molasses, 1 gal., purified India rubber shavings, 1 lb., Carolina tar, 2 ozs., glycerine, 12 ozs., strong vinegar. 4ozs. Soak the glue over night ana dram in the morning by means of a covered colander. Boil molasses and skim for 20 minutes. Add the rubber shavings and stir mitil it combine«) with the molasses, add the glue and boU 6 or 7 minutes, and pour. If purified rubber cannot be pro- cured add 1^ lbs. more glue and 4 oza. more glycerine. No. 1 glue, 2 lbs. ; Baeder's glue 2 lbs. ; best sugar house molasses, 1 gal. ; gly- cerine, i pt. For Winter use, reduce each glue ^ to § of a lb. Soak the glues wrapped up separately in woolen cloths about three hours. Boil tiie molasses 45 or 50 minutes, skimmhig thoroughly. Then add the glues drained of superfluous water. Boil the whole for 16 or 20 minutes, add the glycerine, boil and stir 3 to 5 minutes then pour off. No. 3. Strong Mddle Weatlier Rollers. Temp. 60° to 70° Fahr. Coopers best glue, 8^ lbs. : extra syrup, 2 gals. ; glycerine, 1 pt. ; Venice turpentine, 2 ozs. Steep the glue in rain water unt'l pliant, and drain it well. Then melt it over a moderate fire, but do not " cook it." This will take from 15 to 26 minutes. Next put in the syrup, and boil f of an hour, stirrmg it ocoa.sionally and skimming off impurities arising to the surface. Add the glycerine and tur^>entine a few minutes before removing from the fire, and iiour slowly. Slightly reduce or increase the glue as the weather becomes colder or warmer. SiLVEBiKO Solution for Electrotype Plates. — Nitrate of silver 2 drs. ; distilled water, 37 drs. Dissolve, and add sal ammon- iac, 1 dr. : hydrophosphite of soda, 4 drs. ,• precipiteited chalk, 4 drs. Agitate the preparation occasionally for 12 hours, when it will be neady for use. Apjiy with a fine sponge. Printing on iiIASs. — A Frenchman, named Wilbaux, has taken out a patent to use an cUistic typo for printing on glasK, witli fluorspar •s*^ 342 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. rendered adhesive by some such material as mucilage or printers' ink ; sulphuric acid of suitabl'^ temperature is then allowed to act on that portion 6t the glass. The hydrofluoric acid generated in this way would etch the glass on the places printed on. When completed, the whole is washed off with warm water and lye. Liquid fob Briohtekiko Common Qualities of Black ob Colored Inks. — Demar varnish, 1 o'a. ; balsam fir, J oz. ; oil ber- gamot, 25 drops ; balsam of copaiba, 35 drops ; creosote, 10 drops : copal varnish, 50 drops. Use in small quantities. The whites of fresh eggs are also brighteners of colored inks, but they muHt be ap- plied a little at a time, as they dry very hard, and are apt to take away the suction of rollers if used for any extended period. Good Reducing Dbyer.— Brown's (genuine) Japan. Use in small quantities. Hardening Gloss For Inks. — Gum Arabic dissolved in alcohol or a weak dilution of oxalic acid. Use in small quantities, and mix with the ink as the latter is consumed. To give Dark Inks a Bronze or Changeable Hue. — Dissolve li lbs. gum shellac in 1 gal. 66 per cent alcohol or cologne spirits for 24 hours. Then add 14 ozs. aniline red. Let it stand a few hours longer, when it will be ready for use. Add this to good blue, black, cr other dark ink, as needed m quantities to suit, when if carefully done they will be found to have a rich bronze or changeable hue. Quick Dryer for Inks used on Bookbinders' Cases. — Bees- wax, 1 oz., gum arabjc (dissolved in sufficient acetic acid to make a thin mucilage), i oz.. Brown Japan, i oz. Incorpomte with 1 lb. of good Cut ink. To Renew a Hard Roller. — Wash the roller carefully with lye cover the surface with a thin layer of molasses and lay it aside till the next morning, then wash it with water, and let it hang till dry enough for using. Savage's Privting Ink.— Pure balsam of copaiba, 9 ozs. ; lamp- black, 3 ozs. ; indigo and Prussian blue, each 5 drams; Indian red, f oz. ; yellow soap, 3 ozs. Mix, and grind to the utmost smoothness. Printing Ink. — Set on a fire in a large iron pot 12 gals, of clear linseed oil, boil, and stir until it smokes, tlien ignite it, remove it from the fire and let it bum until a sample will draw into strings between the fiugers. Put the lead on to extinguish the flame, then add 1 lb. of resin to each qt. of oilj dissolve, and add gradually in slices If lbs. of soap; heat the pot ui\til the solution is complete, when the varnish is ready. Two sorts are kept, one thick, and the other thin, so as to mix when required ; the difference is caused in the boiling and firing being kept up for different periods. For large printing type a thin is required, as thick uik would only print i» patchep; for small type very stiff ink is used, to prevent it running off. For making black ink, mix together mineral lampblack, 8 lbs. ; vegetable black, 7 lbs. ; in- digo and Pnxssian blue of each 5 ozs. Indian red, 2 ozs. ; grind this with sufficient varnish, gradually adding as the grinding goes on. For colored ink use colored pigments, according to the required shade. Gum for Backing Labels. — Mix pure dextrine with boiling water until it assumes the consisteucv of ordinary mucilage. Apply with a full bodied, evenly made camel s hair brush. The paper should not be too tliin or unsized. It will dry quickly and adhere when slightly wet. Prof. Bottger's Portable Ink. — Make the strongest possible r*l 3. r printers' I to act on sd in this completed, Br^ACK OB ; oil ber- 10 drops : whites of iiHt be ap- pt to take ie in small seolved in quantities, —Dissolve spirits for few hours lue, black, f carefully e hue. B8. — Boes- to mal^e a h 1 lb. of ' carefully land lay It St it hang ss. ; lamp- in red, i )thnes8. of clear ve it from between add 1 lb. jes If lbs. le varnish , so as to md firing a thin is type very lack ink, lbs.; in- ^id this goes on. ed shade, boiling er should jre when possible T* MACHINISTS, ENOINEERS', &C., RECEIPTS. 343 solution of aniline black in water or alcohol, and soak thick unsized paper thoroughly to imbibe mixture, and then dry. Put in a botttle and add water as required. GoLORiNO AND SIZING OF PAPER. — Paper is adulterated with plas- ter of Paris, sometimes to the extent of 30 per cent., to increase the weight. Brown paper is mixed with ochre and clay, the manufac- turers say, to give it a nice brown color, but doubtless, the true reason is. to make it heavier. White soap, glue, starch, and dissolved resin with a few pounds of alum, form a good size for printing paper t(t mix with the pulp. Four or five pounds oxide of cobalt (smalte), give a beautiful blue tinge to fine wntins paper, when added to 100 lbs. of the rags. Writing paper is sized by being dipped 6 or 6 sheets at a time into a composition made from skins and other animal substances, a large pile of it being afterwards pressed to force out the su|)erfluity, although machines now exist making fine writing paper, sized with {gelatine, dried, and cut into sheets, at tlie rate of 60 feet a minute in ength, and 70 inches wide. Almost any desired shade may be im- parted to paper by the use of sex'eral of the coloring pigments ineution- ed on page 182. It requires great skill and judgment to rightly pro- portion me various ingredients for coloring the pulp. To Pulp Straw fob Paper Making.— The straw is placed in a boiler, with a large quantity of strong alkali, and with a pressure of steam CKjual to from 120 to 150 pounds per square inch, tlie extreme heat being attained in superheating the steam after it leaves the boiler, by passing it through a coiled pipe over a fire, and thus the silica 18 destroyea, and the straw softened to pulp, which, after being freed from the alkali by workmg it in cola water, is subsequently bleached and beaten in the ordinary rag machine. To Transfer Pictures from Paper to Wood for Rb-en- OBAViNO. — Soak the print in a saturated solution of alcoliol and white caustic potash to soften the ink, then transfer to the block under rol- lerpressure. To Tbansfeb Prints, &c. — Take of gum sandarac, 4 ozs. ; mastic, 1 oz. ; Venice turpentine, 1 oz. ; alcohol, 15 ozs. Digest in a bottle, ' frequently shaking, and it is ready for use. Directions: use, if pos- sible, good plate gla^s of tl\e size of the picture to be transferred, go over it with the above vaniish, beginning at one side, press down the f)icture firmly and evenly as you proceed, so that no air can possibly odge between: put aside, and let dry perfectly, then moisten the paper cautiously with water^ and remove it piecemeal by rubbing carefully with the fingers; if m; naged nicely, a complete trafisfer of the picture to the glass will be effected. Papeb for Draughtsmen, &c. — Powdered tragacanth, 1 part; water, 10 parts; dissolve and strain through clean gauze; then f^ it smoothly upon the imper previously stretched upon a board. This paper will take either oil or water colors. To Apply Decalcomine Pictures. — Varnish the pictures care- fully with the prepared varnish (which can be obtained with the pic- tures), witli an omamentmg pencu, being careful not to get the var- nish on the white paper. In a few minutes the picture wul be ready to lay on the panel, and the paper can be removed by wettm^ it, and when thoroughly dry, it should be varnished like an oil painting. Be particular to purchase only tliese transfer pictures which are covered 31^ MACHINISTS, £NOIN£ERS\ AC, R£GEIPTS. I ! with a gold leaf on the back, for they will show plainly on any colored surface, while the plain pictures are used only on white or light ground. Engraving on Wood.— In order to make this subject rightly un- derstood we will state that the log of box is cut into transverse slicea, 1 inch in depth, in order that the face of the cut may be on a level with the surface of the printers' type, and receive the same amount of pressure; the block is then allowed to dry, the longer the better, as it prevents accideqte by waipiug and splitting, which some- times nappens after the cut is executed, if too green. The slice is ul- timately trimmed into a square block, and tf the cut is large, it is made in various pieces and strongly clamped and secured together. The upper surface pf the wood is carefully prepared, so that no inequal- ities may appear upon it, and it is then consigned to the draughts- man to receive the drawing. He covers the surface with a light coat of flake white mixed with weak gum water, and the thinner the cout the better for the engraver. The French draughtsmen use an abun- dance oi flake white, but this is liable to make the drawing rub out un- der the engraver's hands, or deceive him as to the depth of line he is cutting in the wood. The old drawings of the era of Durer seem to have ^en carefully drawn with pen and ink on the wood; but the modern drawing being very flnely drawn with the pencil or silver point is obliterated easily, and there is no mode of " setting " or securing it. To obviate this danger the wood engraver covers the block with paper, and l^ars out a small piece to work through, oc- casionally removing the paper to study the general effect. It Is now his business to produce m relief the whole of the drawing ; with a great variety of tools he cuts away the spaces, however minute, be- tween each of the pencil lines, and should there be tints wanted on the drawing to represent sky and water, he cuts such parts of the block into a series of close lines, which will, as near as he can judge, print the same gradation of tint* should he find he has not done so completely, he can re-enter each line with a broader tool, cutting away a small shaving, thus reducing their width and consequently their color. Should he make some fatal error that cannot otherwise be rectified, he ctiu cut out tiie part in the wood, and wedge a plug of fresh wood in the. place, when that part of the block can be re-en- graved. An error of this kind in a wood-cut is a very troublesome thing; in copi)er engraving it is scarcely any trouble, a blow with a hammer on the back will obliterate tlie error on the face, and produce a new surface, but in wood the surface is cut entirely away except where the lines occur, and it is necessary to cut it deep enough not to touch the paper^ as it is squeezed through the press upon tlie lines in {)rintlng. To aid the general effect of a cut, it is sometimes usual to ower the surface of the block before tlie engraving is executed, in such parts as should appear light and delicate; they thus receive a mere touch of the paper in the press, the darker parts receiving the whole pressure and coming out with double brilliancy. When careful print- uig is Ijestowed on cuts it is sometimes usual to insure this good effect by laying thin pieces of card or paper on the tympan, of the shape needed, to secure pressure on the dark parts only. Die Sinking. — ^When a die is required for a coin or medals, the engraver takes a piece of soft steel of suitable dimensions, generally A MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 345 r on any white or on- se slicea, be on a the same >nger the ich some- slice i8 ul- it is made tier. The > inequal- draughts- lisht coat r the coat an abun- iboutuu- line he ia seem to ; but the or silver tting " or x)ver8 the "ough, 00- It Is now ' ; with a inute, be- anted on ts of the m judge, done so , cutting equently therwise plug of )e re-eu- iblesome KT with a produce except ;h not to lines in usual to in such a mere whole print- id effect shape 8 or 4 inches in length, and abont an inch greater in diameter tiian the coin or other article required, on this he hollows out the exact form of the desired impression by cutting away the steel by degrees, with small, well-tempered, case-hardenedtools. As soon as this work is thoroughly accomplished the steel is hardened by being heated red hot in a crucible with charcoal and oil or bone-dust, and then plunged into cold water. When a great number of coins of one sort are re- S[uired, the original die is termed the matrix, and copies are made rom it by taking impressions from it in soft steel, which is in relief, and is called the puncheon, and from wJiich, when it has been hard- ened, other dies are produced by pressure exactly similar to the matnx, and in intaglio, which are case-hardened in their turn before they are fit to transmit an impression to any metal used for money. The metal used for our coinage, whether gold, silver, copper, or bronze is stamped in a cold and solid state) but medals and casts can also be produced by a method called casting en cliche, in which the metal is used in a soft state. For this purpose an alloy is used, con- sisting of i lead, ^ tin, and \ bismuth, which fuses readily at the boiling pomt, 212° Fah. When the metal is soft, resembling paste hi consistency, the die is placed upon it, and the impression prod!uced by a smart blow from a mallet; the surface of the metal sets instantly, from coming into contact with the cold die, and thus readily retains the form that has been given to it. Copies of medals may be readily made in this way, but each face will be obtained in a separate piece, and these must be joined to give representations of the coin in a com- plete form. Ornamental work is produced in thin metal for gas fit- mig, cornices, parts of cruet-stands, trays, &c., by means of a pair of dies, on one of which the pattern is formed in rehef , and on the otlier in intaglio, the metal being placed between them, and brought into the desired shape by pressure. Dies are also made in metal for form- ing articles in gutta-percha and leather, and producing embossed figures on the cloth covers of books, as well as on cardboard, paper, &c. STEEiiPLATE ENGRAvmo. — As regards steelplate engraving it has proved immensely superior to the old copper plate system. A soft steel plate is first eu";raved with the required subject m the most fin- ished style of art either by hand or mechanically, or the two com- bined, and the plate is then hardened: a softened steel cylinder is tiien rolled over the hardened ^late, with great pressure by powerful machinery, until the engraved impression appears in relief, — the hol- low lines of the original becoming ridges upon the cylinder, the roller is re-converted to uie condition of ordinary steel, and hardened, after whi6h it sen'es for returnmg the impression to any number of decar- bonized plates, every one of whicl^ becomes absolutely a counterpart of the original, and every plate, when hardened, would yield the enormous number of 150,000 impressions, vdthout any perceptible difference between the first and the last. In one instance, from one engraving of the Queen's head on the postage stamp, over 6000 plates were produced from the original, and plates for bank-note printing are multiplied in the same way. Great caution must be used in the various processes of annealing and hardening, as only slight care- lessness would result in ruinino; the most costly plates. The method in use in the Bank of England is as foUowe : the work to be hardened A 346 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. is enclosed in a wrought-iron box witli a loose cover, a false bottom, and with three ears projecting from its surface about midway ; the steel is surrounded on all sides with carbon from leather, driven in hard, and the cover and bottom are carefully luted with moist clay; thus prepared, the case is placed in the vertical position, in a bridge fixed across a great tub, which is then fiUed with water almost to touch the flat tottom of the case; the latter is now heated in the fur- nacei as quickly as wiU allow the uniform penetration of the heat. When sufficiently hot, it is removed to its place in the hardening tub, the cover of the iron box is removed, and the neck or gudgeon of the cylinder is grasped beneath the surface of the carbon, with a long pair of tongs, upon which a couplet is dropped to secure the grasp. It only remains for the individual to hold the tongs with a glove whilst a smart tap of the hammer is given to their extremity: this knocks out the false bottom of the case and the cylinder, and the ton^s prevent the cylinder from falling on its side, and thus injuring its dehcate but still hot surface. For s(]^uare plates, a suitable frame is attached by four slight claws, and it is the fraire which is seized by the tongs: the latter are sometimes held by a chain which re- moves the risk of accident to the individual. The steel comes out of the water as smooth to the touch as at first, and mottled with all the tints of case-hardened guulocks. Wbitino Inscripi'xons on Metals. — Take J lb. of nitric acid and 1 oz. of mi riatic acid. Mix, shake well together, and it is ready for use. Cover the place you wi^h to mark with melted beeswax; when <»ld, write your inscription plainly in the wax clear to the metal with a sharp instrument; then apply the mixed acids with a feather, care- fully filling each letter. Let it remain from 1 to 10 minutes, accord- ing to appearance desired; then throw on water, which stops tiie pro- cess, and remove the wax. ETOHtNG Fluids. — Fur copper. Aquafortis, 2 ozs.; water, 5 ozs.> For steel, — Iodine, 1 ozj iron filings, $ dr. | water, 4 ozs. D^cst till tlie iron is dissolved. For fine touches. Dissolve 4 parts each of ver- digris, sea salt, and sal-ammoniac, in 8 parts vinegar, add 16 parts water; boil for a minute, and let it cool. Enoravkhs' Border Wax. — Beeswax, 1 part; pitch, 2 parts; tallow, 1 part Mix. Engravers' cement.— Rosin, 1 part; brick dust, 1 part. Mix with heat. Moulds ati> Dies. — Copper, zinc, and silver In equal proiK)rtion8; melt together .iJider a coat of powdered charcoal, and mould into the form you desiit. Bring them to nearly a white neat, and lay on the thing you would take the impression of, press with sufficient fQrpe, and you will get a perfect and beiiutiful impression. Cast Enoravinqs. — Take the engravea plate you wish to copy and arrange a I lupport of suitable materials round it: then pour on it the following alloy in a state of perfect fusion: tin, 1 part; lead, 64 parts; antimony, 12 parts. These "cast plates may be worked off on a common printing press, and offer a ready modie of procuring cheap coj>;es of the works of our celebrated artists. Blaoi.. Stencil Ink. — ^Triturate togotlier 1 pt. pine soot and 2 pts. Prussip.n blue with a little glycerine, then add 3 pts. gum arable and sufficfdnt glycerine to form a thin paste. Indelible Stencil Inks. 1. Varnish, such as is used for ordi- .-' s e bottom, Iway; the driven in loistclay; la bridge almost to lu the lur- the heat. Quing tab, udgeon of rith a long the grasp, h a glove nuty: this r, and the 18 injuring .ble frame 1 is seized which re- nes out of ith all the c acid and » ready for rax; when metal with ther, care- Bs, accord- ps the pro- ber, 6 OZB.* Digest tiU ich of var- 16 parts 2 parts; irick dust, K)ix>rtion8; Id into the ly on the lent f<^j^po> to copy pour on .; lead, 64 rorked off [procuring ind 2 pts. rabic and for ordl- r;- ;;s MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS^ 347 nary printmg ink, 1 lb. ; black snl])huret of mercury, 1 lb. ; nitrate of silver, 1 oz. ; sulphate of iron, 1 oz. ; lampblack, 2 tablespoonf uls. Grind all well together; thin with spts. turpentine as desired. 2. Sulphate of manganese, 2 parts; lampblack, 1 part; sugar, 4 parts; all in fine powder and triturated to a paste In a little water. Permanent Red. — ^Vermilion, 4 parts; sulphate of iron, 1 part; drying oil to mix. Any other color will answer besides red. Blue Ruling Ink. — Good vitriol, 4 ozs. ; indigo, 1 oz. ; pulverize the indigo, add it to the vitriol, let it stand exposed to the air for 6 days, or until dissolved; then fill the pots with chalk, add fresh gall, ^ ^11, boiling it before use. Black Ruling Ink. — ^Take good black ink, and add gall as for blue; do not cork it, as it prevents it from turning black. See 16 different inks on page 92. To Print a Picture from the Print Itself. — ^The page or picture is soaked in a solution, first of i)otassa, and then of tartaric acid. This produces a perfect diffusion of crystals of bitartarate of potassa through the texture of the unprinted part of the paper. As this salt resiste oil, the ink roller may now be passed over the sur- face, without transferring any part of its contents except to the printed part. To Clean Old Oil-Paintinos. — Dissolve a small quantity of salt in stale urine; dip a woollen cloth in the mixture, and rub the paint- ings over with it till they are clean ; then wash them with a sponge and clean water; dry them gradually, and rub them over with a clean cloth. Should the dirt not be easily removed by the above prepara- tion, add a small quantity of soft soap. Be very careful not to rub the paintings too hard. To Renew Old Oil-Paintinos.— The blackened lights of old pic- tures may be instantly restored to their original hue by_ touching them trith dentoxide of hydrogen diluted with six or eight times its weight of water. The part must be afterwards washed with a clean sponge and water. Magic Paper. — Take lard oil, or sweet oil, mixed to the consist- ence of cream, with either of the following paints, the color of which is desired: Prussian blue, lampblack, Venetian red, or chrome green, either ql which should be rubbed with a knife on a plate or stone un- til smooth. Use rather thin but firm paper; put on with a si)onge, and wipe off as dry as convenient; then lay them between micolored paper, or between newspapers, and press by laying books or some other flat substance upon them until the surplus oil is absorbed, when it is ready for use. Rubber Hand Stamps.— Set up the desired name and address in common type, oil the type and place a guard about J inch high around the form ; now mix plaster of Paris to the proper consistence, pour in and allow it to set. Have your vulcanized rubber all ready, as made in long strips 3 inches wide and i of an inch thick, cut off the size of the intended stamp, remove the plaster cast from the type, and place both the cast and the rubber in a screw press, applying sufficient heat to thoroughly soften the rul)ber, tlien turn down the screw hard and let it remain until the rubber receives the exact impression of the cast and becomes cold, when it is removed, neatly trimmed with a sharp knife, and cemented to the handle ready for use. •.liSL..^. 348 MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. To Make Doob Plates. — Cat your glass the right size, and make it perfectly deau with alcohol or soap; then out a strip of tin-foil suf-^ ficiently long and wide for the name, and with a piece of ivory or other burnisher rub it len^hwise to make it smooth: now wet the glass with the tongue (as sahva is the best sticking substance), or if the glass is ver^ large, use a weak solution of gum arable, or the white of an egg in half a pint of water, and lay on the foil, rubbuig it down to the glass with a bit of cloth, then also with the burnisher; the more it is burnished the better it will look; now mark the width on the foil which is to be the height of the letter, and put on a straight edge, and hold it firmly to the foil, and with a shaip knife cut the fou, and take off the superfluous edges; then either lay out the let- ters on the back of the foil (so they shali read correctiy on the front) by your own judgment, or by means of pattern letters, which can be Surchased for that purpose; cut with the knife, carefully holding own the pattern or straight edge, whichever you use; then rub down the edge of all the letters with the back of uie knife, or edge of tiie burnisher, which prevents the black paint or iapan, which you next put over the back of the plate from getting imder the foil; hav- ing put a line above aud one below the name, or a border around the plate or not, as you bargain for the job. The japan is made by dis* solving asphaltum in just enough turpeutine to cut it; apply with a brush, as other paint, over the Imck of the letters, aud over the glass forming a background. This is used on the iron plate of the frame also, putting it on when the plate is a little hot, and as soon as it cools, it is dry. A littie lampblack may be rubbed into it if you desire it any blacker than it is without it. BjBLIABIiEFOBMUIi^ FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS. — NO. 1. SUveV BathfOT Albumen Paper, for Summeruse. — Crystal nitrate of silver, 40 grains : nitrate of ammonia, 36 grains ; filtered rain water, 1 oz. ; saturated solution bicarbonate of soda, about 8 or 10 drops, or enough to make the bath slightly alkaline. No. 2. For winter iise. Nitrate of silver 2i ozB. ; nitrate of soda 2 ozs. ; glycerine 3 ozs. ; pure water 40 ozs. Make it a little alkaline with aquas ammonia. No. 3. Another Silver Bath.' Silver, from 40 to 45 grs. (according to temperature ;) nitrate of ammonia, 20 grs. : distilled or ice water, 1 oz. Float 45 seconds to 1 minute. No. 4. Sal Soda Toning Bath. Distilled or melted ice water 64 ozs. ; acid solution chloricfe of gold, (4 grs. to theoz.)l oz. ; saturated solution of sal soda, ^ oz. Malce it a full half hour before you wish to use it, and durin>^ the cold weather use the water slightiy warm. No. 6. Chloride of Lime Bath. Water, 40 ozs. ; chloride of lime, 6 grains ; chloride of gold, 4 grs. No. 6. Bicarbonate of Soda Bath. Chloride of gold solution ( 1 gr. to the oz. of water, ) 1 oz. ; luke warm water, 16 ozs. ; bicarbonate of soda, (saturated solution,) 10 minims. Make up fresh evvry time you pre^mre to tone.- Make half an hour before usmg. Preciiiitate the gold in the old solutions with protoBulphate of iron. No. 7 Fixing Bath. Hyposulphite of soda, 1 part to 8 of water, aud if. the paper blisters in the washing, soap the pnuts for 6 minutes in a solution of common salt No. 8. Bath for Salting the Paper. Pure n«in water, (Wozs. ; chloride of ammonium, 860 grs. ; gelatine, 120 grs. PHOTOOBAI'H PAlNTtNO IN OlL COLORS.— TlNTS FOR THE FiRST Painting.— Flesh.— M^/«me hours, and then filter. This renders the oil colorless. To purify oil. Into 1000 parts by weight of oil, put a mixture of 6 parts solution of ammonia and 6 parts water, agitate the barrel well until the alkali is perfectly mixed, which may be done in 15 minuter. The barrel is then sealed henu^t- ically, and after 3 days' repose, the oil is decanted and filtered. The residue is used for the manufacture of soap. To Clarify Coal Oil. — Place in a close vessel 100 lbs. crude coal oil, 26 qts. water, 1 lb. chloride of lime, 1 lb. soda, and j^ lb. oxide of manganese. The mix- ture is violently agitated, and aUowed to rest for 24 hours when the clear oil is decanted and distilled. The ^00 lbs. coal oil are to be mixed with 25 lbs. resin oil; this is one of the principal points in the manipulati< ; it removes the ^ummy parts from the oil, and renders them inodoxoiis. The distillation spoken of may terminate the pro- cess, or the oils may be distilled before they are defecated and preci- pitated. Oil fob Fink Mechanism.— Oil for fine mechanism can be pre- pared by putting ziuc and lead shavings, in equal parts, into good Florence olive oil, and placing in a cool place imtU the oil becomes colorless. Unequalled for sewing machmes, &c. To Make Linseed and Cotton Seed Oils. — ^In making linseed ' oil quite a variety of machinery is used, more or less expensive ao- oording to the enterprise and capital of the manufacturer. The seed is first passed through iron rollers, to be crushed or gn>un one Qf the rollers is made to revolve more rapidly tlian the other, which sub- jects each seed to a pulling, as well as to a crushing process. The meal is taken from the mill to the " chasers," when it is subjected to another cnshing process, more severe than the first. The chasers are two lari>;e ci^ular stones about 5 feet diameter, and 18 inches thick, rollir g upon a third stone in the maimer of an old-fashioned bark or cider mill. These heavy stones start the oil from the seed, md to keep it from adhering to the chasers it is moistened with water. The meal is next put into an iron cylinder, which is kept revolving jver a fire until the water is evaporated. Much of the skill of maldng oil depends upon this heating process. It must not be scorched, and vet it must be brought up to a high temperature, so that it will readi- ly give out its oil. The presses are of various structure, some of tJiem are patented, and others not open to public Inspection. In one, tiie vats or hoops holding about 2 bushels each, were placed opposite each other against two immense beams or uprights, made fast in the foundations of the building. The followers were forced down upon the meal by 2 large levers worked by hydraulic power. The meal is kept imder pressure about an hour, and the two presses work up about 92 bushels of seed every 24 hours, the mill being kept running night and day. The product is not far from 2 gals, of oil from a bushel of seed, a little more or less, according to the quality of the seed and the skill in pressing. The cakes, as taken from tne press, are generally sold by the ton without grinding, and are generaUy ex- ported in this form, but when there is a market in the vicinity of the mill, the cakes are put under the chasers, ground into ineal, bagged and sent to the feed stores. The price of the cake is from $30 to 352 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. per ton ; ground into meal it retails at about $2 per 100 lbs. The pto- cess of making the qptton seed oil and cake is nearly the same. The seed of the ui^md cotton is surroimded with a husk, to which the cot- ton adheres. It is surrounded with a soft down after it leaves the gin. and in this condition it is purchased from the planter. The seed makes better oil and better meal when it is deprived of this hull and down. The yield of oil is about 90 gallons per 100 bushels of the Sea Island, or 2 gals, to 66 lbs. of the hulled cotton seed. To Make Coal Oil. — ^Break the coal or shale into small pieces and put from 10 to 16 cwt. in an iron retort, heated to a dull red color. Lute the retort door and keep up the retort for 24 hours. By this process a vapor is thrown off whicu passes through ranges of cisterns until it condenses, when it is run into cisterns. This crude oiL when refined and punned, is sold as parafflne oil, ^d solid parafflne for making candles is made from it. Neat's Foot Oil.— After the hair and hoofs have been removed from the feet of oxen, they yield, when boiled with water, a peculiar fatty matter, which is known, as Neat's Foot Oil ; after standing, it deposits some solid fat, which is separated by filtration; the oil then does not congeal at 32°, and is not liable to become rancid. It is often mixed with other oils. This oil is used for various purposes, such as harness dressing, oiling tower clocks, &c. Tallow Oil. — ^The oil is obtained from taUow by pressure. The tallow is melted, and ' when separated from tho ordinarv impurities by subsidence, is poured into vessels and allowed to cool slowly to about 80°, when the stearine separates 1^ grannies, which may be separated from the liquid part bv straining t irough flannel, and is then pressed, when it yields a fresu portion of liquidoil. It is used in soap manufacture. &c. Lard oil ib obtained from hog's lard by pressure, when the liquid part separates, while the lard itself becomes much harder. According to Braconet. lard yields 0.62 of its weight of this oil, which is nearly colorless.- It is employed for greasing wool, and other purposes. Economic Lubbicatobs.— 1. India rubber, 4 lbs. ; dissolved in BPts. turpentine; common soda, 10 lbs.; glue, 1 lb.; water, 10 gals.^ oil, 10 gals. Dissolve the soda and glue in the water by heat, then add the oU, and lastly the dissolved rubber. 2. To Lessen Friction in ■Machinery. — Grind together black lead with 4 times its weight of lard or taUow. Camphor is sometimes added, 7 lbs. to the himdred weight. 3. AnU-FHction G'reaae.— Tallow, 100 lbs. ; palm oil, 70 lbs. ; boil together, v hen cooled to 80°, strain through a sieve, and mix with 28 lbs. soda, and 1^ gals, water. For winter take 25 lbs. more • oil in place of the tallow. 4. Booth's Railway Axle Gfrecwe.— Water, 1 gal. ; clean tallow, 3 lbs. ; palm oil, 6 lbs. ; common soda, ^ lb. ; or ta^ow 2 lbs. ; palm oil, 10 lbs. Heat to about 212°, and stir well ujxtU it cools to 70°. 5. Drill Lubricator. — For wrought iron, use 1 lb. soft soap mixed with 1 gal. of boiling water. It uisures good work and clean cuttiug. To Rbmbdy Slip of Dkivikg Bblts.— Dab on a little of the sticky oil which oozes away from the, bearings of machinery. Blasting Powders.— Reduce separate^!/ to powder, 2 parts chlorate of potassa and 1 part red sulphuret of arsenic ; mix VQvy lightly to- gether, or powder separately, 6 parts chlorate of potassa ; 2 parts red sulphuret of arsenic, and 1 part ferrocyauide of potassium rs. MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. 353 i. The pro* «me. The Uch the oot> leaves the . The seed lis hull and ) of the Sea mall pieces 11 red color. rs. By this I of cisterns e oil, when arafflue for >n removed , a peculiar Btandins, it ihe oil then It is often Surposes, i7.— The nelted, and 3, is poured ^e stearine aid part bv )ldg a ^esn Lard oU id separates, Braoonet, orless.- It isolved in 10 gals.; loat, then 'friction in sv^eight of hundred 11,70 lbs.; and mix bs. more *■ —Water, i lb. ; or vrell until use 1 lb. )od work of the chlorate ;htly to- ; 2 parts >tassium (pruBsiate of potassa) , mix cfliefully, or, mix carefully as before, after having separately reduced to powder equal parts chlorate of po- tassa and ferrocyanide potassium. These possess eiglit times the ex- plosive force of gunpowder and must be used with the greatest cau- tion. Blastikq Rocks, &c. — In small blasts, 1 lb. of powder will loosen about 4i tons. In large blasts, 1 lb. of powder will loosen about 2^ tons ; 50 or 60 lbs. of powder, enclosecl in a resisting bag hung or propped up against a gate or barrier, will demolish any ordinary con- struction. One man can bore, with a bit 1 inch in diameter, from 50 to 60 inches per day of 10 hours in granite, or 300 to 400 ius. per day in limestone. Two strikers and a holder can bore with a bit 2 ins. in diameter 10 feet per day in rock of medium hardness. To MAKE DuALiN. — Dualiu is made from i)aper stock, saturated with nitrate of potassium and dried in a furnace. Then ground and mixed with nitro-glyceiine. Component parts of nitro-glycerine. To 4| lbs. concentrated sulphuric-acid and 2J lbs. of concentrated nitric acid, add 1 lb. of glycerine. Labor on Embankments. — Single horse and cart. A horse with a loaded dirt cart employed in excavation and embankment, will make 100 lineal feet, or 200 feet in the distance per minute, while moving. The time lost in loading, dumping, awaiting, etc, =4 min- utes per load. A medium laborer will load with a cart in 10 hours, of the following earths ; measured in the bank : Gravely earth 10. Loam 12, and Sandy earth 14: cubic yards; carts are loaded" as follows: Descending hauling, J of a cubic yard in bank; Level hauling 2-7 of a cubic yard in bank; Ascending hauling, J of a cubic yard in bank, Loosening, &c. In loam, a three-horse plow wiU loosen from 250 to 800 cubic yards per day of 10 hours. The cost of loosening earth to be loaded will be from 1 to 8 cents per cubic yard, when wages are 105 cents per day. The cost of trimming and bossing is about 2 cents per cubic yard. Scooping. A scoop load will measure 1-10 of a cu- bic yard, measured in excavation. The time lost in loading, unload- ing and trimming, per load, is 1^ minutes. The time lost for every 70 feet of distance, from excavation to bank, and returning is 1 minute. In Double Scooping, the time lost in loading, turning, &c., will be 1 minute ; and in Single Scooping, it will be IJ minutes. (Ellwood Morris. Haulenq Stone. — A cart drawn by horses over an ordinary road will travel 1.1 miles per hour of trip. A 4-hor8e team will haul from •25 to 36 cubic feet of lime stone at each load. The time expended in loading, unloading, &c., including delays, averages 35 minutes per trip. The cost of loading and unloading a cart, using a horse cram at the ?uarry, and unloading by hand, when labor is $1.25 per day, and a horse 5 cents, is 25 cents per perch=24.75 cubic feet. The work done by an animal is greatest when the velocity with which he moves is | of the greatest with which he f)an move when not impeded, and the force wien exerted .46 of the utmost force the animal can exert at a desid pull. Hay. — 270 cubic feet of new meadow hay, and 216 and 243 from larfre or old stacks, will weigh a ton, 297 to 324 cubic feet of dry clover weigh a ton. lOB. — To compute the number of tons an ice-house will contain, cal- cidate the number of cubic feet in an ice-house, and divide by 35 ; 23 . The result will be t)ie answer in pounds. The live weight multiplied by 6.05, gives a near approximation to the net weight Gauging Streams.— Multiply the square root of the cube of the height in inches of the water on the sill of the weir or gauge by the constant 17.13, which will give the number of gallons per minute. If the water has any initial velocity it must be determined by exjieri- ment, and in that case multiply the square of the height by the square of the velocity, and by 0.8 ; to the product add the cube of the height, extract the square root of the sum, and nmltiply by 17.13 as before. Stowage of Coals.- The following mformatiou will be valuable to many coal dealers and consumers who may be in doubt as to the capacity of their coal bins. A box 4 feet long, 3 ft., 6 m., wide, and 2 ft, 8 in., deep, has a capacity of 36^ cubic feet, and will contain 2000 lbs., or one ton of Beaver Meadow or Lehigh (American) coal. The spaces occupied by one ton of tlie undermentioned English coals, economic weight are: — Haswell's Wallsend, 45*25 cubic feet Nortli Percy, Hartley (Newcastle) 4090 cubic feet Balcarras Arley (Lan- cashire) 44'35 cubic feet. Cannel (Wigan, Lancashire) 4()'37 cubic feot DufEryn (Welsh) 420J) cubic feet Pontypool (Welsh) 40-22' cubic feet. Hence, a shed 16 feet high, 20 feet broad, and 30 feet long, will hold over 212 tons of Haswell's Wallsend (Newcastle) coals, about 207 tons of Cannel, and 228 oi Duffryii. The average sjmce occupied by one ton of Newcastle coal, economic weight, is 44 cUbic feet, that of one ton of Lancashire coal, 44i cubic feet, and that of 1 ton of Welsh coal, 41 cubic feet. Therefore a shed of the above dimensions, would, on the average, hold 217 tons of Newcastle ccal, 216 of Lancashire, and 234 of Welsh. From the above data, any in- tending purchaser can easily calculate the capacity of his coal bins, sheds, &c., and in many cases secure a good bargain by laying in a large stock when coals are cheap. s. if is closely ton. Loose 17.8. Clay h and saud roportions ; in embaiik- Lk fully one I or ground ay, 31 cwt. ; tz, 41 cwt ; n inches the de, and the )ulder blade, the girth is 3 and 5 feet, If between !t I-IX) from he square of The result )y 6.05, gives cube of the ;auge by the I per minute, id by exi)eri- ly the square ;ube of the f by 17.13 as be valuable iibt as to the ., 'vide, and will contain erican) coal, iiglish coals, leet. North [Arley (Lan- 4()*37 cubic, elsh) 40-22 |30feetloug, istle) coals, \erage siiace is 44 cubic id that of 1 the above castle ccal, |ata, any in- is coal bins, laying in a t MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 355 Quantity of Seed requibed for a Given Number of Hills, or LENGTH of Drill, — Asparagus 1 oz. to 60 feet drill; beetl oz. to 60 ft. drill ; carrot 1 oz. to 180 ft. drill ; endive 1 oz. to 150 ft. drill ; onion 1 oz. to 100 ft. drill ; parsley 1 oz. to 150 ft, drill ; parsnip 1 oz. to 200 ft drill; radish 1 oz. to 100 ft. diill; spinach 1 oz. to 100 ft. drill; turnip 1 oz. to 150 ft. drill; peas 1 qt, to 100 ft. drill; dwarf beans 1 qt. to ItO hills; com 1 qt. to to 200 hills; cucumber 1 oz. to 50 hills; watermelon 1 oz. to 30 hills ; muskmelon 1 oz. to 60 hills ; pumpkin 1 oz. to 40 hills ; early squash 1 oz. to 50 hills ; marrow squash 1 oz. to 16 hills ; cabh ^e 1 oz. to 3000 plants ; cauliflower 1 oz. to 3000 plants ; celery 1 oz, o 4000 plants; egg plant 1 oz. to 2000 plants; lettuce 1 oz, to 4000 plants; pepper 1 oz. to 2000 plants; tomato 1 oz. to 2000 plants. QUANTITiT of SEED REQUIRED PER ACRE, AND ACTUAL WEIGHT OF EACH TO THE BusHEL. — Wheat (broadcast) Ij^ to 2 bushels; ditto, in drills, 1^ bushels, weight per bushel, 60 lbs; rye, broadcast, Ij bushels, weight 56 lbs. ; oats, broadcast, 2 bushels, weight 33 lbs. ; timothy, broadcast, 2 gals., 45 lbs. per bushel; red clover, broad- est, 3 to 4 gals., 60 lbs, per bushel; white clover, broadcast, 8 lbs., 50 lbs. per bushel, lucerne, broadcast, 10 lbs. 54 lbs. per bushel; herd or red top, broadcast, 1 to 1^ bushels, 14 lbs. per bushel ; bluegrass. broadcast, 1 to li bushels, 14 lbs. per bushel; millet, broadcast, j to 1 bushel, 45 lbs. per bushel ; Hungarian, broadcast, | to 1 bushel, 50 lbs. per bushel; corn hi hills, 1 to li gals., 56 lbs. per bushel; turnips and ruta baga, 1 lb., 60 lbs. per busliel; onion sets, 28 lbs per bushel. Cotton Factory. — Condenstnft Engi)ie, Cylinder, 37 in. diam. Stroke of piston, 7 ft. Volume of piston space, 53.6 cubic ft. Average pressure of steam, 16.73 lbs. per square hich. Revohitions, 17 per minute. Fi iction of Engine ar.i Shafting, (indicated) 4.75 lbs. per sq. inch of piston. Indicated Horses Power, 125. Total power = 1. Available, deducting friction, =717. (The foregoing haa reference to an English Mill, for driving 22,060 Hand mule spindlea, with preparation, and 260 Looms, with common aizing.) Remarks. — Each indicated horse's power will drive 305 haud-mule gphidles, with preparation, or 230 self acting " or 104 throstle " or 10.6 looms with common sizing. Including preparation : 1 throstle spindle = 3 hand-mule, or 2.25 self acting spindles. 1 self actuig spindle = 1.2 hand-mule spindles. Exclusive of preparation, taking only the spindle : 1 throstle spindle=33.5 hand-mule, or 2.56 self acting spindles. 1 self acting spuidle = 1.375 hand-mule spindles. The throstles are the common, spinning 34 twist for power loom weaving ; the spindles revolve 4000 times per minute. The self acting mules are, one half spinning 3()'s weft, spindles revolving 4800 ; the other half spinning 36'8 twist, spindles revolving 5200, The hand-mules spmniug about equal quantities of 36' s weft and twist. Weft spindles 4700, and twist spindles 5000 rev. per mmute. Aver- age breadth of looms 37 ins. (weaving 37 ins. cloth), making 123 picks per minute. All common calicoes about 60 reed, Stoclcport count, and 68 picks to the inch. No power consumed by the sizing. When the yam is dressed instead of sized, one horse's power cannot » »'.JiW|cKMrm 856 MACHINISTS,* engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. drive so many looms, as the dressing machine will absorb from .17 to .14 of the nower. Size FOR Dressing Cotton Yarn OB Warps.— Flour 280 lbs ; tal- low I lb. ; add i to 2 per cent, of the amount of flour employed of paraiilne. The parafHne may be made to replace the whole, or a part of tiie tallow employed. Beautitul Sizing for Linen. — Crj'stallized carbonate of soda, 1 rirt ; white wax, 4 to 6 parts ; stearine 4 to 6 parts ; pure white soap, to 6 parts ; fine Paris white or carbonate of magnesia 20 parts ; po- tato starch, 40 parts ; fine wheat sfcirch, 160 parts ; boil with sufficient water to form 1000 parts altogether, adding, if desired, some ultra- marine to counteract tne yellow tint of the linen. The luien is starched with this preparation, afterwards steamed and dried, then sprinkled with soap-water and placed in the stamping mill, afterwards steamed and calendered. The Mariner's Compass. — The needle or magnet is said to point always to the north, and as a matter of course the other points, as east, west, &c., are easily found by the needle pointing north and south. In ceitain pai-ts of the woi-ld, however, tiie needle does not point to the north, but is drawn considerably to the right or left of true north. This is tilled the variation of the compass, and must be known accun.'ily by the navigator in order to correct and steer the right course. For instance in crossing tjie Atlantic Ocean, the variation of the compass amounts in sailing vessels to 2J or 2| points westerly, and the course steered must be corrected according- ly. Say that you wish to make a due east cpurse, you must steer ^ or 2f points south of that or to the right hand in order to make a direct course. » Off the Cape of Good Hope in the South Atlantic Ocean, strange enough, the variation of the compass in ships bound to India or Aus- tralia is 2| points easterly, and in order to make it due east course it is nece88.ary to steer 2^ to the north or left of her course, while again to- wards the equator or centre of the globe there is hardly any percept- ible variation of the compass at all. The way of finding out '^ow much the compass varies in different parts of the' world, is by i>.jber- vatiims of the sun taken with the compass, and the difference be- tween the true and magnetic or compass bearing is the variation, which must be appUed as a corre(!tion to the course steered. We have, however, in iron ships or steamers what is called the deviation of the compass to attend to besides the variation. This is the local attraction caused by the iron, and must be carefully, understood be- fore steamers or iron ships attempt w go to sea. As in steamers of the Allan or Cunard line, each vessel before proceeding on her first voyage must be carefully swung, and magnets fixed to the deck, be- sides small chains placed on each side of the compasses in boxes, in order to countei-act the attraction of the iron. Thus the com[)afl8es are so nicely balanced with the magnets and iron, that it is rare in- deed at this day that they get out of order on a trans- Atlantic passage. The consequences to either steamer or sailing ship whose compasses are astray would be terrible to contemplate, even if it were but one- half point, on dark winter nights approaching the land. These diffi- culties are now happily obviated by the discoveries of modem science, and their application in correcting the compass at sea. ^fi> m> m9x pbfrom .17 to 280 lbs ; tal- employed of lole, or a part ite of soda, 1 re white soap, 20 parts ; po- ivith sufBcient , some ultra- en is starched lien sprinlded ards steamed I said to point ler points, as iH8se8 it is rare in- itic jjassage. p compasses re but one- These dlffl- em science, fli> MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 857 Value of Fuel.— With equal weights, that which contains most hydrogen ought, in its combustion, to produce the greatest volume of flame when each kind is exposed uud!er like advantageous circum- stances. Thus, pine is preferable to hardwood, and bitiiminous to anthracite coal. To produce the greatest quantity of heat, wood should in every case, be as dry as possible, as usually employed it has about 25 per cent of water mechanically combined with it. caus- ing an entire loss of the heat required for its eva^)oration. Tne dif- ferent volumes of oxygen required for different kinds of coal varies from 1'87 to 3 lbs. for each lb. of coal. GO cubic feet of air is necessary to furnish 1 lb. of oxygen. Making a due allowance lor loss, nearly 90 cubic feet of air are required in the furnace of a boiler for each lb. of oxygen applied to the combustion. Anthracite Coal. Experi- ments prove the evaporative jxiwer of this coal in the furnace of a steam boiler to be from 74 to 9^ lbs. of fresh water per lb. of coal ; with Cannel or Parrot coal the result was (i to 10 lbs. of fresh water under a pressure of 30 lbs. per square inch, for 1 lb. of coal. BHu- minoua coal bums readily, and genemtes steam rapidly, leaving a white ash; Oakimf coal iy unsuited when great heat is required, as the draught of a furnace is impeded by its caking, but it is applicable for the production of gas and coke ; Splint or Hard coal kindles less readily than caking coal, but when ignited produces a clear and hot fire; Clherry or Soft coal does not fuse when heated, is very brittle, ignites readily, aiid produces a bright fire with a clear yellow flame, but consumes rapidly. The limit of evaporation, from 212° for 1 lb. of the best coal, assuming all of the heat evolved from it to be absorb- ed; would be 14.9 lbs. The evaporative power of Coke in the furnace of a steam boiler, and under pressure, is from 7^ to 8J lbs. of fresh water, per lb. of coke; that of charcoal 5^ lbs. of fresh water per ^b. Wood will furnish, when properly charred, 25 per cent of charcoal. The slower the charring process goes on, the greater the production. The evaporative power of t cubic foot of pine wood is equal to that of 1 cubic foot of fresh water; or, in the furnace of a steam boiler, and under pressure, it is 4S lbs. fresh water for 1 lb. of wood. One cord of hardwood and 1 cord of soft wood, such as the general average in Canada, is equal in evaporative effects to 2000 lbs. of anthracite C(>al. One cord of the kind of wood U36d by American river steamers in the West, is equal to 12 bushels (9G0 lbs.) of Pittsburg Return Flue BortER, coal; 9 cords cotton, ash and c;\'press wood are equal to 7 cords yellow pine. The densest woods give the greatest heat, as charcoal gene- rates more heat than flame. The evaporative power of peat in the furnace of a steam boiler, and under pressure, is 3^ to 5 lbs. of fresh water for every lb. of fuel. Bitiiminons coal is 13 per cent more ef^ fective than coke for equal weights, and in England the effects are alike for equal costs. In an experiment under a pressure of 30 lbs. 1 lb. pine wood evaporated 3.5 to 4.75 lbs. water, I lb. Lehigh coal, 7.25 to 8.75 lbs. The least consumption of coal yet attained is 1^ lbs. ' I 858 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. per indicated horse-power. It usually varies in different engines from 2 to 8 lbs.. Railway experiments demonstrate 1 ton of Cumberland coal, (2240 lbs.) to be equal in evaporating elfect to 1.26 tons of an- thracite coal, and 1 ton of anthracite to be equal to 1.75 cords pine wood ; also that 2000 lbs. Lackawanna coal are equal to 4500 lbs. best pine wood. Much depends on the kind of boiler used. The Return Flue Boiler gives very good results in economizing heat. See diagram above. Specific Gravity. — Is the density of the matter of which any body is composed, compared with the density of another body as- sumed as the stjindard, or 1000. This standard is pure distilled water for liquids and solids, and atmospheric air for gaseous bodies and vapors. Thus as gold is 19, and silver 10 times heavier than water, those numbers 19, and 10 are said to represent the specific gravity of gold and silver. The hea>iest known substance is iridium, used for pointing gold pens ; its specific gravity is 23. The lightest of all liquids nas a specific gravity of 0.6, it is called chimogene, and is made from petroleum, it is exceedingly volatile and combustible, being in fact a liquefied gas. Carbonic acid gas or choki damp is 500 times lighter than water, common air 800, street gas about 2000, and pure hydro- gen the lightest of all substances, 12,000 times. The heaviest substance as thus 23+12,000, or more than a quarter of a million times more weight than an equal bulk of the lightest; and the substance of which comets consist, has by astronomers been proved to be even several thousand times lighter than hydrogen gas. Appboved Fkiction Matches.— About the best known prepara- tion for friction matches consists of gum arable, 16 parts by weight; phosnhorus, 9 parts; nitre, 14 parts; peroxyde of manganese, in powder, 16 parts. The gum is first made into a mucilage with water, then the manganese, then the phosphorus, and the whole is heated to about 130° Fah. When the phosphorus is 'melted the nitre is ad- ded, and the whole is thoroughly stirred until tlie mass is a uniform paste. The wooden matches prepared first with sulphur, are then dipped in this and afterward dried in the air. Friction papers, for carrying in the pocket, may be made in the same manner, and by addmg some gum benzoin to tlie mucilage they will have an a^ee- able order when ignited. Improved Colored Fires. — White. — Saltpetre, 2 parts; sulphur, 2 parts; antimony, 2 parts. Red. Xitrate of strontia, 20 parts; chlorate of pfjtash, 5 parts; sulphur, 6^ parts; charcoal, 1 part. Blue. Chlorate of potash, 9 parts; sulphur 3 parts; carbonate of copper, 3 parts. Yellow. — Nitrate of soda, 24 parts; antimony, 8 parts, sul- phur, 6 parts; charcoal, 1 part. Green. — Nitrate of baryta, 26 parte: chlorate of potash, 18 parts; sulphur, 10 parts, Violet. — Nitrate of stnmtia, 4 parts; chlorate of potash, 9 parts; sulphur, 5 parts; car- boi\ate of copper, 1 part; calomel, 1 part. To Re-cover Hammers in Pianos.— Get felt of graduated thick- new, cut it in strips the exact width, touch only the two ends with glue, not the part strikmg the strings. Hold in place with springs ol naiTow hoop iron. Water. — Fixsh Water. — The component parts by weight and meaaure is. Oxygen, 88.9 by weight, and 1 by measure, Hydrogen, 11.1 by weight, and 2 by measure. One cubic inch of distilled water at its maximum density of 39°. 83, the barometer at 30 inches, weighs 4 4 EIPTS. nt engines from of Cumberland 25 tons of an- 1.76 cords pine to 4500 lbs. best The Return i. Seedia^^m of which any Jtlier body as- I distilled water JUS bodies and er tlian water, cific gravity of dium, used for st of all liquids is made from being in fact times lighter d pure hydro- Iciest substance Ml times more ance of which 1 even several lown prepara- rts by weight; langaueae, in fe with water, lole is heated le nitre is ad- is a uniform lur, are then 1 papers, for ■nner, and by re an agree- rts; sulphur, ia, 20 parts; Ipart. Blue. of copper, 3 8 parts, sul- S'ta, 26 parfe: ' .—Nitrate of > paits; car- uated thick- yo ends with ih springs of weight and ), Hydrogen, stilled water 3hes, weighs f^. MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. 359 252.6937 grs., and it is 828.5 times heavier than atmospheric air. A cubic foot weighs 1)1)8.068 ounces^ or 62.37923 lbs. avoirdupois, but for facility of computation the weight is usually tnken at 100() ounces and 62.5 lbs. By the British Imperial Standard, the weight of a cubic foot of water at ()2o, the barometer at ;J0 ins. =5)98.224 ouiicon. At a temperature of 212° its weight is 59.625 lbs. Below 39°. 83, its den- sity decreases at first very slow, but proj^ressing lapidJy to the point of congelation, the weight of a cubic foot ot ice being but 57.25 lbs. ;35.84 cubic feet of water weigh a ton. 39.13 cubic feet of ice weigh a ton. Kiver or canal water contjxhis l-20th of its voUime of gaseous matter: spring or well water l-14th. Sea Water. — A cubic foot of it weighs 64.3125 lbs., 34.83 cubic feet weigh 1 ton. Sea water contains from 4 to 5 J ozs. of salt in a gallon of watei-, varying according to locality, and 62 volumes of carbonic acid in 1000 of water. Dr. Arnott esti- mated the extreme height of the waves of an ocean, out on the open sea and free from any influence of land, to be 20 feet. The French exploring expedition computed waves of the Pacific to be 22 feet. The average force of the waves of the Atlantic Ocean during the summer months, as determined by Tlionias Stevenson, was 611 lbs. per sq'iai-e loot; for the winter months, 2086 lbs. During a heavy gale a force of 6383 lbs. was observed. Destructive effect of Sea water upon Metals and Alloy' 8 per square foot. Steel, 40 grs.; iron, 38; copper, 9; Einc, 8; galvanized iron, 1.5; tin, 2. Warming Buildings or Apartments. — (By low pressure steam H to 2 lbs. ) or hot water. — One square foot of plate or ipipe surface •mil heat fi-om 49 to 100 cubic feet of inclosed space to 75° in a latitude where the temperature ranges from — 10°, or 10 below zero. The range from 40 to 100 is to meet the conditions of exposed or comer buildings, of buildij ^'s less exposed, as the intermediate ones of a block, and of rooms intermediate between the front and rear. As a general rule, 1 square foot will heat 75 cubic feet of air in outer or front rooms, and 100 in inner rooms. By High pressure Steam.— When steam at a pressure exceeding 2 lbs. per square inch is used, the space heated by it will be in proportion to its increase of temper- ature above that pressure less the increased radiation of heat in its course to the place of application. One cubic foot of water evaporated is required for every 2000 cubic feet of inclosed space. Mackinto.sh Cloth. — The material is merely two layers of cotton cemented with liquid India rubber; but the junction is so well effect- ed that the three become, to all intents and purposes, one. The stout and well-woven cloth is coiled upon a horizontal beam like the yard beam of a loom ; and from this it is stretched out in a tight state and a nearly horizontal direction ; a layer of liquid or rather paste-like solution is applied with a spatula, to a considerable thiclmess, and the cloth is drawn under a knife edge which scrapes the solution and diffuses it equally over every part of the cloth, which may be 30 or 40 yards long. The cloth is then extended out on a horizontal framework to dry ; and when dried a second coating is applied in the same way, and a third or fourth coat if necessary. Two pieces, thus coated, are next jjlaced face to face with great care, to prevent creasing or distortion ; and being placed between two wooden rollers, they are so thoroughly pressed as to unite durably and permanently. Cloth, thus cemented and doubled and dried, may be cut and made into f 360 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. gannents which will bear many a rough trial, and many a deluging, Def or& rain or water can penetrate. To Pktbify Wood — Gum salt, rock alum, white vinegar, chalk and pebbles powder, of each an equal quantity. Mix well together. If, after the ebullition is over, you throw into this liquid any wood or porous substance, it will petrify ii. To Construct an ^Eolian Harp. — Make a box with the top, bot- tom, and sides of thin wood, and the ends 1^ inch beech, form it the same length as the width of the window in which it is to be placed. The box should be 3 or 4 inches deep, and 6 or 7 inches wide. In the top of the box, which acts as a soimding board, make 3 circular holes about 2 inches in diameter, and an equal distance apart. Glue across the sounding board, about 2^ inches from each end, 2 pieces of hard wood J inch thick, and i inch high, to serve as bridges. You must now procure from any musi- cal instrument maker twelve steel pegs simila. to those of a piano- forte, and 12 small brass pins. Insert them in the following man- ner .o^jo the beech : first commence with a brass i)in, then insert a steel peg, and so on, placing them alternately J in. apart to the number of twelve. Now for the other end, which ^ou must com- mence with a steel peg, exactly opposite the brass pin at the other end, then a brass pin, and so or., alternately, to the number of 12 : by this arrangement you have a steel peg ana a bras^ pin always oppo- site' each other, which is done so that the pressure of the strinjgs on the instrument shall be miiform. Now string the instrument with 12 first violin strings, making a loop at one end of each string, which put over the brass pins, and wmd the other ends round the oppo- site steel pegs. Tune tnem in unison, but do not draw them tight. To mcreaae the current of air, a thin board may be placed about 2 inches above the strings, supported at each end by 2 pieces of wood. Place the instrument m a partly opened window, and to increase the draft, open the opposite door. To Construct a Metronome. — Take a cheap clock movement and substitute for the pendulum a wire with a sliding weight, mark- ing the wire with a file at the different points of graduation. Used to indicate the proper time in music. To Bend Gt^ass Tubes. — Hold the tube in the upper part of the flame of a -spirit-lamp, revolving it slowly between the fingers : when red hot it may be easily bent into any desired shape. To soften large tubes a lamp with a double current of air should be used, a» it gives a much stronger heat than the simple lamp. Black Lead Pencils. — The best pencils are made bj\r grinding the black lead into a fine impalpable powder, then formmg it into blocks by compression without any cementing substance, and finally sawhig it up into the square prisms, which, when placed in grooves in wood, form the black lead pencils of commerce. The color can be graduated to any desired tinge by the intermixture of very finely ground clay, by the process of Prof. Brodie. the most intractable graphite may be reduced to the finent jwwder with great ease. The mineral is coarsely powdered and mi^ed with l-15tli of chlorate of S3tash, to wliich mixture is added twice itti weight of sulphuric acid, hloric acid is disengaged, and, after tlie mass lias cooled, it is well washed, dried, ^d heated to redness. During the latter operation, r-.-* t.\ '* 'S. a deluging, legar, chalk 11 together, iiy wood or he top, bot«- ch, form it it is to be )r 7 uiches ling board. 1 an equal ; 2h inches and ^ inch L any musi- of a piano- >wing man- len insert a )art to the must com- it the other sr of 12 : by ways oppo- 3 string on lent with 12 ring, which I the opno- them tight, aced about pieces of )w, and to movement ght, mark- n. Used to )art of the lers : when ioften large as it gives grinding ng it into and finally grooves in lor can be jfery finely Intractable ease. The chlorate of luric acid. I it is well operation, r-r- '* MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., HECEIPTS. 361 the black lead swells and becomes reduced to so fine a powder that it will swim upon water, a little fluoride of sodium is used to dissolve the silicious impurities. The finest quality is found near Burrowdale in Cumberland, England. It is nearly pure carbon, and perfectly ftee from grit. It is used principally m tlie manufacture of lead pen- cils, the coarser quality being used, when ground, for polishing iron work, glazing gunpowder, as a lubricator for machinery, compounded with four times its weight of lard or tallow, and in the manufacture of crucibles for melting metals, as it is very intractable in an intense heat. PHiiiiiEP's FiKE Annihilatob, — Cousists of a case containing water, within which is a smaller case containing chlorate of potiisn and sugar. Dipped in the latter is a small tube containing sulphuric acid ; when tliis tube is broken the chlorate of potasli and sugar be- come ignited, throwing off large quantities of mixed gases which are non-supporters of combustion; the action is maintained by the water in the outer case becoming heated. The gases are conveyed to the fire by means of a flexible tube fitted with a. proper nozzle' and stoi>- cock. I have seen still another kind constructed of' copper m quite an elegant stvle, fitted with shoulder straps, &c., for easy trajisporta- tion, in which the gases were generated by means of chemicals on the principle of whsit may be seen every day in the effervescence of car- bonic acid gas from tne intermixture of seidlitz powders in water. The chemicals being introduced from white and blue paper packages into the water contained in the copper case. Majojfacture of Corn Stabch.— TTaM's Patent— The com is steeped in water, ranging in temperature from 70° to 140° Fah., for about a week, changing the water at least once in 24 hours. A certain amount of acid fermentation is thus produced, causing the starch and refuse of the corn to be easily separated afterwards. The swollen com is ground in a cun-ent of clear soft water, and the pulp passed through sieves, with the water into vats. In these the starch gradually settles to the bottom, the clear water is then run off by a tap, and the starch gathered and dried in a proper apai-tment for the purpose. Refiniko of Suoab. — Both cane and beet-root sugar are refined on the same principle, by mixture with limewater, boiling with animal charcoal, and filtration through twilled cotton. In some establishments bullock's blood is used to aid in the clarifying. The albumen of the serum becomes coagulated on the application of heat, forming a network, which rises to the top of the liquor, carrying with it a great part of the impurities. The reddish syrup obtained by the first filtration is next passed tlirough filters into large vats, twelve or fourteen feet deep, upon which are laid coarse ticking, coarsely ground animal charcoal, and a second layer of ticking. The syrup is allowed to flc ^ over the surface of the filter, and runs slowly through the charcoal, coming out perfectly colorless. The concentrated syrup is then boiled m vacuo, by means of which two important results are arrived at. The viscid liquid would boil in air at 230° Fah., at which temperature a quantity of uncrystallizable sugar would be formed. By performing the ope- ration in a vacuum-pan the boiling point is brought down to 160° or 160°, no formation of uncrystallizable sugar takes place, and I , 362 MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. a great saving in fuel is effected. When the concentration reaches a cerUiin point, tlie syrup is transferred to a vessel heated by steam to 170°, and forcibly agitated with wooden beaters, until it forms thick and granular. From the heating-vats it is transferred into inverted conical moulds of the well-known shape, at the bottom of each of which is a movable plug. The syrup is we.l stirred to prevent the formation of air-bubbles, and then left at rest for several nours, at the end of which time the plug is removed, and the iincrystallized syrup runs out. The loaves are further freed from all colored matter by a portion of perfectly colorless syruj^ being run through them. They are then dried in a stove and fanished for market by being turned in a lathe. Crushed or granulated sugar is made by causing the granular syrup to revolve in a perforated drum, by which means the uncrystallizable portion is separated from the crystals by centrifugal force. Button Manufacture. — MeUil buttons are formed of an inferior kind of brass, pewter, or other metallic compositions. For button metal, see a variety of alloys on pages 2')1 and 292. Buttons with shanks are usually made of these compositions, which is supplied to the manufacturers a\ sheets of the required thickness. By means of fly presses and punches, circular disks called blanks, are cut out of these sheets. This is mostljr performed by females, who can furnish about 30 blanks per mmute, or 12 gioss per hour. Hand punching is the general mode of cutting out blanks, but more complicated machines, which cut out 8 or 10 blanks at a time, are in use. After being punched, the edges of the blanks are very sharp, and require to be smoothed and rounded. Their surfaces are then planished on the face by placing them sej)arately in a die under a small stamp, and allowmg them to receive a small blow from a polished steel hammer. In this state they are ready to receive the shanks or small metal loops by which they are attached to the dress. They are made by a machine in which a coil of wire is gradually advanced towards a pair «f shears which cuts off short pieces. A metal finger then presses against the middle of each I)iece, first bending it and then pressing it into a vice^ when it is compressed so as to form a loop ; a hammer then strikes the two ends, spreading them into a flat surface, and the shank is pushed out of the machine ready for use. The shanks are attaclied to the blanks by women, with iron wire, solder and rosin. They are then put into an oven, and when firmly united, form plain iJuttons. If a crest or inscription is wanted, it is placed in a die and stamped. Buttons are gilded by gold amalgam, by being put into an eartlien pan with the proper quantity of gold to cover them, amalgamated with mercury in the following manner : the gold is put into an iron ladle in thin strips, and a small quantity of mercury, say 1 part of mercury to 8 of gold, added to it, the ladle is held over the fire till the gold and mercury are perfectly united. This amal- gam being put into the pan with the buttons, as much aquafortis, diluted with water, as will wet them all over, is thrown in, and they are stirred up with a brush till the acid, by its affinity to the copper in the buttons, carries the amalgam to every part of their Buriace, giving it the appearance of silver ; this done, the acid ia washed away with clean water. This is called the quioking pro- P'T^i •v^^ t ^ -- ..-.Ti T8. ition reaches ed by steam ntil it forms isterred into e bottom of .1 stirred to }t for several ed, and the freed from syrup being ind fanished ulated sugar I perforated is separated f an inferior For button buttons with is supplied By means are cut out s, who can lour. Hand 9, but more a time, are cs are very 3ir surfaces 5ly in a die small blow B ready to re attached •oil of wire off short e of each when it is es the two is pushed led to the are then uttons. If stamped, in eartlien algamated it into an ry, say 1 held over 'his amal> quafortis. II in, ana ty to the of their le acid is king pro- cJ'Ti <^ t rz MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. 363 cess. In di'ying off, the pan of buttons is heated by a charcoal fire expelling the mercury in the form of a vapor, which, under the improved system, is conducted into on oblong iron flue or gallery, gently sloped downwards, having at its end ^ small vertical tube dipped into a water cistern, for condensing the mercury, and a large vertical i)ipe for promoting the drauglit of the products of the combustion. The gold thus deposited in aji exceedingly thin film upon the buttons, presents a duU yellow color, and must now be burnished ; this is elrected by a piece of hematites, or bloodstone, fixed on a handle and applied to the button, as it revolves in the lathe. To BENDER Wood Indestructible. — Robbins' Process. The apparatus used consists of a retort or still, which can be made of any size or form, in which resin, coal tar, or other oleaginous substances, together with water, are placed in order to subject them to the heat. Fire being applied beneath tlip. retort containing the coal tar, &c., olea^nous vapor commences to rise, and passes out through a con- necting pipe into a large iron tank or chamber (which can also be built of any size), containing the timber, &c., to be operated upon. The heat acts at once ujion the wood, causing the sap to flow from every pore, which, rising in the form of steam, condenses on the body of the chamber, and discharges through an escape pipe in the lower part. In this process a temperature of 212° to 250° Fnhv. is sufflcient to remove the surface moisture from the wood ; 'jut aftoc this the tem- perature should be raised to 300° or more, in oiuev <:o completely saturate and perme.ite the body of the wood with the antiseptic vajiors and heavier products of the distillation. The hot vapor coagulates the albumen of the wood, and opens the |x)res, so that a large portion of the oily product or creosote is admitted; the contraction resulting from the cooking process hermetically seals them, and decay seems to be almost impossible. There is a man-hole in the retort, used to change or clean out the contents; and the wood chamber is furnished with doors made perfectly tight. The whole operation is completed in less than one hour, rendering the wood proof against rot, parasites, and the attacks of the Teredo nmnlis or naval worm. Oerman Stone Gatiny for Wood. — Chalk, 40 parts; resin, 50 parts; linseed oil 4 p; irts ; melt together. To this add 1 part of oxide of copper, afterwards 1 part of sulphuric acid; add this last carefully; apply with a brush. Iron Tube Manufacture. — In the present method of manufac- turing the patent welded tube, the end of the skelp is bent to the circular form, its entire length is raised to the welding heat in an ai)- propriate furnace, and as it leaves the furnace almost at the point of lusion, it is dragcjed by the chain of a draw-bench, after the man- ner of wire, though a pair of tongs with two bell . iiaped jaws • these are opened at the time of introducing the end of a skclp, wnich is welded without the agency of a mandril. By this ingenious arrange- ment wrought iron tubes may be made from the diameter of 6 inches intemallv and about 1-8 to 3-8 of an inch thick, to as small as 1-4 of an inch diameter and 1-10 bore, and so admirable is the joining effected in tliose of the best description that they will witlistiind the greatest pressure of water, steam, or gas to whiciithey have been subjected, and they admit of being bent botli in tlie heated and cold sfcite, alnios^t witn impunity. Sometimes the tubes are made one upon tlte other r,- • 1... :^ 364 MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. wheu great thickness is required ; but those stout pipes, and those larger tlian 3 inches, are but seldom required. The wrought iron tubes of hydrostatic presses which measure about ^ an inch internally, and i to I of an inch thick in the metal, are frequently subjected to a pressure otfour tons on each s'quareinch. Bkass Tubes. — Brass or other tubes are formed of rolled metal which is cut to the desired width by means of revolving discs ; in tne large sizes of tubes, the metal is partialJy curved in its length by means of a pair of rolls, when m this condition it is passed through a steel hole or a die, a plug being held in such a positiQn as allows the metal to pass between it and tlie interior of the hole. Oil is u.sed to lubricate the metal, the motion iscomniuniciited by power, the draw- ing apparatus being a pair of huge nippers, which liolds the brass, and is attached to a chain and revolves round a windlass or cylinder. The tube in its unsoldered state is annealed, bound round at intervals of a few inches with, iron wire, and solder and borax applied along the seam. The operation of soldering is completed by passing the tube^J through an air stove, heated with " cokes or" breezes" which meita he solder, and unites the two eyes of the metal, and forms a perfect tube; it is then immersed in a solution of sulphuric acid, to remove scaly deposits on its surface, the wire and extra i-oider having been previously removed; it is then drawn throu r' " "finishing hole plate "when the tube is complet' 1. Mandril ,.v?? tubes are drawn upon a very accurately turned steel mandril, o; t ■ . means the iu- teiiial diameter is rendered smooth. The tubes drawn by this pro- cess are well adapted for telescopes, syruiges, small pump cylinders, &c. The brass tubes for the boilers of locomotive engines are now made by casting and drawing without being soldered, and some of them are drawn taper in their thickness. Tubes from 1-10 inch in- ternal diameter and 8 or ten inches long, up to those of two or three 5 feet long, are drawn vertically by means inches diameter and 4 or of a strong chain wound on a barrel by wheels and pinions, as in a crane. In Donkin's tube drawing machine, which is applicable to making tubes, or rather cylinders, for paper-makuig and other ma- chinery, as large as 20^ inches diamtter, and 6.^ feet long, a vertical screw is used, the nut of which is turned round by toothed wheels driven by six men at a windlass. The fluted tubes of pencil cases are di»r,m tnrough oramental plates, with elevations and depressions v-;>:" -»«\x)ndii).g to the impressions left on the tube. LiC.vD Pipe, is '. .rde by forcing lead, while heated to a plastic state, OTer an aimular jiiandril or die to i.rm the core, by means of hy- drauMc pressure. Cl tlerv M a xufactiike. — Th**. o are three kinde of steel employed in raauufflTtu", ' »1 di'^t-'entai tides of cutlery, common steel, shear Bteel, at... ;„; - eel. All edge tools which require to be tenacious without btfinj^, e/v hard, are riiH'ie of shear ^teel. The best iicissors, razors, pcnl.nWes. &c., are made from cast steel, which is able to take a ' e.-^ ■• " pctiirh, common steel is only used in making cheap articles oi'cui. r^-. In milking good table-knives, shear steel and cast steel iireg. rally preferred. In the ordinary method of mak- ing knives, the bladcti are cut out of a sheet of steel, and the backs, shoulders and tJings of wrought iron, are attjvclied to the steel blades by welding at tlie forgo. The knife is then ground to tho T^ ^; ^ iK:^ r-X^-» ^ iipi MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS,' AC, RECEIPTS. 365 proper shape, and the blade polished and hardened. The fork manufacture is a distinct branch of industry, and the manufacturers of table knives generally buy their forks from the fork makers ready to be put into their handles. In making table knives, two men are generally employed ; one is called the foreman, or maker, and the other the striker. Pen knives are usually forged by a single hand, with hammer and anvil simply ; they are hardened by heating the blades red-hot, and dippmg them into water up to the shoulder. Razors are also hardened in the same manner. The grinding and polishing of cutlery are generally performed by maclxiuery, the busi- ness of the grinders is divided into grinding, glazing and polishing. Grinding is performed upon stones of various dimensions. Those ar- ticles which require temper being ground on wet stones. . Glazing is a process by which lustre is given to cutlery ; it is performed with a glazier, consisting of a circular piece of wood, sometimes covered with leather, or an alloy of lead and tin ; it is fixed on an axis like a grindstone. The polishing process is the last, and is performed on a similar piece of wood covered with buff leather. Only articles of cast steel which have been hardened and tempered are subjected to this operation. On Needle Manufacture, Tempering, &o. — This small but im- poilant implement has to go through the hands of about 120 work- men during the process of manufacture. The steel wire, being drawn to the proper size, is submitted to various tests to ascertain its qual- ity, and is then cut into proper lengths by shears, which, by striking 21 blows in a minute, cut in 10 hours fullv 400,000 ends of steel wire, which produce about 800,000 needles. Tliese are passed on for fur- ther manipulation to other workmen, who straighten and point the pieces of wire. After pointing they are cut in two, so as to form two separate needles of equal length and quality. For each dilferent size a small copper plate is employed. It is nearly square, and has a tunied-up edge on two of its sides, the one U intended to receive all the points, while the other resists Mie pressure of the shears. On this plate a ceitain number of wires are put with their points in con- tact with the border, and they are cut together flush with the plate,' Dy means of a small pair of shears moved by the knee of the work- man. These even wires are now taken to the head-ffattener. This workman, seated over a table with a block of steel before him about 3 inches cube, takes up from 20 to 25 needles between his finger and thumb, spreading them out like a fan, with the j)omta under the thumb, he lays the heads on the steel block, and, with a small flat- faced nammer strikes a few successive blows upon them so as to flatten them in an instant. The heads, havuig become hardened b / hammering, are now annealed by heating and slow cooling, and ar« handed to the piercrr, generally a child, who forms the eye in a second by laying' the head upon a block of steel, and by driving a small punch through one side with a smart tap of the hamuier, and then exactly opiwsite on the other. The eyes are then trimmed by driving the pimch through them again on a lump of lead and, after laying the needle w^ith the punch stielting through it, upon th€j block of steel, hammering the head on the sides, which causes it U) take the form of the punch. Tne next operator makes the groove at the eye and rouudt^ the head, which he does with a small file. The 866 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. needles, being thus prepared, are thrown by the workmen pell-mell into a sort of drum or box, in which they are made to arrange them- selves in parallel lines, by means of a few dexterous shakes of the workman's arm. They are now ready to be tempered, for wliich purpose they are ranged on sheet-iron plates, about 30 lbs. weiglit at a time, containing from 250,000 to 500,000 needles, and are placed in a proper furnace, where they are heated to a bright redness for the larger needles, and to a less intense degree for the smaller ; they are then removed, and mverted suddenly over a bath of cold water in such a way that all the needles may be immersed at the same time, yet separate from each other. This has the effect of making them very hard aiid brittle. The water being run off, the needles are re- moved for fui-ther operations. Some manufacturers heat the needles by meanK of inunersion in melted lead, others throw them into a pan along with a ouantity of grease, which, being p;aced on the tire, the oily matter soon i'.;;iites, and after it burns out, the needles are found to be in the proper temper ; those which are twisted in the tempering being afterwards straightened by the hammer • iii the anvil. Polishing is the next and most expensive and prolonged operation. This is effected on bundles containijig 500,000 needles intermixed with quartzoze sand, and a little rape-need oil. Thiity of those bundles are exposed to the vibratory pressure of wooden tiibles, which make about 20 horizontal double mo\einents per miiiute, causmg the bundles to run over 2 feet each time, or 800 feet per hour. Tliis agitation is ke))t up about 18 oi- 20 houi-s, causing such a move- ment and attrition as to polish the needles in the bags or bundles. They are then removed from the packets into wooden bowls and mixed with sawdust to remove the grease and other impurities, placed in a cask, Much is turned by a winch ; more sawdust is mtroduced as reqi'ired, and the turning is continued until the needles be (>nie clean isud bright. They are tiien winnowed by a fan to clej.'f ;b« ra fvo.L> the sawdust and refuse matter, and are subsequently pn:,;: -ad iu regular order on a small, somewhat con- cave, iron ir,.;/- The o{!. -ation of making up the rolls or bags, polishing, wiunowir.; and rranging them, ha\e to be repeated ten times on the best 'loefllet' it is found that euiory powder mixed with quartz and iiica or pouudv d granite is preferable to anything else for iwlisuing needles by frictiou in the bags at the first, emery mixed witi' olive oi', from th« second to the s»eventh ()i)eration, putty, or dde of tin ov the eighth and uinth, i)utty witli very little oil for ;;!;« tenth, and lastly bnin to jrive a finish. In this mode of operatii! .,, the jn edles are scoured iu a cop[)er cask studded in the interior witli raised [)ouits to increase the frictiou and a quantity of hot soap suds is introduced oivasionally to keep them clean. The cask must be slowly turned upon its axis for fear of injuring the mass of needles it contains. They are finally dried in the wooden cask by attrition with ^aw dust, then wiped witli a linen rag or soft leather — the dama;r*^i f)nes being thrciwn adde. The soi'ttny is perfonued m dry ajsartni -nts, where all the points are first laid the same way, and the needl' s arniiiged in the order of their polish with g'-eat vapidity The workman places 2(XK) or I'AtA) needles in an iron ring two uiches in diauieter, aud sets all their heads iu one plane, then, on iookaig carefuUj at their pouit«, ho easily re- '7 . MACHINISTS, engineers', &C., RECEIPTS. 367 cognizes the broken ones and removes them with an instmment adapted for the purpose. Tliese detective needles pass into the hands of thS pointer in order to l)e j^round again, when they form articles of inferior value. Those needles bent hi the polishing nmst now be straightened, and the whole are tinally arranged by the tact of the flSger and thumb of the sorter, and weighed out into quantities for packing into blue papers. The bluer puts the final touch to them by taking 25 needles at a time between his fore-finger and thumb, and pressing their points against a small hone-stone of compact micaceous schist, quadrangular in form, mounted in a small lathe, turning them briskly round, givuig the points a bluish cast, while he polishes and improves them. On Fji.k Manufacture. — Files are made of bars of steel, rendered doubly hard by a process (•ailed double conversion, drawn the re- quirea size at tlie tiJt hilmmer, and then shaped, the square and flat ones by the hammer and conmiou anvil only, but those of round, half-round, and three-angled forms, by means of bosses and dies made in the above shapes, which titjnto a groove left for them in the anvil.- The steel blanks having been thus formed, are next Q,nnealed, or softened, to render them capable of being cut, by placing a number of them together in a brick oven, rendered air-tigllt by fillmg up all the interstices with sand (to prevent the oxidation of the steel, to which it is very liable, if air be admitted, ) and then maku^ - a fire Elay as equally as possible all round until they are red hor ,, i. "> the eat is discontinued, and the steel allowed to cool gradually befo. e it itA uncovered. The surface to contjiin the teeth is now rendered as smooth as possible by grinding or filing; the teeth are then cut with a carefully ground chisel, each incision being made se|)arately. The next and last process, that of hardening, is performed m various ways by different makers, the ordinary metliod, however, is to cover tlie files with a kind of composition or protecthig varnish to prevent oxi- dation and scalding of the steel when heated ; and, lastly, they are S lunged in cold, fresh water to cool them as quickly as possible. Some le-makers coat their files, before tempering, with a composition of cow-dung, or pig-tiour, which not only protects the shai-p angles of the cuttings from the action of the tire, but fumishesva higlily azoti^ed substance, which conduces greatly to still further harden and steelify the finished work. I know several tile manufacturers who make use of a bath of melted lead for tempering purposes. The tiles are first coated with a greasy composition to prevent any oxide adhering, then introduced for a short time hito melted lead, or the "metallic bath" as it is called, and then plunged into the tempering liquid. The melt- ed lead may bo kept ^coverejf with charcoal, or other suitsible ingredir ents, to prevent oxidation. In some manufactories a charcoal fire is kept burning on the surface of tlie melted lead. Pen Making. — Pens should be made of the best steel that can be got, us peculiar ehisticity is required in them, which could not be ob- tained if poor steel were ased. The steel is cut into slips some 'A feet long and 4 ini-hes broad; these slips are tlieii ])luuged into a pickle of dilut/ed sulphuric acid so as to renim'e tlie stales* from tlia surface ; next it is passed between heavy njilers by which it is reduced to the thickness veciuired, and made ^t to undergo the first jkrocess in pen making. This is performed by a girl, who, seated at a stamping- »^68 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. press provided with a bed and corresponding punch, speedily cuts out the blank, which is perfectly flat. The next step is to merforate the hole which terminates the slit, and to remove any superfluous steel which might interfere with the elasticity of the pen. The embryo pens are then annealed in a muffle, and the maker's name stamped upon them. The pens are next transferred to another class of work- men, who, by means of a press, either make the pens concave, if they are merely to be nibs, or, if they are to be barrel pens, they roll the barrel together. The next process is termed the hardening, and con- gists in placing a number of pens in an iron box which is introduced into a muffl_e. After they become of a deep red heat they are plung- ed into a tanlc of oil, and, when they ggt cool, the adhering oil is re- moved by agitation in circular tin barrels *, tempering is the next step, by heating to the necessary elasticity in a warpi bath of oil; and, fin- ally, the whole number of pens are' placed in a revolving cylinder along with sand, ground cinoible, and other cutting substances, which tends to brighten them up to tlie natural color of the steel; next the nib isgi'ound down finely, with great rapidity, by a girl, who picks it up with a 'iMv of pliers, and, with a single touch on an emery "vheel, perfects it i t once. The slit is now made by means of a press. A chisel, or wedge, with a flat side, is affixed to the bed of the press, and the descending screw has a corresiwnding chisel-cutter, which passing down with the greatest accuracy on the pen, which had been placed on the chisel affixed to the bed, and the slit is made and the gen complete. They are next colored brown or bhie, by placing them 1 a revolving metal cylinder, under which is a charcoal stove, and, by watchiiiT; narrowly the diiTerent gradation of color, the requisite tint is speedily attsiined ; a brilliant polish is subsequently imparted by immersing tlie pens in lac dissolved in naphtha ; they are tiien di:ied, counted, selected and placed into boxes for sale. Gold PENS.^Jold pens are made much in the same manner as Bteel, with this important difference, that, as they cannot be tempered in the same way that steel is, the necessary elasticity is imparted to them by hammering, and by rubbing them with a small hard stone and water, instead of the tempering, &c., m oil. As gold is too soft of itself to make ft durable pen, it is found necessary to attach a min- ute portion of an alloy of irridium and osmium, by soldering to the tips. This makes an extremely hard and durable point. * Manufacture of Iron. — The preparation of tne ore is elTflcted in a very simple manner, either by |)oundiug or levigating, to geparace • the clay and silica, or other imparities, or by roasting, to draw cff gulphur and carbonic acid, and to render the ore more easily crushed. . The extraction of the metal from the ore was fonulv effected by meaijis of charcoal, in what was termed a Catalan forge, but it is only used now in a few instances. On account of the loss of metal during the grocess, it will be better to describe the usual method of smelting ores 1 England bv the blast-furnace. A blast-funiace consists of a long cone inverted upon a short cone, at the bottom of which is a vertical passage called the crucible, into which are inserted three pipes called tuyeres, through which the blast is conveyed; also a larger opening, through which the slag may be withdrawn, at intervals. At tne bot- tom Is a hole called thetap-"hole, usually closed vy^ith clay for drawing off the reduced metal when a sufficient quantity is collected. The s. • ily cuts out ■forate the luous steel lie embryo le stamped IS of work- ive, if they ey roll the g, and con- introduced are plung- g oil is re- 5 next step, ; and, fin- ig cylinder aces, which ; next the /ho picks it lery 'vheel, press. A. the press, ter, which h had been le and the acing them itove, and, e requisite r imparted jy are tlien manner as e tempered mpartedto lard stone is too soft ich a min- ing to the * effected la separace ) draw cflE y crushei. 1 by meaiis only used ing the eltingores of a long a verticm pes culled opening, t the bot- r drawing ted. The 'I. MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 369 furnace is fed with coal, limefatone and ore. from a hole near the top, the charge being renewed from time to time as the materials burn down. The action by which the ore is reduced, to the met illic state may be traced as follows. The oxygen of the air of the blast combines with the carbon of the coal to form carbonic acid during the process of combustion. The carbonic acid, during its passage through the rest of the heated fuel, is decomposed, being converted into carbonic oxide. The carbonic oxide, still ascending, meets with the liydiogen and coal- gas, together with which it forms a reducing mixture, abstracting the oxygen of the ore and setting free the iron m a metallic state, which sinks down to the bottom of the furnace, where it comes in contact with the carbon of the coal. With this carbide of iron is formed, increasing the fusibility of the reduced iron to such an extent that the lime, clay, and silica present, which have been converted into a fusible slag, float on the top as imperfect glass. The slag runs over through the side apparatus provided for the purpose, and the metal is withdrawn every 12 or 24 hours through the tap-hole. It is run into moulds consisting of a long channel, from each side of which run shorter ones. The central channel is known as the sow, the side ones as the pigs, hence the term pig iron, as applied to rough cast iron. Great fanprovements have been made in the j^rocess of smelting iron, by the introduction of a heated blast for urgmg tlie combustion, ana by using the combustible gases issuing from the to^ of the furnace for heating the blast, or the boilers of the steam-engmes used for the blowing machines. These improvements are U'jw in use at most of the principal iron works throughout the kingdom, and an idea of their importance may 1)6 gathered from the fact that 15 years ago a yield of 200 tofts per furnace was thought to be a large quantity, whereas now, at the Ulverstone and other works, 600 and 650 tons per week is an ordinary yield ; not only this, but the amount of fuel used has been reduced to one-quarter by the same means. The iron that comes from the furnace is generally much too impure to be used for any but the very roughest castings ; it therefore has to be remelted. to drive off, as mucn as possible, the uucombined carbon, or graphite, silicon, phosphorus, sulphur, and other impurities. A single refusion converts it into what is termed "No. 2 pig, or a grav iron, a fusible and liquid metal; a second and third still further purifying it from carbon, until it is converted into refined or white iron, in which the whole of the carbon is combined with the metal. This description of cast iron is only used for conversion into malleable iron, for although it melts eaulv. It forms a much more pasty mass' than some of the inter- mediate qualities of gray iron, which melt into a more liquid metal, fitting them for casting purix>8es. Refined iron made from the Ger- man spathose ores contains a lai^e quantity of combined carbon and manganese and crystallizes in large plates. It is termed spiegel- .eisen, or mirror iron, from the brilliancy of its crysfcvlline structure, and is much valued lor making steel. Founders are accustomed to divide oastiron into three or four qualities. No. 1, pig or black cast iron, which contains a large proportion of uncombined carbon ,- No. 2, or gray cast iron, which contains more combined carbon ; No. 3, or mottled, which ox>ntains only a few grains of uncombined car- bon, here and there, giving it a mottled appearance ; No. 4, or refined iron, in which the whole of the carbon is combined. No. 4 is very 24 870 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. hard and brittle, and is fit for puddling or conversion into malleable or wrought iron. This is effected by bringing an ingot of refined iron to a state of fusion in a reverberatory furnace, talcing care to avoid the contact of fuel. The heat is continued until the mgot parts with its carbon, which is assisted by throwing on it scales of oxide, if pro- duced in the forge. As the carlton bums off, the ingot becomes more and more pasty, until at length it is converted into a granular sandy mass. The heat is now raised until it becomes verv intense, and the air is excluded by cloHing the damper and doors. The metal begins to agglomerate nito round masses, or blooms, which the guddler collects on the end of an iron rod, and subjects, while still ot, either to the action of a hammer or to a powerful press, called a sloughing press, which squeezes out the slag and other impurities, and forces the particles of iron closer together. The iron is then rolled into bars, and forms what is called homogeneous iron, a (luality of metal much used when great hardness is required. It is distinguisned by its granular texture when notched ahd broken. It is much used for the tops of railway bars, and for the wearing surfaces of railway ■wheels. Where the fibrous quality of iron is required, it is cut into leiigths, after the first process of rolling, then piled longitudinally, heated in a reverberatory furnace, and hammered out. This process is repeated several times. Fibrous iron has a fracture like a piece of cane, and is used where resistance to a pulling strain is re(]|uired, Buch as anchors, chains, &c. Railway bars are mostly made with the interior of the rail of fibrous iron, to bear the weight of passing trains, while the exteriors are made of granular iron to bear the wearing action of the wheels. The malleable iron of commerce is nearly pure, and may be taken as a type of iron for metallurgical purposes. Wrought iron is of bluish white color; it is hard and lustrous when polished, and when rubbed forcibly, it emits a peculiar odor. Its specific gravity is 7.7 to 7.9, and it requires the most intense heat of a wind f amace to melt it. Steel Manufactube. — Steel is manufactured from pure mallea- ble iron by the process called cementation. The Swedish iron from the Dannemora Mines, marked with the letter L in the centre of a dxde, and called "Hoop L" is generally preferred. Irons of a few other marks are also used for second-rate kinds of steel. The bars are arranged in a furnace that consists of two troughs, about four- teen feet long and two feet square. A layer of charcoal-powder is spread over the bottom, then a layer of bars, and so on, alternately, — ^the full charge is at)out ten tons ; the top is covered over first wiu charcoal, then sand, and lastiy with tlie slush or waste from the grindstone trough, applied wet, so as to cement the whole closely down for the entire exclusion of the air. A coal fire is now lighted below and between the troi^hs ; and at the end of about seven riays. the bars are found to have increased in weight, the one hundred and fiftieth part, by an absorption of carbon, and to present, when broken, a fracture more crystallme, although less shining, than before. The bars when thus converted, are also covered with blisters, apparentiy from the expansion of the minute bubbles of air between them, this gives rise to the name, blistered steel. The continuation of the process of cementation introduces more and more carbon, and renders the bars more fusible, and would ultimately cause them to T . J. u. MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, RECEIPTS. 371 malleable fined iron to avoid arts with le, if pro- ; becomes granular y intense, rhe metal irhich the ^hile still i, called a rities, and len rolled quality of anguished ;h used for f railway 9 cut into itudinally, ds process a piece of required, e with ttie ing trains, e wearing jarly pure, purposes. rouB when odor. Its i heat of a run into a mass if the heat were not checked. To avoid this mischief a bar is occasionally withdrawn and broken to watch the progress, and the work is complete when the cementation has extended to the centre of the bars. The conversion occupies, with the time for charg- ing and emptying the furnace, about fourteen days. A very smml quantity of steel is employed in the blistered state, for welding to iron for certain parts of mechanism, but not for edge-tools. The bulk of the blistered steel is passed through one of the two following processes, by* which it is made either into shear-steel or cast-steeL Shear-steel is produced by piling together six or eight pieces of blistered steel, about 30 mches long, and securing the ends within an iron rhig, terminating in a bar about 5 feet long, by way of a handle. They are then brought to a welding heat in a lumace and submitted to the helve or tilt-hammer, which unites and extends them into a bar called Shear-steel from its having' been used in the manufacture of shears for cloth mills, and also German steel from having been in former years procured from that country. Sometimes the bars are again cut and welded and culled double-shear steel from the repetition. This process of working, as in the manufacture of iron, restores the fibrous character, and retains the property of welding: the shear-steel is close, hard, and olastic ; it is much used for tools, com- fioded jointly of steel and iron, its superior elasticity also adapts it to the formation of springs, and some kinds are prepared expressly for the same, under the name of spring-steel. In making ca^t-steel, about 26 or 28 lbs. of fragments of blistered steel, selected from different va- rieties, are placed in a crucible made of clay, shaped like a barrel, and fitted with a cover, which is cemented down with a fusible lute that melte after a time, the better to secure the jouiing. Either one or two pots ar^ ex^sed to a vivid heat, m a furnace like the brass-founder's atr furnace in which the blistered steel is thoroughly melted in the course of 3 or 4 hours ; it is then removed by the workman in a glow- ing state, and poured into a mould of iron, either 2 inches square for biu», Or about 26 or 28 mches, for rolling into sheet-steel. For large ingots the contents of two or more pots are rim together in the same mould, but it requires extremely great care in managing the very intense temperature that it shall be alike in both or all the pots. The ingots are reheated in an open fire much like that of the common forge and are paased under a heavy hammer weighing several tons, such as those of iron-works, the blows are given gently at first, owing to the crystalline nature of the mass, but, as the fibre is eliminated, the strength of the blows is increased, till it is reduced under tlie heavy hammer to sizes as small as | of an inch sauare. Smaller bars are fin- ished under tilt hammers which are much lighter than the preceding, move considerably quicker, and are actuated by springs instead of gravity alone : these condense the steel to the utmost. Rollers are also used, especially for steel of round, half-round, and triangular, sections, but the tilt hammer is greatly preferred. SxBBii, BY THE Bkssembb PROCESS,— Mr. Goraussou, a Swedish iron master, having fully examined the Bessemer process of making steel, and erected me necessary apparatus at his works at Edsken, af- ter considerable delay in experimenting, has, within a recent period succeeded in establishing the manufacture of good steel, on a prac- tical scale, and iu short devotes his whole establishment to this one ^. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I I^|2j8 |25 |io ■^~ III^H Ui lU |2.2 ■« u^ mm U ■ 1 ^ lllsB i^ < 6" ► PhDlDgra]±ac Sciences Corporation 33 WIST MAIN STRUT W1BSTIR,N.Y. 14S80 (716)I73'4303 '^'°<^'^ ^ ^•^^i^ ^ ^ ^ 872 MACHINISTS, ENGINBEBS', AC, BECEIPTS. proceos. This steal has been made hito enghieera' tools, holler plates, and cutlery ; and the improvement must now be regarded as an ac- complished commercial iad Mr. Ooransson states, that he lias car- ried out Bessemer's inyention to the fullest extent, without ever bav- ine had recourse to any of the numerous plans whidi have been pat> emed ^ others, under the idea of improvmg the original simple pro- cess. Tlie converting vessel is erected near the tap-hole of tue Dlast furnace, so that about one ton of fluid pig iron can be run into the appar- atus at a time. The pressure of the blast is from 7 to 8 lbs. to the square Inch ; and, when continued for 6 or 7 minutes, the whole change is con- verted into steel. The fluid steel is discharged into a loam-lined ladle when it is well stirred, and considerable carbonic oxide disengaged and inflamed. After a short interval of repose which is probably ne- cessary for the steel to condense from the aerated condition in which it leaves the converting vessel, it is run off from the bottom of the ladle, in a vertical stream from the ingot moulds. The whole time occu- Eied,.from the moment the pig-iron leaves the furnace until it is cast 1 the mould, does not exceed 12 mirutes. The loss in weight, in- cluding the impurities thrown off, does not exceed 16 per cent., which is only about one-half of the waste incurred in the manufacture of bar iron by the old system in Sweden. By this improvement, Mr. Oor- ansson states, in a letter to the London Engineer, that more than 1000 tons amiually of castHSteel can be made with the same quantity of fuel as is now required for making 600 tons of bar-iron. He says : "So completely havtf we accomplished the object thatweuow make several tons of large ingots of cast-steel in succession, without a single mishap or failure of any kind. The steel can be made either hard, medium, or soft, at pleasure. It draws under the hammer perfectly sound and free from cracks «r faults of any kind, and has the prop- erty of welding in a most remarkable degree. ' ' Zisa. — In the extraction of zinc Ixom its ores, the blende or cala- mine is first crushed between rollers and roasted. In the case of the blende this is a tedious process and requires great care. The result in either case is oxide of zinc which is mixed witii half its weight of powdered coke or anthracite and introduced into crucibles of peculiar ooostructioa A circular furnace is employed, within which the crucibles are ranged. In the bottom of CAch crucible is an opening to which a short mm pipe is attached, passing through the bottom m the furnace. To the end of this is afllxed a removable tube commun- icating with a sheet iron vessel. The hole in the bottom of the orudble havhog been partially plugged with coke, a charge of ore and coal is introduced, and the top of ti^e crucible luted down. The tube connected with the iron vessel is lowered so as to leave the crucible tube open, and the heat is raised. As sooii as the flame at the mouth of the short iron tube begins to turn from white to blue, connection is made with the tube leading to the iron pan, and the cine gradually distills downward, partiy in powder, and partiy in stalactitio mnoBOs. The crude metal is remelted, skimmed and cast into ingots. Hard Timnxa OoBiPOUin).—- An alloy of nickel, iron and tin has been introduced as an improvement in tinning metals, by the firm of Blaiso & Co., Paris. In an experiment to show the tenacity of the nickel, a piece of cast-iron tinned with the compound was subjected Malta ( W .. MACHINISTS, ENOINEEBS', AC, RECEIPTS. 373 for a few minutes to a white heat under the blast, and, although the tin was consumed, the nickel remained as a permanent coating upon the iron. The proportions of nickel and iron mixed with the tin, in order to produce the best tinning, are 10 ozs. of the best nickel and 7 028. of sheet iron, to 10 lbs. of tin. These metals are mixed in a cmcibld to prevent the oxidation of the tin by the high temperature necessary for the fusion of the nickel ; the metals are covered with 1 oz. of borax and 3 ozs. pounded ^lass. The fusion is complete in half an hour, when the composition is run off through a hole made in the flux. In tinning metals with this composition the workman proceeds in the ordinary manner. To Reooveb (jrou) FROM QuARTZ. — ^Pulverizo the quartz rock as usual, and fuse the mass with lime and oxide of iron. \Yhen fused, immerse thin plates of wrought iron in the mixture. The plates soon become coated with a l£in film of gold, and are Uifn with- drawn and immersed in a bath of melted lead, which removes the adhering gold, when the plates can at once be returned to the fused quartz and the operation repeated as frequently as the case mav require. Another method, when the metal is disseminated through quartz pyrites or lead, is to pulverize the ore as usual and wash the whole with a stream of water, which carries away the lighter portions of sand, leaving the heavy metals behind. It is further freed from impurities by being amalgamated with quick-silver, which is afterwards distilled off. In this state it generally contains from 2 to 10 per cent, of silver or tellurium. It is further refined* by being finely granulated and boiled with concentrated sulphuric acid until every other constituent, is boiled out. Gold by being alloved, loses much of its ductilitv and malleability, but gaius in fusibility and hardness. Gold alloys are assayed in two ways, first, bv rubbing the article on a touchstone (which is a velvety, black flinty variety of jaspar) so as to make a metallic streak, which is touched with aqua regia, and the effect is compared witii that of a similar streak made by an alloy of known composition. By this means an experienced operator can estimate the amount of aUoy in any mixture correctly within one per cent Full informa- tion regarding the second process can be seen under the article on RBFiNiNa Gold akd Silver. Gold Minkto in Colorado.— From the veins of Gilpin County alone nearly 600 tons of ore are raised daily, or 180,000 tons annually. Nqarly 600 lodes have been assayed or mapped in a circle of three miles iu diameter ; fully atiiousand lodes nave been recorded, and more or less work performed on each. From fifteen to twenty miles of reputable lodes are known to exist, upon which there is not less than 8 miles of shafting, the deepest being 800 feet. There is not less than 20 miles of drifting on these veins, following tiie ore deposit in the crevices, and the official assays show the ore to be worta from $40 to $130 per ton. The tailings, or refuse of ore put tlirough the stamps, are found, to be worth $20 per ton, notwithstanding from 10 to 20 per cent of the precious metal passes down the stream. The average shipments of bullion from this one county verges on $2,600,- 000 annually. The machinery required for this immense production consists of 83 stamp mills, 180 engines in plm'e, 4367 horse power, and 1607 stamps, of which there are over 800 in use, requiring 1703 SRS urfmmm ^'-■ii^iMt^kmAlMiiA 374 MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. hoise power. There are 30 engines used at the shafts of mines for raising ore from the veins and keeping them free from water. These mills contain from 6 to 50 stamps, mostly driven by steam. The ore, broken into fragments, is fed into a battery in which 'the stamps are raised and allowed to fall, crushing the ore fine enough to flow through a screen placed in front. Mercury is fed in this battery, and the pmverized ore mixed with sufficient water is then made to flow over wide plates of copper amalgamated with a uicksilver. The gold, or part of it, adheres, forming an amalgam with the mercury, which is afterwards scraped off, squeezed hard, and the lump retorted in a close retort of iron for the purpose of vaporizing the mercury and gettingthe gold almost pure ; the retorts being subsequently shipped to the East for mhiting. Each stamp is calculated to do from ^ to | of a ton m 24 hours, requiring about one horse power to each stamp heiid. Most of the ore is reduced in leased mills abandoned by com- panies. These mill men charge their customers between $3 and $4 per ton for doing this work and returning the retort of gold. The tailings are partiallv caught in the best mills on blankets, and reworlced at a pront ; the bulk, however, passes outside, a portion stopping to be shovelled into a pile, the balance going on to the stream. The waste is nearly or quite equal to the gross yield in bullion. The most profitable branch of vein mining and reduction by the smeltiiif/ process was undertaken by Prof. Hill in 1867, in connection with some Boston anu Providence capitalists, and is managed with •much ability, energy and skill, compensated by enormous profits, of which the outside public know little or nothing, from the vigilance with which all sucn information is suppressed. From the road side Sou see from 20 to 30 piles of ore sending fortli sulphurous emanations ito the air. These piles are first started on a layer of wood, and are run up in a pyramid form some 6 to 6 feet, with diameter at Tome of from 16 to 20 feet, and then fired, the sulphur affording the only fuel, after the exhaustion of the wood, to keep the fire going ttom four to six weeks. This ore has been ijassed through the sampling works and been paid for, the amount lying thus in piles at one time amounting to, perhaps, ^0,000. After roasting sufficiently to drive off the sulphur, and oxidize a portion of the iron, these piles are cooled and the ore carried to the smelting furnaces, where under a heavy heat, more sulphur is driven off, and the silica or gangue mat- ter is made to unite with tho oxide o' iron to form a slag.' At the end of the smelting some 8 or 10 tons are thus reduced to one called "matte," containing from $1,500 to $2,000 in the precious metals, and from 40 to 60 per cent of copper. This product is then shipped in bags to Swansea, England, forseimration into the several metals contained. The establishment contains three smelting furnaces and three calcin- ing f uniaces, capable of reducing from 20 to 25 tons of ore per day. The tailings which are concentrated along the streams, and are also sold to this establishment, average from $35 to $^ per ton. These works are doubtless the most profitable of the kina known in the world. In working tolerably nigh grade sulphuretted ores, if the facilities do not admit of sending tnem to England, the best way is to erect a common furnace, hkving the fire surfaces of good soap stone; then, to every 150 lbs. of ors, nut in one bushel of charcoal and 10 per cent of salt. The ore will readily melt io a slag, and will h^ MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, RECEIPTS. 375 I;anip8 flow and flow gold, which •ed in and pped to I stamp com- nd $4 The and ortion pretty well de()ulphurized. The sla^ can be drawn off, and when cold can be broken up, and worked like free gold ore. RBCOVBBiNa S^iVBB B* THE Patio PROCESS. —The operation known by this name is sometimes conducted on an immense scale. In one instance at the hacienda of Regla near Real de Monte, there is an establishment the floor of which is 1^ acres in extent, built in the most substantial manner, slightly sloped to facilitate the flow of water. The flooring consists of well matched pine boards, and this vast re- ceptacle sometimes contains as much as 1000 tons of argentiferous Bume, 30 tons of salt, 3 tons sulphate of copper, and 18J0OO lbs. of mercury in various stages of the amalgamating |)rocess. The reason why this takes place in the well known manner is because there is an affinity between the different ingredients employed-in the operation. On COB3E8PONDENCE8. — ^The affinity above referred to as existing between different materials, arises from a nature inseminated or im- planted in each substance by the Creator, by virtue of which such a mutual affinity exists between them that when an intermixture takes place, they, as it were attract each other, and rush together in mutual embrace. Closely connected with these affinities, as showing the cause of their existence and origin, we have in the science of cor- respondences a most wonderful and instructive study, entering in its varied ramificati* ns, so deeply into the inherent nature of every created thing, that there is nothing, and can be nothing in the imiverse but what comes within its consideration. The transcendent import- ance of the subject is such that it is deserving of vastly more elaborate consideration tlinn the transient notice of a single paragraph, but as it would be a violation of order to enter into an extended ex^)lanation in this place, the reader is referred to the appendix for further illustration. Mebourt or Quicksilver.— The ore is* cinnabar of a bright ver- milion color. Its specific gravity is 8098. It is produced in immense ?[Uajititie8 at the New Almaden mine in Santa Clara County, 12 miles Timx the town of San Jose, which is 64 miles from San Francisco, Cal. The process by which the fluid metal is extracted is one of great sim- plicity. There are 6 furnaces, near which the ore is deix>sited from the mine, and separated according to its quality; the larger masses are first broken up and then all is piled up under sheds near the furnace doors. The ore is next heaped on the furnaces, and a steady though not a strong fire is applied; as tlie ore becomes heated the quicksilver is sublimed, and being condensed it falls by its own weight, and is conducted by pipes, which lead along the bottom of the furnace to small pots or reservoirs imbedded in the earth, each contaming from 1 to 2 gallons of the metal. The furnaces are kept going nignt and day, while large drops or minute streams of the pure metal are constantly trickling down into the receivers; froin there it is car- ried to the store house and deposited in large cast iron tanks or vats, the largest of which is capable of containing 20 tons of quicksilver. Seven or eight days are required to fill the furnaces, extract the quicksilver and remove the residuum. The miners and those who merely handle the quicksilver are not injured th*' reby, but those who work about the furnaces and inhale the fumes . of the metal are seriously affected. Salivation is common, and the attendants on the fuiiiaces are compelled to desist from their labour every three or four weeks, when a fresh set of hands is put ns 876 ICACHINISTS, ENGINEERS^ &C.j BECEIPTS. on. The horses and mules are also salivated, and from 20 to 30 ol them die every year from the effects of the mercury. Smbltino of Coppeb. — After the ore is raised from the mine, it is freed from its matrix luid sorted, the purest portions being broken into pieces the size of a nut. The first calcination is effected in a reverberatory furnace, the heat not being raised too high. At the end of 12 hours the ore Lb converted into a black powder, contain- ing sulphide of copper, oxide and sulphide of iron, and earthy impurities. The roasted ore is next fused with a quantity of silicious s1a^2 by which means it is converted into a fusible slag, consisting of silicate of iron and sulphides of iron and copper, which sink through the slag, forming at the bottom a heavy mass^ termed a matt. The matt thus procured is, while melted, run into water, by which it is granulated. The product obtained is called coarse metal. It is roasted once more for twenty-four hours, by which means the larger proportion of the sulphide of iron is converted into oxide. It is then calcined with some copper ore known to contain oxide of copper and silica. The oxide of copper transforms any remaining sulphide of iron iuto oxide, which is taken up by the silica to form a slag, through which the sulphide of cop^r Mnks. This matt contains about 80 ^r cent, of copper, and is known by the name of fine metal. It is cast iuto pigs, the lower, portions of which contain most of the impurities ; the metal extracted from the upper poitions being known in the mdrket as best selected copper. The fine metal nas now to be freed entirely from sulphur by a final calcination, at a heat just short of that required to fuse it. During the process the metal becomes oxidized at the surface. The oxide thus formed decomposes the rest of the sulphide, sul- phurous acid escaping, the metallic copper remaining behind. The metal obtained is run off iuto moulds, forming ingots full of bub- bles, from the escape of the sulphurous acid gas. Tliese ingots, which are known as pimple, or blistered copper, from their peculiar appearance, have uuw to undergo the process of rofining. They are placed in a reverberatory furnace, and kept in a melted state for upwards of 20 hours, to oxidize the last traces of foreign metals. Slags are formed on the surface and skimmed off, and a great deal of oxide is produced which is absorbed by the mctaL To reduce this oxide, the surface of the melted metal is covered with an- thracite or charcoal, and towards the last a young tree is thrust in. This process, which is called poling, disengages the whole of the oxygen from the oxide diffused through the mass. The aboVe is, as nearly as possible, the method of copper-smelting, as employed in England, the processes adopted iu Saxony and North America being nearly iudentical with it, the difference merely beiii^ modifications to suit the various impurities coutaiued in the ore. When the ore con- sists of oxide or carbonate of copper only, it is reduced to the metallic state by simple fusion with charcoal and subsequent poling. Smelting of Lead.— The ore having been brought to the surface, is first sorted by hand, the purest portions being set aside ready for sm^lthig. The rest is broken by hammers into lumps as large as a walnut, and again sorted. The remainder is then crusLed in a mill, and sifted through coarse sieves, the "oarser poitiuns bebig set aside for the stampers, aud the finer being subjected to the process of fifi' Oi MACHINISTS, engineers', AC, BECEIPTS. 377 k ying. This oonsists in plunging a sieve containing the ore into water, and shaking it dexterously, so that the smallest particles pass through lerehind. The less f nsi- ble poition, when remelted, forms block tin, and the part which has run out is again melted and run out with wet stakes. The steam thus formed bubbles up to the surface, carrying with it all the mechanical impurities contained in the tin. The mass is then skimmed and allowed to cool. When just about to set, the upi)er half is ladled out, the other metals and impurities having sunk into the bottom half, from the ten- dency thatthis metal has to separate from its alloys. The finest quality of tin is freauently heated to a temperatui'e just short of its melting point. At this heat, it becomes jrittle, and is broken up into masses, showing the crystals of the metal, and forming what is known as grain tin. The formation of crystals is to some extent a guarantee of its purity, since impure tin does not become brittle in this way. English tin generally contains small quantities of arsenic, copper, iron and lead. Tin fuses at 442° Fahr^ but it is not sensibly volatilized at that or any higher temparature. For the manufacture of tin plate the best soft charcoal iron is obliged to be used. After it has been rolled and cut to the requisite size, itj surface is made chemically clean by immersion for a few minutes in dilute sulphuric acid. The sheets are then heated to a red heat in a reverberatory furnace, withdra'vn, al- lowed to cool, hammered flat, passed between polished rollers, and are now washed in dilute acid. This preparation is needed tQ free the surface of the iron from the slightest portion of oxide, to whidi the tin would not adhere. In order to tin them they are plunged one by one into a vessel of tallow, from whi?h they are transierrM to a bath of tin. From this they are taken, after a certain time, allowed to drain, and dipped again. The superfluous tin at the edge of the plate is removed by dipping it in the melted tin once more, and detaching it by giving the plate a sharp blow. BoYAL British Washing Powdeb.— Soda ash, 10 lbs; carbonate of soda (ordinary soda), 10 lbs. ; crush into coarse grains. Have a ihin solution of glue, or decoction of linseed oil ready, mto which pour the soda until cuite thick, and spread out on boards, in a warm apart- ment, to dry, men pack up into nice square packages for sal#, label- ling neatly. Used to soften hard water; finds a ready sale at a good profit Anotlter Way to so/ten Hard Water, Stir 1 oz. fresh lime in a bucket of water, pour all into a barrel of water, rummage well; when it settles, the water will be soft, pure, and fit for use. Seltzer Aperient. Calcined magnesia, 1 lb. ; tartaric acid, in crystals, 1^ lbs. ; loaf sugar, 1^ lbs. ; bicarl>onate of soda, 1 lb. Powder all carefully, 11. 27i. 66. 1.10. 1.37. "•"ifliMtiiMMnmiiitiBHiiiiiMiiii MACHINISTS, ENOINEERS', AC, RECEIPTS. 879 dry B^rately, mix, and add of ess. lemon and orange, of each, h fl. dr. Cork tigntly in warm dry bottles, after passing through a fine sieve. 1 tamespoonf ul to a tumbler of water acts as a mild cathartic. Liquid Bi^aok L^ad I'olibh. — A good and reliable substitute for powdered stove i)OJLl8h, can be thus made: black lead, pulverized, 2 lbs. ; spts. turpentine, 2 gills; water, 2 gills; sugar, 2 ozs. ; mix. USEFUL ITEMS FOR DAILY REMEMBRANCE. Leoal Bbevities. — A note dated on Sunday is void. A. note op- tained by fraud, or from one intoxicated, is void. If a note be lost or stolen, it does not release the maker, he must pay it. An endorser of a note is exempt from liability, if not served with notice of its dis- honor within 24 hours of its non-payment. A note by a 'minor is void. Notes bear interest only when so stated. Principals are re- 'sponsible for their agents. Each individual in partnership is respon- sible for the whole amount of the debts of the firm. Ignorance of the law excuses no one. It is a fraud to conceal a fraud. It is illegal to compound a felony. The law compels no one to do impossibilities. An agreement without a consideration is void. Signatures in lead pendl are good in law. A receipt for money is not legally conclusive. The acts of one partner bi.id all tlie others. Oontracte made on Sun- day cannot be enforced. A contract with a minor is void. A con- tract made with a limatic is void. Written contracts concerning land must be under seal. A TABIiB OF daily BAVINOS AT COMPOUND INTEBE8T. Oentap&'Day Ftr Tear " eio.. 20. 40. 100. 200. 400. r.00. In Ten Tears Fifty Tear$ $ 130 iJ 2,900 . 260 .. 6,800 . 620 11,600 .1,300 29,000 . 2,600 68,000 .6,20C 116,000 .6,600 145,000 By the above table it appears that if a mechanic, or clerk saves 2f, cents per day froid the time he is 21 till he is 70, the total with in- terest wiU amount to $2,900. and a daily saving of 27^ cents reaches the important sum of $29,000. Save all you can in a prudent man- ner for a time of possible want, but act justly by paying your debts, and liberally by assisting whose in need, and helping in a good cause. Ok Profane SwEAjiiNO.—Let every man do his best to discoun- tenance this abominable habit, and shun it as an accursed sin in every possible way. No .respectable person will allow himself to be guilty of it. Business men who make a practice of it will find themselves avoided by the best class of customers, for I know that some persons can suffer no mental punishment equal to that inflicted by being com- pelled to listen to profane language. Besides, every man known as a profane swearer, will not be credited by those whose good opinion iu worth having, even when he may be speaking the truth. Act Wbli* Youb Pabt, Don't be Selfish.— Remember that it is by imparting happiness to others, and making ourselves useful, t LaM-kk^V-.* ito.'MlIMM 880 KAOHINtSTS, engineers', AC, BEOEIPTS. ft fhat we receive happiness. Stand by this truth, live it oat, and al- ways keep doing something useful for the common good, doii^ it wdL ma acting sincerelv. Endeavour to keep your heart in the attitude of csherishing good will to all. thinking and speaking evil of no one, and ^ways vdth a kind word for every oody. Selflsmiess is its own curse ; it is a starving vice. The man who does no good gets none. He is Uke tiie heath in the desert, neither yielding fruit nor seeing when Sood cometh, a stunted dwarfish, miserable shrub. Let all your in- uence be exerted for the purpose of doing all you can for the com- mon good and individual wel&re of every one. Mabried Life, its Jots and Sobbows.— A good wife is the greatest earthly blessing^ A wife never makes a greater mistake than when she endeavours to coerce her huband with ether weapons than those of love and affection. Those weapons are a sure pull if he has any thing human left in him. Forbear mutual upbnudings. In writing letters, during temporary separation, let notiiiug contrary* to love and sincere affection oe expres8ed; such letters noma wife have a most powerful emotional effect, sometimes little understood by those who write them. It is the momer who moulds the character and destiny of the child as to the exteriors, therefore let calnmess, peace, affection, and firmness rule her conduct towards her children. Children are great imitators, whether they have scolding or peaceful mothers, they are generally sure to learn from ti'.e examples set before tibem, and thus the couseauent joy or sorrow is transferred to other families, therefore let mothers take heed to their conduct. It is not possible to exercise judgment and prudence too much before entering on tibe married life. Be sure that the affections on both ^lides are so perfectly intertwined around each other, tliat the two as it were, form one mind ; this requires time, and a thorough mutmJ knowledge on both sides. Marry in your own religion, and into a different olood and temperament from your own. Bend you; whole powers to avoid depreciatory remarks, jibing and anger in every form, and spec- ify avoid everlastingly dishing up any unsuccessful past action that was done from a good motive and with the best intentions at the time. Let nothing foreign to the spirit of love and mutual affection intervene to cause distance between husband and wife ; to this end let self-de- nial rule over each, and reciprocal unselfishness. Avoid habitual foult-finding, scolding. &c., as you would perdition itself; many men tremble as they cross their threshold into the presence of sooldiug wives. Let husband and wife cultivate habits of sobriety, and specially avoid drunkenness in every form. What a dreadful spectacle it is to see a husband transformed into a demon, tottering homeward to a broken- hearted wife, whose noble self-sacrificmg devotion to him seems to partake more off the nature of heaven than of earth. Never part, even lor a journey, without kind and endearing words, and as a aiss sym- bolizeti union from interior affection, do not dispense witti it on such occasions, repeating it when you return, m one word, let love rule supreme. In all your dealings with woman, take a lesson from the cooing dove, speak softly, deal gently, kindly and considerately with her in every way. Let every husband and every wife cherish for each other the heavenly flame of affection, and let no rude, harsh, or embittered ex- pression on either side chili the sacred fijre. If ever adoration of the It iJ-#- MACHINI8TS, ENOINEEHS', AC, RECBIPTS. 881 it, and al- IngitwdL amtude'oi ) one, and owncane; ae. He is eing when 11 yoor in- r the oom- Ife Is the >r mistake )r weapons are poll if >biardings. f oontrarv* x)ma wife mderstood ) character calmness, r children. >r peaceful i set before Mi to other It is not reentering des are so were, form »wleaee on irent blood irs to avoid and spee- action that It the time. 1 intervene let self-de- d habitual many men diug wives, ially avoid is to see a > abroken- n seems to r part, even Eilusssym- with it on » word, let ooingdove, er in every I other the tittered ex- tion of the creature may hope for pardon, surely the worship rendered by man to a kind, pure, affectionate and loving wife, heaven's best gift, may invoke fomveness. What countless millions of women have sac- rificed health, strength and life in attendance on sick and dying hus- bands, childroi and strangers ? How many have perished by rush- ing through fire and water to save their children, and starved them- selves thfM they might live ? In how many hospitals has she proved herself an angel of mercy, and her sweet \o.?e uttered words of comfort and cheer ? Therefore let woman have her full rights, even that of voting if she desires it, for a good woman's influence will ever be used for a gm)d purpose : but let woman act towards man as indi- cated in the above advice for man to act towards woman, and she would be all but omnipotent, for man in a manner would move heaven and earth to serve her. and would do unspeakably more for her t1 n can ever be done by all the fussy croakers, old maids, and woman' rights associations and lecturers in the creation. Love in the famil.> \f* e one thing needful to regenerate the earth and cause the wildei o become as Eden, and uie desert to blossom as the rose. I d love and discord have broken more hearts, and caused more oi estrangement, and downright death, tlian war, pestilence and all otnor causes combined. It palsies energy aud ambition, engenders gloom and despair, and transforms manhood into an icicle. Statistics prove that the married live longer on the average by several years, than the unmarried, a most satisfactory proof that the married state is pre- eminently the life designed for man, therefore let all interested do their utmost to make it the happiest In reference to the maintenance of health, many valuable prescriptions and mudi good advice will be found under the Medical Department in this work, but truth requires us to state that for the purpose of mitigating the pains and labour incident to woman at the most event- ful t r*.d critical periods of her life, nothing within the whole compAss of nature will compare with water, in its varied applications. This intlmatiouismadefor the purpose of directing enlightened and in- telligent action on the subject as necessity may call for it Past ex- perience sustains ua when we say that all may enjoy the great bless- ing of good health in the free use of the baui, the temperate use of proper diet, plenty of exercise, pure air, warm clotmng and ab- StiiMnce from every excess inimical to health. OavuDVEV AND Home Convebsation. — Children hunger perpetu- ally for new ideas. They will learn with pleasure from the lips of parents what they deem drudgery to learn from books, and even if they have the misfortune to be deprived of many educational ad- yantages they will grow up intelligent if they enjoy in childhood the privilege of listeni% to the conversation of intelligent people. Let them have many (mportunities of learning in this way. Be kind to them, and don't think it beneath you to answer their little questions, for they proceed from an implanted faculty which every true man and woman snould take a great delight in gratifying. Houb afteb Bubiness Houbs.— Happy is the man who can find that solace and that poetry at home. Warm greetings from loving h^Mts, fond glances from bright eyes, and welcome shouts of merry hearted children, the ihany thousand little arrangements for comfort and enjoyment, that silently tell of thoughtful and expectant love, ti^ese are the ministratioiiB that teocmdle us to the prose of life. 882 MACHINISTS, ENGINEERS*, AC, KECEIPTS. Think of thlH ye wives and daoghten of businoas men I Thinlc of the toils, the anxieties, the mortification and wear that fathers undergo to secure for you comfortable homes, and compensate DxeA for their toils by making them happy by their own fireside. Well Wobthy of Imitatiok.— A worthy Quaker tims wrote : — '* I expect to pass through this world but once. If, therefore, there be any kindness I can do to anv fellow being, let me do it now, let me not defer nor neglect it, for I will not pass this way again. " Were all to act thus how many would be made happy ! Another Sknsible Quakeb. — A Quaker lately propounded the momentous qucHtion to a fair Quakeress, as follows : " Hum ! yea and verily; Peneloi^e, the spirit urgeth and moveth me wonderfully to beseech thee to cleave unto me, nesh of my flesh, and bone of my bone." "Hum ! truly, Obadiah, thou hast wisely said. Inasmuch as it is not good for man to be alone, lo, I will sojourn with thee." TABiiB CoNVEBSATioN. — Instead of swallowing your food bi sullen silence, or brooding over your business, or severely talldng about others, let the conversation at the table be genial, kind, social and cheering. Don't bring any disagreeable subject to the table in your conversation, any more than you would in your dishes. Avoid scandalizing people, and never cherish a jubilant feeling over the.- infirmities or misfortunes of others. The more good company you have at your table the better. Hence the intelligence, refinement and appropriate behaviour of a family given to hospitality. Never feel that intelligent visitors can be anything but a blessing to you and yours. Keep the House Clean and Weli^ Ventilated. — A neat, clean, fresh aired, swee* cheerful, well arranged house, exerts a moral in- fluence over its inmates, and makes the members of a family peace- able and considerate of each other's feelings; on tiie coAtrary, a filthy sqaalid, noxious dwelling, contributes to make its inhabitants selfish, sensual, and regardless of the feelings of others. Never sleep in a small close bedroom, either during summer or winter, without free ventilation from door or windows, unless otherwise supplied vHth abundance of fresh air. It will be seen that a person's house usually corresponds with his character. Safe Businbss Roles.— Business men, in business hours, attend ONLY to business matters. Social calls are beet adapted to the SOCIAL ciBCiiE. Make your business known in few words, without loss of time. Let your dealings with a stranger be host carefully considered, and tbubd friendship duly appreciated. A mean act will soon recoil, and a man of honour will be liiSTBEMED. Leave " Tricks of trade" to those whotse education was never completed. Treat all vrith respect, confide in few, wrong no man. Be never afraid to say No, and always Pbomft to acknowledge and rectify a wrong. Leave nothing for to-morrow that shoui.d be done to-day. Because a friend is polite, do not think his time is valueless. Have a PLACE for everytoing, and bveby thing in its place. To preserve LONG friendship, keep A shobt cbedit, the way to get cbbdit is to be punctual ; the way to pbesebve it is not to use it much. Settle often ; have shobt accounts. Trust no man's appbabanobs, they are often deceptive, and assumed for the purpose of obtaining credit Rogues generally dress well. The rich are generally plain MEN. Be WELL satisfied before you give a credit^ that those to WHOM you give it are safe men to be trusted. at 8 K AT BI s. link of the rs undergo fi for their B wrote :— )fore, there it now, let ky again. " mnded the Hum I yea ronderfully one. of mv InaBmucn vith thee." 3d in sullen dng about social and ble in your 8. Avoid ? over the, npany you temeut and er feel that d yours, leat, clean, I moral in- nlly peace- ry, a filthy nts selfish, r sleep in a Ithout free plied vmh ise usually urs, attend »ted to the >8, without ABEFUIXT KEAN ACT ro. Leave completed. Be never d rectify a ue to-day. 388. Have 'o preserve EtBDITistO it much. EABANOBS, obtaining lillv PI,AIK t those TO r INTEREST TABLE, AT SIX PER CENT., IN DOLLAm AND CENTS, FBOM ONE DOLIiAB TO TEN THOUSAND. Iday. 7 days. 16 days. 1 mo. 3 mo8. 6mo8. 12mo8. 8 «o. «c. $0. 8 c. 8 c. 8 c. 8 c. 1 00 00 00% ssi 00% 01»4 03 06 2 00 ooy* 00% 00% 00% 00% 01 03 Od 12 8 00 OlVa 04% 09 18 4 00 01 02 0(! 12 24 6 00 01% 02% 01% 16 30 6 00 03 09 18 86 7 00 03l^ 10% 21 42 8 00 01 * 02 04 12 24 48 9 00 01 S 04% 13% 27 64 10 00 01% 06 15 30 60 ao 00% 00% 06 10 30 60 1 20 80 07% 16 45 90 1 80 40 01^ 10 20 60 1 20 240 60 01 06 12% 26 76 1 60 300 100 oll^ 'A 26 60 1 60 300 600 200 o;j 60 1 00 300 600 12 00 900 06 36 76 1 60 460 900 18 00 400 07 46% 1 00 200 600 12 00 24 00 600 ,08 68% 1 26 260 7 60 16 00 30 00 1000 17 1 16% 260 600 16 CO 30 00 60 00 2000 33 2 33^ 600 10 00 30 00 60 00 120 00 3000 60 360 7 60 16 00 46 00 90 00 180 00 4000 67 4 66% 10 00 20 00 60 00 120 00 240 00 6000 83 6 83VS 12 60 26 00 76 00 160 00 30000 10000 167 11 mJi 26 00 60 00 160 00 300 00 600 00 AT BBVBN FEB CENT., IN DOLLARS AND CENTS, FBOM ONId DOLLAB TO TEN THOUSAND. V I 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 60 100 200 300 400 600 1000 2000 3000 4000 6000 10000 01 03 i J.3% a 12 14 15% 87% 1 76 360 6 26 7 00 8 75 17 60 35 00 62 60 70 00 87 60 176 00 28 31% 36 70 1 06 1 40 1 76 360 7 00 10 60 14 00 17 60 36 00 70 00 106 00 140 00 176 00 360 00 70 1 40 2 10 2 80 860 7 00 14 00 21 00 28 00 36 00 70 00 140 00 210 00 280 00 360 00 700 00 READY RECKONER, 2,000 LBS. TO THE TON. FBODVOE AKD MBKOHANDISE BBADY BEOKOITBBS, OOA.L, HAT, BUT- TXB, OHEBBX;, LABD AIID OTHEB PBODCOE. I i X»< CtB Ct» »CP 9cti iet 9e 1 9 ct\9 cts J 1 Ct8 $ cts 9 cts • Ctl t9 CtB 1 .16 60 1.00 2.00. 3.00 5.0( >6.00 7.00 3.00 9.00 10.00 11.0( ) 12.00 s a "77 .. • • • • . 1 L . 1 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 2 .2 .2 ^ 7 , , • • . 1 . 1 . i i . 2 . 2 . 8 . 8 . 4 .4 .4 5 10 , a . 1 . 1 . 2 . i ( . 3 . 4 . 4 . S . 5 .6 .6 20 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 3 . t i . 6 . 7 . 8 . 9 .10 .11 .12 1 30 . 1 . 2 . 3 . 5 . i i . 9 .11 .12 .14 .15 .17 ' .18 60 • 1 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 8 .1: } .16 .\8 .20 .23 .25 .2f t .30 g 70 , 1 . 3 . 4 . 7 .11 .li i .21 .25 .28 .32 .36 .3£ ) .44 »4 80 1 . 2 . 4 . 8 .12 .2( ) .24 .28 .32 .3d .40 .44 t .48 OO X . 2 , 6 . 9 .14 .2J $ .27 .32 .36 .41 .45 .Bd ) .02 s 100 , 1 . 3 . 6 .10 .16 .21 i .30 .36 .40 .46 .60 .5e . .60 o 200 . 3 . 6 .10 .20 .30 .5( ) .60 .70 .80 .90 1.00 i.lC 1 1.20 ef SOO , 4 . 8 .16 .30 .45 .7{ S .90 1.05 1.20 1.36 1.60 i.oe . 1.80 "8 400 . 6 10 .20 .40 .60 1.0( )1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.0U Z.2C 1 2.40 50(] . 6 .13 .25 .60 .75 1.2J 11.50 1.76 2.00 2.26 2.50 2.78 . 8.00 £ 60C . 8 .16 .30 .60 .90 1.5( )1.80 2.10 2.40 2..'9 3.00 8.6G 3.60 {! 700 . 9 .18 .3D .70 1.06 1.7! >2.10 2.46 2.80 3.16 3.^ 8.8(! 1 4.20 4fi 800 .10 .20 .40 .80 1.20 2.0( )2.40 2.80 3.20 ff.CO 4.00 4.4C 4.80' 1 •m .11 .23 .41! . .90 1.36 2.21 5 2.70 3.16 3.60 4.06 4.50 4. SB . 5.40 1000 .13 .25 M >1.00 1.50 2.6i )3.00 3.50 4.00 4.60 5.00 O.60 6.00 ts UOfl .14 .28 .M .1.10 1.65 2.7t >3.30 3.85 4.40 4.96 6.50 e.oii . 6.60 1200 .15 .30 .6C tl.20 i.az 3.0c )3.60 4.20 4.80 5.40 6.00 6.60 7.20 1 ' If 1300 .16 .33 M .1.30 1:95 3.21 5 3.90 4.55 6.20 5.85 6.50 7.U . 7.80 ( 1400 .18 .35 .7C H.40 2.10 3.5( )4.20 4.90 6.60 6.30 7.00 7.70 8.40 1 1600 .19 .38 .7S .1.50 2.25 3.7« (4.60 6.25 6.00 6.76 7.50 8.2fi 9.00 A 1600 .20 .40 .8C )1.6i» 2.40 4.0( 14.80 6.60 6.40 7.20 8.00 8.80 9.60 ^ 1700 .21 .43 M .1.70 2.56 4.2t (5.10 6.95 6.80 7.65 8.00 9.3B 10.20 ISOO .23 .46 M 1.80 2.70 4.0c 15.40 6.30 7.20 8.10 9.00 O.M 10.80 1 1S0« .24 .48 .91 _1:90_ 2.86 4.7« ^JO 6.65 7.60I 8.66 9.60 10.4B 11^ ifc! a $ cts TcS TTc/s Yets nrss "JTcS" TcZT %'cR- TSJT Lbs 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 19.00 20.00 26.00 40.00 00.00 i . 2 . 2 . J 5 . 2 . a i • a ) . 3 . 4 . 6 . 8 1 7 . 6 . 6 . I i . 6 . 6 • r . 7 . 9 .14 .18 10 . 7 . 7 . i i , 8 . 9 .1( ) .10 .18 .20 .25 ^ 20 .13 .14 .11 . .16 .17 .11 ) .20 .25 .40 .60 1 80 .20 .21 .25 1 .24 . .26 .2J ) .30 .38 .60 .75 00 70 .33 .35 .38 t .40 .48 .41 i .60 .63 1.00 1.25 1 .43 .49 .6S 1 .56 .60 .6f r .70 .88 1.40 1.70 80 .52 .56 .m 1 .64 .68 .7< ) .80 J.OO 1.60 200 1 90 .59 .63 M .72 .77 .84 3 .90 1.13 1.80 2.25 14)0 .65 .70 .7C .80 .85 .91 } 1.00 1.25 2.00 2.S0 •3 200 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.9( ) 2.00 2.60 4.00 6.00 300 1.95 2.10 2.21 2.40 2.56 2.81 S 3.00 8.76 6.00 7.50 4O0 2.60 2.80 8.0C 3.20 3.40 3.8( ) 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 $ 60(1 3.25 3.50 3.70 4.00 4.26 4.7( I 6.00 6.26 10.00 12.50 mS 6fl( 3.90 4.20 4.50 4.80 5.10 6.7( ) 6.00 7.50 12.00 16.00 3 W 4.55 4.90 5.25 5.60 6.95 6. a 5 7.00 8.76 14.00 17.60 80U 5.20 5.tH) 6.00 6.40 6.80 7.6( ) 8.00 10.00 16.00 20.00 \ 900 6.85 6.30 6.75 7.20 7.65 8.5{ J 9.00 11.25 18.00 22.60 lOOfl 6.50 7.00 7.50 8.00 8.60 9.5( ) 10.00 12.60 20.00 25.00 HOC 7.16 7.70 8.25 8.80 9.36 10.46, 11.00 18.75 22.00 27.00 1 120C 7.80 8.40 9.00 9.60 10.20 11. 4f ) 12.00 16.00 ^.00 80.00 18011 8.45 9.10 9.76 10.40 11.06 12.32 > 13.00 16.26 26.00 82.50 B 1400 9.10 9.80 10.50 11.20 11.90 13.3« 1 14.00 17.50 28.00 85.90 1500 9.75 10.60 11.25 12.00 12.75 14. 2« i 15.00 18.76 30.00 87.60 J60C 10.40 11.20 12.00 12.80 13.60 15.2(1 16.00 20.00 32.00 40.00 i 1700 11.05 11.90 12.75 13.60 14.15 16.1C 17.00 21.25 84.00 42.00 M 1800 11.70 12.60 13.50 14.40 16.30 17,10 18.00 22.50 86.00 46.00 i9ogi 12.S 15' IS \.m^ 14.35 15 20' 16.15 18.0S 10. OQl 28.76 88.00 47.00 8S« IN. HAY, BUT- s 9 eta 9cto 011.00 12.00 2 . 2 . 2 4 . 4 . 4 5 . ( . 6 .11 .12 5 .11 .18 S .2f .30 6 .31 .44 M .48 6 .60 .62 .6C .60 i.K 1.20 1.6t 1.80 2.20 2.40 2. 78 3.00 8.6t 3.60 3.81 4.20 4.4( 4.80' 4.9( 6.40 5.6( 6.00 «.0( 6.60 6.6( 7.20 7.« 7.80 7.7C 8.40 8.2t 9.00 S.» 9.60 9.S( 10.20 9.9( 10.80 )10.4B 11.40 icta T3r 40.00 80.00 . 6 . 8 .14 .18 .20 .28 .40 .SO .00 .78 1.00 1.28 1.40 1.78 1.60 200 1.80 2.28 2.00 2.S0 4.00 6.00 6.00 7.60 8.00 10.00 10.00 12.60 12.00 16.00 14.00 17.80 16.00 20.00 18.00 22.60 20.00 26.00 22.90 27.80 ;^.oo 80.00 26.00 32.60 28.00 86.00 90.00 37.60 12.00 40.00 14.00 42.60 6.00 48.00 18.00 47.80 READY RECKONER, 2,240 LBS. TO THE TON. If the No. required is not in the tables, add the amount of two numbers together. *~ X&8 cts eta 9ct « c/ 9 ct i ict a ct 9 eta 9 ct8\ 9 eta 9 eta 9 ct8\9 eta 1 .26 .60 1.00 2.00 3.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 20 • • • • • • . 2i . 3 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 'i .8 .9' .10 .11 •5 • • • • . 1 . 2 . 3 . 5 « 7 . 8 . 9 10 .11 .12 .13 1 oO • • ■ • . 1 . 3 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 .11 .12 .13 .16 .16 50 • • . 1 . 2 . 4 . 6 .11 .13 .1« .18 .20 .22 .25 .27 s 70 • • ^ 2 . 3 . 6 . 9 .15 .19 .22 .25 .28 .31 .34 .37 80 • ■ . 2 . 4 . 7 .11 .18 .21 .25 .29 .32 .36 .39 .43 90 • • . 2 . 4 . 8 .12 .20 .24 .28 .32 .36 .40 .44 .48 100 . 1 . 2 . 4 . 9 .13 .22 .27 .31 .36 .40 .45 .49 .54 & 200 . 2 . 4 . ft .18 .27 .45 .54 .63 .71 .80 .89 .98 1.07 300 . 3 . 7 .13 .Zl .40 .67 .80 .94 1.07 1.21 1.34 1.47 1.61 1 400 . 4 . 9 .18 .36 .64 .89 1.07 1.25 1.43 1.61 1.79 1.96 2.14 600 . 6 .11 .22 .46 .67 1.12 1.34 1.56 1.79 2.01 2.23 2.46 2.38 M 600 . 7 .13 .27 .64 .80 1.34 1.61 1.88 2.14 2.41 2.(i8 2.98 3.21 *8 700 . 8 .16 .31 .63 .94 1.5rt 1.87 2.19 2.60 2.81 3.12 3.44 3.76 1 800 . 9 .18 .36 .71 1.07 1.79 2.14 2.50 2.86 3.21 3.57 3.93 4.29 900 .10 .20 .40 .30 1.21 2.01 2.41 2.81 3.21 3. 2 4.02 4.42 4.82 1000 .11 .22 .45 .89 1.31 2.23 2.68 3.13 3.57 4.02 4.46 4.91 6.36 • 1100 .12 .25 .49 .98 1.47 2.46 2.95 3.44 3.93 4.42 4.91 6.40 5.89 12UU .13 .27 M 1.07 1.61 2.«8 3.21 3.75 4.29 4.82 6.36 5.8S 6.43 1300 .14 .29 .58 1.16 1.74 2.90 3.48 4.06 4.64 5.22 5.80 6.3* 6.96 1« 1400 .16 .31 .62 1.26 1.87 3.12 3.75 4.38 5.00 5.62 6.25 6.87 7.60 ^ 1600 .17 .33 .67 1.34 2.01 3.35 4.02 4.69 5.36 6.03 6.70 7.37 C.04 •S 1600 .18 .36 .71 1.43 2.14 3.57 4.28 5.00 5.71 6.43 7.14 7.86 8.67 g 1700 .19 .38 .76 1.52 2.28 3.79 4.56 6.31 6.07 683 7.59 8..^" 9.11 1 laoo .20 .40 .80 1.61 2.41 4.02 4.82 6.C3 6.43 7.23 8.04 S.S4 9.64 1900 '.21 .42 .85 J. 70 2.54 4.24 6.09 6.94 6.78 7,63 8.48 9.3£ t 10.18 % 2000 .22 .46 .89 1.78 2.()8 4.46 5.36 6.25 7.14 8.03 8.93 9.8i ! 10.71 1 2100 .23 .47 .94 1.87 2.8l| 4.69 6.62 6.66 7.60 8.44 9.37 10.31 11.28 Lba r^ •9 cts 1 T?? ^CM ^^?s '$"c<« eTTT ich T^ti 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 .14 17.00 19.00 20.00 21.00 23.00 24.00 to 20 . .12 .13 .13 .15 .17 .18 .19 .21 .21 28 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .21 .22 .23 .26 .27 30 .17 .19 .20 .21 .!>3 .25 .27 .28 .31 .32 % 60 .29 .31 .Xi .36 .38 .42 .45 .47 .61 .64 ** 70 .41 .44 .47 .50 .63 .59 .C?l .66 .72 .75 5 80 .46 .60 .64 .57 .61 .68 .71 .76 • .82 .86 £ 90 .62 .56 .60 .64 .68 .76 .80 .84 .92 .96 Mk 100 .68 .03 67 .71 .76 .86 .89 .94 1.03 1.07 1 200 1.16 1.28 1.34 1.42 1.52 1.70 1 79 1.88 2.06 2.14 300 1.74 1.88 2.01 2.14 2.28 2.54 2.68 1 2.81 3.08 3.21 1 400 2.32 2.50 2.68 '2.86 3.04 3.39 3.57 3.76 4.11 4.29 800 2.90 3.13 3..% 3.57 i 3.79 4.24 4.46 4.69 6.13 6.36 £ 600 3.48 3.75 4.02 4.29 4.65 6.09 6.36 .6.63 6.16 6.43 700 4.06 4..38 4.69 5.00 5.31 6.94 6.25 6.66 7.19 7.50 9f 800 4.61 5.00 5.36 5.71 fi.07 6.79 7.14 7.5Q 8.21 8.57 4 900 6.22 B.03 6.03 6.43 6.83 7.<^3 8.04 8.44 9.24 9.64 V 1000 6.80 6.25 6.70 7.14 7.69 8.43 8.93 9.38 10.27 10.71 Is 1100 6.38 6.88 7.37 7.86 8.35 9.33 9.82 10.31 11.29 11.79 n 1200 6.96 750 8.04 8.67 9.11 10.18 10.71 11.26 12.32 12.86 H 1300 7.84 8.13 8.70 9.28 9.87 11.03 ll.fil • 12.19 13.36 13.93 M 14C0 «.12 8.75 9.37 10.00 10.02 11.87 12.50 13.13 14.37 16.00 g 160«1 8.70 9..38 10.04 10.7\ 11.38 12.72 13.39 14.06 16.40 16.07 1600 9.28 10.00 10.71 11.43 12.14 13.67. 14.28 15.00 16.43 17.14 l> 1700 9.86 10.63 11.38 12.14 12.90 14.42 15.18 15.94 17.45 18.21 H 1800 10.44 111.25 12.05 12.86 13.66 15.27 10.07 16.88 18.48 19.29 s 1900 11.03 11.88 12.72 13.67 14.42 16.12 16.96 17.81 19.61 20.36 2000 11.61 12.50 13.39 14.28 15.18 16.96 17.86 18.76 20.63 21.43 "m 1 r 13. 13 11 1.06 18.00 16 .94 1 «5 17.81 18.7( H 19.69 21.86 22.68 READY RECK(tNER, 2,240 LBS. TO THE TON. If the article C08t 912.50 per ton, add the amounts under 912.00 and 60 cts. together. i '^''*| 26.00 9 cts $ ota 9ct8 9ct8 9 cts 9 cts 9 cts 9 cts 9 cts 26.00 27.00 29.00 30.00 31.00 33.00 34.00 35.00 36.00 \ 9ft .22 .23 .24 .26 .27 .28 .29 .30 .31 .82 20 .28 .29 .30 .32 .33 -.35 .37 .38 .39 M 30 .33 .36 .36 .39 .40 .41 .44 .46 .47 .48. i 60 .66 .68 .60 .65 .67 .69 .74 .76 .78 .80 e 70 ,78 .81 .84 .91 .94 .97 1.03 1.06 1.09 1.12 80 .89 .93 .96 1.04 1.07 1.11 1.18 1.21 1.26 1.28 90 1.00 1.04 1.08 1.16 1.21 1.26 1.33 1.37 1.41 1.46 100 1.12 1.16 1.21 1.29 1.34 1.38 1.47 1.52 1.66 1.61 200 2.'& 2.32 2.41 2.59 2.i8 2.77 2.94 3.04 3.12 8.21 i9 300 3.36 3.48 3.62 3.88 4.02 4.16 4.41 4.56 4.69 4.82 S 400 4.46 4.64 4.82 6.18 6.36 6.54 6.89 6.07 6.26 6.43 g 600 6.68 6.80 6.03 6.47 6.70 6.92 7.37 7.59 7.81 8.04 P4 600 6.70 6.9G 7.23 7.77 8.04 8.30 8.84 9.11 9.38 9.64 s 700 7.81 8.12 8.44 9.06 9.37 9.69 10.31 10.62 10 94 11.25 s 800 8.93 9.29 9.64 10.46 10.71 11.07 11.79 12.14 12.50 12.86 e« 900 10.04 10.45 10.85 11.G6 12.06 12.46 13.26 13.66 14.06 14.46 ^ 1 1000 11.16 11.61 12.05 12.96 13.39 13.84 14.73 15.18 15.63 16.07 1100 12.28 12.77 13.26 14.24 14.73 15.22 16.21 16.70 17.19 17.68 1200 13.39 13.93 14.46 16.54 16.07 16.G1 17.68 18,21 18.76 19.29 A i 1300 14.51 15.09 16.67 16.83 17.41 17.99 19.15 19.73 20 31 20.89 1400 16.62 16.25 16.87 18.12 18.75 19.37 20.62 21.26 21.88 22.60 1600 16.74 17.86 17.41 18.08 19.42 20.09 20.76 22.10 22.77 23.44 24.11 leoo 18.57 19.28 20.71 21.43 22.14 23.57 24.28 26.00 26.71 « 1700 18.97 19.73 ; 20.49 22.00 22.77 23.53 25.04 26.80 26.66 27.32. ■r 1800 20.09 20.89 21.70 23.30 24.11 24.91 26.62 27.32 28.13 28.93 fl 1900 21.20 22.06> 22.90 24.60 26.44 26.29 27.99 28.84. 29.6d 80.63 g 2000 22.32 23.21 24.10 26.89 26.78 27.67 29.46 30.36 31.26 82.14 A 210C 23.44 24.37 26.31 27.19 28.12 29.06 80jfl3 a^^ 32.81 83.75 % Lbt Tcis T^u 90t8 fTr TcSS" TTafT ^cS* 1 e^ TcJT TcB SIM 39.00 40.00 41.00 43.00 44.00 46.00 60.00 66.00 60.00 ^ 20 .33 .35 .36 .37 .38 .30 .40 .45 .49 .64 9 20 .41 .44 .46 .46 .48 .49 .60 M .61 .67 m 30 .60 .52 .54 .56 .67 .59 .60 .67 .74 .80 r % K .83 .87 .89 .92 .96 .98 1.00 1.12 1.23 1.84 70 1.16 1.21 1.25 1.28 1.34 1.37 1.41 1.66 1.72 1.817 80 1.32 1.39 1.43 1.46 1.64 1.57 1.61 179 1.96 2.14 90 1.49 1.57 1.61 1.66 1.73 1.77 1.81 2.01 221 2.41 8 100 1.66 1.74 1.79 1.83 1.92 1.96 2.01 2.23 2.46 2.68 « 200 3.30 3.48 3.57 3.66 3.84 8.93 4.02 4.46 4.91 6.36 ^ 300 4.96 6.22 6.36 6.49 5.76 6.80 6.03 6.70 7.37 804 1 4O0 6.61 6.96 7.14 7.32 7.68 7.86 8.04 8.03 9.82 10.71 600 8.26 1 8.71 8.93 9.16 9.60 0.82 10.04 11.16 12.28 13.39 1 600 9.91 ; 10.46 i 10.71 i 10.98 11.02 11.79 12.06 ia39 14.78 16.07 700 11.66 i 12.19 12.60 12.81 13.44 13 76 1406 16.62 17.19 18.75 3 800 13.21 13.93 14.29 14.64 15.36 16.71 16.07 17.86 19.64 21.43 900 14.87 16.76 1-07 16.47 17.28 17.68 18 08 20.09 22.10 24.11 ef 1000 16.62 17.41 ^..86 18.30 19.20 19.64 20.09 22.32 MM 26.79 4 1100 18.17 19.15 19.(M 20.13 21.12 21.61 2210 24.56 27.01 29.46 5 1200 19 82 20.89 21.43 21.96 23 04 23.57 24.11 26.79 20.46 32.14 2 130C 21.47 22.63 <■ 23.21 23.79 24.95 25.58 26.12 29.02 81.92 84.82 j 14O0 23.12 24.87 26.00 25.62 26.87 27.50 28.12 81.26 34.87 o7 80 40 id s 1800 24.78 26.12 26.79 27.46 5«8.79 29.46 3018 33.48 36.83 ^ 1600 26.43 27.80 28.57 29.28 30.71 31.43 32.14 36.71 39.28 42.86 g 1700 28.08 29.60 30.36 31.12 32.63 :«.39 34.15 37.96- 4174 46.58 1800 29.73 31.34 32<14 32.96 34.65 36.36 36.16 40.18 44.20 48.21 P" 1900 31.38 33.08 33.93 34.78 36.47 37.32 38.17 42.41 46.65 60.89 a 2000 33.03 34 82 36.71 36.61 38.39 39 28 40.18 44.64 48.U W87 M^ 210C 84.68 36416 37.60 W.M 40.81 41.26 42.19 46.87 SLM •aU5 386 If 8 11 4 II 5 IP' 6 Ay 7 V 8 t' 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 18 1 14 16 16 17 ^ 18 j 19 20 ' < 25 30 40 k. 50 m 60 ' 70 60 90 100 l.-rs \ eta « eta 35.00 36.00 .31 .32 .39 M .47 .48. .78 .80 1.09 1.12 1.26 1.29 1.41 1.45 1.66 1.61 3.12 3.21 4.69 4.82 6.26 6.43 7.81 8.04 9.38 9.64 10 94 11.2B 12.60 12.86 14.06 14.46 16.63 16.07 17.19 17.68 18.76 19.29 20 31 20.89 21.88 22^ 23.44 24.11 25.00 25.71 26.66 27.32 28.13 28.93 29.6d 30.63 ZIM 82.14 32.81 83.75 T^ TcB 65.00 60.00 READY RECKONER. BEADY BECEONEB, to find the Price of any Number of Pounds, Yards Pieces, or Bushels, from 2 cents to $3.00. The first column contains the NUMBEB, the top coltimns the PRICES. .. Noe 2ct. 3ct. 4ct. 6ct. .10 6Ct. 6%ct. 7ct. 8ct. Oct. 10 Ct. 11 ct. "7 .4 . 6 . 8 .12 :1^ .14 .16 .18 .20 .22 8 . 6 . 9 .12 .15 .18 .21 .24 .27 .30 .33 4 . 8 .12 .16 .20 .24 .25 .28 .32 .36 .40 .44 5 .10 .16 .20 .26 .30 ^ .36 .40 .45 .60 .65 6 .12 .18 .24 .30 .36 .42 .48 .64 .60 •66 7 .14 .21 .28 .35 .42 ■m, .49 .66 .63 .70 .77 8 .1<> .24 .32 .40 .48 .50 .56 .64 .72 .80 .88 9 .18 .27 .36 .46 .64 .561/4 .62% .63 .72 .81 .90 .99 10 .20 .30 .40 .60 •60 .70 .80 .90 1.00 1.10 .11 .22 .33 .44 .56 •66 .77 .88 .99 1.10 1.21 12 .24 .36 .48 .60 .72 !75* .84 .96 1.08 1.20 1.32 18 .26 .39 .62 .66 .78 .81% .87% .91 1.04 1.17 1.30 .1.43 14 .28 .42 .66 .70 .84 .98 1.12 1.26 1.40 1.54 16 .30 .46 .60 .75 .90 .93% 1.05 1.20 1.35 1.60 1.65 16 .32 .48 .64 .80 .96 1.00 1.12 1.28 1.44 1.60 1.76 IT .34 .61 .68 .85 1.02 1.06% 1-12% 1.19 1.36 1.63 1.70 1.B7 18 .36 .64 .72 .90 1.08 1.26 1.44 1.62 1.80 1.08 19 .38 .67 .76 .95 1.14 1.18^ 1.33 1.52 1.71 1.90 2.09 20 .40 .CO .80 1.00 1.20 1.25 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 26 50 .76 1.00 1.25 1.50 i.»iy4 1.87% 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2. 6 40 •60 .90 1.20 1.60 1.80 2.10 2.40 2.70 3.00 3.30 .80 1.20 1.60 2.00 2.40 2.50 2.80 3.20 3.60 4.00 4.40 60 1.00 1.60 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.12% 3.60 4.00 4.60 6.00 6.60 fit 1.20 1.86 2.40 3.00 360 3.75 4.20 4.80 5.40 6.00 6.60 1.40 2.10 2.80 3.50 4.20 4.37% 4.90 6.60 6.30 7.00 7.70 80 it 2.40 3.20 4.00 4.80 5.00 6.60 6.40 7.20 8.00 8.80 » 2.70 8.60 4.60 6.40 6.62% 6.30 7.2q, 8.1C 9.00 9.90 100 ^^ .3.00 1 4.00 6:00 6.00 6.25 7.00 8j00 9.00 lOjOO 11.00 Not 12 ct. 12%ot. 13ct. 14 ct. .28 15 ct. .30 lect. 18 ct. 183/4Ct. 19 Ct. 20 ct. 21 ct. ~ .24 .26 .26 .32 .36 ■^. .38 .40 .42 S :3b .37% .39 .42 .45 .48 .54 .57 .60 .63 4 .48 J50 .62 .56 .60 .6# .72 .76 .76 .80 .84 6 .60 .62% .66 .70 .75 .80 .90 l!l2% .95 1.00 1.06 6 .72 .76 .78 .84 .90 .96 1.08 1.14 1.20 1-26 7 .84 .87% .91 .98 1.06 1.12 1.26 1.31% 1.33 1.40 1.47 8 .96 1.00 1.04 1.12 1.20 1.28 1.44 1.60 1.52 1.60 1.68 9 1.08 1.12% 1.17 1.26 1.35 1.44 1.62 l!87% 1.71 1.80 1.89 10 1.20 1.26 1.30 1.40 1.60 1.60 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 11 1.32 1.37% 1.43 1.64 1.66 1.76 1.98 2.06% 2.09 2.20 2.31 12 1.44 1.60 \.m 1.68 1.80 1.92 2.16 2.25 2.28 2.40 2.62 18 1.6« l.«2% 1.69 1.82 1.95 2.08 2.34 \^ 2.47 2.00 2.73 14 1.68 1.76 1.82 1.96 2.10 2.24 2.52 2.66 2.80 2.94 16 1;80 1.87% 1.95 2.10 2.25 2.40 2.70 2.81% 42.86 3.00 3.15 16 1.02 2.00 2.08 2.24 2.40 2.56 2.88 3.00 3.04 3.20 3.36 17 2.04 2.12% 2.21 2.38 2.66 2.72 3.06 3.18SA 3.37% 3.23 3.40 3.67 18 2.16 2.26 2M 2.62 2.70 2.88 8.24 3.42 3.60 8.78 19 2.28 2.37% 2.47 2.66 2.85 3.04 3.42 3.66I/S 3.61 S.80 3.99 20 2.40 2.60 2.60 ^2.80 3.00 3.20 3.60 3.76 3.80 4.00 4.20 86 8.00 3.12% 3.25 •S.60 3.76 4.00 4.50 5!62% 4.76 6.00 6.25 ao 3.60 3.76 3.00 4.20 4.60 4.80 6.40 5.70 G.OO 6.80 40 4.80 ^OO' 6.20 6.60 6.00 6.40 7.20 7.60 7.60 8.00 8.40 60 6.00 6.26 (i.60 700 7.50 8.00 9.00 9.37% 9.50 10.00 10.50 60 7.20 7.60 7.80 8.40 9.00 960 10.80 11.26 11.40 12.00 12.60 70 8.40 8.76 9.10 9.80 10.50 11.20 12.60 13.12% 13.30 14.0( 70 80 9.60 10.00 10.40 11.20 12.00 12.80 14.40 16.00 16.20 16.0( .80 90 10.80 11.2& 12i0 11.70 '12.60 13.50 14.40 16.20 16.87% 17.10 18.00 i8.90 100 12.00 13.00 11.00 16.00 16.00 18.00 18.76 19.00 20.00 1 21.00 387 smm ^ ♦ READY RECKONER. The flxst ooluinn on the left contains the NUMBER of the Article, and the column on the tops of the tables ihe PBIGE. No^ct. 23ct. 24 ct. 25 ct. .50 26 ct. 27 ct. 28 ct. 29 ct. 30 ot. 31 ct. 31%ct. 2 1 .44 .46 .48 .52 .54 .56 .68 .60 .62 .62% 3 .66 .69 .72 .75 .78 .81 .84 .87 .90 .93 .93^ 4 .88 .92 .96 1.00 1.04 1.08 1.12 1,16 1.20 1.24 1.26 6 1.10 1.16 1.20 1.26 1.3U 1.36 1.40 1.46 1.50 1.66 1.66% 6 1.32 1.38 1.44 1.50 1.66 1.62 1.68 1.74 1.80 1.86 1.87« 7 1.54 1.61 1.68 1.75 1.82 1.89 1.96 2.03 2.10 2.17 2.16% 8 1.76 1.84 1.92 2.00 2.08 2.16 2.24 2.32 2.40 2.48 2.60 9 1.98 2.07 2.16 2.25 2.34 2.43 2.52 2.61 2.70 2.79 2.81% 10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 2.90 3.00 3.10 3.12% 11 2.42 2.63 2.64 2.76 2.86 2.97 3.08 3.19 3.30 3.41 3.43% 12 2.64 2.76 2.88 3.00 3.12 3.24 3.36 3.48 3.60 3.72 376 13 2.86 2.99 3.12 3.25 3.38 3.51 3.64 3.77 3.90 4.03 4.06y4 14 3.08 3.22 3.36 3.50 3.64 3.78 3.92 4.06 4.20 4.34 4.37% 16 8.30 3.45 3.60 3.75 3.90 4.06 4.20 4.36 4.50 4.66 4.68% 16 3.62 3.68 3.84 4.00 4.16 4.32 4.48 4.64 4.80 4.96 6.00 *17 8.74 3.91 4.08 4.26 4.42 4.69 4.76 4.93 6.10 6.27 6.62% 18 3.96 4.14 4.32 4.50 4.68 4.86 5.04 6.22 5.40 6.68 19 4.18 4.37 4.56 4.76 4.94 6.16 6.32 6.51 6.70 6.89 6.93% 20 4.40 4.60 4.80 6.00 5.20 5.40 5.60 5.80 6.00 6.20 6.25 2S 6.60 6,76 6.00 6.26 6.50 6.76 7.00 7.26 7.26 7.76 7.81»4 9.37% 30 6.60 6.90 7.20 7.50 7.80 8.10 8.40 8.70 9.00 9.30 40 8.80 9.20 9.60 10.00 10.40 10.80 11.20 11.60 12.00 12.40 12.60^ 60 11.00 11.60 12.00 12.50 13.00 13.50 14.00 14.50 16.00 15 60 16.62% 60 13.20 13.80 14.40 15.00 15.(W 16.20 16.80 17.40 18.00 18 60 18.76 70 16.40 16.10 16.80 17.50 18.20 18.90 19.60 20.30 21.00 21.70 21.87% 80 17.60 18.40 19.20 20.00 20.80 21.60 22.40 23.20 1 24.00 24.80 26,00 90 19.80 20.70 21.60 22.50 23.40 24.30 25.20 26.10 27.00 27.90 28.12% 100 22.00 23.00 24.00 25.00 26.00 27.00 28.00 29j00 30j00 81.00 M.SP Nofl )2 0t. 33ot 331/^ot. .66% 34 ot .68 36 ct .70 36 ct. 37 ct. 37%ot. 38 ct. 39 ot 40ot. 2 .64 .66 .72 .74 .76 .76 .78 M 3 .96 .99 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.08 1.11 1.12% 1.14 1.17 1.20 4 1.28 1.32 l.« 1.36 1.40 1.44 1.48 1.60 1.52 1.66 1.60 6 1.60 1.65 1.70 1.76 180 1.86 1.87% 1.90 1.96 2.00 6 1.92 1.98 2.00 2.04 2.10 2.16 2.22 2.25 2.28 2.34 2l40 7 2.24 2.31 leeS^ 2.38 2.46 2.52 2.69 2.62% 2.66 2.73 2.80 8 2.66 2.64 2.72 2.80 2.88 2.96 3.00 3.04 3.12 3.20 9 2.88 2.97 aoo ' 3.06 3.16 3.24 3..33 3.37% 3.42 3.61 3.60 10 3.20 3.30 3.33^ 3.40 3.50 3.60 3.70 3.75^ 3.80 3.90 4.00 11 3.62 3.63 3.6e^^ 3.74 3.85 3.96 4.07 4.12% 4.18 4.29 4.40 12 3.84 3.96 4.00 4.08 4.20 4.32 4.44 4.50 4.66 4.68 . 4.80 13 4.16 4.29 JS 4.42 4.55 4.68 4.81 4.87% 4.94 6.07 8.20 14 4.48 4.62 4.76 4.90 6.04 6.18 5.25 6.32 6.46 6.60 16 4.80 4.96 6.00 5.10 6.25 5.40 5.66 6.62% 6.70 6.86 6.00 16 6.12 5.28 i;i^ 6.44 5.60 6.76 5.92 6.00 6.08 6.24 6.40 17 6.44 5.61 6.78 6.95 6.12 6.29 6.37% 6.46 6.63 6.80 18 8.76 6.94 6.00 6.12 6.30 6.48 6.66 6.76 6.84 7.02 7.2P IP 6.08 6.27 6.33U 6.46 6.65 6.84 7.03 7.12% 7.22 7.41 7.60 20 6.40 6.60 6.66% 6.80 7.00 7.20 7.40 7.50 7.60 7.80 $.00 26 8.00 8.25 8.33 390 fumbers to- ses oppoeite of 100, and roct. 71 ct. 81 ct. 82 ot. READY RECKONER. If the Nulifber xequired is not found in the Tables, add two Numbers to- S ether; for instance, if 36 bushels are required, add the prices opposite i) and 6 together : and so for 365 bushels— treble the value of 100, and add 60 and 6 together. Nob 83 ct. 84 ot. 1.68 85 ct. 86 ct. 87 ct. 87%ct. 88 ct. 89 ct. 90 ct. 91 ct. 92 ct. 2 1.66 1.70 1.72 1.74 1.76 1.76 1.78 1.80 1.82 1.84 3 2.49 2.62 2.56 2.28 2.61 •2.62% 2.64 2.67 2.70 2.73 2.76 4 3.32 3.36 3.40 3.44 3.48 3.50 3.52 3.56 3.60 3.64 3.68 6 4.16 4.20 4.26 4.30 4.35 4.37% 4.40 4.45 4.50 4.55 4.60 6 4.98 6.04 6.10 6.16 6.22 5.26 6.28 6.34 5.40 6.46 6.62 7 6.81 6.88 5.95 6.02 6.09 6.12% 6.16 6.23 6.30 6.37 6.44 8 6.64 6.72 6.80 6.88 6.96 7.00 7.04 7.12 7.20 7.28 7.36 9 7.47 7.56 7.65 7.74 7.83 7.871/8 7.92 8.01 8.10 8.19 8.28 10 8.30 8.40 8.50 8.60 8.70 8.75 8.80 8.90 9.00 9.10 9.20 11 9.13 9.24 9.35 9.46 9.57 9.621/3 9.68 9.79 9.90 10.01 10.12 12 9.96 10.08 10.20 10.32 10.44 10.50 10.56 10.68 10.80 10.92 11.04 13 10.79 10.92 11.05 11.18 11.31 11.37% 11.44 11.67 11.70 11.83 11.96 14 11.62 11.76 11.90 12.04 12.18 12.25 12.32 12.46 12.00 12.74 12.88 16 12.45 12.60 12.76 12.90 13.05 13.12% 13.20 13.35 13.50 13.65 13.80 16 13.28 13.44 13.60 13.76 13.92 14.79 14.00 14.08 14.24 14.40 14.56 14.72 17 14.11 14.28 14.45 14.62 14.87% 14.96 15.13 15.30 15.47 16.64 18 1494 16.12 15.30 15.48 15.66 15.75 15.84 16.02 16.20 16.38 16.66 19 16.77 16.96 16.15 15.34 16.53 16.62% 16.72 16.91 17.10 17.29 17.48 20 16.60 16.80 17.00 17.20 17.40117.50 17.60 17.80 18.00 18.20 18.40 26 20.76 21.00 21.25 21.60 21.75 21.87% 22.00 22.26 22.50 22.75 23.00 30 24.90 26.20 25.50 26.80 26.10 26.25 26.40 26.70 27.00 27.30 27.60 40 33.20 33.60 34.00 34.40 34.80 35.00 35.20 35.60 36.00 36.40 '36.80 00 41.60 42.00 42.60 43.00 43.50 43.75 44.00 44.50 46.00 46.50 46.00 60 49.80 60.40 61.00 61.60 52.20 52.50 52.80 63.40 64.00 64.60 65.20 70 68.10 68.80 69.^ 60.20 60.90 61.25 61.60 62.30 63.00 63.70 64.4G 80 66.40 67.20 68.00 68.80 69.60 70.00 70.40 74.20 72.00 72.80 73.60 90 74.70 76.60 76.50 77.40 78.30 78.76 79.20 80.10 81.00 81.90 82.80 100 8&00 84.00 86.00 86.00 87.00 87.50 88.00 89.00 90.00 91j00 92.00 Nofl 93 ct. 94 ct 95 ct. 96 ct. 97 ct. 98 ct. 99 ct. «1. •2. V 2 1.86 1.88 1.90 1.92 •^ 1.94 1.96 1.98 2. 4. 6. 3 2,79 2.82 2.i^ 2.88 2.91 2.94 2.97 3. 6. 9. 4 3.72 3.76 3.80 3.84 3.88 3.92 3.66 4. 8. 12. 6 4.65 4.70 4.75 4.80 4.85 4.90 1.96 6. 10. 16. 6 6.68 6.64 6.70 6.:« 6.82 5.88 6.94 6. 12. 18. 7 6.61 7.44 ■ 6.68 6.65 6.72 6.79 6.86 6.93 7. 14. 21. 8 7.«2 7.60 7.68 7.76 7.84 7.92 8. 16. 21 9- 8.37 8.46 8.65, 8.64 8.73 8.82 8.91 9. 18. 27. 10 9^ 10!% 9.40 9.60 9.60 9.70 9.80 9.90 10. 20. 30. n lo.ai 10.45 10.56 10.67 10.78 10.89 11. 22. 33. 12 11.16 11.28 1140 11.52 11.64 11.76 11.88 12. 24. 36. 13 12.09 12.22 12.36 12.48 12.61 12.74 12.87 13. 26. 39. 14 13.02 13.16 13.30 13.44 13.58 13.72 13.86 14. 28. 42. 16 13.96 14.10 14.25 14.40 14.55 14.70 14.85 16. 30. 46. 16 14.88 16.04 16.20 16.36 15.52 15.68. 15.84 16. 32. 48. 17 16.81 16.98 16.16 16.32 16.49 16.66 16.83 17. 34. 61. 18 16.74 16.02 17.10 17.28 17.46 17.64 17.82 18. 36. 61 19 17.67 17.86 18.05 18.24 18.43 18.62 18.81 19. 38. 51- 20 18.60 18.80 19.00 19.20 lft.40 19.60 19.80 20. 40. 60. 26 23.26 2.3.50 23.75 2*.00 24.25 24.60 24.75 25. 60. 76. 30 27.90 20.20 28.50 28.80 29.10 29.40 29.70 30.' 60. 90. 40 37.20 37.60 38.00 38.40 38.80 39.20 39.00 40. 80. 120. 80 46.60 47.00 47.50 48.00 48.50 49.00 49.50 60. 100. 160. 60 66.80 66.40 57.00 57.60 58.20 58.80 59.40 60. 120. 180. 70 66.10 65.80 66.50 67.20 67.90 68.60 69.30 70. 142. 210. 80 74.40 76.20 76.00 76.80 77.60 78.40 79.20 80. 160. 240. 90 83.70 84.60 '85.60 86.40 87.30 88.20 89.10 90. 180. 270. 100 93.00 910 96. 00 9< {.00 J W.OO ) »8.00 1 99.00 100. 200. 300. 391 SCANTLING REDUCED TO ONE INCH BOABD MfiASUBE. SCANTLING AKD TIMBER MEASURE BBDUOEl^ TO ONS IKOH BOABD UXABVBB. EXPLANATION.— To ascertain the number of Fdet of Scantling or Tim- ber, say 18 Feet Long and 2 by 3 Inches. Find 2 by 3 in the top columns, and 18 in the left hand column, and under 2 by 3 and against 18 is 9 feet. If the Scantling is longer than contafned in the Table, add two lengths together. If shorter, take part off some length. 1 THICKNESS AND WIDTH IN INCHES. 2.2 2.S 2.^ I 25 2. 6 2.7 2.8 2.9 9." 3.3 4.6 3.4 3.5 3.6 9. 8.' 10.^ r 8.1 [5 12. JTS 4.4 6 2. 3. 4." 6. 6 7. 8."" 6. 7.6 13.6 8. 7 2.4 3.6 1 4.i ) 6.10 7. 8. 2 9.4 10.6 6.3 7. 8.91 L0.6 12. 3 14. 15.9 9.4 8 2.8 4. 6.^ I 6. 8 8. 9. 4 10.8 12. 6. 8. 1 o; ] 12. 14. 16. 18. 10. 9 3. 4.€ i 6. 7. 6 9. 10. 6 12. 13.6 6.9 8. 1 1.3 13.6 16. 18; 20.3 12. 10 3.4 6. 6.J \ 8. 4 10. 11. 8 13.E 16. 7.6 10. 1 2.6 L6. 17. 6 20. 22.6 18.4 11 3.8 6.( J 7.^ 1 9. 2 11. 12,10 14.8 16.6 8.3 11. 1 3.9 16.6 19. 3 22. 24.9 14.8 12 4. 6. 8. 10. 12. 14. 16. 18.. 9. 12. 1 6. 18. 21. 24. 27. 16. 13 4.4 6.( ( 8.1 J 10.10 13. 16. 2 17.4 H9.6 9.9 13. 1 6.3 19.6 22. 9 26. 29.8 17.4 14 4.8 7. 9.' 111 8 14. 16. 4 18. f !21. 10.6 14. 1 7.6 21. 24. 6 28. 31.6 18.8 Iff S. 7.( 510. I'i. 6 15. 17. 6 20. 22.6 11.3 15. 1 8.9 22.6 26. 3 30. 38.0 20.0 16 S.4 8. 10.81.3. 4 16. 18. 8 21.4 124. 12. 16. J •0. 24. 28. 32. 36. 21.4 17 6.8 8.( 511. '. 14. 2 17. 19.10 22. f i26.6 12.9 17. J '1.3 26.6 29. 9 34. 38.8 ^.8 18 6. 9. v.. 16. 18. 21. 24. 27. 13.6 18. S •2.6 27. 31. 6 36. 40.6 24. xo O 4 n I il2. B 16.10 19. 22. 2 26.4 128.6 14.3 19. 2 3.9 28.6 33. 3 38. ^.9 24.4 20 6.8 10. 13. 116. 8 20. 23. 4 26.t i30. 16. 20. 2 g>. 30. 36. 40. 46. , 26.8 21 7. 10.( 514. 17. 6 21. 24. 6 28. 31.6 15.9 21. 2 6.3, J1.6 36. 9 42. 47.8 28. 22 7.4 11. 14. B18. 4 22. 26. 8 29.4 133. 16.6 22. 1! 7.6 S3. 88. D44. 49.6 29.4 23 7.8 ll.( n6. 119. 2 23. 26.10 30.« )34.6 17.3 23. 2 8.9, )4.6 40. 3 46. 61.9 80.8 24 8. 12. 16. 20. 24. 28. 32. 36. 18. 24. a 10. , 36. 42. 48. 64. 82. 25 8.4 12.( 516. B 20.10 26. 29. 2 33.4 137.6 18.9 26. a 11.3 J7.6 43. 9 60. 56.S 88.4 80 'lo: 16. 20. 26. 30. 36. 40. 45. 22.6 30. a 17.6- US. 62. B60. 67.6 40. 34 11.4 17. 22. B28. 4 34. 39. 8 46.^ 161. 26.6 34. 4 2.6 J 51. 69. B68. 76.6 46.4 40 13.4 20. 26. Bl33. 4 40. 46. 8 53.4 160. 30.0 40. I 0. 30. 70. 80. 90., 68. i THICKNESS AND WIDTH IN INCHES. 6.4 10."" 4.6^ 12. 1 4.""" 4.8 4 :9 18. 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.( 5 6.7 6.8 6.9 0.10 ( 16. 1 12. 6 16. 17. 6 20. 22.C \ 18 . 21. 24. 27. 80. 7 11.8 14. 1 6.4 18.8 21. 14. 7 17.6 20. 5 23.4 26.£ 1 21 . 24.6 28. 81.6 88. i 13.4 16. 1 6.8 21.4 24. 16. 8 20. 23. 4 26.8 30. 24 . 28. 32. 36. 40. S 15. 18. 2 1. 24. 27. 18 9 22.6 26. 3 30. 33.{ \ 27 . 31.6 36. 4o.e 4S. Ifl 16.8 20. 2 3.4 26.8 30. 20.10 25. 29. 2 83.4 37.( ( 30 . 36. 40. ^45. 50. 11 18.4 22. 2 6.8 29.4 33. 22.11 27.6 32. 1 36.8 41.J 1 33 . 38.6 44. 40.6 65. IS 20. 24. 2 «. 32. 36. 26. 30. 36. 40. 45. 30 . 42. 48. 54. 60. 12 21.8 26. 3 0.4 34.8 39. 27. 1 32.6 37.il 43.4 48.( ) 3e . 45.6 62. 68.6 66. 14 23.4 28. 3 2.8 37.4 42. 29. 2 35. 40.10 46.8 52.f ( 42 . 49. 66. 63. 70. li 25. 30. 3 & 40. 45. 31. 3 37.6 43. 9 50. 56.J 1 46 . 62.6 60. 67.6 76. i! 26.8 32. 3 17.4 42.8 48. 33. 4 40. 16. 8 63.4 60. 48 . 66. 64. 72. 80. 17 28.4 34. a 9.8 45.4 51. 36. 5 42.6 49. 7 56.8 63.{ » 51 . 69.6 68. 76.6 86. li 30. 36. 4 2. 48. 64. 37. 6 4(i. 52. e 60. 67.C . 64 . 63. 72. 81. 90. It 31.8 38. 4 4.4 50.8 57. 30. 7 47.6 65. 6! 63.4 71. a ; 57 . 6J.6 76. 86.6 06. 20 k4 40. A [6.8 5.3.4 60. 41. 8 50. 58. 4 66.8 76. 60 . 70. 80. 90. 100. 21 35. 42. 4 9. 56. 63. 43. 9 62.6 SI. 3 70. 78.S ) 63 . 73.6 84. 94.6 106.. Z 368 44. t .1.4 68.8 66. 46.10 65. 84. 2 7.,.4 82.6 66 . 77. 88. 99. 110. % 38.4 46. I .3.8 61.4 69. 47.11 57.6 S7. 1 76.8 86.3 1 69 . 80.6 92. 108.6 116. % 40. 48. I .6. 64. 72. 66. 60.' ro. 80. 90.(1 72 . 84. 06. 108. 120. 21 41.8 60. 1! «.4 66.8 75. 52. 1 62.6 72.11 83.4 93.8 76 . 87.6 100. 112.6 125. 3( BO. 60. 7 0. 80. 90. 62. 6 75. 87. 6 100. 112.6 00 .106. 120. 136. 160. 34 B6.8 68. I '9.4 90.8 102. 70.10 85. !». 2 113.4 127.6 102 .119. 136. 163. no. ik 06.8 80. I ».4: .06.8 120. 83. 4 100. 116.8 133.4 160. 120 .140. 160. 180. 100. 392 . I t! 1 6.11 i 83. 7 88 1 44. { 49. M 65. 11 60. IS 66. 12 71. 14 77. M 82. le 88. n 93. « 99. 11 104. %. 110. 21 116. 2S 121. 2J 126. 24 132. e 7 8 : s 10 11 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 It) 20 21 2S S3 SURE. orTlm- the top 1 against lengths 8:5 4.4 13.6 8. 16.9 0.4 18. 10. 20.3 12. 22.6 18.4 24.9 14.8 27. 16. 29.8 17.4 81.6 18.8 33.9 20.0 36. 21.4 88.3 ^.8 40.6 24. ^.9 34.4 46. 26.8 47.8 28. 49.6 29.4 [ 61.9 80.8 . 64. 82. . 66.8 88.4 . 67.6 40. 76.6 46.4 i90. . 68. 6.9 0.10 27. SO. 31.fl 86. 36. 40. 40.6 4S. i46. 60. 40.6 66. 84. 60. 68.6 66. 68. 70. 67.6 76. 72, 80. 76.6 86. 81. 90. 86.6 96. 90. 100. 94.6 106.. 99. 110. 108.6 116. 108. 120. 112.6 126. 136. 160. 163. no. 180. w. 1 • • 1 THI0KNB8S AI7D WIDTH IN IKCHBS. 6.11 6.12 i.i 7.8 1.9 7.10 7.11 7.U 8.8 8.9 8.IO 8.11 8.12 t 83. 36. 24. 6 26 81.6 86. 88. 6 42. 32. 86. 40. 44. 48. 7 886 42. 28. 7 32.8 36.9 40.10 41.11 49. 37.4 42. 46.8 61.4 66. )F 44. 48. 32. 8 87.4 42. 46. 8 61. 4 86. 42.8 48. 63.4 68.8 64. 1 49.6 64. 36. 9 42. 47.3 62. 6 67. 9 63. 48. 64. 60. 66. 72. 1C 66.^ 60. 40.10 46.8 62.6 68. 4 64. 2 70. 63.4 60. 66.8 78.4 80. 11 60.6 66. 40.11 61.4 67.9 12 8 13 4 14 14 8 16 4 16 16 8 • 9 12 12 9 13 6 14 8 16 16 9 16 6 17 8 18 18 9 10 13*4 14 2 16 16 10 16 8 17 6 18 4 19 2 200 20 10 11 14 8 17 16 6 'T7 5 18 4 19 3 20 2 21 1 220 22 11 12 16 18 1»< 2)0 210 22 23 240 25 13 17 4 18 6 19 6 20 7 21 8 229 28 10 24 11 260 27 1 14 18 8 19 10 210 22 2 28 4 246 26 8 26 10 280 29 2 16 200 21 3 226 23 9 260 26 3 27 6 28 9 800 31 3 16 214 22 8 240 26 4 26 8 280 29 4 3(» 8 820 83 4 17 228 24 I 266 26 11 284 299 81 2 82 7 340 36 « 18 240 26 6 27 -a 6 300 816 33 34 6 360 37 e U 264 26 11 286 30 1 31 8 833 34 10 36 6 880 89 7 e 268 28 4 800 81 8 834 360 86 8 38.4 40 41 $ 43 9 280 29 9 316 88 3 860 369 88 6 40 3 42 32 294 31 2 380 84 10 368 886 40 4 42 2 440 46 10 » 308 32 7 846 36 6 884 403 42 2 44 1 46 47 11 iM 820 84 36 38 400 42 44 46 48 60 a6 884 36 6 37 6 89 7 418 43 9 45 10 47 11 6)0 62 1 96 848 80 10 390 41 2 484 466 47 8 49 10 62 64 8 S7 360 38 3 406 420 42 9 46 47 3 49 6 61 9 640 66 3 28 87 4 39 8 44 4 468 49 61 4 68 8 56 68 4 88 888 41 1 486 46 11 484 609 63 2 66 7 680 60 6 80 4*iO «2 6 460 47 6 600 3» 616 4 66 67 6 600 62 6 rw lAinW ft. in. 4 •10 6 118 8 12 6 10 12 9 16 2 16 8 4 17 6 6 18 9 8 200 10 213 226 2 289 4 26 6 268 8 27 6 10 289 800 2 81 3 4 826 6 389 8 860 10 868 876 2 889 4 400 6 418 8 42 6 10 489 46 0' ft. in. 16 8 18 9 20 10 22 11 26 27 1 29 2 31 3 33 4 35 6 37 e 89 7 41 8 43 9 46 10 47 11 SO 62 1 64 2 66 3 68 4 60 6 62 6 LOGS REDUCED TO RUNNING BOARD MEASURE. LOGS REDUCED TO ONE INCH BOABD MEASURE. If the log is longer than Is oontained in the table, take any two lengtlis. The first column on the left gives the length of the Log in feet. The flgores under D denote the diameters of the Xogs in inches. Fractional parts of inches are not given. The diame.ter of timber is usually taken 20 |eet from the butt, All Logs short of 20 feet, take the diameter at the top, or small end. To find the number of feet of boards which a Log will produce when sawed, take the length of feet in the first column on ^e left hand, and the diameter, at the top of the page in inches. Suppose a Log 12 feet long and 24 inches in diameter. In the left hand column is the length, and opposite 12 under 24 is 300, the number of feet of boards in a Log of that length and diameter. Jl In D. i. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 10 64 66 76 93 104 170 137 154 179 194 210 237 256 11 69 72 83 102 114 131 151 169 196 213 231 261 270 • 12 64 78 90 111 124 143 164 184 213 232 252 286 300 13 89 84 97 120 1.34 154 177 199 231 251 273 308 327 14 74 90 104 129 144 166 191 214 249 270 293 3.32 360 16 79 96 111 138 154 177 204 220 266 289 314 355 376 16 84 102 118 146 164 189 217 244 284 308 335 379 401 17 89 108 126 155 173 200 231 259 301 327 356 402 426 18 94 114 133 164 183 212 244 274 319 346 377 426 461 19 99 121 140 173 193 223 257 389 336 365 498 449 477 20 104 127 147 182 203 236 271 304 354 384 419 473 601 21 109 133 154 191 213 247 284 319 371 .403 440 497 627 22 114 139 161 200 223 259 297 334 389 422 461 520 652 2S 119 146 168 209 233 270 311 349 407 441 681 642* 668 24 124 161 176 218 243 282 326 364 424 460 602 668 613 25 129 167 183 227 253 293 337 379 442 479 523 691 628 26 134 163 100 236 203 305 35U 394 459 498 644 616 663 27 139 169 197 245 273 316 363 409 477 617 665 639 678 28 144 175 204 254 283 328 376 424 494 636 686 663 703 20 149 181 211 263 293 339 389 439 612 555 607 687 728 30 164 187 218 272 303 351 402 454 529 574 628 711 763 31 169 193 226 281 313| 362 415 469 547 593 649 735 778 ^^ D. D. D. D. D- D. D. D. D. D. D. D. ^ 26 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 36 36 10 283 309 .339 350 .377 407 440 456 486 496 643 673 11 311 340 374 396 415 447 484 502 635 646 698 630 12 340 371 408 432 453 489 528 548 684 696 663 688 13 369 404 442 469 491 530 t72 594 633 646 708 746 14 397 436 476 505 529 571 618 640 682 696 762 803 16 426 466 511 541 567 612 662 • 686 731 746 817 861 16 466 496 545 578 605 653 706 732 780 796 872 919 17 483 527 579 614 643 694 751 778 829 846 927 976 18 612 658 613 650 681 735 796 ZA 878 896 981 1034 19 641 690 047 688 719 776 839 870 927 946 1036 1092 20 669 621 681 724 757 817 . £84 916 976 996 1091 1148 . 21 698 652 716 760 796 859 928 962 1026 1046 1146 1206 22 627 684 750 796 834 900 972 1008 1074 1096 1200 1264 23 666 715 784 833 872 941 1017 1(M 1123 1146 1255 1318 24 684 746 818 889 910 982 1061 1100 1172 1196 1310 1376 25 713 777 853 906 948 1023 1105 1146 1221 1246 1366 1434 .26 742 808 887 942 986 1004 1149 1192 1270 1296 1420 1492 27 771 839 921 979 1024 1105 1193 1238 1319 1346 1475 1550 28 800 870 956 1015 1062 1246 1237 1284 1368 1396 1530 1608 ■29 829 901 989 1062 1100 1187 1281 1330 1417 1446 1585 1666 30 858 A32 1023 1088 1138 1228 1325 1376 1466 1496 1640 .1724 31 887 963 1057 1125 1176 1269 1369 1422 1616 1646 1696 1782 « m EQUAL SIDES TIMBEll MEASURE. — OAST IRON. SOLID CONTEITTS OF EQUAL SIDES TIMBER. If the Loff Ifl sbort«r tban la contained in the Table, take half or qnarter of eome length, if longer double some length. The length of the Log if given on the top of the columns, the difameter in the left hand column. To obtain the Cubical Contents of Masts, Spars, Bound Logs, Sco., subtnust one>fourth ttom the Contents. ft *' ^ 9 L L L L. L L. L. L , L. L. L. 10 2 6 11 12 8 18 3 8 14 3 6 16 39 16 17 18 19 20 6 28 40 4 8 4 6 4 9 6 7 80 8 4 J 7 4 ' 4 6 4 9 6 1 66 5 9 C 2 6 6 6 10 8 4 1 4 4 4 10 54 6 9 6 2 67 80 8 6 8 10 9 8 9 8 9 6 2 6 9 6 2 69 7 4 7 11 86 01 9 8 10 8 10 10 11 6 10 6 2 6 l 1260 27 10 80 10 834 86 1 88 10 41 7 44 4 47 2 60 62 9 65 9 Sil 277 80 8 83 9 84 9 89 10 42 11 46 49 1 62 2 66 8 68 4 61 6 22 802 83 6 86 10 404 48 8 47 604 63 8 67 60 4 68 8 67 28 830 <>6 8 40 444 1 47 9 51 6 66 1 6S9 62 6 66 1 69 9 78 5 24 860 40 44 0,48 62 56 600 64 68 72 76 80 26 89 «• 43 4 48 162 1 66 6 60 9 65 1 69 6 73 9 78 1 82 6 86 9 ve 42 2 46 11 61 7'66 4 61 65 8 70 4 V6 79 8 84 4 89 98 8 £7 467 60 8 re 9 60 9 65 10 70 11 78 81 1 86 2 91 7 96 8 101 11 28 49 64 6 69 10 fi6 4 70 9 i6 2 81 7 86 OJ 6 97 10 lo8 3 108 8 29 62 6 SO 659 68 4 64 2170 1 76 11 81 9 87 7 986 99 Slot 11112 11 iir 9 62 68 8 76 81 8 87 61 989 100 106 8112 6 118 9 126 CAST IRON. WEIQBT OV A rOOT IN LENGTH OF VLAT OAST IBON. Vridthof Iron. Inohw. • I 6 I' Thlolt, Thick, Thick, 1 Thick, Thick, Thick, l-4th inch. 8-8th8 Inch. 1-S Inofa. 5-8tha Inch. 3-4thsinoh. 7-»ib* iuch. Pounds. Pounds. Pounds. Pounds. Pounds. Pounds. 166 2.84 8 12 890 468 6.46 1.76 2.63 8 51 439 627 6.15 1.96 292 8.90 488 686 688 2.14 8.22 429 6 37 6.44 7.61 234 8 61 468 6.86 703 8.20- 268 880 5 07 634 7 61 888 2.73 4 10 643 683 8.20 957 298 489 6 85 732 8.78 10 25 3 12 4 68 625 7 81 9 37 10.98 3 82 4 97 6 64 830 9 96 li.62 3 61 6 27 7 03 8 78 10.54 12 30 8 71 6 56 7 42 9 27 11.13 12 98 890 6.83 781 9 76 11 71 18 67 4 10 6 15 8 20 l(t25 12 30 14 36 429 6 44 8.5!» 10 74 12 89 15 03 4.49 6 73 8 98 11 23 13 46 16 72 4 68 703 9 37 11 71 14 06 16 40 Thick, I Inch. Pouadi, 626 708 7 81 859 9.37 10 15 1 98 11,71 12 50 13 28 14 06 14 84 15 62- 16 40 17 18 17 96 18 76 306 RON. R. If or quarter >f the liog is 1 column. To kc. subtntot L. L. 19 90 4 9 6 6 6 6 10 9 8 9 8 10 10 11 6 13 18 8 16 11 16 9 19 80 22 8 2a 6 26 7 26 11 29 9 81 4 83 7 86 4 88 1 40 1 42 9 46 48 7 62 62 9 66 9 68 4 61 6 68 8 67 69 9 73 6 76 80 83 6 86 9 89 98 8 96 8 10111 l(i8 3 108 8 112 11 117 9 118 9 126 )N. k, Thick, lueh. 1 Inch. Ponadik 16 626 15 703 iS 7 81 )1 869 0- 9.37 (8 10 16 i7 1 98 !6 11.71 » 12 60 )2 13 28 h) 14 06 >8 14 84 57 16 62- » 16 40 )3 17 18 2 17 96 10 18 76 TABLES FOR ENGINEERS AND MACHINISTS. WEIGHT OP ONE FOOT OP PLAT BAR IRON. If a Bar of Iron be tliicker than contained in tlie Table, add together the weieht of two Numl)er8, or treble the weight of one Number. Wanted the weight of 1 foot of Bar froii, 4 iiiuhes bread and 2 1-4 iriohea thick. Opposite 4 and under 1 la 13-364, which doubled ia 26-728 ; add the weight of l-4th (3-341), equal 30-069 Iba. Breadth in inches. THIOK17ES8 IN PARTS OF AN INCH. V* A % tV '/4 % % % 1 in. 1 .836 1.044 1.253 1.461 1.670 2.088 2.506 2.923 3.340 ^H .939 1.174 1.400 1.644 1.878 2.348 2.818 • 3.287 &765 . V/i 1.044 1.306 1.566 1.826 2.088. 2.609 3.132 3.653 4.176 1?! 1.148 1.435 1.722 2.009 2.296 2.870 3.444 4.018 4.692 Vi 1.262 1.666 1.879 2.192 2.604 3.131 3.768 4.384 6.008 1' 1.368 1.606 2.035 2.37.4 2.716 3.302 4.070 4.749 6.432 1% 1.462 1.827 2.192 2.557 2.924 3.063 4.384 6.114 6.848 1% 1.666 1.967 2.348 2.740 8.132 3.914 4.696 6.479 6.264 2 1.671 2.088 2.606 2.922 3.342 4.175 6.010 6.845 6.684 2*4 1.776 2.218 2.362 3.106 3.650 4.435 6.324 6.210 7.10Q 1.880 2.348 3.018 3.288 3.760 4.696 6.636 6.675 7.520 2% 1.984 2.479 2.975 3.470 3.968 4.967 6.950 6.941 7.936 2^ 2.088 2.609 3.131 3.663 4.176 6.218 6.262 7.306 8.362 2% 2.193 2.740 3.288 3.836 4.386 6.479 6.576 7.671 8.772 2% 2% 2.297 2.870 3.444 4.018 4.6»1 5.740 6.888 8.036 9.188 2.402 3.001 3.04n 4.201 4.804 6.001 7.202 8.402 9.608 3 2.606 3.131 3.758 4.384 6.012 6.262 7.516 8.767 10.024 fyjl 2.715 3.392 4.071 4.749 5.430 6.784 8.142 9.498 10.860 2.923 3.663 4.384 5.114 6.846 7.306 8.708 10.228 11.692 3^ ai32 3.914 4.697 5.479 6.264 7.828 9.394 10.969 12.628 4 3.341 4.176 6.010 6.846 6.682 8.360 10.020 11.690 13.364 ^4 3.649 4.436 5.300 6.210 7.098 8.871 10.646 12.421 14.192 ^ a768 4.697 6.605 6.675 7.616 9.393 11.272 13.161 16.032 4*1 a9C6 4.958 6.010 6.941 7.932 9.916 11.898 13.881 16.864 4.676 6.219 6.263 7.306 3.360 10.437 12.526 14.612 16.700 SVd. 4.184 6.479 6.573 7.671 8.768 10.958 13.152 15.343 17.636 nit 4.693 6.741 6.8S9 8.037 9.186 11.480 13.778 16.073 18.872 6% 4.801 6.001 7.202 8.402 9.602 12.002 14.404 16.304 19.204 6 6.010 6.622 7.516 8.767 10.020 12.524 16.030 17.636 20.042 WEIGHT i5P ONE SQUARE FOOT OP SHEET IRON, &0. Iron. Cop. Braes Thickness by the Birmingham [Eng.] Wire Gauge. 12.60 14.50 13.76 12.00 11.00 13.90112.76 13.20>12.10 10.00 11.60 11.90 8.74 10.10 9.61 6 8.12 9.40 8.93 7.50 8.70 8.26 8 6.86 7;90 7.64 9 6.24 7.20 6.87 10 I 11 12 I 13 14 6.60 5.80 6.18>6.60 5.6215.0014.3813,75 5.08 4.34 4.8II4.I2 3.12 3.60 3.43 Thickness by the Wire Gauge. Iron. Cop. Brass 16116 17 18 119 120121 22 23 24 26 26 I 27 28 29 30 2.82 3.27 3.10 2.60 2.90 2.76 2.18 2.63 2.40 1.86 2.16 2.04 1.70 1.5411.40 1.97 1.87 1.78 1.62 1.691.64 1.26 1.46 1.37 1.12100 1.30;1.16 I.23I1.IO .90 1.04 .99 .801 .72 .92; .83 .881 .79 .64 .74 .70 .66 .64 .61 .60 .68 .65 No. 1 Wire Gauge is 6-16ths of an inch ; No. 4 is l-4th ; No. 11 is l-8th ; No. 13 is M2th ; No. 16 is l-14th ; No. 16 is l-16th : No. 17 is l-18th ; No. 19 is 1-23 ; No. 22 is 1-32. 397 WEIGHT OF BAR IBUN AND OTHER METALS. RUSSIA SHEET IRON Meaanrea 66 by 28 Inches, and is rated by thu weiarht per Bheet. The nnnw bW8 run from 8 to 18 itussian lbs. per shr'et. 8 Russian pounds equal 7.2 Enriiah pounds; 9>^8.1 lbs.; 19=9 lbs.; 11»10 lbs.; 12sll.a lbs., &o.-> 100 Bussian lbs. equal 90 lbs. Euglish. WEIGHT OF ONE SQUARE FOOT OF PLATE IRON, &o. Thiekness inpairtsof an inch. • 1 • 1 • eq 1 hi 1 1 1 1 * ^ 2.5 2.9 2.7 8.7 17.5 20.8 19.0 26.9 1 6.0 6.8 6.6 7.4 .i 20.0 28.2 21.8 29.6 W 7.6 8.7 8.2 11.1 & 26.0 28.9 27.1 87.0 i 10.0 11.6 10.9 14.8 i 80.0 84.7 82.6 44.4 i't 12.6 14.6 18.6 18.6 * a 85.0 40.4 87.9 67.8 i 16.0 17.4 16.8 22.2 1 40.0 46j 48:3 69.2 WEIGHT ONE FOOT IN LENGTH OF SQUARE AND ROUND BAR IRON. t 1^ r II 1| i. r li I' k S.S 81 1 i .209 .164 8.820 6.928 4tt.969 86.896 h .826 .2&b It 10.229 8.048 8| 60.168 89.890 1 .470 .869 IJ 11.744 9.224 4 68.440 41.934 -h .640 .608 2 13.860 10.496 44 66.833 44.687 i .886 .666 24 15.088 11.846 H 60.829 47 886 A .1.067 .831 2i 16.909 18 288 41 68.980 60.211 « 1.306 1.026 2| 18.840 14.797 H 67.687 63182 +* 1.679 1.241 2i 20.876 16.896 4| 71.446 66.118 i 1.879 1.476 2i 23.116 18.146 4J 76.359 69.187 n 2.206 1.782 2| 25.269 19.842 4| 79.878 62.8M I a.668 2.011 2J 27.608 21.684 6 88.610 66.686 H 2.986 2.806 8 30.070 28.658 64 92.459 72.618 1 8.840 2.624 8» 82.618 25.620 6i 101.086 79.870 1* 4.228 8.821 8i 86.279 27.709 6» 110.429 86.781 n 6.219 6 816 7.616 4.099 4.961 6.918 8| 6f 88.046 40.916 48.890 396 29.831 82.170 84.472 6 12r>.248 94.610 I'hu wei tt It II u II M Sbtuflterlr "Chat I "as IM * 81 AL8. it. Thennm. nda equal 7.2 i lbs., £0.-. m, Ac. A ■ 19.0 25.9 21.8 29.6 27.1 87.0 82.5 44.4 87.9 67.8 48:3 69.2 D ROUND I ran Ihmi 86.895 89.890 41.934 44.687 47 886 60.211 63182 66.118 69.187 62.844 66.686 72.618 794)70 86.781 94.610 r, iS W^lfQHT OF ROUND A^D BQUAi^JE CAST IRON. CAST HSOn .'-'Weight of a Foot in Length of Square and Round. SQUARE. Size. Inches Square. 1 II I I a li. i 4 Weight. Pounds. • .78 i.22 1.75 i^.89 8.12 b.95 4.88 6.90 7.08 8.25 9.67 10.»8 12.50 14.11 16.81 17.62 19.58 21.58 23.68 25.88 28.12 80.51 83. b5.59 88.28 41.06 43.94 46.92 60. 63.14 66.44 69.81 63.28 66.84 70.60 Size. Inches Square. f 5| 5I 6 P 81 V } 10 lit 113 12 Weight. Pounds. 74.26 78.12 82.08 86.13 90.28 94.53 D8.87 103.82 107.86 112.50 122.08 132 03 142.88 153.12 164.26 175.78 187.68 200.12 212.56 225.78 239 26 253.12 267.38 282. 297.07 312.50 328.32 844.53 361.18 878.12 895.50 418.78 431.44 450. ROUND, Size. Weight. Inches Diam. 2 I I i' ^ I I *i *i 4 Pounds. .61 .95 1.38 1.87 2.45 8.10 8.83 4.64 5.62 6 48 7.51 8 62 9.81 11.08 12.42 13.84 15.38 16.91 18.56 20.28 22.18 23.96 25.92 27.95 80.16 82.21' 84.51 86.86 89.27 41.76 44.27 46.97 49.70 62.60 65.37 Size. Inches Diam. ? 6 6 6i 6 6 6 r 61 6l 61 7 8 t 9I 9] 10 lOi w] 10} 11 lU 12 Weight. Pounds. 68.ai 61.85 G4.46 07.64 70.09 74.24 77.66 81.U 84.71 88.35 95.87 108.69 111.82 120.26 129. 138.06 147.41 157.08 167.06 177.10 187.91 19S.;9 210. 221.60 288.81 246.48 257.86 270.69 288.68 296.97 810.68 224 59 838.K6 ' 853.48 BTEEL.— Weight of a Foot in Length of Flat 1.MI 8lie Thick, Thiolt, Thicic, Thick, oM» Thick, Thick, Thick, Thick, 1-4 in. Pds. 8-8tb«. Pdf 1-2 in. 5-8th8, Pds. 1-4 in. 3-8tbH. Pds. 1-2 in Pds 5-8ths. In. Pds. In. Pds. Pds. .862 1.27 1.70 2.13 ^t 2.18 8.20 4.26 6.32 1 . .958 l.-td 1.91 2.89 2.34 3.51 468 685 1.06 1.69 2.18 2.66 8 2.65 3.83 6.11 6.89 1.17 1.76 2.34 2.92 8 2.77 4.15 6.68 692 1.27 1.91 2.55 8.19 3 2.98 4.47 6.98 7 45 1.49 2.28 2.98 372 8' 8.19 4.79 6.88 7.98 1.70 2.66 8.40 4.26 4 8.40 6.10 6.80 8.68 2i 1.91 2.87 8.83 •™. H79 WEIGHT OF METALS. PATENT IMPROVED LEAD TlVK.-SizfS and Wciglit per Foot. I CnUbra Weight per fbot CaUbie. Weight per- foot. CaUbre. Weight per foot. Calibre. Weight per toot. Calibre. Weight per foot. Inches IbB.OU. Inobes. )b8. ozs. i Inchea. lbs. ozs. Inches. lbS.OI!8. Inches. lbll.OH. } 6 1 4 i 1 1 4 1 4 11 5 8 .1 1 8 ! 2 •< 6 4 10 « 2 2 4 u 2 8 2' 6 12 n 8 2 8 M, 3 l 8 8 " * 7 1 8 i< 1 4 • • 4 2*1 •g 11 8 Hi-4Hi-tt-tfHiHF-l?-lS^ i W rH F-l t-l ,-t rHW r-tr-t r-< r-l f 00 pHi-HfHfH «-H^,-i,- <84e4C9eie4C4meoeoeoeoeo<<|4' >o Example, — How many cords of wood in a pile 60 fppt long, 6 leet liigh aud 4 feot wide? 402 00 15 4 128) 1440 Hi cords. »-t ft i-< tH ^ i-< fH S3g89^26&S . 5r-(rHr-rHf ■ 4 iH i-< tlr-UHr i-t 1^ t-< fH m i-< rt e4 1-- (^ CD ^ to Q f-if-li-ii-ti-4«-ii-4 i15MS^ ^tSSSSSSoodb fSSUlSffi Stel^g^ iSSSS^fSiS iSSSwwwi iSSSSSSS i^S wS>S>Aw 55T53^ 9^99«9S CvCQOO ^ ^ ^ ^ coEoraeococo9 oe4'« t> !>• 00 2 l-trlC rH^ i-t Ca U3 W <0 1> CD i-«iHi-ic404cocoeo<<<^>a>ei-ii^aoe6ooai>Oi'>r-i&o«-.oaoto2 1-4 »H 1-1 ei*^>o>oto*ious«ot- lOOiO r4>-lS^raco7'«U3aOOka«De^S304>OoioaUoSS i-i<--ti-«i-i»-o4e4TO so. s ^^^^^ssssssss^stsasss^ssggssssss < (M TO 04 04 TO 04^ATOao4ai::WQS^03Q S 13 r1 1-1 r-l CS TO TO «0 «0 1- C6 « "-I C>l TO us I- » as f-i JB f|rHi-lflrHr1fHe4e4 rHi-l»Hi-li-^f-iiHrHe4 o»TO«H,-«04 r« 04 TO '« to CD t> 00 a> O <£> SSSS^$9S8SSS8$8^g 1_ *i *f -ti ■^■*i ^ 04 TO ^ to imensions are in [ply the Length, 17^ to obtain the ., ik ftet long, 2| lohes in breadth, I ton of Boavet ened for Stoves, stow one ton oi to the ton, and d. in breadth, and and i peek,) bigness tbrougb- multiplying the Ins. 1. 1.% 1.% 1.% 2. 2.1/4 2.% 2.% S. ay* 3.% 4. 4.% 4.% 6. 6.% 6. 7. Lbs. 3.06 6.05 3.67 6. 6.89 9.8 7.8 11.04 8.74 12.23 9.65 13.48 10.57 14.66 19.05 11.64 15.91 20.59 12.28 17.15 22.15 27.66 18.4 23.72 29.64 19.66 25.27 31.2 20.9 26.83 33.07 22.05 28.28 34.94 .23.35 29.85 36.73 24.49 31.4 38.68 25.7 32.91 40.43 26.94 34.31 42.28 29.4 37.44 45.94 31.82 40.56 49.6 58.96 84.32 43.68 63.3 63.18 86.66 46.8 06.96 67.6 78.39 Ins. 8.% 9. 9.1/3 10. 10.% 11. ll-Va 12. 12.% 13. 13.% Ins. Lbs. 39.22 49.92 60.48 71.76 83.28 41.64 62.68 64.27 76.12 88.2 44.11 66.16 68. 80.5 93.28 46.5 59.92 71.7 84.7 97.98 48.98 62.02 75.32 88.98 102.9 61.46 65.08 78.99 93.24 108.84 63.88 68.14 82.68 97.44 112.68 56.34 71.19 86.4 101.83 117.6 58.82 74.28 90.06 106.14 122.62 61.26 77.36 93.7 110.48 127.42 63.7 80.4 97.4 114.72 132.35 66.14 83,46 101.08 118.97 137.28 68.64 86.65 Ins. 14. 14.% 15. 15.% 16. 16.% 17. 17.% 18. 19.- 20. 21. 22. Thickn Weight. Ins. Lbs. ■^ 104.76 123.3 1. * 142.16 '? 71.07 89.61 i 108.46 127.6 1. 147.03 'i 73.72 92.66 112.1 131.86 1. 151.92 'i 75.96 95.72 115.78 136.15 1. 156.82 ,% 78.4" •19 98.78 v 119.49 140.4 1. ' 161.82 I 80.87 101.82 123.14 144.76 1. 166.6 I 83.3 104.82 126.79 149.02 1. 171.6 :l 85.73 107.96 130,48 153.3 1. 176.68 •1 88.23 111.06 134.16 167.59 1. 181.33 :| 114.1 137.84 161.9 L ' 186.24 1 120.24 145.2 170.47 L " 195.92 1 126.33 152.53 179.02 1. ' 206.8 1 132.6 159.84 je7.« 1. 216.52 1 138.6 167.24 196.46 1 DIAMETERS, CIRCUMFERENCES AND AREAS OF Gl^LES. £«antp2e.— Required the oirouilkif erenoe of a ctrole, hoop, or Ting, the diameter being 3 ft. 4 in. In the Qolumn of circiunferences, opposrce the indicated diameter, stands 10 ft. S% in., the oirctimferenoe required. The just allowance for contraction of the metal is its exact thickness, or its oreadth, if It is bent edgeways^ which must be added to the diameter. The millwiieht can at once as^rtain the diameter of any wheel he may require, the puch and number of teeth being given. Excanple.—li. a wheel is ordered to be -miade to contain 60 teeth, the pitch oi the teeth to be 3% inches, the dimensions of the wheel may be Known simply as follows :— Multiply the pit«h of the tooth by the raxat- ber of teeth the wheel is to contain, and the product will be the oixoum- f erence of wheel thus— 8% Inches pitch of the tooth. 10 X 6 = 60 the nuinber of teeth. Feet 19 4^4 Inches the circumference of the 'wheel. The diameter answerlns to this circumference is 6 ft. 2 in., consequently with one half of this number as a radius, the circumference of the wheel will be described. (See Pages 409 and 410.) Dia. in inch. Circnm. in inch. -196 -392 -689 -786 -901 1-178 1-374 Area in «q. inch. Side of -0030 -01 -O190 -0767 -1104 -1603 -1963 -2486 -30G8 -^12 -4417 -6186 -6013 -6903 -7864 -9940 1-227 1-484 1-767 2-074 2-406 2-761 3-141 3-646 3-976 4^430 4-908 6-412 6-939 6^91 7-068 7-669 8-296 8-946 9-621 li>-320 11-044 11-798 -0664 -1107 -1661 -2116 -3223 -3771 -4331 -4996 ■ -6438 -«093 -6646 -7200 -7764 -8308 Vs % & 3-32 1 in. 13-16 1 ^-16 17-16 1 9-16 1 11-16 Dia in inch. 8 7-16 Cir. in ft iu. Ana in •q. inch. Ai«a in ■q. ft. 12-666 13-364 14-186 16-038 16-904 16-800 17-r20 13-666 19-636 20-629 21-647 22-690 23-768 24-860 26-967 27,108 28-274 29-464 30-679 31-919 33-188 34-471 36-784 37-122 88-484 89-871 41-282 42-718 44r-178 4ft-663 47-178 48-707 60-265 6l-«48 -0879 -0986 6»-745 68-428 60-189 61-862 -Ilia -1176 -1240 -1806 -1874 -1444 -1615 -1688 -1668 -1789 -1817 -189T -1979 -2062 -2147 -2284 -2822 -2412 -2504 -2791 -8196 -8299 -8409 -^18 -3741 -3866 -3972 -4089 -4209 -4880 406 ■ill '■riiii OFG^LES. loop, orxiiur, the noes, opposne the oe requued. The ; thickneBB, or Its to the diameter, my wheel he may tain 60 teeth, the bhe wheel maybe 30th by the umat' rill be the oixoumi* ince of the 'wheel, in., couBequentiy moe of the wheel DIAMETEBS, OIBGUMFEBENGES AND AREAS OF GIBOLES, &a «a in Are* In inch. ■q. ft NS66 -0879 1-364 -0985 -186 -0903 M)33 -1002 1-904 -uia >-800 -1176 -720 -1240 -665 -1306 ^35 k{29 -1374 -1444 ^W -13X4 -629 -1444 -647 -1615 -690 -1688 -768 -1663 -860 -1789 -96'/ -1817 ao8 -189T -274 -1979 -464 -2062 -679 -2147 -919 -2284 -188 -2828 -471 -2412 -784 -2604 -122 -2608 -484 -2693 -871 -2791 -282 -2889 -718 -2990 -178 -8092 ■663 -S196 -178 • -8299 •707 -8409 ■266 -8518 -8629 n -8741 -8866 745 -8972 426 -4069 isa -4209 862 -4880 Dia. in ft in. Cir. in ft in. 1% Area in sq. inoli. 63-617 65-096 67-200 69-029 70-882 72-769 74-662 76-568 78-640 80-616 82-616 84-61t' 86-690 88-664 90-762 92-856 96-033 97-205 99-402 101-623 103-869 106^139 108-4:34 110-753 113-097 116-166 117-869 120-276 122-718 125-185 127-676 130-192 132-732 135-297 137-886 140-500 143-139 145-802 148-489 151-201 163-938 166-699 159-485 162-295 165-130 167-989 170-873 17^-782 176-716 179-672 182-6S4 186-661 188-692 191-748 194r'S28 m-«d3 Are* in ■4. ft -4453 -4677 H1704 -4H32 -4961 -6093 -5226 -6361 -6497 -5636 -6776 -6917 -6061 -6206 -6353 -6499 -6652 -6874 -6968 -7143 -7290 -7429 -7690 -7762 -7016 -8082 -8260 -8419 -8590 -8762 -8937 -9113 -9291 -9470 -9642 -9835 1-0019 1-O206 1-0294 1-0684 1-0776 1-0968 1-1193 1-1360 1-1669 1-1749 1-1961 1-2164 1-2370 1-2677 1-2786 1-2996 1-3208 1-3422 1-3637 1-8865 407 Dia. in ft in. Cir. in ft in. Area in sq. inch. 201-062 204-216 207-394 210-597 213-825 217-077 220-303 223-664 226-980 230-330 233-705 237-104 240-628 243-977 247-450 250-947 254-469 258-016 261-687 265-182 268-803 272-447 276-117 279-811 283-629 287-272 291-039 294-831 298-618 302-489 306-355 310-245 314-16> 318-099 322-063 326-051 330-OW 334-101 338-163 342-250 346-361 360-497 354-667 368-841 363-051 367-284 371-543 375-bi26 380-133 384-465 388-822 303-203 397'-608 402-038 406-493 410-972 Area in 8q. ft 1-4074 1-4295 1-4617 1-4741 1-4967 1-5195 1-6424 1-5665 1- 1-6123 1-6359 1-6597 1-6836 1-7078 1-7321 1-7666 1-7812 1-8061 1-«311 1-«S62 1-8816 1-9071 1-9328 1-9586 1-9847 1-9941 2-0371 2-0637 2-0904 2-1172 2-1443 2-1716 2-1990 2-2265 2-2543 2-2922 2-3103 2-3386 2-3670 2-3966 2-4244 2-4633 2-4824 2-5117 2-5412 3-5708 2-6007 2-6306 2-6608 2-6691 2-7016 2-7224 2-7632 2-7980 2-8054 2-«658 ^ i DIAMETERS, GIBOUMFEBENOES AND AREAS OF CIRCLES, Ao. Dia. in' ft. ft 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Oir. in ft In. Area in sq. inch. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ? 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 i 10 415-476 420-004 424-657 429-135 438-737 438-363 443-014 447-000 4512-390 461-864 471-436 481-106 490-«75 600-741 510-706 620-769 530^30 541-189 561-647 662-002 672-666 583-206 693-968 604-807 615-753 1626-798 637-941 649-182 660-621 671-968 683-494 695-128 70t-860 718-690 78D, for by so doing you do honor to that Sacred Name which should never be taken in vun. Of all the abounding iniquities of society, none are more destructive of the eerms of goodness Implanted by our Heavenly Father in man's heart, and none ministers less gratlficatloni^ the de- praved craidngs of fallen man, than the profanauon of the Name and WORD of the everblessed God. The science of correspondences unfolds those spiritual laws in accord- ance with which the word of God Is written. The word correspondence Is derived from the Latin terms con and respondee, and means, radlcidly, to answer with or to agree. It will serve our purpose here to define it as the appearance of the internal in the external, and its representation thefe ; in other words, internal and spiritual things are mirrored forth and repre- sented in external and natural forms. The Word throughout, is written with a constant reference to an exact and Immutable relation between spiritual and natural thlnes. Various descriptionB are there given of the sun, moon, and stars ; of the earth with her mountains, valleys and rivers ; of men, animals and plants, gold and silver,- brass and iron, and a thousand otiier things which appear In the natural world. In all these descriptions there is a constant reference to the internal and spiritual causes from which these things exist, and to which they correspond. The Word, in its literal sense, is thus wrought together with Infinite skill, constituting a permanent receptacle of divine and spiritual things. With- in are the living principles, the spirit and life of the Word, of which it is said, " The woras I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life^* John vl. 63. The science of correspondences Is to the Word of God what the mathematical science is to the phenomena of the material universe. It teveals order, harmony, beauty and Divine perfection in the midst of what seems to be disorder, uncertainty, inextricable confusion and even contradiction. Before proceeding further it remains to be stated that the world, under Providence, Is indebted to the instrumentality of Emakvel Sweden- BORG for a knowledge of this heavenly bcience, and these unfoldlngs of the spiritual sense of the Word are to be found in his theological wriangs, to which I would refer all who take delight In the study of uie scriptures, for no lover of truth can fail to be both delighted and "astonished, at the profimdity and variety of the immense mass of knowledge presented in relation to the spiritual sense of the Word, heaven and hell, and the life of 'man after death. The subjects so imperfectly treated In this brief sketch, and many thousands besides, will be found in those writings to be ' 412 ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC. treated with tb^'j full measure of that elaborate justice which they deserve. Every sentence seems to confirm and verify their author's claim that he was called an d prepared for this holy office by the Lord Himself, for most assuredly novhlng short of supernatural illumination could enable any one to make .)uch statements, and impart such knowledges as are con- tained in thesi) books. The exalted pleasure derived from the study of these writings is the sole reason for recommending them to the consider- ation of others, and I take much pleasure in appending the names of the different booke, with a few collateral works, together with the address of responsible parties from whom they may be procured. See list on last page. The thf.ological writings would fill about thirty octavo volumes of 600 pages each, and his philosophical works, written anteiior to his illumi- nation, would fill as much more, making about sixty volumes in all. Want of space forbids us to enter f urmer than the threshold of this sub- ject, but its magnitude may be inferred from the f ant that fully three- fourths of Swedenborg's theological wiitings are occupied with explana- tions of the internal or s;^iritual sense of the Word, as it is evolved by the Bciefice of correspondences. The illustrious 3wedenborg, who died March 29, 1772, was a Swedish nobleman, held in high respect by the royal family of Sweden, and waa certainly one of the most extraormnary and learned men who ever lived. The celebrated chemist Berzilius, says of Swedenborg's " Animal King- dom :" "I have been surprised to find how the mind of Swedenborg has S receded the present state of knowledge, writing his vrqrk at the time he id." The following testimonials, selected from a vast number, will show the estimation in which the man and his vnithigs are held at the present day^as well as in the past : " There is in Swedenborg's veritings, a marvellous insight— a vision of the higher truths of philosophy and religion, to which few men have at- tainea No Christian minister should fail to acquaiht himself with the main principles of his system."—" The theology of Swedenborgianism in- sists with great streuuousness upon interior purity of heart." If. Y. IndetmuleM. *' vThe True Christian Religion ' should be purchased and read by all persons who desire a competent knowledge of the writings of the greatest theologian of modem times." Monthly Religious Magazine. " ISmanuel Swedenborg was a remarkable man. and his writings have exerted a remarkable ialluence throughout every branch of the Christian church. Very many in every denomination have embodied some part of his religious belief In their creeds."— WestJieUl News Letter. " It is proof of the vital nature of Swedenborg's writings that they have not only survived sharp opposition, but that they constantly acquire new disciples and a greater ch'culation." North American. *' It is veiy true, as has been observed lately by seveml critics, that the doctrines of the Swedish Seer have become a permeating formative influ- ence throughout the Orthodox churches."— ^ew York Evening Mail. " The literature of Swedenborgianism la growing every year ; and what 18 noticeable about it is its good literary form, its earnest spirit and the vigor and culture tiiat it shows."- iVett> Ilcven Palladium. An American clergyman writes as follows concerning the " Tnie Chrt»' tiam Religion : " " One receives enlightenment and comprehends what were before mysteries, by si.nply scanning the ' general Index of con- tents ' of this book, and the searcher after truth can scarce force himseli to lay it aside when he has once entered upon its examination, bo expan- Blve, so pleasing, so enrapturing are tl»o beauteous fields it lays open to his vis. jn. I was charmed, delighted, vrith what I there learned of heaven and hell; of man's after-death condition ; of the relations existlne be- tween the spiritual and this material world : of the universality of the Churc^i. These things, and more, I understood as I never did before. Scriptures, that before were to me incomprehensible and totally Inexpli- cable, I see, by the law of correspondence, to be clear as the noon, beauti- ful as the morn," * The Rev. John Clowes, for fifty years Rector of St. Jojm's Church. Maa. Chester, England, who translated Sweddnborg's largest work the " ArcaifM Coile$tia" m 10 octavo volumes, from the Latin into Enguah, writes Ml ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC. 413 follows : " The author of tMs memoir cannot conclude his narrative with- out offering up to the Father of mercies his most devout and grateful ac- knowledgments, for the extraordinary privilege and inestimable blessing vouchsafed him in having been admitted to the knowledge and acknowC edgmeut of the truth and importance of the doctrines unfolded by Swe- denborg from the Word of God as the genuine doctrines of Christianity." Professor Goires, of Gtermany, writes aS follows : " Throughout the en- tire career of his learned researches and activity, we everywhere discover the pious and religious man, who in all his sayings and doings, was intent upongood." Dr. Gabriel A. Beyer, profesuor of Greek literature in Got- tenburg, in a long declaration respecting the doctrines taught by Sweden- borg, c^liveredin obedience to the royal command, Jan. 2nd., 1772, con- cludes thus, " I have found in them nothing but wliat closely coincU/ea with the worth of the Loud Himself, and tliat they shine with a light truly divine." Cten. Christian Tuxen, a personal acquaintance of Swedenborg's, and Commissioner of War under the King of Denmark, states in a letter, "For my part I thank our Lord the God of heaven, that I have been acquaint- ed with tlds great man and his writings ; 1 esteem this as the greatest blessing I ever experienced in this life." The Rev. Dr. Hartley, late Rector of Winwick, Northamptonshire, Eng- land, the translator ot Swedenborg's ^' Heaven and Hell," writes thus, "I have found him to be the good divine, the good man, the deep philoso- pher, the universal scholar, the polite gentleman ; and I further believe that he had a high degree of the Spirit of God, and was commisBioned by Him as an extraordinary messenger to the world." Let the enquirer after further evidence procure the " Documents con- cerning Swedenborg," compiled bv Dr. Tafel and Professor Bush, and he will find a volume 'tilled with evidence similar to this. The " Statement that, from the first day of that call, I have not received anything which pertains to the doctrines of that church from any angel, but from ttie Lord ^oue, while I read Word."—" I foresee that many who read the Relations after the chapters, will believe tliat they are inventions of the imagination : but I assert in truth that they are not inventions, but were trulv seen and heard ; not seen and heard in any state of the mind buried In sleep, but in a state of f uU wakefulness. For it has pleased the Lord to manifest Himself to me, and to send me to teach those things which will be of his New Church which is meant by the New Jeresalem in the ?1L* K ",!i V .2^1^^^ ®"<* ^J« has opened the interiors of my mind or spirit, by which it has been i^iven me to be in the spiritual worid with angels, and at the same time in the natural worid with men. and this now for twenty-seven years. Who in the Christian worid would have known anytblng concerning Hk A vkn and Hrli., unlens it had pleased tlie Lord rSl^um ^"i® one the sight of his spirit, and to show and teach?" , \^^.J^"i Christian Refigion" is a good work for bea:inner8. being the last written by Swedenborg. In It he savs. " The particulars of faith on "^X P**^ ^®' ^- '•'h** ^^" *» o"e- *» whof" there is a Divine Trinity, ana mat He Is the Lord G()I>, and Saviour Jehph Christ. 2. That sav- ing lalth is to believe on Him. 3. That evil actions ought not to be done «>eo»"8e they are of the devil, and from the devil. 4. That good actions ought to be done, because they are of God, and from Oon. n. And that a man shall do ihem as of Himself, nevertheless under this belief, that they 414 ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC are from the Lobd, operatins with him and by him.- The first two par- ticulars' have relation to £ail£ ; the next twc to Charity ; and the last respects the conjunction of cliarity and faith, and thereby of the Lord and man." In his ** Doctrine of Life" he statan, "All religion has relation to life, and the life of religion is to do good." Elsewhere he stales. " Ther) are five classes of those who read my writings. The first reject them entirely, because *they are in another pei-suasion, or be- cause they are in no faith. The second receive them as scieutifios, or as objects of mere curiosity. The third receive them intellectu- ally, and are in some measiwe pleased with them, but whenever they require an application to regulate their lives, they remain where they were before. The fourth receive them in a persuasive manner, and are therebv led, in a certain degree to amend their lives and perform uses. The fifth receive them with delight, and confirm them in their lives." Dear reader, to which class will you belong ? llie following " Rules of Life," were found among the writings of uiis great and good man. " 1. Often to read and meditate on the Wobd cx God. 2. To submit every- ^ng to the will of the Divine Providence. 3. To observe in everythiiig a propriety of behaviour, and to keep the conscience cleai*. 4. To obey that which is ordained, to be faithful in the discharge of the duties of our employment, and to do everything in our power to render ourselves as uni- venally useful as possible." His motto, " The Lord will provide." Rbstoratiok of the Spiritual Sense of the Word.—" It hav- ing been foretold, that at the end of the present church, also, darknesc would arise, in consequence of its members not knowing and acknowledg- ing the Lord as the God of heaven and earth, and separating faith .'jt>m cl^ty ; therefore lest th? genuine understanding of the Word, and conse- auentiy the church should perish, it has pleased the Lord now to reveal le Sptritual sense qf the frord, and to show that the Word in that senM, and from this in the natural sense, treats of the Lord and the Church, and of them only ; with the many other discoverleB by which the light of truth derived from the Word that was well nigh extinguished may be re- stored. That the Ught of truth would be almost whoUy extinguished at tibe end of the present church, is foretold in many passages of the Apo> oalypse, and is also meant by these words of the Lord r " Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, end the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken ; and then they shall see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory,** Matt xxiv. 29, 30. By the sun, Is there meant tiie Lord m respect to love ; by the moon, the Lord as to faith; by the stars the Lord, as to tho Imowledges of good and truth ; by the Son of Man, the Lord as to the Word ; by clouds, the literal ponse of the V\'ord ; by glory, its snlritual ■«»*«. »nd its transparence thronjjh the literal sense." S. S. 112. Besides these things, it In described in the Revelation from the bedn- mnff to the eiid, what the Christian church Is at this day. and also &at "*« LORD i« to come again, and subjugate the hells, and make a new an- gelic heaven, and then to establish a hew church upon earth. All these things are there predicted, but thev have not been discovered till the present time: the reason Is, because the Revelation, as also all the propheti- cal puts of the Word was written by mere correspondences ; and unless uiey had been made known by the Lord, scarcely any one would have been able rightly to understand a slnc(le verso there ;" but now, for the sake of the new church, all the thlntrs which are there are made known In the " Aporafypsp Revealed." nuWlBhed at Amsterdam In the year 1766 : and those will see them who believe the Word of the Lord In IWfatt. xxxi, concerning his comlnst. Btit this belief Is as vet only waveriuR with those who have so deeply Impressed on their hearts tho ' faith of ti»e present church concerning a Trinity of Divine persons from etemltv. and concern- ing the passion of Christ, tliat It was redemption Itself, that it oantiot be eradicated," T. C. R, IIB, IIR. In the ' y^oraf»pi»e Expfained" eaid **Apocatyp»e Revealed " by Swedenborg, tho anxious enquirer after tm^ will find a full and satisfactory disclosure of the meaning of tliose wondev* nil visions which have baffled the skill of the wisest oommentators to e:i^ pound. The following sentences completely solves the most pei^plextag UMologloal problem of the age: ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC 415 Thb First Essbntial Knowlbdok.— " The flrut thinf; will bo to know who is the God of Heaven, since all other thinsn depend on that. In the aniversal heaven no other is acknowledffed for Qie God of heaven than the Lord alone. They say there as He nimself taught, " that He is one with the Father, that the Father is in Him and He is in the Father ; and he that seeth Him se^ the Father j and that every thing holy proceedeth from Him." John x. 30. 38 ; xiv. 10, 11 ; xvi. 13-18— The very essential prin- ciple of the church b the acknowledgement of the union of the Divine itself in the Human of the Lobd, and this must be in all and singular liie things of worship. The reason why this is an essential of the chiu-ch, and hence an essential of worship, is, because the salvation of the human race depends solely on that union." Contrast this with the following delivery by the Rev. W. H. H. Murray in the Park St. Church, Boston, during his Sabbath afternoon lecture, April 6. 1874. " The doctrine of the Trinity as held by us Trinitarians is an in- explicable mystery ; for my own part I never could explain how three distinot persons could be one God, I do not understand it, do not wish to understuid it, never could and never will, understand it, not even in eter- ni\^." Instead of having' the Bread of Life broken and given to them, this is the kind of chaff w J. iuh is served out everv Sabbaui to millions who ai-e hungering for better things. Thousands on thousands of good, sincere and eloquent preachers have told their hearers the same story, although in a different way, and we would ask if deliverance from such ignorance would not be a real blessing. "Let him that glorieth glory in this, that he understandeth and knoweth Me, that I am the Lobd which exercise loving kindness, judgment and ri^teousness in the earth, for in these things I delight, saitu the Lord " Jer. ix. 24. Let the univei-sal race receive and acknowledge the grand fundamental doctrine of the supreme Div- Init)' of Chriht an<^(he time will be present concerning which it is written, ** And the Lord shall be Kine over all the earth ; in that day there shall be Onb Lord and His name Onb. " Zech. xiv. 9. The time is coming when the earth shall be full, not of the mysteries, oontradiotlons and perolexities of a triidty of three separate persons in one Cod, for it Is full of that already, but when it shall be full of the knowledge, of the Lord as the waters cover the sea. It is because spiritual truths, adequate to satisfy the most exalted cravings of the human mind, have been revefded in great abundance at this day l)y the Lord through Swedenboig, that this humble effort is made to direct attention to his writings. Let all who have hitherto " walked in darkness" embrace ^ese heavemy truths, and they will " see a great light, " for the church may now be addressed in the sublime language of the prophet. " Aribb, Shinb, POn THY LIOHT IS OOMB AJSD TUB OLORY OF THB LORD IS SI8BM XTPOIT THEB." On Corbbspokdbnobs.— "It has been given me to know from much ex- perience that in the natural world, and in its three kingdoms, there is not the smallest thing which does not represent something inlhe spiritual world, or which has not something there to wlxich it corresponds. Moreover, nothing is ever given in the created world, which has not correspondence with things exisQng in the spiritual world, and which does not thus in its own manner, represent something in the Lord's Kingdom ; thence is the ex- utauoe and subsistence of all things. If man knew how these things are, he would never attribute all things to nature, as is usuallv done. I will, however, illustrate what is the nature of the correspondence between BuMtaal things and natural, by some examples. nie aiumals of the earth, in general, correspond to affecMons, the tame and nsflf j1 animals corresponding to aood affections, and the fierce and Qselew unds to evil affections, In particular , oxen and bullocks correspond to th« Mxeotions of the natural mind ; sheep and lambs to tlie affections of fhe apirttnal mind: and birds or winged creatures, according to their species, 0(Hnr pressible measure ana variety that it may be compared to an lnexhaustibl« gold mine which is continually yielding up Its treasures to reward the explorer. To the heavenly mind it is heavenly food, for it is by eyeir word that prooeedeth out of the mouth of the Lord that man doth Utb." Deat.vlil.3. Matt. It. 4. Such is the nourishment of spiritual llf^. There la nothing in the Word, not even the smallest jot or tittle, but what is preff' nant •mOi Divine Wisdom, and this by reason, of the solemn truth that m ' the Inmost of the Word the Lord AIiOKB Is. In order to see what b«fttt- ON C0BRESP0NDENCE8, AC. 417 tif ul lessons may be drawn from what appears to be a very common passage, I would refer the reader to Dr Bayley's sermon on the Ribband of BIiUB, treating on the correspondence of garments, colors, &c. OoBBESFONDENOE OF MOUNTAINS AND HiLLS.— In reference to the men of the Most Ancient Church, described In those Divinely composed kUegorieB in the beeinnine of Genesis, they were gifted with such an intuitive knowledge from above, that Uiey could as it were, read God's wokL in His Works, and leant and think of heavenly things through and by means of the contemplation of corresponding eartldy things. For ex- ample, when with the natural eye they beheld a mountaiu, instantly the emotions of their minds would assume a corresponding elevation towards the liOBD, for by a mountain in the Most Ancient Church was signified the LoBD, and all that is celestial from Him, as the good of love and charity ; tne most ancient people, and all the ancients, even tlie Geutiltis, worshipped on mountains from this origin. Hence it is written, " I will lift up mine eyes to the mmmtmns (or hills), from whence comelh my help, mv help Cometh from the Lord, which made heaven and earth'. " Ps. cxxi. We may see from this the true reason why the blessed Kedeemkb taufdit people from mountains, ascended up into high mountains, and abode in mountains to such an extent as is recorded of Him in the 'gospels. Moses standing on the top of tlie mount with the rod of God in his hand, dmiuA the battle with Amalek, denotes the conjunction of truth divine with the good of charity, and truth in power from good ; Israel prevailing when Moses raised his hand, and Amalek prevailing when he let down his hand, denotes that the victory is witli tliose who are in the trutii and good of faith when they look upwards to the Lord ; but that the false over- comes them when they look down to self and the world, for Amalek represents interior evil. " And it shall come to pass in the last days, that the mountain of the Lobd's house shall be established in the top of the mountaimt and shall be exalted above the hills, and all the nations shall How unto it, and many people shall go and say, Come ye, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord and to the house of the God of Jacob, and He will teach us of His ways, and we will walk in His paths." Isa. ii. 2—^. These words are spoken of the New Church to be established by the IjOBD, by the mountain of the Lord, which shall then be estab- lished in the top of the mountains, is understood Zion ; and Dy Zion, is signified the celestial chiuch, and love to the Lord, which is communi- omed to those who belong to that church, that this is the primary princinl? ot the church, and that it uiall increase and gain strength, is signitled by i^ being in the top of the mountains, and exfdted above the hilw ; that thoy who loe principled in the good of love shall acknowledge the Lord, and accede to the church, is signified by all nations fiowing to that mountain, satlona signifying those who are in celestial good, which is the good ox love to the Lobd, and people, those who are in spiritual good, which is th^ good of charity towards the neighbor. The,oommand to fiee from Judea into the mountains, Matt. xxiv. 16, Is ftn admonition to betake themselves to a state of love and charity when the ehureh is near its end and love waxes cold. By the call addressed to (^vei-y feaHieTed fowl and everjibeast of the earth to eat the flfish of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, of lambs, of goats, of bullocks, etc , on the mnnnfaivs oi Israel, and to be fiUeu with Horses and chariots and all men of war. Ezek. xxxix, 17, 20. is signified to appropriate Divine good and Divine truth from the Word, bv wie nunvn- tamtat Israel is denoted a state of love and charity, by the feathered fowl ftnd the beasts of the field, is signified man, as to his thoughts and ^ffec- tlons or understanding and will. The things which form tlie feast d-^note all spiritual and celestial things proceeding from the I^onn Himself, which He iBWiffts throughithe Word. " Get thee up into the high mountain,*' Isa. xl. 9, denotes the worship of the Lord from love. OORRBBPONDENOE OF Mbtals.— Mention hns been made of those an- oestora of the human race who existed in the times of primitive integrity, liH>plness, purity and goodness. Not without the best of reasons did the •nolents speak of that period as the oolden age. In modem times, for ft aiiDllar reason, we speak of the golden rule, a heart of gold, golden fruit, Ifolden opinions, golden opportunity, etc., and no one is ever at a loss to peroeiTe tilie oame time, the natural I^ht of man ; in these two consists the power of tnitn. Silver, Iron, tin, and lead, Ezek. xxvii. 12, signifies truths in their order, even to the last, which are sensual. Silver, purified seven times, Psa. xii. 3, i^ignifies divine truth. Thegold and silver vessels of the tem pie, dignified the knowl- edges of good ana truth, or holy thiiigs. • Abraham's being very rich in silver and gold, represented tlie state of the Lord in youth, as to good and truth. In the Word, every person and thing mentioned, is representative, and Abraham represents the Lord as to the celestial principle. As Abra- ham, he represents the Lord as to His human essence. Ihe letter H being inserted from the name Jehovah, in order that be might represent him as to the Divine. " For he is like a refiner's fire, and he shall 3lt as a refiner and purifier of silver, and He shall purifv the.'i?ori« of Levi, and purge them OB gold and silver." Mai. iii. 3. 4. fiy Levi, in a uupreme aens-?, is signified love and mercy, In a spiritual sense, charity In act ; conseqi.entljsr, the son« of Levi signify those who are in the affection of truth and live In the good of life ; by the refiner's fire is denoted temptation, whereby Is effected purification, Which is here meant by purifying and purging ^©"J as gold and silver. Even in the historicals of the Word, metals, and all other things mentioned therein, embody or Infold 3. spiritual sense, In each and every instance. CoBBKSPONDEKr 3 OF MusicATi TnhtrumentS.— Stringed Instru- ments signify spiritual truth, but wind instruments the celestud things of faith. Instruments of music, according to correspondence, signify the pleasant and delightful affection of spiritual and celestial things ; there- fore, also, in many of the Psalms, it is written and declared how they should be sung, as upon Neginoth, Muthlabbin, Glttith, Neliiloth, Ac. In Canada, we are pained to see congregations disrupted, and prolonged pres- bytery disputes on the question of Instrumental music in chnr3ies. If BuOh music were essentially wrong, It would never have receiyed the sa- ON CORRESPONDENCES, &C. 419 cred sanction of the "Word, which expressly ordains its use in worship, by reason of the correspondence aforesaid. To be convinced of such corres- pondence, let us listen to a fair rendering of Ha/idel's " Messiah." During the performance of the Oratorio, let us be duly attentive to the wonderful musical creation of the great composer, as rendered by the solo singers, the grand chorus, the organ and orchestra, and inai-k the exceeding fitnesB of the music as it is adapted to the inspired words which describe trie mar- velloua advent and memorable career of the Man of Sorrows. Mark the cheering words : " CovnJ'ort ye., comfort ye, my people, salth your GOD." " Every valley shall be exalted." " Ana the glory of the LORD shall be revealed." " The people that walked in darkness have seen a great light:" " Of Thou that bnngeih glad tidings to Zion." " Behold, I toill send My Messenger." " Ana He shall purify the sons of Levi." " Unto us a Child is bom," &c. Now listen to the tender and" pathetic in " He shall feed ■ His flock like a shepherd." " There were shepherds abiding in the field." " Surely He hath borne our griefs and carried our sorrows." " Behold and see, iftliere be any sorroiv like unto His sorrow." Behold the Lamb qf GOD which takethaxoay the sins of the world." " 1 know that my Redeemer liv- „ eth," &c. Now attend to the sublime in " Lift up your heads." " HallelvAah, A "i for the LORD GOD Omnipotent reigneth," and many other pieces. Dur- ing the performance, the tones of tlie organ and the music of the different instruments, blend in, unite with, and render powerful assistance to the human voices engaged in the work, and botli united, tend to arouse and intensify our devotion and our love for what is rettning, pure, and good. From tlm correspondence, the evil spirit departed from Saul when David ■ played on the harp before him. All music is essentially heavenly in its nature, and discord alone is truly infernal. CoBBESPONDENCE OP FiKE.— Fire in the Word, corresponds to love, both in a good and bad sense. The fire which was to be continually burn- ing upon the altar, represents the love, that is the mercy of the Lobd, perpetual and eternal. Fire, in Luke iii. 16, signifies Divine good. In- fernal fire is no other than the mutation of Divine love .into evil love, and into the lusts of doing evil and hatred. Fire, in a bad sense is self- love, and flame, the pride of self-derived intelligence. COBBESPONDENCE OF Sebpents.— The Serpent signifies man when he is corporeally sensual, when he turns from the Lobd to himself, and from heaven to the world. Such wai iie serpent who seduced Eve and Adam, The serpent (Gen. iii. I) is evil of e\evy kind ; his head is self-love, Uie seed of. th.i woman is the Lobd, the eninlty which is put, is between the love of man's seU-hood and tlie Lobd, thus, between man's prudence and the Divine Providence of the Lobd. The heel bruised by the serpent was the humanity assumed by tlie Lobd when he was bom into the world. The Jews were compared to serpents and vipers from theii- low sonsual state, corresponding to that of serpents,, who creep on the giourd and lick tlie dust, by winch is signified eai-thly things, also what is damned or infernal. By serpents, among the most ancient people, who were oelfcctlal men, was signified circumspection, see Matt. x. 16. CoBBESPONDENCE OF OiL AND WiNE, BbEAD AND WATEB. &C.— In the parable where our blessed Lord said of the Samaritan, that coming to the man who was wounded by thieves, he bound up his wounds, and poured in oil and wine, Luke x. 34, where by oil and wine is not meant these things, but the good of love and charity, by oil the good of love, and by wine the good of charity, and of faith, for the subject treated of is con- cerning the neighbor, tlius charity towards him, " Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies : Thou anointest my head with oU, my cup runneth over," Ps. xxiii, 5. To prepare a table and anoint the head with oil, denotes to be gifted with tlie good of charity and love : my cup runneth over, denotes that tlie natural principle will be thence filled with good and truth. Again, " I have found David my sei-vant, with my holy oil have I anointed nim." Ps. Ixxxix. 20, where by David is meant the LoBD, the oil of holiness with wliich he was anointed, signifies tihe Divine good of the Divine love. By the oil or ointment on the head and beard of Aaron, Ps. cxxxiii, is denoted celestial and spiritual good or the good of love to the Lord and the good of charity to the neighbor, for it is compared to the dew of Hermon, that descended upon the mountains of . Zion; for there the Loud commanded th6 blessing, even life for ever. 420 ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC. jnore. By the dew of Herraon that descended upon the mountains of Zion is eignltled that holy principle of Divine truth proceeding from celea- tial good, which causes unutterable felicity in tlie mind of the man in whom it reigns, and which is desciibed aa that " peace whirJii passe th all understanding." From oil denoting celestial good and spiritual good we may see the reason why it was usedm the anointing of the Kings oi Israel, also the signilieance of the anointing oil for the priests, and its use on tihe vessels and lamps of the tabernacle, as well as in the flour and cakes for the,offering8, &c. From this also may be undei-stood the meaning of oil in the parable of the ten viigius. Matt, xxv. 1. and the conunand not to hurt the wine and the oil, Kev. vi. G, and a huudi'ed other places whero it is mentioned in the Word. To descend to lower things, see with what (^uletness and beauty a Una of shafting will run at a high velocity on brass b- aiings when well lubri- cated wiw oil ; brass corresponds to natural good, and oil to celestial good ; try the same experiment on iron beaiingtt, without oil, iron corres- ponds to natural or sensual truth, which is hard and grating, and witness the consequences i Let us ascend a step higher, and witness tlio deUghi we experience in holding intercourse with a person of a sincere, kind, con- siderate and obliging disposition, for in his every word and look we can behold in Ms countenance traces of that "oil wnich maketh the face to ahine." We will find tlie correspondence of bread and water, and flesh end blood', equally instructive. Bread and water ai-e spoken of, whan all the goods of love and truths of faith are meant. Truth, in regard to goodt is as water in regard to bread, or as diink in regard to meat, in nouriuunent. Bread sigid'ties the piimury principle w}i.k'h noiuishes the soul, as it denotes &e flesh of the Lubd, by which is signifled the Divine good or love, hence He says, " The hrecul of GoD is he that cometh down from heaven, and giveth life unto the world, John vi. 33, and again, " I am that bread of life, verse 48, and from this it comes that the bread in the holy supper denotes the Lord, and all the celestial principles of love as pro- ceeding from Him, wliich is meant when He says, " Whoso eatiath my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life ; and I will raise him up at the last day," (ver. 64) audagain, " He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me and I in him," (ver. 66). To eat the Lord's flesh and drink His blood, is to receive His Divine love in the heart or will, and His Divine truth in the understanding, and to live a life accord- ing to them, for by this, conjunction ia effected, and this is the reason why bread and wine were appointed to be used in the Holy Supper, for by bread is Bijsmified the Lord's Divine love, and by wine is denoted Hui Divine truth, eating signifying appropriation and conjunction, hence the LoBD'8 supper is in very deed the holiest act of worship. The bread of the saciiflces represented the good of love to the Lord, hence it is written, " Thou desirest not sacrifice, thou delightest not in burnt offering ; the 'jacrifioes of God are a broken spirit." Ps. li. 16, 17. by which is signified, an humble heart, which confesses that man's own intelligence is nothing, and that from the Lord alone proceed every thing of goodness and truth that man can receive. By bread in the Lord's Prayer, as well as in ihe Holy Supper, is signified in the supreme sense, the Lord and the things of celestial love. In an opT»o8ite sense, to eat bread in the sweat of ♦he face, Gen, iii, 19, represents celestial truths received in a state of aversion. The Children of Israel lusting for ,fi4!8h and the Jleith pnfn of Egypt repre- sents the desire of the natural man to live in a corporeal manner, that Is, in the loves of self and the world. The flesh of the foreskin to be circum- cised, denotes the removal of the defiled loves of the natural man. "^-^ way of all flesh corrupted, signiflos the understanding of truth totfdly dies* troyed in the corporeal state of man. Water, in the Word denotes truth, and for this reason waters ai)d rivers are described, where gardens and rivers are mentioned, as signiflcations of the man of the Church, To draw water denotes to be instructed in the truths of faith, and to be illustrated. Drawers of water, such as the Gibeonites were, denote those who desire to know truths for no other end than to know them. A flood of water denotes temptation and desolation, because wicked persuasions and tlioughts actually flow in from evil uiixits. Walls of unclean water denote' what fi not true. Broken ctoterii»aenote ON CORUE8PONDENCE8, AC. 421 doctrines In which are no tnithe. In beautiful correspondence with this Divine symbol of tinith we will fliul that in physics, or tlie science of natural tilings, tiiatman applies the same stanimrd to ascertain the weight of solids andliquids, each being said to be heavy or light speciHoally as they relate to water ; thus the exact wei,'^in whi(!h the king of Tyre is said to have been, which is used in the Word to denote intelligence, and wisdom thence derived. The garden of Eden was as much unknown in the time of the king of Tyre as It is at this day, such a locality as that described In Gen. if. 8, 14, having no geogi-aphical existence on the glo1}e ; hence the vain researches, travels, expeditions, writings, &c., of the curious and the learned, dunng the past and present ages, regarding this subject, they being ignorant that the whole account is to be understood as a pure allegory, descriptive of the state of the men of the Most Ancient Church. This was the uidversal style of writing among these people ; It vas.derived from a heavenly origin, and they delighted in framing des- criptions of this kind, expressing spiritual truths oy means of allesorles or corFespondences, making use of natui'al objects to symbolize spiritual trutliB. It must be visible to every one, that when the trees of the gfu^en are described, natural trees are not to be understood, for life, and the knowledge of good and evil, do not grow on such trees, and so on with other things. This style of writing is continued to about the end of the eleventh chapter of Genesis, where literal or true history begins, bat still of such a nature that it involves a spiritual sense throughout, As man- kind receded from a heavenly state, and became corporeal and sensual, believing in nothing which they could not investigate with their bodily senses, the knowledge of correspondences became gradually lost, and remained so, until under the Divine Providence -of the Lord It has been again restored to the Church, and made available to unfold the true meaning of the Word. • Corbespondenob of the Sttn Mook aitd Stabs.— It will be seen from what follows, that these natural lumintoies are also used by the Diviire Author of the Word to represent I'piiitual and heavenly things, and in an oppobito sense, things that are evil. The Sun, in the Word when the Lord is spoken of, signifies his divine love, and at the vame time His divine wisdom. Forasmuch us tlie Lord withrespect to His VAivine wisdom, is meant by the sun, therefore the ancients in their holy worship turned their faces to the rlfilng aun, and also their temples, which practice ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC. 423 I Is also Thou If is Btill' continued. The Moox, in the Word signifies the Lont) in reference to f Aith, and tlience Mth in the Lord. Stars, in a Bupreme sense, signify knowledge concerning the Lord, lience stars signify intelligence of a ^)iritual kind, or the knowledge of good and .truth, which is true wisdom. Tnese statements will now be conlirmed from the Word. "And He shall be ~ as the light of the morning when tlie mm riseth, even a morning without clouds, us the tender grass springing out of tlie earth by clear shining after rain" (ii. Sam. xxiii..!,). The light of the morning when the sun liseth, signifies the divine truth proceeding from the Lord as a suk, a morning without clouds denot«s the purity of that truth, rain signifies its influx, and the tender grass springuig out of the eartli signifies intelligence, and reformation thence oiiginating, for these are stgidrted by grass, because grass springs out of the f iith by virtue of the sun of the world after rain, and intelligence is from the Lord as a hvn by the influx of divine trutli. , MoRNiNO 6 used in the Word to denote every paiticular coming of the Lord, or when there is faith and love in tl.c uhurch, the evening or night denotes a time or state in which tliese are wanting. "Blessed of the Lord be his land, for the precious tilings of heaven, for the dew, and for the deep that coucheth beneath, and for the precious fruits brought forth by the sun, and for the precious things put forth by the moon" (Deut. xxxiii. 13, 14). This particular blessing was pronounced on Joseph, for the reason that by Joseph are understood the spiritual celestial, who are the highest or supreme in the spiritual kingdom. By his land is signified that Kuigdom, likewise the church thence derived. By the precious things of heaven, the dew, and the deep that coucheth beneath, are signified things that are ^pititual celestial in the internal and external man. By the precious things brought forth by the sun and the precious things put forth by tlio moon, are signified all things which proceed from the Lord's celestial kingdom, and aU which proceed from His spiritual kingdom, conse- quently all the goods and trutlis which are thence derived. "Praise ye the Lord, praise ye Him all His hosts. Praise ye him sun and moon, prtdse Him, all ye stars of Ight" [Psa. cxlviii; 2, .3]. Here by 8 raising the Lord is signified to worsliip Him. By the angels are sigidfieu iiose mio are in Divine trutlis from the good of love, tor all such are angels. By all His hosts are signified goods and trutlis in their whole compass. By the sun and moon are signified th 3 good of love, and the truth from that good. By the stars of light are si . nified the knowledge of truth from good. Inasmuch as man worships the Lord from those things which he receives from the Lord, thus from the goods and truths that are in him, and as it is also by virtue of such things that man is man, it is therefore said to such things namely, to the sun, moon, and st-ars, by which are signified goods, truths, and knowledges of truths, that they should worsmp the Lord. It is clear that the command is not addressed to those luminaries which enlighten tlie natural world, for how can sflch things offer praise and worship ? Regarding the blessings promised to him that overcometh, it is written, " And I will give him the Morning Star." ^v. xi. 28.) signifying that intelligence and wisdom from the Divine Human principle of the Lord will be imparted to all who love and obey Him. Understood in a natural sense such a gift would be incomprehensible, for how could the morning star of nature be given to anv one ? The Prophecies reoardtxo the " End op the World " not to BE ITNDERSTOOD IN A NATURAL SENSE.— From Want of knowledge re- > »pecting the spiritual sense of tho Word, as unfolded by the science of em- responoences, many Christians at the present day suppose Uiat the IiObd will appear in the clouds of the atmosphere, and, accompanied by the whole of the heavenly host, will be visible to the natural eye, when the dead bodies and mouldering dust of all who have ever lived on the earth •will be raised (at the sound of the archangel's trumpet) outof their graves, and wherever else their dust may be scattered, no matter what form they may have assumed. It is thought that this inconceivable mass of comlp- tion will be raised up, and the soul of each be re-implanted, the iudgment set, and the books opened, each one being judged out oi! what is ■vmtten in those books, just as if the Omniscient One could possibly require a set of books ; that then the earth and all that is therein will be burnt up, the st^rs fall from heaven, and the sun and moon be blotted out from the creation. Many good people entertain these thoughts because things are thus dea- 424 ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC. cribed in the letter of the Word, but the case is far otherwise, for It la moHt true that by clrmde of man. It has been created that the human race might exist, and thence heaven, for the hu- man race is the seminary of heaven, and when Infinite Love is satisfied to its fullest capacity, with intelligent and rational beings on whom it may shower its blessings and celestial beatitudes, for it creates them for no other end, then, just so soon, but no sooner, will the procreations of the human race cease, and the world become a blank in the creation. The most ample testimony is not wanting to prove that it was He who laid the foundations of the earth, that it shoula not be removed for ever," Ps. civ. 6. "He built His sanctuary like high palaces, like the sarth which ho hath established for ever,''' Ps, Ixxviii, 69. " The world also is es- tablished "tliat it cannot be moved," P«. xciil. 1. "Say among the heathen that tlie Lord reigneth ; the world also shall be establuhed that it SHALL not be moved," Ps. xcvi. 10. " One generation passeth away, and another generatio^i cometh, but the earth abideth for ever," E .cleg. i. 4. Of the sun, moon, and stars, we read :— "They shall fear Thee as !ong as the sun and -moon enduhe, throughout all oknbra- ttoNS," Ps. Ixxii. 5. " His name shall endure iroR EVEii ; His name sliall be continued as long as the sun,"— ver. 17. " Praise ye Him, sun and moon : praise ye Him all ye stars of light. Let them praise the name of the Lord ; for He conimanded, and they were created. He hath estab- lished them FOR EVKR and ever ; He hath made a decree which shall NOT PASS," Ps. cxlviii. 3. 5, 6. These enunciations are certainly all that win be required \o manifest the Divine intention that the universe shall not cease to exiHt, A perisliing earth is used in the language of corres- poTidencen to describe a perishing Church, in the following ana many other pah*sage8 : '* The earth is utterly oroken down, the eaith is cUan dissolved, the earth is moved exceed in. ^li ±a .Tx.vvu.. u. vyjyjM., In those days will I pour out My spirit and I will show wonders in the heavens, and ui the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke. The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the mom into blood, before the great and terrible day of the Lord come, 11. 30, 31. The apostle Peter on the day of Pentecost, Acts 11. l(t, 21, cites tlie entire passage frohi Joel, and re- fers to it as being f ullllled on that day ; but we know as well as we can know anyUdng, that these great commotions did no( actually take place in the kingdom of nature, at that time. The profundity of the Word is Buoh, that as to its Inmost sense it does not treat in the least of natural things, but only makes use of them to represent and symbolize things that are spiritual, as may be seen from the following in reference to a consum- mated Church, as the end of the age, or " the end of the world," as it is erroneously translated in the authonzed version. It Is written, "Imme- diately after the tribulation of those days shall the mm be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stara shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken ; and there shall appear the fAg^ of the Son of Man in heaven ; and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great gloiy. And He shall send His angels with a great sound of a trumpet ; and they shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other," Matt. xxiv. 29—31. By all these expressions are meant spiiitual things relating to the Church, of whose final state or period they are spoken ; for in the spiritual sense, by the sun which shall be darkened, is meant love to the Lord ; by the moon which shall not ^ve her light, is meant faith towaixls Him ; by the stars which shall fall from the lieaveus, is meant the knowledge of goodness and truth. Every intelligent person will know that it is no more possible for tlie stars in the firmament to fall to the earth, than it would be for a idiUion of worlds to fall on a pebble by the sea shore. By the sign of the Son of Man in heaven, is meant the appearance of Divine truth in the Word from Hhn ; by the tribes of the earth which shall mourn, is meant the failure of all truth which is of faith, and of all good which is of love : by the coming of the Son of Man in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory, is meant the presence of the Lord in the Word, and revelation ; by the clouds of heaven is signified the literal sense of the Word, by power and great glory, is meant its internal sense, which has reference solely to the LOBO anaHis kingdom, in each and every passage ; and from tms, that sense derives its power and glory ; by the angels with a great sound of a trumpet, is meant heaven, whence Divine truth comes ; by gathering to- gether the elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the oQier, is meant a new heaven and a new Church, to be formed of those who have faith in the Lord, and live according to His precepts. " Behold the day of the Lord coraeth. for the atnrs of heaven, and the constellations thei-e- of, sliallnot give their light ; the mn shall be darkened in his going forth, and the mom shall not cause her light to shine," Isa. xill. 9, lb. "I will cover the heaven and make the stars thereof dark ; I will cover the mn with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light," Ezek. xxxii. 7, 8. " The day of the Lord is near : the sun and moon shall be darkened, and the stars shall withdraw their shining," Joel ill. 14, 16. The same idea is visible in all these passages. By the cbiy of the Lord, is meant His advent, which was at a time when there was no longer any good of love or truth or faith remaining in the Church, or any knowledge of the Lord, therefore it is called a dayof darkness and thick darkness. Thb Days op Creation Signify Six States of Man's Heoener- ATION.— " The six days, or times, which are so many successive states of the regtneration of man, are in general as follows :— .The FIRST state Is tloat which precedes, including both the state of in- fancy, and the staite Immediately preceding regeneration. This is called ■*^ 426 ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC. vacuitT, emptiDesfi and darkness ; and the first motion, which is the mercy of the IjORd, is the Sjphit of God moving upon the face of the waters. The SECOND state is when a division takes place between these*things which are of the Lord and such as are proper to man. The thinss which are of the Lobd are called in the Word remaii)3, and are here pmioipally the knowledges of f vlth, which man has learned from infancy, and whlcn are stored up, and iv < not manifested till he comes into this state. This state at ti^e present iay seldom exists without tenptation, misfortune or fK>rrow, by which t^le things appertaining to the body and to the world, that is, such ac f <;:nn the proprlum or selfhood of man, are brought into a state of quiescence, and as it were of death. Thus the things which be- long to the external man, are separated fi'om those which belong to the internal mau. • In the internal man are the remains, etoied up by the LoM till this time, and for this purpose. The THIRD state is that of repentance, in which the regenerating sub- ject, from tjie internal man, begins to discourse piously ana devoutly, and to do good actions, like works of charity, but which nevertheless are in- animate, becausa they are supposed to originate in himself. These good actions are called the tender grass ana also the herb yielding seed, and afterwards tlie tree beaiiug fruit. The fourth state is when man becomes affected w;uL Juve. and illumined by faith. He indeed previous- ly discoursed pioufa:'y, ana produced the fruits of good actions but he did so in consequence of Lxo temptation and straitness under which he labor- ed, and not from a principle Ot faith and charity. Wherefore faitli and charity are now euklndied in his internal man, and are called two lights (or luminaries). The FIFTH state is when man discourses from a principle of faith, and thereby confirms himself in truth and goodness ; the things l^hen produced by him are auimated, and are called the lishes of the sea and the birds of the air. The SIXTH state is when from a principle of faith and thence oflove he speaks what is true, and does what is good ; the things which he then pro- duces ate called the living soul and the beast. And oecause he then be- gins to act from a prin^ple of love as well as of faith, he becomes a spiritual man, and is calle«l an image. His spiritual life is delighted and sustained by such things as relate to knowledges respectihg faith, and to works of charity, which are called his meat, andhis natuinl lue is delighted by such things as belong to the body and th» senses ; from whence a com- bat or struggle arises until love gains the dominion and he becomes a celestial man. They who are regenerating do not all arrive at this state. The greatest part at this day, attain to the first state ; some only to the second ; others to the third, fourth, and fifth ; few to th^sixth ; and scarcely any to the seventh." Hie foregoing is a part of Swedenborg's explication of the first chapter of Genesis, ana the reader is referred to the Ist. vol. of his Arcann for the Scripture proofs and detailed explanation, as they are necessarily omitted in this place for want of space. Many modem theologians are afraid to enter on an Interpretation of this chapter on account of its alleged conflict with the known facts of science, but the theology that could be endangered by such an investigation is worthy of no man's accept- ance. Ottiers, again, have erred as far on the other side. Professors Jewett, Baden Powell, Uie Bev. Messrs. Temple, Goodwin, Wilson, and other eminent clergymen of the church of England, who have figured as the authors of the " The Essays and R«views," together witii Bishop Colenso, all men of great scientific attainments, have made many ra«h com- ments and wild averments on this sublect. Acting on the rule that you must "interpret the Bible as you would any otiier book." one of these gen- tlemen writes as follows : " We hav«l examined it and find it is not cor- rect in Its science. Its astronomy is Jewish, not philosophical, and as to lt« geology that is certainly not correct. Its chronology is faulty, the eartii is much older than the Bible makes it. and tiie account of the universal deluge cannot be made to hamioniise witii the facts of ancient history. Nations have existed in continuity from periods long before the time fixed »» that of ih(9 deluge. Some of the pyramids were undoubtedly in exist- eaoe long before the time of the deluge, and although geology gives evl- ON CORRESPONDENCES, &C. 427 dence of hundreds of local floods, and of the gradual change of the ocean's bed, again and auain, vet it leifds no support to the account of a contemporaneous covering of the Whole earth at the same Uine, with many miles of deep wiiter. Besides, many tilings in tlie Bible seem pue- lile, trivial, and unworthy of God, I don't see why the Jewish history is more a Divine history than that of the great nations of tiiie earth, or in fact of any other." Most assiuedly this is giving us a stone when we are asking for bread. If a man desh-es enlightenment regai-ding the foimation of we primary or stratified rocks, the coal measures, minerals, fossils, plants, or to solve the complex problems of astronomy, regarding the nature, move- ments, and distances of the bodies belongii^ to uie solar or stellar systems, it is an absolute certainty that he would never think of con- sulting Genesis, or any other part of the inspired volume. It may be maidfest to any man, that whatever is revealed by the Sphit of God, must be spiritually understood; and fui-ther, it is equally certain, that those things for the discovery of which man has faculties specially provided, are not tit objects of a Divine revelation, consequently it toHows, that by the description in Genesis, we are by no means to ui^derstand the creation of the terraqueous globe. The creation descril>ed in (Genesis, is one incomparably more wonderful tlian the creation of a vorld, being nothing less than the narration, in a heavenly style, by means of natural symbols and similitudes, of the vaiious stages of that marvellous and mysterious Divine work whereby man is made a new creature. In the Divine idea, to create, to form, to make, signifies to regenerate, and of this creation we find frequent mention in the Word, hut very little of any other. Thus, bx the PcjjUms : " Thou sendest forth Thy spirit, they are created," civ. 30. " The people which shall be created shall prnlse the Lord," cii. 18. " CreateuwnQ a clean heart, O Go»," li. 10. And in Isaiah : " This people have 1 formed for Myself that they may show forth My praise," xliii. 21 " I have put My words in thy mouth, that I may plant the heavens, and lay the foundation of tlie earth, and say unto Zion, Thou art My people," h. 16. Every one that is called by My name, I have created, him ; I have formed him ; yea, I have ma(ie him," xliii. 7. To be called by the Lord's name, is to have the Lord's nature implanted in the heart. Unregenerate man is described in Jeremiah in nearly the same terms as in Genesis, " I beheld the earth, and lo, it was without form empty] and void, and tlie heavens, and they had no light," iv. 23 ; and in avid : " They walk on in darkness ; all tlie foundations of the earth are out of course,'' Ixxxii. 6. " The earth and all the inhabitants thereof are dissolved," Ixxxv. 3 ; and in Isaiah : " Tlie earth is clean dissolved, the earth is moved exceedingly," xxiv. 19. Bead- the whole chapter. Again in Haggai : " I will shake tlie heavens and the eai-th, and the sea, and the dry land ; and I will shake all nations, and the Desire of all nations ■hall come," ii. 6, 7. Tlie ruin of a soul or a Church is here clearly sym- bolized by the ruin of a world, and darkness exists "on the face of the deep,'' when the mind of man is in this state. The people who walk in darkness see a great light when they receive and obey the truth in its purity. The faces of the waters over which the Spirit of God moves, consists of all the knowledges of good and truth implanted in Uie mind from infancy to niaiihooT> in the heart, and faith in the intellect, together with abounding knowledges of truth. The man feels that the Lord is the Sun of the eternal world, a " Sun and shield," a " Sun of Righteousness," the eman- ation of whose heat is Divine love, and the effulgence of whpse light la Divine trutli. In tlds state, he arises and shines, for his light has come, and the ffloiT of the Lord has risen upon him. His aspirations are heaven- ward. He feels the supreme blessedness of doing good, and knowing truth. Faith shines like a moon in the lower states ot me soul repreBented by evening, when love declines in the varied states of spiritual fife. Win- ter symboUzes a state of the soul when love is absent. Our Loqd says, Biniifv man*s miserable state in the other life. On the fifth day the water brings forth every living thinj* that moveth, and every winged bird after his kind. Water is the emblem of truth and brines forth abundantly when the soul is full of love. The scientific ac- tivities of a heavenly mind rejoicing in the tmth. are the fish of the holy waters. Ezek. xlvii. 10. A mind in rational order, is like a clear, calm, and placid lake or river swarming with fish. Birds represent things rational, spiritual, and intellectual. He who draws wisdom from QoD^s like a bird soaring, enjoying a clear and extensive view. " They mount •up with wings as eagles," &c. Isa. Ix. 31. Birds of night, as bats uid owls, represent those who have no inclination for truOi. Although in this -first chapter, birds and everv living thing that moveth, derive their origin from the water on the fifth dav, in the second chapter, ver. 19, they are described as being made out of the ground by JRHOVAU God on the seventh day, denoting man's state when nil Inward conflict with sin and solf has ceased, for tlien the purest aflfefttions of love come dureot from the heart, celestial peace reigns, and man is in Paradise. Then, indeed, he is blessed by Jkhovah Goo, for this double name, witli LosD, or Jehovah first, signifies the Divine Love and Wisdom combined, the tenu Jkhoyar having direct reference to the Divine Love ; while tbt f t' 1 ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC. 429 f term God, mentioned throughout the first chapter, signifies the Divine Wisdom. The formation of cattle, creeping things, and beasts of the earth, on the sixth day, represents a further lipening of the beat affections of tlie heart, Bu(^ as loving kindness, charity, obemence, and innocence. Regarding the symbolic meaning of animals, almost every page of the Word testiliea regarding it. On this day (the sixth), man is made in the image and likeness of Ood. The former steps or stages were merely preparatory to this great work. Man is not, as the simple might Say, merely a form in hmnan shape, for such are frequently worse than wild beasts. The Blessed Redeemer called Herod a fox, aild He certauily knew the proper name to express his character. The Divine idea of a man is fully defined in Jer. v. 1, and ti^ere we see it is one who " executeth judgment and seeketh the truth," or one who, from an affection and love of tne truth, lives a life accoi-duig to it. The absence of such from the earth is fitly described in tJie prececf ins chapter, ver. 25, " I beheld, and lo, there was no man, and all the birds rathe heavens wei-e fled." '^ As Gk)D regenerates man through the ministration of angels, He says, "Let us make man," but as this is effected solely by His own proper power, it is inmiedlately added hi the next verse, " So Goo created mau' in his own image ;" and in chap. U. 7, " So Jkuovau God formed mau out of Hie dust of the grouna" The Divine aim with His rational creatures is evermore to bringthem up to " the measure of a man that is of an angel." Rev. xxi. 17. When this is accomplished, He can view His work, and pronounce it " very good," and enter on the rest signified by the seventh day, for it is the Lord alone whu fights for man during temptation, and sustains him diuiug the coufiict with the powers ol diffkness. CoKOERNnro Love and Wisdom.— Some may be solicitous to know the reason why so much is said regarding love and wisdom, or good and truth in the aoove passages, and the enquiry is reasonable and lust. In answer to this I would state that all the attributes and perfections of tho ever blessed God, resolve themttelves as in a focus into these two, vis. : Love and Wisdom, or what is the same. Good and Truth, corresponding to heat and light, or what is the same, warmtix and illuminaUon, as pro- ceeding from the sun of nature, and these in the Creatob fbrm a one, constitutins what has been called a marriage of good and tnith. Man, being created in the image of God, ought to present a finite transcript of those attributes which exist to an infinite extent in his Maker, and on ex- amination this will be found to be the chho, for there is no qualitv Inherent In man but what belongs either to his will or nnderstandlng. What does not belong to one of these, forms no part of the man, and uiese together form one mind, and the mind is what constitutes iite man himself, the body being merely a clothing eliminated from the ultimate tbinni of nature, such as carbon, phosphorous, silicon, chlorine, ^osphate of Time, sulphur, iron, magnesium, water, potassium, &c., &c., of all of which man is divested by natural death, neven more to resume them, but never- theless he finds himseK in the other life. posseRsed of the himian form, and every member, faculty, and sense, whitih he enjoyed in this life, but much moro keen, delicate and refined, by purification from the things of nature. Those tilings jnst mentioned are' what constitute flesh and blood; o^ which it is written, tliat thoy shall not inherit the King further and investigate the works of God as seen In the visible creation, and here everytiiing will be seen to re- flect thd attributes of tlie Almighty, but always in correspondence with Hia love and wisdom, on goodness and tnith. Prom this con-espondence ©very thing seems to go in pairs, for here we And male and female, bodv and soul, sun and moon, heat and light, land and water, flesh and blood, heart and limes, and so on throughout all the nunifloations (tf natuza. n PI*."! - '■,'" 430 ON CORBr P0NDENCE8, &C. ^ What iB true of God's works, must, in a still more exalted seitse, be true of that Won» which is the transcript of His own perfections, and the embodiment of His Divine Love and Wisdom ; hence it comes that in the Word there is nothing but what has constant reference to either one or the other of these attributes, or of something in connection with them, or in opposition to them, such as evil and the false, and from this arises further, an apparent repetition of the same idea, sentiment or thought, very often in the course of a single verse, but it ought to be known uiat one of these expressions has relation to the Divine Ix)ve, and the other to the Divine Wisdom, or somethinr; ^u coimection with them, or in opposl' tion to them, as no vain reiteration can ever be predicated of the Divine Word. In ord«r to analyze the subject still further, take, for instance, thf'j iuimitD is One Lobp." Q'ms Divine truth is repeated by the blessed JEsrs in Mark xii, 29. *' I am Jehovah, and there Is none else." Isa. xlv. 18, xlv. 6. " I, even I, am He, and there is No Ood with Me." Deut, xxxii. 39. "There is none other God but Okb," 1 Cor. ▼iii. 4. " Thou art the OoD, even thou Alone, of all the kingdoms of the earth," 2 Kings xix. 15. " One is your Fatheb which is in heaven." Matt. xxiiL 9. Let us learn, with erateful reverence, who this our Heaveidy Father, Lobd, and God is. Every passage of the following evidence i^ refulgent with the light of Divine truth, for they proceed from Him who Is th<> Truth itself. " Unto us a Child is bom, unto us a Son is given, and the government shall be upon His shoulders, and His name slmll be called. Wonderful, Counsellor, the Miohty God, the EYEBi^STiNa Fatheb, the Prince of Peace," Isa. ix. 6. " Thou O Jehovas art our Fatheb, our Bedbemeb, Thy name is from everlasting," Isa. Ixiil. 1«. " Surely God is in Thee, and there is None else, there u no god, verily thou art a Goo that hidest thyself, O God of Israel, the Savioub," Isa^ xlv. 14. 16. This is said in reference to His veiling over His Divine glory with the Hnman nature. " Thou shalt know that I, Jehovah, am thy Savioub and Bbdeeueb, the Miohtv One of Jacob," Isa. Ix 16," " There is no God else betide me, a jrst God and a Savioub, there is nofM beside me, look unto me ; and be ye saved, all the ends of the earth, for ]; am God and there is none else," laa. xlv. 21, 22. " Thy Makbb is thy Husband; Jehovah of Hosts is His name, and thy Bbdeehbb the Holy Oue of Israel; the God of the whole babtk shall He be called," Isa. liv. 6. There can be no uncertainty as to who is me^pt by thes« annonneements. " Thus saith Jehovah the King of Israel and His BE-i DKEMEB, Jehovah of Hosts ; I am the Fibst, and I am the LabTv and beside me there is no God." Isa. xliv. 6. " I am Jehovah thy God, th6 Holy One of Israel, thy 8avi6ub," Isa. xUii. 3. ''JPhou hast redeemed, me, O Jehovah God of truth," Pa. xxxi. 6. " I^vill help thee, saith Jbhovah and thy Bedeemeb, the Holy One of Israel," Isa. xli. 14. AS for our Bedeemeb, Jehovah of Hosts is His Name, the HolyOne of Israel," xlvii. 4. " Thus saith Jehovah thy Bedeemeb, and He that fbrmed thee from the womb ; I am Jehovah that maketh cUl things, that stretcheth forth the heavens eUone, that spieadeth abroad the earth ftjr myself J' Isa. xliv. 24. " I, even I, am JeAovah, and besides Me thebb IS no Savioub." Isa. xliii. 11. " Thus saith Jehovah, your Bbdbbmeb^ the Holy One of Israel," ver. 14. " With everlasting kindness will I hav« mercy on thee, sidth Jehovah thy Bedbbmek," Isa. liv. 8 " Tims saith Jehovah thy Bedeemeb, the Holy One of Israel ; I am Jehovah thy God which teaoheth thee to profit, which leadeth thee by the winr thoa Bhouldest go," Isa. xlvili. 17. " With everlasting kindness will I have mercy on thee, 6aith Jehovah thy Bedeemeb, Isa. iv. 8k " Their Bb* dbemeb Is strong, Jehovah of Hosts is HIh Name," Jer. l, 34. " I am thy God from the land of Egypt, and thou shalt know no God but MB, for there is no Savioub Beside Me," Hos. xiii. 4. " Thus saith Jbho* tah, that formed thee O Israel, fear not. for I have bbdbembd tkbb,** Isa. xliii. 1. " Be strong, fear not ; behold your God will come with vea« geance, even Gon with a recompense, he will come and save you," Isa. xxxv. 4. " The Lobd Jbhoyah is ray strength and my song, he also is become my salvation," Isa. xii. 2. " iBehold Jehovah God shall come with strong strong Land, and His ami shall rule for Him, He shall feed his ilook like a shepherd," Isa. xl. 10, 11. The Saviour lays claim to this title, John x. IL ''Let the words of my mouth, and the meditation of my heart, be acceptable in thy sight O Jehovah, my strength,' and my Beobkmeb," Ps. xix. 14. " But God shall Bbdbem my soul from the power of tbB grave, he will receive me," Ps. xlix. 15. " I will also praise thee jrtth the psaltery, even thy tnith, O my God ; unto t\ifi% will I ring with the harp, O thou H'<)S, THE BEDEEMEB OF THE WORLO, OOD MANIFEST IK THE Flesh, thz Kino of Kings and Lord of Lords oyer ali<, God BliE.'MED FOR EYER, A Je=T GOD AND A SAVIOUR, BESIDES WHOM THBKE IS NONE EIiSE, AND AS SUCH IS ENTITLED TO OUB EXOLUBIYB LOYE AND ADOBATION. The Lobd the Only Object of Worship.— We will now proceed to conclude the grateful task of shAwing that the Blessed Jesus is the only Only Tbue Object of worship, and as such, ought to be recognised in the Church, and by every human being. In doing this we do not anti- cipate any objections from professed Chnstians, when we sav it would b receive glory and honor and power; for thou hast created all things and for thy pleasure they are and were created*" Bev. iv. 10, 11. Chapter v. ver. 10, records that <' the four beasts and four and twenty elders, [signifying the hosts In the superior heavens],/el^ dount yilfvre the Lamb, and ^ve utterance to the sublime glorification recorded in ver. 9, 10. "And they sung a new song, saying, ^hou art worthy to take the Book and to open the seals thereof; for Thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to GoD by Thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation ; and hast made us unto our God kings andprlests, ana we shall reign on the earth," " And they sung a new song," ugntfibs an Acknowttdgment and glorification of the Lobd, that He fQonels the Judge,. Bedeemer and Saviour, thus the Qod of heaven and earth. These things are contained in the song which they sung, and the things they contain are also signified, as an acknowledgment thp.t the Lord is the Judge in this : " Thou art v.oi-thy to take the Book and to open the seals tfiereof." That He is the Brdeemer in this, " For Thou wast slain and hast redeemed us to Gk>D by Thy blood," that He is the Saviour in this» " Thou hast made us unto our God kings and priests, and we shall reign on the earth." by which is simified, that from the Lobd they are in w&- dom from Divine truths, and in love from Divine good, for aU such are spuit'ial kings and priests, and will be in His kingdom. He in them, and tney in Him : tha^e is the God of heaven and earn. In this : " They fell down and wcwshipiied Him that liveth for ever and ever," see ver. 14; Since the aeluiowledgment of the Lobd alone as the Qod o£ heaven aiut i OK OORRESPONDEifCrS, AO. 486 earth, and of the Divinity of His Humanity, and that in no other way could He be called a Bedeemer and Saviour, W7,8 not before in the Church, It is called a new »ong. After this it is recorded that ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands, were heard saying, with a loud voice, " Worthy is the Lamb that wcu alain, to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honour and glory, and blessing," denoting ooufession and glorification from the heart, by the angels ofthe inferior heavens, that to the Lord's Divine Humanity belong Omnipotence, Om- .nisdence. Divine good. Divine truth, and all felicity, " And every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them heard I saying, Blesdng, and honour, and glory, and power, be unto Him who sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever," ver. 13. By which is signified, confession and glorification by the angels of the lowest heavens, that in the LCBD from eternity and tnence in His DiArine Humanity, is the all of heaven &!id the church, Diviue good, and Divine truth, and Divine power, and from Him in those who are in heaven and the church, " After this I bebfeld, and lo a great multitude which no man could Aumber, of all nations, and tribes and tongues, stood before the throne and before the Lamb, ciothedwith white robes with palms in ttieir hands; and cried with a loud voice, saying, " Salvation to our Ood that sitteth upon the throne, and to the Lamb," chap. vii. 9, 10. To cry with a loud voice si^i^- fles an acknowlec^ment fi'om the heart that the Lord is their Saviour. ** Salvatik>n to our God that sitteth upon the throne, and to the Lamb," sig- nifies that the Lord is Salvation itself, and that the salvation of all is from Him, tiiUB t^t He is their Bedeemer and Saviour. By Him that sitteth upon th<) throne, and the Lamb, is meant the Lord alone ; by Him that aitteth upon the tlirone His Divinity from which He came forth ; and by the " Lamb," His Divine Humanity. That one Being is meant, may be seen confirmed by ver. 17, where the Lamb is descdl^d as being in tlie midat of tbe throne. " And all the angels stood roubd about the throne, and about the elders and tbe i6:ir beasts, and fell down before God on their faces and worshipped God, saving. Amen, Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanks^dving, and honour, and. power, rnd might, be unto our God for ever and ever. Amen," ver. 11,12. By this great company is signified all in the universal heaven: "And fell before the tlurone on iiielr laces and worshipped Gk>D," signifies their humiliation, and from humiliation, adoration of the Lord. " Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving," signiflea the divine spiritual uiings of the Lord ; "And honour, ana power, and might." signifies the Divine celestial things of the Lord; "Be unto our God for ever and ever," sindfies these ttungs in the Lord, and from the Lord to eternity. " And there were great vcdoes in heaven, sajring. The kingdonw of the world are become the king- doms of our Lord and of His C&ist, and He shall reign for ever and ever," Rev. xl. IS, signifies celebration by the angels, because heaven and the Church are become the Lord's as they were from the beginning, and because they are now in subjection also to His Divine Humanity, conse- quently that now, both as to His Humanity and Divinity, the Lord will rolgn over heaven and the church to eternity. " And the four and twenty el^rs, that sat before God on their thrones, fell on their faces, and wor- shipped God," ver. 16, signifies an acknowledgment by all the angels of heaven, that th^ Lord Is the God of heaven and earth, and supreme adoration: saying, " We give tJiee thanks, O Lord God Ai^mtohtt, i^ho . r.rt, who wast- and who art to come." ver. 17, signifies a confession and |Aorifloatlon by the angels of heaven, that it is the Lord who is, who has fife and power from mmself , and who rules all things, because He alone is eternal and lnflnt*-.e; "because thou hast taken thy great power and hast reinied," ver. 17, signifies the new heaven and the new Church where they aokhowledge H'jn to be the only Gk)D. "'And they sing the song of Moses, the servant of €tod, and the song of the Lamb, Rev. xv. 3, 4, sl^- fles a confession urounded in charity, and in a life according to the com- mandments of the Law, which is the decalogue, and in a belief in the IMvtnity of the Lord's Humanity; sayiag, "Great and marvellous are Thj works, LORD God AtMiORTV," signifies that all things in the world; in neaven, and in the Obnroh were created and made by the Lord, from Dtdna love by Dlvlae Wisdom. " Jutrti and true are Thy ways, ^ou i 486 ON COBRESPONDENCES, AC. King of saints/' skmifles tliat all things which proceed from Him are Just and truOy because Be is Divine good an-i Divine truth in heaven and in the Church ; " Who sliall not fear TheOj D liOBD, and glorify Thy name." signitles that He alone is to be loved and worsldpped; "For Thou only an; holy," sisnifies tl:at He is the Word, the truth, and the illumination. " For all naaons sh^ come and worship before Thee," signifies that all who are in the good of love and charity, will acknowledge uie Lobd to be the oulv QoD. " For Thy judgnieuta ai-e made manifest," signifies that the truths of the Word plainly testify it. " And a voipe came out of the throne, saying, Praise our UoD, all ye His servants, and ye ttiat fear Him," Bev. XIX. 0, signifies influx from the Lord into heaven and ooiisequent unanimity of the angels, that all who are in the truths of faith and goods of love should worship the Lord as the only God of heaven. "Both fimall and great," signifies tho.*e who in a greater or lesHer degree worship the Lord from the &uth8 of faith and goods of love. " And! heard as ft were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of many thunders, saying. Alleluia I for tlie LoBD QoD Omnipotent reigneui," ver. 6, signifies tlie joy of the anaels o^the lowest, heaven, of the angela of the middle heaven, and olT the angels of the highest heaven; because the Lord alone reigns in the Church which is now about to come, signified by the Bride the Lamb's wife, or the new Jerusalem mentioned in ver. 7, 8, and chap. xxi. 2. In order to banish all doubt as to who is meant by the term " God," in these passages, we quote the testimony of the Blksbed Jebvs in Bev. xxL 6, 7: " And He said unto me, It is done," signifies that it is Divine tnitli. " I am Alpha and Omega, the Heginnlng and the End,'* signifies, that the Lord is the God of heaven and earth, and that all things in tlie heaven and earth were made by Him, and are governed by His Divine Provideuoe and done according to it. "I will j^ve unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely," signifies that to those who desire trutiUs from any spiritual use, the Lord will give from Himself through the Word. " He that overcometh e?mll inherit all things ; and I Willi BE HIS God, and he ^all be my son," signifies that they who over- come evil in themselves, that is, the devil, or the love of self and- the world, and do not yield or sink in iemptatioia. will go to Ijkeaven, and there live in the Lord and the Lobd in them. This is the testimony of Jbsub. Let it be supplemented by the testimony of the angel: "Fear not; for behold I bring you good tidings of sreat joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is boru this day in the c% of David, a SavioUB, which is Ghbist the Lord," Luke ii. 10, 11. That our Blessed Lobd , received Divine honours and worship when on earth may be seen, Matt, ix. 18. xiv. 33, XV. 28, xxviii. 9, Mark i. 40. v. 22, vii. 26, x. 17, Luke xvii. 16, 17. See " Apocalypse Bevealed," for full details. It is known from the science of correspondences that such meanings are actually Involved in the above mentioned passages of Scripture, yea, and much more, for each expression being from a Divine origin embodies within itself infinitely more than man or f Jigel can ever comprehend. But we have seen enough to convince us that the Lord is in very deed tho supreme God of heaven and earth, in whom is the Divine Tilnltv of Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. " Now the Lord is that Spirit, and where the Spirit of the Lord is, there is liberty," 2 Cor. ill. 17. Go then, my nAenq, to this Saviour God, who once for your sake became "a Man of sorrows and acquainted with grief," serve Him by obeying His command- ments, draw near to Him aX all times with humility, love, and fidth unfeigned, for He will have mercy, and you will "hear a word behind you, saying, This is the way. walk ye in," Isa. xxx. 21. In the face of all this evidence, we cannot fail to understand the import of His words to the beloved disciple, " Fear not, I am the First and the Last." FaiiSB Views of The Atonemrkt.— ;We would call attention to £be ominous silence which pervades not only the above passages of Seiiptute, but also the'entire Word, respecting the doctrine which we hear thurder^ ed forth from so many pulpits, regtSding a Son of God bom fix)m eterhi^, ealled the Second Person of the IMnity, who came into the world in order 4o satisfy what is called the vindictive Justice of , we have waited for Him, we will be glad aud reloioe in Uia nalTation/' The Bufleiinga of Christ were great, be- yond all human comprehension, and they were endured solely un our ac- count and for our salvation, but not to satisfy or appease the wrath of any one. but to satisfy His own Divine Jjove, for that desires nothing in com- parison with man's salvation, and that it may communicate all its fulness of Joy and unsimakable delist to every soul it has created. It is tbxa that " Qod commendeth His Xove towaid us, in that while we were yet sinners Christ died for us," Bom. v. 8. And not only so, but " we also joy in Gtod through our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom we have now received the atonement," ver. 11. It is thus seen that it is ws who received the atonement, not Qod, as is commonly supposed. It is man w1m> went astray, became wicked, and thus became an enemy and needed reoondli- ation, at-one-ment, or being brought alrone or in agreement with liis Maker. And tliis that Inflmte Love that never slumbers nor deeps, has been incessantly endeavouring to do ever since man declined from good- ness, for it followed him step by step in his downward career, until at the very moment when hell was about to claim him for her own. the great Jehovah assumed the Humaidty, thus supplying the Itet liidc of the golden chain which was thenceforward to unite God more closely to His errins children, and enable Him to become their Saviour. In this Hu- man!^ He encountered the p(M^ jrs of hell, and executed a judgment in the spiritual world, on those uifei-nal hosts who were infesting and obees- slng mankind, the indwelling Divinity sustaining the Humanity, and en- abling it to overcome in the midst of combats, temptations and sufferings so dreadful that it is impossible for the mind of man to conceive of them, among the last being the temptations in the garden, and on the cross. Msnv of these combats are described in the internal sense oithe word in the following, and many other places which cannot be mentioned here by reason of their abundance : Pb. xviil. xxii. xxxv., xL 1, 2, v. 1, 6, Ldx., oil. 1, 11, oxxx. 1, 21. Isa. lili., lix. 11, 19, Ixiii. 1, 6. Ixiv. 1, 18., Mai. iv., 1, & Matt. iv. 1, 10, xxvi. 38, 44, Mark. 13, Luke xxii., 42, 44, John xlv. 90, xvi, 33. In these passages, the temptations, combats, and victories refer* red to are described in a Divine manner by mere correspondences, each possessing an internal or spiritual 'meaning. These are some of the ways in which the " kindness and love of God our Saviour towaxd man appear- ed," Titus ill. 4, " This is the true God and eternal life," 1 John v. 20, and the Beuelicent Being whose kindness we are exhorted to imitate, " by for- gving one another even as God in Christ hath fongiven us." Ej^ies. iv. . lids is the right translation of the passage. In the English Bible it reads, " evkn as19oD for Christ's sake hath forgiven you," but this sense Is unscriptural, and does not exist in the original. The prevalent custom of asking mercies from God for Christ's sake is the result of ignorance re- garding the true God in the mind of the worshipper, who in such a case is actual]^ thinking of two or three Gods, although he doea not sayso with his Upe. ~ " Save us for Thy name's sake," and " Redeem us for Thy mer- cies sake." are common expressions in the Word. The great Jehovah, whom we have seen to be none other than Christ Himself, says '* I, even I, am He that blotteth out thy transgressions for mine ttwn aahe" "What- soever ye ask in my nam^., I will do it," and thus it always is. MiroH OP the Word Written Aooordino to Appbaranoeb.— The question will now be asked, if these statements are true, how does it come that wrath, anger, and vengeance are so frequently ascribed to God in the Word? llie answer is that these expressions contain appearcmoes of truth, but not the real truth. Many things are thus expressiad in the Word. It speaks of the rising of the sun and the going down of the same, because it appears to do so. It tells us to pluck out our right eye and cut off our right hand, if they offend us. It tells us to take no thought ftr our life, what we shall eat, or what we shall drink, or for our body, what we shall put on. Does any man in his senses act thus ? It tells us that it Is almost impossible for a rich man to enter heaven. It tell us that Christ camcwnot into the world to promote peace on the earth, but rather division, when nevertheless He is the Prince of Peace. It tells us that unless a man hates Us father, and mother, and wife and children, and brothers, and Bisters, yeavnd his own life also, he caiuiot be Chrlstna dtsdnle. Every one knowB tSiat these repressions are not to be understood literally, ana ON CORBK8PONDENOK8, AO. 489 wo will be glad were grtjat, be- >lely on our ao- le wrath of any lOthlng In oom- » all its folneM ed. It la thus e we were yet It " we also JOT e nowreoelTea received the iian who went eded reconc^- nent with his lor sleeps, Itas led from good- er, until A the >wn, the great Bt link of the closely to His . In this Hn- i judgment in toff and obees- lamty, and eu- and sufferings ceive of them, on the cross, ot the word in Uoned here by . T. 1, 6, bdx., 8., MaL It., 1, John xiv. 30, ictorles ref er- idenoes, each le of the ways Imanappear- ohn V. ao, and itate,"byfor- " Bphes. It. Slish Bible it >ut this sense alent custom ignorance re- such a case is >t Bay so with for Thy mer- it Jehovah, Bays '« I, cTen ake," "What- SABAKOES.— ), how does it iribed to Qod ressed in the t of the same, t eye and out » thought lir ir body, what ills us that it IS that Christ Iher division, hat unless a >rothers, and dnle. BTery iteraUy,ana so it is in the case of anger, wrath and Tengeanoe when such qualities ore ascribed to Qod, but it u most true that to the wicked he appears to be invested with suc^i attributes. The children of Israel are described as an evil and penrerse generation who did always err in their heart, and knew not the ways of Jehovah, Ps. xcv. 10. Their vine is described as the " vine of Sodom and of the fields of Gomorrah : their gropes are gropes of u is described a most intense degree of wickedness, as pertaining to the in- teriors of that people. We find in consequence of this, that at the giving of the Law on Mount Sinai, that " the glorv of Jehovah was Uke devour- ing fire in the eyes uC the children of Israel," Ex. xxiv, 17. On the other hand, when Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu and seventy of the elders of Israel (seventy, as well as seven, in the Word, are numbers which are expressive of holiness, or what is good or sacred), ascended into the moun- tadua, " they saw the Ood of Israel ; and there was under his feet, as it were, a paved work of a sapphire stone, and as it were the body of heaven in clearness," ver. 10. Now mark the contrast, the great Jehovah was seen under these various aspects altogether according to the $taf.e of the different spectators. It was only the "wicked and slothful servant," who possessed the " evil eye " by which he perceiv- ed his Ijord to be a hard man. rMiping where he had not sown, and gather- ing where he had not strewed," Matt. xxv. 24. From this cause proceeds the cry of the wicked to the mountains and rocks, " Fall on us, and hide US from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wroth of theXamb," Rev. vl. 16. The sole cause of his dreadful appearance to them, lay in themselves, not in Ood, thus conflrmlns the Divine words. <* With tne merciful thou wilt shew thyself merdf ul ; with an upright man thou wilt shew thyself upright ; with the pure thou wilt shew thyself pure rand with the froward tnou wut shew thyself froward," Ps. xvlu. 26. 26. Thus, when the Word declares that the LoBD is gracious, and full of oompassion, slow to anger and of great mercy, and says further, " Fuiy is .not in me." it expresses a real truth, but when in the letter of the Word, wroth ana anger are ascribed to Ood, it only InTolves an apparent truth, for the internal sense of the Word teaches, and the regenerated heart oi every child of Ood will tell him, that the " Lord is gooa. that His mercy is eTevlasting, and that his truth endureth to all generations." It is most true in every case that it is " evil " which slays the wicked," for the DiviNK Love most intensely desires to elevate all to heaven, and would do so in every case, if man would only make use of that free will with which it has endowed him to choose life and goodness, (for man's willing co-operotion in this case la indispensable), and thus suffer himself to be led by the Lord into heaven. The powers of evil are continually press- ing for admission into man, deUrlng nothing more than to destroy liim soul and body, and are continually restrained from accomplishing their in- fernal work Dy nothing less than infinite power, but when infinite wisdom, or the Divine providence, perceives that the removal of the wicked is necessary for the preservation of the good, the law of permission can no longer be withheld, and evil agents perform the evil work, and this actu- ally appears to be as if done by the Lord, and is so expressed in the Word. " He slew famous kings, for His mercy endureth for ever." " He sent evil angels among them," and so on. Many other things are de- scribed in the Word according tb appearances, such for instance as the LoBDrepentinff, being grieved at the neart, &c., the internal sense of tiiese expressions bemg very different from what appears in the letter. Omioin of Ekror in the Ghuroh.— Such Is the Doctrine of the Lobd as taught in the Word, and such was the doctrine held by the Apostles and and the primitive Christian Church (as may be seen by consulting tiie the writings of the early Fathers), until the time of the council convened at Nice, in Blthynia, by command of the Emperor Constantine, A. D. 325. This was called for the purpose of repressing the Arian heresy, and a creed, the first that ever recognized the eustdnce of three distinct Pemnna in tJie Trinity, was drawn up by Hosius of Corduba, at the instance of tliis council, and hence was called the Niceue Creed. What is called the Athanasian Creed came out about a century later, but it is now known that Athanasliis never composed it. The assertions and claims of this last mentioned mmmmmmmm S — ■Mtt m^ ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC. document are really astoiindine, for after premising that the doctrine of the Trinity is an incomprehensible mystery, it f oilhwith proceeda to explain or unfold the alleged mystery, and in the course of this pretended explan- ation contradicts itself at every step, and consigns to everlasting perdi- tion whoever refuses to receive or accept its very questionable detliution. No wonder that Archbishop Usher, and many thousands since his day, have wished that they were well rid of such a creed. From the doctrine of Three Persons in the Gof His Son to ne obeyed the aU oblisation hudmakliigof ich it is said, lorrighteons- kTonnd he is Lt is also true Ives continual lestf can only lug from the vme, infinite, djoin, what it) » clothe him to create a :«d sevenfold, SD can never implanted in ioroing to his 8 never said b shall be our >efore Jbho- >minand thee ndments and at. XXX. 16. nrords of this life," chap. tten, "O that onsider their learkened to ly righteoiiiv- npense them own hand," ) children of rding to the lan, what is stly, to love Lccording to 8," Zkjoh. 1, them, I will —and every nt, r>ha11 be ," Matt. v«. ngB which I 'orth to the appy are ye led, that ye Its ye shall tiatsoeveir I nd keepeth ng anaun* fl of God," command- 3, "Ye see ' Jfunee it. he deeds of '* tbe law," Som. 111. 28, we are to understand this pa8f>age as having sole reference to tlie luw of outward circumcision and external washings and purifyings, which being merely representative rites, were abolished oy the coming of Christ, see v. 30. Acts xvi. 1-24. In what was written to the seven churches in Asia (by whom is represented the Church of Christ as to every possible state) the Searcher of hearts states in each and every case, "I know thy works," and rewards are promised to those who over- come evils in themselves, or, what is tlie same, obey the commandments. These rewards are described in a figurative manner by correspondences, which in the internal sense are significative of every variety of heavenly Joy, and supreme felicity. Kegarding the happiness of heaven, we quote the following from the writings of this illumined author: " It 18 said in heaven, tliat innocence dwells in wisdom,'and that the angels have wisdom in proportion as they have innocence. That this is the case they confirm from these considerations. That they who are in a state of innocence attribute nothing of good to themselves, but consider themselves only as receivers and ascribe all to the Lord; that they are desirous to be led by him, and not by themselves ; that they love every thing which is good, and are delighted with every thing which is true, because they kno\^nd perceive that to love what is good, thus to will and do it is to love the Liokd, and to love what is true is to love their neigh- bor ; that they live contented with what they have, whether it be little or much, because they know that they receive as much as is profitable for. them, little if little be profitable, and much if much, and that they them- eelves do not know what is profitable for them, because this is knowh only to the Lord, who hath a view to what is eternal in all the operations of HiB providence." " All who are in the good of innocence are all'ected by innocence, and so far as any one is in that good, so far he is affected. The inmost prmciples of heaven are two, viz., innocence and peace. They ai-e termed inmost principles, because they proceed immediately from the Lord. Innocence is that principle from which is derived every good of heaven, and peace is that principle from which is derived all the cienght of heaven. Every eood is attended with delight ; and both good and delight have relation to love; for whatever is loved is called good, and is per- ceived as delightful ; hence it follows, that those two inmost principles, innocence and peace, proceed from the divine love of the Li»rd, and aft'ect tlie angels from an inmost ground." " The divine sphere of peace in hewven flows from the Lord, and exists in consequence of his conjunc- tion with tihe angels of heaven, and in pariicular, in consequence of the cse ains, so far good affections enter, as, for example, so far as he detests adulteries, so far chastity enters ; so far as he detests frauds and unlawful gains, so far niucerity and justice enter ; so far as he detests hatred and revenges, k> f u ' charity enters ; so far as ne detests lies and blasphemies, so far truth enters ; and eo far as he detests pride and self-con- ceit, so f ai- enters humility before God, and the love of his neighbor as him* self, and so on ; from hence it follows that to shun evils is to do goo creation is >NB in the tie has no I Saviour's I the great r 40). The charity (or id Do His » U, 26) ) whether it is in the i ierd, and prayer, and by the diligent use of tlie means of grace. Thus the tastes and aims of life become euiirely altered, and the soul delis^ts in heavenly things as its chief joy. Q. What is the JsTew Churchman's bulk op ufe ? A. Precisely that taught in the Old and in the New Testament by th Lord Jesus and Ms apostles ; namely, in humility, faith, and love to keep the Ten Commandments. What doth the Lord tny Qod require of thee, but to do justly, love mercy, and walk humbly with thy God ? ( Micah vi 8). Jesus said, if ye love me, keep my commandments ( John xiv. 16). Hie Apostle Paul wrote. Circumcision is nothing, and uncircumcision is nothing, but kbepino the commandments of God (1 Cor. vil. 19) ; and John declared, This is the love of God, that we keep His commandments ; and His commandments are not grievous (1 John v. S). We must keep the Divine precepts in all the employments, eng habits, and acts, of daily life ; without that, our belief is v« religion eelf-deception. Q. Can this be done by man's own strength and merit ? A. No man has any strength or any merit, but what comes from Qod^ every moment of his life. But God our Savior does give strength to every one who truly seeks Him. He also gives His aiigels charge to aid us from our birth to our grave. And they lovingly receive us and wel- ooraie us when we die. Q. Are all childi-en who die taken to heaven ? A. Oh, certainly. Angels of love, who have been their guardian angels take them into their blessed care in heaven, train them in love and wis- dom, and thus lead them to enjoy the full bliss of their heavenly home. Q. Do people know each other after death, who have known each other ii^ the world ? A. Certainly, and they will continue together, if their states agree and will permit. Q. Is there any other especial feature of the principles of this New Church? A. Tes : the very high ani sacred character it attributes to marriage. This holy institution is regarded as one for which the Creator has formed the sexes in mind and body, and should be entered upon only with those who are constantly striving to overcome self, to live for heaven as well as for earth, and who shun sins against purity, as the deadliest of sins. . Q. How does this Church regard the Kesurrection ? A. Every person has a spintual body as well as a natural body (1 Cor. XT. 44). This spiritual body becomes more beautiful by regeneration, or more ugly by sin. Flesh and blood, as the Apostle says, cannot inherit the kingdom of Ck>d (1 Cor. xv. 50). The body thou sowestis not the body t^at shall be ( v . 37 ). But the angelic Christian mind has a heavenly body, for God gi^eth it a body as it hath pleased Him, and to every seed his own body ( v. 38). Absent from the earthly body, he is present with the Lord (2 Cor. v. 8). Evil pei-sons have a spiritual body as ugly as they are vicious. Both a™ fitted at death for the world to which they go ; and the dust returns to the dust whence it was. All the parts of the Gospel which treat of the resurrection of man, mean the resurrection of the soul from the death of sin, and the grave of corruption, to the life Water of life, and by which the soul is to be puritled. The Bread and the Wine in the Holy Supper, are tlie symbols of the goodness which our Lord calls the Bui!: ad of life, and the Wisdom which He calls thr " Wkw Wink op the Kingdom. " When we sincerely receive these, w<. receive Him. We eat His flesh and drink His blood, and have r ■^eb- NAIiLIFE. S. But do you think that other Christians have not truth as well as . ^^u ; that no one can be saved but those who join your communion ? A. Certainly not. There is much truth in every denomination of ChristianB, especially among tliose who possess and read the Word of God with diligence and praver. We believe, moreover, that every one, will be saved who loves God, and strives to do His will in tihuiuiing evil and doing good according to what in Ids heart he believes to be true, whether he be of the Church of England whose pious and learned clergy, notwithstanding many excei)tion8, we rbvere and admirOj whose Prayer Book, wlthi serious doctiinal defects, has many excellencies, and whose reverence for the Word of God is her chief glory ; or wortliy zealous Ftotestant Dissenters, or good Roman Catholics, good Jews, or Gentiles. Those who love God and work righteousuesa according to the best of their knowledge, will be relieved of their errors after death, and form part of t^e Hublune fold in heaven, of which our Savior speaks. "Other sheep have I tliat are not of tliis fold, them also must I bi-ing, that there may be ONB FOLD and one shephuko" (John Iv. 14). The Apostle Peter spoke very clearly on the same point when he said, " Of a truth I perceive that Qod is no respecter of persons ; but In every nation he that f eareth Qod, and worketh righteousness, is acoepted of Him. " (Acts x. 34, 35). Q. Is it, then, of no Importance whether we belong to a true religion or a false one ; whether we believe truth or error ? A. It is only truth. In any system, that does a person good, but there is much truth attached to every religion. Error is alway a> lundrance and a detrfanent. Truth Is clear and full of comfort. EiTor is obscure, per- plexing, and leads to distress. Truth is daylight. Error is a fog. It ifl because we believe the Lord has given at this time abundance of truths which are far from being generally acknowledged, which are edifying, delightful, and strengthening to us. that we wish all around us, both men and Churches, to accept them, and be strengthened and blessed also, so that the will of God may more i)erfectly be done upon earth, as it is done In heaven. Dear reader, would you possess a scriptual, splrltural, rational, saving religion to aid you in your walk towards heaven, come and hear these Chrutians of New Jenisalem. let them be called Swedenborg^ians, or what you like. Do you ^vish to see mankind issuing out of sn rstition, sectananiflm, rationalism, narrowness, and darkness, into the glorious liberty of the children of light, then come and hear. Do you wish to see goodness and truth exteTuling their sacred influence, and sin and folly shown to be the disorderly, brutal, coarse, and worthless things they are, then come and hear. We addi-ess you in the language of Moses to Jethro, We are journeying «nt« the place of which theLord said. I will give it you : come wltli us, and we will do you good ; for the Lord hath spoken good concerning Israel. And It shall l)e. if you co with us. vea it shall be, that what good- " shall do unto us, the same will we do unto thee. (Numb, x; nesG the Lord 2«, 32). THE RIBBAND OP BLUE. " Speak unto the child-, fringes in the borders and that they put upo . it shall be unto you f < i . all the commandme' ' 29 "^ of Israel, and bid them that thej make >elr garments throughout their ganerai " .'inge of the borders a ribband of blue '»»ge, that ye mav look upon it, and remi le Lord, and do them."— NuM , xv. 38, ^'iianc^^.s^jMfc. 450 ON OORRBSPONDENCBS, AC. It is extremely to be regretted that bo manv who bear the name of Christian Jiave the most madeqaate view of religion. To many it is but a name. They cp U themselveB by the name of this or of that great body, but aak them what they think of the principles which the name implies, and you find the name, and little besides. Others, again, seem to think that religion is an exoelleniP debating ground, a favorite battle field. They wilTtncessantly wrangle and dispute about its everlasting principles, but meditate little upon tnem, and practise them less. These are like the left handed men of Benjamin among the Israelites of old, who " could sling stones at an hairbreadth and not miss. Thev are not of much use except in war. Far more eloquently and convincingly does he speak for his religion, whose life pleads for it ; who shows that he denves from it virtue and defence, consolation and sii-ength, light and blessiiw ; and therefore recommending it in deed, can also recommend it in word. *'Ye are our epistles," said the apostle, " known and read of all men." Perliaps we cannot give a more comprehensive definition of religion, than to say it is the supply to the soul of all its spiritual wants. It is the soul's home, its food and its clothing ; and to tlus latter feature, its being clothing for the soul, we now entreat your attention. " Blessed," it is written, " is he tliat watcheth and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame.'^— Kev. xvi. 16. Tliat garments, even in the Jewish law, are the corresponding sjnnbols of those principles which clothe the soul, may be inferred from the laws which we frequently find in relation to them. Unless there was a spirit- ual sense in r^em, surely it would not have been worthy of the High and JLiOfty One who iuhabitetli eternity to give directions in relation to what kind of clothes men should wear. Tliere is the direction not to wear a gar- ment of woollen and linen together ; again, for a woman not to wear a garment of a man : again, for a man's garment not to be kept in pledse after the sun has gone down : and now the law before as, that a fringe would be made to the garment, and on the fringe a ribband of blue. Surely it cannot concern the Infinite Ruler of all worlds what kind of trimming His people have to their dress, or color of ribband they have thereon. The soul and its concerns are suiely the only appropriate objects of a Revelation from the Eternal Father of immortal beinKS. Tp teach us how to give the spirit a dress, so that it may be beautiful in the sight of . angels, u worthy of him who clothes Himself with lishtas with a garment [Ps. oiT.21. "I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, thatthou mayest be rich ; and white raiment, that thou mayestbe clotb ^^ and that the shame of thy nakedness may not appear. "—Rev. iU. 18. . The chief use of clothing is defence against the chills and variations of the weather ; two subordinate uses are for the promotion of beauty, and for distinction ( 2 office. We can be at no loss to perceive that there are mental uses conespond- Sig to the above which require for the soul spiritual clothing. The soul m its summer and its winter, and all the varieties of a mental yew:. There are seasons of hopefulness and brilliancy, in which we have all the elasticity and promise of spring ; there are states of peaceful wajrmJi, of continued serene happiness : '"the soul's calm sunslune and the heartfelt jov" which bespeak the spirit's summer ; but there are likewise periods of decreasing warmth, of incipient depressions, and coolness to what has formerly vielded the highest pleasure ; until at length we arrive at states of painful oliill. and even of intensest cold, the joylessness, tlie hopeless- nesfl. and the sadness, which are the attendants of the winter of the souL Tills depressed condition of tlie spirits is portrayed with graphic truth- fuluesB by one who said— " My years are in the yellow leaf. And bU the life of life is gone ; The worm, the canker and the grief, Are mine alone." And in a Bweeter spirit of piety, by another poet— ** O for a closer walk with Ood. A Bweet and heavenly frame ; . A^, m i ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC. 451 the name of lany it is but reat body, but ) impliea, and tnink that ) fleld. They riiiciples, bat re like the left "could sling ch use except speak for his nves from it >les8ing ; and n wortL "Ye men." a of religion, Its. It is the bure, its being Hessed," it is lest he walk ding symbols i-om the laws e was a spirit- the High and ition to what itowearagar^ 1 not to wear ) to be kept fore us, that a a ribband of rids what kind ludthey have objects of a Tfi teach us the Bight of , rith a garment fire, that thou tk^^ and that variations of f beauty, and )8 correspond- og. The soul mental year, e have all the il warmth, of . the heartfelt ewise periods IS to what has nive at states tlie hoi>ele88- er of the souL pttphic truth- ■'ii- mankind the glorious doctrines of Christianity, Instead of the miserable shreds of Jewishlradition, he says, " Awake ; awake ; put on thy strength,© Zion ; put on thy beautiful garments, Jerusalem, the holy city ; for henceforth there shall be no more come into thee the unclxcumcfeed and the unclean"— Is. lil 1. Again, in that well-known prophecy which begJns, ♦* The Spirit of the Lord is upon me : because the Lord hath anointea me to preach good tidings unto the meek ; he hath sent me to bind up the broken-hearted ;" the prophet continues to unfold the gracious purpose of Jehovah in the flesh ; " To appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness ; that thiey might be <»lled Trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified."— Is. 1x1. 3. Here the doctrine of ;he love of God manifest in the flesh, is man- ifestly and righteously called " a garment of praise." Wliat could more powerfully induce the soul to clothe itself with praise than the perceptfon that our Saviour is our Heavenly Father, that the High and Lofty One who inhabits eternity had for our sakes conaescendea to appear in the extreme of His vast domains, the skin of the universe as it were, and by assumlnt; and maintainint; a coimection with the outer universe, he he- came First and Last in Himself, and from Himself Alls, sustains, and succors all. When the Lord Jesus seld, " Thou hast a few names even in Sardis, which have not defiled their garments : and they shall walk with Me in white, for thev are worthy ; He that overcometh the same shall be cloth- ed in white raiment," he is evldentlv desciibing the condition of those who have not stained their profession of the Christian doctrine with impurity of life ; they have not defiled their garments now, and in eternity their views would be still purer, they should walk with Him in white. Doc- trines in harmony with purest truth, are white raiment wherewith we' may be clothed. The New Dispensation of religion which in the fulness of time would be introduced from heaven among men, is represented as coming'down " as a bride adorned for her husband." And by this language, we are assured, no doubt, not only that this church would regard the Lord Jesus Christ, the Divine Lamb, as the onlv objeot of her supreme love, her husband, bttt that her doetrines would be beyond all precedent, beautiful. She ON CORRESPONDENCES, At. 458 would be adorned for her husband. Such a glorious avBtem would 'Bhe have of celeatlftl truth,— such discloBureB of heavenly order,— sucIj diocov- eiies of the Divine laws as existent In the soul : In the regenerate life ; in the heavenly world ; In the spiritual sense of the Holy Word ; In fact, on all subjects ol Divine Wisdom that to the trulv devout and thought- ful spirit, she would truly be " adorned as a bride for her huuband." There is an interesting intimation of the chHracter of true heavenly dothlng in Psalm xlv. "The king's daughter is ail glorious within : her clotliing is of wrought gold. She shall be brought unto the king in rai- ment of needlework [verses 13, 141 where tlie charaitor of true celestial doctrine is declared to be the gold of love, wrought into system,— lovo wrought out. Tlie king's daughter, all siich as, animated by pure affec- tions for truth delivered from the King of kings, are des-lrous of grace of the heart and mind, which are worth more than the wealth of kingdums, They become glorious within, and all their views of doctrine are love, as it were, speaking and declaring Its true nature. With them, Goy earnest piayer and earnest practice, we expect His merits to be imputed to no, as righteous- ness, so that although we are really wicked, we shall be accounted good I although really polluted, we shall be accounted clean ; we shall be naked and helpless, In the day when he makes up his Jewels. No doubt, the Lord lived on earth for our sakes, suffered for our sakes. died for our sakes, rose again for our sakes. made His Humanity righteousness embodleti, for our sakes. " For their sakes, I sandlfy myselr." he said, "that they may be sanctlfled by the truth."— John xvii. 19. All was done for us to enable us to be sanctified, but not to be put down to our account. When our account Is made up we shall find the rule to be " They that have done • good shall come foiih to the resurrection of life, and they that have done evil to the resurrection of condemnation." John v. 29. He comes quickly to rive to every man as his work shall be (Ilev. xxil, 12). Blessed shall we De, If we watch and keep our garments, made white by His truth, and thus are ready to follow our Divine Leader In the realms of peace, ador- ing. In humble love, those Infinite pei-fections which make his face to shine like the sun, and His raiment wlute as the llglit [Matt.xvli, 2]. We are, then, to speak to the Israelites, who are ty]»itied by those of our text the spiritual Israelites, who are as our Lord sold, Israelites Indeed, and 454 ON CORRESPONDENCES, &C. say 'first that they clothe themselves with genuine doctrines of Divine truth, with the garments of salvation, and that they especially make them fringes in the 'lovrlers of their garments. After we have meditated upon the doctrines of religion, and seen their fitness to our own states of mind and heart, tlms clothed ourselves in them ; the next part of our duty is to bring them into life. This is a most impoitant point. Many there are, who put on religion as a dress for the head, and even also for the breast, but do not bring it down to the feet. But we are to make a border for our garments, and the border must be a fringe. The distinctive feature of a fringe is, that tJie material of which it is composed is divided into small I forms < must occasions, . . Lord declared the same important truth when he said, " He that Is faitli- f ul in that which is least, U faithf id also in much; and he that is unjust in the least is unjust also in much.'" — Luko xvi. 10. This practical admonition is of the very highest consequence. One of tho ii'ost serious errors of life is that our religion is only to he brought out on giund occasions, as some think, or on Sundays, as others practically shew, they suppose. The only way in which we make the truths of relig- ion really ours, is to infuse their spiiit and tone into all our little acts lu our daily conduct. Life is made up of little things. One circumstance follows another^ one act comes after another, each one small of itself, but the whole forming tlie tissue of our entire outward existence. Our whole }oumey is made step by step. Tliere are no great swooi)8 made. By little and Ittle, we drive out our evils ; and by little and little, we introduce the principles of wisdom and goodness into the whole texture of our conduct. By this we must not be misunderstootl to mean, that we are not to subject the ^Vhole man to the government of heavenly laws, but only that we ai-e to do it In each circumstance as it comes to hand, and to do it now, not to wait for great occasions. Let the border of vour garment be a fringe. Many, very many, have no ol)jection to the head or the breast beliit is particularly watchful over Iiis feet, or his daily practice. If In his moments of weakness he wavers, he looks up to the Saviour, the Sotirce of strength, and prays, " Hold up my goings In thy paths, that my footsteps slip not."— Ps. xvil. 6. Often will he have to confess. " But as for me, my f^et were almost gone ; my steps had well nigh slipped." Ps. IxxlH. 2. "Sat will he tind Invisible hands liave bom him up. for his ever- watch- ful Father has given his angola charge concerning him, lest he dash his feet against a stone.— Ps. xci. 11, 12. And again, and again will he find occasions gratefully to exclaim, " O bless our God. ye people, and make the voice of his praise t8 be heard : who holdeth our soul in life, and Butfereth not our feet to he moved."— Ps. Ixvl. 8, 9. If, like Peter, at first, he thinks It quite beneath his Master's dignity to piirifv the lower concerns of life, and declares. Thou shalt never wash my feet.' when he is better Informed, and hears tlie Saviour's words, " If I wash thee not, thou h;Mt no part in me," he, with an entire spirit of self-devotion, exclaims, Lora. not my feet only, but also my hands and my head."— John This religion of daily life is the grand necesslfrv of the world. Without ^ihat, our sabbath wowldp is but an organized hypocrisv. We should pray, that we may be able to practise, not to substitute prayer for prac- tice. Betutlful as Is the devout worship of the sanctuary, nweot as is the devotional piety, and soul-exalting as are hymns of gratitude ; they are only the unsubstantial beatity of a dream, ii'nless thev are brought down to give direction, nurity, and strcnjith to daily life. J^et there tlien be a fringe for the borders of your garments, tliroughout all your ge'norations. It Is for want of this descent (Tf religion Int^ daily life, that its blessings are often very faintly felt. Thfj sweetness of the knowledge of tlie liord is only experienced when religion has become a living hourly series of Tirtues with us. It i^ said of^ the disciples who were going to Emmaus I i u I I ON CORRESPONDENCES, &C. 455 though the liord walked with them, and they felt the holy glow of his presence when he talked with them on tlie way, he only became known to them in "the breaking of the bread.'Wt is so with His disciples in all ages. As long as the "bread of life " is received in a mass, and remains thus, the blessing of conjunctioii with the Divine Being is unknown. He is with them, but as a stranger. But let them break the bread ; let tliem at home and abroad, in the counting-house and on change, in the workshop and at market, in their pleasures and in all their family duties, break the bread of heaven, and apply it to every work and word, and tliey will tlien know tlie Lord. " Then shall we know, if we follow on to know the Lord : His going forth is prepared as the morning, and He shall come unto us as the rain ; as the latter and former rain upon the eartli." O, tiien let our religion not be like a Sunday iliess, put on only for parade on state occasions, and olf when the occasion has passed by, out like a simple daily robe, whose usef uhiess is seen of all, and whose fringe goes all around tlie hem of our garment, so that it extends over the whole circle of our outward life. We are, however, n(* only commanded to have a fringe to our garments, but to have upon tlie fringe a ribband of blue. And this leads us to consi- der the correspondence of colors. Natiual colors we know originate iii natural light. They are the separation of the beauties which are bound up in the sunbeam, and their reflection to the human eye. There is a trinity of fundamental colors, red, blue, and yellow. From the blending of these iu varied propurtioiui all others are uiade. Blue aud yellow ^im green. Bearing in mind that the Lord is the Sun of the eternal world, and that essential truth sliines as a spiritual light from Him, the three essential colors into which light divides itself^ will represent the three essential features of divine trut'i, in its application to man. There are truths of love, which apply to our affections, truths of faith which apply to thoughts, and truths of life. Red, the color of fire, is the symbol of the truths of love, the fire of the soul. Blue, the color of the azure depths of the sky, is symbolic of the deep things of the spirit of God, on which faith dehgiitfl to gaze. Yellow, is the hue of truth which applies to out- ward life, and in combination with blue it makes green, which corresponds to truth m the letter of the "Word, made simple to tiie common eye of mankind. Blue gives a sense of clearness and depth, in which it surpasses all ouier hues. When we caze into the blue depths of the sky, far above the changes of the clouds, their tranquil grandeur, arching in peaceful maiesty far over the turmoils of the world, strikingly images those depths of heavenly wisdom from which the good man draws strength and peace. *' TTiough round his breast the rolling clouds are spread, Etenial sunshine settles on his head." Bine, then, is the color which itepresents the spirit of the Holy Word, the depths of heavenly wisdom. There is. however, cold blue, as it has more of white in it. and warm bine, as It derives a certain hue from red. There hns also been some difR- culty in determining the exact shflde mennt by Techeleth, the Hebrew name for tliis color. But from a *nll consideration of the subject we are satisfied it was tJie name for blue tinged with red, from violet to purple. And this verv strikingly bringa piness of home, that pacred centre of all that is elevating, strengthening, purifying, and ennobling among men. And notiiing will be a truer source of all these blessings than to speak to brothers and Fi!5tor<», and eav, in all your intercourse with each other, let the spirit of religion bo visible. In each small net of daily intercourse with each other, let there be a fringe from your religion within, and on the fringe let the truth of intelligence be blended with the kindness of real love. You were created to leani to be fellow angols in the house. You were placed to walk together in your path to heaven, to give an assisting hand when a weak one stumbles, to exhort the slotliiul, to cheer Uio weary, to wani against danger'-s path and dangerous foes, to encourage the struggling, to rejoice together when you gain a glorious prospect, to animate each other to your daily progress, and often to taste by anticipa- tion the triumph you will have when all the dangers of life are gone by, and heaven is forever your ho.ne. Itemember the charge of Joseph to his brethren. " See that ye fall not out by the way." In your acts and your words, let there be seen upon all your fringe, the nbband of heavenly We come, now. to a still dearer connection, which would of ten be more blest if the spirit of this divine commnnd were more fnithfully carried out. In that most sacred of all human tics, tlie niarringe union. It Is of the highest impontnnce that the blue ribband should appear in all the demeanor of husband and wife. Yet, sometimes the domestic hearth is less t^snder and happv than it might be. for the want of the gentle amenities of tnitli BTMJken in love. When that mysterious symr'nthy which attracts congenial souls to each other, first Induces ardent thought in the yoting lovers, the earnestness of affection presents to both only what is amiable and agreeable. Each finds a magnifier of the excellences of the other, and no imperfection can be seen. Andi-when the hopes of both are crowned *iy possession, along vista of happiness is beheld, thronged with an endless BUCcesHion of ioys anur intor- course w'th onr children. Fimmess, >vithout gentleness and cheerfulness, is painful and repulsive to children, and they shun the circle of its inflti- ence as nnuch as possible. Softness, without flnnness, strengthens their hankeiiP"^ for selflsh indnlgencea. and increases those disorul;lo of scientific arrangement and explanati »n as any otl»er tiuth, and that we are able to give this 8<^ieutiflc explanation. The Nkw Church theology bears the same relation to all other tiieolopes that the < "opemican system of astronomy beai's to the Ptolemaic, tlio Arabic, the Hindoo, and tlie Chinese systems of astronomy. Those systems of astronomy were based on the mistaken appearance of things, wlieroa« ( opemicus and his followers got aL the TeaUties. Just so otker Bystems of tlieology are baaed on appearances, wMle the Nkw Chirch evetem is based on the real fcruth. . Reporter. What do you mean by " appearances" ? Mr. H. I mean tlie way that things npjx'ar to the senses. For example^, the sun appears to rise and set, and to go daily round tlie earth. The sky appeals to come down to the earth all around, foniiing what we call the hoxiiion. The earth appears to be station sirv in tlie » entre of our universe. The sun appearn to be # small orb, not a millionth part as large as the earth ; the planets seem no bigger than marbles, and the fixed stars appear to bo mere twinkling points. All tliese appeBrances are controverted by science, a.id the senses have to yield to reason. It in the «8me in spiritual and religious mattt^rs, which abound witli fallacies and nj'.slead- ing appearances, and theoe appenrances have to bo <'orrccted, and \m tlie New Chitroh system of theology are corrected by spiritual science. Reporter. That all HOund« very well, in a general way ; t>ut let us tet at something specific. WJiat do you say fi>r exattvple to the doctrine oi total depravity ? i used to know a pious old lady, when I wikS a boy, who wj« strong on that doctrine, and who always closed e'«?ery argunient on the 1.1 460 ON CORRESPONDENCES, AC. subject by saying, " "Well, when you take away my total depraTlty, you take away all my religion." What do you say to that ? Mr. H. Our doctrine as to tliat matter is, that all human beingn are bom with sinful inclinations,(and of themselves are nothing but evil), but need not commit sin unless they choose to do so, and are not accounted guilty of sin unless they actually commit it. Jieporter. Then you hold that ail cliildren that die before they reach the age of moral accountability go to heaven, no matter how wicked or heathenish their parents may be. Mr. H. We do most emphatically ; It is a monstrous error to suppose otherwise. Reporter. But if no infants whatever go to hell, what becomes of the doctrine of infant damnation ? Mr. H. I'm sure 1 can't say, unless it goes where it wovdd send the infants, aa it certainly should. ^ RtpmU". But it' the doctrine of total deprai ; Ly is not true, what need have we of a Saviour ? Mr. H. To Suva us from our siiif ul inclinations, and from actual sin committed by every one personally. Reporter. Jlow did He, or how doe^ He do < lat ? Mr. H. It is not easy to tell olf-hand how He does it. In order to explain it, it is necessary in the first instance-to explain our views of the intimate coimectiou between tliia world and the spiritual world, includ- ing both Heaven and Hell, Reporter. That i* jl at wliat I want to get at, please go on ? Mr. H, The spuii ual woiid is not remote frOi;i this world, on some uninown planet, as is commonly supposed. It is right here, close to this world and vntliin it. When a a;ood man lives a good life, he draws angels and ''i) our real characters. Now to come ba< i.o tue ,-i .jirits wliich a man draws about him in tMs world by his life, ano on which 1 must prodioat^s aiy explanation of the work of salvation which tlie Saviour did for us ; By the instrumentalitv of good spirits and angeiH, the Lord is always trving ta Ra\'e us from the machinations of evii sjjirits and Uevils. But when the human race is unspeak- ably w died, as it was at the time of the Loririt8 w^notsiiffloient to resist them. The Lord, therefore, came Himself Aovni to the j-iane of human life, and an that plane fongbt v, ith his r vm Omnipo^ teiiws against hell, audits allies, drove them lm«k, and thus saved man from